Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
C2022-220 - 9/20/2022 - Approved
DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 0 °b�nnwo�Ay"v 1852 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on September 20, 2022, is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and Mako Contracting LLC (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1—WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Proiect Name:Wildcat Drive(FM 624 to Teague Lane) Bond 2020 Proiect No: 21048 ARTICLE 2—DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: Halff Associates, Inc. 711 N.Caranchua St.Suite 1190 Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 teverett@halff.com (R.Thomas Everett II, P.E.) 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Brett Van Hazel Assistant Director of Engineering Services: Construction Management City of Corpus Christi 4917 Holly Road#5 Corpus Christi,TX 78411 brettvh@cctexas.com ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 210 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions within 240 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Performance of the Work is required as shown in Paragraph 7.02 of the General Conditions. Agreement 005223-1 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A C. Milestones, and the dates for completion of each,are as defined in Section 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner$500.00 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner$100.00 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4—CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ 3,269,820.07 ARTICLE 5—PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 17 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. Agreement 005223-2 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to the full amount of the total earned value to date for completed Work minus the retainage listed below and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The standard retainage is 5 percent. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.13, less the total of payments previously made and less set-offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6—INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. Invoices must comply with Article 17 of the General Conditions. 6.02 Except as specified in Article 5, the Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; Agreement 005223-3 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents,and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. M. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 7.14 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. Agreement 005223-4 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A ARTICLE 8—ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice,the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions,drawings, receipts,vouchers, memoranda,and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Solicitation documents. 2. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 4. Addenda. 5. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. 6. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. Agreement 005223-5 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A ARTICLE 10—CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI ocu igned by DocuSigned by: ry k 10/4/2022 10/3/2022 Rebecca Huerta Jeffrey Edmonds, P.E. City Secretary Director of Engineering Services M2022-148 AUTHORIZED 9-20-2022 APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: BY COUNCIL DS DocuSigned by: A 10/3/2022 1� Assistant City Attorney ATTEST(IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR DocuSigned by: r�- 9/29/2022 (Seal Below) By: Gabriel Goodman Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if Title: President person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief 3636 S. Alameda Ste B153 Financial Officer Address Corpus Christi Texas 78411 City State Zip 361-561-6256 N/A Phone Fax GG@makocontracting.com EMail END OF SECTION Agreement 005223-6 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 00 30 01 BID FORM Project Name: iWildcat Drive-From FMI 624 to,Teague Lane(NexibIle(Asphalt)Pavement) Project Number: 121048 Owneir: City of Corpus,Christi OAR: Designer:If f alfl:Associates,IInc. By its signature below,Bidder accepts alll of t�he terms and conditions of the Bid Acknowledgement,acknowledges receipt of a,ill Addenda,to the Bid and agrees,If this Bid!,Is accepted,to enter into a Contract with the Owner and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Docurnents for the Bid price. Bfdcler. Mako Contracting LLC (fidl legal rrome of Bidder) Signature: (signature of person with audwrity to triad the Bidder) Narne: Gabriel Goo�dman (printed nome of person signing Bid rbrrn) Title: President (title of per5or)signing Bid rorm) Attest: Aoer 'rs/" —(signature) State of Residency __Texas Federal Tx IID Nm36-4717006 ..................................................................................................................... Address for Notices: DjQdq_$jg EL ...—..-- C s Ohnsh'rx 78411 ... r.�am. ............. —",— Phoner: _a6j-_cibj-h2r& Ernailk GG@rnalkocontraching.coim a, ammiamns E'VE:A.Iff..' t st I'l 4 7/812022 TIBPE FIRM#F-312 BW Form 00 1101-iPaige 1 of 6 Willdcat ILlrive-FM 624 to Teague Laine,Bond 2020,Project Number 21048 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A iguo Lsv)B 2020 Ree port Created On,811712.2 7107"47 PM B I D TOTALS BASE BID 1 HIMAC Total Part A,-GENERAL $2811,430.501 Part B,-STREET IMPROVEMENTS $907,83535 Part C-ADA IMPROVEMENTS $1161,895.50 Part E1-RTA IMPROVEMENTS $29,024001 Par"t E-IT(FIBER) UPROVEMIENTS $84,09'5,77 Part F- STORM WATIER IMPROVEMENTS $663,702,65 Part G-WATER IMPROVEMENTS $624,732A01 Part HI-'WASTEWATER IMPROVEMENTS $194,76,6,00 Part I-OCAS IMPROVEMENTS $611,976,8�0 Parti-TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS $142,1115.40 Part K-LIGHTING IMPROVEMENTS $118,245301 Total $3,269�,820�,07 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Paint A-GENERAL DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A igue Ln.)Bond 2020 Report Created On:8/17/22 7:07:47 PM No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price Al MOBILIZATION(MAX 5%OF PART A) AL 1 $12,000.00 $12,000.00 A2 BONDS&INSURANCE AL 1 $56,000.00 $56,000.00 A3 CLEAR RIGHT OF WAY AC 2.23 $8,000.00 $17,840.00 A4 OZONE DAY DAY 2 $1.00 $2.00 A5 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL MO 8 $4,000.00 $32,000.00 A6 TEMPORARY INTERSECTION SIGNAL EA 1 $17,537.50 $17,537.50 ADJUSTMENTS(ALL PHASES OF TRAFFIC CONTROL) A7 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC MESSAGE BOARD EA 3 $22,977.00 $68,931.00 A8 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DESIGN LS 1 $11,500.00 $11,500.00 BY A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER(ALL PHASES) A9 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNAL DESIGN BY LS 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER(ALL PHASES) A10 TRAFFIC CONTROL POLICE OFFICER HR 40 $100.00 $4,000.00 ASSISTANCE All STORM WATER POLLUTION LS 1 $10,000.00 $10,000.00 PREVENTION PLAN Al2 SILT FENCE LF 2774 $5.00 $13,870.00 A13 INLET PROTECTION EA 12 $100.00 $1,200.00 A14 SURVEY MONUMENT EA 2 $1,500.00 $3,000.00 A15 BLOCK SODDING SY 1355 $10.00 $13,550.00 A16 PRIVATE PROPERTY VEGETATION LS 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 REPLACEMENT A17 ALLOWANCE FOR UNANTICIPATED AL 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 VEGETATION ISSUES A18 ALLOWANCE FOR UNANTICIPATED AL 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES Subtotal:$281,430.50 Part B-STREET IMPROVEMENTS No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price B1 MOBILIZATION(MAX 5%OF PART B) AL 1 $40,000.00 $40,000.00 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A igue Ln.)Bond 2020 Report Created On:8/17/22 7:07:47 PM B2 HMAC(TYPED)(FINAL SURFACE)(4-INCH SY 6295 $42.82 $269,551.90 THICK) B3 ONE-COURSE SURFACE TREATMENT SY 6295 $5.38 $33,867.10 (UNDERSEAL) B4 PRIME COAT(MC-30)(0.15 GAL/SY) GAL 945 $7.38 $6,974.10 B5 CRUSHED LIMESTONE FLEX BASE(TYPE SY 6295 $32.00 $201,440.00 A,GRADE 1-2)(10-INCH THICK) B6 LIME STABILIZED AND COMPACTED SY 6161 $16.50 $101,656.50 SUBGRADE (OVERALL 12-INCH THICK COMPACTED WITH UPPER 8-INCH LIME STABILIZED) B7 STREET EXCAVATION AND SY 7745 $12.00 $92,940.00 EMBANKMENT B8 REINFORCED CONCRETE DRIVEWAY(6- SF 4554 $8.75 $39,847.50 INCH THICK) B9 DEMOLITION OF CONCRETE DRIVEWAY SF 4173 $5.00 $20,865.00 B10 ASPHALT TO ASPHALT PAVEMENT TIE-IN LF 108 $50.00 $5,400.00 B11 REFL PAV MRKTY I(Y)4 (DBL)(090 MIL) LF 168 $1.96 $329.28 B12 REFL PAV MRKTY I(Y)4 (BRK)(090 MIL) LF 1365 $0.98 $1,337.70 B13 REFL PAV MRKTY I(W)4 (SLD)(090 MIL) LF 2873 $0.98 $2,815.54 B14 REFL PAV MRKTY CHEAT APPLIED LF 54 $20.70 $1,117.80 PREFAB PREFORMED TH ERMOPLSTIC (W)24 (SLD)(125 MIL) B15 REFL PAV MRKR TY II-A-A EA 34 $6.04 $205.36 B16 REFL PAV MRKR TY II-B-B EA 8 $6.04 $48.32 B17 FURNISH AND INSTALL ROADSIDE EA 15 $833.75 $12,506.25 TRAFFIC SIGN AND SIGN SUPPORT ASSEMBLY(TRIANGULAR SLIPBASE)* B18 FURNISH AND INSTALL STOP&ALL WAY EA 3 $1,092.50 $3,277.50 SIGN WITH NEW STREET NAME BLADES (2)AND SIGN SUPPORTASSEMBLY (TRIANGULAR SLIPBASE) B19 FURNISH AND INSTALL SCHOOL ZONE EA 2 $10,637.50 $21,275.00 FLASHER BEACON ASSEMBLY(SOLAR POWERED)W/5 LF OF 8-INCH DIAMETER SCREW-IN TYPE ANCHOR FOUNDATION AND 5 YEARS CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS AND SUPPORT PACKAGE,GLANCE SOFTWARE AND DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A igue Ln.)Bond 2020 Report Created On:8/17/22 7:07:47 PM CONFIGURA ION B20 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING EA 18 $132.25 $2,380.50 SIGN(S)AND SUPPORT ASSEMBLY(1) B21 ALLOWANCE FOR UNANTICIPATED AL 1 $50,000.00 $50,000.00 STREET IMPROVEMENTS Subtotal:$907,835.35 Part C-ADA IMPROVEMENTS No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price C1 MOBILIZATION(MAX. 5%OF PART C) AL 1 $7,500.00 $7,500.00 C2 REINFORCED CONCRETE SIDEWALK(4- SF 10493 $8.50 $89,190.50 INCH THICK)(INCLUDING 2-INCH THICK SAND CUSHION AND SUBGRADE PREP) C3 DEMOLITION OF CONCRETE SIDEWALK SF 8484 $5.00 $42,420.00 C4 REINFORCED CONCRETE CURB RAMP SF 496 $25.00 $12,400.00 (INCLUDES 6-INCH TRANSITION CURB) C5 DEMOLITION OF CONCRETE CURB SF 196 $5.00 $980.00 RAM P C6 RE FL PAV MRK TY C HEAT APP LIED LF 162 $2.50 $405.00 PREFAB PREFORMED TH ERMOPLSTIC (W)24 (SLD)(125 MIL) C7 ALLOWANCE FOR UNANTICIPATED ADA AL 1 $9,000.00 $9,000.00 IMPROVEMENTS Subtotal:$161,895.50 Part D-RTA IMPROVEMENTS No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price D1 MOBILIZATION(MAX. 5%OF PART D) AL 1 $1,400.00 $1,400.00 D2 REINFORCED CONCRETE BUS ROADWAY SF 660 $30.00 $19,800.00 PAD(8-INCH THICK WITH 12-INCH THICK LIMESTONE FLEX BASE) D3 REINFORCED CONCRETE BUS SHELTER SF 240 $24.00 $5,760.00 PAD(5-INCH THICK)(INCLUDING 2-INCH THICK SAND CUSHION AND SUBGRADE PREP) D4 DEMOLITION OF CONCRETE BUS SF 133 $8.00 $1,064.00 SHELTER PAD DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A igue Ln.)Bond 2020 Report Created On:8/17/22 7:07:47 PM D5 ALLOWANCE FOR UNANTICIPATED RTA AL 1 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 IMPROVEMENTS Subtotal: $29,024.00 Part E-IT(FIBER) IMPROVEMENTS No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price E1 MOBILIZATION(MAX. 5%OF PART E) AL 1 $4,000.00 $4,000.00 E2 2-INCH PVC(SCH.40)CONDUIT(IT/MIS) LF 1659 $17.25 $28,617.75 WITH MULE TAPE BY OPEN-CUT E3 2-INCH PVC(SCH.40)CONDUIT(IT/MIS) LF 35 $46.00 $1,610.00 WITH MULE TAPE BY BORING E4 POLYMER CONCRETE PULL BOX(IT/MIS) EA 8 $2,415.00 $19,320.00 WITH 3-INCH GRAVEL BASE E5 72 COUNT SINGLEMODE FIBER CABLE LF 2459 $9.20 $22,622.80 E6 24 COUNT SINGLEMODE FIBER CABLE LF 225 $11.50 $2,587.50 E7 TRACER WIRE(#10 SOLID GREEN) LF 1694 $1.38 $2,337.72 E8 ALLOWANCE FOR UNANTICIPATED IT AL 1 $3,000.00 $3,000.00 (FIBER) IMPROVEMENTS Subtotal: $84,095.77 Part F-STORM WATER IMPROVEMENTS No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price F1 MOBILIZATION(MAX. 5%OF PART F) AL 1 $30,000.00 $30,000.00 F2 5-FOOT STANDARD CURB INLET EA 10 $7,548.00 $75,480.00 REPLACEMENT F3 3-FOOT X 3-FOOT POST INLET EA 1 $6,105.00 $6,105.00 F4 15-INCH REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE LF 21 $105.45 $2,214.45 F5 15-INCH REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE EA 2 $2,220.00 $4,440.00 REPLACEMENT(TO NEARESTJOINTOR STORM WATER MANHOLE) F6 18-INCH REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE EA 8 $2,775.00 $22,200.00 REPLACEMENT(TO NEARESTJOINT OR STORM WATER MANHOLE) F7 4-FOOT X 2-FOOT CONCRETE BOX LF 451 $582.75 $262,820.25 CULVERT DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A igue Ln.)Bond 2020 Report Created On:8/17/22 7:07:47 PM F8 DEMOLITION OF 36-INCH STORM LF 451 $22.20 $10,012.20 WATER LINE F9 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND SUBGRADE CY 25 $138.75 $3,468.75 F10 TYPE C MANHOLE(JUNCTION BOX) EA 4 $16,650.00 $66,600.00 F11 DEMOLITION OF STORM WATER EA 3 $2,775.00 $8,325.00 MANHOLE F12 TRENCH SAFETY FOR STORM WATER EA 14 $555.00 $7,770.00 MANHOLE(JUNCTION BOX)AND INLETS F13 CONCRETE COLLAR FOR STORM LINE AT EA 21 $555.00 $11,655.00 TIE-IN TO INLET, MANHOLE,OR STORM LINE F14 REINFORCED CONCRETE CURB AND LF 3114 $28.00 $87,192.00 GUTTER(6-INCH)(INCLUDES BASE AND SUBGRADE PREP UNDERNEATH CURB AND GUTTER AND 2-FOOT BEYOND BC, AND BACKFILL 2-FOOT BEYOND BC) F15 DEMOLITION OF CONCRETE CURB AND LF 3114 $10.00 $31,140.00 GUTTER(6-INCH AND DRIVEWAY) F16 SIDEWALK DRAIN(INCLUDES CONCRETE LF 15 $50.00 $750.00 CURB AND GUTTER F17 CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER REPAIR SF 79 $20.00 $1,580.00 F18 ADJUST EXISTING STORM WATER EA 3 $1,650.00 $4,950.00 MANHOLE TO FINISHED GRADE F19 ALLOWANCE FOR UNANTICIPATED AL 1 $27,000.00 $27,000.00 STORM WATER IMPROVEMENTS Subtotal:$663,702.65 Part G-WATER IMPROVEMENTS No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price G1 MOBILIZATION(MAX. 5%OF PART G) AL 1 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 G2 8-INCH DIA C900 PVC WATERLINE(DR LF 1613 $104.50 $168,558.50 18) G3 6-INCH DIA C900 PVC WATERLINE(DR LF 38 $77.00 $2,926.00 18) G4 2-INCH DIAC901 POLYETHYLENE LF 43 $19.80 $851.40 WATERLINE(SDR 9) G5 TRENCH SAFETY FOR WATERLINE LF 1651 $5.50 $9,080.50 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A igue Ln.)Bond 2020 Report Created On:8/17/22 7:07:47 PM G6 16-INCH X 8-INCH TAPPING SLEEVE EA 1 $11,550.00 $11,550.00 G7 8-INCH X 8-INCH TAPPING SLEEVE EA 1 $8,800.00 $8,800.00 G8 8-INCH GATE VALVE(DI)(MJ)(INCLUDES EA 15 $3,300.00 $49,500.00 RESTRAINTS) G9 6-INCH GATE VALVE(DI)(MJ)(INCLUDES EA 3 $2,530.00 $7,590.00 RESTRAINTS) G10 8-INCH 45-DEG BEND(DI)(MJ) EA 32 $990.00 $31,680.00 (INCLUDES RESTRAINTS) G11 8-INCH 22.5-DEG BEND(DI)(MJ) EA 2 $1,100.00 $2,200.00 (INCLUDES RESTRAINTS) G12 6-INCH 45-DEG BEND(DI)(MJ) EA 6 $935.00 $5,610.00 (INCLUDES RESTRAINTS) G13 8-INCH X 8-INCH CROSS(DI)(MJ) EA 1 $3,025.00 $3,025.00 (INCLUDES RESTRAINTS) G14 8-INCH X 6-INCH CROSS(DI)(MJ) EA 4 $2,640.00 $10,560.00 (INCLUDES RESTRAINTS) G15 8-INCH X 8-INCH TEE(DI)(MJ)(INCLUDES EA 1 $1,650.00 $1,650.00 RESTRAINTS) G16 8-INCH X 6-INCH TEE(DI)(MJ)(INCLUDES EA 5 $1,540.00 $7,700.00 RESTRAINTS) G17 2-INCH X 2-INCH TEE EA 1 $880.00 $880.00 G18 8-INCH X 6-INCH REDUCER(DI)(MJ) EA 1 $935.00 $935.00 (INCLUDES RESTRAINTS) G19 8-INCH PLUG(DI)(MJ)(INCLUDES EA 3 $665.50 $1,996.50 RESTRAINTS) G20 6-INCH CAP WITH 2-INCH THREADED EA 1 $599.50 $599.50 TAP(DI)(MJ)(INCLUDES RESTRAINTS) G21 16-INCH TIE-IN CONNECTION EA 1 $1,100.00 $1,100.00 G22 8-INCH TIE-IN CONNECTION EA 2 $5,500.00 $11,000.00 G23 6-INCH TIE-IN CONNECTION EA 3 $3,850.00 $11,550.00 G24 FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY(INCLUDING EA 8 $9,350.00 $74,800.00 FH,VALVE, BENDS,AND DI LEAD)(NOT INCLUDING TEE)(SHORT) G25 FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY(INCLUDING EA 6 $10,450.00 $62,700.00 FH,VALVE, BENDS,AND DI LEAD)(NOT INCLUDING TEE)(LONG) G26 REMOVE EXISTING WATERLINE LF 571 $82.50 $47,107.50 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A igue Ln.)Bond 2020 Report Created On:8/17/22 7:07:47 PM (INCLUDES 8 INCH AND 6-INCH) G27 GROUT FILL AND ABANDON IN PLACE LF 1126 $13.75 $15,482.50 EXISTING 8-INCH WATERLINE G28 REMOVE AND SALVAGE FIRE HYDRANT EA 7 $550.00 $3,850.00 ASSEMBLY G29 WATER METER RECONNECTION EA 8 $2,200.00 $17,600.00 (INCLUDING REMOVAL OF EXISTING SERVICE AND INSTALLATION OF NEW SERVICE) G30 ADJUST EXISTING WATER VALVE VAULT EA 1 $3,850.00 $3,850.00 MANHOLE TO FINISHED GRADE G31 ALLOWANCE FOR UNANTICIPATED AL 1 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 WATER IMPROVEMENTS Subtotal:$624,732.40 Part H-WASTEWATER IMPROVEMENTS No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price H1 MOBILIZATION(MAX. 5%OF PART H) AL 1 $9,000.00 $9,000.00 H2 REHABILITATE EXISTING 8-INCH DIA.VCP LF 132 $246.40 $32,524.80 WASTEWATER GRAVITY LINE BY PIPE BURSTING W/ 10-INCH HDPE H3 REHABILITATE EXISTING 10-INCH DIA. LF 238 $302.40 $71,971.20 VCP WASTEWATER GRAVITY LINE BY PIPE BURSTING W/ 12-INCH HDPE H4 4-FOOT DIA. FIBERGLASS MANHOLE(3.0 EA 3 $14,000.00 $42,000.00 TO 6.0 FEET DEEP) H5 TRENCH SAFETY FOR WASTEWATER EA 3 $1,120.00 $3,360.00 MANHOLE H6 SIDEWALK REPLACEMENT SF 40 $10.00 $400.00 H7 CURB AND GUTTER REPLACEMENT LF 10 $40.00 $400.00 H8 PAVEMENT REPAIR SY 3 $330.00 $990.00 H9 DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF EA 1 $1,680.00 $1,680.00 EXISTING 8-INCH DIA VCP WASTEWATER GRAVITY LINE STUB(6-FEET)AND PLUG H10 EXISTING 4-INCH WASTEWATER GRAVITY EA 1 $3,920.00 $3,920.00 LINE TIE-IN TO NEW MANHOLE H11 EXISTING 6-INCH WASTEWATER GRAVITY EA 1 $5,040.00 $5,040.00 LINE TIE-IN TO NEW MANHOLE DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A igue Ln.)Bond 2020 Report Created On:8/17/22 7:07:47 PM H12 EXISTING 10-INCH WASTEWATER EA 3 $6,160.00 $18,480.00 GRAVITY LINE TIE-IN TO NEW MANHOLE H13 ALLOWANCE FOR UNANTICIPATED AL 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 WASTEWATER IMPROVEMENTS Subtotal:$194,766.00 Part I-GAS IMPROVEMENTS No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price 11 MOBILIZATION(MAX. 5%OF PART 1) AL 1 $2,500.00 $2,500.00 12 EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND LF 1520 $33.60 $51,072.00 COMPACTION OF TRENCH FOR ADJUSTED GAS LINE(ADJUSTMENTS TO BE COMPLETED BYTHE CITY GAS DEPARTMENT) 13 TRENCH SAFETY FOR GAS LINE LF 1520 $2.24 $3,404.80 14 ALLOWANCE FOR UNANTICIPATED GAS AL 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 IMPROVEMENTS Subtotal: $61,976.80 Part J-TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price J1 MOBILIZATION(MAX. 5%OF PARTJ) AL 1 $6,000.00 $6,000.00 J2 INSTALL HWY TRF SIG(UPGRADE) EA 1 $20,700.00 $20,700.00 (INCLUDING REMOVAL OF EXISTING ITEMS TO BE REPLACED SUCH AS PUSH BUTTONS,WIRING, MASTARM SIGNS, AND OTHER ITEMS CONSIDERED AS INCIDENTAL TO UPGRADING THE TRAFFIC SIGNAL) J3 ELEC COMDR(NO.8) BARE LF 500 $1.96 $980.00 J4 ILSN(LED)8S(DURALIGHT)(RIGID BACK EA 4 $3,737.50 $14,950.00 MOUNT) J5 TRF SIG CBL(TY A)(12 AWG)(2 COMDR) LF 1410 $1.96 $2,763.60 J6 TRF SIG CBL(TY A)(1 4 AWG)(3 CONDR) LF 855 $2.01 $1,718.55 J7 PED DETECT PUSH BUTTON(APS- EA 8 $1,017.75 $8,142.00 POLARA TOUCH LESS ACTUATION) W/R10-3E SIGN J8 PED DETECTOR CONTROLLER UNIT EA 1 $4,427.50 $4,427.50 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A igue Ln.)Bond 2020 Report Created On:8/17/22 7:07:47 PM J9 MIOVISION CAMERA** LS 1 $47,121.25 $47,121.25 **ITEMS SUBSIDIARY TO MIOVISION CAMERA (1)SMARTLINK WIRELESS CONN AND SENSOR HUB(PX11215-001) (1)SMARTSENSE MUTLIMODAL VIDEO DETECTION(PX11215-002) (2)SMARTVIEW 360 CAMERA W/ BELL HOUSING(PXX11215-003) (1)SOFTWARE:TRAFFIC LINK SIG COMM &TRAFF OPS(PBU11217-001) (1)SOFTWARE:TRAFFIC LINK PERFORMANCE(PBU11217-002) (1)SOFTWARE:TRAFFIC LINK MULTIMOD DET&COUNTS(PBU11217-003) (2) MOUNT: 120 , PENDANT,SS CBL& HW,J-PIPE J10 ETHERNET CABLET CAT 5E LF 410 $1.73 $709.30 J11 WAVETRONIX CLICK 656 CABINET EA 1 $7,705.00 $7,705.00 INTERFACE DEVICE J12 RADAR ADVANCE DETECTOR EA 2 $8,165.00 $16,330.00 (WAVETRONIX) J13 RADAR ADVANCE DETECTOR COMM.& LF 460 $3.22 $1,481.20 POWER CABLE(SMARTSENSOR 6/C) J14 TR1 MITIGATOR DAMPING PLATES EA 2 $793.50 $1,587.00 J15 ALLOWANCE FOR UNANTICIPATED AL 1 $7,500.00 $7,500.00 TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS Subtotal:$142,115.40 Part K-LIGHTING IMPROVEMENTS No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price K1 MOBILIZATION(MAX. 5%OF PART K) AL 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 K2 CON DT(PVC)SCH 40(2 ) LF 1488 $25.00 $37,200.00 K3 CONDT(PVC)SCH 40(4 SLEEVE) LF 241 $32.20 $7,760.20 K4 GROUND BOX TYA(122311)W/APRON EA 8 $1,081.00 $8,648.00 K5 DEMOLISH EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES EA 3 $172.50 $517.50 K6 INSTALL NEW STREET LIGHT POLE AND EA 7 $7,820.00 $54,740.00 WIRING WITH MAST ARM AND LED LUMINAIRE DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Nguo Lmi)B id 2020 Re�porl CMreette8 On 8117122 7107"47 P 17 UNSTAI L NEWSTREET UGHTAND EA 1 $1,38U0 $1,381 0011 1r"w IMING WITI-1 MAST ARM AND LED LUMIINAIRE ON L USTUN+ POLE R8 ALLOWANCE FOR UNANTICIPATED AL 11 3.,008.0O $3,001000 LIGHTING IMPROVEMENTS EMENTS -------------------------- Subtot U: $118,245.70 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NII � I ■ INS ■ 1 � �1 IJ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... N mmimm mmimm NNNIN IN ANNE ■ 1 NNINN NNNIN .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ENNIN ENNIN 11001 .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 11001 ■ 0 mmm� Comm ® 1 ® ONION ■ ME ONION ® N FINE FEES IN 1 FEES ■ 1000001 ■ NO ONION ■ 0 1 ANNE MONO m MEN 0 1 FEES DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF WILDCAT DRIVE ( From FM 624 to Teague Lane) Bond 2020 PROJECT NUMBER 21048 n a I Q:�' 1 t rt i c 11':�' 1 . .x.. SNR THOMAS EVERTT l8 cr 136374.... ° .!/ NS C1NA%. " I ' 85'2 Halff Associates, Inc. (TBPELS Firm #312) 711 N. Carancahua Street, Suite 1190, Corpus Christi, TX 78401 (361) 400-4600 4 00 "z' ...... CHRISTOPHER D. CARON q' 13637 80168 cr 00 "' •�rCE "� �? s lel��`�'�� IS ER��.�w4ii �^�5"1C►NA1-E't� 7/8/2022 .. !����NAL��."r., Record Drawing Number: STR-1007 "�� 07/08/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 00 01 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division/ Title Section Division 00 Preface Documents 00 00 00 Cover Sheet 00 01 00 Table of Contents 00 01 02 List of Drawings Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements 00 52 23 Agreement (Rev 12-2021) 00 72 00 General Conditions(Rev 6-2021) 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions(Rev4-2022) 00 74 00 Special Conditions for [Name of Program] (Rev 10-2018) Division 01 General Requirements 01 11 00 Summary of Work(Rev 10-2018) 01 23 10 Alternates and Allowances(Revs-2020) 01 29 01 Measurement and Basis for Payment(Rev 5-2020) 01 33 01 Submittal Register(Rev 10-2018) 01 35 00 Special Procedures(Rev 10-2018) 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls(Rev 8-2019) 01 57 00 Temporary Controls(Rev 8-2019) Part S Standard Specifications 020 100 Survey Monuments 021 020 Site Clearing and Stripping 021 080 Removing Abandoned Structures 022 020 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 022 022 Trench Safety for Excavations 022 040 Street Excavation 022 080 Embankment 022 100 Select Material 022 420 Silt Fence 025205 Pavement Repair, Curb, Gutter, Sidewalk, and Driveway Replacement 025210 Lime Stabilization Table of Contents 000100-1 Wildcat Drive—FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 1/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Division/ Title Section 025223 Crushed Limestone Flexible Base 025404 Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions 025412 Prime Coat 025414 Aggregate for Surface Treatment 025418 Surface Treatment 025424 Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete Pavement 025608 Inlets 025610 Concrete Curb and Gutter 025612 Concrete Sidewalk and Driveways 025614 Concrete Curb Ramps 025620 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement 025802 Temporary Traffic Control During Construction 025803 Traffic Signal Adjustments 025805 Work Zone Pavement Markings 025807 Pavement Markings (Paint and Thermoplastic) 025813 Performed Thermoplastic Striping, Words and Emblems 025816 Raised Pavement Markings 025818 Reference Specification—TX DOT DMS-4200 Pavement Markers (Reflectorized) 025828 Reference Specification—TX DOT DMS-6130 Bituminous Adhesive for Pavement Marker 026201 Waterline Riser Assemblies 026202 Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Systems 026206 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 026210 PVC Pipe (AWWA C900 and C905 Pressure Pipe for Municipal Water Mains and Wastewater Force Mains) 026214 Grouting Abandoned Utility Lines 026402 Waterlines 026404 Water Service Lines 026409 Tapping Sleeves and Tapping Valves 026411 Gate Valves for Waterlines 026416 Fire Hydrants 027200 Control of Wastewater Flows 027202 Manholes 027203 Vacuum Testing of Wastewater Manhole and Structures Table of Contents 000100-2 Wildcat Drive—FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 1/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Division/ Title Section 027205 Fiberglass Manholes 027402 Reinforced Concrete Pipe Culverts 027404 Concrete Box Culverts 027606 Wastewater Service Lines 027611 Cleaning and Televised Inspection of Conduits 027618 Wastewater Line Rehabilitation/ Pipe Bursting 028 040 Sodding 030 020 Portland Cement Concrete 032 020 Reinforcing Steel 038 000 Concrete Structures 055 420 Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers Part T Technical Specifications 34 41 13.00 Traffic Signal Standards and General Requirements - Revised 3441 13.13 Installation of Traffic Equipment- Revised 34 41 16.43 Ground Boxes 3441 16.63 Pedestrian Signal - Revised 3441 19.13 Electrical Services for Traffic Equipment- Revised 34 41 23.39 Radar Presence Detector- Revised TxDOT Excavation and Backfill for Structures Item 400 TxDOT Item 421 Hydraulic Cement Concrete TxDOT Item 432 Riprap TxDOT Item 440 Reinforcement for Concrete TxDOT Item 476 Jacking Boring or Tunneling Pipe of Box TxDOT Item 618 Conduit TxDOT Ground Boxes Item 624 Appendix All Testing Reports as Applicable A Geotechnical Report B Subsurface Utility Engineering for Wildcat Drive Table of Contents 000100-3 Wildcat Drive—FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 1/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A END OF SECTION Table of Contents 000100-4 Wildcat Drive—FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 1/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 0001 02 LIST OF DRAWINGS SHEET LIST TABLE Sheet Number Sheet Title 1 COVER SHEET 2 PROJECT LOCATION MAP AND CONTROL POINT LAYOUT 3 BASE BID NO.01 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES SUMMARY—ASPHALT PAVEMENT 4 BASE BID NO.02 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES SUMMARY—CONCRETE PAVEMENT 5 GENERAL NOTES SHEET 6 TESTING SCHEDULES, LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS SHEET 7 ASPHALT TYPICAL SECTIONS @ STA 4+00 AND @ STA 8+00 8 ASPHALT TYPICAL SECTIONS @ STA 12+00 AND @ STA 16+00 9 CONCRETE TYPICAL SECTIONS @ STA 4+00 AND @ STA 8+00 10 CONCRETE TYPICAL SECTIONS @ STA 12+00 AND @ STA 16+00 11 EXISTING CONDITIONS BEGIN TO STA 11+00 12 EXISTING CONDITIONS STA 11+00 TO END 13 DEMOLITION PLAN STA BEGIN TO STA 13+00 14 DEMOLITION PLAN STA 13+00 TO END 15 STORM WATER BASE MAP 16 WATER BASE MAP 17 WASTEWATER BASE MAP 18 GAS BASE MAP 19 DRAINAGE AREA MAP 20 STREET AND STORM PLAN & PROFILE BEGIN TO STA 7+00 21 STREET AND STORM PLAN & PROFILE STA 7+00 TO STA 12+00 22 STREET AND STORM PLAN & PROFILE STA 12+00 TO STA 16+00 23 STREET AND STORM PLAN & PROFILE STA 16+00 TO END 24 CONCRETE PAVEMENT JOINT LAYOUT BEGIN TO STA 11+50 25 CONCRETE PAVEMENT JOINT LAYOUT STA 11+50 TO END 26 COCC CONCRETE PAVEMENT STANDARDS 27 PAVEMENT DETAILS(1 OF 2) 28 PAVEMENT DETAILS(2 OF 2) 29 ADA CURB RAMP LAYOUT(1 OF 2) 30 ADA CURB RAMP LAYOUT(2 OF 2) 31 WATER PLAN & PROFILE WTR BEGIN TO WTR STA 5+50 32 WATER PLAN & PROFILE WTR STA 5+50 TO WTR STA 10+50 33 WATER PLAN & PROFILE WTR STA 10+50 TO WTR STA 15+50 34 WATER PLAN & PROFILE WTR STA 15+50 TO END 35 WATER LATERALS (1 OF 3) 36 WATER LATERALS (2 OF 3) 37 WATER LATERAL(3 OF 3) 38 WASTEWATER PLAN & PROFILE BEGIN TO END 39 GAS AND IT PLAN & PROFILE BEGIN TO GAS STA 5+50 List of Drawings 000102-1 Wildcat Drive—FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 40 GAS AND IT PLAN & PROFILE GAS STA 5+50 TO GAS STA 10+50 41 GAS AND IT PLAN & PROFILE GAS STA 10+50 TO GAS STA 14+50 42 GAS AND IT PLAN & PROFILE GAS STA 14+50 TO END 43 TRAFFIC STRIPING AND SIGNAGE PLAN BEGIN TO STA 11+50 44 TRAFFIC STRIPING AND SIGNAGE PLAN STA 11+50 TO END 45 COCC CROSSWALK PAVEMENT MARKING &STREET NAME BLADE SIGN DETAILS 46 TXDOT PAVEMENT MARKINGS PM(1)-20 47 TXDOT PAVEMENT MARKINGS PM(2)-20 48 TXDOT PAVEMENT MARKINGS PM(3)-20 49 TXDOT TYPICAL SIGN REQUIREMENTS TSR(4)-13 50 TXDOT SIGN MOUNTING DETAILS SMD(GEN)-08 51 TXDOT SIGN MOUNTING DETAILS SMD(SLIP-1)-08 52 TXDOT SIGN MOUNTING DETAILS SMD(SLIP-2)-08 53 TXDOT SOLAR POWERED ROADSIDE FLASHING BEACON ASSEMBLY SPRFBAI-13 54 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL(TTC) PLAN NOTES 55 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL(TTC) SUGGESTED PHASING 56 TXDOT TRAFFIC SIGNAL WORK WZ(BTS-1)-13 57 TXDOT TRAFFIC SIGNAL WORK WZ(BTS-2)-13 58 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN BEGIN TO STA 11+50 59 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN STA 11+50 TO END 60 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN NOTES 61 STORM WATER ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS ISSUED AND COMMENTS 62 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION STANDARD DETAILS 63 COCC STORM WATER STANDARD DETAILS (1 OF 3) 64 COCC STORM WATER STANDARD DETAILS (2 OF 3) 65 COCC STORM WATER STANDARD DETAILS (3 OF 3) 66 COCC WATER STANDARD DETAILS (1 OF 4) 67 COCC WATER STANDARD DETAILS (2 OF 4) 68 COCC WATER STANDARD DETAILS (3 OF 4) 69 COCC WATER STANDARD DETAILS (4 OF 4) 70 COCC WASTEWATER STANDARD DETAILS (1 OF 4) 71 COCC WASTEWATER STANDARD DETAILS (2 OF 4) 72 COCC WASTEWATER STANDARD DETAILS (3 OF 4) 73 COCC WASTEWATER STANDARD DETAILS (4 OF 4) 74 COCC CURB, GUTTER AND SIDEWALK STANDARD DETAILS 75 COCC CURB RAMP STANDARD DETAILS(SHEET 1 OF 4) 76 COCC CURB RAMP STANDARD DETAILS(SHEET 2 OF 4) 77 COCC CURB RAMP STANDARD DETAILS(SHEET 3 OF 4) 78 COCC CURB RAMP STANDARD DETAILS(SHEET 4 OF 4) 79 COCC DRIVEWAY STANDARDS (SHEET 1 OF 3) 80 COCC DRIVEWAY STANDARDS (SHEET 2 OF 3) 81 COCC DRIVEWAY STANDARDS (SHEET 3 OF 3) 82 TRAFFIC SIGNAL GENERAL NOTES List of Drawings 000102-2 Wildcat Drive—FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 83 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EXISTING CONDITIONS 84 TRAFFIC SIGNAL PROPOSED LAYOUT 85 TRAFFIC SIGNAL ELEVATIONS 86 TRAFFIC SIGNAL ILSN SIGNING 87 TXDOT ELECTRICAL DETAILS CONDUCTORS ED(3)-14 88 TXDOT ELECTRICAL DETAILS TYPICAL TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM ED(8)-14 89 ELECTRICAL GENERAL LEGEND 90 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION ROADWAY LIGHTING LAYOUT I 91 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION ROADWAY LIGHTING LAYOUT II 92 ELECTRICAL ROADWAY LIGHTING LAYOUT I 93 ELECTRICAL ROADWAY LIGHTING LAYOUT II 94 ELECTRICAL ROADWAY LIGHTING PHOTOMETRICS I 95 ELECTRICAL ROADWAY LIGHTING PHOTOMETRICS II 96 TXDOT ELECTRICAL DETAILS CONDUITS& NOTES ED(1)-14 97 TXDOT ELECTRICAL DETAILS GROUND BOXES ED(4)-14 END OF SECTION List of Drawings 000102-3 Wildcat Drive—FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Wildcat Drive—FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 0 °b�nnwo�Ay"v 1852 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on [insert Award Date], is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1—WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Wildcat Drive(FM 624 to Teague Lane) Insert Project Number: 21048 ARTICLE 2—DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: Halff Associates, Inc. 711 N. Caranchua St. Suite 1190 Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 teverett@halff.com (R.Thomas Everett II, P.E.) 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Name of Owner's Authorized Representative Office Address City,State,Zip Code Email ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 210 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions within 240 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Performance of the Work is required as shown in Paragraph 7.02 of the General Conditions. Agreement 005223-1 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A C. Milestones, and the dates for completion of each,are as defined in Section 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay(but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner$500.00 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner$100.00 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4—CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ ARTICLE 5—PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 17 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. Agreement 005223-2 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to the full amount of the total earned value to date for completed Work minus the retainage listed below and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The standard retainage is 5 percent. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.13, less the total of payments previously made and less set-offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6—INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. Invoices must comply with Article 17 of the General Conditions. 6.02 Except as specified in Article 5, the Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; Agreement 005223-3 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents,and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. M. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 7.14 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. Agreement 005223-4 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A ARTICLE 8—ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice, the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence,instructions,drawings, receipts,vouchers, memoranda,and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Solicitation documents. 2. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 4. Addenda. 5. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. 6. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. Agreement 005223-5 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A ARTICLE 10—CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Rebecca Huerta Jeffrey Edmonds, P.E City Secretary Director of Engineering Services AUTHORIZED APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: BY COUNCIL Assistant City Attorney ATTEST(IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR (Seal Below) By: Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if Title: person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer Address City State Zip Phone Fax EMail END OF SECTION Agreement 005223-6 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents Page Article 1—Definitions and Terminology.....................................................................................................10 1.01 Defined Terms.............................................................................................................................10 1.02 Terminology................................................................................................................................15 Article 2—Preliminary Matters...................................................................................................................16 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance.............................................................................16 2.02 Copies of Documents..................................................................................................................16 2.03 Project Management System......................................................................................................16 2.04 Before Starting Construction ......................................................................................................17 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives................................17 Article 3—Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse.................................................................17 3.01 Intent...........................................................................................................................................17 3.02 Reference Standards...................................................................................................................18 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies......................................................................................19 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents.................................................................................20 3.05 Reuse of Documents...................................................................................................................20 Article 4—Commencement and Progress of the Work..............................................................................20 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed.............................................................20 4.02 Starting the Work........................................................................................................................20 4.03 Progress Schedule.......................................................................................................................21 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress..................................................................................................21 Article 5—Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions...................................................................................................................................................22 5.01 Availability of Lands....................................................................................................................22 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas........................................................................................................22 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions............................................................................................23 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions...............................................................................24 5.05 Underground Facilities................................................................................................................25 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site.............................................................................26 Article 6—Bonds and Insurance .................................................................................................................28 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds..................................................................................28 General Conditions 007200- 1 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 6.02 Licensed Sureties ........................................................................................................................29 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage....................................................................................29 6.04 General Insurance Provisions......................................................................................................29 6.05 Contractor's Insurance................................................................................................................30 6.06 Property Insurance......................................................................................................................33 6.07 Waiver of Rights..........................................................................................................................34 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project....................................................................................................34 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance..............................................................................................35 6.10 Certificate of Insurance...............................................................................................................35 6.11 Insurance Policies........................................................................................................................35 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage...............................................................................................35 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance ......................................................................................................35 6.14 Texas Workers' Compensation Insurance Required Notice .......................................................36 Article 7-Contractor's Responsibilities.....................................................................................................38 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence..............................................................................................38 7.02 Labor; Working Hours.................................................................................................................38 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ...........................................................................................39 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others....................................................................39 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties...........................................................................................................40 7.06 Permits........................................................................................................................................41 7.07 Taxes...........................................................................................................................................41 7.08 Laws and Regulations..................................................................................................................41 7.09 Safety and Protection .................................................................................................................42 7.10 Safety Representative.................................................................................................................43 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs..............................................................................................43 7.12 Emergencies................................................................................................................................43 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee .........................................................................43 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION......................................................................................................................44 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services................................................................................45 Article 8-Other Work at the Site...............................................................................................................46 8.01 Other Work.................................................................................................................................46 8.02 Coordination...............................................................................................................................47 8.03 Legal Relationships......................................................................................................................47 General Conditions 007200-2 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Article 9—Owner's and OPT's Responsibilities...........................................................................................48 9.01 Communications to Contractor ..................................................................................................48 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members......................................................................48 9.03 Furnish Data................................................................................................................................48 9.04 Pay When Due.............................................................................................................................48 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests...................................................................................48 9.06 Insurance.....................................................................................................................................48 9.07 Modifications..............................................................................................................................48 9.08 Inspections,Tests, and Approvals...............................................................................................48 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities .........................................................................................48 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition......................................................................49 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program................................................................................................49 Article 10—OAR's and Designer's Status During Construction ..................................................................49 10.01 Owner's Representative..........................................................................................................49 10.02 Visits to Site.............................................................................................................................49 10.03 Resident Project Representatives...........................................................................................49 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work........................................................................................................49 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments.........................................................................50 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work...................50 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities.....................................50 Article 11—Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work ....................................................50 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents.......................................................50 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work................................................................................51 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work........................................................................................51 11.04 Change of Contract Price ........................................................................................................52 11.05 Change of Contract Times.......................................................................................................52 11.06 Change Proposals....................................................................................................................52 11.07 Execution of Change Orders ...................................................................................................53 11.08 Notice to Surety......................................................................................................................54 Article 12—Change Management ..............................................................................................................54 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal................................................................................................54 12.02 Change Proposals....................................................................................................................54 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification...................................................................55 General Conditions 007200-3 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 12.04 Substitutions...........................................................................................................................55 Article13—Claims.......................................................................................................................................56 13.01 Claims......................................................................................................................................56 13.02 Claims Process.........................................................................................................................57 Article 14—Prevailing Wage Rate Requirements.......................................................................................58 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates.........................................................................................58 14.02 Records....................................................................................................................................58 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense.........................................................................................59 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates.............................................................................................................59 Article 15—Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work......................................................................59 15.01 Cost of the Work.....................................................................................................................59 15.02 Allowances..............................................................................................................................63 15.03 Unit Price Work.......................................................................................................................63 15.04 Contingencies..........................................................................................................................64 Article 16—Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal, or Acceptance of Defective Work....................65 16.01 Access to Work........................................................................................................................65 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals............................................................................................65 16.03 Defective Work.......................................................................................................................65 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work................................................................................................66 16.05 Uncovering Work....................................................................................................................66 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work.....................................................................................................67 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work.......................................................................................67 Article 17—Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period........................................67 17.01 Progress Payments..................................................................................................................67 17.02 Application for Payment.........................................................................................................69 17.03 Schedule of Values..................................................................................................................71 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value............................................................72 17.05 Basis for Payments..................................................................................................................73 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment.......................................................................73 17.07 Retainage and Set-Offs...........................................................................................................74 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment.........................................................74 17.09 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative...........................................................75 17.10 Contractor's Warranty of Title................................................................................................76 General Conditions 007200-4 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 17.11 Substantial Completion...........................................................................................................76 17.12 Partial Utilization.....................................................................................................................77 17.13 Final Inspection.......................................................................................................................77 17.14 Final Application for Payment.................................................................................................77 17.15 Final Payment..........................................................................................................................78 17.16 Waiver of Claims.....................................................................................................................78 17.17 Correction Period....................................................................................................................78 Article 18-Suspension of Work and Termination.....................................................................................79 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work.....................................................................................................79 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause............................................................................................79 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience................................................................................80 Article 19-Project Management...............................................................................................................81 19.01 Work Included.........................................................................................................................81 19.02 Quality Assurance ...................................................................................................................81 19.03 Document Submittal...............................................................................................................81 19.04 Required Permits ....................................................................................................................81 19.05 Safety Requirements...............................................................................................................82 19.06 Access to the Site....................................................................................................................82 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site..........................................................................................................82 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities........................................................................83 19.09 Pre-Construction Exploratory Excavations..............................................................................83 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations........................................................................84 19.11 Field Measurements ...............................................................................................................84 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points.........................................................................................84 19.13 Delivery and Storage...............................................................................................................85 19.14 Cleaning During Construction.................................................................................................86 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways, and Access......................................................................86 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control..............................................................................................87 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires.......................................................................................................87 19.18 Blasting....................................................................................................................................87 19.19 Archeological Requirements...................................................................................................87 19.20 Endangered Species Resources...............................................................................................88 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies..........................................................................................88 General Conditions 007200-5 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Article 20—Project Coordination................................................................................................................88 20.01 Work Included.........................................................................................................................88 20.02 Document Submittal...............................................................................................................88 20.03 Communication During Project...............................................................................................89 20.04 Project Meetings.....................................................................................................................89 20.05 Requests for Information........................................................................................................91 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log..................................................................................................91 20.07 Notification By Contractor......................................................................................................92 20.08 Record Documents..................................................................................................................92 Article 21—Quality Management...............................................................................................................94 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities ..................................................................................................94 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT..................................................................................95 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports..................................................................................96 21.04 Documentation.......................................................................................................................96 21.05 Standards ................................................................................................................................97 21.06 Delivery and Storage...............................................................................................................97 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects..............................................................................97 21.08 Test Reports............................................................................................................................97 21.09 Defective Work.......................................................................................................................98 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory........................................................................98 21.11 Quality Control Plan................................................................................................................98 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan ......................................................................100 Article 22—Final Resolution of Disputes..................................................................................................101 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations.....................................................................................................101 22.02 Mediation..............................................................................................................................101 Article 23—Minority/MBE/DBE Participation Policy................................................................................102 23.01 Policy.....................................................................................................................................102 23.02 Definitions.............................................................................................................................102 23.03 Goals......................................................................................................................................103 23.04 Compliance............................................................................................................................104 Article 24—Document Management........................................................................................................104 24.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................104 24.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................104 General Conditions 007200-6 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................104 24.04 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................105 24.05 Document Numbering ..........................................................................................................105 24.06 Document Requirements......................................................................................................106 Article25—Shop Drawings.......................................................................................................................107 25.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................107 25.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................107 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................107 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements ................................................................................................109 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports........................................................................................109 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees..................................................................................................110 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures....................................................................................110 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures..........................................................................112 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products...............................................................................................113 25.10 Requests for Deviation..........................................................................................................113 25.11 Designer Responsibilities......................................................................................................114 25.12 Resubmission Requirements.................................................................................................116 Article26—Record Data...........................................................................................................................117 26.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................117 26.02 Quality Assurance.................................................................................................................117 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................117 26.04 Record Data Requirements...................................................................................................118 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports........................................................................................118 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees..................................................................................................119 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures.......................................................................................119 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities....................................................................................................120 Article 27—Construction Progress Schedule............................................................................................121 27.01 Requirements........................................................................................................................121 27.02 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................121 27.03 Schedule Requirements........................................................................................................121 27.04 Schedule Revisions................................................................................................................123 27.05 Float Time..............................................................................................................................123 Article 28—Video and Photographic documentation ..............................................................................124 General Conditions 007200-7 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 28.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................124 28.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................124 28.03 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................124 28.04 Photographs..........................................................................................................................125 28.05 Video Recording....................................................................................................................125 Article 29-Execution and Closeout.........................................................................................................125 29.01 Substantial Completion.........................................................................................................125 29.02 Final Inspections....................................................................................................................126 29.03 Reinspection Fees.................................................................................................................126 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal ............................................................................................127 29.05 Transfer of Utilities ...............................................................................................................127 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements.........................................................................127 Article30-Miscellaneous........................................................................................................................128 30.01 Computation of Times...........................................................................................................128 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records.......................................................................128 30.03 Independent Contractor.......................................................................................................129 30.04 Cumulative Remedies ...........................................................................................................129 30.05 Limitation of Damages..........................................................................................................129 30.06 No Waiver.............................................................................................................................129 30.07 Severability............................................................................................................................129 30.08 Survival of Obligations ..........................................................................................................130 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries .................................................................................................130 30.10 Assignment of Contract.........................................................................................................130 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity........................................................................................130 30.12 Controlling Law.....................................................................................................................130 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue...................................................................................130 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury...........................................................................................................130 30.15 Attorney Fees........................................................................................................................130 30.16 Compliance with Laws...........................................................................................................131 30.17 Enforcement..........................................................................................................................131 30.18 Subject to Appropriation.......................................................................................................131 30.19 Contract Sum.........................................................................................................................131 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy....................................................................131 General Conditions 007200-8 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 30.21 Notices. .................................................................................................................................131 General Conditions 007200-9 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Terms with initial capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, have the meanings indicated in this paragraph wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents. In addition to the terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents may include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda - Documents issued prior to the receipt of Bids which clarify or modify the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement - The document executed between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Alternative Dispute Resolution -The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled as an alternative to litigation, if Owner and Contractor cannot reach an agreement between themselves. 4. Application for Payment - The forms used by Contractor to request payments from Owner and the supporting documentation required by the Contract Documents. 5. Award Date—The date the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi(City)authorizes the City Manager or designee to execute the Contract on behalf of the City. 6. Bid —The documents submitted by a Bidder to establish the proposed Contract Price and Contract Times and provide other information and certifications as required by the Bidding Documents. 7. Bidding Documents — The solicitation documents, the proposed Contract Documents and Addenda. 8. Bidder—An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 9. Bonds - Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and other Surety instruments executed by Surety. When in singular form, refers to individual instrument. 10. Change Order-A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract,which modifies the Work, Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract. 11. Change Proposal - A document submitted by Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Requesting an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times; b. Contesting an initial decision concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; C. Challenging a set-off against payment due; or d. Seeking a Modification with respect to the terms of the Contract. 12. City Engineer - The Corpus Christi City Engineer and/or designee as identified at the preconstruction conference or in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 007200- 10 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 13. Claim - A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. A demand for money or services by an entity other than the Owner or Contractor is not a Claim. Claims must be initiated by written notice, signed and sworn to be an authorized corporate officer, verifying the truth and accuracy of the Claim. 14. Constituent of Concern - Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous wastes, and substances, products, wastes, or other materials that are or become listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to: a. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. ("CERCLA"); b. The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5101 et seq.; C. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. ("RCRA"); d. The Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; e. The Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; f. The Clean Air Act,42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or g. Any other Laws or Regulations regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning hazardous,toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 15. Contract -The entire integrated set of documents concerning the Work and describing the relationship between the Owner and Contractor. 16. Contract Amendment-A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which: a. Authorizes new phases of the Work and establishes the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work; or b. Modifies the terms and conditions of the Contract but does not make changes in the Work. 17. Contract Documents - Those items designated as Contract Documents in the Agreement. 18. Contract Price - The monetary amount stated in the Agreement and as adjusted by Modifications,and increases or decreases in unit price quantities, if any,that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 19. Contract Times-The number of days or the dates by which Contractor must: a. Achieve specified Milestones; b. Achieve Substantial Completion; and C. Complete the Work. 20. Contractor-The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. General Conditions 007200- 11 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 21. Contractor's Team - Contractor and Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to perform part of the Work or anyone for whose acts they may be liable. 22. Cost of the Work -The sum of costs incurred for the proper performance of the Work as allowed by Article 15. 23. Defective - When applied to Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. Does not conform to the Contract Documents; b. Does not meet the requirements of applicable inspections, reference standards, tests, or approvals referred to in the Contract Documents; or C. Has been damaged or stolen prior to OAR's recommendation of final payment unless responsibility for the protection of the Work has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion 24. Designer - The individuals or entity named as Designer in the Agreement and the subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by Designer to provide design or other technical services to the Owner. Designer has responsibility for engineering or architectural design and technical issues related to the Contract Documents. Designers are Licensed Professional Engineers, Registered Architects or Registered Landscape Architects qualified to practice their profession in the State of Texas. 25. Drawings - The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work. Shop Drawings and other Contractor documents are not Drawings. 26. Effective Date of the Contract -The date indicated in the Agreement on which the City Manager or designee has signed the Contract. 27. Field Order-A document issued by OAR or Designer requiring changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 28. Hazardous Environmental Condition -The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site in quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed to Constituents of Concern. The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site necessary for the execution of the Work or to be incorporated in the Work is not a Hazardous Environmental Condition provided these Constituents of Concern are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract. 29. Indemnified Costs-All costs, losses,damages,and legal or other dispute resolution costs resulting from claims or demands against Owner. These costs include fees for engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals. 30. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations-Applicable laws,statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances,codes,and orders of governmental bodies,agencies,authorities,and courts having jurisdiction over the Project. 31. Liens - Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract related funds, real property, or personal property. General Conditions 007200- 12 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 32. Milestone-A principal event in the performance of the Work that Contractor is required by Contract to complete by a specified date or within a specified period of time. 33. Modification - Change made to the Contract Documents by one of the following methods: a. Contract Amendment; b. Change Order; C. Field Order; or d. Work Change Directive. 34. Notice of Award-The notice of Owner's intent to enter into a contract with the Selected Bidder. 35. Notice to Proceed -A notice to Contractor of the Contract Times and the date Work is to begin. 36. Owner -The City of Corpus Christi (City), a Texas home-rule municipal corporation and political subdivision organized under the laws of the State of Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager and designee, the City Engineer (the Director of Engineering Services), and the City's officers, employees, agents, or representatives, authorized to administer design and construction of the Project. 37. Owner's Authorized Representative or OAR -The individual or entity named as OAR in the Agreement and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide construction management services to the Owner. The OAR may be an employee of the Owner. 38. Owner's Project Team or OPT - The Owner, Owner's Authorized Representative, Resident Project Representative, Designer, and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide services to the Owner. 39. Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 40. Progress Schedule -A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. The Progress Schedule must be a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule. 41. Project - The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner under the Contract Documents. 42. Project Manual — That portion of the Contract Documents that may include the following: introductory information,solicitation requirements and responses, proposal, Contract forms and General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements, Specification, Drawings, Project Safety Manual and Addenda. 43. Resident Project Representative or RPR-The authorized representative of OPT assigned to assist OAR at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative includes assistants and field staff of the OAR. General Conditions 007200- 13 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 44. Samples - Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship representing some portion of the Work that are used to establish the standards for that portion of the Work. 45. Schedule of Documents -A schedule of required documents, prepared and maintained by Contractor. 46. Schedule of Values - A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for Contractor's Applications for Payment. 47. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. 48. Site - Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed. The Site includes rights-of-way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for use by the Contractor. 49. Specifications -The part of the Contract that describes the requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 50. Subcontractor -An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with other Subcontractors or Suppliers for the performance of a part of the Work. 51. Substantial Completion -The point where the Work or a specified part of the Work is sufficiently complete to be used for its intended purpose in accordance with the Contract Documents. 52. Supplementary Conditions -The part of the Contract that amends or supplements the General Conditions. 53. Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with Subcontractors or other Suppliers to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work. 54. Technical Data-Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to either: a. Subsurface conditions at the Site; b. Physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; or C. Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. 55. Underground Facilities - All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, other similar facilities or appurtenances, and encasements containing these facilities which are used to convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 56. Unit Price Work-Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. General Conditions 007200- 14 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 57. Work - The construction of the Project or its component parts as required by the Contract Documents. 58. Work Change Directive -A directive issued to Contractor on or after the Effective Date of the Contract ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. The Work Change Directive serves as a memorandum of understanding regarding the directive until a Change Order can be issued. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in this Paragraph 1.02 are not defined, but when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. It is understood that the cost for performing Work is included in the Contract Price and no additional compensation is to be paid by Owner unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. Expressions including or similar to "at no additional cost to Owner," "at Contractor's expense,"or similar words mean that the Contractor is to perform or provide specified operation of Work without an increase in the Contract Price. C. The terms"day"or"calendar day" mean a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. The meaning and intent of certain terms or adjectives are described as follows: 1. The terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed," or similar terms in the Contract Documents indicate an exercise of professional judgment by the OPT. 2. Adjectives including or similar to "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or similar adjectives are used to describe a determination of OPT regarding the Work. 3. Any exercise of professional judgment by the OPT will be made solely to evaluate the Work for general compliance with the Contract Documents unless there is a specific statement in the Contract Documents indicating otherwise. 4. The use of these or similar terms or adjectives does not assign a duty or give OPT authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or assign a duty or give authority to the OPT to undertake responsibilities contrary to the provisions of Articles 9 or 10 or other provisions of the Contract Documents. E. The use of the words "furnish," "install," "perform," and "provide" have the following meanings when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment: 1. Furnish means to supply and deliver the specified services, materials, or equipment to the Site or other specified location ready for use or installation. 2. Install means to complete construction or assembly of the specified services, materials, or equipment so they are ready for their intended use. 3. Perform or provide means to furnish and install specified services, materials, or equipment, complete and ready for their intended use. 4. Perform or provide the specified services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use if the Contract Documents require specific services, materials, or General Conditions 007200- 15 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A equipment, but do not expressly use the words "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide." F. Contract Documents are written in modified brief style: 1. Requirements apply to all Work of the same kind, class, and type even though the word "all" is not stated. 2. Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first word in the sentence. It is understood that the words "furnish," "install," "perform," "provide," or similar words include the meaning of the phrase "The Contractor shall..." before these words. 3. Unless specifically stated that action is to be taken by the OPT or others, it is understood that the action described is a requirement of the Contractor. G. Words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with this recognized meaning unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. H. Written documents are required where reference is made to notices, reports, approvals, consents, documents, statements, instructions, opinions or other types of communications required by the Contract Documents. Approval and consent documents must be received by Contractor prior to the action or decision for which approval or consent is given. These may be made in printed or electronic format through the OPT's project management information system or other electronic media as required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. I. Giving notice as required by the Contract Documents may be by printed or electronic media using a method that requires acknowledgment of the receipt of that notice. ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Provide required Bonds with the executed Agreement. B. Provide evidence of insurance required by the Contract Documents with the executed Agreement. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. OPT is to furnish one fully executed Agreement (either electronic or printed) and one copy of the executed Contract Documents in electronic portable document format (PDF). This document is the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents. 2.03 Project Management System A. Owner shall administer its design and construction management through an internet-based project management system known as e-Builder. B. Contractor shall conduct all communication through and perform all project-related functions utilizing this project management system. This includes all correspondence, General Conditions 007200- 16 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A submittals, requests for information, payment requests and processing, contract amendments, change orders, delivery orders and other administrative activities. C. Owner shall administer the software and provide training to Contractor's Team. 2.04 Before Starting Construction A. Provide the following preliminary documents in accordance with the Contract Documents within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract: 1. Progress Schedule, which must be a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule; 2. Schedule of Documents; and 3. Schedule of Values and projected cash flow information. 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Attend the preconstruction conference as required by the Contract Documents. B. Designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Contractor. These individuals must have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of the Contractor. C. Owner is to designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Owner and the limits of their authority with regard to acting on behalf of the Owner. ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. Requirements of components of the Contract Documents are as binding as if required by all Contract Documents. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OPT. 1. The Contract requirements described in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to Work regardless of where it is described in the Contract Documents, unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. In offering a Bid for this Project and in entering into this Contract,Contractor represents: a. Contractor has studied the Contract Documents, the Work, the Site, local conditions, Laws and Regulations, and other conditions that may affect the Work; b. Contractor has studied the Technical Data and other information referred to in the Contract Documents and has or will make additional surveys and investigations as deemed necessary for the performance of the Work; C. Contractor has correlated these studies and observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents; and d. Contractor has taken all of this information into consideration in developing the Contract Price offered and that the Contract Price offered provides full compensation for providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200- 17 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 3. Organization of the Contract Documents is not intended to control or lessen the responsibility of the Contractor when dividing Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers, or to establish the extent of Work to be performed by trades, Subcontractors, or Suppliers. Specifications or details do not need to be indicated or specified in each Specification or Drawing. Items shown in the Contract Documents are applicable regardless of their location in the Contract Documents. 4. Standard paragraph titles and other identifications of subject matter in the Specifications are intended to aid in locating and recognizing various requirements of the Specifications. Titles do not define, limit, or otherwise restrict Specification text. 5. Provide the labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents or not. Include these related costs in the offered Contract Price. B. Provide equipment that is functionally complete as described in the Contract Documents. The Drawings and Specifications do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the installation of products purchased by the Owner or Contractor. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Designer through the OAR. C. Comply with the most stringent requirements where compliance with two or more standards is specified and they establish different or conflicting requirements for the Work, unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. D. Provide materials and equipment comparable in quality to similar materials and equipment incorporated in the Project or as required to meet the minimum requirements of the application if the materials and equipment are shown in the Drawings but are not included in the Specifications. E. The Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents governs if there is a discrepancy between the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents and subsequent electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents, including printed copies derived from these electronic or digital versions. F. The Contract supersedes all prior written or oral negotiations, representations, and agreements. The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The Contract Documents may be modified only by a Modification. G. Request clarification from OAR for a decision before proceeding if Contractor is not clear on the meaning of the Contract Documents. OAR is to issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standard Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations: 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of technical societies, organizations, or associations, or to Laws or Regulations,whether specific or implied, are those in effect at the time Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200- 18 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 2. No provision of referenced standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier changes the duties or responsibilities of OPT or Contractor from those described in the Contract Documents or assigns a duty to or gives authority to the OPT to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or undertake responsibilities inconsistent with the Contract Documents. 3. The provisions of the Contract Documents take precedence over standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. B. Comply with applicable construction industry standards, whether referenced or not. 1. Standards referenced in the Contract Documents govern over standards not referenced but recognized as applicable in the construction industry. 2. Comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents if they produce a higher quality of Work than the applicable construction industry standards. 3. Designer determines whether a code or standard is applicable, which of several are applicable, or if the Contract Documents produce a higher quality of Work. C. Make copies of reference standards available if requested by OAR. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Carefully study the Drawings and verify pertinent figures and dimensions with respect to actual field measurements before undertaking the Work. Immediately report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor discovers or has actual knowledge of to the OAR. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. The exactness of existing grades, elevations, dimensions or locations given on any Drawings issued by Designer, or the work installed by other contractors, is not guaranteed by Owner. Contractor shall, therefore, satisfy itself as to the accuracy of all grades, elevations, dimensions and locations. Any errors due to Contractor's failure to verify at the site all such grades, elevations, dimensions or locations relating to such existing or other work shall be rectified by Contractor without any additional cost to Owner. 3. Immediately notify the OAR of conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents or discrepancies between the Contract Documents and: a. Applicable Laws or Regulations; b. Actual field conditions; C. Standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes; or d. Instructions of Suppliers. 4. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict,error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the General Conditions 007200- 19 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. 5. Contractor is liable to the OPT for failure to report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor has actual knowledge. 6. Contractor is deemed to have included the most expensive item, system, procedure, etc. in the Contract Price if a conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in components of the Contract Documents was known, but not reported prior to submitting the Bid or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents A. Submit questions concerning the non-technical or contractual/administrative requirements of the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to provide an interpretation of the Contract Documents regarding these questions and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Submit questions regarding the design of the Project described in the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to request an interpretation of the Contract Documents from the Designer. Designer is to respond to these questions by providing an interpretation of the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OPT may initiate a Modification to the Contract Documents through the OAR if a response to the question indicates that a change in the Contract Documents is required. Contractor may appeal Designer's or OAR's interpretation by submitting a Change Proposal. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor's Team has no rights to the Contract Documents and may not use the Contract Documents, or copies or electronic media editions of the Contract Documents, other than for the construction of this Project. This provision survives final payment or termination of the Contract. B. Contractor is allowed to retain a copy of the Contract Documents for record purposes, unless specifically prohibited by the Owner for security reasons. Surrender paper and digital copies of the Contract Documents and other related documents and remove these documents from computer equipment or storage devices as a condition of final payment if the Owner so directs. ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times commence to run on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Begin performing the Work on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Do not begin Work prior to having the insurance required in Article 6 in force or before the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 007200-20 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 4.03 Progress Schedule A. Construct the Work in accordance with the Progress Schedule established in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Adjust the Progress Schedule as required to accurately reflect actual progress on the Work. 2. Submit proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that change the Contract Times in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Continue performing Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during disputes or disagreements with Owner. Do not delay or postpone Work pending resolution of disputes or disagreements, or during an appeal process. 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress A. No Damages for Delay: Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work,except in the case of direct interference with means and methods by the Owner. In no event shall the Contractor be entitled to any compensation or recovery of any special damages in connection with any delays, including without limitation: consequential damages, lost opportunity costs, impact damages, or other similar damages. Owner's exercise of any of its rights or remedies under the Contract Documents (including without limitation ordering changes in the Work, or directing suspension, rescheduling, or correction of the Work), regardless of the extent or frequency of Owner's exercise of such rights or remedies, shall not be construed as active interference in the Contractor's performance of the Work. An extension of Contract Time, to the extent permitted, shall be the sole remedy of the Contractor for any acknowledged delays.Contractor agrees that the extension of time provides an equitable adjustment. B. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays, disruptions, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor's Team. C. No time extensions are allowed for weather conditions, other than those listed in Paragraph 4.04.D, for Projects using calendar days or a fixed date to establish the Contract Time. Contractor is to include the cost associated with weather related delays in the Contract Price and assumes the risks associated with delays related to weather conditions. D. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if Contractor's performance or progress is delayed,disrupted or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of OPT or Contractor. These adjustments in Contract Times are the Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph.These unanticipated causes may include: 1. Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes e.g. fires, floods, hurricanes, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. Acts or failures to act of utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site; 3. Acts of war or terrorism; and 4. Rain days in excess of the number specified in a calendar year. General Conditions 007200-21 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A E. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the following are governed by Article 5: 1. The existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition; 2. An Underground Facility not shown or not indicated with reasonable accuracy by the Contract Documents; and 3. Hazardous Environmental Conditions. F. Article 8 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. G. Notify the OAR immediately of a potential delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Claims for adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Times that do not comply with Article 13 are waived. H. Contractor is only entitled to an adjustment of the Contract Times for specific delays, disruptions, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work that can be demonstrated to directly impact the ability of the Contractor to complete the Work within the Contract Times. No adjustments in Contract Times are allowed for delays on components of the Work which were or could have been completed without impacting the Contract Times. I. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of the Owner if this delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference attributable to or within the control of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLES—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner is to furnish the Site and inform the Contractor of encumbrances or restrictions known to Owner related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Provide for additional lands and access Contractor requires for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment, other than those identified in the Contract Documents. Provide documentation of authority to use these additional lands to OAR before using them. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site,adjacent areas that Owner or Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or agreements, and other adjacent areas as permitted by Laws and Regulations. Assume General Conditions 007200-22 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A full responsibility for damage or injuries which result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team, including: a. Damage to the Site; b. Damage to adjacent areas used for Contractor's Team's operations; C. Damage to other adjacent land or areas; and d. Injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of these lands or areas. 2. Take the following action if a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of adjacent land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team: a. Take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.09; and b. Attempt to settle the claim through negotiations with the owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by mediation or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports known to OPT of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Those drawings known to OPT of physical conditions related to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; and 3. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, and the results of tests performed on materials described in geotechnical data reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data, unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for this reliance on Technical Data,Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner with respect to: 1. The completeness of reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, or Contractor's safety precautions and programs; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Contractor's interpretation of or conclusions drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. General Conditions 007200-23 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notify OAR immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, after becoming aware of a subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site,and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any related Work that: 1. Establishes that the Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; 2. Requires a change in the Drawings or Specifications; 3. Differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. Is of an unusual nature and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb or perform Work related to this subsurface or physical condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12, until permission to do so is issued by OAR. B. OAR is to notify the OPT after receiving notice of a differing subsurface or physical condition from the Contractor. Designer is to: 1. Promptly review the subsurface or physical condition; 2. Determine the necessity of OPT's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect to the subsurface or physical condition; 3. Determine if the subsurface or physical condition falls within one or more of the differing Site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A; 4. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question; 5. Determine the need for changes in the Drawings or Specifications; and 6. Advise OPT of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. D. Possible Contract Price and Contract Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times to the extent that a differing subsurface or physical condition causes a change in Contractor's cost or time to perform the Work provided the condition falls within one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. General Conditions 007200-24 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 2. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of the subsurface or physical condition at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; b. The existence of the subsurface or physical condition could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or C. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of the OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. 4. A Change Order is to be issued by the OAR if Owner and Contractor agree that Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times and agree to the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OPT by the owners of these Underground Facilities or by others. OPT is not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of information or data provided by others that OPT makes available to Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for: 1. Investigating and field-verifying the location of underground facilities before beginning Work; 2. Reviewing and checking available information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; 3. Complying with Laws and Regulations related to locating Underground Facilities before beginning Work; 4. Locating Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; 5. Coordinating the Work with the owners, including Owner, of Underground Facilities during construction; and 6. The safety and protection of existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site and repairing damage resulting from the Work. B. Notify the OAR and the owner of the Underground Facility immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, if an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at the Site that was not shown in the Contract Documents or was not shown with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb conditions or perform Work affected by this discovery, except in the event of an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. General Conditions 007200-25 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A C. The Designer is to take the following action after receiving notice from the OAR: 1. Promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether the Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; 2. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with this Underground Facility; 3. Determine the extent to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and 4. Advise OAR of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations and provide revised Drawings and Specifications if required. D. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. E. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 to the extent that the existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. F. Contractor is not entitled an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to an existing Underground Facility at the Site if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; 2. The existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or 3. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.05.B. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility. 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports and drawings known to OPT relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions identified in the Supplementary General Conditions 007200-26 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Conditions, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for the reliance on expressly identified Technical Data,Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner's Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of these reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor or Contractor's safety precautions and programs related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. The results of tests performed on materials described in environmental reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Contractor is not responsible for removing or remediating Hazardous Environmental Conditions encountered, uncovered or revealed at the Site unless this removal or remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. E. Contractor is responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing and remediating Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team and paying associated costs. 1. Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition and impose a set-off against payments to Contractor for associated costs if Contractor's Team creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, and Contractor does not take acceptable action to remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition. 2. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. F. Immediately notify the OAR and take the following action if Contractor uncovers or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site or adjacent areas used by the Contractor's Team that was not created by the Contractor's Team: 1. Secure or otherwise isolate this condition; 2. Stop Work in affected areas or connected with the condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12; and 3. Do not resume Work in connection with the Hazardous Environmental Condition or in affected areas until after OPT has obtained required permits and OAR sends notice to the Contractor: a. Specifying that this condition and affected areas are or have been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or b. Specifying special conditions under which Work may be resumed safely. General Conditions 007200-27 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 4. Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by the Hazardous Environmental Condition to be deleted from the Work following the procedures in Article 11 if Contractor does not agree to: a. Resume the Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe; or b. Resume the Work under the special conditions provided by the OAR. 5. Owner may have this deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may impose a set-off if an agreement is not reached within 10 days of OAR's notice regarding the resumption of Work as to whether Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or on the amount or extent of adjustments resulting from this Work stoppage or special conditions under which Contractor agrees to resume Work. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 6—BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds are to remain in effect until 1 year after the date of final payment. Furnish other Bonds as required by the Contract Documents. B. Bonds furnished by the Contractor must meet the requirements of Texas Insurance Code Chapter 3503, Texas Government Code Chapter 2253, and all other applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Notify OAR immediately if the surety on Bonds furnished by Contractor: 1. Is declared bankrupt, or becomes insolvent; 2. Has its right to do business in Texas terminated; or 3. Ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 6.02. Provide a Bond and surety which comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.02 within 20 days after the event giving rise to this notification. D. Contractor is to use amounts paid by Owner to Contractor under the Contract for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims against the Payment Bond. E. Notify the OAR of claims filed against the Payment Bond. Notify the claimant and OAR of undisputed amounts and the basis for challenging disputed amounts when a claimant has satisfied the conditions prescribed by Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. Promptly pay undisputed amount. F. Owner is not liable for payment of costs or expenses of claimants under the Payment Bond. Owner has no obligations to pay, give notice or take other action to claimants under the Payment Bond. General Conditions 007200-28 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A G. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain required Bonds. H. OPT will provide a copy of the Payment Bond to Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or entities claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work that request this information in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. 6.02 Licensed Sureties A. Provide Bonds in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents from sureties named in the list of"Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. B. Provide Bonds required by the Contract Documents from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized to provide bonds in the State of Texas. 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage A. Obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions. B. Deliver evidence of insurance in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions to the Owner to demonstrate that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Provide copies of these certificates to each named insured and additional insured as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise. 6.04 General Insurance Provisions A. Provide insurance coverages and limits meeting the requirements for insurance in accordance with this Article 6 and the Supplementary Conditions. B. Provide endorsements to the policies as outlined in this Article. C. Obtain insurance from companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Provide insurance from companies that have an A.M. Best rating of A-VIII or better. D. Furnish copies of endorsements and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles upon request by OPT or any named insured or additional insured. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any endorsement furnished under this Contract. E. The name and number of the Project must be referenced on the certificate of insurance. F. OPT's failure to demand such certificates or other evidence of the Contractor's full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided is not a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to obtain and maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. G. Notify the Owner if the Contractor fails to purchase or maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not be allowed to perform any Work on the General Conditions 007200-29 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Project until the required insurance policies are in effect. A Certificate of Liability Insurance shall be submitted to the OPT. H. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain the required insurance. I. Owner does not represent that the insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract are adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor's interests. J. The required insurance and insurance limits do not limit the Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents. K. Provide for an endorsement that the "other insurance" clause shall not apply to the OPT where the OPT is an additional insured shown on the policy. Contractor's insurance is primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance carried by the OPT for liability arising out of operations under this Contract. L. Include the Owner and list the other members of the OPT and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds on all policies with the exception of the workers' compensation policy and Contractor's professional liability policy. 6.05 Contractor's Insurance A. Purchase and maintain workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance for: 1. Claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. Obtain workers' compensation coverage through a licensed insurance company in accordance with Texas law and written on a policy and endorsements approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. Provide insurance in amounts to meet all workers' compensation obligations. Provide an "All Other States" endorsement if Contractor is not domiciled in Texas and policy is not written in accordance with Texas Department of Insurance rules. 2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees. 3. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage (if applicable). 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor. The expected coverage is that which would be included in a commercially available ISO Commercial General Liability policy and should provide coverage on an occurrence basis, against: 1. Claims for damages because of bodily injury,sickness or disease,or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; 2. Claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained; 3. By any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor; and General Conditions 007200-30 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 4. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including any resulting loss of use. C. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability policy that is written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage as required in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. Insurance is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. Furnish evidence of the continuation of this insurance at final payment and again each year for 3 years after final payment to Owner and each named insured or additional insured. a. If required by the Supplementary Conditions, provide and maintain Installation Floater insurance for property under the care, custody, or control of Contractor. Provide Installation Floater insurance that is a broad form or "All Peril" policy providing coverage for all materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work. 1) Provide coverage under the Contractor's Installation Floater that includes: a) Faulty or Defective workmanship, materials, maintenance, or construction; b) Cost to remove Defective or damaged Work from the Site or to protect it from loss or damage; c) Cost to cleanup and remove pollutants; d) Coverage for testing and startup; e) Any loss to property while in transit; f) Any loss at the Site; g) Any loss while in storage, both on and off the Site; and h) Any loss to temporary Project Works if their value is included in the Contract Price. 2) Coverage cannot be contingent on an external cause or risk or limited to property for which the Contractor is legally liable. Provide limits of insurance adequate to cover the value of the installation. Pay any deductible carried under this coverage and assume responsibility for claims on materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work while in transit or in storage. 2. Blanket contractual liability coverage for Contractor's contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.14, and all other contractual indemnity obligations of Contractor in the Contract Documents. Industry standard ISO Contractual Liability coverage will meet this obligation. 3. Broad form property damage coverage. 4. Severability of interest. 5. Underground explosion and collapse coverage. General Conditions 007200-31 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 6. Personal injury coverage. 7. Endorsement CG 2032, "Additional Insured - Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured" or its equivalent. D. Purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. E. For Projects with a Contract Value that exceeds$5,000,000, purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer's liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Provide coverage that is at least as broad as all underlying policies. Provide a policy that provides first-dollar liability coverage as needed. F. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability and automobile liability policies that: 1. Are written on an occurrence basis; 2. Include the individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds; 3. Include coverage for Owner as defined in Article 1; and 4. Provide primary coverage for all claims covered by the policies, including those arising from both ongoing and completed operations. G. Purchase and maintain insurance coverage for third-party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs that result from Hazardous Environmental Conditions which result from Contractor's operations and completed operations. Provide Contractor's pollution liability insurance that includes long-term environmental impacts for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants and is not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. The completed operations coverage is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. The policy must name OPT and any other individuals and entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds. H. Purchase and maintain applicable professional liability insurance, or have Subcontractors and Suppliers do so, if Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract. I. The policies of insurance required by this Article must: 1. Include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Article or the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater. 2. Contain a provision that coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor, Owner, and all named insureds and additional insureds. 3. Remain in effect at all times when Contractor is performing Work or is at the Site to conduct tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 4. Be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims resulting from the Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether performed by Contractor, General Conditions 007200-32 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Subcontractor, Supplier, anyone directly or indirectly employed or retained by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met directly by those policies and may not rely on excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies to meet the coverage requirement. 6.06 Property Insurance A. Purchase and maintain builder's risk insurance in the amount of the full replacement cost of the Project. This policy is subject to the deductible amounts requirements in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions or those required by Laws and Regulations and must comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.09. This insurance shall: 1. Include the OPT,Contractor,and all Subcontractors,and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, as named insureds. 2. Be written on a builder's risk "all risk" policy form that includes insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and insures against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by this Section. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available under builder's risk, by endorsement or otherwise, this insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. Cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property. 4. Cover materials and equipment in transit or stored prior to being incorporated in the Work. 5. Cover Owner-furnished or assigned property. 6. Allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner. 7. Allow for the waiver of the insurer's subrogation rights as set forth below. 8. Provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 9. Not include a co-insurance clause. 10. Include a broad exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any Defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions. 11. Include testing and startup. 12. Be maintained in effect until the Work as a whole is complete, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner and Contractor. General Conditions 007200-33 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A B. Evidence of insurance provided must contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each named insured. C. Pay for costs not covered by the policy deductible. D. Notify builder's risk insurance provider if Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. Maintain the builder's risk insurance in effect during this Partial Occupancy or Use. E. Contractor may purchase other special insurance to be included in or to supplement the builder's risk or property insurance policies provided under this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. F. Contractor, Subcontractors, or employees of the Contractor or a Subcontractor owning property items, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property not expressly covered in the insurance required by the Contract Documents are responsible for providing their own insurance. 6.07 Waiver of Rights A. Insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the additional insureds identified in the Supplementary Conditions. B. All policies purchased in accordance with this Article are to contain provisions to the effect that the insurers have no rights of recovery against OPT, named insureds or additional insureds in the event of a payment for loss or damage. Contractor and insurers waive all rights against the Owner's Indemnities for losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by these policies and any other applicable property insurance. None of these waivers extend to the rights Contractor has to the proceeds of insurance as trustee. C. Contractor is responsible for assuring that agreements with Subcontractors contain provisions that the Subcontractor waive all rights against Owner,Contractor, named insureds and additional insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them,for all losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder's risk insurance and other property insurance. 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project A. Owner is not responsible for purchasing and maintaining any insurance to protect the interest of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work. The stated limits of insurance required are minimum only. Determine the limits that are adequate. These limits may be basic policy limits or any combination of basic limits and umbrella limits. In any event, Contractor is fully responsible for all losses arising out of, resulting from, or connected with operations under this Contract whether or not these losses are covered by insurance. The acceptance of evidence of insurance by the OPT, named insureds,or additional insureds does not release the Contractor from compliance with the insurance requirements of the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-34 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance A. Provide evidence of insurance acceptable to the Owner with the executed Contract Documents. Provide the following as evidence of insurance: 1. Certificates of Insurance on an acceptable form; 2. Riders or endorsements to policies; and 3. Policy limits and deductibles. B. Provide a list of"Additional Insureds"for each policy. C. Provide evidence that waivers of subrogation are provided on all applicable policies. D. Provide evidence of requirements for 30 days' notice before cancellation or any material change in the policy's terms and conditions, limits of coverage, or change in deductible amount. 6.10 Certificate of Insurance A. Submit Certificates of Insurance meeting the following requirements: 1. Form has been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101; or 2. Form is a standard form deemed approved by the Department under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101. 3. No requirements of this Contract may be interpreted as requiring the issuance of a certificate of insurance on a certificate of insurance form that has not first been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. B. Include the name of the Project in the description of operations box on the certificate of insurance. 6.11 Insurance Policies A. If requested by the Owner, make available for viewing a copy of insurance policies, declaration pages and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles. B. Contractor may block out (redact) any proprietary information or confidential premium pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this Contract. 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage A. Provide updated, revised, or new evidence of insurance in accordance this Article and the Supplementary Conditions prior to the expiration of existing policies. B. Provide evidence of continuation of insurance coverage at final payment and for the following 3 years. 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance A. Notices regarding insurance are to be sent to the Owner at the following address: General Conditions 007200-35 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A City of Corpus Christi— Engineering Attn: Construction Contract Admin. P.O. Box 9277 Corpus Christi,TX 78469-9277 B. Submit questions regarding insurance requirements to the Construction Contract Administrator by calling 361-826-3530. 6.14 Texas Workers' Compensation Insurance Required Notice A. Definitions: 1. Certificate of coverage ("certificate") -A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC- 81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the Project. 2. Duration of the Project-includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the Contractor's/person's Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. 3. Persons providing services on the Project ("Subcontractor" in §406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project,the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period,file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: 1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and General Conditions 007200-36 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 2. No later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known,of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The Contractor shall post on each Project Site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: 1. Provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements,which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project; 2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project; 3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: a. A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and b. A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; 6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and 7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by this section, with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of General Conditions 007200-37 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the Contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Supervise, inspect, and direct the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor is solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. Provide a competent resident superintendent acceptable to the OPT. The resident superintendent or acceptable qualified assistant is to be present at all times when Work is being done. Do not replace this resident superintendent except under extraordinary circumstances. Provide a replacement resident superintendent equally competent to the previous resident superintendent if replacement is required. Notify the Owner prior to replacing the resident superintendent and obtain Owner's consent to the change in superintendent. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform Work to complete the Project. Maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Perform Work at the Site during regular working hours except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent to the Site and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. Regular working hours are between sunrise and sundown Monday through Saturday unless other times are specifically authorized in writing by OAR. C. Do not perform Work on a Sunday or legal holiday without OAR's consent. The following legal holidays are observed by the Owner: Holiday Date Observed New Year's Day January 1 Martin Luther King Jr Day Third Monday in January Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November General Conditions 007200-38 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Holiday Date Observed Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Day December 25 D. If a legal holiday falls on a Saturday, it will be observed the preceding Friday. If a legal holiday falls on a Sunday, it will be observed the following Monday. E. Pay additional cost incurred by Owner for services of the OAR or RPR to observe Work constructed outside of regular working hours. OAR will issue a Set-off in the Application for Payment for this cost per Paragraph 17.01.13 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Provide services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work, whether or not these items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. Provide new materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. Provide special warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents. Provide satisfactory evidence, including reports of required tests, as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment as required by the Contract Documents or as requested by the OAR. C. Store, apply, install, connect, erect, protect, use, clean, and condition materials and equipment in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. All Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor must retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required to do so by the Contract Documents. C. Submit a list of proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers to OAR prior to entering into binding subcontracts or purchase orders. These proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers are deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within 30 days after receiving this list. Under no circumstances shall any Subcontractor debarred under Chapter 41 of The Code of Ordinances, City of Corpus Christi, be deemed acceptable to Owner. D. Contractor is not required to retain Subcontractors,Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to furnish or perform part of the Work after the Effective Date of the Contract if Contractor has reasonable objection. E. Owner may require the replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities retained by the Contractor. Provide an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements, subject to Contractor's reasonable objections. General Conditions 007200-39 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A F. Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entities required by Owner. The Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time with respect to replacement of any individual deemed unsuitable by the OPT. Notify OAR immediately if a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entity increases the Contract Price or Contract Times. Initiate a Change Proposal for the adjustment within 10 days of Owner's notice to replace a Subcontractor,Supplier,or other entity retained by Contractor to perform part of the Work. Do not make the replacement until the change in Contract Price or Contract Times has been accepted by the Owner if Change Proposal is to be submitted. G. Owner's initial acceptance of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities, or their replacements, does not constitute a waiver of the obligation of the Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. Maintain a current and complete list of Subcontractors and Suppliers that are to perform or furnish part of the Work. I. Contractor is fully responsible for the acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. J. Contractor is solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. K. Require Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work to communicate with OPT through Contractor. L. Contracts between the Contractor and their Subcontractors or Suppliers may specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents if they choose to not bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to applicable terms or conditions of the Contract Documents. 1. All Subcontractors employed on this Project must be required to obtain Workers' Compensation Insurance. 2. Proof of this insurance will be required prior to the start of any Work. M. OPT may furnish information about amounts paid to Contractor for Work provided by Subcontractors or Suppliers to the entity providing the Work. N. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. Creates a contractual relationship between members of the OPT and members of the Contractor's Team. 2. Creates an obligation on the part of the Owner to pay or to see to the payment of money due members of the Contractor's Team, except as may be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Pay license fees, royalties, and costs incident to the use of inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the performance of the Work, or to incorporate these inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the Work. The Contract Documents identify inventions, General Conditions 007200-40 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A designs, processes, products, or devices OPT knows are patented or copyrighted by others or that its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of a license fee or royalty to others. Contractor is to include the cost associated with the use of patented or copyrighted products or processes, whether specified or selected by the Contractor, in the Contract Price. B. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to infringement of patent rights and copyrights are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. 7.06 Permits A. Obtain and pay for construction permits and licenses. OPT is to assist Contractor in obtaining permits and licenses when required to do so by applicable Laws and Regulations. Pay governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time the Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. This Project is not exempt from City permits and fees unless expressly stated otherwise. 7.07 Taxes A. Contractor is responsible for all taxes and duties arising out of the Work. The Owner generally qualifies as a tax exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas and is usually not subject to any city or state sales or use taxes, however certain items such as rented equipment may be taxable even though Owner is a tax-exempt agency. Contractor is responsible for including in the Contract Price any applicable sales and use taxes and is responsible for complying with all applicable statutes and rulings of the State Comptroller. Pay sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations. B. The Owner is exempt from the Federal Transportation and Excise Tax. Contractor must comply with all federal regulations governing the exemptions. C. Products incorporated into the Work are exempt from state sales tax according to the provisions of Subchapter H, Chapter 151, of the Texas Tax Code. D. Contractor may not include any amounts for sales, use, or similar taxes for which the Owner is exempt in the Contract Price or any proposed Change Order or Application for Payment. E. Obtain tax exemption certificates or other documentation necessary to establish Owner's exemption from such taxes. 7.08 Laws and Regulations A. Give required notices and comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with Laws or Regulations except where expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Pay costs resulting from actions taken by Contractor that are contrary to Laws or Regulations. Contractor is not responsible for determining that the design aspects of the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations. This does not relieve Contractor of its obligations under Paragraph 3.03. General Conditions 007200-41 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of changes in Laws or Regulations that may affect the cost or time of performance of the Work, including: 1. Changes in Laws or Regulations affecting procurement of permits; and 2. Sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes which come into effect after Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may initiate a Claim within 30 days of this notice if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent of adjustments in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from these changes. 7.09 Safety and Protection A. Contractor is solely responsible for initiating, maintaining,and supervising safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. This responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. B. Take necessary precautions for the safety of persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work, and provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work, whether stored on or off Site; and 2. Other property at or adjacent to the Site, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. C. Comply with applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety and protection of persons or property. Erect and maintain necessary safeguards for safety and protection. Notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site when prosecution of the Work may affect them. Cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. 1. Comply with requirements of Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act, Texas Utilities Code Chapter 251. 2. Comply with all applicable safety rules and regulations of the Federal Occupational Health and Safety Act of 1970 and subsequent amendments (OSHA). D. Remedy damage, injury, or loss to property referred to in Paragraph 7.09.B caused by Contractor's Team. Pay remediation costs unless the damage or loss is: 1. Attributable to the fault of the Contract Documents; 2. Attributable to acts or omissions of OPT; or 3. Not attributable to the actions or failure to act of the Contractor's Team. E. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site continues until Work is completed and resumes whenever Contractor's Team returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations or to conduct other tasks. General Conditions 007200-42 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A F. Comply with the applicable requirements of the Owner's safety program if required to do so in the Supplementary Conditions. A copy of the Owner's safety program will be provided in the Bidding Documents. 7.10 Safety Representative A. Provide a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities are the prevention of accidents and maintaining and supervising safety programs. 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs A. Coordinate the exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.12 Emergencies A. Act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss in emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site. Notify OAR immediately if Contractor believes that significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused or are required as a result of this need to act. A Modification is to be issued by OAR if OPT determines that the incident giving rise to the emergency action was not the responsibility of the Contractor and that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to this emergency. 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not Defective. Owner is entitled to rely on Contractor's warranty and guarantee. Assume and bear responsibility for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. This Contractor's warranty and guarantee excludes defects or damage caused by improper maintenance or operation, abuse, or modification by OPT; or normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete Work in accordance with the Contract Documents is absolute. None of the following constitute an acceptance of Defective Work or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Observations by OPT; 2. Recommendation by OAR to pay or payment by Owner of progress or final payments; 3. The issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion; 4. Use or occupancy of part of the Work by Owner; 5. Review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; 6. Inspections, tests, or approvals by others; or General Conditions 007200-43 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 7. Correction of Defective Work by Owner. D. The Contract Documents may require the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract between the Owner and a contractor or supplier. The specific warranties, guarantees, and correction obligations contained in an assigned contract govern with respect to Contractor's performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in an assigned contract. 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION A. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorney's fees or dispute resolution costs, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work and/or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the contract, violations of Laws or Regulations, or bodily injury, death or destruction of tangible property caused by the acts, omissions or negligence of the Contractor's Team, regardless of whether such claim, damage, loss or expense is alleged to be caused in part by an Owner hereunder, subject to the Owner's defenses and liability limits under the Texas Tort Claims Act. However, nothing herein shall be construed to require Contractor to indemnify an Owner against a claim, loss, damage or expense caused by the sole negligence of an Owner. B. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs, arising out of or relating to: (i) the failure to control, contain, or remove a Constituent of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team or a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor's Team, (ii) Contractor's Team's action or inaction related to damages, delays, disruptions or interference with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, or (iii) the correction of Defective Work. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to indemnify the Owner from the consequences of the Owner's sole negligence. c. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs resulting from infringement on patent rights or copyrights by Contractor's Team. General Conditions 007200-44 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A D. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 are not limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for members of the Contractor's Team or other individuals or entities under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts in claims against Owner by an employee or the survivor or personal representative of employee of Contractor's Team. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 shall not be deemed to be released,waived or modified in any respect by reason of any surety or insurance provided by Contractor. E. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 do not extend to the liability of Designer arising out of the preparation of the Contract Documents or giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, to the extent they are obligated to do so if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. F. Notify the other party within 10 days if Owner or Contractor receives notice of any claim or circumstances that could give rise to an indemnified loss. The notice must include the following: 1. A description of the indemnification event in reasonable detail; 2. The basis on which indemnification may be due; and 3. The anticipated amount of the indemnified loss. This notice does not stop or prevent Owner from later asserting a different basis for indemnification or a different amount of indemnified loss than that indicated in the initial notice. Owner does not waive any rights to indemnification except to the extent that Contractor is prejudiced, suffers loss, or incurs expense because of the delay if Owner does not provide this notice within the 10-day period. G. Defense of Indemnification Claims: 1. Assume the defense of the claim with counsel chosen by the Contractor and pay related costs, unless Owner decides otherwise. Contractor's counsel must be acceptable to Owner. Control the defense and any negotiations to settle the claim. Advise Owner as to its defense of the claim within 10 days after being notified of the indemnification request. Owner may assume and control the defense if Contractor does not assume the defense. Pay all defense expenses of the Owner as an indemnified loss. 2. Owner may retain separate counsel to participate in, but not control, the defense and any settlement negotiations if Contractor defends the claim. Contractor may not settle the claim without the consent or agreement of Owner. Contractor may settle the claim with Owner's consent and agreement unless it: a. Would result in injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or otherwise require Owner to comply with restrictions or limitations that adversely affect Owner; b. Would require Owner to pay amounts that Contractor does not fund in full; or C. Would not result in Owner's full and complete release from all liability to the plaintiffs or claimants who are parties to or otherwise bound by the settlement. 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor is not required to provide professional design services unless these services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless these General Conditions 007200-45 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. Contractor is not required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. B. The Contract Documents specify performance and design criteria related to systems, materials or equipment if professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor. These services or certifications must be provided by the licensed Texas Professional Engineer or Registered Architect who prepares, signs, and seals drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other documents. C. OPT is entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by Contractor's design professionals, provided OPT has specified to Contractor the performance and design criteria that these services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.15, Designer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the performance and design criteria given and the design concepts expressed in the Contract Documents. Designer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other documents is only for the purpose stated in the Contract Documents. E. Contractor is not responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by OPT. Advise OPT if the performance or design criteria are known or considered likely to be inadequate or otherwise deficient. ARTICLE 8—OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. Owner may arrange for other work at or adjacent to the Site which is not part of the Contractor's Work. This other work may be performed by Owner's employees or through other contractors. Utility owners may perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. Include costs associated with coordinating with entities performing other work or associated with connecting to this other work in the Contract Price if this other work is shown in the Contract Documents. B. OPT is to notify Contractor of other work prior to starting the work and provide any knowledge they have regarding the start of utility work at or adjacent to the Site to Contractor. C. Provide other contractors: 1. Proper and safe access to the Site; 2. Reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment; and 3. Reasonable opportunity to execute their work. D. Provide cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work required to properly connect or integrate with other work. Do not endanger the work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering the work of others without the consent of OAR and the others whose work will be affected. General Conditions 007200-46 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A E. Inspect the work of others and immediately notify OAR if the proper execution of part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others and this work has not been performed or is unsuitable for the proper execution of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to notify the OAR constitutes an acceptance of this other work as acceptable for integration with Contractor's Work. This acceptance does not apply to latent defects or deficiencies in the work of others. F. Take adequate measures to prevent damages, delays, disruptions, or interference with the work of Owner, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.02 Coordination A. Owner has sole authority and responsibility for coordination of this other work unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The Owner is to identify the entity with authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities of the various contractors, the limitations of their authority, and the work to be coordinated prior to the start of other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. Contractor may be entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times if, while performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the OPT or other contractor retained by the City: 1. Damages the Work or property of Contractor's Team; 2. Delays, disrupts, or interferes with the execution of the Work; or 3. Increases the scope or cost of performing the Work through their actions or inaction. B. Notify the OAR immediately of the event leading to a potential Change Proposal so corrective action can be taken. Submit the Change Proposal within 30 days of the event if corrective action has not adequately mitigated the impact of the actions or inactions of others. Information regarding this other work in the Contract Documents is used to determine if the Contractor is entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Changes in Contract Price require that Contractor assign rights against the other contractor to Owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Changes in Contract Times require that the time extension is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. Take prompt corrective action if Contractor's Team damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site or agree to compensate other contractors or utility owners for correcting the damage. Promptly attempt to settle claims with other contractors or utility owners if Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of other contractors or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. D. Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor and assign the Owner's contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations described in this Paragraph 8.03 to other contractors if damages, delays, disruptions, or interference occu r. General Conditions 007200-47 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A E. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to damages, delays, disruptions, and interference with other work at the Site are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. ARTICLE 9—OWNER'S AND OPT'S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. OPT issues communications to Contractor through OAR except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members A. Owner may replace members of the OPT at its discretion. 9.03 Furnish Data A. OPT is to furnish the data required of OPT under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner is to make payments to Contractor when due as described in Article 17. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner's duties with respect to providing lands and easements are described in Paragraph 5.01. OPT will make copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site available to Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.03. 9.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to purchasing and maintaining insurance are described in Article 6. 9.07 Modifications A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to Modifications are described in Article 11. 9.08 Inspections,Tests, and Approvals A. OPT's responsibility with respect to certain inspections,tests, and approvals are described in Paragraph 16.02. 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities A. The OPT does not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, and is not responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or related safety precautions and programs, or for failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-48 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OPT's responsibility for undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions is described in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program A. Contractor is to inform the OPT of its safety programs and OPT is to comply with the specific applicable requirements of this program. 9.12 Plans and Specifications A. Owner does not warrant the plans and specification. ARTICLE 10—OAR'S AND DESIGNER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner's Representative A. OAR is Owner's representative. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of OAR as Owner's representative are described in the Contract Documents. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Designer is to make periodic visits to the Site to observe the progress and quality of the Work. Designer is to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents based on observations made during these visits. Designer is not required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Designer is to inform the OPT of issues or concerns and OAR is to work with Contractor to address these issues or concerns. Designer's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on Designer's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. B. OAR is to observe the Work to check the quality and quantity of Work, implement Owner's quality assurance program, and administer the Contract as Owner's representative as described in the Contract Documents. OAR's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on OAR's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.03 Resident Project Representatives A. Resident Project Representatives assist OAR in observing the progress and quality of the Work at the Site. The limitations on Resident Project Representatives' authority and responsibility are described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. OPT has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 16. OAR is to issue a Defective Work Notice to Contractor and document when Defective Work has been corrected or accepted in accordance with Article 16. General Conditions 007200-49 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments A. Designer's authority related to Shop Drawings and Samples are described in the Contract Documents. B. Designer's authority related to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services are described in Paragraph 7.15. C. OAR and Designer's authority related to Modifications is described in Article 11. D. OAR's authority related to Applications for Payment is described in Articles 15 and 17. 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. OAR is to render decisions regarding non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Designer is to render decisions regarding the conformance of the Work to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will render a decision to either correct the Defective Work or accept the Work under the provisions of Paragraph 16.04 if Work does not conform to the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. Contractor may appeal Designer's decision by submitting a Change Proposal if Contractor does not agree with the Designer's decision. 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities A. OPT is not responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor's Team. No actions or failure to act, or decisions made in good faith to exercise or not exercise the authority or responsibility available under the Contract Documents creates a duty in contract, tort, or otherwise of the OPT to the Contractor or members of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLE 11—AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be modified by a Contract Amendment, Change Order, Work Change Directive, or Field Order. 1. Contract Amendment: Owner and Contractor may modify the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents without the recommendation of the Designer using a Contract Amendment. A Contract Amendment may be used for: a. Changes that do not involve: 1) The performance or acceptability of the Work; 2) The design as described in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise; or 3) Other engineering, architectural or technical matters. b. Authorizing new phases of the Work and establishing the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work when using phased construction or purchasing Goods and Special Services to be incorporated into the Project. General Conditions 007200-50 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 2. Change Order: All changes to the Contract Documents that include a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times for previously authorized Work, or changes to the Work requiring Designer's approval must be made by a Change Order. A Change Order may also be used to establish modifications of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. 3. Work Change Directive: A Work Change Directive does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the modifications ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations on the Contract Price and Contract Times. If negotiations under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 are unsuccessful, Contractor must submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive. 4. Field Order: Designer may require minor changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or Contract Times using a Field Order. OAR may issue a Field Order for non-technical, administrative issues. Submit a Change Proposal if Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times before proceeding with the Work described in the Field Order. B. Perform added or revised Work under the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents for the same or similar Work unless different Drawings, Specifications or directions are provided in the Modification. 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work A. Owner may order additions, deletions,or revisions in the Work at any time as recommended by the Designer to the extent the change: 1. Involves the design as described in the Contract Documents; 2. Involves acceptance of the Work; or 3. Involves other engineering, architectural or technical matters. B. These changes may be authorized by a Modification. Proceed with the Work involved or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, immediately cease construction activities with respect to the deleted Work upon receipt of the Modification. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to undertake Work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor's safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor is not entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.12, or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 16.05. General Conditions 007200-51 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A B. Contractor is responsible for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the variations are specifically approved by Change Order. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price for authorized Work can only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price is to be determined as follows: 1. By applying unit prices to the quantities of the items involved, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03, where the Work involved is covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; 2. By a mutually agreed lump sum where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; or 3. Payment on the basis of the Cost of the Work determined as provided in Paragraph 15.01 plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit determined as provided in Paragraph 15.05 when the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents and the parties do not reach a mutual agreement to a lump sum. C. The original Contract Price may not be increased by more than 25 percent or the limit set out in Texas Local Government Code 252.048 or its successor statute, whichever is greater. Owner may decrease the Work by up to 25 percent of the Contract Price. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times for authorized Work can only be changed by Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times is subject to the limitations described in Paragraph 4.04. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal in accordance with Article 12 to the OAR to: 1. Request an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Appeal an initial decision by OPT concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Contest a set-off against payment due; or 4. Seek other relief under the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-52 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A B. Notify the OAR within 3 days if a Change Proposal is to be submitted. Submit each Change Proposal to OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor are to execute Change Orders covering: 1. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, which are agreed to by Owner and Contractor, including undisputed sums or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; 2. Changes in Contract Price resulting from Owner set-offs unless the set-off has been successfully challenged by Contractor; 3. Changes in the Work which are: a. Ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02.A, b. Required because Defective Work was accepted under Paragraph 16.04 or Owner's correction of Defective Work under Paragraph 16.07, or C. Agreed to by the Owner and Contractor; and 4. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes under Paragraph 11.06 or Article 13. B. Acceptance of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes a full accord and satisfaction for any and all claims and costs of any kind, whether direct or indirect, including but not limited to impact, delay or acceleration damages arising from the subject matter of the Change Order. Each Change Order must be specific and final as to prices and extensions of time, with no reservations or other provisions allowing for future additional money or time as a result of the particular changes identified and fully compensated in the Change Order. The execution of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes conclusive evidence of Contractor's agreement to the ordered changes in the Work. This Contract, as amended, forever releases any claim against Owner for additional time or compensation for matters relating to or arising out of or resulting from the Work included within or affected by the executed Change Order. This release applies to claims related to the cumulative impact of all Change Orders and to any claim related to the effect of a change on unchanged Work. C. All Change Orders require approval by either the City Council or Owner by administrative action. The approval process requires a minimum of 45 days after submission in final form with all supporting data. Receipt of Contractor's submission by Owner constitutes neither acceptance nor approval of a Change Order, nor a warranty that the Change Order will be authorized by City Council or administrative action. The time required for the approval process may not be considered a delay and no extensions to the Contract Times or increase in the Contract Price will be considered or granted as a result of the process. Contractor may proceed with Work if a Work Change Directive is issued. D. If the Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07, the Change Order is deemed to be in full force as if executed by Contractor. Contractor may file a Claim for payment and/or time, pursuant to Article 13. General Conditions 007200-53 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 11.08 Notice to Surety A. Notify the surety of Modifications affecting the general scope of the Work, changes in the provisions of the Contract Documents,or changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Adjust the amount of each Bond when Modifications change the Contract Price. ARTICLE 12—CHANGE MANAGEMENT 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal A. Designer will initiate Modifications by issuing a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP). 1. Designer will prepare a description of proposed Modifications. 2. Designer will issue the Request for a Change Proposal form to Contractor. A number will be assigned to the Request for a Change Proposal when issued. 3. Return a Change Proposal in accordance with Paragraph 12.02 to the Designer for evaluation by the OPT. 12.02 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal (CP) to the Designer for Contractor initiated changes in the Contract Documents or in response to a Request for Change Proposal. A Change Proposal must be submitted to the OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 1. Use the Change Proposal form provided. 2. Assign a number to the Change Proposal when issued. 3. Include with the Change Proposal: a. A complete description of the proposed Modification if Contractor initiated or proposed changes to the OPT's description of the proposed Modification. b. The reason the Modification is requested, if not in response to a Request for a Change Proposal. C. A detailed breakdown of the cost of the change if the Modification requires a change in Contract Price. The itemized breakdown is to include: 1) List of materials and equipment to be installed; 2) Man hours for classification; 3) Equipment used in construction; 4) Consumable supplies, fuels, and materials; 5) Royalties and patent fees; 6) Bonds and insurance; 7) Overhead and profit; 8) Field office costs; and 9) Other items of cost. General Conditions 007200-54 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A d. Provide the level of detail outlined in the paragraph above for each Subcontractor or Supplier actually performing the Work if Work is to be provided by a Subcontractor or Supplier. Indicate appropriate Contractor mark-ups for Work provided through Subcontractors and Suppliers. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for self-performed Work. e. Submit Change Proposals that comply with Article 15 for Cost of Work. f. Provide a revised schedule. Show the effect of the change on the Project Schedule and the Contract Times. B. Submit a Change Proposal to the OAR to request a Field Order. C. A Change Proposal is required for all substitutions or deviations from the Contract Documents. D. Request changes to products in accordance with Article 25. 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification A. OAR is to advise OPT regarding the Change Proposal. OPT is to review each Change Proposal and Contractor's supporting data, and within 30 days after receipt of the documents, direct the OAR to either approve or deny the Change Proposal in whole or in part. OAR is to issue a Change Order for an approved Change Proposal. The Contractor may deem the Change Proposal to be denied if OAR does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days and start the time for appeal of the denial under Article 13. 1. Change Orders and Contract Amendments will be sent to the Contractor for execution with a copy to the Owner recommending approval. A Work Change Directive may be issued if Work needs to progress before the Change Order or Contract Amendment can be authorized by the Owner. 2. Work Change Directives, Change Orders, and Contract Amendments can only be approved by the Owner. a. Work performed on the Change Proposal prior to receiving a Work Change Directive or approval of the Change Order or Contract Amendment is performed at the Contractor's risk. b. No payment will be made for Work on Change Orders or Contract Amendments until approved by the Owner. B. The Contractor may be informed that the Request for a Change Proposal is not approved and construction is to proceed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 12.04 Substitutions A. The products of the listed Suppliers are to be furnished where Specifications list several manufacturers but do not specifically list "or equal" or "or approved equal" products. Use of any products other than those specifically listed is a substitution. Follow these procedures for a substitution. B. Substitutions are defined as any product that the Contractor proposes to provide for the Project in lieu of the specified product. Submit a Change Proposal per Paragraph 12.02 along with a Shop Drawing as required by Article 25 to request approval of a substitution. General Conditions 007200-55 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A C. Prove that the product is acceptable as a substitute. It is not the Designer's responsibility to prove the product is not acceptable as a substitute. 1. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is acceptable to meet the intent of the Contract Documents requirements. 2. Make a direct comparison with the specified Suppliers published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the documents submitted. 3. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed substitute product is final. D. Provide a written certification that, in making the substitution request,the Contractor: 1. Has determined that the substituted product will perform in substantially the same manner and result in the same ability to meet the specified performance as the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds for the substituted product as specified or as would be provided by the manufacturer of the specified product. 3. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. 4. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. E. Pay for review of substitutions in accordance with Article 25. ARTICLE 13—CLAIMS 13.01 Claims A. Follow the Claims process described in this Article for the following disputes between Owner and Contractor: 1. Seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Contesting an initial decision by OAR concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Appealing OAR's decision regarding a Change Proposal; 4. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OAR has declined to address; or 5. Seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. B. Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which affects the Project's critical path. Contractor shall bear the entire economic risk of all weather delays and disruptions. Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in the Contract Price by reason of such delays or disruptions. Upon Contractor reaching Substantial Completion, Owner and Contractor shall look back at the entire duration of the calendar day Project and review the totality of what Contractor claims were unusually severe weather disruptions. If the Project was delayed or disrupted due to unusually severe weather in General Conditions 007200-56 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A excess of weather normally experienced over the entire duration of the Project, Contractor may make a Claim for an extension of the Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which affects the Project's critical path. Anytime extension granted shall be non-compensatory. 13.02 Claims Process A. Claims must be initiated by written notice. Notice must conspicuously state that it is a notice of a Claim in the subject line or first sentence. Notice must also list the date of first occurrence of the claimed event. B. Except for Claims resulting from unusually severe weather, notice of a Claim by Contractor must be in writing and delivered to the Owner, Designer and the OAR within 14 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim. Failure by Contractor to submit written notice of a Claim within 14 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. C. Submit the complete Claim with supporting documentation to Owner no later than 60 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim(unless Designer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). The Claim must be signed and sworn to by Contractor, certifying that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data is accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor's knowledge and belief,the relief requested accurately reflects the full compensation to which Contractor is entitled. Failure by Contractor to submit the Claim within 60 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. D. Any Claims by Contractor that are not brought within 90 days following the termination of the Contract are waived and shall be automatically deemed denied. E. Claims by Owner must be submitted by written notice to Contractor. F. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim rests with the entity making the Claim. Claims must contain sufficient detail to allow the other party to fully review the Claim. 1. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Price must include the Contractor's job cost report. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. 2. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Time must include a Time Impact Analysis and native schedule files in Primavera or MS Project digital format. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. G. Claims by Contractor against Owner and Claims by Owner against Contractor, including those alleging an error or omission by Designer but excluding those arising under Section 7.12,shall be referred initially to Designer for consideration and recommendation. H. Designer will review a Claim by Contractor within 30 days of receipt of the Claim and take one or more of the following actions: 1. Request additional supporting data from the party who made the Claim; 2. Issue a recommendation; 3. Suggest a compromise; or General Conditions 007200-57 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 4. Advise the parties that Designer is not able to make a recommendation due to insufficient information or a conflict of interest. I. If the Designer does not take any action, the Claim shall be deemed denied 30 days after receipt of the Claim. J. Following receipt of Designer's initial recommendation regarding a Claim,the Contractor and the Owner shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. If no agreement is reached within 90 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied. The Owner and Contractor may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. Notify OAR of any actions taken on a Claim. K. If the entity receiving a Claim approves the Claim in whole or in part or denies it in whole or in part, this action is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 22 for final resolution of disputes by filing a notice of appeal within 30 days after this action. L. If the Owner and Contractor reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim, the results of the agreement or action on the Claim will be incorporated in a Change Order by the OAR to the extent they affect the Contract Documents, the Contract Price, or the Contract Times. M. Both parties shall continue to perform all obligations under the Agreement during the pendency of any dispute or disagreement relating to this Agreement, unless performance would be impracticable or impossible under the circumstances. N. Any failure of Contractor to comply with any of the foregoing conditions precedent with regard to any such Claim shall constitute a waiver of any entitlement to submit or pursue such Claim. O. Receipt and review of a Claim by City shall not be construed as a waiver of any defenses to the Claim available to the City under the Contract Documents or at law. ARTICLE 14—PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates A. Contractor and any Subcontractors employed on this Project shall pay not less than the rates established by the Owner as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2258. B. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay Davis-Bacon Wage Rates. C. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay laborers and mechanics an overtime rate of not less than one and one-half times the basic rate for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in a given workweek. 14.02 Records A. In accordance with Tex. Gov't Code §2258.024,the Contractor and its Subcontractors, if any, shall keep a record showing: 1. The name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in the construction of the Work; and 2. The actual per diem wages paid to each worker. General Conditions 007200-58 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A B. The record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of the Owner. 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense A. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.003 — Liability: An officer, agent, or employee of the Owner is not liable in a civil action for any act or omission implementing or enforcing Chapter 2258 unless the action was made in bad faith. B. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.023(b) — Penalty: Any Contractor or Subcontractor who violates the requirements of Chapter 2258,shall pay to the Owner,on whose behalf the Contract is made, $60 for each worker employed on each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the Contract. C. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.058—Criminal Offense: 1. An officer, agent, or representative of the Owner commits an offense if the person willfully violates or does not comply with a provision of Chapter 2258. 2. Any Contractor or Subcontractor, or an agent or representative of the Contractor or Subcontractor, commits an offense if the person violates Tex. Gov't Code §2258.024. 3. An offense is punishable by: a. A fine not to exceed $500; b. Confinement in jail for a term not to exceed 6 months; or C. Both a fine and confinement. 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates A. Use the Prevailing Wage Rates specified in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 15—COST OF THE WORK;ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 15.01 Cost of the Work A. The Cost of the Work is the sum of costs described in this Paragraph 15.01, except those excluded in Paragraph 15.01.D, necessary for the proper performance of the Work. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price under cost-plus, time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. B. Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment when the value of the adjustment is determined on the basis of the Cost of the Work. General Conditions 007200-59 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A C. Costs included in the Cost of the Work may not exceed the prevailing costs in the proximate area of the Site for similar work unless agreed to by the Owner. Cost of the Work includes only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for Contractor's employees performing the Work, including one foreman per crew, and other required and agreed upon personnel for the time they are employed on the Work. Employees are to be paid according to wage rates for job classifications as agreed to by Owner. Where the Cost of the Work is being used under provisions of Paragraph 15.01.A.2, rates paid for this Work are to be the same as paid for Contract Work as established by certified payroll. Payroll costs may include: a. Actual costs paid for salaries and wages; b. Actual cost paid for fringe benefits,which may include: 1) Social security contributions, 2) Unemployment, 3) Excise and payroll taxes, 4) Workers' compensation, 5) Health and retirement benefits, 6) Bonuses, and 7) Paid time off for sick leave, vacations, and holidays; and C. Actual cost of additional compensation paid for performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Sunday or legal holidays, to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including transportation and storage costs and required Suppliers'field services. Contractor may retain cash discounts unless Owner provided funds to the Contractor for early payment of these materials and equipment. Cash discounts are to be credited to Owner if the Owner provides funds for early payment. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, refunds, and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment and reduce the Cost of the Work by these amounts. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. Obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to Owner unless Owner agrees to use Subcontractors proposed by the Contractor. Bids are to be opened in the presence of the OAR and other designated members for the OPT. Provide copies of bids to the OAR to use in determining,with the OPT,which bids are acceptable. The Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee are determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 15.01 if the subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee. 4. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work; b. Costs of materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site including transportation and maintenance costs; General Conditions 007200-60 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A C. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers consumed in the performance of the Work. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers which are used but not consumed in the performance of the Work and which remain the property of Contractor, less their market value when Work is completed; d. For Contractor-and Subcontractor-owned machinery,trucks, power tools or other equipment, use the FHWA rental rates found in the Rental Rate Blue Book ("Blue Book") multiplied by the regional adjustment factor and the rate adjustment factor to establish hourly rates. Use the rates in effect for each section of the Blue Book at the time of use. Payment will be made for the actual hours used in the Work. 1) Standby costs will be paid at 50% of the FHWA rental rates found in the Blue Book if Contractor is directed by Owner in writing to standby. Standby costs will not be allowed during periods when the equipment would otherwise have been idle. For a six-day work week, no more than eight hours per a 24-hour day, no more than 48 hours per week and no more than 208 hours per month shall be paid of standby time. Operating costs shall not be charged by Contractor. e. Rental of construction equipment, including the costs of transporting, loading, unloading, assembling, dismantling, and removing construction equipment, whether rented from Contractor or others, in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner. Costs for rental of equipment will not be paid when the equipment is no longer necessary for the Work. Justify idle time for equipment by demonstrating that it was necessary to keep equipment on Site for related future Work; 1) The hourly rate shall be determined by dividing the actual invoice cost by the actual number of hours the equipment is involved in the Work. Owner reserves the right to limit the hourly rate to comparable Blue Book rates. 2) If Contractor is directed to standby in writing by Owner, standby costs will be paid at the invoice daily rate excluding operating costs, which includes fuel, lubricants, repairs and servicing. f. Applicable sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work for which the Owner is not exempt, and which Contractor pays consistent with Laws and Regulations; g. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor's Team; h. Royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses; i. Cost of additional utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site; j. Minor expense items directly required by the Work; and k. Premiums for Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents. D. The Cost of the Work does not include the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals of partnerships and sole proprietorships, general managers, safety managers, superintendents, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, clerks, and other personnel employed General Conditions 007200-61 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office, for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 15.01.C.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 15.01.C.4. These administrative costs are covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Office expenses other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the actions of Contractor's Team for the correction of Defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment that do not comply with Specifications, and correcting damage to property. 5. Losses, damages, and related expenses caused by damage to the Work or sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor is entitled to recover costs if covered by insurance provided in accordance with Article 6. Such losses may include settlements made with the approval of Owner. Do not include these losses, damages, and expenses in the Cost of the Work when determining Contractor's fee. 6. Any Indemnified Cost paid with regard to Contractor's indemnification of Owner. 7. Other overhead or general expense costs and the costs of items not described in Paragraphs 15.01.C. E. The Contractor's fee for profit and overhead is determined as follows: 1. In accordance with the Agreement when the Work is performed on a cost-plus basis; 2. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 3. A fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. The Contractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1, 15.01.C.2 and 15.01.C.4; b. The Contractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 15.01.C.3; C. Fees are to be determined as follows where one or more tiers of subcontracts are used: 1) The Subcontractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1 and 15.01.C.2 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; 2) The Subcontractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 15.01.C.4 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; and 3) The Contractor and Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work are to be allowed a fee of 5 percent of the fee plus underlying costs incurred by the next lower tier Subcontractor. d. No fee is payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraph 15.01.D; General Conditions 007200-62 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A e. Five percent of the net decrease in the cost is to be deducted for changes which result in a net decrease in Contract Price; and 4. The adjustment in Contractor's fee is based on the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 15.05.13.1 through 15.05.13.5, inclusive when both additions and credits are involved in any one change. F. Establish and maintain records in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit these records, including an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data, in a form and at intervals acceptable to OAR whenever the Cost of the Work is to be determined pursuant to this Paragraph 15.01. 15.02 Allowances A. Include allowances specified in the Contract Documents in the Contract Price and provide Work covered by the allowance as authorized by the Owner through the OAR. B. Contractor agrees that: 1. The cash allowance is used to compensate the Contractor for the cost of furnishing materials and equipment for the Work covered by the allowance item in the Contract Documents. Cost may include applicable taxes. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and reduce the allowance costs by these amounts. 2. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances; and 3. Costs for cash allowances and installation costs as described in Paragraphs 15.02.13.1 and 15.02.13.2 above are included in the Contract Price. C. OAR will issue a Change Order to adjust the Contract Price by the difference between the allowance amount and the actual amount paid by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance. The Change Order will be issued at the time costs are incurred by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance and this Work is included on the Application for Payment. 15.03 Unit Price Work A. The initial Contract Price for Unit Price Work is equal to the sum of the unit price line items in the Agreement. Each unit price line item amount is equal to the product of the unit price for each line item times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Contract. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparing Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work are to be based on actual quantities measured for Work in place. C. Each unit price is deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. OAR is to determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor to be incorporated into each Application for Payment. OAR's decision on actual quantities is final and binding, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03.E. General Conditions 007200-63 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A E. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal,or Owner may file a Claim,seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price within 30 days of OAR's decision under Paragraph 15.03.D, if: 1. The total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 20 percent or more of the total Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by the Contractor differs by more than 20 percent from the estimated quantity of an item indicated in the Contract; 2. There is no corresponding adjustment with respect to other items of Work; and 3. Contractor believes it has incurred additional expense as a result of this condition or Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the Contract Price. 15.04 Contingencies A. Contingency funds may be included in the Contract Price to pay for Work not defined specifically by the Contract Documents that is essential to the completion of the Project. Contingency funds will be as described in the Contract. B. The contingency funds may be used for costs incurred by the Contractor provided these costs are approved by the Owner. Costs are to be determined and documented in accordance with Paragraph 15.01. The contingency funds are not to be used for the following items: 1. Cost overruns due to changes in material costs after the Contract Price is established, unless specific price escalation provisions are made in the Contract. 2. Rework required to correct Defective Work. 3. Inefficiencies in completing the Work due to the Contractor's selected means, methods, sequences, or procedures of construction. 4. Work Contractor failed to include in the Contract Price. 5. Changes required by changes in Laws and Regulations enacted after the Contract Price is established. 6. Any Work that does not constitute a change in Scope in the Work included in the Contract Price. C. OAR is to issue a Change Order for approved expenditures from contingency funds. When the Change Order is issued, the costs are to be added to the Application for Payment. Contractor is to maintain a tabulation showing the contingency amount, adjustments to the contingency amount, and amounts remaining as the Project progresses. D. Any contingency amounts that are not included in a Change Order are retained by the Owner. A Change Order will be issued to deduct unused contingency amounts from the Contract Price prior to Final Payment. General Conditions 007200-64 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A ARTICLE 16—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS;CORRECTION,REMOVAL,OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 16.01 Access to Work A. Provide safe access to the Site and the Work for the observation, inspection, and testing of the Work in progress. Contractor can require compliance with Contractor's safety procedures and programs as part of providing safe access. 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals A. OPT may retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform inspections. Notify OAR when the Work is ready for required inspections and tests. Provide adequate notice to allow for coordination with entities providing inspection or testing as determined by the OAR. Cooperate with inspection and testing personnel and assist with providing access for required inspections, tests, and handling test specimens or Samples. B. Arrange for and facilitate inspections, tests, and approvals required by Laws or Regulations of governmental entities having jurisdiction that require Work to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of that entity. Pay associated costs and furnish OAR with the required certificates of inspection or approval. C. Arrange, obtain, and pay for inspections and tests required: 1. By the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to OPT; 2. To attain OPT's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. By manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. For testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; 5. For acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work; 6. For re-inspecting or retesting Defective Work, including any associated costs incurred by the testing laboratory for cancelled tests or standby time; and 7. For retesting due to failed tests. D. Provide independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to OPT to provide these inspections and tests. 16.03 Defective Work A. It is Contractor's obligation to ensure that the Work is not Defective. B. OPT has the authority to determine whether Work is Defective and to reject Defective Work. C. OAR is to notify Contractor of Defective Work of which OPT has actual knowledge. D. Promptly correct Defective Work. E. Take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranties or guarantees when correcting Defective Work. General Conditions 007200-65 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A F. Pay claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to Defective Work, including: 1. Costs for correction, removal, and replacement of Defective Work; 2. Cost of the inspection and testing related to correction of Defective Work; 3. Fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because of Defective Work;and 4. Costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from Defective Work. 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. Owner may elect to accept Defective Work instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of Defective Work provided: 1. This acceptance occurs prior to final payment; 2. Designer confirms that the Defective Work is in general accordance with the design intent and applicable engineering or architectural principles; and 3. Designer confirms that acceptance of the Defective Work does not endanger public health or safety. B. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 for costs associated with OPT's evaluation of Defective Work to determine if it can be accepted and to determine the diminished value of the Work. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 if the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price to compensate Owner for the diminished value of Defective Work accepted. OAR is to issue a Modification for acceptance of the Defective Work prior to final payment. Pay an appropriate amount to Owner if the acceptance of Defective Work occurs after final payment. 16.05 Uncovering Work A. OPT has the authority to require inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. B. Work that is covered prior to approval of the OAR must be uncovered for OPT's observation if requested by OAR. Pay for uncovering Work and its subsequent restoration unless Contractor has given OAR timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the Work and OAR fails to act with reasonable promptness in response to this notice. C. Provide necessary labor, material, and equipment and uncover, expose, or otherwise make available the portion of the Work suspected of being Defective for observation, inspection, or testing if OPT considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Designer or inspected or tested by others as directed by the OAR. 1. Pay for claims, costs, losses, and damages associated with uncovering, exposing, observing, inspecting, and testing if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. Pay costs for correction of Defective Work. Pay for reconstruction, repair, or replacement of work of others resulting from the Defective Work if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. General Conditions 007200-66 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work if: 1. The Work is Defective; 2. Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; or 3. Contractor performs Work that may fail to conform to the Contract Documents when completed. This stop work order is to remain in effect until the reason for the stop work order has been eliminated. Owner's right to stop the Work does not create a duty to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor's Team or surety. 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. Owner may remedy deficiencies in the Work after 7 days' notice to Contractor if: 1. Contractor fails to correct Defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by OPT; 2. Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; or 3. Contractor fails to comply with other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Owner may: 1. Exclude Contractor from the Site; 2. Take possession of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related to the Work; and 3. Incorporate stored materials and equipment in the Work. C. Allow OPT access to the Site and off-Site storage areas to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. D. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07 are to be charged against Contractor as a set-off against payments due under Article 17. These claims, costs, losses, and damages include costs of repair and the cost of replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's Defective Work. E. Contractor is not allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of delays in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. ARTICLE 17—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS;COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 17.01 Progress Payments A. Progress payment requests are to be submitted to the OAR on the Application for Payment form provided by the OAR following procedures in this Article 17. General Conditions 007200-67 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 1. Progress payments for lump sum Work are to be paid on the basis of the earned value to date at the amounts shown in the Schedule of Values submitted as required by Paragraph 17.03. Final payment will be for the total lump sum amount. 2. Progress payments for Unit Price Work are based on the number of units completed as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. 3. Progress payments for Work to be paid on the basis of the Cost of the Work per Paragraphs 15.01, 15.02 and 15.04 are to be paid for Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Reduction in Payment by Owner: 1. Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on the following: a. Claims made against Owner or costs, losses,or damages incurred by Owner related to: 1) Contractor's conduct in the performance of the Work, including, but not limited to, workplace injuries, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, or patent infringement; or 2) Contractor's failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site, including but not limited to, workplace injuries, property damage, and non-compliance with Laws and Regulations. b. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; C. Work is Defective, or completed Work has been damaged by Contractor's Team, requiring correction or replacement; d. Owner has been required to correct Defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 16.07; e. The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; f. Events have occurred that would constitute a default by Contractor justifying a termination for cause; g. Liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor's failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work; h. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of these Liens; i. Failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required by the Contract Documents; j. Failure to submit monthly Progress Schedule updates or revised schedules as requested by the OAR; k. Failure to provide Project photographs required by the Contract Documents; I. Failure to provide Certified Payroll required by the Contract Documents; General Conditions 007200-68 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A m. Compensation for OPT for overtime charges of OAR or RPR, third review of documents, review of substitutions, re-inspection fees, inspections or designs related to correction of Defective Work, or other services identified as requiring payment by the Contractor; n. Costs for tests performed by the Owner to verify that Work previously tested and found to be Defective has been corrected; o. OPT has actual knowledge of the occurrence of events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents with associated cost impacts; p. Other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or q. Payment would result in an over-payment of the Contract Price. 2. Compensation for services of OPT staff is to be at the rates established by negotiations between OPT and Contractor. 3. OAR is to notify Contractor stating the amount and the reasons for an imposed set-off. The Owner is to pay the Contractor amounts remaining after deduction of the set-off. Owner is to pay the set-off amount agreed to by Owner and Contractor if Contractor remedies the reasons for the set-off. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal contesting the set-off. C. Delayed Payments: 1. No money shall be paid by Owner upon any claim, debt, demand, or account whatsoever, to any person, firm, or corporation who is in arrears to Owner for taxes; and Owner shall be entitled to counterclaim and automatically offset against any such debt, claim, demand, or account in the amount of taxes so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand, or account after said taxes are due, shall affect the right of Owner to offset said taxes, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 2. No payment will be made for Work authorized by a Work Change Directive until the Work Change Directive is incorporated into a Change Order. Payment can be included in an Application for payment when the Change Order is approved. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.02 Application for Payment A. Submit Applications for Payment for completed Work and for materials and equipment in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, the Agreement, and this Article 17. The Contract Price is to include costs for: 1. Providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; 2. Installing Owner furnished equipment and materials; 3. Providing Work for Alternates and Allowances; 4. Commissioning, start-up, training and initial maintenance and operation; 5. Acceptance testing in manufacturer's facilities or on Site; General Conditions 007200-69 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 6. All home office overhead costs and expenses, including profit made directly or indirectly for the Project; 7. Project management, Contract administration, field office, and field operations staff, including supervision, clerical support, and technology system support; 8. Professional services including design fees, legal fees, and other professional services; 9. Bonds and insurance; 10. Permits, licenses, patent fees, and royalties; 11. Taxes; 12. Providing all documents and Samples required by the Contract Documents; 13. Facilities and equipment at the Site including: a. Field offices, office furnishings, and all related office supplies, software, and equipment, b. Storage facilities for Contractor's use, storage facilities for stored materials and equipment, including spare parts storage, C. Shops, physical plant, construction equipment, small tools, vehicles, technology and telecommunications equipment, d. Safety equipment and facilities to provide safe access and working conditions for workers and for others working at the Site, e. Temporary facilities for power and communications, f. Potable water and sanitation facilities, and g. Mobilization and demobilization for all of these facilities and equipment; 14. Products, materials, and equipment stored at the Site or other suitable location; 15. Products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project; 16. Temporary facilities for managing water, including facilities for pumping, storage, and treatment as required for construction and protection of the environment; 17. Temporary facilities for managing environment conditions and Constituents of Concern; 18. Temporary facilities such as sheeting, shoring, bracing, formwork, embankments, storage facilities, working areas, and other facilities required for construction of the Project; 19. Temporary and permanent facilities for protection of all overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 20. Temporary and permanent facilities for removal, relocation, or replacement of any overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 21. Products, materials, and equipment consumed during the construction of the Project; 22. Contractor labor and supervision to complete the Project, including that provided through Subcontractors or Suppliers; General Conditions 007200-70 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 23. Correcting Defective Work during the Contract Times, during the Correction Period, or as required to meet any warranty provision of the Contract Documents; 24. Risk associated with weather and environmental conditions, start-up, and initial operation of facilities including equipment, processes, and systems; 25. Contractor's safety programs, including management, administration, and training; 26. Maintenance of facilities, including equipment, processes, and systems until operation is transferred to Owner; 27. Providing warranties, extended or special warranties, or extended service agreements; 28. Cleanup and disposal of any and all surplus materials; and 29. Demobilization of all physical, temporary facilities not incorporated into the Project. B. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price. C. Provide written approval of the surety company providing Bonds for the Schedule of Values, Application for Payment form, and method of payment prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. Payment will not be made without this approval. D. OAR may withhold processing Applications for Payment if any of the following processes or documentation are not up to date: 1. Record Documents per Article 20. 2. Progress Schedule per Article 27. 3. Project photographs per Article 28. 4. Documentation required to comply with Owner's Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy. 5. Documentation required to substantiate any approved Project deviation, including overruns of Designer's estimated quantity. 6. Documentation required by funding agency, if applicable. 17.03 Schedule of Values A. Submit a detailed Schedule of Values for the Work at least 10 days prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. B. Submit the Schedule of Values in the form attached to the Application for Payment - Tabulation of Earned Value of Original Contract Performed. C. Do not submit an Application for Payment until the Schedule of Values has been approved by the OAR. D. If unit prices are included in the Contract, use each unit price line item in the Contract as a unit price line item in the Schedule of Values. E. Divide lump sum line items, including Subcontractor and Supplier amounts in the Schedule of Values into smaller components to allow more accurate determination of the earned value for each item. General Conditions 007200-71 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 1. Provide adequate detail to allow a more accurate determination of the earned value expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each item. 2. Line items may not exceed $50,000.00, unless they are for products, materials or equipment permanently incorporated into the Project that cannot be subdivided into units or subassemblies. 3. Lump sum items may be divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value. a. The estimated number of units times the cost per unit must equal the lump sum amount for that line item. b. Contractor will receive payment for the lump sum for the line item, regardless of the number of units installed, unless an adjustment is made by Change Order. 4. Include Contractor's overhead and profit in each line item in proportion to the value of the line item to the Contract Price. 5. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price for each item. 6. These line items may be used to establish the value of Work to be added or deleted from the Project. 7. The sum of all values listed in the schedule must equal the total Contract Price. F. Subdivide each line item in the Schedule of Values into two payment components. The first component is the direct cost for products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project. The second component is all other costs associated with the item in the Contract. The sum of the two components must equal the value of the line item in the Schedule of Values. G. Where a percentage of the line value is allowed for a specified stage of completion, show the value for each stage of completion as a component of that line item cost. 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value A. Submit a schedule of the anticipated Application for Payments showing the application numbers, submission dates, and the anticipated amount to be requested. Incorporate retainage into the development of this schedule of anticipated payments. B. Submit a tabulation of the anticipated Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to create a graphic (curve) representation of the anticipated progress on the Project each month. Adjust this table and curve to incorporate Modifications. Use this curve to compare actual progress on the Project each month by comparing the anticipated cumulative Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to the actual Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials each month. Use the comparison of values to determine performance on budget and schedule. C. Update the Schedule of Payments as necessary to provide a reasonably accurate indication of the funds required to make payments each month to the Contractor for Work performed. General Conditions 007200-72 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 17.05 Basis for Payments A. Lump Sum Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the earned value of Work completed during the payment period expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each line item during the payment period per the Contract Documents. 2. Payment amount is the value of Work completed per the Contract Documents multiplied by the percentage of Work completed. 3. Payment for lump sum items divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value per Paragraph 17.03 will be made for the measured number of units. 4. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. B. Unit Price Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the actual quantity of Work completed during the payment period and for materials and equipment stored during the payment period per the Contract Documents. a. Payment amount is the Work quantity measured per the Contract Documents multiplied by the unit prices for that line item in the Contract. b. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. 2. Measure the Work described in the Contract for payment. Payment will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment A. Store materials and equipment properly at the Site. 1. Payment will be made for the invoice amount less the specified retainage. 2. Payment for materials and equipment shown in the Application for Payment and attachments will be made for the invoice amount,up to the value shown in the Schedule of Values for that line item. Costs for material and equipment in excess of the value shown in the Schedule of Values may not be added to other line items. 3. Payment will be made in full for the value shown in the line item for products and materials if invoices for materials and equipment are less than the amount shown in the line item and it can be demonstrated that no additional materials or equipment are required to complete Work described in that item. 4. Provide invoices at the time materials are included on the Application for Payment and attachments. Include invoice numbers so that a comparison can be made between invoices and amounts included on the Application for Payment and attachments. B. Provide a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of Liens. Provide documentation of payment for General Conditions 007200-73 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A materials and equipment with the next Application for Payment. Adjust payment to the amount actually paid if this differs from the invoice amount. Remove items from the tabulation of materials and equipment if this documentation is not provided. Payment will not be made for material and equipment without documentation of payment. C. Contractors can be paid for non-perishable materials on hand stored at the site, provided that invoices are furnished to the City for verification of the material value, and that Contractor provides documents, satisfactory to the City,that show that the material supplier has been paid for the materials delivered to the work site. D. Provide evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest. E. The Work covered by progress payments becomes the property of the Owner at the time of payment. The Contractor's obligations with regard to proper care and maintenance, insurance, and other requirements are not changed by this transfer of ownership until accepted in accordance with the General Conditions. F. Payment for materials and equipment does not constitute acceptance of the product. 17.07 Retainage and Set-Offs A. Retainage will be withheld from each Application for Payment per the Agreement. Retainage will be released per the General Conditions. B. Reduce payments for set-offs per the General Conditions. Include the appropriate attachment to the Application for Payment. 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment A. Submit a draft Application for Payment to the OAR each month at least 20 days before the date established in the Contract for Owner to make progress payments. Do not submit Applications for Payment more often than monthly. Review the draft Application for Payment with the OAR to determine concurrence with: 1. The earned value for each lump sum item including the value of properly stored and documented materials and equipment for each item in the original Contract. 2. The quantity of Work completed for each unit price item. 3. Set-offs included in the Application for Payment. 4. Values requested for materials and equipment consistent with invoices for materials and equipment. B. Submit Applications for Payment monthly through the OAR after agreement has been reached on the draft Application for Payment. 1. Number each application sequentially and include the dates for the application period. 2. Show the total amounts for earned value of original Contract performed, earned value for Work on approved Contract Amendments and Change Orders, retainage, and set- offs. Show total amounts that correspond to totals indicated on the attached tabulation for each. General Conditions 007200-74 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 3. Include Attachment A to show the earned value on each line item in the Schedule of Values for Work shown in the original Contract. 4. Include Attachment B to show the earned value on line items for approved Change Orders. Add items to Attachment B as Change Orders are approved. Change Orders must be approved before payment can be made on Change Order items. 5. Include Attachment C to document set-offs required per the Contract Documents. Show each set-off as it is applied. Show a corresponding line item to reduce the set-off amount if a payment held by a set-off is released for payment. 6. Include Attachment D to allow tracking of invoices used to support amounts requested as materials in Attachments A and B. Enter materials to show the amount of the invoice assigned to each item in Attachment A or B if an invoice includes materials used on several line items. 7. Complete the certification stating that all Work, including materials and equipment, covered by this Application for Payment have been completed or delivered and stored in accordance with the Contract Documents,that all amounts have been paid for Work, materials, and equipment for which previous payments have been made by the Owner, and that the current payment amount shown in this Application for Payment is now due. C. Submit attachments in Portable Document Format (PDF): 1. Generate attachments to the Application for Payment using the Excel spreadsheet provided. 2. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. 17.09 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative A. OAR will review draft Application for Payment with Contractor to reach an agreement on the values that will be recommended for payment by the OAR. B. OAR will review Application for Payment submitted by Contractor to determine that the Application for Payment has been properly submitted and is in accordance with the agreed to draft Application for Payment. C. OAR is to either recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending payment. Contractor may make necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment if it is not recommended within 10 days after receipt of the notice. OAR will review resubmitted Application for Payment and reject or recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner as appropriate. D. OAR's recommendation of the Application for Payment constitutes a representation by OPT that based on their experience and the information available: 1. The Work has progressed to the point indicated; 2. The quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents; and 3. Requirements prerequisite to payment have been met. General Conditions 007200-75 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A E. This representation is subject to: 1. Further evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole; 2. The results of subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents; or 3. Any other qualifications stated in the recommendation. F. OPT does not represent by recommending payment: 1. Inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work; or 2. Other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to additional compensation or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor may or may not exist. G. Neither OPT's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor OAR's recommendation of payment imposes responsibility on OPT: 1. To supervise, direct, or control the Work; 2. For the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or safety precautions and programs; 3. For Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work; 4. To make examinations to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the monies paid on account of the Contract Price; or 5. To determine that title to the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of Liens. 17.10 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to the Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract is to pass to Owner free and clear of Liens, title defects, and patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations no later than 7 days after the time of payment by Owner of the Application for Payment which includes these items. 17.11 Substantial Completion A. Notify OAR when Contractor considers the entire Work substantially complete and request a Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. OPT is to inspect the Work within 30 days after Contractor's notification to determine if the Work is substantially complete. OAR, within 120 days after receipt of Contractor's notification, is to either issue the Certificate of Substantial Completion which sets the date of Substantial Completion or notify Contractor of the reasons the Project is not considered to be substantially complete. General Conditions 007200-76 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A C. The OPT and Contractor are to meet to discuss Owner's use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion. Items to be discussed at this meeting include: 1. Review of insurance policies with respect to the end of the Contractor's coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner; 2. Owner's assumption of responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, maintenance, and utilities upon Owner's use or occupancy of the Work; 3. Contractor's obligations for operations and maintenance during performance and acceptance testing; 4. Contractor's access to the Site to complete punch list items; and 5. Procedures for correction of Defective Work during the 1-year correction period. 17.12 Partial Utilization A. Owner may use or occupy substantially completed parts of the Work which are specifically identified in the Contract Documents, or which OPT and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of the Work. Owner must be able to use that part of the Work for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work. Contractor and OPT are to follow the procedures of Paragraph 17.11 forthis part of the Work. B. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Article 6. 17.13 Final Inspection A. OPT is to make a final inspection upon notice from Contractor that the entire Work or portion to be accepted is complete. OAR is to notify Contractor of Work determined to be incomplete or Defective. Immediately take corrective measures to complete the Work and correct Defective Work. 17.14 Final Application for Payment A. Include adjustments to the Contract Price in the final Application for Payment for: 1. Approved Change Orders and Contract Amendments, 2. Allowances not previously adjusted by Change Order, 3. Deductions for Defective Work that has been accepted by the Owner, 4. Penalties and bonuses, 5. Deductions for liquidated damages, 6. Deduction for all final set-offs, and 7. Other adjustments if needed. B. OAR will prepare a final Change Order reflecting the approved adjustments to the Contract Price which have not been covered by previously approved Change Orders and if necessary reconcile estimate unit price quantities with actual quantities. General Conditions 007200-77 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 17.15 Final Payment A. Make final Application for Payment after completing required corrections identified during the final inspection and delivering items and documents required by the Contract Documents. Provide the following with the final Application for Payment: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment acknowledging unsettled disputes; and 2. Certification of Payment of Debts and Claims or Certification of Release of Liens or furnish receipts or releases in full from Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. OAR is to either recommend payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner if OPT is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending final payment. C. The Work is complete, subject to surviving obligations, when it is ready for final payment as established by the OAR's recommendation of payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner and the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of final payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.16 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment does not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from: 1. Unsettled Liens or claims for non-payment; 2. Defective Work appearing after final inspection; 3. Contractor's failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of specified special guarantees; or 4. Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor waives claims and rights against Owner by accepting final payment with the exception of those Claims made in accordance with the provisions of Article 22 and specifically noted in the Certificate of Final Completion. 17.17 Correction Period A. Promptly correct Defective Work without cost to Owner for 1 year after the date of Substantial Completion or, in the event of a latent defect, within 1 year after discovery thereof by City. B. Promptly correct damages to the Site or adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or other agreements. Promptly correct damages to Work or the work of others. Make corrections without cost to Owner. C. Owner may have the Defective Work and damages described in Paragraphs 17.17.A and 17.17.13 corrected if Contractor does not comply with the terms of OAR's instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage. General Conditions 007200-78 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A D. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to the correction of Defective Work are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. E. The correction period starts to run from the date when a specific item of equipment or system is placed in continuous beneficial use by Owner before Substantial Completion of Work if so provided in the Specifications or if accepted for beneficial use by the Owner. F. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 17.17 are in addition to other obligations or warranties. The provisions of this Paragraph 17.17 are not a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of applicable statutes of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 18—SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. Owner may suspend the Work or a portion of the Work for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days, at any time and without cause, by notice to Contractor. This notice fixes the date on which Contractor is to resume Work. Contractor is entitled to adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Times directly attributable to this suspension only if efforts are made to mitigate the cost impacts of the suspension. Meet with the Owner within 10 days of the notice of suspension to discuss specific strategies to reduce or eliminate the cost of delays. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of one or more of the following events constitutes a default by Contractor and justifies termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; 2. Failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule; 3. Failure of the Contractor to provide a satisfactory replacement Bond or insurance in the event either is lost or canceled; 4. Failure of Contractor to maintain financial solvency to adequately complete the Project as indicated by one or more of the following: a. A petition of bankruptcy is filed by or against Contractor, b. Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, C. Contractor or surety makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, d. A receiver is appointed for the benefit of Contractor's creditors, or e. A receiver is appointed on account of Contractor's insolvency; 5. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of public bodies having jurisdiction; 6. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of OPT; 7. Contractor's failure to prosecute the work with diligence; or General Conditions 007200-79 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 8. Contractor's other material breach of the contract. B. Contractor and surety must provide adequate assurance of future performance in accordance with the Contract Documents that is satisfactory to Owner if Contractor is believed to be in financial distress due to the existence of one or more of the indicators listed in Paragraph 18.02.A.4. Owner may terminate Contractor's performance under this Contract if Contractor and surety fail to provide adequate documentation satisfactory to Owner within 10 days of OAR's request for this information. C. Owner may declare Contractor to be in default, give notice to Contractor and surety that Contractor's performance under the Contract is terminated, and enforce the rights available to Owner under the Performance Bond after giving Contractor and surety 10 days' notice that one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 18.02.A has occurred. D. Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate the materials and equipment stored and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient if Owner has terminated Contractor's performance under the Contract for cause. E. Owner may elect not to proceed with termination of Contractor's performance under the Contract under this Paragraph 18.02 if Contractor begins to cure the cause for termination within 7 days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate. F. Contractor is not entitled to receive further payments until the Work is completed if Owner proceeds as provided in this Paragraph 18.02. The amount of the Contract Price remaining is to be paid to the Contractor if the unpaid balance exceeds the cost to complete the Work. The cost to complete the Work may include related claims, costs, losses, damages, and the fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals retained by Owner. Pay the difference to Owner if the cost to complete the Work including related claims, costs, losses, and damages exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. Owner is not required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed when exercising its rights or remedies under this paragraph. G. Termination of Contractor's performance does not affect the rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or against surety under the Payment Bond or Performance Bond. Owner does not release Contractor from liability by paying or retaining money due Contractor. H. In the event the Owner terminates the contract for cause, and it is later determined that cause for termination was lacking, the termination will be deemed a termination without cause under Paragraph 18.03. 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Owner may terminate the Contract without cause after giving 7 days' notice to Contractor of the effective date of termination. Contractor is to be paid for the following if Owner terminates for convenience: 1. Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination; 2. Actual costs sustained prior to the effective date of termination for Work in progress, plus a fee calculated in accordance with Paragraph 15.05; and 3. Reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. General Conditions 007200-80 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A B. No payment is payable to Contractor for loss of anticipated overhead, profits or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from this termination. ARTICLE 19— PROJECT MANAGEMENT 19.01 Work Included A. Furnish resources required to complete the Project with an acceptable standard of quality within the Contract Times. B. Construct Project in accordance with current safety practices. C. Manage Site to allow access to Site and control construction operations. D. Construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. E. Provide temporary controls for pollutions, management of water and management of excess earth. 19.02 Quality Assurance A. Employ competent workmen,skilled in the occupation for which they are employed. Provide Work meeting quality requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Remove Defective Work from the Site immediately unless provisions have been made and approved by the OPT to allow repair of the product at the Site. Clearly mark Work as Defective until it is removed or allowable repairs have been completed. 19.03 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. 1. Provide copies of Supplier's printed storage instructions prior to furnishing materials or products and installation instructions prior to beginning the installation. 2. Incorporate field notes,sketches, recordings,and computations made by the Contractor in Record Data. 19.04 Required Permits A. Obtain building permits for the Project from the local authorities having jurisdiction. Pay building permit fees and include this cost in the Contract Price. B. Obtain environmental permits required for construction at the Site. C. Provide required permits for transporting heavy or oversized loads. D. Provide other permits required to conduct any part of the Work. E. Arrange for inspections and certification by agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. F. Make arrangements with private utility companies and pay for fees associated with obtaining services, or for inspection fees. G. Retain copies of permits and licenses at the Site and observe and comply with all regulations and conditions of the permit or license. General Conditions 007200-81 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 19.05 Safety Requirements A. Manage safety to protect the safety and welfare of persons at the Site. B. Provide safe access to move through the Site. Provide protective devices to warn and protect from hazards at the Site. C. Provide safe access for those performing tests and inspections. D. Comply with latest provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Administration and other Laws and Regulation. E. Cooperate with accident investigations. Provide two copies of all reports, including insurance company reports, prepared concerning accidents, injury, or death related to the Project to the OAR as Record Data per Article 26. 19.06 Access to the Site A. Maintain access to the facilities at all times. Do not obstruct roads, pedestrian walks, or access to the various buildings, structures, stairways, or entrances. Provide safe access for normal operations during construction. B. Provide adequate and safe access for inspections. Leave ladders, bridges, scaffolding, and protective equipment in place until inspections have been completed. Construct additional safe access if required for inspections. C. Use roadways for construction traffic only with written approval of the appropriate representatives of each entity. Obtain written approval to use roads to deliver heavy or oversized loads to the Site. Furnish copies of the written approvals to the Owner as Record Data per Article 26. 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site A. Limit the use of Site for Work and storage to those areas designated on the Drawings or approved by the OAR. Coordinate the use of the premises with the OAR. B. Provide security at the Site as necessary to protect against vandalism and loss by theft. C. Do not permit alcoholic beverages or illegal substances on the Site. Do not allow persons under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances to enter or remain on the Site at any time. Persons on Site under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances will be permanently prohibited from returning to the Site. Criminal or civil penalties may also apply. D. Park construction equipment in designated areas only and provide spill control measures. E. Park employees' vehicles in designated areas only. F. Obtain written permission of the Owner before entering privately-owned land outside of the Owner's property, rights-of-way, or easements. G. Do not allow the use of audio devices, obnoxious, vulgar or abusive language, or sexual harassment in any form. These actions will cause immediate and permanent removal of the offender from the premises. Criminal or civil penalties may apply. General Conditions 007200-82 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A H. Require Workers to wear clothing that is inoffensive and meets safety requirements. Do not allow sleeveless shirts, shorts, exceedingly torn, ripped, or soiled clothing to be worn on the Project. I. Do not allow firearms or weapons of any sort to be brought on to the Site under any conditions. No exception is to be made for persons with concealed handgun permits. Remove any firearms or weapons and the person possessing these firearms or weapons immediately from the Site. 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities A. Examine the Site and review the available information concerning the Site. Locate utilities, streets, driveways, fences, drainage structures, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters. Verify the elevations of the structures adjacent to excavations. Report any discrepancies from information in the Contract Documents to the OAR before beginning construction. B. Determine if existing structures, poles, piping, or other utilities at excavations will require relocation or replacement. Prepare a Plan of Action and coordinate Work with local utility companies and others for the relocation or replacement. C. Protect buildings, utilities, street surfaces, driveways, sidewalks, curb and gutter, fences, wells, drainage structures, piping, valves, manholes, electrical conduits, and other systems or structures unless they are shown to be replaced or relocated on the Drawings. Restore damaged items to the satisfaction of the OPT and utility owner. D. Carefully support and protect all structures and/or utilities so that there will be no failure or settlement where excavation or demolition endangers adjacent structures and utilities. Do not take existing utilities out of service unless required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. Notify and cooperate with the utility owner if it is necessary to move services, poles,guy wires, pipelines, or other obstructions. E. Protect existing trees and landscaping at the Site. 1. Identify trees that may be removed during construction with OPT. 2. Mark trees to be removed with paint. 3. Protect trees to remain from damage by wrapping trunks with 2 x 4 timbers around the perimeter, securely wired in place, where machinery must operate around existing trees. Protect branches and limbs from damage by equipment. 4. Protect root zone from compaction. 19.09 Pre-Construction Exploratory Excavations A. Excavate and expose existing pipelines that cross within 20 feet of Project pipelines prior to any Work. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point the existing pipeline may potentially conflict with the Work. B. Excavate and expose existing parallel pipelines at 300 feet intervals (maximum) for existing pipelines which are within 10 feet of Project pipelines. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point where the line is excavated and exposed. General Conditions 007200-83 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A C. Prepare a Plan of Action indicating the owner of pipelines excavated and surveyed and all pertinent survey data, including the station where lines cross or conflicts may exist and the distance to the pavement centerline and elevations of the top of existing pipelines. D. Do not perform Work on the Project until all exploratory excavations have been completed and the Plan of Action has been approved by the OAR. E. Unless specifically indicated otherwise in the Bid Form, no separate payment will be made for pre-construction exploratory excavations. Include the cost for pre-construction exploratory excavations in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. When necessary, pavement repairs associated with exploratory excavations that are beyond the limits of the new pavement will be paid for at the unit prices for pavement repair when an item is included in the Bid Form. When an item for pavement repair is not included in the Bid Form, the cost should be included in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations A. Existing facilities are to continue in service as usual during the construction unless noted otherwise. Owner of utilities must be able to operate and maintain the facilities. Keep disruptions to existing utilities, piping, process piping, or electrical services to a minimum. 1. Do not restrict access to critical valves or operators. 2. Limit operations to the minimum amount of space needed to complete the specified Work. 3. Maintain storm sewers and sanitary sewers in service at all times. Provide temporary service around the construction or otherwise construct the structure in a manner that the flow is not restricted. B. Provide a Plan of Action if facilities must be taken out of operation. 19.11 Field Measurements A. Perform complete field measurements prior to purchasing products or beginning construction for products required to fit existing conditions. B. Verify property lines, control lines,grades, and levels indicated on the Drawings. C. Check Shop Drawings and indicate the actual dimensions available where products are to be installed. D. Include field measurements in Record Data as required in Article 26. 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points A. The OPT will provide the following control points: 1. Base line or grid reference points for horizontal control. 2. Benchmarks for vertical control. B. Locate and protect control points prior to starting the Work and preserve permanent reference points during construction. Designated control points may be on an existing structure or monument. Do not change or relocate points without prior approval of the OAR. General Conditions 007200-84 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Notify OAR when the reference point is lost, destroyed, or requires relocation. Replace Project control points on the basis of the original survey. C. Provide complete engineering layout of the Work needed for construction. 1. Provide competent personnel. Provide equipment including accurate surveying instruments, stakes, platforms,tools, and materials. 2. Provide surveying with accuracy meeting the requirements established for Category 5 Construction Surveying as established in the Manual of Practice of Land Surveying in Texas published by the Texas Society of Professional Surveyors, latest revision. 3. Record Data and measurements per standards. 19.13 Delivery and Storage A. Deliver products and materials to the Site in time to prevent delays in construction. B. Deliver packaged products to Site in original undamaged containers with identifying labels attached. Open cartons as necessary to check for damage and to verify invoices. Reseal cartons and store properly until used. Leave products in packages or other containers until installed. C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored at the Site. D. Store products at locations acceptable to the OAR and to allow Owner access to maintain and operate existing facilities. E. Store products in accordance with the Supplier's storage instructions immediately upon delivery. Leave seals and labels intact. F. Provide additional storage areas as needed for construction. Store products subject to damage by elements in substantial weather-tight enclosures or storage sheds. Provide and maintain storage sheds as required for the protection of products. Provide temperature, humidity control, and ventilation within the ranges stated in the Supplier's instructions. Remove storage facilities at the completion of the Project. G. Protect the pipe interior. Keep all foreign materials such as dirt, debris, animals, or other objects out of the pipe during the Work. Cap or plug ends of installed pipe in an approved manner when pipe is not being installed. Clean or wash out pipe sections that become contaminated before continuing with installation. Take precautions to prevent the pipe from floating or moving out of the proper position during or after laying operations. Immediately correct any pipe that moves from its correct position. H. Provide adequate exterior storage for products that may be stored out-of-doors. 1. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids to support materials and products above ground which has been sloped to provide drainage. Protect products from soiling or staining. 2. Cover products subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure to the elements, with impervious sheet materials. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation below covering. 3. Store loose, granular materials on clean, solid surfaces, or on rigid sheet materials, to prevent mixing with foreign matter. General Conditions 007200-85 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 4. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water. 5. Prevent mixing of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids with stored materials. 6. Pipes and conduits stored outdoors are to have open ends sealed to prevent the entrance of dirt, moisture, and other injurious materials. Protect PVC pipe from ultraviolet light exposure. 7. Store light weight products to prevent wind damage. I. Maintain storage facilities. Inspect stored products on a weekly basis and after periods of severe weather to verify that: 1. Storage facilities continue to meet specified requirements; 2. Supplier's required environmental conditions are continually maintained; and 3. Products that can be damaged by exposure to the elements are not adversely affected. J. Replace any stored item damaged by inadequate protection or environmental controls. K. Payment may be withheld for any products not properly stored. 19.14 Cleaning During Construction A. Provide positive methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations and provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from disbursing into the atmosphere. Control dust and dirt from demolition, cutting, and patching operations. B. Clean the Project as Work progresses and dispose of waste materials, keeping the Site free from accumulations of waste or rubbish. Provide containers on Site for waste collection. Do not allow waste materials or debris to blow around or off of the Site. Control dust from waste materials. Transport waste materials with as few handlings as possible. C. Comply with Laws and Regulations. Do not burn or bury waste materials. Remove waste materials, rubbish and debris from the Site and legally dispose of these at public or private disposal facilities. D. Provide a final cleaning to thoroughly clean the entire Site and make ready for acceptance. 1. Remove construction debris, boxes, and trash from the Site. 2. Remove construction storage sheds and field offices. 3. Restore grade to match surrounding condition and remove excess dirt. 4. Sweep all drives and parking lots clean of dirt and debris. Use water trucks or hose down paved site to like new appearance. 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways, and Access A. Maintain roads and streets in a manner that is suitable for safe operations of public vehicles during all phases of construction unless the Owner approves a street closing. Do not close public roads overnight. B. Submit a Notification by Contractor for Owner's approval of a street closing. The request shall state: General Conditions 007200-86 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 1. The reason for closing the street. 2. How long the street will remain closed. 3. Procedures to be taken to maintain the flow of traffic. C. Construct temporary detours, including by-pass roads around construction,with adequately clear width to maintain the free flow of traffic at all times. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the detour and excavations. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the Work in accordance with all provisions of the latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). D. Assume responsibility for any damage resulting from construction along roads or drives. 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control A. Provide traffic control measures to assure a safe condition and to provide a minimum of inconvenience to motorists and the public. Provide all-weather access to all residents and businesses at all times during construction. Provide temporary driveways and/or roads of approved material during wet weather. Maintain a stockpile of suitable material on the Site to meet the demands of inclement weather. B. Schedule operations to minimize adverse impact on the accessibility of adjoining properties. Sequence construction to build driveways in half widths, construct temporary ramps, or any other measure required to maintain access to adjoining properties. C. Comply with the Owner's Uniform Barricading Standards and Practices. Copies of this document are available through the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. Secure required permits from the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires A. Comply with OSHA safety requirements regarding construction equipment working beneath overhead electrical wires. Prevent and pay for repairs for damage to existing overhead electrical wires or facilities. B. Provide for adequate safety with regard to overhead lines whether overhead lines are or are not shown in the Contract Documents. 19.18 Blasting A. Blasting is not allowed for any purpose. 19.19 Archeological Requirements A. Cease operations immediately and contact the Owner for instructions if historical or archaeological artifacts are found during construction. B. Conduct all construction activities to avoid adverse impact on the Sites where significant historical or archaeological artifacts are found or identified as an area where other artifacts could be found. 1. Obtain details for Working in these areas. 2. Maintain confidentiality regarding the Site. General Conditions 007200-87 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 3. Adhere to the requirements of the Texas Historical Commission. 4. Notify the OAR and the Texas Historical Commission. C. Do not disturb archaeological sites. 1. Obtain the services of a qualified archaeological specialist to instruct construction personnel on how to identify and protect archaeological finds on an emergency basis. 2. Coordinate activities to permit archaeological work to take place within the area. a. Attempt to archaeologically clear areas needed for construction as soon as possible. b. Provide a determination of priority for such areas. D. Assume responsibility for any unauthorized destruction that might result to such Sites by construction personnel, and pay all penalties assessed by the State or Federal agencies for non-compliance with these requirements. E. Contract Times will be modified to compensate for delays caused by such archaeological finds. No additional compensation will be paid for delays. 19.20 Endangered Species Resources A. Do not perform any activity that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. B. Cease Work immediately in the area of the encounter and notify the OAR if a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction. OPT will implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. Resume construction in the area of the encounter when authorized to do so by the OAR. 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies A. Cooperate with all public and private agencies with facilities operating within the limits of the Project. B. Provide a 48-hour notice to any applicable agency when work is anticipated to proceed in the vicinity of any facility by using Texas 811 at 811 and the Lone Star Notification Company at 1-800-669-8344. ARTICLE 20—PROJECT COORDINATION 20.01 Work Included A. Administer Contract requirements to construct the Project. Provide documentation per the requirements of this Section. Provide information as requested by the OPT. 20.02 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions 007200-88 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A B. Use the forms provided for Contract administration, applications for payment, document submittals, documentation of test results, equipment installation and documentation, and Project closeout. A digital copy of the required forms will be provided to the Contractor before or at the pre-construction conference. 20.03 Communication During Project A. The OAR is to be the first point of contact for all parties on matters concerning this Project. B. The OAR will coordinate correspondence concerning: 1. Documents, including Applications for Payment. 2. Clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Modifications. 4. Observation of Work and testing. 5. Claims. C. The OAR will normally communicate only with the Contractor. Any required communication with Subcontractors or Suppliers will only be with the direct involvement of the Contractor. D. Direct written communications to the OAR at the address indicated at the pre-construction conference. Include the following with communications as a minimum: 1. Name of the Owner. 2. Project name. 3. Contract title. 4. Project number. 5. Date. 6. A reference statement. 20.04 Project Meetings A. Pre-Construction Conference: 1. Attend a pre-construction conference. 2. The location of the conference will be determined by the OAR. 3. The time of the meeting will be determined by the OAR but will be after the Notice of Award is issued and not later than 15 days after the Notice to Proceed is issued. 4. The OPT, Contractor's project manager and superintendent, representatives of utility companies, and representatives from major Subcontractors and Suppliers may attend the conference. 5. Provide and be prepared to discuss: a. Preliminary construction schedule per Article 27. b. Schedule of Values and anticipated Schedule of Payments per Article 17. C. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers. General Conditions 007200-89 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A d. Contractor's organizational chart as it relates to this Project. e. Letter indicating the agents of authority for the Contractor and the limit of that authority with respect to the execution of legal documents,Contract Modifications, and payment requests. B. Progress Meetings: 1. Attend meetings with the OAR and Owner. a. Meet on a monthly basis or as requested by the OAR to discuss the Project. b. Meet at the Site or other location as designated by the OAR. C. Contractor's superintendent and other key personnel are to attend the meeting. Other individuals may be requested to attend to discuss specific matters. d. Notify the OAR of any specific items to be discussed a minimum of 1 week prior to the meeting. 2. Provide information as requested by the OAR or Owner concerning this Project. Prepare to discuss: a. Status of overall Project schedule. b. Contractor's detailed schedule for the next month. C. Anticipated delivery dates for equipment. d. Coordination with the Owner. e. Status of documents. f. Information or clarification of the Contract Documents. g. Claims and proposed Modifications to the Contract. h. Field observations, problems, or conflicts. i. Maintenance of quality standards. 3. OAR will prepare minutes of meetings. Review the minutes of the meeting and notify the OAR of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in the minutes of the following meeting or as an attachment to the minutes. C. Pre-Submittal and Pre-Installation Meetings: 1. Conduct pre-submittal and pre-installation meetings as required in the individual technical Specifications or as determined necessary by the OAR (for example, instrumentation, roofing, concrete mix design, etc.). 2. Set the time and location of the meetings when ready to proceed with the associated Work. Submit a Notification by Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 20.07 for the meeting 2 weeks before the meeting. OPT must approve of the proposed time and location. 3. Attend the meeting and require the participation of appropriate Subcontractors and Suppliers in the meeting. General Conditions 007200-90 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 4. Prepare minutes of the meeting and submit to the OPT for review. OPT will review the minutes of the meeting and notify the Contractor of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in a revised set of meeting minutes. 20.05 Requests for Information A. Submit Request for Information (RFI) to the OAR to obtain additional information or clarification of the Contract Documents. 1. Submit a separate RFI for each item on the form provided. 2. Attach adequate information to permit a written response without further clarification. OAR will return requests that do not have adequate information to the Contractor for additional information. Contractor is responsible for all delays resulting from multiple document submittals due to inadequate information. 3. A response will be made when adequate information is provided. Response will be made on the RFI form or in attached information. B. Response to an RFI is given to provide additional information, interpretation, or clarification of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and does not modify the Contract Documents. C. Designer will initiate a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP) per Article 12 if the RFI indicates that a Contract Modification is required. D. Use the Project Issues Log to document decisions made at meetings and actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. E. Use the Action Item Log to document assignments for actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log A. OAR will maintain a Project Decision Log to document key decisions made at meetings, telephone conversation or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report any discrepancies to the OAR for correction or discussion at the next monthly meeting. B. OAR will maintain an Action Item log in conjunction with the Project Decision Log to track assignments made at meetings, telephone conversation, or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the Action Item Log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report actions taken subsequent to the previous progress meeting on items in the log assigned to the Contractor or through the Contractor to a Subcontractor or Supplier to the OAR. Report on status of progress 1 week prior to each progress meeting established in Paragraph 20.04 to allow OAR to update the log prior to the Progress meetings. 3. Be prepared to discuss the status at each meeting. General Conditions 007200-91 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A C. Decisions or action items in the log that require a change in the Contract Documents will have the preparation of a Modification as an action item if appropriate. The Contract Documents can only be changed by a Modification. 20.07 Notification By Contractor A. Notify the OAR of: 1. Need for testing. 2. Intent to work outside regular working hours. 3. Request to shut down facilities or utilities. 4. Proposed utility connections. 5. Required observation by OAR, Designer, or inspection agencies prior to covering Work. 6. Training. B. Provide notification a minimum of 2 weeks in advance in order to allow OPT time to respond appropriately to the notification. C. Use "Notification by Contractor"form provided. 20.08 Record Documents A. Maintain at the Site one complete set of printed Record Documents including: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Modifications. 5. Record Data and approved Shop Drawings. 6. Construction photographs. 7. Test Reports. 8. Clarifications and other information provided in Request for Information responses. 9. Reference standards. B. Store printed Record Documents and Samples in the Contractor's field office. 1. Record Documents are to remain separate from documents used for construction. 2. Provide files and racks for the storage of Record Documents. 3. Provide a secure storage space for the storage of Samples. 4. Maintain Record Documents in clean, dry, legible conditions, and in good order. 5. Make Record Documents and Samples available at all times for inspection by the OPT. C. Maintain a digital record of Specifications and Addenda to identify products provided in PDF format. General Conditions 007200-92 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. D. Maintain a digital record of Drawings in PDF format. 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. 3. Record information as construction is being performed. Do not conceal any Work until the required information is recorded. 4. Mark Drawings to record actual construction, including the following: a. Depths of various elements of the foundation in relation to finished first floor datum or the top of walls. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances constructed and existing utilities encountered during construction. C. Location of utilities and appurtenances concealed in the Work. Refer measurements to permanent structures on the surface. Include the following equipment: 1) Piping. 2) Ductwork. 3) Equipment and control devices requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 4) Valves, unions,traps, and tanks. 5) Services entrance. 6) Feeders. 7) Outlets. d. Changes of dimension and detail. e. Changes by Modifications. f. Information in Request for Information or included in the Project Issues Log. g. Details not on the original Drawings. Include field verified dimensions and clarifications, interpretations, and additional information issued in response to RFIs. 5. Mark Drawings with the following colors: a. Highlight references to other documents, including Modifications in blue; b. Highlight mark ups for new or revised Work(lines added) in yellow; C. Highlight items deleted or not installed (lines to be removed) in red; and d. Highlight items constructed per the Contract Documents in green. General Conditions 007200-93 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 6. Submit Record Documents to Designer for review and acceptance 30 days prior to Final Completion of the Project. E. Applications for Payment will not be recommended for payment if Record Documents are found to be incomplete or not in order. Final payment will not be recommended without complete Record Documents. ARTICLE 21—QUALITY MANAGEMENT 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review the OPT's Quality Management Program and prepare and submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. B. Implementthe Contractor's Quality Control Plan to control the quality of the Work and verify that the Work meets the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. 1. Inspect products to be incorporated into the Project. Ensure that Suppliers have adequate quality control systems to ensure that products that comply with the Contract Documents are provided. 2. Integrate quality control measures into construction activities to produce Work which meets quality expectations of the Contract Documents. Inspect the Work of the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Suppliers. Correct Defective Work. 3. Provide and pay for the services of an approved professional materials testing laboratory acceptable to the OPT to provide testing that demonstrates that products proposed in Shop Drawings and Record Data for the Project fully comply with the Contract Documents. 4. Provide facilities, equipment, and Samples required for quality control inspections and tests: a. Give the OAR adequate notice before proceeding with Work that would interfere with inspections or testing; b. Notify the OAR and testing laboratories prior to the time that testing is required, providing adequate lead time to allow arrangements for inspections or testing to be made; C. Do not proceed with any Work that would impact the ability to correct defects or Work that would require subsequent removal to correct defects until testing services have been performed and results of tests indicate that the Work is acceptable; d. Cooperate fully with the performance of sampling, inspection, and testing; e. Provide personnel to assist with sampling or to assist in making inspections and field tests; f. Obtain and handle Samples for testing at the Site or at the production source of the product to be tested; g. Provide adequate quantities of representative products to be tested to the laboratory at the designated locations; General Conditions 007200-94 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A h. Provide facilities required to store and cure test Samples; i. Provide calibrated scales and measuring devices for the OPT's use in performing inspections and testing; j. Provide adequate lighting to allow OPT observations; and k. Make Contract Documents available to testing agencies when requested. 5. Provide safe access for all inspection and testing activities, including those to be conducted as part of the OPT's Quality Management Program. 6. Document Defective Work through Certified Test Reports and Defective Work Notices. Document that corrective actions have been taken to correct any defects and that corrected Work is in compliance with the Contract Documents. 7. Apply quality control measures to documentation provided for the Project. 8. Implement countermeasures to prevent future Defective Work. C. Perform tests as indicated in this and other Sections of the Specifications. Technical Specifications govern if any testing and inspection requirements of this Section conflict with the testing and inspection requirements of the technical Specifications. D. All verification testing is to be observed by the OAR or designated representative. E. Send test reports to the OAR and the Designer. F. Provide an update on quality control activities at monthly progress meetings. G. Owner will withhold payment for Defective Work, or Work that has not been tested or inspected in accordance with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan,the OPT's Quality Control Program, or the Contract Documents. H. Owner will withhold payment for additional testing fees incurred due to Contractor noncompliance with OPT's Quality Control Program, including retesting fees, standby time, cancellation charges, and trip fees for retesting or cancellations. I. Work performed that is connected or adjacent to Defective Work or Work that would have to be removed to correct Defective Work is also considered to be Defective. Contractor is responsible for all cost with replacing any acceptable Work that must be removed or might be damaged by corrective actions. 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT A. OPT will perform its own quality assurance tests independent of the Contractor's Quality Control Program. Assist the OPT and testing organizations in performing quality assurance activities per Paragraph 21.01. B. Quality assurance testing performed by the OPT will be paid for by the Owner, except for verification testing required per Paragraph 21.07. C. Quality assurance activities of the OPT, through their own forces or through contracts with consultants and materials testing laboratories are for the purpose of monitoring the results of the Contractor's Work to see that it is in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Quality assurance activities or non-performance of quality assurance activities by the OPT do not: General Conditions 007200-95 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 1. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to provide Work or furnish products that conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; 3. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for damage to or loss of Work or products before OPT's acceptance; 4. Constitute or imply OPT's acceptance; and 5. Affect the continuing rights of the Owner after OPT's acceptance of the completed Work. D. Work is subject to OPT's quality assurance observations or testing at any time. Products which have been tested or inspected and approved by OPT at a supply source or staging area may be inspected or tested again by the OPT before, during or after incorporation into the Work and rejected if products do not comply with the Contract Documents. 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports A. OPT has prepared a Quality Management Plan that describes, in general, the OPT's anticipated quality assurance testing program for this Project. This testing program will be made available to Bidders during the bidding phase. This plan outlines only the testing in general terms and may not reflect actual testing. Actual testing will depend on the Contractors means, methods and procedures of construction which will not be known until the Contractor begins Work and submits their own Quality Control Plan for review. There is no guarantee that all testing will be performed. B. Contractor will receive copies of all test reports documenting OPT's quality assurance activities. Contractor is entitled to rely on the accuracy of these test results and use these as part of their quality control efforts. C. Contractor is to determine additional testing or inspections that may be required to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Include cost for additional testing and inspections required to meet Contractors quality control obligations, including the cost for correcting Defective Work in the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal if OPT's quality assurance testing program deviates significantly from the OPT's Quality Management Plan, and Contractor can demonstrate that additional cost was incurred to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan resulting from these deviations. 21.04 Documentation A. Provide documentation which includes: 1. Contractor's Quality Management Plan that establishes the methods of assuring compliance with the Contract Documents. Submit this plan as a Shop Drawings per Article 25. 2. A Statement of Qualification for any proposed testing laboratories that includes a list of the engineers and technical staff that will provide testing services on the Project, descriptions of the qualifications of these individuals, list of tests that can be performed, General Conditions 007200-96 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A equipment used with date of last certification, and a list of recent projects for which testing has been performed with references for those projects. 3. Provide Certified Test Reports for products to be incorporated into the Project. Provide reports to indicate that proposed products comply with the Contract Documents or indicate that proposed products do not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports as part of a Shop Drawings submitted per Article 25. 4. Provide Certified Test Reports for inspection and testing required in this Section and in other Specification Sections. Provide reports to indicate that Work complies with the Contract Documents or indicate that Work does not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports on forms provided per Article 24. 21.05 Standards A. Provide testing laboratories that comply with the American Council of Independent Laboratories (ACIL) "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications." B. Perform testing per recognized test procedures as listed in the various Sections of the Specifications, standards of the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation, American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM), or other testing associations. Perform tests in accordance with published procedures for testing issued by these organizations. 21.06 Delivery and Storage A. Handle and protect test specimens of products and construction materials at the Site in accordance with recognized test procedures. Provide facilities for storing, curing, and processing test specimens as required by test standard to maintain the integrity of Samples. 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects A. Provide verification testing on Work performed to correct Defective Work to demonstrate that the Work is now in compliance with the Contract Documents. Document that Defective Work has been corrected and verify that the OAR closes the item in the Defective Work Register. B. Pay for verification testing. OPT may perform verification testing as part of their Quality Management Program and impose a Set-off to recover the cost for this testing. C. Conduct the same tests or inspections used to determine that the original Work was Defective. Different tests or methods may be used if approved by the OPT. 21.08 Test Reports A. Certified Test Reports are to be prepared for all tests. 1. Tests performed by testing laboratories may be submitted on their standard test report forms if acceptable to the OPT. These reports must include the following: a. Name of the Owner, Project title and number and Contractor; General Conditions 007200-97 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A b. Name of the laboratory, address, and telephone number; C. Name and signature of the laboratory personnel performing the test; d. Description of the product being sampled or tested; e. Date and time of sampling, inspection, and testing; f. Date the report was issued; g. Description of the test performed; h. Weather conditions and temperature at time of test or sampling; i. Location at the Site or structure where the sample was taken; j. Standard or test procedure used in making the test; k. A description of the results of the test; I. Statement of compliance or non-compliance with the Contract Documents; and m. Interpretations of test results, if appropriate. 2. Submit reports on tests performed by Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers on the forms provided by the OAR. 3. OPT will prepare test reports on test performed by the OPT. B. Send test report to Designer within 24 hours of completing the test. Flag tests reports with results that do not comply with Contract Documents for immediate attention. C. Payment for Work may be withheld until test reports indicate that the Work is not Defective. 21.09 Defective Work A. Immediately correct any Defective Work or notify the OAR why the Work is not to be corrected immediately and when corrective action will be completed. B. No payment will be made for Defective Work. Remove Work from the Application for Payment if Work paid for on a previous Application for Payment is found to be Defective. 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory A. The testing laboratory representatives are limited to providing testing services and interpreting the results of the test performed. B. The testing laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Alter the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Accept or reject any portion of the Work; 3. Perform any of the duties of the Contractor; or 4. Direct or stop the Work. 21.11 Quality Control Plan A. Submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for approval as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. Use Contractor's Quality Control Plan Checklist provided to review the document before General Conditions 007200-98 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A submitting and include a copy of the completed checklist with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Do not begin Work until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved. Submit an interim plan covering only the portion of Work to be performed if the Contractor plans to begin Work prior to submitting the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for the Project. Do not begin Work on other parts of the Project until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved or another interim plan covering the additional Work to be started is approved. B. Provide a Contractor's Quality Control Plan that incorporates construction operations at both the Site and production Work at remote locations and includes Work by Subcontractors and Suppliers. The Contractor's Quality Control Plan is to include: 1. A description of the quality control organization, including an organization chart showing lines of authority to control the quality of Work; 2. Documentation describing name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and level of authority of the Quality Control Manager; 3. The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and authorities of other persons assigned a quality control function; 4. Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing documentation, including documentation provided by Subcontractors and Suppliers; 5. Control,verification, and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test. Include: a. Name of tests to be performed, b. Specification paragraph requiring test, C. Parameters of Work to be tested, d. Test frequency, e. Persons responsible for each test, and f. Applicable industry testing standards and laboratory facilities to be used for the test; 6. Integrate the OPT quality assurance testing into the Contractor's Quality Control Plan, specifically identifying the tests or inspections in Paragraph 21.11.13.5 that will be provided by the OPT as part of their Quality Management Program; 7. Procedures for tracking and documenting quality management efforts. 8. Procedures for tracking Defective Work from initial identification through acceptable corrective action. Indicate how documentation of the verification process for deficiencies will be made. 9. Reporting procedures which incorporate the use of forms provided by the OAR. 10. The name of the proposed testing laboratories along with documentation of qualifications per Paragraph 21.04. C. The Quality Control Manager must have authority to reject Defective Work and redirect the efforts of the Contractor's Team to prevent or correct Defective Work. D. Notify the Designer of any changes to the Contractor's Quality Control Plan or quality control personnel. General Conditions 007200-99 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A E. Meet with the OPT 7 days after Contractor's Quality Control Plan is submitted and before start of construction to discuss the Contractor's Quality Control Plan and expedite its approval. 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan A. Perform quality control observations and testing as required in each Section of the Specifications and where indicated on the Drawings. B. Include the following phases for each definable Work task. A definable Work task is one which is separate and distinct from other tasks, has separate control requirements, may be provided by different trades or disciplines, or may be Work by the same trade in a different environment. 1. Planning Phase: Perform the following before beginning each definable Work task: a. Review the Contract Drawings. b. Review documents and determine that they are complete in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved. d. Examine the work area to assure that all required preliminary Work has been completed and complies with the Contract Documents. e. Examine required materials, equipment, and Sample Work to assure that they are on hand, conform to Shop Drawings and Record Data, and are properly stored. f. Review requirements for quality control inspection and testing. g. Discuss procedures for controlling quality of the Work. Document construction tolerances and workmanship standards for the Work task. h. Check that the portion of the plan for the Work to be performed incorporates document review comments. i. Discuss results of planning phase with the OAR. Conduct a meeting attended by the Quality Control Manager, the OAR, superintendent, other quality control personnel as applicable, and the foreman responsible for the Work task. Instruct applicable workers as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Document the results of the preparatory phase actions by separate meeting minutes prepared by the Quality Control Manager and attached to the quality control report. j. Do not move to the next phase unless results of investigations required for the planning phase indicate that requirements have been met. 2. Work Phase: Complete this phase after the Planning Phase: a. Notify the OAR at least 24 hours in advance of beginning the Work and discuss the review of the planning effort to indicate that requirements have been met. b. Check the Work to ensure that it is in full compliance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200- 100 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A C. Verify adequacy of controls to ensure full compliance with Contract Documents. Verify required control inspection and testing is performed. d. Verify that established levels of workmanship meet acceptable workmanship standards. Compare with required Sample panels as appropriate. e. Repeat the Work phase for each new crew to work on-site, or any time acceptable specified quality standards are not being met. 3. Follow-up Phase: Perform daily checks to assure control activities, including control testing, are providing continued compliance with contract requirements: a. Make checks daily and record observations in the quality control documentation. b. Conduct follow-up checks and correct all deficiencies prior to the start of additional Work tasks that may be affected by the Defective Work. Do not build upon nor conceal Defective Work. C. Conduct a review of the Work with the OPT one month prior to the expiration of the correction period. Correct defects as noted during the review. C. Conduct additional planning and Work phases if: 1. The quality of on-going Work is unacceptable; 2. Changes are made in applicable quality control staff, on-site production supervision or crews; 3. Work on a task is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity; or 4. Other quality problems develop. ARTICLE 22—FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations A. Each party is required to continue to perform its obligations under the Contract pending the final resolution of any dispute arising out of or relating to the Contract, unless it would be impossible or impracticable under the circumstances then present. B. All negotiations pursuant to Article 22 are confidential and shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence. C. Before invoking mediation, Owner and Contractor agree that they first shall try to resolve any dispute arising out of or related to this Contract through discussions directly between those senior management representatives within their respective organizations who have overall managerial responsibility for similar projects. Both Owner and Contractor agree that this step shall be a condition precedent to use of any other alternative dispute resolution process. If the parties' senior management representatives cannot resolve the dispute within 45 calendar days after a party delivers a written notice of such dispute to the other, then the parties shall proceed with mediation. 22.02 Mediation A. In the event that Owner and/or Contractor contend that the other has committed a material breach of the Contract or the parties cannot reach a resolution of a claim or dispute pursuant General Conditions 007200- 101 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A to Article 13, as a condition precedent to filing a lawsuit, either party shall request mediation of the dispute with the following requirements: 1. The request for mediation shall be in writing and shall request that the mediation commence not less than 30 calendar days or more than 90 calendar days following the date of the request, except upon agreement of the parties. 2. In the event Owner and Contractor are unable to agree to a date for the mediation or to the identity of the mediator within 30 calendar days following the date of the request for mediation, all conditions precedent shall be deemed to have occurred. 3. Owner and Contractor are to each pay one-half of the mediator's fees and costs.Venue for any mediation or lawsuit filed under this Contract shall be in Nueces County,Texas. Any agreement reached in mediation shall be enforceable as a settlement in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4. Nothing in this Contract shall be construed as consent to a lawsuit. No provision of the Contract shall waive any immunity or defense. ARTICLE 23—MINORITY/MBE/DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY 23.01 Policy A. It is the policy of the City of Corpus Christi that maximum opportunity is afforded minorities, women, low income persons and Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (M/DBE) to participate in the performance of contracts awarded by the City of Corpus Christi in support of Equal Employment Opportunity goals and objectives. In accordance with such policy, the City has established goals, as stated herein, both for minority and female participation by trade and for Minority Business Enterprise. 23.02 Definitions A. Prime Contractor: Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture as herein provided which has been awarded a City contract. B. Subcontractor: Any named person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture herein identified as providing work, labor, services, supplies, equipment, materials, or any combination of the foregoing under contract with a prime contractor on a City contract. C. Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprise: A business enterprise that is owned and controlled by one or more minority person(s) or socially and economically disadvantaged individual(s). Minority/Disadvantaged person(s) must collectively own, operate and/or actively manage, and share in payments from such an enterprise in the manner hereinafter set forth: 1. Owned: a. For a sole proprietorship to be deemed a minority business enterprise, it must be owned by a minority person. b. For an enterprise doing business as a partnership, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the partnership property must be owned by one or more minority person(s). General Conditions 007200- 102 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A C. For an enterprise doing business as a corporation, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the corporate shares must be owned by one or more minority person(s). 2. Controlled: a. The primary power, direct or indirect,to manage a business enterprise rests with a minority person(s). 3. Share in Payments: a. Minority partners, proprietors, or stockholders of the business enterprise must be entitled to receive 51 percent or more of the total profits, bonuses, dividends, interest payments, commissions, consulting fees, rents, procurement, and subcontract payments, and any other monetary distribution paid by the business enterprise. D. Minority: Minority persons include Blacks, Mexican-Americans and other persons of Hispanic origin, American Indians, Alaskan Natives, and Asians or Pacific Islanders. For the purposes of this policy, women are also considered as minorities. E. Socially and economically disadvantaged individual: Any individual who is a citizen (or lawfully admitted permanent resident) of the United States and who has been subjected to racial or ethnic prejudice or cultural bias within American society because of his or her identity as a member of a group and without regard to his or her individual qualities.The social disadvantage must stem from circumstances beyond the individual's control. F. Female Owned Business Enterprise: A sole proprietorship that is owned and controlled by a woman,a partnership at least 51 percent of whose assets or partnership interests are owned by one or more women, or a corporation at least 51 percent of whose assets or interests in the corporate shares are owned by one or more women. G. Joint Venture: A joint venture means an association of two or more persons, partnerships, corporations, or any combination thereof, founded to carry on a single business activity which is limited in scope and direction. The degree to which a joint venture may satisfy the stated MBE goal cannot exceed the proportionate interest of the MBE as a member of the joint venture in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. For example, a joint venture which is to perform 50 percent of the Work itself and in which a minority joint venture partner has a 50 percent interest, shall be deemed equivalent to having minority participation in 25 percent of the Work. Minority members of the joint venture must have financial, managerial, or technical skills in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. 23.03 Goals A. The goals for participation by minorities and Minority Business Enterprises expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force on all construction Work for the Contract award shall be 1. Minority participation goal is 45%. 2. Minority Business Enterprise participation goal is 15%. B. These goals are applicable to all the construction work (regardless of federal participation) performed in the Contract, including approved Change Orders. The hours of minority General Conditions 007200- 103 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A employment must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract and in each trade. The transfer of minority employees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's percentage is prohibited. 23.04 Compliance A. Upon completion of the Project, a final breakdown of MBE participation, substantiated by copies of paid invoices, shall be submitted by the Contractor to the City Engineer. B. Make bi-weekly payroll submittals to the City Engineer. The Contractor is to indicate the percent of minority and female participation, by trade, which has been utilized on the Project. Along with the request for final payment on the Project,the Contractor will indicate, in writing, the overall participation in these areas which have been achieved. The City Engineer may withhold monthly or final payments to the Contractor for failure to submit bi- weekly payrolls in a timely fashion or to submit overall participation information as required. ARTICLE 24—DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 24.01 Work Included A. Submit documentation as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. 24.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Documents not meeting these criteria will be returned without review. 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review documents prior to submitting. Make certifications as required by the Contract Documents and as indicated on forms provided. B. Provide a Schedule of Documents to list the documents that are to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that documents must be returned to comply with the Project schedule. Use the form provided for this list. C. Incorporate the dates for processing documents into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Provide documents in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of documents when preparing the Progress Schedule. Assume a 14 day review cycle for each document unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents or agreed to by Designer and Contractor. 3. Schedule submittal of documents to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for processing documents so construction of the Project is not delayed. General Conditions 007200- 104 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 24.04 Document Submittal A. Submit documents through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested with a completed Document Transmittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. 2. The Document Transmittal form is to be the first page in the document submitted. 3. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. C. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the document. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 24.05 Document Numbering A. Assign a number to the documents originated to allow tracking of the documents during the review process. 1. Assign the number consisting of a prefix, a sequence number, and a letter suffix. Prefixes shall be as follows: Prefix Description Originator AP Application for Payment Contractor CO Change Order OAR CP Change Proposal Contractor CTR Certified Test Report Contractor FO Field Order OAR NBC Notification by Contractor Contractor PD Photographic Documentation Contractor General Conditions 007200- 105 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Prefix Description Originator RCP Request for a Change Proposal OAR RD Record Data Contractor RFI Request for Information Contractor SD Shop Drawing Contractor SCH Schedule of Progress Contractor 2. Issue sequence numbers in chronological order for each type of document. 3. Issue numbers for resubmittals that have the same number as the original document followed by an alphabetical suffix indicating the number of times the same document has been sent to the Designer for processing. For example: SD 025 A represents Shop Drawing number 25 and the letter "A" designates that this is the second time this document has been sent for review. 4. Clearly note the document number on each page or sheet of the document. 5. Correct assignment of numbers is essential since different document types are processed in different ways. B. Include reference to the Drawing number and/or Specification Section, detail designation, schedule, or location that corresponds with the data on the document transmittal forms. Other identification may also be required, such as layout drawings or schedules to allow the reviewer to determine where a particular product is to be used. 24.06 Document Requirements A. Furnish documents as indicated below or in individual Specification Sections. Submit documents per the procedures described in the Contract Documents. B. Submit documents per the Specification Section shown in the following table: Document Type Section Application for Payment Article 17 Change Proposal Article 12 Article 25 for approval of product Certified Test Report Article 21 to demonstrate compliance Notification by Contractor Article 20 Photographic Documentation Article 28 Progress Schedules Article 27 Record Data Article 26 Request for Information Article 20 Shop Drawing Article 25 Schedule of Values Article 17 Substitutions Article 12 General Conditions 007200- 106 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Document Type Section Suppliers and Subcontractors Articles 20 and 26 ARTICLE 25—SHOP DRAWINGS 25.01 Work Included A. Shop Drawings are required for those products that cannot adequately be described in the Contract Documents to allow fabrication, erection, or installation of the product without additional detailed information from the Supplier. B. Submit Shop Drawings as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Provide detailed information for the products proposed for the Project regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Allow the Designer to advise the Owner if products proposed for the Project by the Contractor conform, in general, to the design concepts of the Contract Documents. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Shop Drawings, Samples, or mockups. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. 25.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Shop Drawings not meeting these criteria will be rejected. B. Demonstrate that the proposed products are in full and complete compliance with the design criteria and requirements of the Contract Documents or will be if deviations requested per Paragraph 25.10 are approved. C. Furnish and install products that fully comply with the information included in the document submittal. 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Provide Shop Drawings as required by Paragraph 25.03 of the Supplementary Conditions. B. Include Shop Drawings in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Shop Drawings to be submitted,the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Incorporate the dates for processing Shop Drawings into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of Shop Drawings when preparing the Progress Schedule. Include time for making revisions to the Shop Drawings and resubmitting the Shop Drawing for a least a second review. Assume a 14-day review cycle for each time General Conditions 007200- 107 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A a Shop Drawing is submitted for review unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Schedule document submittals to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for ordering, fabricating, delivering, and installing product so construction of the Project is not delayed. D. Complete the following before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample: 1. Prepare Shop Drawing Review and coordinate the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials,catalog numbers,and similar information with respect to Shop Drawings and Samples; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. E. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Shop Drawings; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Shop Drawing have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Shop Drawings are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Shop Drawings related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. F. Review Shop Drawings prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Shop Drawings have been reviewed by the Contractor and are in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Shop Drawings except for deviations specifically brought to the Designer's attention on an attached Shop Drawing Deviation Request form in accordance with Paragraph 25.09. G. Fabrication or installation of any products prior to the approval of Shop Drawings is done at the Contractor's risk. Defective products may be rejected at the Owner's option. H. Payment will not be made for products for which Shop Drawings or Samples are required until these are approved by the Designer. General Conditions 007200- 108 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements A. Provide adequate information in Shop Drawings and Samples so Designer can: 1. Assist the Owner in selecting colors, textures, or other aesthetic features. 2. Compare the proposed features of the product with the specified features and advise Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the Contract Documents. 3. Compare the performance features of the proposed product with those specified and advise the Owner that the product does, in general,conform to the performance criteria specified in the Contract Documents. 4. Review required certifications, guarantees, warranties, and service agreements for compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Include a complete description of the product to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, and operational characteristics of the product; 2. Weights,gauges, materials of construction,external connections,anchors,and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. C. Submit Shop Drawings that require coordination with other Shop Drawings at the same time. Shop Drawings requiring coordination with other Shop Drawings will be rejected until a complete package is submitted. 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Shop Drawings as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Shop Drawing. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Shop Drawing. 2. Certification of Local Field Service (CLS): A certified letter stating that field service is available from a factory or supplier approved service organization located within a 300 mile radius of the Site. List names, addresses, and telephone numbers of approved service organizations on or attach it to the certificate. 3. Certification of Adequacy of Design (CAD): A certified letter from the manufacturer of the equipment stating that they have designed the equipment to be structurally stable General Conditions 007200- 109 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A and to withstand all imposed loads without deformation, failure, or adverse effects to the performance and operational requirements of the unit. The letter shall state that mechanical and electrical equipment is adequately sized to be fully operational for the conditions specified or normally encountered by the product's intended use. 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Shop Drawing. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1-year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required by Specification Sections. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures A. Submit Shop Drawings through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Shop Drawing submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable,enter NA in the space provided. The Shop Drawing submittal form is to be the first document in the file submitted. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format(PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. C. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Shop Drawing. Submit Samples and color charts per Paragraph 25.08.A. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. General Conditions 007200- 110 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 3. Submit each specific product or class of material separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Shop Drawings for more than one product in the same Shop Drawing. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Shop Drawings. a. Use terms and symbols in Shop Drawings consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Shop Drawings. C. Provide a legend for symbols used on Shop Drawings. 6. Mark Shop Drawings to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, C. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Use the following conventions to markup Shop Drawings for review: 1. Make comments and corrections in the color blue. Add explanatory comments to the markup. 2. Highlight items in black that are not being furnished when the Supplier's standard drawings or information sheets are provided so that only the products to be provided are in their original color. 3. Make comments in the color yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Make comments in the color orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. 5. Mark dimensions with the prefix FD to indicate field verified dimensions on the Shop Drawings. C. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of"or equal"products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. D. Designate a Shop Drawing as requiring priority treatment in the comment section of the Shop Drawing submittal form to place the review of the Shop Drawing ahead of other Shop Drawings previously delivered. Shop Drawings are typically reviewed in the order received, unless Contractor requests that a different priority be assigned. Priority Shop Drawings will General Conditions 007200- 111 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A be reviewed before other Shop Drawings for this Project already received but not yet reviewed. Use of this priority designation for Shop Drawings may delay the review of Shop Drawings previously submitted, pushing the processing of Shop Drawings beyond the 14-day target. Contractor is responsible for delays resulting from the use of the priority designation status on Shop Drawings. E. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 25.03. 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures A. Submit color charts and Samples for every product requiring color, texture, or finish selection. 1. Submit color charts and Samples only after Shop Drawings for the products have been approved. 2. Deliver all color charts and Samples at one time. 3. Provide Samples of adequate size to clearly illustrate the functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 4. Indicate the full range of color, texture, and patterns. 5. Deliver color charts and Samples to the field office and store for the duration of the Project 6. Notify the Designer that color charts and Samples have been delivered for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. 7. Submit color charts and Samples not less than 30 days prior to when these products are to be ordered or released for fabrication to comply with the Project schedule. 8. Remove Samples that have been rejected. Submit new Samples following the same process as for the initial Sample until Samples are approved. 9. Dispose of Samples when related Work has been completed and approved and disposal is approved by the Designer. At Owner's option, Samples will become the property of the Owner. B. Construct mockups for comparison with the Work being performed. 1. Construct mockups from the actual products to be used in construction per detailed Specification Sections. 2. Construct mockups of the size and in the area indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Construct mockups complete with texture and finish to represent the finished product. 4. Notify the Designer that mockups have been constructed and are ready for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. Allow 2 weeks for OPT to approve of the mockup before beginning the Work represented by the mockup. 5. Remove mockups that have been rejected. Construct new mockups following the same process as for the initial mockup until mockup is approved. 6. Protect mockups until Work has been completed and accepted by the OPT. General Conditions 007200- 112 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 7. Dispose of mockups when related Work has been completed and disposal is approved by the Designer. 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products A. Contractor may submit other manufacturers' products that are in full compliance with the Specification where Specifications list one or more manufacturers followed by the phase "or equal" or"or approved equal." 1. Submit a Shop Drawing as required by this article to document that the proposed product is equal or superior to the specified product. 2. Prove that the product is equal. It is not the OPT's responsibility to prove the product is not equal. a. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is equal to the Contract Document requirements. b. Make a direct comparison with the specified manufacturer's published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the Shop Drawing. C. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed product is final. 3. Provide a typewritten certification that, in furnishing the proposed product as an equal, the Contractor: a. Has thoroughly examined the proposed product and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to the product specified. b. Has determined that the product will perform in the same manner and result in the same process as the specified product. C. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds as for the product specified. d. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the product into the construction and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. e. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. 25.10 Requests for Deviation A. Submit requests for deviation from the Contract Documents for any product that does not fully comply with the Contract Documents. B. Submit requests for deviation using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form provided. Identify each deviation request as a separate item. Include all requested deviations that must be approved as a group together and identify them as a single item. C. Include a description of why the deviation is required and the impact on Contract Price or Contract Times. Include the amount of any cost savings to the Owner for deviations that result in a reduction in cost. D. Submit as a Change Proposal prior to submitting the Shop Drawing if the deviation will result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. General Conditions 007200- 113 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A E. A Modification must be issued by the Designer for approval of a deviation. Approval of a requested Shop Drawing deviation by the Designer on the Shop Drawings Deviation Request form indicates approval of the requested deviation only on its technical merits as generally conforming to the Contract Documents. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. 25.11 Designer Responsibilities A. Shop Drawings will be received by the Designer. Designer will log the documents and review per this Article for general conformance with the Contract Documents. 1. Designer's review and approval will be only to determine if the products described in the Shop Drawing or Sample will, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Designer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. 3. Designer's review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. B. Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Designer for review and comment. Any marks made by the Designer do not constitute a blanket review of the document submittal or relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations from the Contract requirements. 1. Designer will respond to Contractor's markups by either making markups directly in the Shop Drawings file using the color green or by attaching a Document Review Comments form with review comments. 2. Shop Drawings that are reviewed will be returned with one or more of the following status designations: a. Approved: Shop Drawing is found to be acceptable as submitted. b. Approved as Noted: Shop Drawing is Approved so long as corrections or notations made by Designer are incorporated into the Show Drawing. C. Not Approved: Shop Drawing or products described are not acceptable. 3. Shop Drawing will also be designated for one of the following actions: a. Final distribution: Shop Drawing is acceptable without further action and has been filed as a record document. b. Shop Drawing not required: A Shop Drawing was not required by the Contract Documents. Resubmit the document per Article 26. C. Cancelled: This action indicates that for some reason, the Shop Drawing is to be removed from consideration and all efforts regarding the processing of that document are to cease. General Conditions 007200- 114 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A d. Revise and resubmit: Shop Drawing has deviations from the Contract Documents, significant errors, or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for subsequent review. e. Resubmit with corrections made: Shop Drawing is "Approved as Noted," but has significant markups. Make correction and notations to provide a revised document with markup incorporated into the original document so that no markups are required. f. Returned without review due to excessive deficiencies: Document does not meet the requirement of the Specifications for presentation or content to the point where continuing to review the document would be counterproductive to the review process or clearly does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Revise the Shop Drawing to comply with the requirements of this Section and resubmit. g. Actions a through c will close out the Shop Drawing review process and no further action is required as a Shop Drawing. Actions d through f require follow up action to close out the review process. 4. Drawings with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Contractor may be marked "Approved as Noted" and "Resubmit with corrections made." These drawings are to be revised to provide a clean record of the Shop Drawing. Proceed with ordering products as the documents are revised. 5. Dimensions or other data that does not appear to conform to the Contract Documents will be marked as "At Variance With" (AVW) the Contract Documents or other information provided. The Contractor is to make revisions as appropriate to comply with the Contract Documents. C. Bring deviations to the Shop Drawings to the attention of the Designer for approval by using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Use a single line for each requested deviation so the Status and Action for each deviation can be determined for that requested deviation. If approval or rejection of a requested deviation will impact other requested deviations, then all related deviations should be included in that requested deviation line so the status and action can be determined on the requested deviation as a whole. D. Requested deviations will be reviewed as possible Modification to the Contract Documents. 1. A Requested deviation will be rejected as "Not Approved" if the requested deviation is unacceptable. Contractor is to revise and resubmit the Shop Drawing with corrections for approval. 2. A Field Order will be issued by the Designer for deviations approved by the Designer if the requested deviation is acceptable and if the requested deviation will not result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Requested deviations from the Contract Documents may only be approved by Field Order. 3. A requested deviation will be rejected if the requested deviation is acceptable but the requested deviation will or should result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Submit any requested deviation that requires a change in Contract Price or Contract Times as a Change Proposal for approval prior to resubmitting the Shop Drawing. General Conditions 007200- 115 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A E. Contractor is to resubmit the Shop Drawing until it is acceptable and marked Approved or Approved as Noted and is assigned an action per Paragraph 25.11 that indicates that the Shop Drawing process is closed. F. Information that is submitted as a Shop Drawings that should be submitted as Record Data or other type of document, or is not required may be returned without review, or may be deleted. No further action is required and the Shop Drawing process for this document will be closed. 25.12 Resubmission Requirements A. Make all corrections or changes in the documents required by the Designer and resubmit to the Designer until approved. 1. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the original document. 2. Highlight or cloud in green those revisions which have been made in response to the previous reviews by the Designer. This will include changes previously highlighted or clouded in yellow to direct attention to Designer to items requiring selections or decisions by the Designer or highlighted or clouded in orange for a requested deviation from the Contract Documents. 3. Highlight and cloud new items in yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Highlight and cloud new items in orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Numbering for these new items is to start with the next number following the last Shop Drawing deviation requested. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Excessive review of Shop Drawings is defined as any review required after the original review has been made and the first resubmittal has been checked to see that corrections have been made. 2. Review of Shop Drawings or Samples will be an additional service requiring payment by the Contractor if the Contractor submits a substitution for a product for which a Shop Drawing or Sample has previously been approved, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 3. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. 4. A Set-off will be included in each Application for Payment to pay costs for the additional review to the Owner on a monthly basis. The Set-off will be based on invoices submitted to Owner for these services. General Conditions 007200- 116 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 5. Need for more than one resubmission or any other delay of obtaining Designer's review of Shop Drawings will not entitle the Contractor to an adjustment in Contract Price or an extension of Contract Times. ARTICLE 26—RECORD DATA 26.01 Work Included A. Submit Record Data as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. Provide Record Data for all products unless a Shop Drawing is required for the same item. B. Submit Record Data to provide documents that allow the Owner to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Review detailed information about the products regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Provide replacement or repair of the products at some future date. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the receipt or cursory review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. D. Provide various reports or other documents that Contract Documents require for record purposes. 26.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Record Data not meeting these criteria will be rejected. 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Submit Record Data in accordance with SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. B. Include Record Data in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Record Data to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Complete the following before submitting Record Data: 1. Prepare Record Data and coordinate with Shop Drawings or Samples, other Record Data, and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. General Conditions 007200- 117 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A D. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Record Data; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Record Data have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Record Data are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Record Data related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. E. Review Record Data prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Record Data has been reviewed by the Contractor and is in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Record Data. 26.04 Record Data Requirements A. Include a complete description of the material or equipment to be furnished, including: 1. Type,dimensions,size,arrangement, model number,and operational parameters of the components; 2. Weights,gauges, materials of construction,external connections,anchors,and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Record Data as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Record Data. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Record Data. General Conditions 007200- 118 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Record Data. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures A. Submit Record Data through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Record Data submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable,enter NA in the space provided. The Record Data submittal form is to be the first document in the file. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. C. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Record Data. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 3. Submit each specific product, class of material, or product separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Record Data for more than one system in the same Record Data. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Record Data. General Conditions 007200- 119 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A a. Use terms and symbols in Record Data consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Record Data. C. Provide a legend for symbols used on Record Data. 6. Mark Record Data to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, C. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of"or equal"products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. C. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 26.03. 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities A. Record Data will be received by the Designer, logged, and provided to Owner as the Project record. 1. Record Data may be reviewed to see that the information provided is adequate for the purpose intended. Record Data not meeting the requirements of Paragraph 26.02 may be rejected as unacceptable. 2. Record Data is not reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents. Comments may be returned if deviations from the Contract Documents are noted during the cursory review performed to see that the information is adequate. 3. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by a Modification. B. Designer may take the following action in processing Record Data: 1. File Record Data as received if the cursory review indicates that the document meets the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. Document will be given the status of "Filed as Received" and no further action is required on that Record Data. 2. Reject the Record Data for one of the following reasons: a. The document submittal requirements of the Contract Documents indicate that the document submitted as Record Data should have been submitted as a Shop Drawing. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Submit Shop Drawing." No further action is required on this document as Record Data and the Record Data process will be closed. Resubmit the document as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. General Conditions 007200- 120 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A b. The cursory review indicates that the document does not meet the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Revise and Resubmit." Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." When Record Data is filed, no further action is required, and the Record Data process will be closed. C. The Record Data is not required by the Contract Documents nor is the Record Data applicable to the Project. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Cancel - Not Required." No further action is required, and the Record Data process will be closed. C. Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." ARTICLE 27—CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 27.01 Requirements A. Prepare and submit a Progress Schedule for the Work and update the schedule on a monthly basis for the duration of the Project. B. Provide schedule in adequate detail to allow Owner to monitor progress and to relate document processing to sequential activities of the Work. C. Incorporate and specifically designate the dates of anticipated submission of documents and the dates when documents must be returned to the Contractor into the schedule. D. Assume complete responsibility for maintaining the progress of the Work per the schedule submitted. E. Schedule Work based upon a six day work week. 27.02 Document Submittal A. Submit Progress Schedules in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit a preliminary schedule within 10 days after the Notice of Award. The schedule is to be available at the pre-construction conference. C. Submit a detailed schedule at least 10 days prior to the first payment request. D. Submit Progress Schedule updates monthly with Applications for Payment to indicate the progress made on the Project to that date. Failure to submit the schedule may cause delay in the review and approval of Applications for Payment. 27.03 Schedule Requirements A. Schedule is to be in adequate detail to: 1. Assure adequate planning, scheduling, and reporting during the execution of the Work; 2. Assure the coordination of the Work of the Contractor and the various Subcontractors and Suppliers; 3. Assist in monitoring the progress of the Work; and General Conditions 007200- 121 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 4. Assist in evaluating proposed changes to the Contract Times and Project schedule. B. Provide personnel with 5 years' minimum experience in scheduling construction work comparable to this Project. Prepare the schedule using acceptable scheduling software. C. Provide the schedule in the form of a computer generated critical path schedule which includes Work to be performed on the Project. It is intended that the schedule accomplish the following: 1. Give early warning of delays in time for correction. 2. Provide detailed plans for the execution of the Work in the form of future activities and events in sequential relationships. 3. Establish relationships of significant planned Work activities and provide a logical sequence for planned Work activities. 4. Provide continuous current status information. 5. Allow analysis of the Contractor's program for the completion of the Project. 6. Permit schedules to be revised when the existing schedule is not achievable. 7. Log the progress of the Work as it actually occurs. D. Prepare a time scaled CPM arrow or precedence diagram to indicate each activity and its start and stop dates. 1. Develop Milestone dates and Project completion dates to conform to time constraints, sequencing requirements and Contract completion date. 2. Use calendar day durations while accounting for holidays and weather conditions in the projection of the duration of each activity. 3. Clearly indicate the critical path for Work to complete the Project. E. Provide a time scaled horizontal bar chart which indicates graphically the Work scheduled at any time during the Project. The chart is to indicate: 1. Complete sequence of construction by activity; 2. Identification of the activity by structure, location, and type of Work; 3. Chronological order of the start of each item of Work; 4. The activity start and stop dates; 5. The activity duration; 6. Successor and predecessor relationships for each activity; 7. A clearly indicated single critical path; and 8. Projected percentage of completion, based on dollar value of the Work included in each activity as of the first day of each month. F. Provide a schedule incorporating the Schedule of Documents provided in accordance with Article 24 indicating: 1. Specific date each document is to be delivered to the Designer. 2. Specific date each document must be received in order to meet the proposed schedule. General Conditions 007200- 122 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 3. Allow a reasonable time to review documents, taking into consideration the size and complexity of the document, other documents being processed, and other factors that may affect review time. 4. Allow time for re-submission of each document. Contractor is responsible for delays associated with additional time required to review incomplete or erroneous documents and for time lost when documents are submitted for products that do not meet Specification requirements. 27.04 Schedule Revisions A. Revise the schedule if it appears that the schedule no longer represents the actual progress of the Work. 1. Submit a written report if the schedule indicates that the Project is more than 30 days behind schedule. The report is to include: a. Number of days behind schedule; b. Narrative description of the steps to be taken to bring the Project back on schedule; and C. Anticipated time required to bring the Project back on schedule. 2. Submit a revised schedule indicating the action that the Contractor proposes to take to bring the Project back on schedule. B. Revise the schedule to indicate any adjustments in Contract Times approved by Modification. 1. Include a revised schedule with Change Proposals if a change in Contract Times is requested. 2. OPT will deem any Change Proposal that does not have a revised schedule and request for a change in Contract Times as having no impact on the ability of the Contractor to complete the Project within the Contract Times. C. Updating the Project schedule to reflect actual progress is not considered a revision to the Project schedule. D. Applications for Payment may not be recommended for payment without a revised schedule and if required, the report indicating the Contractor's plan for bringing the Project back on schedule. 27.05 Float Time A. Define float time as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities on the construction schedule. B. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or Owner. C. Where several subsystems each have a critical path, the subsystem with the longest time of completion is the critical path and float time is to be assigned to other subsystems. D. Contract Times cannot be changed by the submission of a schedule. Contract Times can only be modified by a Change Order or Contract Amendment. General Conditions 007200- 123 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A E. Schedule completion date must be the same as the Contract completion date. Time between the end of construction and the Contract completion date is float time. ARTICLE 28—VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 28.01 Work Included A. Provide a video recording of the Site prior to the beginning of construction. 1. Record the condition of all existing facilities in or abutting the construction area (right- of-way)including but not limited to streets,curb and gutter, utilities,driveways,fencing, landscaping, etc. 2. Record after construction staking is complete but prior to any clearing. 3. Provide one copy of the recording, dated and labeled to the OAR before the start of construction. Provide additional recording as directed by the OAR if the recording provided is not considered suitable for the purpose of recording pre-existing conditions. B. Furnish an adequate number of photographs of the Site to clearly depict the completed Project. 1. Provide a minimum of ten different views. 2. Photograph a panoramic view of the entire Site. 3. Photograph all significant areas of completed construction. 4. Completion photographs are not to be taken until all construction trailers, excess materials, trash, and debris have been removed. 5. Employ a professional photographer approved by the OAR to photograph the Project. 6. Provide one aerial photograph of the Site from an angle and height to include the entire Site while providing adequate detail. C. All photographs, video recordings, and a digital copy of this media are to become the property of the Owner. Photographs or recordings may not be used for publication, or public or private display without the written consent of the Owner. 28.02 Quality Assurance A. Provide clear photographs and recordings taken with proper exposure. View photographs and recordings in the field and take new photographs or recordings immediately if photos of an adequate print quality cannot be produced or video quality is not adequate. Provide photographs with adequate quality and resolution to permit enlargements. 28.03 Document Submittal A. Submit photographic documentation as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit two DVDs of the video recording as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions 007200- 124 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 28.04 Photographs A. Provide photographs in digital format with a minimum resolution of 1280 x 960, accomplished without a digital zoom. B. Take photographs at locations acceptable to the OAR. C. Provide two color prints of each photograph and a digital copy on a DVD of each photograph taken. D. Identify each print on back with: 1. Project name. 2. Date,time, location, and orientation of the exposure. 3. Description of the subject of photograph. E. Submit photographs in clear plastic sheets designed for photographs. Place only one photograph in each sheet to allow the description on the back to be read without removing the photograph. F. Final photographs are to include two 8-by-10-inch glossy color prints for each of ten photographs selected by the OAR. These photographs are in addition to normal prints. 28.05 Video Recording A. Provide digital format on DVD that can be played with Windows Media Player in common format in full screen mode. B. Identify Project on video by audio or visual means. C. Video file size should not exceed 400 MB. D. Video resolution shall be 1080p. E. The quality of the video must be sufficient to determine the existing conditions of the construction area. Camera panning must be performed while at rest, do not pan the camera while walking or driving. Camera pans should be performed at intervals sufficient to clearly view the entire construction area. F. DVD shall be labeled with construction stationing and stationing should be called out, voice recorded, in the video. G. The entire construction area recording shall be submitted at once. Sections submitted separately will not be accepted. H. Pipeline projects should be recorded linearly from beginning to end. ARTICLE 29—EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT 29.01 Substantial Completion A. Notify the OAR that the Work or a designated portion of the Work is substantially complete per the General Conditions. Include a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected before the Project will be considered to be complete. General Conditions 007200- 125 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A B. OPT will visit the Site to observe the Work within 30 days after notification is received to determine the status of the Project. C. OAR will notify the Contractor, within 120 days after notification, that the Work is either substantially complete or that additional Work must be performed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 1. OAR will notify the Contractor of items that must be completed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 2. Correct the noted deficiencies in the Work. 3. Notify the OAR when the items of Work in the OAR's notice have been completed. 4. OPT will revisit the Site and repeat the process. 5. OAR will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Contractor when the OPT considers the Project to be substantially complete. The Certificate will include a tentative list of items to be corrected before Final Payment will be recommended. 6. Review the list and notify the OAR of any objections to items on the list within 10 days after receiving the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 29.02 Final Inspections A. Notify the OAR when: 1. Work has been completed in compliance with the Contract Documents; 2. Equipment and systems have been tested per Contract Documents and are fully operational; 3. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals have been provided to the Owner and all operator training has been completed; 4. Specified spare parts and special tools have been provided; and 5. Work is complete and ready for final inspection. B. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and ready for Final Payment within 30 days after the notice is received. C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. D. Take immediate steps to correct Defective Work. Notify the Designer when Defective Work has been corrected. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable. OAR will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. E. Submit the Request for Final Payment with the closeout documents described in Paragraph 29.04 if notified that the Project is complete, and the Work is acceptable. 29.03 Reinspection Fees A. Owner may impose a Set-off against the Application for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions to compensate the OPT for additional visits to the Project if additional Work is required. General Conditions 007200- 126 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal A. Record Documents per Article 20. B. Warranties and bonds. C. Equipment installation reports on equipment. D. Shop Drawings, Record Data, and other documents as required by the Contract Documents. E. Evidence of continuing insurance and bond coverage as required by the Contract Documents. F. Final Photographs per Article 28. 29.05 Transfer of Utilities A. If applicable to the Project,transfer utilities to the Owner when the Certificate of Substantial Completion has been issued and the Work has been occupied by the Owner. B. Submit final meter readings for utilities and similar data as of the date the Owner occupied the Work. 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements A. Provide warranties, bonds, and service agreements required by the Contract Documents. B. The date for the start of warranties, bonds, and service agreements is established per the Contract Documents. C. Compile warranties, bonds, and service agreements and review these documents for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Provide a log of all equipment covered under the 1-year correction period specified in the Contract Documents and all products for which special or extended warranties or guarantees are provided. Index the log by Specification Section number on forms provided. Include items 2.e through 2.g below in the tabulation. 2. Provide a copy of specific warranties or guarantees under a tab indexed to the log. Each document is to include: a. A description of the product or Work item; b. The firm name with the name of the principal, address, and telephone number; C. Signature of the respective Supplier or Subcontractor to acknowledge existence of the warranty obligation for extended warranties and service agreements; d. Scope of warranty, bond, or service agreement; e. Indicate the start date for the correction period specified in the Contract Documents for each product and the date on which the specified correction period expires. f. Indicate the start date for extended warranties for each product and the date on which the specified extended warranties period expires. g. Start date, warranty or guarantee period, and expiration date for each warranty, bond, and service agreement; General Conditions 007200- 127 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A h. Procedures to be followed in the event of a failure; and i. Specific instances that might invalidate the warranty or bond. D. Submit digital copies of the documents to the Designer for review. E. Submit warranties, bonds, and service agreements within 10 days after equipment or components are placed in service. ARTICLE 30—MISCELLANEOUS 30.01 Computation of Times A. Exclude the first day and include the last day when determining dates for a period of time referred to in the Contract Documents by days. The last day of this period is to be omitted from the determination if it falls on a Sunday or a legal holiday. B. All references and conditions for a Calendar Day Contract in the Contract Documents apply for a Fixed Date Contract. A Fixed Date Contract is one in which the calendar dates for reaching Substantial Completion and/or final completion are specified in lieu of identifying the number of days involved. 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records A. By execution of the Contract, Contractor grants Owner the right to audit, examine, inspect and/or copy, at Owner's election at all reasonable times during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years following the completion or termination of the Work, all of Contractor's written and electronically stored records and billings relating to the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. The audit, examination or inspection may be performed by an Owner designee,which may include its internal auditors or an outside representative engaged by Owner. Contractor agrees to retain its records for a minimum of four(4)years following termination of the Contract, unless there is an ongoing dispute under the Contract, then, such retention period must extend until final resolution of the dispute. As used in these General Conditions, "Contractor written and electronically stored records" include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character generated as a result of the work under this Contract. Examples of Contractor written and electronically stored records include, but are not limited to:accounting data and reports, billings, books, general ledgers, cost ledgers, invoices, production sheets, documents, correspondence, meeting notes, subscriptions, agreements, purchase orders, leases, contracts, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, time sheets, payroll records, policies, procedures, Subcontractor agreements, Supplier agreements, rental equipment proposals, federal and state tax filings for any issue in question, along with any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in Owner's sole judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any Contract Documents. B. Owner agrees to exercise the right to audit, examine or inspect Contractor's records only during regular business hours. Contractor agrees to allow Owner and/or Owner's designee access to all of the Contractor's Records, Contractor's facilities, and current or former employees of Contractor, deemed necessary by Owner or its designee(s), to perform such audit, inspection or examination. Contractor also agrees to provide adequate and General Conditions 007200- 128 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A appropriate work space necessary for Owner or its designees to conduct such audits, inspections or examinations. C. Contractor must include this Paragraph 30.02 in any Subcontractor, supplier or vendor contract. 30.03 Independent Contractor A. Contractor is to perform its duties under this Contract as an independent contractor. The Contractor's Team and their personnel are not considered to be employees or agents of the Owner. Nothing in this Contract is to be interpreted as granting Contractor's Team the right or authority to make commitments for the Owner. This Contract does not constitute or create a joint venture, partnership or formal business organization of any kind. 30.04 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available to the Owner or Contractor by these General Conditions are in addition to, and are not a limitation of,the rights and remedies which are otherwise imposed or available by: 1. Laws or Regulations; 2. Special warranties or guarantees; or 3. Other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Paragraph 30.04 are as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty,obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. 30.05 Limitation of Damages A. Owner is not liable to Contractor for claims, costs, losses or damages sustained by Contractor's Team associated with other projects or anticipated projects. B. Contractor waives claims for consequential damages, incidental or special damages arising out of or relating to this Contract, whether the damages are claimed in contract, tort or on any other basis. 30.06 No Waiver A. The failure of Owner or Contractor to enforce any provision of this Contract does not constitute a waiver of that provision or affect the enforceability of that provision or the remainder of this Contract. 30.07 Severability A. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders a part of this Contract invalid or unenforceable, that part is to be severed and the remainder of this Contract continues in full force. General Conditions 007200- 129 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 30.08 Survival of Obligations A. Representations, indemnifications, warranties, guarantees and continuing obligations required by the Contract Documents survive completion and acceptance of the Work or termination of the Contract. 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries A. Nothing in this Contract can be construed to create rights in any entity other than the Owner and Contractor. Neither the Owner nor Contractor intends to create third party beneficiaries by entering into this Contract. 30.10 Assignment of Contract A. This Contract may not be assigned in whole or in part by the Contractor without the prior written consent of the Owner. 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity A. The Owner has not waived its sovereign immunity by entering into and performing its obligations under this Contract. B. This Contract is to perform a governmental function solely for the public benefit. 30.12 Controlling Law A. This Contract is governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of laws. Venue for legal proceedings lies exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. Cases must be filed and tried in Nueces County and cannot be removed from Nueces County,Texas. 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,Contractor will have at least 90 days to give notice of a claim for damages as a condition precedent to the right to sue on the Contract, subject to the contractual Claims and Alternative Dispute Resolution processes set forth herein. 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury A. Owner and Contractor agree that they have knowingly waived and do hereby waive the right to trial by jury and have instead agreed, in the event of any litigation arising out of or connected to this Contract, to proceed with a trial before the court, unless both parties subsequently agree otherwise in writing. 30.15 Attorney Fees A. The Parties expressly agree that, in the event of litigation, all parties waive rights to payment of attorneys' fees that otherwise might be recoverable, pursuant to the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code Chapter 38, Texas Local Government Code §271.153, the Prompt Payment Act, common law or any other provision for payment of attorney's fees. General Conditions 007200- 130 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 30.16 Compliance with Laws A. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 as amended (ADA) and Texas Architectural Barriers Act and all regulations relating to either statute. B. No qualified person shall on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, gender, age or disability be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity which receives or benefits from federal financial assistance. C. Comply with all applicable federal, state and city laws, rules and regulations. D. Each applicable provision and clause required by law to be inserted into the Contract shall be deemed to be enacted herein,and the Contract shall be read and enforced as though each were physically included herein. 30.17 Enforcement A. The City Manager or designee and the City Attorney or designee are fully authorized and will have the right to enforce all legal rights and obligations under the Contract without further authorization from City Council. 30.18 Subject to Appropriation A. Funds are appropriated by the Owner on a yearly basis. If for any reason, funds are not appropriated in any given year, the Owner may direct immediate suspension or termination of the Contract with no additional liability to the Owner. If the Contractor is terminated or suspended and the Owner requests remobilization at a later date, the Contractor may request payment for reasonable demo bilization/remobilization costs. Such costs shall be addressed through a Change Order to the Contract. Under no circumstances may a provision or obligation under this Contract be interpreted as contrary to this paragraph. 30.19 Contract Sum A. The Contract Sum is stated in the Contract and, including authorized adjustments, is the total maximum not-to-exceed amount payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. Contractor accepts and agrees that all payments pursuant to this Contract are subject to the availability and appropriation of funds by the Corpus Christi City Council. If funds are not available and/or appropriated,this Contract shall immediately be terminated with no liability to any party to this Contract. 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy A. The Contractor's guarantee is a separate and additional remedy available to benefit the Owner. Neither the guarantee nor the expiration of the guarantee period will operate to reduce, release or relinquish any rights or remedies available to the Owner for any claims or causes of action against the Contractor or any other individual or entity. 30.21 Notices. A. Any notice required to be given to Owner under any provision in this Contract must include a copy to OAR by mail or e-mail. General Conditions 007200- 131 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 30.22 Public Information A. The requirements of Subchapter J, Chapter 552, Government Code, may apply to this contract, and Contractor agrees that the contract can be terminated if Contractor knowingly or intentionally fails to comply with a requirement of that subchapter. END OF SECTION General Conditions 007200- 132 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and other provisions of the Contract Documents. All provisions not amended or supplemented in these Supplementary Conditions remain in effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below. ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY SC-1.01 DEFINED TERMS A. The members of the OPT as defined in Paragraph 1.01.A.41 consists of the following organizations: City of Corpus Christi,Texas Halff Associates, Inc. Professional Service Industries, Inc. B. Paragraph 1.01.A.54"Substantial Completion" is more specifically defined for this Project as: 1. The following items are fully functional and suitable for operation in accordance with the Contract Documents: a. Pavement for roadway, driveways, and sidewalks b. Utilities (Storm Water, Water, Wastewater, Gas, and IT conduit) C. Traffic Signal Improvements d. Lighting Improvements e. Permanent Striping and all lanes open to traffic f. Temporary School Zone Signage in place 2. Only the following items not yet complete in accordance with the Contract Documents: a. Sodding for erosion control b. Permanent Signage ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK SC-4.04 DELAYS IN CONTRACTOR'S PROGRESS A. The allocation for delays in the Contractor's progress for rain days as set forth in General Conditions Paragraph 4.04.D are to be determined as follows: 1. Include rain days in developing the schedule for construction. Schedule construction so that the Work will be completed within the Contract Times assuming that these rain days will occur. Incorporate residual impacts following rain days such as limited access to and within the Site, inability to work due to wet or muddy Site conditions, delays in Supplementary Conditions 007300-1 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A delivery of equipment and materials, and other impacts related to rain days when developing the schedule for construction. Include all costs associated with these rain days and residual impacts in the Contract Price. 2. A rain day is defined as any day in which the amount of rain measured by the National Weather Services at the Power Street Stormwater Pump Station is 0.50 inch or greater. Records indicate the following average number of rain days for each month: Month Day Month Days January 3 July 3 February 3 August 4 March 2 September 7 April 3 October 4 May 4 November 3 June 4 December 3 3. A total of 29 rain days have been set for this Project. An extension of time due to rain days will be considered only after 29 rain days have been exceeded in a calendar year and the OAR has determined that a detrimental impact to the construction schedule resulted from the excessive rainfall. Rain days are to be incorporated into the schedule and unused rain days will be considered float time which may be consumed by the Owner or Contractor in delay claims. ARTICLE 5 — AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS SC-5.03 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS A. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.03.A which describe subsurface and physical conditions. 1. Geotechnical Reports include the following: a. Geotechnical Engineering Report, Professional Service Industries, Inc., June 30, 2021 - The Contractor may rely on the following Technical Data in using this document: 1) All technical data within report 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) include the following: None SC-5.06 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AT SITE A. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.06 which describe Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site. No reports of explorations or tests for Hazardous Environmental Conditions at or contiguous to the Site are known to Owner. Supplementary Conditions 007300-2 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A ARTICLE 6—BONDS AND INSURANCE SC-6.03 REQUIRED MINIMUM INSURANCE COVERAGE INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE AMOUNTS Provide the insurance coverage for at least the following amounts unless greater amounts are required by Laws and Regulations: Type of Insurance Minimum Insurance Coverage Commercial General Liability including 1. Commercial Form 2. Premises—Completed Operations 3. Explosions and Collapse Hazard 4. Underground Hazard 5. Products/Completed Operations Hazard $1,000,000 Per Occurrence 6. Contractual Liability $2,000,000 Aggregate 7. Broad Form Property Damage 8. Independent Contractors 9. Personal &Advertising Injury Business Automobile Liability-Owned, Non- $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit Owned, Rented and Leased Workers' Compensation Statutory Employer's Liability $500,000/500,000/500,000 Excess Liability/Umbrella Liability $1,000,000 Per Occurrence Required if Contract Price>$5,000,000 Contractor's Pollution Liability / $1,000,000 Per Claim Environmental Impairment Coverage Not limited to sudden and accidental X Required ❑ Not Required discharge. To include long-term environmental impact for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants. Required if excavation>3 ft Builder's Risk(All Perils including Collapse) Equal to Full Replacement Cost of Structure and Contents Required for vertical structures and bridges ❑ Required X Not Required Installation Floater Equal to Contract Price Required if installing city-owned equipment ❑ Required X Not Required Supplementary Conditions 007300-3 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC-7.04 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS A. Add the following sentence to the end of Paragraph 7.04.A: "The Contractor must perform at least 50 percent of the Work, measured as a percentage of the Contract Price, using its own employees." ARTICLE 14—PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS SC-14.04 PREVAILING WAGE RATES A. The minimum rates for various labor classifications as established by the Owner are shown below: Wage Determination Construction Type Project Type (WD) No TX21 Heavy Heavy Construction Projects (including Sewer and Water Line Construction and Drainage Projects) TX29 Highway Highway Construction Projects (excluding tunnels, building structures in rest area projects & railroad construction; bascule, suspension & spandrel arch bridges designed for commercial navigation, bridges involving marine construction; and other major bridges). "General Decision Number:TX2022002102/25/2022 Superseded General Decision Number:TX20210021 State:Texas Construction Type: Heavy Counties: Nueces and San Patricio Counties in Texas. HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS(including Sewer and Water Line Construction and Drainage Projects) Supplementary Conditions 007300-4 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Note: Contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act are generally required to pay at least the applicable minimum wage rate required under Executive Order 14026 or Executive Order 13658. Please note that these Executive Orders apply to covered contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act itself, but do not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(2)-(60). I If the contract is entered 1. Executive Order 14026 (into on or after January 30, ( generally applies to the 12022,or the contract is I contract. I renewed or extended (e.g.,an 1.The contractor must pay option is exercised)on or ( all covered workers at after January 30,2022: ( least$15.00 per hour(or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination,if it is higher)for all hours spent performing on the contract in 2022. I I I If the contract was awarded on 1. Executive Order 13658 (or between January 1,2015 and( generally applies to the (January 29,2022, and the ( contract. I contract is not renewed or (.The contractor must pay all extended on or after January ( covered workers at least 130,2022: ( $11.25 per hour(or the applicable wage rate listed I on this wage determination, if it is higher)for all Supplementary Conditions 007300-5 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A hours spent performing on that contract in 2022. I I I The applicable Executive Order minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. If this contract is covered by one of the Executive Orders and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination,the contractor must still submit a conformance request. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the Executive Orders is available at https://www.dol.gov/agencies/whd/government-contracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/07/2022 1 02/25/2022 * SUTX1987-001 12/01/1987 Rates Fringes CARPENTER(Excluding Form Setting).........................$ 9.05 ** Concrete Finisher................$ 7.56 ** ELECTRICIAN......................$ 13.37 ** 2.58 Laborers: Common......................$ 7.25 ** Supplementary Conditions 007300-6 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A utility.....................$ 7.68** Power equipment operators: Backhoe.....................$ 9.21 ** Motor Grader................$ 8.72 ** ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS- Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- **Workers in this classification may be entitled to a higher minimum wage under Executive Order 14026($15.00)or 13658 ($11.25). Please see the Note at the top of the wage determination for more information. Note: Executive Order(EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued)on or after January 1,2017. If this contract is covered by the EO,the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness,injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care;to assist a family member(or person who is like family to the employee)who is ill,injured,or has other health-related needs,including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from,or to assist a family member(or person who is like family to the employee)who is a victim of,domestic violence,sexual assault,or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO Supplementary Conditions 007300-7 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A is available at https://www.dol.gov/agencies/whd/government-contracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5(a) (1) (ii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination.The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of""identifiers"" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate(current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate(weighted average rate)or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than ""SU"" or ""UAVG"" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification,which in this example would be Plumbers.0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable,i.e., Plumbers Local 0198.The next number, 005 in the example,is an internal number used in processing Supplementary Conditions 007300-8 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A the wage determination.07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate,which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement(CBA)governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the ""SU"" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey,it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014.SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based.The next number,007 in the example,is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100%of the data reported for the Supplementary Conditions 007300-9 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state.The next number,0010 in the example,is an internal number used in producing the wage determination.08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year,to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. ---------------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter?This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact,including requests for summaries of surveys,should be with the Wage and Hour National Office because National Office has responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory,then the process described in 2.)and 3.) should be followed. Supplementary Conditions 007300-10 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here,initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes,then an interested party(those affected by the action)can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7).Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.)that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable,an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Supplementary Conditions 007300-11 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Washington, DC 20210 4.)All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- END OF GENERAL DECISION" "General Decision Number:TX20220029 02/25/2022 Superseded General Decision Number:TX20210029 State:Texas Construction Type: Highway Counties:Aransas,Calhoun,Goliad, Nueces and San Patricio Counties in Texas. HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS(excluding tunnels, building structures in rest area projects& railroad construction; bascule,suspension &spandrel arch bridges designed for commercial navigation, bridges involving marine construction; and other major bridges). Note: Contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act are generally required to pay at least the applicable minimum wage rate required under Executive Order 14026 or Executive Order 13658. Please note that these Executive Orders apply to covered contracts entered into by the federal government that are Supplementary Conditions 007300-12 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A subject to the Davis-Bacon Act itself, but do not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(2)-(60). I If the contract is entered 1. Executive Order 14026 (into on or after January 30, ( generally applies to the 12022,or the contract is I contract. I renewed or extended (e.g.,an 1.The contractor must pay option is exercised)on or ( all covered workers at after January 30,2022: ( least$15.00 per hour(or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination,if it is higher)for all hours spent performing on the contract in 2022. I I I If the contract was awarded on 1. Executive Order 13658 (or between January 1,2015 and( generally applies to the (January 29,2022, and the ( contract. I contract is not renewed or (.The contractor must pay all extended on or after January ( covered workers at least 130,2022: ( $11.25 per hour(or the applicable wage rate listed I on this wage determination, if it is higher)for all I hours spent performing on that contract in 2022. I I I The applicable Executive Order minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. If this contract is covered by one of the Supplementary Conditions 007300-13 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Executive Orders and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination,the contractor must still submit a conformance request. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the Executive Orders is available at https://www.dol.gov/agencies/whd/government-contracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/07/2022 1 02/25/2022 * SUTX2011-010 08/08/2011 Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER(Paving&Structures)...$ 12.64** FORM BUILDER/FORM SETTER Paving&Curb...............$ 10.69 ** Structures..................$ 13.61 ** LABORER Asphalt Raker...............$ 11.67 ** Flagger.....................$ 8.81 ** Laborer,Common.............$ 10.25 ** Laborer, Utility............$ 11.23 ** Pipelayer...................$ 11.17 ** Work Zone Barricade Servicer....................$ 11.51 ** Supplementary Conditions 007300-14 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A PAINTER(Structures).............$ 21.29 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR: Asphalt Distributor.........$ 14.25 ** Asphalt Paving Machine......$ 13.44 ** Mechanic....................$ 17.00 Motor Grader, Fine Grade....$ 17.74 Motor Grader, Rough.........$ 16.85 TRUCK DRIVER Lowboy-Float................$ 16.62 Single Axle.................$ 11.61 ** ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS- Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- **Workers in this classification may be entitled to a higher minimum wage under Executive Order 14026($15.00)or 13658 ($11.25). Please see the Note at the top of the wage determination for more information. Note: Executive Order(EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued)on or after January 1,2017. If this contract is covered by the EO,the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their Supplementary Conditions 007300-15 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A own illness,injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care;to assist a family member(or person who is like family to the employee)who is ill,injured,or has other health-related needs,including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from,or to assist a family member(or person who is like family to the employee)who is a victim of,domestic violence,sexual assault,or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at https://www.dol.gov/agencies/whd/government-contracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5(a) (1) (ii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination.The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of""identifiers"" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate(current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate(weighted average rate)or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than ""SU"" or Supplementary Conditions 007300-16 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A ""UAVG"" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification,which in this example would be Plumbers.0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable,i.e., Plumbers Local 0198.The next number, 005 in the example,is an internal number used in processing the wage determination.07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate,which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement(CBA)governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the ""SU"" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey,it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014.SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based.The next number,007 in the example,is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Supplementary Conditions 007300-17 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100%of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state.The next number,0010 in the example,is an internal number used in producing the wage determination.08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year,to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. ---------------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter?This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter Supplementary Conditions 007300-18 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact,including requests for summaries of surveys,should be with the Wage and Hour National Office because National Office has responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory,then the process described in 2.)and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here,initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes,then an interested party(those affected by the action)can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7).Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.)that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. Supplementary Conditions 007300-19 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable,an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.)All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- END OF GENERAL DECISION" ARTICLE 19—PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION SC-19.21 COOPERATION WITH PUBLIC AGENCIES A. For the Contractor's convenience,the following telephone numbers are listed: Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number City Engineer 361-826-3500 Halff Associates, Inc. 361-400-4600 R.Thomas Everett II, P.E. 361-400-0982 Traffic Engineering 361-826-3547 Police Department 361-882-2600 361-826-1800 (361-826-1818 after Water/Wastewater/Stormwater hours) Fire Marshal's Office 361-826-3922 Gas Department 361-885-6900 (361-885-6942 after hours) Parks & Recreation Department 361-826-3461 Street Department 361-826-1875 City Street Div. for Traffic Signals 361-826-1610 Solid Waste & Brush 361-826-1973 IT Department (City Fiber) 361-826-1956 Supplementary Conditions 007300-20 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number AEP 1-877-373-4858 AT&T 361-881-2511 (1-800-824-4424 after hours) Grande Communications 1-866-247-2633 Spectrum Communications 1-800-892-4357 Crown Castle Communications 1-888-632-0931 (Network Operations Center) Ce ntu ryl-i n k 361-208-0730 W i ndstream 1-800-600-5050 Regional Transportation Authority 361-289-2712 Port of Corpus Christi Authority Engr. 361-882-5633 TxDOT Area Office 361-808-2500 Corpus Christi ISD 361-695-7200 ARTICLE 25—SHOP DRAWINGS SC-25.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Provide Shop Drawings for the following items: Specification Section Shop Drawing Description Refer to SECTION 01 33 01 Submittal Register to view the required Shop Drawings. SC-25.12 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed below: $170/hr ARTICLE 26—RECORD DATA SC-26.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Submit Record Data for the following items: Supplementary Conditions 007300-21 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Specification Section Record Data Description Refer to SECTION 01 33 01 Submittal Register to view the required Shop Drawings. ARTICLE 30—MISCELLANEOUS SC-30.21 Notices. A. Strict compliance is required for all notice provisions in this Contract. END OF SECTION Supplementary Conditions 007300-22 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 4/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 00 74 00 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR [NAME OF PROGRAM] ARTICLE 1—GENERAL 1.01 FUNDING AGENCY REQUIREMENTS A. N/A—There is no known Funding Agency for this project. END OF SECTION Special Conditions for[Funding Agency] 007400-1 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Wildcat Drive—FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 011100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Construct Work as described in the Contract Documents. 1. Provide the materials, equipment, and incidentals required to make the Project completely and fully useable. 2. Provide the labor, equipment, tools, and consumable supplies required for a complete Project. 3. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OAR. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work is described in general, non-inclusive terms as: 1. Wildcat Drive,from FM 624 to Teague Lane, is a roadway reconstruction project and includes various street and utility improvements. The project objective is to reconstruct the existing roadway pavement section and to reconstruct select underground utilities.This project also includes reconstruction of the existing sidewalk,curb ramps,concrete driveways,concrete curb and gutter, bus shelter pad, roadway striping, roadway pavement markers,traffic signage,and street lighting within the street right-of-way(ROW). The pedestrian and traffic signals will be improved at the FM 624 and Wildcat Drive signalized intersection as a part of this project as well. 1.03 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. The following items of work are not included in this Contract, but may impact construction scheduling and completion: 1. None B. In the case of a disagreement between the above list and those specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents,the Contractor is to base his Proposal on the most expensive listing. C. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction and testing of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. Summary of Work 011100-1 Wildcat Drive —From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 1.04 WORK BY OWNER A. The Owner plans to perform the following items of work which are not included in this Contract, but may impact the construction scheduling and completion: 1. None B. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. C. Owner will provide normal operation and maintenance of the existing facilities during construction, unless otherwise stated. 1.05 CONSTRUCTION OF UTILITIES A. Pay for temporary power, including but not limited to construction cost, meter connection fees, and permits. 1.06 USE PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION A. Owner has the right to use or operate any portion of the Project that is ready for use after notifying the Contractor of its intent to do so. B. The execution of Bonds is understood to indicate the consent of the surety to these provisions for use of the Project. C. Provide an endorsement from the insurance carrier permitting use of Project during the remaining period of construction. D. Conduct operations to insure the least inconvenience to the Owner and general public. 2.00 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Summary of Work 011100-2 Wildcat Drive —From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Alternates: None 1. This Section describes each alternate by number and describes the basic changes to be incorporated into the Work when this alternate is made a part of the Work in the Agreement. 2. Drawings and Specifications will outline the extent of Work to be included in the alternate Contract Price. 3. Coordinate related Work and modify surrounding Work as required to properly integrate the Work under each alternate,and provide a complete and functional Project as required by the Contract Documents. 4. Bids for alternates may be accepted or rejected at the option of the Owner. 5. Owner may incorporate these alternates in the Contract when executed, or may issue a Change Order to incorporate these alternates within 120 days at the prices offered in the Bid, unless noted otherwise. A Request for a Change Proposal may be issued after 120 days or other designated time period to negotiate a new price for incorporating the Work into the Project. B. Allowances: The Lump Sum Bid Items described as "Allowances" have been set as noted in Section 00 30 01 Bid Form and shall be included in the Total Base Bid of the Bid Form for each Bidder. These Allowances may be used at the Owner's discretion in the event that unforeseen conditions or conflicts are encountered during construction that warrants the use of the Allowance funds. If the use of Allowance funds becomes necessary, the OAR will provide written authorization at a cost negotiated between Owner and Contractor, using unit prices in the Bid Form when applicable. No work is to be performed under the Allowance items without written authorization from the OAR. There is no guarantee that any of these funds will need to be used during the course of the Work. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. Provide documents for materials furnished as part of the alternate in accordance with Article 24 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES (NONE) 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF ALLOWANCES BASE BID NO.01—FLEXIBLE (ASPHALT) PAVEMENT A. Allowance A—Base Bid No. 1- Mobilization (Max 5%of Part A) 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part A to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part A of the bid form. Alternates and Allowances 012310-1 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A B. Allowance B - Base Bid No. 1- Bonds and Insurance 1. A maximum of 2%of the bid price to be used for the purchase of bonds and insurance required for the Project. C. Allowance C— Base Bid No. 1 -Allowance for Unanticipated Vegetation issues 1. The sum of$5,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated Vegetation issues. D. Allowance D—Base Bid No. 1 -Allowance for Unanticipated Environmental issues 1. The sum of $5,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated Environmental issues. E. Allowance E—Base Bid No. 1- Mobilization (Max 5%of Part B) 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part B to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part B of the bid form. F. Allowance F— Base Bid No. 1 -Allowance for Unanticipated Street Improvements 1. The sum of $50,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated Street improvements. G. Allowance G— Base Bid No. 1 - Mobilization (Max 5%of Part C) 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part C to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part C of the bid form. H. Allowance H—Base Bid No. 1-Allowance for Unanticipated ADA Improvements 1. The sum of$9,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated ADA improvements. I. Allowance I—Base Bid No. 1- Mobilization (Max 5%of Part D) 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part D to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part D of the bid form J. Allowance J—Base Bid No. 1-Allowance for Unanticipated RTA Improvements 1. The sum of$1,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated RTA improvements. K. Allowance K—Base Bid No. 1 - Mobilization (Max 5%of Part E) 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part E to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part E of the bid form L. Allowance L—Base Bid No. 1 -Allowance for Unanticipated IT(Fiber) Improvements 1. The sum of $3,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated IT (Fiber) improvements. M. Allowance M—Base Bid No. 1 - Mobilization (Max 5%of Part F) 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part F to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part F of the bid form N. Allowance N—Base Bid No. 1-Allowance for Unanticipated Storm Water Improvements Alternates and Allowances 012310-2 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 1. The sum of $27,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated Storm Water improvements. O. Allowance O—Base Bid No. 1- Mobilization (Max 5%of Part G) 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part G to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part G of the bid form P. Allowance P—Base Bid No. 1-Allowance for Unanticipated Water Improvements 1. The sum of $25,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated Water improvements. Q. Allowance Q—Base Bid No. 1 - Mobilization (Max 5%of Part H) 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part H to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part H of the bid form R. Allowance R— Base Bid No. 1 -Allowance for Unanticipated Wastewater Improvements 1. The sum of $5,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated Wastewater improvements. S. Allowance S- Base Bid No. 1 - Mobilization (Max 5% of Part 1) 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part I to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part I of the bid form T. Allowance T—Base Bid No. 1-Allowance for Unanticipated Gas Improvements 1. The sum of$5,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated Gas improvements. U. Allowance U—Base Bid No. 1- Mobilization (Max 5%of Part J) 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part J to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part J of the bid form V. Allowance V— Base Bid No. 1 -Allowance for Unanticipated Traffic Signal Improvements 1. The sum of $7,500.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated Traffic Signal improvements. W. Allowance W—Base Bid No. 1 - Mobilization (Max 5%of Part K) 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part K to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part K of the bid form X. Allowance X—Base Bid No. 1 -Allowance for Unanticipated Lighting Improvements 1. The sum of $3,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated Lighting improvements. BASE BID NO.02—RIGID (CONCRETE) PAVEMENT Y. Allowance Y—Base Bid No. 2- Mobilization (Max 5%of Part A) 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part A to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part A of the bid form. Z. Allowance Z—Base Bid No. 2—Bonds & Insurance Alternates and Allowances 012310-3 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 1. A maximum of 2%of the bid price to be used for the purchase of bonds and insurance required for the Project. AA. Allowance AA— Base Bid No. 2 -Allowance for Unanticipated Vegetation issues 1. The sum of$5,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated Vegetation issues. BB. Allowance BB— Base Bid No. 2 -Allowance for Unanticipated Environmental issues 1. The sum of $5,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated Environmental issues. CC. Allowance CC— Base Bid No. 2 - Mobilization (Max 5%of Part B) 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part B to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part B of the bid form. DD. Allowance DD—Base Bid No. 2-Allowance for Unanticipated Street Improvements 1. The sum of $72,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated Street improvements. EE. Allowance EE—Base Bid No. 2 - Mobilization (Max 5%of Part C) 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part C to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part C of the bid form. FF. Allowance FF—Base Bid No. 2 -Allowance for Unanticipated ADA Improvements 1. The sum of$9,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated ADA improvements. GG. Allowance GG—Base Bid No. 2 - Mobilization (Max 5%of Part D) 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part D to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part D of the bid form HH. Allowance HH—Base Bid No. 2 -Allowance for Unanticipated RTA Improvements 1. The sum of$1,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated RTA improvements. II. Allowance II—Base Bid No. 2 - Mobilization (Max 5%of Part E) 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part E to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part E of the bid form JJ. Allowance JJ—Base Bid No. 2 -Allowance for Unanticipated IT(Fiber) Improvements 1. The sum of $3,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated IT (Fiber) improvements. KK. Allowance KK—Base Bid No. 2- Mobilization (Max 5%of Part F) 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part F to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part F of the bid form LL. Allowance LL—Base Bid No. 2-Allowance for Unanticipated Storm Water Improvements 1. The sum of $31,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated Storm Water improvements. MM.Allowance MM—Base Bid No. 2- Mobilization (Max 5%of Part G) Alternates and Allowances 012310-4 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part G to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part G of the bid form NN. Allowance NN—Base Bid No. 2 -Allowance for Unanticipated Water Improvements 1. The sum of $25,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated Water improvements. 00. Allowance 00—Base Bid No. 2 - Mobilization (Max 5%of Part H) 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part H to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part H of the bid form PP. Allowance PP—Base Bid No. 2-Allowance for Unanticipated Wastewater Improvements 1. The sum of $5,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated Wastewater improvements. QQ. Allowance QQ- Base Bid No. 2 - Mobilization (Max 5%of Part 1) 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part I to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part I of the bid form RR. Allowance RR—Base Bid No. 2 -Allowance for Unanticipated Gas Improvements 1. The sum of$5,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated Gas improvements. SS. Allowance SS—Base Bid No. 2 - Mobilization (Max 5%of Part J) 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part J to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part J of the bid form TT. Allowance TT—Base Bid No. 2-Allowance for Unanticipated Traffic Signal Improvements 1. The sum of $7,500.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated Traffic Signal improvements. UU. Allowance UU—Base Bid No. 2 - Mobilization (Max 5%of Part K) 1. The maximum of 5%of the bid price for Part K to be used for the mobilization cost of the items listed in Part K of the bid form VV. Allowance VV— Base Bid No. 2 -Allowance for Unanticipated Lighting Improvements 1. The sum of $3,000.00 to be used for the purchase of unanticipated Lighting improvements. 2.00 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Alternates and Allowances 012310-5 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON LUMP SUM ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for lump sum payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that lump sum item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for each lump sum item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the lump sum price. B. Measurement for progress payments will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. Payment at Final Completion will be equal to the total lump sum amount for that item. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON UNIT PRICE ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in unit price payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that unit price item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for each unit price item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the unit price. B. Measurement for payments will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. Measurement will be as indicated for each unit price item. 1.03 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT FOR BASE BID ITEMS A. Bid Item 1-A1, 1-1131, 1-C1, 1-D1, 1-E1, 1-F1, 1-G1, 1-H1, 1-11, 1-J1, 1-K1, 2-A1, 2-1131, 2-C1, 2- D1,2-E1,241,2-G1,2-11-111, 2-11,2-J1,2-K1—Mobilization (Maximum 5%of Parts A-K): 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Transportation and setup for equipment; b. Transportation and/or erection of all field offices, sheds, and storage facilities; C. Salaries for preparation of documents required before the first Application for Payment; d. Salaries for field personnel assigned to the Project related to the mobilization of the Project; e. Demobilization; and f. Mobilization may not exceed 5 percent of the total Contract Price. Measurement and Basis for Payment 012901-1 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: When at least 5% of the adjusted contract amount for construction is earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. Upon substantial completion of all work under this Contract and removal of all equipment and materials from the Project site, the remaining 25% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. B. Bid Item 1-A2,2-A2—Bonds and Insurance(Maximum Allowance of 2%): 1. Payment shall include all bonds and insurance required under the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for bonds and insurance will be based on the receipt of documentation of actual costs. Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence of the rate or rates paid for all bonds and insurance. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost of unique insurance as required and obtained specifically for this Project, not including the routine and general company insurance policies that are maintained for the course of conducting normal business operations. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost of project specific bonds and insurance, not to exceed the bid amount or the verifiable costs of Project specific bonds and insurance incurred by the Contractor. C. Bid Item 1-A3,2-A3—Clear Right-of-Way: 1. Consists of clearing, grubbing, and stripping of objectionable matter.This includes but is not limited to removing and disposing of trees, stumps, brush, roots, vegetation, rubbish in accordance with SECTION 02 10 20 and the removal of old structures in accordance with specification SECTION 02 10 80 within construction limits, which may extend beyond the ROW in some areas of the project. D. Bid Item 1-A4—Ozone Advisory Day: 1. Priming and hot-mix asphalt paving operations shall not be conducted on days for which an ozone advisory has been used, except for repairs. Owner will notify Contractor regarding ozone alerts. 2. Measurement and basis for payment shall be as described in SECTION 00 30 01 BID FORM. E. Bid Item(s) 1-AS, 1-A7, 1-A8, 1-A9, 1-A10,2-A4,2-A6,2-A7,2-A8,2-A9—Temporary Traffic Control, Temporary Traffic Message Board, Temporary Traffic Control Design by a Professional Engineer (All Phases), Temporary Traffic Signal Design by a Professional Engineer(All Phases),and Traffic Control Police Officer Assistance: 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to, furnishing, installing, moving, replacing, and maintaining all temporary traffic controls for each phase of construction and Police Officer assistance.This includes but is not limited to plan design, signal design, barricades, barriers, signs, cones, lights, signals, temporary striping and markers, temporary pavement, flaggers and such temporary devices relocation of existing signs and devices and all materials, labor equipment, and incidentals necessary to provide a safe condition and to complete the work. 2. Measurement and basis for payment shall be described in SECTION 00 30 01 BID FORM. Measurement and Basis for Payment 012901-2 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A F. Bid Item 1-A6, 2-AS — Temporary Intersection Signal Adjustments (All Phases of Traffic Control): 1. Payment shall include, but not limited to, operation. Maintenance, reconfiguration, and removal of the temporary intersection signal adjustment items.This includes, but is not limited to associated equipment, and incidentals necessary to provide a safe condition and to complete the work. 2. Measurement for payment will be per each intersection. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. G. Bid Item 1-All,2-AIO—Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan: 1. Payment shall include but not limited to furnishing and submitting the SWPPP to TCEQ and Owner and updating the Plan during the Project as needed.All permits and required fees related to the SWPPP will be included in this item. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis:The initial pay application will include 50% of the lump sum bid amount minus retainage. The balance will be paid according to the percent of construction completion after the 50% completion has occurred, minus retainage. H. Bid Item 1-AI4, 2-AI3—Survey Monument: 1. Measurement and basis for payment shall be as outlined in SECTION 020 100 Survey Monuments and in SECTION 00 30 01 BID FORM. I. Bid Item 1-AI6,2-AIS—Private Property Vegetation Replacement: 1. Payment shall include but not limited to materials, equipment, personnel, labor, and incidentals required for stabilizing areas disturbed by construction activities and replacing existing vegetation in private property. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum. J. Other Bid Items 1. The basis of measurement and payment for other Bid Items shall be as described in the applicable Specification Sections, Construction Drawings and/or SECTION 00 30 01 BID FORM. 2.00 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Measurement and Basis for Payment 012901-3 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 0133 01 Submittal Register 022 020 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities Record Data 022 100 Select Material Record Data 022 420 ISilt Fence Record Data 025205 Pavement Repair,Curb,Gutter,Sidewalk&Driveway Record Data Replacement 0252 10 Lime Stabilization Record Data 025223 Crushed Limestone Flexible Base Record Data 025404 Asphalts,Oils,and Emulsions Record Data 0254 12 1 Prime Coat Record Data 025414 Aggregate for Surface Treatment Record Data 025418 Surface Treatment Record Data 025424 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Record Data 025608 Inlets Shop Drawing 0256 10 Concrete Curb and Gutter Record Data 0256 12 Concrete Sidewalk and Driveways Record Data 0256 14 Concrete Curb Ramps Record Data 025620 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement Record Data 025802 Temporary Traffic Control During Construction Record Data 025805 lWork Zone Pavement Markings Record Data 025807 Pavement Markings Paint and Thermoplastic) Record Data 0258 13 Performed Thermoplastic Striping,Words and Emblems Record Data 0258 16 Raised Pavement Markers Record Data 026201 Waterline Riser Assemblies Record Data 026206 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings I Record Data 0262 10 PVC Pipe-AWWA C900/C905 Pressure pipe for Record Data Municipal Water Mains and Wastewater Force Mains 0262 14 Grouting Abandonded Utility Lines Record Data 026402 Waterlines Record Data 026404 Water Service Lines Record Data 026409 Tapping Sleeves and Tapping Valves Record Data 026411 Gate Valves for Waterlines Record Data 026416 Fire Hydrants Record Data 027202 Manholes Shop Drawing 027205 Fiberglass Manholes Record Data 027402 Reinforced Concrete Pipe Culverts Record Data 027606 Wastewater Service Lines Record Data 027611 Cleaning and Televised Inspection of Conduits Record Data 027618 Wastewater Line Rehabilitation/Pipe Bursting Record Data 028 040 Sodding Record Data 030 020 Portland Cement Concrete Record Data 032 020 Reinforcing Steel Record Data 038 000 Concrete Structures Record Data 055 420 Frames,Grates,Rings and Covers Record Data 3441 13.00 Traffic Signal Standards and General Requirements- Record Data Revised 3441 16.43 Ground Boxes Record Data 3441 16.63 Pedestrian Signal -Revised Record Data 34 41 23.39 Radar Presence Detector-Revised Record Data Item 400 Excavation and Backfill for Structures Record Data Item 421 Hydraulic Cement Concrete Record Data Item 432 Riprap Record Data Item 440 Reinforcement for Concrete Record Data Item 618 Conduit Record Data Item 624 Ground Boxes Record Data Submittal Register 01 33 01-1 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane,Bond 2020,Project Number 21048 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 PLAN OF ACTION A. Submit a written plan of action for approval for shutting down essential services. These include: 1. Electrical power, 2. Control power, 3. Pipelines or wastewater systems, 4. Communications equipment, and 5. Other designated functions. B. Describe the following in the plan of action: 1. Scheduled dates for construction; 2. Work to be performed; 3. Utilities, piping, or services affected; 4. Length of time the service or utility will be disturbed; 5. Procedures to be used to carry out the Work; 6. Plan of Action to handle emergencies; 7. List of manpower, equipment, and ancillary supplies; 8. Backups for key pieces of equipment and key personnel; 9. Contingency plan that will be used if the original schedule cannot be met; and C. Submit plan 2 weeks prior to beginning the Work. 1.02 CRITICAL OPERATIONS A. The Owner has identified critical operations that must not be out of service longer than the designated maximum time out of service and/or must be performed only during the designated times. These have been identified in the table below: Max.Time Hours Operation Liquidated Critical Operation Damages Out of Operation can be Shut Down ($ per hour) Contractor to Contractor to 16" Waterline Tie-In coordinate with coordinate with N/A City Water City Water Department Department Special Procedures 013500-1 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Max.Time Hours Operation Liquidated Critical Operation Damages Out of Operation can be Shut Down ($ per hour) Contractor to Contractor to coordinate with coordinate with 8 and 6 Waterline Tie- City Water City Water Department, Fire Department, Fire N/A Ins Marshal and Marshal and business/property business/property owners owners Contractor to Contractor to coordinate with coordinate with 6" Gas Line N/A City Gas City Gas Department Department B. Submit a written plan of action per Paragraph 1.02 for approval for critical operations. C. Work affecting critical operations is to be performed on a 24-hour a day basis until Owner's normal operations have been restored. D. Provide additional manpower and equipment as required to complete the Work affecting critical operations within the allotted time. E. Liquidated damages will be assessed if Work on critical operations is not completed within the time indicated. 1. These items are critical to the [for operation of the existing distribution system] [other description of critical nature of operations]. 2. Loss of[operation of the existing distribution system] [other description of critical nature of operations] can subject the Owner to loss of revenue, additional operations cost, and fines from regulatory agencies. 3. Liquidated damages have been established for each critical operation. F. Designated Critical Operations are described in more detail as follows: 1. Critical Operation 1- 16"Waterline Tie-In: a. Installation of 16" x 8"Tapping Sleeve to connect proposed 8" Main, including coordination with City Water Department. 2. Critical Operation 2-8" and 6"Waterline Tie-Ins: a. Installation of proposed fittings to connect 8" Main/Lateral and 6" Laterals to existing 8" and 6" waterlines, including coordination with City Water Department, Fire Marshal and business/property owners. 3. Critical Operation 3-6" Gas Line: a. Excavation, Backfill and Compaction of Trench for proposed 6" Gas Line that will be installed by City Gas Department, including coordination with City Gas Department. Special Procedures 013500-2 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 1.03 OWNER ASSISTANCE A. The Owner will assist the Contractor in draining the existing pipelines as much as possible through existing blow-off valves. The Contractor will be responsible for providing dewatering pumps, etc. required to completely dewater the facilities and handle any leakage past closed valves, gates or adjacent structures. 2.00 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Special Procedures 013500-3 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide temporary facilities, including OPT's field office and the Contractor's field offices, storage sheds, and temporary utilities needed to complete the Work. B. Install and maintain temporary Project identification signs. Provide temporary on-site informational signs to identify key elements of the construction facilities. Do not allow other signs to be displayed. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide a total electrical heating and cooling system for the OPT's field office capable of maintaining the following conditions: 1. Heating: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 10 degrees ambient. 2. Cooling: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 105 degrees ambient. 3. Relative humidity: 48 to 54 percent. B. Inspect and test each service before placing temporary utilities in use. Arrange for all required inspections and tests by regulatory agencies, and obtain required certifications and permits for use. 1.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Arrange transportation, loading, and handling of temporary buildings and sheds. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Locate buildings and sheds at the Site as indicated or as approved by the OPT. B. Prepare the Site by removing trees, brush, or debris and performing demolition or grubbing needed to clear a space adequate for the structures. C. Pay for the utilities used by temporary facilities during construction. D. Provide each temporary service and facility ready for use at each location when the service or facility is first needed to avoid delay in the performance of the Work. Provide OPT's field office complete and ready for occupancy and use within 7 days of the Notice to Proceed. E. Maintain, expand as required, and modify temporary services and facilities as needed throughout the progress of the Work. F. Remove services and facilities when approved by the OAR. G. Operate temporary facilities in a safe and efficient manner. 1. Restrict loads on temporary services or facilities to within their designed or designated capacities. 2. Provide sanitary conditions. Prevent public nuisance or hazardous conditions from developing or existing at the Site. Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000-1 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 3. Prevent freezing of pipes, flooding, or the contamination of water. 4. Maintain Site security and protection of the facilities. 1.05 OPTIONS A. Construction offices may be prefabricated buildings on skids or mobile trailers. B. Storage sheds may be prefabricated buildings on skids or truck trailers. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES (FIELD OFFICE NOT REQUIRED) A. The Contractor must furnish the OPT with a field office at the Site. The field office must contain at least 120 square feet of useable space. The field office must be air-conditioned and heated and must be furnished with an inclined table that measures at least 30 inches by 60 inches and two chairs. The Contractor shall move the field office on the Site as required by the OAR. There is no separate pay item for the field office. B. Furnish a field office of adequate size for Contractor's use. Provide conference room space for a minimum of 10 people. C. Other trades may provide their own offices only when space is available at the Site, and the OPT agrees to its size, condition, and location. D. No monthly partial payments will be processed until OPT's field office facilities are completed and approved. 2.02 TEMPORARY STORAGE BUILDINGS A. Furnish storage buildings of adequate size to store any materials or equipment delivered to the Site that might be affected by weather. 2.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide sanitary facilities at the Site from the commencement of the Project until Project conclusion. Maintain these facilities in a clean and sanitary condition at all times, and comply with the requirements of the local health authority. On large sites, provide portable toilets at such locations that no point in the Site shall be more than 600 feet from a toilet. B. Use these sanitary facilities. Do not use restrooms within existing or Owner-occupied buildings. 2.04 TEMPORARY HEAT A. Provide heating devices needed to protect buildings during construction. Provide fuel needed to operate the heating devices and attend the heating devices at all times they are in operation, including overnight operations. Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000-2 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 2.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Provide the temporary utilities for administration, construction, testing, disinfection, and start-up of the Work, including electrical power, water, and telephone. Pay all costs associated with furnishing temporary utilities. 1. Provide a source of temporary electrical power of adequate size for construction procedures. a. Use existing power systems where spare capacity is available. Provide temporary power connections that do not adversely affect the existing power supply. Submit connections to the OAR for approval prior to installation. b. Provide electrical pole and service connections that comply with Laws and Regulations and the requirements of the power company. 2. Provide telephone service to the Site and install telephones inside the Contractor's and the OPT's field office. 2.06 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION A. Provide temporary water. Potable water may be purchased from the Owner by obtaining a water meter from the Owner and transporting water from a water hydrant. Non-potable water may be used for hydraulic testing of non-potable basins or pipelines. Include the cost of water in the Contract Price. B. Contractor must comply with the City of Corpus Christi's Water Conservation and Drought Contingency Plan as amended (the "Plan"). This includes implementing water conservation measures established for changing conditions. The City Engineer will provide a copy of the Plan to Contractor at the pre-construction meeting. The Contractor will keep a copy of the Plan on the Site throughout construction. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATION OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Locate temporary facilities in areas approved by the OAR. Construct and install signs at locations approved by the OAR. Install informational signs so they are clearly visible. 3.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. The Owner will furnish two Project signs to be installed by the Contractor. The signs must be installed before construction begins and will be maintained throughout the Project period by the Contractor. The locations of the signs will be determined in the field by the OAR. 3.03 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Provide temporary lighting inside buildings once buildings are weatherproof. B. Provide lighting that is adequate to perform Work within any space. Temporary lights may be removed once the permanent lighting is in service. Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000-3 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A C. Provide portable flood lights at any time that Work will be performed outside the structure at night. Provide adequate lighting at any location Work is being performed. 3.04 DRINKING WATER A. Provide all field offices with potable water. Provide a dispenser and cooling apparatus if bottled drinking water is provided. B. Pay for water services and maintain daily. 3.05 CONSTRUCTION FENCE A. Install and maintain a construction fence around the Site and off-site storage yards. Fence must be a minimum 6 feet high chain link construction unless shown otherwise. Provide gates with padlocks. 3.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Remove temporary buildings, sheds, and utilities at the conclusion of the Project and restore the Site to original condition or finished in accordance with the Drawings. B. Remove informational signs upon completion of construction. C. Remove Project identification signs, framing, supports, and foundations upon completion of the Project. 3.07 MAINTENANCE AND JANITORIAL SERVICE A. Provide janitorial service (sweeping/mopping) for the OPT's field office on a weekly basis or as requested. Empty trash receptacles daily or as needed. B. Maintain signs and supports in a neat, clean condition. Repair damage to structures, framings, or signs. C. Repair any damage to Work caused by placement or removal of temporary signage. D. Service, maintain, and replace, if necessary, the OPT's field office computer equipment throughout the Project as required by the OPT including replacement cartridges for all office equipment. END OF SECTION Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000-4 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. B. Construct temporary impounding works, channels, diversions, furnishing and operation of pumps, installing piping and fittings, and other construction for control of conditions at the Site. Remove temporary controls at the end of the Project. C. Provide a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as required by Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit No. TXR150000 for stormwater discharges from construction activities as applicable to the nature and size of the Project. Comply with all requirements of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ)and Laws and Regulations. File required legal notices and obtain required permits prior to beginning any construction activity. D. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to prevent stormwater pollution for the duration of the Project. Provide and maintain erosion and sediment control structures as required to preventive sediment and other pollutants from the Site from entering any stormwater system including open channels. Remove pollution control structures when no longer required to prevent stormwater pollution. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construct and maintain temporary controls with adequate workmanship using durable materials to provide effective environmental management systems meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents and Laws and Regulations. Use materials that require minimal maintenance to prevent disruption of construction activities while providing adequate protection of the environment. B. Periodically inspect systems to determine that they are meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Provide documents requiring approval by the OPT as Shop Drawings in accordance with Article 25 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. B. Provide copies of notices, records, and reports required by the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations as Record Data in accordance with Article 26 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.04 STANDARDS A. Provide a SWPPP that complies with all requirements of TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. Temporary Controls 015700-1 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A B. Perform Work to comply with the City of Corpus Christi Code of Ordinances, Part III, Chapter 14, Article X - titled "STORM WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS" and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. 1.05 PERMITS A. As applicable, submit the following to the TCEQ and the Operator of any Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) receiving stormwater discharges from the Site: 1. Notice of Intent (NOI) at least 48 hours prior to beginning construction activity. Construction activity may commence 24 hours after the submittal of an electronic NOI. 2. Notice of Change (NOC) letter when relevant facts or incorrect information was submitted in the NOI, or if relevant information in the NOI changes during the course of construction activity. 3. Notice of Termination (NOT) when the construction Project has been completed and stabilized. B. Post a copy of the NOI at the Site in a location where it is readily available for viewing by the general public and as required by Laws and Regulations prior to starting construction activities and maintain the posting until completion of the construction activities. C. Maintain copies of a schedule of major construction activities, inspection reports, and revision documentation with the SWPPP. 1.06 STORMWATER POLLUTION CONTROL A. Comply with the current requirements of TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 as set forth by the TCEQ for the duration of the Project as applicable to the nature of the work and the total disturbed area: 1. Develop a SWPPP meeting all requirements of the TPDES General Permit. 2. Submit of a Notice of Intent to the TCEQ. 3. Develop and implement appropriate Best Management Practices as established by local agencies of jurisdiction. 4. Provide all monitoring and/or sampling required for reporting to the TCEQ. 5. Submit reports to the TCEQ as required as a condition of the TPDES General Permit. 6. Submit copies of the reports to the Designer as Record Data in accordance with Article 26 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 7. Retain copies of these documents at the Site at all times for review and inspection by the OPT or regulatory agencies. Post a copy of the permit as required by Laws and Regulations. 8. Assume sole responsibility for implementing, updating, and modifying the TPDES General Permit per Laws and Regulations for the SWPPP and Best Management Practices. B. Use forms required by the TCEQ to file the Notice of Intent. Submit the Notice of Intent at least 2 days prior to the start of construction. Develop the SWPPP prior to submitting the Temporary Controls 015700-2 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Notice of Intent. Provide draft copies of the Notice of Intent,SWPPP,and any other pertinent TCEQ submittal documents to Owner for review prior to submittal to the TCEQ. C. Return any property disturbed by construction activities to either specified conditions or pre- construction conditions as set forth in the Contract Documents. Provide an overall erosion and sedimentation control system that will protect all undisturbed areas and soil stockpiles/spoil areas. Implement appropriate Best Management Practices and techniques to control erosion and sedimentation and maintain these practices and techniques in effective operating condition during construction. Permanently stabilize exposed soil and fill as soon as practical during the Work. D. Assume sole responsibility for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures for furnishing, installing, and maintaining erosion and sedimentation control structures and procedures and overall compliance with the TPDES General Permit. Modify the system as required to effectively control erosion and sediment. E. Retain copies of reports required by the TPDES General Permit for 3 years from date of Final Completion. 1.07 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Prevent the contamination of soil, water, or atmosphere by the discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. Provide adequate measures to prevent the creation of noxious air-borne pollutants. Prevent dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. Do not dump or otherwise discharge noxious or harmful fluids into drains or sewers, nor allow noxious liquids to contaminate public waterways in any manner. B. Provide equipment and personnel and perform emergency measures necessary to contain any spillage. 1. Contain chemicals in protective areas and do not dump on soil. Dispose of such materials at off-site locations in an acceptable manner. 2. Excavate contaminated soil and dispose at an off-site location if contamination of the soil does occur. Fill resulting excavations with suitable backfill and compact to the density of the surrounding undisturbed soil. 3. Provide documentation to the Owner which states the nature and strength of the contaminant, method of disposal, and the location of the disposal site. 4. Comply with Laws and Regulations regarding the disposal of pollutants. C. Groundwater or run-off water which has come into contact with noxious chemicals, sludge, or sludge-contaminated soil is considered contaminated. Contaminated water must not be allowed to enter streams or water courses, leave the Site in a non-contained form, or enter non-contaminated areas of the Site. 1. Pump contaminated water to holding ponds constructed by the Contractor for this purpose, or discharge to areas on the interior of the Site, as designated by the OAR. 2. Construct temporary earthen dikes or take other precautions and measures as required to contain the contaminated water and pump to a designated storage area. 3. Wash any equipment used for handling contaminated water or soil within contaminated areas three times with uncontaminated water prior to using such equipment in an Temporary Controls 015700-3 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A uncontaminated area. Dispose of wash water used to wash such equipment as contaminated water. 1.08 EARTH CONTROL A. Remove excess soil, spoil materials, and other earth not required for backfill at the time of generation. Control stockpiled materials to eliminate interference with Contractor and Owner's operations. B. Dispose of excess earth off the Site. Provide written approval from the property owner for soils deposited on private property. Obtain approval of the Owner if this disposal impacts the use of Site or other easements. 1.09 OZONE ADVISORY DAYS A. Do not conduct roofing, priming, or hot-mix paving operations, except for repairs, on days the City Engineer has notified Contractor that an ozone advisory is in effect. An extension of time will be allowed for each day for which priming or hot mix paving was scheduled, crews were prepared to perform this Work and the City Engineer issued ozone alert prevents this Work. Contractor will be compensated at the unit price indicated in the Bid for each day for which an extension of time was granted due to an ozone alert. 1.10 MANAGEMENT OF WATER A. Manage water resulting from rains or ground water at the Site. Maintain trenches and excavations free of water at all times. B. Lower the water table in the construction area by acceptable means if necessary to maintain a dry and workable condition at all times. Provide drains, sumps, casings, well points, and other water control devices as necessary to remove excess water. C. Provide continuous operation of water management actions. Maintain standby equipment to provide proper and continuous operation for water management. D. Ensure that water drainage does not damage adjacent property. Divert water into the same natural watercourse in which its headwaters are located, or other natural stream or waterway as approved by the Owner. Assume responsibility for the discharge of water from the Site. E. Remove the temporary construction and restore the Site in a manner acceptable to the OAR and to match surrounding material at the conclusion of the Work. 1.11 DEWATERING A. This item is considered subsidiary for all dewatering methods other than "well pointing" to the appropriate bid items as described in the Bid Form where dewatering is needed to keep the excavation dry, as approved by the Designer, and shall include all costs to provide a dry foundation for the proposed improvements. B. Storm water that enters an excavation can be pumped out as long as care is taken to minimize solids and mud entering the pump suction and flow is pumped to a location that allows for sheet flow prior to entering a storm water drainage ditch or storm water inlet. Temporary Controls 015700-4 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A C. An alternative to sheet flow is to pump storm water to an area where ponding occurs naturally without leaving the designated work area or by a manmade berm(s) prior to entering the storm water system. Sheet flow and ponding is to allow solids screening and/or settling prior to entering a storm water conduit or inlet. D. Storm water or groundwater shall not be discharged to private property without permission. It is the intent that Contractor discharges groundwater primarily into the existing storm water system, provided that the quality of groundwater is equal to or better than the receiving stream, the Nueces River Basin. E. Testing of groundwater quality is to be performed by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, prior to commencing discharge and shall be retested by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, a minimum of once a week. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner on all testing. Tests will also be performed as each new area of construction is started. F. Another option for disposal of groundwater by Contractor would include pumping to the nearest wastewater system. If discharging to temporary holding tanks and trucking to a wastewater or wastewater plant, the costs for these operations shall be negotiated. Other groundwater disposal alternatives or solutions may be approved by the Designer on a case by case basis. G. Prior to pumping groundwater from a trench to the wastewater system the Contractor shall contact Wastewater Pre-treatment Coordinator at 826-1817 to obtain a "no cost" permit from the Owner's Waste Water Department. Contractor will pay for any water quality testing or water analysis cost required. The permit will require an estimate of groundwater flow. Groundwater flow can be estimated by boring a hole or excavating a short trench then record water level shortly after completion, allow to sit overnight, record water level again, pump hole or trench dry to a holding tank or vacuum truck then record how long it takes to fill to original level and overnight level. 1.12 DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED GROUNDWATER (NOT APPLICABLE) A. An allowance will be included in the Bid for the unanticipated disposal of contaminated groundwater. This allowance may not be needed but is provided in case contaminated groundwater is encountered during the course of the Project and does not meet the water quality requirements for discharge into the storm water or wastewater systems. This allowance includes all materials, tools, equipment, labor, transportation, hauling, coordination, and proper disposal of the contaminated water at an approved landfill, deep water injection well, or other site as agreed to by the Designer. Suggested disposal facilities would be [US Ecology (USET) in Robstown, Texas or Texas Molecular in Corpus Christi, Texas]. B. The payment for this Work will be based on the Contractor's actual costs and will be negotiated. Payment will not include costs associated with routine dewatering, which is considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid items as described in Paragraph 1.11. 1.13 DISPOSAL OF HIGHLY CHLORINATED WATER A. Dispose of water used for testing, disinfection, and line flushing. Comply with Owner's requirements and Laws and Regulation regarding the disposal of contaminated water, including water with levels of chlorine,which exceed the permissible limits for discharge into wetlands or environmentally sensitive areas. Comply with the requirements of all regulatory Temporary Controls 015700-5 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A agencies in the disposal of all water used in the Project. Include a description and details for disposal of this water in a Plan of Action per SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. Do not use the Owner's wastewater system for disposal of contaminated water. 1.14 WINDSTORM CERTIFICATION (NOTAPPLICABLE) A. All affected materials and installation shall comply with Texas Department of Insurance Requirements for windstorm resistant construction for design wind speed as required by the current version of the International Building Code (IBC). When applicable, [Contractor] [Owner] shall be responsible for contracting with a licensed structural engineer in the State of Texas to perform all inspections and provide documentation for windstorm certification to the Texas Board of Insurance. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all necessary design/assembly documentation for all new windows, doors, louvers, etc. to the windstorm engineer/inspectors required to conform with the requirements of the Texas Department of Insurance. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide materials that comply with Laws and Regulations. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTING, MAINTAINING AND REMOVING TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Construct temporary controls in accordance with Laws and Regulations. B. Maintain controls in accordance with regulatory requirements where applicable, or in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Remove temporary controls when no longer required, but before the Project is complete. Correct any damage or pollution that occurs as the result of removing controls while they are still required. END OF SECTION Temporary Controls 015700-6 Wildcat Drive—From FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A PART S STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS Wildcat Drive—FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 020100 SURVEY MONUMENTS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for furnishing and installing survey monuments as required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS a) Brass Monument Marker: 21/4" diameter brass disk with 31/2" anchor rod to be provided by the City. b) Concrete: Class A, in accordance with Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". c) Rebar: No. 5 deformed bar, 3�/2 feet long, in accordance with Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The location of survey markers shall be established in the field by the Engineer and/or his representative Surveyor. The Engineer and/or his representative Surveyor will provide four off-set stakes with intersecting string line for precise location of horizontal alignment to which the brass disk shall be positioned. The Contractor shall excavate hole and set formwork Forms shall be placed to a tolerance which allows the precise position of the brass disk to be within one inch of the center of the concrete base. The Contractor shall place concrete in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". At the appropriate time, the Contractor shall place the brass disk(provided by the City)to its precise position in the uncured concrete. The brass disk shall be placed to within 1/4" tolerance of its intended location. Positioning of the base and brass disk will be checked by the Engineer and/or his representative Surveyor. Non-compliance with specified tolerances shall result in replacement at the Contractor's expense. The properly furnished survey monument shall be neat in appearance with the exposed brass face free of cement mortar and constructed to an elevation of approximately one inch of finished grade. (See Survey Markers Detail on the following page.) 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, survey monuments shall be measured as individual units for each monument placed. Payment shall be at the unit price bid,which price shall constitute full compensation for all work, materials, labor, equipment, tools and incidentals required to install the survey monuments complete in-place. 020100 Page 1 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A I. 17 SILVER.SOLDER _r 6 R 1 I iJ2'rC).D,X.Ct6v I 1 14 B.$S..GA. BRASS TUBING ice N W4 DISC DETAIL, MTS. A A 0 t PLAN sommmmommor � 12" TOP ELEV. APPROX. I ABOVE NATURAL GROUND—,,, 1"CHAMFER "` •. • �RESAR 2:" +CLEAR .t• ��, �` NM 5 REBAR e-6LONG r• CLASS ACONCRETE SECTION A-A SURVEY MARKERS DETAIL 020100 Page 2of2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 021020 SITE CLEARING AND STRIPPING 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for clearing, grubbing and stripping of objectionable matter as required to complete the project, and shall include removing and disposing of trees, stumps, brush, roots, vegetation, rubbish and other objectionable matter from the project site. 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The site shall be cleared of all trees, stumps, brush, roots, vegetation, rubbish and other objectionable matter as indicated on the drawings and/or as directed by the Engineer or his designated representative. Tree stumps and roots shall be grubbed to a minimum depth of 2 feet below natural ground or 2 feet below base of subgrade, whichever is lower. Areas that underlie compacted backfill shall be stripped of all vegetation, humus and other objectionable matter encountered within the top six (6) inches of the soil. All material removed from the site under this operation shall become the Contractor's responsibility. The material shall be disposed of either at a disposal site indicated on the drawings or at a disposal site obtained by the Contractor. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, site clearing and stripping or clear right-of-way shall be measured by the acre. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary for removing, handling, and disposing of objectionable matter from the site as indicated above. 021020 Page 1of1 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 021080 REMOVING ABANDONED STRUCTURES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall provide for the demolition,removal and disposal of abandoned structures or portions of abandoned structures, as noted on the drawings, and shall include all excavation and backfilling necessary to complete the removal. The work shall be done in accordance with the provisions of these specifications. 2. METHOD OF REMOVAL Culverts or Sewers. Pipe shall be removed by careful excavation of all dirt on top and the sides in such manner that the pipe will not be damaged. Removal of sewer appurtenances shall be included for removal with the pipe. Those pipes which are deemed unsatisfactory for reuse by the Engineer may be removed in any manner the Contractor may select. Concrete Structures. Unwanted concrete structures or concrete portions of structures shall be removed to the lines and dimensions shown on the drawings, and these materials shall be disposed of as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Any portion of the existing structure outside of the limits designated for removal which is damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be restored to its original condition at the Contractor's entire expense. Explosives shall not be used in the removal of portions of the existing structure unless approved by the Engineer, in writing. Portions of the abandoned structure shall be removed to the lines and dimensions shown on the plans, and these materials shall be disposed of as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Any portion of the existing structure, outside of the limits designated for removal, damaged during the operations of the Contractor, shall be restored to its original condition entirely at the Contractor's expense. Explosives shall not be used in the removal of portions of the existing structure unless approved by the Engineer, in writing. Concrete portions of structures below the permanent ground line, which will not interfere in any manner with the proposed construction, may be left in place, but removal shall be carried at least five (5) feet below the permanent ground line and neatly squared off. Reinforcement shall be cut off close to the concrete. Steel Structures. Steel structures or steel portions of structures shall be dismantled in sections as determined by the Engineer. The sections shall be stored if the members are to be salvaged and reused. Rivets and bolts connecting steel railing members, steel beams of beam spans and steel stringers of truss spans, shall be removed by butting the heads with a "cold cut" and punching or drilling from the hole, or by such other method that will not injure the members for re-use and will meet the approval of the Engineer. The removal of rivets and bolts from connections of truss 021080 Page 1 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A members, bracing members, and other similar members in the structure will not be required unless specifically called for on the plans or special provisions, and the Contractor shall have the option of dismantling these members by flame-cutting the members immediately adjacent to the connections. Flame-cutting will not be permitted, however, when the plans or special provisions call for the structure unit to be salvaged in such manner as to permit re-erection. In such case, all members shall be carefully matchmarked with paint in accordance with diagrams furnished by the Engineer prior to dismantling, and all rivets and bolts shall be removed from the connections in the manner specified in the first portion of this paragraph. Timber Structures. Timber structures or timber portions of structures to be reused shall be removed in such manner as to damage the timber for further use as little as possible. All bolts and nails shall be removed from such lumber as deemed salvable by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified on the drawings, timber piles shall be either pulled or cut off at the point not less than five (5) feet below ground line, with the choice between these two methods resting with the Contractor,unless otherwise specified. Brick or Stone Structures. Unwanted brick or stone structures or stone portions of structures shall be removed. Portions of such structures below the permanent ground line, which will not in any manner interfere with the proposed construction, may be left in place, but removal shall be carried at least five(5)feet below the permanent ground line and neatly squared off. Salvage. All material such as pipe, timbers,railings, etc.,which the Engineer deems as salvable for reuse, and all salvaged structural steel, shall be delivered to a designated storage area. Materials, other than structural steel, which are not deemed salvable by the Engineer, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed to suitable disposal sites off of the right-of-way arranged for by the Contractor, or otherwise disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Where temporary structures are necessary for a detour adjacent to the present structure, the Contractor will be permitted to use the material in the old structure for the detour structure, but he shall dismantle and stack or dispose of the material as required above as soon as the new structure is opened for traffic. Backfill. All excavations made in connection with this specification and all openings below the natural ground line caused by the removal of abandoned structures or portions thereof shall be backfilled to the level of the original ground line, unless otherwise provided on the drawings. Backfill in accordance with applicable requirements of Sections 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities" and 022080 "Embankment". All open ends of abandoned pipe or other structures shall be filled or plugged as specified. That portion of the backfill which will support any portion of the roadbed, embankment, levee, or other structural feature shall be placed in layers of the same depth as those required for placing 021080 Page 2 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A embankment, maximum 10" loose lifts unless otherwise specified. Material in each layer shall be wetted uniformly, if required, and shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density, unless otherwise specified. In places inaccessible to blading and rolling equipment, mechanical or hand tamps or rammers shall be used to obtain the required compaction. That portion of the backfill which will not support any portion of the roadbed, embankment, or other structural feature shall be placed as directed by the Engineer in such manner and to such state of compaction as will preclude objectionable amount of settlement, maximum 10" loose lifts to minimum 95% Standard Proctor density unless otherwise specified. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, the work governed by this specification shall not be measured for pay,but shall be subsidiary to the project. 021080 Page 3 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 022020 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for excavation and backfill for utilities required to complete the project. 2. CONSTRUCTION (1) Unless otherwise specified on the drawings or permitted by the Engineer, all pipe and conduit shall be constructed in open cut trenches with vertical sides. Trenches shall be sheathed and braced as necessary throughout the construction period. Sheathing and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor (refer to Section 022022 "Trench Safety for Excavations" of the City Standard Specifications). Trenches shall have a maximum width of one foot beyond the horizontal projection of the outside surfaces of the pipe and parallel thereto on each side unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall not have more than 200 feet of open trench left behind the trenching operation and no more than 500 feet of ditch behind the ditching machine that is not compacted as required by the plans and specifications. No trench or excavation shall remain open after working hours. For all utility conduit and sewer pipe to be constructed in fill above natural ground, the embankment shall first be constructed to an elevation not less than one foot above the top of the pipe or conduit, after which excavation for the pipe or conduit shall be made. If quicksand, muck, or similar unstable material is encountered during the excavation, the following procedure shall be used unless other methods are called for on the drawings. If the unstable condition is a result of ground water,the Contractor,prior to additional excavation, shall control it. After stable conditions have been achieved,unstable soil shall be removed or stabilized to a depth of 2 feet below the bottom of pipe for pipes 2 feet or more in height;and to a depth equal to the height of pipe, 6 inches minimum,for pipes less then 2 feet in height. Such excavation shall be carried at least one foot beyond the horizontal limits of the structure on all sides. All unstable soil so removed shall be replaced with suitable stable material, placed in uniform layers of suitable depth as directed by the Engineer,and each layer shall be wetted, if necessary, and compacted by mechanical tamping as required to provide a stable condition. For unstable trench conditions requiring outside forms, seals, sheathing and bracing, any additional excavation and backfill required shall be done at the Contractor's expense. (2) Shaping of Trench Bottom. The trench bottom shall be undercut a minimum depth sufficient to accommodate the class of bedding indicated on the plans and specifications. 022020 Page 1 of 4 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A (3) Dewatering Trench. Pipe or conduit shall not be constructed or laid in a trench in the presence of water. All water shall be removed from the trench sufficiently prior to the pipe or conduit planing operation to insure a relatively dry (no standing water), firm bed. The trench shall be maintained in such dewatered condition until the trench has been backfilled to a height at lease one foot above the top of pipe. Removal of water may be accomplished by bailing,pumping,or by installation of well-points,as conditions warrant. Removal of well- points shall be at rate of 1/3 per 24 hours (every third well-point). The Contractor shall prevent groundwater from trench or excavation dewatering operations from discharging directly into the storm water system. Groundwater from dewatering operations shall be sampled and tested, if applicable, and disposed of, in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 022021 "Control of Ground Water". (4) Excavation in Streets. Excavation in streets,together with the maintenance of traffic where specified, and the restoration of the pavement riding surface, shall be in accordance with drawing detail or as required by other applicable specifications. (5) Removing Abandoned Structures. When abandoned masonry structures or foundations are encountered in the excavation, such obstructions shall be removed for the full width of the trench and to a depth one foot below the bottom of the trench. When abandoned inlets or manholes are encountered and no plan provision is made for adjustment or connection to the new utility,such manholes and inlets shall be removed completely to a depth one foot below the bottom of the trench. In each instance,the bottom to the trench shall be restored to grade by backfilling and compacting by the methods provided hereinafter for backfill. Where the trench cuts through utility lines which are known to be abandoned, these lines shall be cut flush with the sides of the trench and blocked with a concrete plug in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. (6) Protection of Utilities. The Contractor shall conduct his work such that a reasonable minimum of disturbance to existing utilities will result. Particular care shall be exercised to avoid the cutting or breakage of water and gas lines. Such lines, if broken, shall be restored promptly by the Contractor. When active wastewater lines are cut in the trenching operations, temporary flumes shall be provided across the trench while open, and the lines shall be restored when the backfilling has progressed to the original bedding line of the sewer so cut. The Contractor shall inform utility owners sufficiently in advance of the Contractor's operations to enable such utility owners to reroute, provide temporary detours, or to make other adjustments to utility lines in order that the Contractor may proceed with his work with a minimum of delay. The Contractor shall not hold the City liable for any expense due to delay or additional work because of utility adjustments or conflicts. (7) Excess Excavated Material. All materials from excavation not required for backfilling the trench shall be removed by the Contractor from the job site promptly following the completion of work involved. 022020 Page 2 of 4 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A (8) Backfill A. Backfill Procedure Around Pipe (Initial Backfill) All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled as soon as is practical after the pipes or conduits are properly laid. In addition to the specified pipe bedding material, the backfill around the pipe as applicable shall be granular material as shown on the standard details or as described in the applicable specification section, and shall be free of large hard lumps or other debris. If indicated on the plans, pipe shall be encased with cement-stabilized sand backfill as described below. The backfill shall be deposited in the trench simultaneously on both sides of the pipe for the full width of the trench, in layers not to exceed ten(10)inches (loose measurement), wetted if required to obtain proper compaction, and thoroughly compacted by use of mechanical tampers to a density comparable to the adjacent undisturbed soil or as otherwise specified on the plans,but not less than 95%Standard Proctor density. A thoroughly compacted material shall be in place between the external wall of the pipe and the undisturbed sides of the trench and to a level twelve (12) inches above the top of the pipe. B. Backfill Over One Foot Above Pipe (Final Backfill) UNPAVED AREAS: The backfill for that portion of trench over one(1)foot above the pipe or conduit not located under pavements (including waterlines, gravity wastewater lines, wastewater force mains and reinforced concrete storm water pipe) shall be imported select material or clean, excess material from the excavation meeting the following requirements: Free of hard lumps, rock fragments, or other debris, No clay lumps greater than 2" diameter Moisture Content: +/-3% Backfill material shall be placed in layers not more than ten (10) inches in depth (loose measurement),wetted if required to obtain proper compaction,and thoroughly compacted by use of mechanical tampers to the natural bank density but not less than 95%Standard Proctor density,unless otherwise indicated. Flooding of backfill is not allowed. Jetting of backfill may only be allowed in sandy soils and in soils otherwise approved by the Engineer. Regardless of backfill method, no lift shall exceed 10 inches and density shall not be less than 95% Standard Proctor density. A period of not less than twenty-four(24) hours shall elapse between the time of jetting and the placing of the top four (4) feet of backfill. If jetting is used, the top four (4) feet of backfill shall be placed in layers not more than 10 inches in depth (loose measurement), wetted if required to obtain proper compaction, and thoroughly compacted by use of mechanical tampers to the natural bank density but not less than 95% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698). PAVED AREAS: At utility line crossings under pavements (including waterlines, gravity wastewater lines, wastewater force mains, and reinforced concrete storm water pipe), and where otherwise indicated on the drawings, trenches shall be backfilled as shown below: From top of initial backfill (typically twelve (12) inches above top of the pipe)to three (3) feet below bottom of road base course, backfill shall be select material meeting the requirements of 022100 "Select Material". 022020 Page 3 of 4 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Asphalt Roadways The upper three (3) feet of trench below the road base course shall be backfilled to the bottom of the road base course with cement-stabilized sand containing a minimum of 2 sacks of Standard Type I Portland cement per cubic yard of sand and compacted to not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. Concrete Roadways The Contractor may elect to backfill the upper three (3) feet of trench below the road base course with cement stabilized sand as noted above, or in the case of storm water pipe or box installation the Contractor may backfill and compact select material to 98% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698)following City Standard Specification Section 022100. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, excavation and backfill for utilities, including select material or cement-stabilized sand backfill,shall not be measured and paid for separately. It shall be considered subsidiary to the items for which the excavation and backfill is required. 022020 Page 4 of 4 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 022022 TRENCH SAFETY FOR EXCAVATIONS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for providing for worker safety in excavations and trenching operations required to complete the project. 2. REQUIREMENTS Worker Safety in excavations and trenches shall be provided by the Contractor in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards, 29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P - Excavations. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor, and not the City or Engineer or Consultant, to determine and monitor the specific applicability of a safety system to the field conditions to be encountered on the job site during the project. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the City and Engineer and Consultant from all damages and costs that may result from failure of methods or equipment used by the Contractor to provide for worker safety. Trenches, as used herein, shall apply to any excavation into which structures, utilities, or sewers are placed regardless of depth. Trench Safety Plan, as used herein, shall apply to all methods and materials used to provide for worker safety in excavation and trenching operations required during the project. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Measurement of Trench Safety shall be by the linear foot of trench, regardless of depth. Measurement shall be taken along the centerline of the trench. Measurement for Excavation Safety for Utility Structures shall be per each excavation. Excavations include, but are not limited to, those for manholes, vaults, pits and other such structures that are incidental to utility work. Measurement for Excavation Safety for Special Structures shall be per each excavation or by the lump sum for each special structure identified in the Proposal. Payment shall be at the unit price bid and shall fully compensate the Contractor for all work, equipment, materials,personnel, and incidentals as required to provide for worker safety in trenches and excavations for the project. Revision current for Texas Code Chapter 756 Subchapter C. Trench Safety. 022022 Page 1of1 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 022040 STREET EXCAVATION 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for Street Excavation required to complete the project. 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS (A) Stripping and Excavation Strip the top 6 inches in all areas to underlay compacted fill, curbs, base or pavement, by removing all humus, vegetation and other unsuitable materials. Unless otherwise noted, remove existing trees, shrubs, fences, curb, gutter, sidewalk, drives, paving, pipe and structures and other items within the graded area which interfere with new construction of finished grading. All suitable excavated materials shall be utilized, insofar as practicable, in constructing the required roadway sections or in uniformly widening embankments, flattening slopes, etc., as directed by the Engineer, provided that the material meets the requirements for roadway embankment as specified in Article 3 below. Unwanted or unsuitable roadway excavation and roadway excavation in excess of that needed for construction shall become the property of the Contractor to be disposed of by him outside the limits of the right-of-way at a location suitable to the Engineer. "Unsuitable" material encountered below subgrade elevation in roadway cuts, when declared unwanted by the Engineer, shall be replaced as directed by the Engineer with suitable material from the roadway excavation or with other suitable material. Maintain moisture and density until covered and protected by the subbase or base course. Remove soft or wet areas found at any time, replace with suitable material, and recompact(especially utility trenches). (B) Subgrade Preparation That area shown on the drawings for street construction shall be cut to grade, scarified to a depth not less than 6 inches, or as otherwise indicated on the drawings, and compacted to 95% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698) to within 0 to +3% of optimum moisture. The section may be accepted if no more than 1 in 5 of the most recent moisture or density tests is beyond+I%deviation from the required moisture or density requirement. Irregularities exceeding 1/2 inch in 16 feet shall be corrected. Soft areas found at anytime shall be removed, replaced with suitable material and compacted (especially at utility trenches). The correct moisture density relationship shall be maintained until the subgrade is protected. Excessive loss of moisture shall be prevented by sprinkling, sealing, or covering with a subsequent layer. Should the subgrade, due to any reason or cause, lose the required stability, density, or moisture before it is protected by placement of the next layer, it shall be re-compacted and refinished and retested at the expense of the Contractor until acceptable to the City. 022040 Page 1 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A (C) Curb Backfill and Topsoil (Sidewalks,Parkways, Islands, etc.) Fill and compact areas behind curbs and adjacent to sidewalks and driveways within 48 hours after completion of concrete work. The top 6 inches (where disturbed by construction or where unsatisfactory material is exposed by excavation) of finish earth grade shall be clean excavated material or topsoil capable of supporting a good growth of grass when fertilized and seeded or sodded. It shall be free of concrete, asphalt, shell, caliche, debris and any other material that detracts from its appearance or hampers the growth of grass. Topsoil shall meet the requirements specified in City Standard Specification Section 028020 "Seeding". (D) Matching Grades at Right-of-Way Line Finish grade at the property line shall be as shown on the drawings. The Engineer may require a reasonable amount of filling on private property where the sidewalk grade is above the property elevation. Use suitable material from the excavation. Unless otherwise directed, cuts at right-of- way lines shall be made at a slope of three horizontal to one vertical (3:1) or flatter. (E) Drainag During construction, the roadbed and ditches shall be maintained in such condition as to insure proper drainage at all times, and ditches and channels shall be so constructed and maintained as to avoid damage to the roadway section. All slopes which, in the judgment of the Engineer,require variation, shall be accurately shaped, and care shall be taken that no material is loosened below the required slopes. All breakage and slides shall be removed and disposed of as directed. 3. SELECTION OF ROADBED MATERIALS Where shown on the plans, Select Material shall be utilized to improve the roadbed, in which case the work shall be performed in such manner and sequence that suitable materials may be selected, removed separately, and deposited in the roadway within limits and at elevations required. Material used for roadway embankment shall meet the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 022100 Select Material. 4. GEOGRID If indicated on the drawings, geogrid shall be placed in the base layer according to the pavement details to provide a mechanically-stabilized aggregate base layer within the pavement structure. Geogrid shall be "Tensar TX5 Triaxial Geogrid", or pre-approved equivalent. Use (and approval) of a different product must be supported by documentation showing that the alternate pavement section will meet or exceed the required number of 18-kip equivalent single axle loads (ESAL) and structural number (SN) over the stated pavement design life, and the pavement design must be sealed and signed by a Texas professional engineer. Documentation must also include the structural design value used for the geogrid structural contribution, based on and supported by 022040 Page 2 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A validated test data. Alternate pavement designs shall utilize the same structural design values for other pavement structural components (HMAC, base, sub-base) as used in the original pavement design, and the pavement designs must be approved by the Engineer and the geotechnical consultant. Contractor shall take care to protect geogrid from damage. Overlap edges of geogrid in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, but not less than 12 inches. Do not drive tracked equipment directly on the geogrid. Provide at least 6 inches of compacted aggregate base material over the geogrid before driving any tracked equipment over the geogrid area. Standard highway- legal rubber-tired trucks may drive over the geogrid at very slow speeds (less than 5 mph). Avoid turns and sudden starts and stops when driving on the geogrid. Any damaged geogrid shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City. Proper replacement shall consist of replacing the affected area adding 3 feet of geogrid in each direction beyond the limits of the affected area. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, street excavation shall be measured and paid for by the square yard to the limits shown on the drawings including excavation for street transitions. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, borrow material and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, compacted subgrade shall be measured and paid for by the square yard to the limits shown on the drawings. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, borrow material and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, geogrid shall be measured and paid for by the square yard to the limits shown on the drawings, excluding overlaps. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. All work required for disposing of waste, including hauling will not be paid for directly but shall be considered subsidiary to the various contract items. 022040 Page 3 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 022080 EMBANKMENT 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for Embankment required to complete the project. 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Prior to placing embankment, the area to be covered shall be stripped of all vegetation and the material so removed shall be disposed of off the job site. Washes, gullet's, wet areas, and yielding areas shall be corrected as directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, the surface of the ground which is to receive embankment shall be loosened by scarifying or plowing to a depth of not less than 6 inches. The loosened material shall be recompacted with the new embankment as hereinafter specified. Embankment shall be placed in layers not to exceed ten (10) inches uncompacted (loose) depth for the full width of the embankment,unless otherwise noted. Where embankment is adjacent to a hillside or old roadbed, the existing slope shall be cut in steps to not less than the vertical depth of an uncompacted layer. The fill material shall be placed from the low side and compacted. Each layer shall overlap the existing embankment by at least the width indicated by the embankment slope. Trees, stumps, roots, vegetation, debris or other unsuitable materials shall not be placed in embankment. Each layer of embankment shall be uniform as to material, density and moisture content before beginning compaction. Where layers of unlike materials abut each other, each layer shall be feather-edged for at least 100 feet or the material shall be so mixed as to prevent abrupt changes in the soil. No material placed in the embankment by dumping in a pile or windrow shall be incorporated in a layer in that position, but all such piles or windrows shall be moved by blading or similar methods. Clods or lumps of material shall be broken and the embankment material mixed by blading, harrowing, disking or similar methods to the end that a uniform material of uniform density is secured in each layer. Except as otherwise required by the drawings, all embankments shall be constructed in layers approximately parallel to the finished grade and each layer shall be so constructed as to provide a uniform slope of 1/4 inch per foot from the centerline of the embankment to the outside. Each layer shall be compacted to the required density and moisture by any method, type and size of equipment that will give the required compaction. Prior to and in conjunction with the rolling operation, each layer shall be brought to the moisture content necessary to obtain the required density and shall be kept leveled with suitable equipment to insure uniform compaction over the entire layer. For each layer of earth embankment and select material, it is the intent of this specification to provide the density as required herein, unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Soils for 022080 Page 1 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A embankment shall be sprinkled with water as required to provide not less than optimum moisture and compacted to the extent necessary to provide not less than 95% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698). Field density determinations will be made in accordance with approved methods. After each layer of earth embankment or select material is complete, tests, as necessary, will be made by the Engineer. If the material fails to meet the density specified, the course shall be reworked as necessary to obtain the specified compaction, and the compaction method shall be altered on subsequent work to obtain specified density. Such procedure shall be determined by, and subject to,the approval of the Engineer. The Engineer may order proof rolling to test the uniformity of compaction of the embankment layers. All irregularities, depressions, weak or soft spots which develop shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor. Should the embankment, due to any reason or cause, lose the required stability, density or moisture before the pavement structure is placed, it shall be recompacted and refinished at the sole expense of the Contractor. Excessive loss of moisture in the subgrade shall be prevented by sprinkling, sealing or covering with a subsequent layer of granular material. 3. SELECTION OF MATERIAL In addition to the requirement in the excavation items of the specifications covering the general selection and utilization of materials to improve the roadbed, embankments shall be constructed in proper sequence to receive the select material layers shown on drawings,with such modifications as may be directed by the Engineer. The layer of embankment immediately preceding the upper layer of select material shall be constructed to the proper section and grade within a tolerance of not more than 0.10 foot from the established section and grade when properly compacted and finished to receive the select material layer. Select material, when specified, shall meet the requirements in City Standard Specification Section 022100 "Select Material". 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, embankment shall not be measured and paid for separately,but shall be subsidiary to other items of work. 022080 Page 2 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 022100 SELECT MATERIAL 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the use of Select Material to be used to treat designated sections of roadways, embankments, trenches, etc. Select material shall be non-expansive sandy clay (CL) or clayey sand (SC), in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D2487). Select Material shall meet the following requirements: Free of vegetation, hard lumps,rock fragments, or other debris No clay lumps greater than 2" diameter Liquid Limit(L.L.): <35 Plasticity Index (P.L)Range: 8 to 20 Moisture Content: as specified in the drawings 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Select material shall be mixed uniformly and placed in layers as indicated, not to exceed 10 inches loose depth (or 12 inches maximum for sanitary sewer trench backfill per City Standard Details for Sanitary Sewers). Unless otherwise specified, the material shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density. Each layer shall be complete before the succeeding layer is placed. The finished surface of the select material shall conform to the grade and section shown on the drawings. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, select material shall not be measured for pay, but shall be subsidiary to the appropriate bid item. 022100 Page 1of1 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 022420 SILT FENCE 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for providing and installing silt fencing required to control sedimentation and erosion during construction of the project. 2. MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Geotextile shall meet the requirements for temporary silt fence per AASHTO M288. B. Fence Reinforcement Materials: Silt fence reinforcement shall be one of the following systems. Type 1: Self-Supported Fence - This system consists of fence posts, spaced no more than 8- 1/2 feet apart, and geotextile without net reinforcement. Fence posts shall be a minimum of 42 inches long, embedded at least one (1) foot into the ground, and constructed of either wood or steel. Soft wood posts shall be at least 3 inches in diameter or nominal 2 x 4 inches in cross section and essentially straight. Hardwood posts shall be a minimum of 1.5 x 1.5 inches in cross section. Fabric attachment may be by staples or locking plastic ties at least every 6 inches, or by sewn vertical pockets. Steel posts shall be T or L shaped with a minimum weight of 1.3 pounds per foot. Attachment shall be by pockets or by plastic ties if the posts have suitable projections. Type 2: Net-Reinforced Fence - This system consists of fence posts, spaced no more than 8-1/2 feet apart, and geotextile with an attached reinforcing net. Fence posts shall meet the requirements of Self-Supported Fence. Net reinforcement shall be galvanized welded wire mesh of at least 12.5-gauge wire with maximum opening size of 4 x 2 inches. The fabric shall be attached to the top of the net by crimping or cord at least every 2 feet, or as otherwise specified. Type 3: Triangular Filter Dike - This system consists of a rigid wire mesh, at least 6-gauge, formed into an equilateral triangle cross-sectional shape with sides measuring 18 inches, wrapped with geotextile silt fence fabric. The fabric shall be continuously wrapped around the dike,with a skirt extending at least 12 inches from its upslope corner. C. Packaging Requirements: Prior to installation, the fabric shall be protected from damage due to ultraviolet light and moisture by either wrappers or inside storage. 022420 Page 1 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A D. Certification and Identification: Each lot or shipment shall be accompanied by a certification of conformance to this specification. The shipment must be identified by a ticket or by labels securely affixed to the fabric rolls. This ticket or label must list the following information: a. Name of manufacturer or supplier b. Brand name and style C. Manufacturer's lot number or control number d. Roll size (length and width) e. Chemical composition 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, silt fence shall be measured by the linear foot. Payment shall be at the bid price for the unit of measurement specified and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, placing, maintaining and removing the silt fence. 022420 Page 2of2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 025205 PAVEMENT REPAIR, CURB, GUTTER, SIDEWALK AND DRIVEWAY REPLACEMENT 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the removal and replacing of all types of pavements and surfacing required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Unless otherwise specified on the drawings, materials and proportions used along with this specification shall conform to the respective following specifications: City Standard Specifications Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities" Section 022100 "Select Material" Section 025223 "Crushed Limestone Flexible Base" Section 025424 "Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement" Section 025610 "Concrete Curb and Gutter" Section 025612 "Concrete Sidewalks and Driveways" Section 025620 "Portland Cement Concrete Pavement" Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete", Class "A" Concrete Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel" Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". 3. METHOD OF CUTTING The outline of the trench shall be marked upon the surface of the pavement to be cut,and all cuts into the pavement shall be saw-cut as nearly vertical as it is possible to make them. All unwanted materials removed shall be disposed of by the Contractor and shall not be used as backfill material. 4. BACKFILL OF TRENCH Excavation and backfilling of trench shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities." 025205 Page 1 of 4 Rev.11-9-2016 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 5. REPLACING STREET AND OTHER PAVEMENT All pavements, driveways, sidewalks, and curbs and gutters which are cut shall be replaced in a workmanlike manner,with like or better materials or per pavement repair details to be provided on the drawings. Pavement cuts in a street for any utility requires a permit from the Director of Development Services in accordance with City Ordinance 030040, Article III Cuts and Excavations (12-17-2013). The installation of a utility that crosses the ROW at a perpendicular or near perpendicular angle and has an OD of 6" or less will not be permitted to be installed by cutting the road section. Street excavation/cut for a utility in an asphalt roadway shall include a full lane overlay or pavement repair for parallel cuts, or a 12' wide pavement repair for perpendicular cuts. Street excavation/cut for a utility in a concrete roadway shall include full panel replacement. The drawings and/or permit application should include a site specific pavement cut and restoration plan that indicates the general nature of the pavement and roadway (for examples, concrete arterial, asphalt residential)to be cut and restored, the existing pavement section (if known), the location and approximate area of the excavation/pavement repair, including the approximate length and width of the pavement repair in relation to the roadway travel lane(s). 6. REPLACING DRIVEWAY PAVEMENT On all concrete driveway pavements,the replacement shall consist of a reinforced Class"A"concrete slab with a minimum thickness of six(6)inches. The type of finish for the replaced section shall be the same as that appearing on the old pavement. Reinforcement shall be 44 bars at 12 inches each way with additional diagonal bars as indicated on the drawings. Any other type shall be replaced with like or better replacement. Replacement shall, in general, be to original joint or score mark. 7. REPLACING SIDEWALKS On all sidewalk pavements,the replacement shall consist of a reinforced Class"A"concrete slab four (4)inches thick. The type of finish for the replaced section shall be the same as that appearing on the old sidewalk Replacement shall,in general,be to original joint or score marks. Reinforcement shall be 4" x 4" - W2.9 x W2.9 welded wire fabric located at mid-depth in the slab. 8. REPLACING CURB AND GUTTER On all curb and gutter, the replacement shall consist of a section conforming in all details to the original section or to City of Corpus Christi Standard curb and gutter section, if required by the Engineer. Cuts through the curb shall be replaced with Class "A" concrete. Preserve the original steel reinforcing and reinforce all new curbs with three 44 bars. Adjust grades for positive drainage. Replacement shall,in general,be to original joint or score mark. For jointed concrete roadways,the joints in curb or in curb and gutter should match the concrete roadway joints. 025205 Page 2 of 4 Rev.11-9-2016 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 9. REPAIRING STREET SHOULDERS AND UNIMPROVED STREETS On streets or roads without curb and gutter where a shoulder is disturbed, it shall be restored to like or better condition. The shoulder surface shall be rolled to an acceptably stable condition. The requirements of City Ordinance 030040 as stated above apply also to unimproved streets unless a specific variance is granted by the Director of Development Services. 10. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form,pavement repair shall be measured by the square yard of the type of repair specified; curb and gutter replacement shall be measured by the linear foot; and sidewalk and driveway replacement shall each be measured by the square foot. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for the completed work and shall be full compensation for all labor, materials,equipment,tools,and incidentals required to complete the work. No separate measurement or payment will be made for subgrade compaction, sand leveling course, geogrid, ordinary backfill, cement-stabilized sand backfill, flexible base,prime coat, hot-mix asphaltic concrete, etc. 025205 Page 3 of 4 Rev.11-9-2016 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 025205 Page 4 of 4 Rev.11-9-2016 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 025210 LIME STABILIZATION 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall consist of treating the subgrade, subbase or base by the pulverizing, addition of lime, mixing and compacting the mixed material to the required density. This specification applies to natural ground, embankment, existing pavement structure or proposed base, and shall be constructed as specified herein and in conformity with the typical sections, lines and grades as shown on the plans or as established by the Engineer. 2. MATERIALS (1) The lime shall be a commercially produced "Hydrated Lime" in accordance with AASHTO M216, or in accordance with TxDOT Specification Item 260. The specifications apply specifically to the normal hydrate of lime made from "high- calcium" type limestone. Hydrated lime for stabilization purposes shall be applied as a slurry. (2) Lime to be used for the treated subgrade, existing subbase, existing base or proposed base is determined by preliminary tests and shall be applied at a rate indicated on the drawings,but no less than 6%. 3. EQUIPMENT The machinery, tools and equipment necessary for proper prosecution of the work shall be on the project and approved by the Engineer prior to the beginning of construction operations. All machinery, tools and equipment used shall be maintained in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner. Hydrated lime shall be stored and handled in closed weatherproof containers until immediately before distribution on the roadbed. If storage bins are used, they shall be completely enclosed. Hydrated lime in bags shall be stored in weatherproof buildings with adequate protection from ground dampness. If lime is furnished in trucks, each truck shall have the weight of lime certified on public scales. If lime is furnished in bags, each bag shall bear the manufacturer's certified weight. Bags varying more than 5 percent from that weight may be rejected and the average weight of bags in any shipment, as shown by weighing 50 bags taken at random, shall not be less than the manufacturer's certified weight. 025210 Page 1 of 4 Rev.9-2-2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 4. CONSTRUCTION METHODS General - It is the primary requirement of this specification to secure a completed course of treated material containing a uniform lime mixture, free from loose or segregated areas, of uniform density and moisture content, well bound for its full depth and with a smooth surface suitable for placing subsequent courses. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to regulate the sequence of his work, to use the proper amount of lime, maintain the work and rework the courses as necessary to meet the above requirements. Application - Lime shall be spread only on that area where the first mixing operations can be completed during the same working day. Unless otherwise shown on drawings, lime shall be applied at a rate in pounds of dry-hydrated lime per square yard, in the form of a slurry. Application rate may be varied by the Engineer, if conditions warrant, but no less than 6%must be applied. Certification of lime quantity and quality shall be provided as required to monitor the application. Certification should be in the form of weight tickets which indicate the actual weight of dry hydrated lime, CA(OH)2. The application and mixing of lime with the material shall be accomplished by the method hereinafter described. The lime shall be mixed with water in trucks with approved distributors and applied as a thin water suspension or slurry. Mixing- The mixing procedure shall be as hereinafter described. (a) First Mixing: The material and lime shall be thoroughly mixed by approved road mixers or other approved equipment, and the mixing continued until, in the opinion of the Engineer, a homogeneous, friable mixture of material and lime is obtained, free from all clods or lumps. Materials containing plastic clays or other material which will not readily mix with lime shall be mixed as thoroughly as possible at the time of the lime application, brought to the proper moisture content and left to cure 1 to 4 days as directed by the Engineer. During the curing period,the material shall be kept moist as directed. (b) Final Mixing: After the required curing time, the material shall be uniformly mixed by approved methods. If the soil binder-lime mixture contains clods, they shall be reduced in size by raking, blading, discing, harrowing, scarifying or the use of other approved pulverization methods. After mixing, the Engineer may sample the mixture at roadway moisture and test in accordance with TxDOT Tex-101-E (Part III) — Preparation of Soil and Flexible Base Material for Testing, to determine compliance with the gradation requirements in Table 1. 025210 Page 2 of 4 Rev.9-2-2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Table 1 Gradation Re uirements Minimum % Passing) Sieve Size Base Sub rade 1-3/4" 100 100 3/4" 85 85 44 — 60 Old bituminous wearing surface shall be pulverized so that 100%will pass a 2 /z" sieve. During the interval of time between applications and mixing, hydrated lime that has been exposed to the open air for a period of 6 hours or more, or to excessive loss due to washing or blowing,will not be accepted for payment. Compaction - Compaction of the mixture shall begin immediately after final mixing and in no case later than 3 calendar days after final mixing, unless approval is obtained from the Engineer. The material shall be aerated or sprinkled as necessary to provide the optimum moisture. Compaction shall begin at the bottom and shall continue until the entire depth of mixture is uniformly compacted as hereinafter specified. If the total thickness of the material to be treated cannot be mixed in one operation, the previously mixed material shall be bladed to a windrow just beyond the area to be treated and the next layer mixed with lime as previously specified. The first layer of the material shall be compacted in such a manner that the treated material will not be mixed with the underlying material. The course shall be sprinkled as required to maintain moisture content on the wet side of optimum and compacted to the extent necessary to provide the specified density. Unless shown otherwise on the drawings, all lime treated subgrades, sub-bases, and bases that are not in direct contact with surface or binder course shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density (AASHTO T99), unless otherwise specified. In addition to the requirements specified for density, the full depth of the material shown on the plans shall be compacted to the extent necessary to remain firm and stable under construction equipment. After each section is completed, tests, as necessary, will be made by the Engineer. If the material fails to meet the density requirements, it shall be reworked as necessary to meet these requirements. Rework, when required to meet pulverization requirements or density requirements, shall include the addition of lime, about 10% to 15% of the initial application rate, or as deemed necessary by the Engineer. A new optimum density will be obtained. Throughout this entire operation, the shape of the course shall be maintained by blading, and the surface, upon completion, shall be smooth and in conformity with the typical section shown on the drawings and to the established lines and grades. 025210 Page 3 of 4 Rev.9-2-2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, lime stabilization for bases, sub-bases and subgrade shall be measured by the square yard of lime-stabilized material in place. Pulverizing, mixing, watering grading, compacting, working material etc., shall not be measured for pay but shall be subsidiary to other work. Payment shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary for the completion of work. 025210 Page 4 of 4 Rev.9-2-2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 025223 CRUSHED LIMESTONE FLEXIBLE BASE 1. DESCRIPTION This Specification shall govern all work for furnishing and placing Crushed Limestone Flexible Base required to complete the project. 2. MATERIAL Crushed Limestone Flexible Base shall consist of crushed limestone produced from oversize quarried aggregate, sized by crushing and produced from a naturally occurring single source, meeting the requirements for Type `A' material as specified in Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Specification Item 247 "Flexible Base". Crushed gravel or uncrushed gravel shall not be acceptable. No blending of sources and/or additive materials will be allowed. The material shall be free of vegetation and shall be approved by the Engineer. All acceptable material shall be screened and the oversize shall be crushed and returned to the screened material in such a manner that a uniform product will be produced which meets all of the physical requirements for Grade 1-2 as specified in TxDOT Specification Item 247 "Flexible Base". 3. TESTING The City will engage a laboratory and pay for one test each gradation, liquid limit,plasticity index, modified proctor, moisture-density relation, CBR, and necessary field densities. The Engineer may call for additional tests at any time. The cost of all retests, in case of failure to meet specifications, will be deducted from the Contractor's payment. The City will pay for proctor and soil constants and abrasion tests at the rate described in the materials testing schedule. If material changes, the Contractor shall pay the cost of additional tests required by the Engineer. The Engineer may waive testing and/or lime admix for small amounts for unimportant uses. 4. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Prior to placement of flexible base, the surface of the previous underlying course shall be finished true to line and grade as established, and in conformity with the typical section shown on the drawings. Grade tolerance shall be generally 1/2 inch, and highs and lows must approximately balance. If called for in the drawings or elsewhere in the contract documents, geogrid, as specified in City Standard Specification Section 022040 "Street Excavation", shall be placed as indicated. Flexible base shall be delivered and spread the same day if possible(no later than the next day). Base shall be mixed as required to produce a uniform mixture with water. Base shall be placed in uniform lifts not to exceed 10 inch loose lifts or 8 inch compacted lifts. Moisture and density requirements shall be as indicated on the drawings, typical minimum 98% Modified Proctor 025223 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A (ASTM D1557) under flexible pavements or typical minimum 98% Standard Proctor (ASTM D698) under concrete pavement and to within + 2% of optimum moisture. The section may be accepted if no more than 1 of the 5 most recent moisture or density tests is outside of the specified limits, and the failed test is within+1%deviation from specified moisture or density requirements. The surface of the compacted base, after meeting moisture and density requirements, shall be primed in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 025412"Prime Coat". On completion of compaction and priming, the surface shall be smooth and conform to lines, grades, and sections shown on the drawings. Areas with any deviation in excess of 1/4 inch in cross-section and in lengths of 16 feet measured longitudinally shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing material,reshaping, and recompacting by repriming and rolling. Moisture and density shall be maintained until the paving is complete. Excessive loss of moisture shall be prevented by sprinkling, sealing, or covering with a subsequent layer. Should the base, due to any reason or cause, lose the required stability, density, or moisture before it is protected by placement of the next layer, it shall be re-compacted, refinished, and retested at the expense of the Contractor until acceptable to the City. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, crushed limestone flexible base shall be measured by the square yard complete in place. Payment shall be full compensation for all materials, royalty, hauling, placing, compacting, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary for the completion of work. Prime shall be measured and paid under separate bid item if specified on the Bid Form. Geogrid shall be measured and paid under separate bid item if specified on the Bid Form. 025223 Page 2of2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 025404 ASPHALTS, OILS AND EMULSIONS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for asphalt cement, cut-back and emulsified asphalts, performance-graded asphalt binders, and other miscellaneous asphaltic materials required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS When tested according to Texas Department of Transportation Test Methods,the various materials shall meet the applicable requirements of TxDOT Specification Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions" (Latest Edition). 3. STORAGE, HEATING AND APPLICATION TEMPERATURES Store and apply asphaltic materials in accordance with TxDOT Item 300 (Latest Edition) at the lowest temperature yielding satisfactory results. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for any agitation requirements in storage and in application and storage temperatures. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, asphalts, oils and emulsions shall not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid item. 025404 Page 1 of 1 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 025412 PRIME COAT 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall consist of an application of asphalt material on the completed base course and/or other approved area in accordance with this specification. Prime Coat shall not be applied when the air temperature is below 60° F and falling, but it may be applied when the air temperature is above 50°F and is rising; the air temperature being taken in the shade and away from artificial heat. Asphalt material shall not be placed when general weather conditions, in the opinion of the Engineer, are not suitable. 2. MATERIALS The asphalt material used for the prime coat shall be MC-30 medium-curing cutback asphalt or AE- P asphalt emulsion prime, unless otherwise specified, and when tested by approved laboratory methods shall meet the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 025404 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions". Blotter material shall be native sand. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS When, in the opinion of the Engineer, the area and/or base is satisfactory to receive the prime coat, the surface shall be cleaned of dirt, dust, and other deleterious matter by sweeping or other approved methods. If found necessary by the Engineer, the surface shall be lightly sprinkled with water just prior to application of the asphalt material. The asphalt material shall be applied on the clean surface by an approved type of self-propelled pressure distributor so operated as to distribute the material in the quantity specified, evenly and smoothly under a pressure necessary for proper distribution. The Contractor shall provide all necessary facilities for determining the temperature of the asphalt material in all of the heating equipment and in the distributor, for determining the rate at which it is applied, and for securing uniformity at the junction of two distributor loads. All storage tanks, piping, retorts, booster tanks and distributors used in storing or handling asphalt material shall be kept clean and in good operating condition at all times, and they shall be operated in such manner that there will be no contamination of the asphalt material with foreign material. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide and maintain in good working order a recording thermometer at the storage-heating unit at all times. The distributor shall have been recently calibrated and the Engineer shall be furnished an accurate and satisfactory record of such calibration. After beginning of the work, should the yield on the asphalt material applied appear to be in error, the distributor shall be calibrated in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer before proceeding with the work. Prime shall be applied at a temperature within the recommended range per City Standard 025412 Page 1 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Specification Section 025404 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions", with that range being 70 to 150 degrees F. Application rate shall be not less than 0.15 gallon per square yard, unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the surface until the Engineer accepts the work. No traffic hauling or placement of any subsequent courses shall be permitted over the freshly applied prime coat until authorized by the Engineer. Spread blotter material before allowing traffic to use a primed surface. Allow sufficient time for the prime coat to cure properly before applying surface treatment or asphaltic concrete pavement. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, prime coat shall be measured by the gallon of asphalt material applied. Payment shall include furnishing, heating, hauling and distributing the asphalt material as specified; for furnishing, spreading and removing sand blotter material; for all freight involved; and for all manipulation, labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 025412 Page 2of2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 025414 AGGREGATE FOR SURFACE TREATMENT 1. DESCRIPTION This specification establishes the requirements for surface aggregate to be used in the construction of surface treatments and seal coats. The type, grade, and surface aggregate classification (SAC) of aggregate shall be as specified in the applicable specification or as shown on the drawings. 2. AGGREGATE A. Materials. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality throughout that meet the requirements of the drawings and specifications. Materials shall meet the applicable requirements of TxDOT Specification Item 302 "Aggregates for Surface Treatments" (latest edition). 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, aggregate for surface treatment and seal coats shall not be measured and paid separately,but shall be subsidiary to the construction in which these materials are used. 025414 Page 1 of 1 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 025418 SURFACE TREATMENT 1. DESCRIPTION One-course surface treatment shall consist of a wearing surface or underseal composed of a single application of asphalt material covered with aggregate, constructed on the prepared base course or surface in accordance with this specification. Two-course surface treatment shall consist of a wearing surface or underseal composed of two applications of asphalt material, each covered with aggregate, constructed on the prepared base course or surface in accordance with this specification. Three-course surface treatment shall consist of a wearing surface or underseal composed of three applications of asphalt material, each covered with aggregate, constructed on the prepared base course or surface in accordance with this specification. 2. MATERIALS 1) Asphalt Materials. The asphalt material used shall be AC-5 (AC-3 in winter) or other approved material as prescribed in Standard Specification Section 025404 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions". 2) Aggregate. The aggregate used shall be Type PE pre-coated natural limestone rock asphalt as prescribed in City Standard Specification Section 025414 "Aggregate for Surface Treatment", graded as shown below. One-Course: Grade 4 Two-Course: Grade 4—2nd course(top) Grade 3 — 1st course(bottom) Three-Course: Grade 4—3rd course(top) Grade 3 —2nd course(middle) Grade 3 —1st course(bottom) 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Allow sufficient time for the prime coat to cure properly before applying the surface treatment binder. The area to be treated shall be cleaned of dirt, dust, or other deleterious matter by sweeping or other approved methods. If it is found necessary by the Engineer, the surface shall be lightly sprinkled with water just prior to the application of the asphalt material. 025418 Page 1 of 3 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Asphalt material shall be applied on the clean surface by an approved type of self-propelled pressure distributor, so operated as to distribute the material in the quantity specified, evenly and smoothly, under a pressure necessary for proper distribution. The Contractor shall provide all necessary facilities for determining the temperature of asphalt material in all of the heating equipment and in the distributor, for determining the rate at which it is applied, and for securing uniformity at the junction of two distributor loads. The distributor shall have been recently calibrated and the Engineer shall be furnished an accurate and satisfactory record of such calibration. After beginning the work, should the yield on the asphalt material appear to be in error, the distributor shall be calibrated in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer before proceeding with the work. Asphalt material may be applied for the full width of the surface treatment in one application, unless the width exceeds 26 feet. No traffic or hauling will be permitted over the freshly applied asphalt material. Asphalt material shall not be applied until immediate covering is assured. Aggregate shall be immediately and uniformly applied and spread by an approved self-propelled continuous feed aggregate spreader, unless otherwise shown on the plans or authorized by the Engineer in writing. Surface treatment shall not be applied when the air temperature is below 60°F and is falling, but it may be applied when the air temperature is above 50° F and is rising; the air temperature being taken in the shade and away from artificial heat. Asphalt material shall not be placed when general weather conditions, in the opinion of the Engineer, are not suitable. The rates of application of the aggregate and asphalt shall be as follows or as otherwise specified: 1 st Course 2nd Course 3rd Course Asphalt Cement 0.20 gal/sq.yd. 0.16 gal/sq.yd. 0.16 gal/sq.yd. Aggregate 80 sq.yd./cu.yd. 100 sq.yd./cu.yd. 100 sq.yd./cu.yd. The entire surface shall be broomed, bladed or raked and thoroughly rolled as required by the Engineer. Where multiple courses are specified, each course shall be applied in the manner specified for one course surface treatment. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the surfaces until the Engineer accepts the work. All storage tanks, piping, retorts, booster tanks and distributors used in storing or handling asphalt materials shall be kept clean and in good operating condition at all times, and they shall be operated in such manner that there will be no contamination of the asphalt materials with foreign material. It 025418 Page 2 of 3 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide and maintain in good working order a recording thermometer at the storage heating unit at all times. The Engineer will select the temperature of application based on the temperature-viscosity relationship that will permit application of the asphalt within the limits recommended in Standard Specification Section 025404 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions", with that being 220 to 300 degrees F for AC-3, and 275 to 350 degrees F for AC-5. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, surface treatment as an integral part of the final structural pavement section shall be measured in place by the square yard of surface area to the limits shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish and place the type of surface treatment called for. Surface treatment for temporary pavements shall not be measured and paid separately, but shall be subsidiary to the construction in which the surface treatment is used. 025418 Page 3 of 3 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 025424 HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT (Class A) 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for furnishing and laying Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete (HMAC) surface, binder and base courses required to complete the project. All subsurface utilities must be inspected, tested, and accepted prior to any paving. 2. MATERIALS 2.1. Aggregate. The aggregate shall consist of a blend of course aggregate, fine aggregate and, if required, a mineral filler. 2.1.1. Coarse Aggregate shall consist of that fraction of aggregate retained on a No. 10 sieve and shall consist of crushed furnace slag, crushed stone, or crushed gravel. Deleterious material in course aggregate shall not exceed 2% per TxDOT Test Method TEX-217-17. Course aggregate shall be crushed such that a minimum of 85%of the particles have more than one crushed face, unless noted otherwise on the plans. Los Angeles abrasion losses for course aggregate shall not exceed 40%by weight for the surface course and 45%for the binder and base courses per TxDOT Test Method TEX-410-A. Polish Value not less than 30 for aggregate used in the surface course per TxDOT Test Method TEX-438-A. 2.1.2. Fine Aggregate is defined as the fraction passing a No. 10 sieve and shall be of uniform quality. Fine aggregate shall consist of screenings of material that pass the Los Angeles abrasion requirements in paragraph 2.1.1 above. Screenings shall be blended with a maximum of 15% uncrushed aggregate or field sand for Type D mixes, or a maximum of 10%uncrushed aggregate or field sand for Type A, B, and C mixes. Grading of fine aggregate shall be as follows: Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight No. 10 100 No. 200 0-15 025424 Page 1 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 2.1.3 Filler shall consist of dry stone dust,Portland cement,hydrated lime, or other mineral dust approved by the Engineer. Grading of filler shall be as follows: Sieve Size Minimum Percent Passing by Weight No. 30 95 No. 80 75 No. 200 55 2.2. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement(RAP). Reclaimed asphalt pavement maybe incorporated into the hot mix asphalt concrete furnished for the project, provided that the mixture is designed per the TxDOT Methods and meets the applicable provisions of said TxDOT Item 340 and this specification. 2.3. Asphalt. Asphalt Material shall be in accordance with Standard Specification Section 025404 "Asphalt, Oils and Emulsions" and AASHTO. 2.3.1. Paving Mixture: APPLICATION ASPHALT GRADE Residential or low volume PG 64-22 Collector Surface Course PG 70-22 Binder Course PG 64-22 Arterial Surface Course PG 76-22 Binder Course PG 64-22 Base Courses PG 64-22 2.3.2. Tack Coat shall consist of an emulsion, SS-1 diluted with equal volume of water and applied at a rate ranging from 0.05 to 0.15 gallon per square yard. 3. PAVING MIXTURE 3.1. Mix Design. The mixture shall be designed in accordance with TxDOT Bulletin C-14 and TxDOT Test Method TEX-204-F to conform to the requirements of this specification. The Contractor shall furnish the mix design for the j ob-mix to be used for the project,unless shown otherwise on the drawings. The mix design shall be submitted prior to placement of the mixture. The design procedures are actually intended to result at a job-mix with properties in compliance with these specifications,and when properly placed the j ob-mix will be durable 025424 Page 2 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A and stable. The sieve analysis of the job-mix shall be within the range of the Master Gradation and Tolerances specified herein. The job-mix shall meet the density and stability requirements as specified and shall be included with the mix design as submitted per above. If the specific gravity of any of the types of aggregates differs by more than 0.3,use volume method. Plot sieve analysis of job-mix; percent passing versus size on four-cycle semi-log paper or other appropriate type paper. Show tolerance limits and Limits of Master Gradation. 3.2. Master Gradation of Aggregate. The aggregate for the type of mix specified shall be within the following tabulated limits per TxDOT Test Method TEX-200-F (Dry Sieve Analysis): Type Sieve A B C D Size Course Fine Course Fine Base Base Surface Surface 1-1/2" 100 1-1/4" 95-100 1" 100 7/8" 70-90 95-100 100 5/8" 75-95 95-100 1/2" 50-70 100 3/8" 60-80 70-85 85-100 1/4" No. 4 30-50 40-60 43-63 50-70 No. 10 20-34 27-40 30-40 32-42 No. 40 5-20 10-25 10-25 11-26 No. 80 2-12 3-13 3-13 4-14 No. 200 1-6* 1-6* 1-6* 1-6* VMA minimum 11 12 13 14 025424 Page 3 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A * 2-8 when TxDOT Test Method Tex-200-F,Part H(Washed Sieve Analysis)is used. 3.3. Tolerances. The mixture delivered to the job site shall not vary from the job-mix by more than the tolerances specified below. The gradation of the produced mix shall not fall outside the Master Grading Limits, with the following exceptions: for Type B material coarser than 3/8" and for Type D material coarser than 44. Variations from job-mix shall not exceed the following limits, except as noted above: Item: Tolerances Percent by Weight or Volume 1" to No. 10 Plus or Minus 5.0 No. 40 to No. 200 Plus or Minus 3.0 Asphalt Weight Plus or Minus 0.5 Asphalt Volume Plus or Minus 1.2 3.4. Mix Properties. The mixture shall have a minimum Hveem stability of 40 for Type A, B, and C mixes, and 35 for Type D mixes per TxDOT Test Method TEX-208-F at an optimum density of 96% (plus or minus 1.5) of theoretical maximum density per TxDOT Test Methods TEX-227-F and TEX-207-F. 3.5. Sampling and Testing of Raw Materials. The Contractor shall sample materials as necessary to produce a mix in compliance with these specifications. 4. EQUIPMENT 4.1. Mixing_ Plants. Mixing plants shall be either the weigh batching type or the drum mix type. Both types shall be equipped with satisfactory conveyors, power units, aggregate handling equipment, aggregate screens and bins (weigh batch only), and pollution control devices as required. 4.2. Truck Scales. A set of truck scales, if needed for measurement, shall be placed at a location approved by the Engineer. 4.3. Asphalt Material Heating Equipment. Asphalt material heating equipment shall be adequate to heat the required amount of material to the desired temperature. Agitation with steam or air will not be permitted. The heating apparatus shall be equipped with a recording thermometer with a 24-hour continuous chart that will record the temperature of the asphalt at the highest temperature. 4.4. Surge-Stora System.SySystem. A surge-storage system may be used provided that the mixture coming out of the bins is of equal quality to that coming out of the mixer. The system shall be equipped with a gob hopper, rotating chute or other devices designed to minimize segregation of the asphalt mixture. 4.5. Laydown Machine. The laydown machine shall be capable of producing a surface that will meet the requirements of the typical cross section, of adequate power to propel the 025424 Page 4 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A delivery vehicles,and produce the surface tolerances herein required. It shall be wide enough to lay a 28-foot street(back-to-back of curbs) in a maximum of two passes. 4.6. Rollers. All rollers shall be self-propelled and of any type capable of obtaining the required density. Rollers shall be in satisfactory operating condition and free from fuel, hydraulic fluid, or any other fluid leaks. 5. STORAGE, PROPORTIONING AND MIXING 5.1. Storage and Heating of f Asphalt Materials. Asphalt cement shall not be heated to a temperature in excess of that recommended by the producer. Asphalt storage equipment shall be maintained in a clean condition and operated in such a manner that there will be no contamination with foreign matter. 5.2. Feeding and Dryin_ g of Aggregates. The feeding of various sizes of aggregate to the dryer shall be done in such a manner that a uniform and constant flow of materials in the required proportions will be maintained. In no case shall the aggregate be introduced into the mixing unit at a temperature in excess of 350 degrees F. 5.3. Proportioning. All materials shall be handled and proportioned in a manner that yield an acceptable mixture as herein specified and as defined by the job-mix. 5.4. Mixing. 5.4.1. Weigh Batch Plant. In charging the weigh box and in charging the pugmill from the weigh box,such methods or devices shall be used as necessary to minimize segregation of the mixture. 5.4.2. Drum Mix Plant. The amount of aggregate and asphalt cement entering the mixer and the rate of travel through the mixer shall be coordinated so that a uniform mixture of the desired gradation and asphalt content will be produced. 5.4.3. The mixture produced from each type of plant shall not vary from the j o> b-mix by more than the tolerances and restrictions herein specified. The mixture when discharged from the plant shall have a moisture content not greater than one percent by weight of total mix when determined by TxDOT Test Method TEX-212-F. 5.4.4. The mixture produced from each type of plant shall be at a temperature between 250 and 325 degrees F. After a target mixing temperature has been established, the mixture when discharged from the mixer shall not vary from this temperature by more than 25 degrees F. 6. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 6.1. Construction Conditions. For mat thicknesses greater than 1.5 inches, the asphalt material may be placed with a laydown machine when the air temperature is 40 degrees F and 025424 Page 5 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A rising but not when the air temperature is 50 degrees F and falling. In addition,mat thickness less than and including 1.5 inches shall not be placed when the temperature of the surface on which the mat is placed is below 50 degrees F. All subsurface utilities shall be inspected, tested, and accepted prior to paving. 6.2. Prime Coat. If a prime coat is required, it shall be applied and paid for as a separate item conforming to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 025412"Prime Coat", except the application temperature shall be as provided above. The tack coat or asphaltic concrete shall not be applied on a previously primed flexible base until the primed base has completely cured to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 6.3. Tack Coat. Before the asphalt mixture is laid,the surface upon which the tack coat is to be placed shall be thoroughly cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The surface shall be given a uniform application of tack coat using materials and rates herein specified and/or as shown on the plans. The tack coat shall be rolled with a pneumatic tire roller as necessary. Tack coat is required before any pavement course not placed immediately following the previous course placement. 6.4. Transporting Asphalt Concrete. The asphalt mixture shall be hauled to the job site in tight vehicles previously cleaned of all foreign matter. In cool weather or for long hauls, canvas covers and insulated truck beds may be necessary. The inside of the bed may be given a light coating of lime water or other suitable release agent necessary to prevent from adhering. Diesel oil is not allowed. 6.5. Placing. The asphalt mixture shall be spread on the approved prepared surface with a laydown machine or other approved equipment in such a manner that when properly compacted, the finished surface will be smooth and of uniform density, and meet the requirements of the typical cross section as shown on the plans. 6.5.1. Flush Structures. Adjacent to flush curbs, gutters, liners and structures, the surface shall be finished uniformly high so that when compacted, it will be slightly above the edge of the curb and flush structure. 6.5.2. Construction joints of successive courses of asphaltic material shall be offset at least six inches. Construction joints on surface courses shall coincide with lane lines, or as directed by the Engineer,but shall not be in the anticipated wheel path of the roadway. 6.6. Compacting. The asphalt mixture shall be compacted thoroughly and uniformly with the necessary rollers to obtain the required density and surface tolerances herein described and any requirements as shown on the plans. Regardless of the method of compaction control followed, all rolling shall be completed before the mixture temperature drops below 175 degrees F. 025424 Page 6 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 6.7. In-Place Density. In-place density control is required for all mixtures except for thin, irregular level-up courses. Material should be compacted to between 96% and 92% of maximum theoretical density or between 4% and 8% air voids. Average density shall be greater than 92%and no individual determination shall be lower than 90%. Testing shall be in accordance with TxDOT Test Methods TEX-207-F and TEX-227-F. Pavement specimens,which shall be either cores or sections of the compacted mixture,will be tested as required to determine the percent air voids. Other methods, such as nuclear determination of in-place density,which correlate satisfactorily with actual project specimens may be used when approved by the Engineer. 6.8. Thickness. The total compacted average thickness of the combined HMAC courses shall not be less than the amount specified on the drawings. No more than 10% of the measured thickness(es)shall be more than 1/4 inch less than the plan thickness(es). If so,the quantity for pay shall be decreased as deemed appropriate by the Engineer. 6.9. Surface Smoothness Criteria and Tests. The pavement surface after compaction, shall be smooth and true to the established lines, grade and cross-section. The surface shall be tested by the City with the Mays Roughness Meter. The Mays Roughness Value for each 600-foot section shall not exceed ninety inches per mile per traffic lane. For each 600-foot section not meeting this criteria, the Engineer shall have the option of requiring that section to be reworked to meet the criteria,or paying an adjusted unit price for the surface course. The unit price adjustment shall be made on the following basis: Adjusted Unit Price= (Adjustment Factor)X Surface Course Unit Bid Price The adjustment factor shall be: For Residential Streets: Adjustment Factor= 1.999 - 0.0111 M For All Other Class Streets (Non Residential) Adjustment Factor= 1.287 - 0.0143 M Where M =Mays Roughness Value In no case shall the Contractor be paid more than the unit bid price. If the surface course is an inverted penetration (surface treatment) the Mays Roughness Value observed will be reduced by ten inches per mile,prior to applying the above criteria. Localized defects (obvious settlements, humps, ridges, etc.) shall be tested with a ten-foot straightedge placed parallel to the roadway centerline. The maximum deviation shall not 025424 Page 7 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A exceed 1/8 inch in ten feet. Areas not meeting this criteria shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Pavement areas having surface irregularities, segregation, raveling or otherwise deemed unacceptable by the Engineer shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor in a manner approved by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the City. 6.10. Opening to Traffic. The pavement shall be opened to traffic when directed by the Engineer. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that all construction traffic allowed on pavement open to the public will be subj ect to the State laws governing traffic on highways. If the surface ravels, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to correct this condition at his expense. 7. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, hot mix asphaltic concrete pavement shall be measured by the square yard of the type and thickness of"Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete" as shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with copies of the "pay ticket" identifying the truck and showing the gross empty weight of the truck with driver as it arrives at the plant and the gross loaded weight of the truck with driver as it leaves the plant. The measured amount will be the difference of the loaded and empty trucks converted to tons. Payment shall be full compensation for quarrying,furnishing all materials,freight involved; for all heating, mixing, hauling, cleaning the existing base course or pavement, tack coat, placing asphaltic concrete mixture, rolling and finishing; and for all manipulations, labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work except prime coat when required. Prime coat,performed where required,will be measured and paid for in accordance with the provisions governing City Standard Specification Section 025412 "Prime Coat". All templates, straightedges, scales, and other weight and measuring devices necessary for the proper construction, measuring and checking of the work shall be furnished, operated and maintained by the Contractor at his expense. Any paving placed prior to inspection,testing, and acceptance of underground utilities may be rejected by the City and will be replaced at the Contractor's expense after correcting any subsurface utility defects. Pavement that fails to meet the in place density criteria may be rejected by the City and will be replaced at the Contractor's expense,or such pavement may, at the City's discretion, be accepted by the City and the unit price for payment shall be reduced as deemed appropriate by the Engineer. 025424 Page 8 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 025608 INLETS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for the construction of inlets complete in place and the materials used therein, including the installation, and the furnishing of frames, grates, rings and covers. 2. TYPES The various types of inlets are designated on the drawings by letters or by numbers indicating the particular design of each. Each type shall be constructed in accordance with the details shown on the drawings and to the depth required by the profiles and schedules given. 3. MATERIALS (1) Concrete. Concrete for curb inlets shall be Class "A" concrete conforming to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures", and City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete", except as otherwise provided on the drawings. Concrete for grate inlets, drop inlets and post inlets shall be Class "C" concrete in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". (2) Mortar. Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland cement and two parts clean, sharp mortar sand suitably graded for the purpose by conforming in other respects to the provisions of City Standard Specification Section 030020 'Portland Cement Concrete" for fine aggregate. Hydrated lime or lime putty may be added to the mix but in no case shall it exceed 10 percent by weight of the total dry mix. (3) Reinforcing _SteelSteel. Reinforcing Steel shall conform to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". (4) Concrete Blocks. Concrete blocks, when shown on the drawings, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 139. (5) Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers. Frames, grates, rings and covers shall conform to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 055420 "Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers". (6) Cast Iron. Cast iron for supports and inlet units shall conform to the shape and dimensions shown on the plans. The castings shall be clean and perfect, free from sand or blow holes or other defects. Cast iron castings shall conform to the requirements of"Gray Iron Castings" ASTM A 48, Class 30. 025608 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 4. CONSTRUCTION METHODS (1) General. All concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures", unless otherwise specified. Forms will be required for all concrete walls, except where the nature of the surrounding material is such that it can be trimmed to a smooth vertical face. (2) Inlets for Precast Concrete Pipe Sewers. The construction of inlets for precast concrete pipe sewers shall be done as soon as is practicable after sewer lines into or through inlet locations are completed. All sewers shall be cut neatly at the inside face of the walls of inlet and pointed up with mortar. Subgrade under cast-in-place and precast inlets shall be compacted to not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. (3) Inverts. The inverts passing out or through the inlet shall be shaped and routed across the floor of inlet as shown on the plans. This shaping may be accomplished by adding and shaping mortar or concrete after the base is cast or by placing the required additional material with the base. (4) Finishing Complete Inlets. Inlets shall be completed in accordance with the drawings. Backfilling to finish grade elevation with native material, free of debris and compacted to over 95% Standard Proctor density. Backfilling shall be in accordance with the provisions of City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities". 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, inlets shall be measured as individual units by each inlet, complete in place. Extension to inlets will be measured by each extension separately from the inlet. Excavation, backfill, frames, grates, rings and covers will be considered subsidiary to the construction of the inlets. Payments shall be full compensation for furnishing all concrete, reinforcing steel, mortar, castings, frames, grates, rings and covers, and for all other materials, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals required to perform the work prescribed above. 025608 Page 2of2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 025610 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall consist of Portland cement concrete combined concrete curb and gutter or separate concrete curb with or without reinforcing steel as required, constructed on an approved subgrade or foundation material in accordance with these specifications, in conformity with the lines and grades established by the Engineer and details shown on the drawings. 2. MATERIALS Unless otherwise specified on the drawings, materials and proportions for concrete used in construction under this specification shall conform to the requirements as specified for Class "A" Concrete under City Standard Specification Section 030020 'Portland Cement Concrete". Reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements as specified in City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". Expansion joint filler shall be redwood material meeting the requirements specified in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The foundation shall be excavated and shaped to line, grade and cross-section, and hand tamped and sprinkled. If dry, the subgrade or foundation material shall be sprinkled lightly with water and compacted to not less than 98% Standard Proctor density, or as required on the drawings. Flexible base shall be compacted to specified density and moisture immediately before concrete is deposited thereon. Outside forms shall be of wood or metal, of a section satisfactory to the Engineer, straight, free of warp, and of a depth equal to the depth of the curb and gutter. They shall be securely staked to line and grade, and maintained in a true position during the depositing of concrete. Inside forms for the curb shall be approved material, shall be of such design as to provide the curb required, and shall be rigidly attached to the outside forms. For reinforced concrete roadways, all jointing must be reflected through the curb, including redwood expansion joints and construction joints. Driveway gutter shall be placed integrally with the driveway as shown on the City Standard Details. The reinforcing steel shall be placed in position as shown on the typical details. Care shall be exercised to keep all reinforcing steel in its proper location. Concrete for curb and gutter shall be mixed in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The curb and gutter shall be placed in sections of the length indicated on the plans, and each section shall be separated by a premolded insert or board joint of cross-section specified for the curb and gutter, and of the thickness indicated on the drawings. 025610 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A After the concrete has been struck off and after it has become sufficiently set, the exposed surfaces shall be thoroughly worked with a wooden float. The exposed edges shall be rounded by the use of an edging tool to the radius indicated on the drawings. All exposed surfaces of curb and gutter, or curb, shall be brushed to a smooth and uniform surface. The completed curb and gutter shall be cured with Type 2, white pigmented curing compound unless shown otherwise on the drawings. Other methods of curing as outlined in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures" will be acceptable with a required curing period of 72 hours. The area behind the curb shall be backfilled, tamped, and sloped as directed as soon as possible and no later than 48 hours after the removal of forms. Backfill shall be placed to the full height of the curb, or as otherwise specified. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, concrete curb and gutter or concrete curb will be measured by the linear foot for each type of curb, complete in place. Payment shall be full compensation for preparing the subgrade; for furnishing and placing all materials including reinforcing steel and expansion joint material; for furnishing,placing, shaping and tamping backfill; and for all manipulation, labor,tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 025610 Page 2of2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 025612 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall consist of sidewalks and driveways, with or without reinforcing steel, composed of Portland cement concrete,constructed as herein specified on an approved subgrade,in conformity with the lines and grades established by the Engineer and the details shown on the drawings. 2. MATERIALS Materials and proportions used in construction under this item shall conform to the requirements as specified for Class "A" concrete under City Standard Specification Section 030020"Portland Cement Concrete". Reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements as specified in City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". Expansion joint filler shall be redwood meeting the requirements specified in City Standard Specification Section 038000"Concrete Structures". Cap seal shall be "Greenstreak" or approved equal. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The subgrade shall be excavated, compacted and shaped to line, grade and cross-section and hand tamped and sprinkled with water. Subgrade under concrete sidewalks and driveways shall be compacted to not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. The subgrade shall be within 0-3% of optimum moisture content at the time the concrete is placed. Forms shall be of wood or metal, of a section satisfactory to the Engineer, straight, free from warp, and of a depth equal to the thickness of the finished work. They shall be securely staked to line and grade and maintained in a true position during the depositing of concrete. The reinforcing steel shall be placed in position as shown on the drawings. Care shall be exercised to keep all reinforcing steel in its proper location. Driveways shall incorporate the gutter in a unified concrete placement as shown in the City Standard Detail for driveways. Sidewalks shall be constructed in sections of the lengths shown on drawings. Unless otherwise provided by the drawings,no section shall be of a length less than 8 feet, and any section less than 8 feet shall be removed by the Contractor at his own expense. 025612 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A The different sections shall be separated by a premolded insert or board j oint of the thickness shown on the drawings, placed vertically and at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the sidewalks. Where the sidewalk or driveways abut a curb or retaining wall, approved expansion joint material shall be placed along their entire length. Similar expansion joint material shall be placed around all obstructions protruding through sidewalks or driveways. Concrete shall be mixed in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer,placed in the forms to the depth specified and spaded and tamped until thoroughly compacted and mortar entirely covers the surface. The top surface shall be floated with a wooden float to a gritty texture. The outer edges and joints shall then be rounded with approved tools to the radii shown on drawings. 5-foot wide sidewalks shall be marked into separate sections, each 5 feet in length, by the use of approved jointing tools. For other widths of sidewalk,joints to be spaced longitudinally to match the transverse width. When completed,the sidewalks and driveways shall be cured with Type 2,white pigmented curing compound. Other methods of curing as outlined in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures" will be acceptable with a required curing period of 72 hours. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form,concrete sidewalks and driveways shall be measured by the square foot of surface area of completed sidewalks, driveways, or sidewalks and driveways, as indicated on the drawings. Payment shall be full compensation for preparing and compacting the subgrade; for furnishing and placing all materials including concrete, reinforcing steel and expansion joint material; and for all manipulation, labor,tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 025612 Page 2 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 025614 CONCRETE CURB RAMPS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for constructing Concrete Curb Ramps required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Concrete shall be Class "A" in accordance with Section 030020"Portland Cement Concrete"of the City Standard Specifications. Reinforcement shall be 4x4 -W2.9xW2.9 welded wire fabric or 44 steel reinforcing bars spaced at 12 inches each way in accordance with Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel" of the City Standard Specifications. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The subgrade shall be shaped to line, grade and cross-section, and shall be of uniform density and moisture when concrete is placed. The subgrade shall be hand tamped and sprinkled with water to achieve the desired consistency and uniform support. Subgrade compaction shall not be less than 95% Standard Proctor density. Ramps shall be constructed of Class "A" concrete to line and section as shown on the plans. Unless shown otherwise on the drawings, ramps shall have a minimum concrete thickness in excess of 5 inches,prior to application of the detectable warning surfacing. Slopes, S, shall be as follows, unless shown otherwise on the drawings: RAMPS Ramp in direction of travel . . . . . S < 1:12 Side slope of ramp (flare) . . . . . S < 1:10 Cross slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:100 < S < 1:50 ADJOINING AREAS Landings adjacent to ramp . . . . . . S < 1:20 Driveways abutting tied sidewalks . . S < 1:10 Width of ramp shall be 60 inches(minimum),exclusive of flare,unless specifically shown otherwise on the drawings. No ramp shall be less than 36 inches wide under any circumstances. Obstructions 025614 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A shall be removed or relocated, as appropriate, or the location of the ramp may be shifted, if authorized. Detectable warning surface shall be polymer composite material detectable warning panels as shown on the drawings. Surfacing shall be flush with abutting areas and placed using a template as required to achieve an esthetic well-defined edge. Surfacing shall be subsidiary work and will not be measured for separate pay. Pavement markings for street crossings shall be placed such that the crosswalk is properly aligned with respect to the curb ramp. See striping details for proper alignment of pavement markings with respect to intersection and curb ramp. Properly constructed curb ramp shall be true to line, section and grade, and shall be free of loose material and irregularities. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form,concrete curb ramps shall be measured by the horizontal square foot of ramp surface area, including side flares when used. Adjoining curbs, gutters, sidewalks, and driveways will be excluded from said measurement. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, subgrade preparation, formwork, concrete, rebar, detectable warning surfaces, borders, molding and curing required to complete the curb ramp, and shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to complete the work. 025614 Page 2 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 025620 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for the construction of Portland cement concrete pavement on a prepared subgrade or base course, in accordance with the typical sections shown on the drawings. The concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, aggregates (fine and coarse), admixtures if desired or required, and water,proportioned and mixed as hereinafter provided. All subsurface utilities must be inspected, tested, and accepted prior to any paving. 2. MATERIALS (1) Cement The cement shall be either Type I, Type II or Type III Portland cement conforming to ASTM Designation: C150, modified as follows: Unless otherwise specified by the Engineer, the specific surface area of Type I and II cements shall not exceed 2000 square centimeters per gram (Wagner Turbidimeter— TxDOT Test Method Tex-310-D). The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a statement as to the specific surface area of the cement, expressed in square centimeters per gram, for each shipment. For concrete pavements, strength requirements shall be demonstrated using flexural (beam) or compressive(cylinder)tests as required in the drawings. Either Type I or II cement shall be used unless Type II is specified on the plans. Except when Type II is specified on the plans, Type III cement may be used when the anticipated air temperature for the succeeding 12 hours will not exceed 60°F. Type III cement shall be used when high early strength concrete pavement is specified on the drawings. Different types of cement may be used in the same project, but all cement used in any one monolithic placement of concrete pavement shall be of the same type and brand. Only one brand of each type of cement will be permitted in any one project unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. Cement may be delivered in bulk where adequate bin storage is provided. All other cement shall be delivered in bags marked plainly with the name of the manufacturer and the type of cement. Similar information shall be provided in the bills of lading accompanying each shipment of packaged or bulk cement. Bags shall contain 94 pounds net. All bags shall be in good condition at time of delivery. All cement shall be properly protected against dampness. No caked cement will be accepted. 025620 Page 1 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Cement remaining in storage for a prolonged period of time may be retested and rejected if it fails to conform to any of the requirements of these specifications. (2) Mixing Water Water for use in concrete and for curing shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". (3) Coarse Aggregate Coarse aggregate for use in concrete mixture shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete", Grade No. 2. (4) Fine Aggregate Fine aggregate for use in concrete mixture shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete", Grade No. 1. (5) Mineral Filler Mineral filler shall consist of stone dust, clean crushed sand, or other approved inert material. (6) Mortar(Grout) Mortar for repair of concrete pavements shall consist of 1 part cement, 2 parts finely graded sand, and enough water to make the mixture plastic. When required to prevent color difference, white cement shall be added to produce the color required. When required by the Engineer, latex adhesive shall be added to the mortar. (7) Admixtures Calcium chloride will not be permitted. Unless otherwise noted, air-entraining, retarding and water-reducing admixtures may be used in all concrete and shall conform to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". (8) Reinforcing Steel Unless otherwise designated on the plans, all steel reinforcement shall be deformed bars, and shall conform to ASTM Designation: A615, Grade 60, and shall be open hearth, basic oxygen or electric furnace new billet steel in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". Dowels shall be plain billet steel smooth bars conforming to ASTM Designation: A615, Grade 60, and shall have hot-dip galvanized finish. 3. STORAGE OF MATERIALS All cement and aggregate shall be stored and handled in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". 025620 Page 2 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 4. MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS Measurement of the materials, except water, used in batches of concrete, shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". 5. CLASSIFICATION AND MIX DESIGN It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish the mix design to comply with the requirements herein and in accordance with THD Bulletin C-11. The Contractor shall perform, at his own expense, the work required to substantiate the design, except the testing of strength specimens, which will be done by the Engineer. Complete concrete design data shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. It shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine and measure the batch quantity of each ingredient, including all water, so that the mix conforms to these specifications and any other requirements shown on the plans. In lieu of the above mix design responsibility, the Contractor may accept a design furnished by the Engineer; however, this will not relieve the Contractor of providing concrete meeting the requirements of these specifications. Trial batches will be made and tested using all of the proposed ingredients prior to placing the concrete, and when the aggregate and/or brand of cement or admixture is changed. Trial batches shall be made in the mixer to be used on the job. When transit mix concrete is to be used, the trial designs will be made in a transit mixer representative of the mixers to be used. Batch size shall not be less than 50 percent of the rated mixing capacity of the truck. Mix designs from previous or concurrent jobs may be used without trial batches if it is shown that no substantial change in any of the proposed ingredients has been made. This specification section incorporates the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". 6. CONSISTENCY In cases where the consistency requirements cannot be satisfied without exceeding the maximum allowable amount of water, the Contractor may use, or the Engineer may require, an approved water-reducing or retarding agent, or the Contractor shall furnish additional aggregates or aggregates with different characteristics, which will produce the required results. Additional cement may be required or permitted as a temporary measure until aggregates are changed and designs checked with the different aggregates or admixture. The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the completion of all finishing operations without the addition of water to the surface. When field conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for the final concrete surface finishing operation, the required water shall be applied to the surface by fog spray only, and shall be held to a minimum. The concrete shall be 025620 Page 3 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A workable, cohesive, possess satisfactory finishing qualities, and of the stiffest consistency that can be placed and vibrated into a homogenous mass. Excessive bleeding shall be avoided. Slump requirements shall be as specified in Table 1. TABLE 1 Slump Requirements Construction Method Desired Slump Minimum Slump Maximum Slump Concrete Pavement(slipformed) 1.5 inches 1 inch 3 inches Concrete Pavement(formed) 4 inches 2.5 inches 6.5 inches NOTE: No concrete will be permitted with slump in excess of the maximum shown. 7. QUALITY OF CONCRETE The concrete shall be uniform and workable. The cement content, maximum allowable water- cement ratio, desired slump, minimum slump, maximum slump, and the strength requirements of the class of concrete for concrete pavement shall conform to the requirements of Table 1 and Table 2 and as required herein. During the process of the work, the Engineer will cast test beams or cylinders as a check on the flexural or compressive strength of the concrete actually placed. Testing shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". If the required flexural or compressive strength is not secured with the cement specified in Table 2, changes in the batch design will be made. The concrete shall meet either the minimum flexural (beam) strength (7-day or 28-day) or minimum compressive strength (7-day or 28-day) shown in Table 2. TABLE 2 Class of Concrete for Concrete Pavement Class Minimum Minimum Maximum of Flexural(Beam) Compressive Water-Cement Coarse Concrete Strength Strength Ratio Aggregate P* 450 psi(7 days) 3200 psi(7 days) 5.6 gal./sack No.2(1�/z") 570 psi(28 days) 4000 psi(28 days) 0.50 * 5%entrained air 8. MIXING CONDITIONS The concrete shall be mixed in quantities required for immediate use. Any concrete which is not in place within the limits outlined in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures", Article "Placing Concrete-General", shall not be used. Re-tamping of concrete will not be permitted. 025620 Page 4 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Mixing conditions shall conform to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". 9. MIXING AND MIXING EQUIPMENT Mixing and mixing equipment shall conform to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". 10. READY-MIX PLANTS The requirements for ready-mix plants shall be as specified in City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". 11. PLACING, CURING AND FINISHING All subsurface utilities must be inspected, tested, and accepted prior to any paving. Subgrade preparation shall be as specified on the plans. The placing of concrete, including construction of forms and falsework, curing and finishing shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". For membrane curing, curing material shall conform to Type 2, Class A curing compound, or as otherwise shown on the drawings. 12. JOINTS IN CONCRETE PAVEMENT The placing of joints in concrete pavement shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures" and as detailed on the drawings. 13. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, the quantities of concrete for concrete pavement(s), which will constitute the completed and accepted pavement(s) in-place, will be measured by the square yard or square foot for the indicated thickness and type of cement. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing, hauling, mixing, placing, curing and finishing all concrete; all grouting and pointing; furnishing and placing reinforcing steel and steel dowels as shown on the plans; furnishing and placing drains; furnishing and placing metal flashing strips; furnishing and placing expansion joint material, joint filler and sealants, and contraction (control) joints required by this specification or shown on the plans; and for all forms and falsework, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Any paving placed prior to inspection, testing, and acceptance of underground utilities may be rejected by the City and will be replaced at the Contractor's expense after correcting any subsurface utility defects. 025620 Page 5 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 025802 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROLS DURING CONSTRUCTION 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for Temporary Traffic Controls during construction. The work shall include furnishing, installing, moving, replacing, and maintaining all temporary traffic controls including, but not limited to, barricades, signs, barriers, cones, lights, signals, temporary detours, temporary striping and markers, flagger, temporary drainage pipes and structures, blue business signs, and such temporary devices as necessary to safely complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Traffic control devices shall conform to the latest edition of the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices",unless indicated otherwise on the Traffic Control Plan. 3. METHODS Sufficient traffic control measures shall be used to assure a safe condition and to provide a minimum of inconvenience to motorists and pedestrians. If the Traffic Control Plan (TCP) is included in the drawings, any changes to the TCP by the Contractor shall be prepared by a Texas licensed professional engineer and submitted to the City Traffic Engineer for approval, prior to construction. If the TCP is not included in the drawings, the Contractor shall provide the TCP prepared by a Texas licensed professional engineer and submit the TCP to the City Traffic Engineer for approval,prior to construction. The Contractor is responsible for implementing and maintaining the traffic control plan and will be responsible for furnishing all traffic control devices, temporary signage and ATSSA certified flaggers. The construction methods shall be conducted to provide the least possible interference to traffic so as to permit the continuous movement of traffic in all allowable directions at all times. The Contractor shall cleanup and remove from the work area all loose material resulting from construction operations at the end of each workday. All signs, barricades, and pavement markings shall conform to the BC standard sheets, TCP sheets and the latest version of the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices". The Contractor may be required to furnish additional barricades, signs, and warning lights to maintain traffic and promote motorists safety. Any such additional signs and barricades will be considered subsidiary to the pay item for traffic control. All signs, barricades, and posts will be either new or freshly painted. The contractor and any traffic control subcontractor must be ATSSA certified for Traffic Control. 025802 Page 1 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A A competent person, responsible for implementation of the TCP and for traffic safety, shall be designated by the Contractor. The name and off-hours phone number of the competent person shall be provided in writing at the Pre-Construction Conference. The competent person shall be on site, during working hours and on call at all times in the event of off-hour emergency. The contractor must provide temporary blue sign boards that direct traffic to businesses and driveways during each phase of construction —see example below. The sign boards may be either skid mounted or barrel mounted. The City will assist the contractor in determining which businesses and driveways will receive signage during various construction phases. The provision, installation, and removal of signage will be considered to be subsidiary to the contract items provided for"Traffic Control." Example Blue Sign ,F11 ....w... "' to MANDARIN GARDEN 2.' ................................. ................ . ................................... 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, temporary traffic controls during construction shall be measured as a lump sum. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing, installing, moving, replacing and maintaining all temporary traffic controls including, but not limited to, barricades, signs, barriers, cones, lights, signals, temporary striping and markers, flaggers, removable and non-removable work zone pavements markings and signage, channelizing devices, temporary detours, temporary flexible-reflective roadway marker tabs, temporary traffic markers, temporary drainage pipes and structures, blue business signs, and such temporary devices and relocation of existing signs and devices. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, personnel, and incidentals necessary to provide a safe condition during 025802 Page 2 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A construction of all phases and elements of the project and to complete the work. Payment will be made on the following basis: The initial monthly estimate will include 50% of the lump sum bid amount minus retention (typically 5%). The balance will be paid with the final estimate,upon completion of the project. 025802 Page 3 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 025803 TRAFFIC SIGNAL ADJUSTMENTS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for Traffic Signal Adjustments required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS All equipment and materials for adjustments shall be provided by the Contractor, unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. 3. METHODS The existing signal controls shall be maintained by the Contractor. Transferring control of the adjusted signal control shall be done by the Contractor. A minimum of 72 hours advance notice shall be provided to the City Traffic Engineer by the Contractor, prior to transferring control of the adjusted signal control or any other interim signal adjustments necessary to control traffic,unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Manual traffic direction by the City Police Department shall be arranged and provided for by the Contractor at any signalized intersection at any time that signal control must be interrupted. The Contractor shall arrange for a representative from the City's Traffic Signals Division to be on site to inspect the process of signal control transfer, during the work. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, traffic signal adjustments will not be measured for pay,but shall be considered subsidiary to other work. 025803 Page 1 of 1 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 025805 WORK ZONE PAVEMENT MARKINGS 1. SCOPE. This specification covers the placement, maintenance and removal of work zone pavement markings, which are temporary pavement markings to be placed on roadways that are open to traffic during various work phases, as required to complete the project. 2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. The pavement marking material shall consist of an adhesive-backed reflective tape that can be applied to the pavement, Markings are to be 3M Staymark or approved equal. Markings shall be of good appearance, have straight, unbroken edges and have a color that complies with all FHWA regulations. 3. DIMENSIONS. Pavement markings shall be minimum of 3-7/8 inches wide. Lengths and spacing will be as specified. 4. COLOR. The markings, as well as retroreflected light from the markings, shall be white or yellow as called for on the drawings. 5. VISIBILITY. When in place, the pavement markings (during daylight hours) shall be distinctively visible for a minimum of 300 feet. When in place, the pavement markings (when illuminated by automobile low-beam headlights at night) shall be distinctively visible for a minimum of 160 feet. The above day and night visibility requirements shall be met when viewed from an automobile traveling on the roadway. 6. PLACEMENTS AND MAINTENANCE. At sunrise and sunset of each day and before each phase change, work zone pavement markings meeting all specification requirements shall be in place on all roadways on which traffic is allowed and where suitable permanent pavement markings are not in place. The transverse location of the line(s) formed by the markings shall be as determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, work zone markings shall be placed as follows: Condition Spacing Length of Stripe Straight 80 feet(approximate) 24 inches Curve<2 80 feet(maximum) 24 inches Curve>2 40 feet(maximum) 24 inches The spacing of stripes may be modified by the Engineer. However, the maximum spacing specified above shall not be exceeded in any case. 025805 Page 1 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A The Contractor will be responsible for maintaining the work zone pavement markings for a maximum period of two weeks. If, however, the Contractor is also responsible for placing the standard pavement markings, the Contractor will be responsible for maintaining the work zone pavement markings until permanent pavement markings are in place. 7. REMOVAL. Where removal is required, it will be accomplished in accordance with instructions of the Engineer or as called for on the drawings. 8. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, work zone pavement markings shall not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid item. 025805 Page 2of2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 025807 PAVEMENT MARKINGS (PAINT AND THERMOPLASTIC) 1. DESCRIPTION This item shall consist of markings and stripes on the surface of the roadways or parking facilities applied in accordance with this specification and at the locations shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. 2. MATERIALS Type I Pavement Marking Materials shall be in accordance with TxDOT Departmental Material Specification DMS-8220 "Hot Applied Thermoplastic". All roadway markings shall be thermoplastic. Type II Pavement Marking Materials shall be in accordance with TxDOT Departmental Material Specification DMS-8200 "Traffic Paint" and are not to be used for roadway markings except as primer/sealer for Type 1 markings. Type II Pavement Markings shall be allowed for parking facilities if called for in the plans. Glass Traffic Beads shall be drop-on glass beads conforming to TxDOT Departmental Material Specification DMS-8290 "Glass Traffic Beads". 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.1 Weather Limitations -Pavement marking shall be performed only when the existing surface is dry and clean, when the atmospheric temperature is above 40°F., and when the weather is not excessively windy, dusty, or foggy. The suitability of the weather will be determined by the Engineer. 3.2 Equipment-All equipment for the work shall be approved by the Engineer and shall include the apparatus necessary to properly clean the existing surface, and mechanical marking machine, and such auxiliary hand painting equipment as may be necessary to satisfactorily complete the job. The mechanical marker shall be an approved atomizing spray-type marking machine suitable for application of pavement markings. It shall produce an even and uniform film thickness at the required coverage and shall be designed so as to apply markings of uniform cross-sections and clear-out edges without running of spattering and within the limits for straightness set forth herein. 025807 Page 1 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Suitable adjustments shall be provided on the sprayer(s) of a single machine or by furnishing additional equipment for marking the width required. 3.3 Preparation of Existing Surface - Immediately before application of the paint or thermoplastic, the existing surface shall be dry and entirely free from old pavement markings and markers, dirt, grease, oil, acids, laitance, or other foreign matter which could reduce the bond between the marking and the pavement. The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned by sweeping and blowing as required to remove all dirt, laitance and loose materials. Areas that cannot be satisfactorily cleaned by brooming and blowing shall be scrubbed as directed with a water solution of trisodium phosphate (10% Na3PO4 by weight) or an approved equal solution. After scrubbing, the solution shall be rinsed off and the surface dried prior to marking. 3.4 Layouts and Alignments - Suitable layouts and lines of proposed stripes shall be spotted in advance of the marking application. Control points shall be spaced at such intervals as will insure accurate location of all markings. The Contractor shall provide an experienced technician to supervise the location, alignment, layout, dimensions, and application of the markings. At least 72 hours prior to applying the permanent pavement markings, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and City Construction Inspector to obtain City approval for the location, alignment and layout of the pavement markings. 3.5 Application - Markings shall be applied at the locations and to the dimensions and spacing indicated on the plans or as specified. Markings shall not be applied until the layouts, indicated alignment, and the condition of the existing surface have been approved by the Engineer. In the application of straight stripes, any deviation of the edges exceeding 1/2 inch in 50 feet shall be obliterated and the marking corrected. The width of the markings shall be as designated within a tolerance of 5%. All markings shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Paint shall be applied uniformly by suitable equipment at a rate of not less than 105 or more than 115 square feet per gallon. The Contractor shall furnish a certified report on the quality of materials ordered for the work. This report shall not be interpreted as a basis for final acceptance. The Engineer shall be notified upon arrival of shipment for inspecting and sampling of the materials. When required, all emptied containers shall be returned to the paint material storage or made available for tallying by the Engineer. The containers shall 025807 Page 2 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A not be removed from the job site or destroyed without permission. The Contractor shall make an accurate accounting of the paint materials used in the accepted work. 3.6 Protection - After application, all markings shall be protected while drying. The fresh markings shall be protected from damage of any kind. The Contractor shall be directly responsible for protecting the markings and shall erect or place suitable warning signs, flags or barricades, protective screens or coverings as required. All surfaces shall be protected from disfiguration by spatter, splashes, spillage, drippings of paint or other materials. 3.7 Defective Workmanship or Material - When any material not conforming to the requirements of the specifications or drawings has been delivered to the project or incorporated in the work, or any work performed is of inferior quality, such material or work shall be corrected as directed by the Engineer, at the expense of the Contractor. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, pavement markings shall be measured by the square foot or linear foot of each type of marking. Eliminating existing pavement markings and markers will not be measured and paid for separately,but shall be subsidiary to the pavement marking items. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for eliminating existing pavement markings and markers, for all preparation, layout and application of the materials, and for all labor, equipment,tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 025807 Page 3 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 025813 PREFORMED THERMOPLASTIC STRIPING, WORDS AND EMBLEMS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for furnishing and installing preformed thermoplastic striping, words and emblems required to complete the project. 2. PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE When required by the Engineer, prior to beginning work on the markings but after receipt by the Engineer of the required information, a conference will be held between the representatives of the Contractor and the Engineer to set up more completely the sequence of work to be followed and the estimated progress schedule. 3. MATERIALS The preformed pavement marking material shall be thermoplastic material meeting the specifications of TxDOT Departmental Material Specification DMS-8220"Hot Applied Thermoplastic,"and shall be approved by the Engineer for use on this project. 4. CONSTRUCTION (1) General. The Contractor shall furnish all materials and equipment and perform work or services necessary for complete and proper construction of the completed system of pavement markings. (2) Traffic Conditions. Roadways on which markings are to be placed may be either free of traffic or open to traffic. On roadways already open to traffic,markings shall be placed under existing traffic conditions. (3) Dimensions. Markings will be in accordance with the color, length, width, shape, configuration and location requirements of the plans and as directed by the Engineer. (4) Methods. All material placement shall be in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification Item 668"Prefabricated Pavement Markings"and City Section 025807"Pavement Markings (Paint and Thermoplastic)." (5) Surface Preparation. The pavement upon which the markings are to be placed shall be cleaned and prepared,to the satisfaction of the Engineer,prior to placement of the markings. Cleaning shall be by any effective method, approved by the Engineer that completely and effectively removes contaminants, loose materials, and conditions deleterious to proper adhesion. Surfaces shall be further prepared after cleaning by sealing or priming, as recommended by the manufacturer of the pavement marking material. 025813 Page 1 of 3 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A (6) Moisture. Pavement to which the material is to be applied shall be completely dry. When questionable,pavements will be considered dry if, on a sunny day after observation for 15 minutes, no condensation occurs on the underside of a one (1) square foot piece of clear plastic that has been placed on the pavement and weighted down on the edges. (7) Temperature. Pavement and ambient air temperature requirements recommended by the material manufacturer shall be observed. If no temperature requirements are established by the materials manufacturer,material will not be placed if the pavement temperature is below 60 degrees F or if it is above 120 degrees F. (8) Clean-Up. At all times,the project site shall be kept free of all unnecessary traffic hazards. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove all rubbish from the work site, and shall clean and restore the area to a manner acceptable to the Engineer. Also,all damage done by the Contractor during the prosecution of the work must be repaired. Before acceptance,the work site must be neat and in a presentable condition throughout. No extra compensation will be allowed for fulfilling these clean-up requirements. 5. PERFORMANCE (1) Adhesion. Installed pavement markings shall adhere to the pavement sufficiently to prevent lifting, shifting, smearing, spreading, flowing or tearing by traffic. (2) Appearance. In addition to complying with all requirements listed herein, pavement markings shall present a neat,uniform appearance,and shall be free of unsightly conditions. Markings shall be free of ragged edges,misshapen lines or contours,and splices in transverse markings. (3) Visibili . The pavement marking material,in place on the roadway,shall have uniform and distinctive retro-reflectance when observed in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex- 828-B. (4) Observation Period. All material, workmanship and labor furnished shall be covered by manufacturer's guarantee and/or warranty for aperiod of 12 months commencing on the final delivery date of the materials. Pavement markings that fail to meet all requirements of this specification shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor within 30 working days following notification by the Engineer of such failure. All replacement pavement markings shall also meet all requirements of this specification for the same warranty period after installation. 025813 Page 2 of 3 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 6. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, preformed striping, words and emblems shall be measured by each type and color indicated on the Bid Form including preformed arrows and words or other symbols as indicated in the Bid Form. Payment shall be full compensation for cleaning the pavement by any suitable means other than blast cleaning,for furnishing and placing all materials, and for all labor,tools,equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 025813 Page 3 of 3 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 025816 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for furnishing and installing Raised Pavement Markers required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS shall conform to Reference Specification Section 025818 "Pavement Markers (Reflectorized)" (TxDOT Departmental Material Specification 4200). Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, raised pavement markers and traffic buttons shall be of the type to be applied to the roadway surface with a non-integral adhesive. Types of raised pavement markers shall be as follows: TYPE DESCRIPTION I-A One face shall reflect amber light and the body other than the reflective face shall be yellow. I-C One face shall reflect white light and the body other than the reflective face shall be white, silver or light gray. I-R One face shall reflect red light and the body other than the reflective face shall be white, silver or light gray, or may be one-half red on the side that reflects red light. H-A-A Shall contain two reflective faces, each of which shall reflect amber light and the body other than the reflective faces shall be yellow. H-B-B Shall contain two reflective faces, each of which shall reflect blue light and the body other than the reflective faces shall be blue. (Fire Hydrant Application.) II-C-C Shall contain two reflective faces, each of which shall reflect white light and the body other than the reflective faces shall be white, silver or light gray. 025816 Page 1 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A H-C-R Shall contain two reflective faces, one of which shall reflect white light and the other face shall reflect red light, and the body other than the reflective faces shall be white, silver or light gray, or may be one- half red on the side that reflects red light. ADHESIVE for securing raised pavement markers to asphalt or concrete surfaces shall conform to Reference Specification Section 025828 `Bituminous Adhesive for Pavement Markers" (TxDOT Departmental Materials Specification 6130). 3. METHODS PAVEMENT SURFACE to receive raised pavement markers shall be prepared such that the surface is free of loose material, grease, moisture, and other foreign material that could impair the bond with the adhesive. ALIGNMENT AND POSITIONING of raised pavement markers shall be such that the reflective faces are aligned for proper visibility. ADHESIVE shall be applied such that 100% of the lower surface of the marker is in contact with the adhesive and in sufficient quantity to serve as a cushion between the marker and the paved surface. Any surplus adhesive shall be removed so that the visibility of the marker is not impaired. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, raised pavement markers shall be measured as individual units for each type installed, if included as a bid item in the Bid Form. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing and installing markers complete with adhesive, and shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals required to complete the work. 025816 Page 2of2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A DEPARTMENTAL MATERIA LS SPECIFICATION PAVEMENT AJARKERS(REFLECTORIZED) DMS - 4200 PAVEMENT MARKERS (REFLECTORIZED) EFFECTIVE DATE: JANUARY 2010 4200.1. Description. This Specification governs for the pre-qualification, testing, and field evaluation requirements for reflectorized pavement markers (RPMs). 4200.2. Units of Measurements. The values given in parentheses (if provided) are not standard and may not be exact mathematical conversions. Use each system of units separately. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the standard. 4200.3. Material Producer List. The Materials and Pavements Section of the Construction Division (CST/M&P) maintains the Material Producer List(MPL) of all materials conforming to the requirements of this specification. Materials appearing on the MPL, entitled "Jig lg e Bar Tiles Pavement Markers and Traffic Buttons,"require no further testing, unless deemed necessary by the Project Engineer or CST/1\4&P. 4200.4. Bidders' and Suppliers' Requirements. Before any material is allowed for use on Department projects, it must be of manufacture and product code or designation shown on the MPL. 4200.5. Pre-Qualification Procedure. The pre-qualification procedure consists of several steps, listed below, which are described in more detail in the following subsections: • Pre-qualification request, • Laboratory testing, • Field testing, • Provisional qualification, • Project evaluations, • Full qualification, • Periodic evaluation, • Disqualification, and • Re-Qualification. CST/1\4&P will provide notification at the completion of each step and will require confirmation from the supplier's contact person before proceeding to the next step. Costs of sampling and testing are normally borne by the Department; however, the costs to sample, test, and conduct field evaluations for materials failing to conform to the requirements of this specification are borne by the supplier. This cost will be assessed at the rate established by the Director of CST/?\4&P and in effect at the time of testing and will be billed directly to the Contractor or supplier. TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 1 -7 EFFECTIVE DATE:JANUARY 2010 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A DEPARTMENTAL MATERIA LS SPECIFICATION PAVEMENT AJARKERS(REFLECTORIZED) A. Pre-Qualification Request. Prospective suppliers interested in submitting their product for evaluation must submit a written request to the Texas Department of Transportation, Construction Division, Materials &Pavements Section (CP51), 125 East 11th Street, Austin, TX 78701-2483. Include the following items with the request: • Name and contact information, including email address for the person who will be the primary contact during the qualification process; • Laboratory test results, from the manufacturer's lab or an independent test laboratory, showing actual test results that meet the requirements of ASTM D 4280; • Product data sheets; • List of locations and applications dates where the product is being evaluated or is in current use; and • Test results from the National Transportation Product Evaluation Program (NTPEP), if available. B. Laboratory Testing. Provide CST/M&P with 350 RPMs of each color and type for laboratory and field testing. Submit materials for laboratory testing and field evaluations at no cost to the Department. CST/M&P will acknowledge receipt of materials and specify a tentative completion date for laboratory testing. CST/1\4&P will test RPMs in accordance with Article 4200.6 and will send notification of results once laboratory testing is complete. If laboratory testing conducted by TxDOT or by NTPEP shows RPMs do not meet the requirements of this specification, evaluation will cease, and RPMs will not be qualified. Suppliers may resubmit materials for qualification after providing documentation identifying the cause and corrective action taken. C. Field Testing. Upon satisfactory completion of laboratory testing, CST/M&P will specify the location of one or more roadways selected for the 12-month field test and suggested application dates. The roadways will include: • a concrete surface, • a hot-mix asphalt surface, and • a Grade 3 sealcoat. The concrete and asphalt roadways will be full-access controlled freeways with a minimum average daily traffic (ADT) count of 35,000 vehicles, a minimum of 20% average daily truck traffic volume, and a minimum posted speed limit of 65 mph. The Grade 3 road test will be conducted on a four-lane divided highway with a minimum ADT count of 4,000 vehicles per lane, a minimum of 20% average daily truck traffic volume, and a minimum posted speed limit of 50 mph. Providing NTPEP test results meeting the requirements of this specification may replace the concrete and hot-mix asphalt field tests on a deck for deck basis. If TxDOT or NTPEP field testing shows RPMs do not meet the requirements of this specification, evaluation will cease, and RPMs will not be qualified. Suppliers may TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 2-7 EFFECTIVE DATE:JANUARY 2010 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A DEPARTMENTAL MATERIA LS SPECIFICATION PAVEMENT AJARKERS(REFLECTORIZED) resubmit materials for qualification after providing documentation identifying the cause and corrective action taken. 1. NTPEP Testing. Submit NTPEP test data to CST/M&P for review if available. CST/1\4&P will acknowledge receipt of NTPEP data and will provide results of review within one month of receipt. The 12-month NTPEP test results for the pre-qualification of RPMs must meet the following: • all the requirements specified in ASTM D 4280 for the tests performed by NTPEP; • a retention rate equal or greater than 90 % of the placed RPMs (excluding the RPMs removed for testing); • a visual evaluation of 3 or greater, as defined by the most recent NTPEP Project Work Plan for Field Evaluations of Raised Pavement Markers and Marker Adhesives, for the marker case and marker lens for a minimum of 90 % of the placed RPMs (excluding the RPMs removed for testing); and • the minimum retroreflectivity values required after 12 months on the roadway listed in Table 1. 2. Application. Provide the name of the contractor, the traffic control plan, and the manufacturer and product code for the adhesive at least two weeks prior to the application for CST/M&P review and approval. CST/?\4&P will confirm the date and location of the field evaluation installation and resolve any problems as necessary. CST/?\4&P will provide between fifty and one hundred RPMs of each submitted type for application from the samples submitted for laboratory testing. Testing of submitted markers occurs concurrently with a set of control RPMs, for compliance with the requirements of this specification. Control markers are those RPMs currently listed on the MPL; if the MPL is reorganized and no marker exists to act as a control, an RPM that has undergone the most recent NTPEP testing on both asphalt and concrete will be used. Supplier is responsible for application of the RPMs in the presence of CST/?\4&P. Application must meet all Department specifications for RPM application and traffic control as well as the manufacturer's recommendations. Notify CST/?\4&P of any problems or concerns with the installation within one week of application and request a re-installation, if necessary. 3. Evaluation. CST/?\4&P will notify supplier of a suggested date for field testing evaluation at least one month prior to completion of the 12-month field trial. Provide the name of the contractor and traffic control plan for the evaluation at least 2 weeks prior to the scheduled evaluation date. Materials must meet the following requirements: a. Retention Rate. The retention rate of the test RPMs must be no less than 5%below that of the control RPMs. TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 3-7 EFFECTIVE DATE:JANUARY 2010 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A DEPARTMENTAL MATERIALS SPECIFICATION PAVEMENT MARKERS(REFLECTORIZED) b. Body Damage. The test RPMs must not exhibit discoloration or body damage exceeding that of the control RPMs. They must not exhibit a repetitive form of damage or mode of failure (indicative of a design flaw) in a large percentage of the test RPMs. Body damage will be visually assessed according to NTPEP criteria. c. Functionality. Four RPMs placed at 80 foot spacing or eight RPMs placed at 40 foot spacing must be functional when viewed at night from a vehicle using the low beam headlight setting. They must be functional when viewed at a minimum distance of approximately 400 ft. in the daytime. A functional marker is both visible and conspicuous. d. Retroreflectivity. CST/1\4&P will remove twenty test RPMs from the pavement to undergo laboratory testing for retroreflectivity in accordance with Tex-842-B. Fifteen of the twenty RPMs pulled must pass the minimum reflective values shown in Table 1 (measured at 0.2° observation angle and 0° horizontal entrance angle). Table 1 Minimum Retroreflectivity(cd/fc)After 12 Months on the Roadway Face 12 Mo. Crystal 1.0 Amber 0.7 Red 0.2 D. Provisional Qualification. CST/M&P will grant provisional qualification after successful completion of the laboratory and field evaluations including NTPEP testing, when applicable. CST/M&P will send notification of provisional qualification, including the date of placement on the MPL, within one month after completion of the field evaluations. Failure to complete all project evaluation requirements successfully is grounds for cancellation of provisional qualification. E. Project Evaluation. Once the material is provisionally qualified and listed on the MPL, provide CST/M&P with project information for the first three jobs supplied with the RPMs and additional projects if requested. RPMs must meet the same performance criteria as for the field evaluation to receive full qualification. CST/M&P will return the project evaluation results after the 12-month evaluation of each project. 1. Full Qualification. CST/?\4&P will grant full pre-qualification and continue to list materials meeting all requirements of this specification on the MPL. Pre-qualification requires extensive field evaluations. It is critical that no significant changes are made to the RPMs' composition, manufacturing process, or design during or after pre-qualification without notifying CST/M&P. It is also critical that the RPMs provided be uniform, with minimum variations from marker to marker. Significant changes not reported by the manufacturer or variations in product, as determined by the Director of CST/M&P, may be cause for removal from the MPL. TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 4-7 EFFECTIVE DATE:JANUARY 2010 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A DEPARTMENTAL MATERIA LS SPECIFICATION PAVEMENT AJARKERS(REFLECTORIZED) 2. Failure. CST/1\4&P will revoke provisional qualification for RPMs that do not meet the performance criteria and will remove the RPMs from the MPL. Producers not qualified under this Specification may not furnish materials for Department projects and must show evidence of correction of all deficiencies before reconsideration for qualification. F. Periodic Evaluation. Periodic evaluation consists of random department-initiated laboratory testing, audits, and periodic required submittals or field testing. 1. Department-Initiated Laboratory Testing and Audits. The Department may conduct random sampling (per Tex-729-I) and testing on pre-qualified RPMs to identify changes in the material or nonconformity in production and to perform random audits of test reports. 2. Required Submittals or Field Testing. Every 5 years,provide NTPEP data showing continued compliance with the requirements of this specification. G. Disqualification. Causes for disqualification and removal from the MPL include, but are not limited to, the following: • material fails to meet the requirements stated in this specification; • the producer fails to report changes in the composition, manufacturing process, or design to CST/1\4&P; • the producer has unpaid charges for failing samples; or • qualified RPMs demonstrate repeated and large-scale performance problems in the field. H. Re-Qualification. Suppliers disqualified and removed from the MPL may submit materials for requalification after submitting documentation identifying the cause of the problem and corrective action taken. 4200.6. Material Requirements. All RPMs must meet all requirements, except for requirements specified for a specific type. A. Reflectorized Types. • Type I-A must contain one face that reflects amber light. The body, other than the reflective face, must be yellow. • Type I-C must contain one face that reflects white light. The body, other than the reflective face, must be white or silver-white. • Type I-R must contain one face that reflects red light. The body, other than the reflective face, must be white or silver-white. • Type II-A-A must contain two reflective faces oriented 180° to each other, each of which must reflect amber light. The body, other than the reflective faces, must be yellow. TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 5-7 EFFECTIVE DATE:JANUARY 2010 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A DEPARTMENTAL MATERIALS SPECIFICATION PAVEMENT MARKERS(REFLECTORIZED) • Type II-C-R must contain two reflective faces oriented 180° to each other, one of which must reflect white light and one of which must reflect red light. The body, other than the reflective faces, must be white or silver-white. B. Appearance Requirements. The outer surface of the RPMs must be smooth except for the molding or stamping of the manufacturer's unique imprint. All corners and edges exposed to traffic must be rounded. C. Optical Requirements. The RPMs must be capable of providing amber, red, or white light reflection as required by the requisition or plans. The reflected light of each reflective face must conform to the minimum reflective specific intensity (SI)requirements listed in Table 2, measured in candelas per foot-candle (cd/fc). Table 2 Minimum SI per Reflective Face at 0.21 Observation Angle(cd/fc) Horizontal Entrance Angle Crystal Amber Red 00 3.00 2.00 0.75 200 1.50 1.00 0.30 D. Physical Requirements. When tested in accordance with Tex-434-A, the minimum strength of five markers must be 2,000 lb. with none exhibiting a deformation of more than 0.125 in. before achieving the minimum strength. A random sample of five markers will be tested in accordance with Tex-434-A. The average compression results must have a quality index value equal to or greater than 1.23. The quality index value will be calculated from the lower specification limit of 2,000 lb. load. The following equation is used to determine the quality index value: QL = (X — LSL) / s Where: QL = quality index value X= average result from test LSL= lower specification limit s = standard deviation from test. E. Heat Resistance. The RPMs must show no change in physical or optical properties when subjected to the requirements of Tex-846-13. The temperature will be 140°F with the marker in a vertical position. The SI of the pavement marker must not be less than 80% of its initial value after being subjected to the heat test. TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 6-7 EFFECTIVE DATE:JANUARY 2010 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A DEPARTMENTAL MATERIALS SPECIFICATION PAVEMENT MARKERS(REFLECTORIZED) F. Impact Test. The RPMs will be impact tested during the pre-qualification process. They will be impacted with a 20-lb. weight in the form of a 2-in. solid right-circular cylinder with a flat impact face having rounded edges falling freely through a vertical guide. The RPMs will be impacted while resting on a solid, flat, steel plate that is at least 1/2 in. thick. The RPMs will be tested at increasing heights until failure occurs. Failure will occur when the lens or body cracks. The height at which failure occurs -6 in. will be the acceptance threshold for RPMs supplied after pre-qualification. 4200.7. Archived Versions. Archived versions are available. TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 7-7 EFFECTIVE DATE:JANUARY 2010 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A DEPARTMENTAL MATERIALS SPECIFICATION BITVMINOVS ADHESIVE FOR PAVEMENT MARKERS DMS - 6130 BITUMINOUS ADHESIVE FOR PAVEMENT MARKERS EFFECTIVE DATE: JANUARY 2008 6130.1. Description. This Specification establishes the requirements for bituminous type hot- melt adhesive used for the placement of pavement markers. Two types are addressed: standard bituminous marker adhesive consisting of an asphalt base with homogeneously mixed mineral filler; and flexible bituminous marker adhesive consisting of a highly polymer modified asphalt. Either adhesive must be suitable for bonding ceramic and plastic markers to hydraulic cement concrete, asphaltic concrete, and chip-sealed road surfaces and be applicable when road surface and marker temperatures are in the approximate range of 4-71°C (40-160°F). The composition of the adhesive must be such that its properties will not deteriorate when heated to and applied at temperatures up to 218°C (425°F)using either air or oil jacketed melters. 6130.2. Units of Measurements. The values given in parentheses (if provided) are not standard and may not be exact mathematical conversions. Use each system of units separately. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the standard. 6130.3. Material Requirements. A. Adhesive Properties. The adhesive must be smooth and homogeneous, containing no visible particles, and must comply with the requirements in Table 1. Table 1 Adhesive Properties Material Standard Adhesive Flexible Adhesive Property Test Method min max min max Softening Point,°F ASTM D 36 200 200 Penetration, 100 g,5 s,25°C(77F),0.1 mm ASTM D 5 10 20 15 254 Flow,5 hr.,70°C(158°F),mm 5 54 Heat Stability Flow,5 hr.,70°C(158°F),mm 5 5 Viscosity, 10 rpm,204°C(400°F),Pa-s 7.5 7.5 Flash Point,C.O.C.,OF ASTM D 92 550 550 Ductility,5 cm/min,77°F,cm AASHTO T 51 - 15 - Flexibility, 1 in.mandrel,90°bend, 10 s ASTM D 3111 pass 1.Exception to ASTM D 5329;heat the sample as described in ASTM D 5, Section 7.1. 2.Exception to ASTM D 5329;condition the sample as described in"Test Methods." 3.As modified in"Test Methods" 4.Maximum penetration of 30 is allowed provided the result of the flow test is less than 1 mm. TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 1 -3 LAST REVIEWED:SEPTEMBER 2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A DEPARTMENTAL A114TERI1 LS SPECIFICATION BITVMINOVS ADHESIVE FOR PA vEMENT MARKERS B. Asphalt Properties. This applies to standard bituminous adhesive only. The filler-free asphalt, obtained from the Extraction and Abson recovery process, as explained in Section 6130.4, must have the properties in Table 2. Table 2 Filler-Free Asphalt Properties Property Minimum Maximum Test Method Penetration, 100 g,5 s,25°C,(77°F), 25 ASTM D 5 0.1 mm(in.) Viscosity, 135°C(275°F)Pa-s 1.2(12) ASTM D 2171 (Poises) Viscosity Ratio, 135°C(275°F) 2.2 ASTM D 1754 and ASTM D 2171 C. Filler Properties. This applies to standard bituminous adhesive only. The filler material, obtained using the filler separation technique described in Section 6130.4, must have the properties in Table 3. Table 3 Filler Properties Property Minimum Maximum Test Method Filler Content,wt.% 50 75 As in Section 6130.4. Filler Fineness,%passing: ASTM C 430,as modified in 45 µm o.325) 75 -- Section 6130.4. 75 µm(No.200) 95 100 -- 150µm(No. 100) 6130.4. Test Methods. A. Heat Stability Flow. To determine the heat stability flow,place 1000 g of adhesive in a loosely-covered quart can, heat to 218°C (425°F) and maintain at this temperature 4 hours before performing the flow test. B. Extraction and Abson Recovery. Use this procedure to separate and recover the base asphalt from the adhesive. Heat the adhesive just to the point where it will easily flow. Transfer between 125 and 150 g into a 1000-mL (1-qt.) Erlenmeyer flask containing 400 mL (13.5 fl. oz.) of trichloroethylene with a temperature of 52-66°C (125-150°F). Stir this mixture thoroughly to dissolve the asphalt. Decant the solvent-asphalt mixture. Recover the base asphalt from solvent according to Tex-211-F, but begin with the centrifuge step; the primary distillation is not necessary. Repeat the above extraction- recovery method as necessary to obtain the desired quantity of asphalt. C. Filler Separation Technique. Use this procedure to separate the filler material from the asphalt and determine the filler content of the adhesive. Weigh 10.00 ± 0.01 g of solid adhesive, broken into small pieces, into a centrifuge flask with approximately 100 mL (3.5 fl. oz.)volume such as that specified in ASTM D 1796. Add 50 mL (1.7 fl. oz.) of trichloroethylene to the adhesive. Swirl or stir the mixture with a fine rod, taking care not TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 2-3 LAST REVIEWED:SEPTEMBER 2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A DEPARTMENTAL A114TERI1 LS SPECIFICATION BITVMINOVS ADHESIVE FOR PA vEMENT MARKERS to lose any solids. Place the sample flask in a balanced centrifuge and spin using a minimum relative centrifugal force of 150 (as determined in ASTM D 1796, Section 6.) Remove the sample flask and decant the solvent, taking care not to lose any solids. Repeatedly add more solvent, centrifuge, and decant until the solvent becomes clear and the filler appears free of asphalt. Dry the recovered filler at 71 ± 3°C (160 ± 5°F)to remove solvent. Weigh the dried filler. Filter the decanted solvent through a filter paper with a 20-25 µm retention factor to verify there is no loss of filler. Calculate the filler content as a percentage of the original sample weight. D. Filler Fineness. Use this procedure to determine the filler fineness. Use the same apparatus as described in ASTM C 430, except also use 75µm (No. 200) and 150 µm (No. 100) sieves. Prepare a water solution containing 1 wt. percent of a nonionic, water- soluble surfactant, such as Triton X-100, beforehand. Thoroughly wet the 1 g dry sample in the surfactant solution and allow it to soak for 30 min. Transfer the filler completely into the 45 µm (No. 325) sieve cup. Wash the sample with the water spray, as described in ASTM C 430, Section 5, for 2 min., adding surfactant solution as needed to disperse any clumped particles. Dry and weigh the sample and perform calculations as directed in ASTM C 430. Repeat the procedure using the other two sieve sizes. 6130.5. Acceptance. Bituminous adhesives are pre-qualified in accordance with Tex-538-C. Consult"Bituminous Marker Adhesive" for a list of materials currently pre-qualified under this procedure. 6130.6. Packaging and Labeling. Package the adhesive in self-releasing cardboard containers with essentially flat and parallel top and bottom surfaces such that the packages will stack properly. Each package must have a net weight of either 23 or 27 kg (50 or 60 lb.) and must weigh within 1 kg (2 lb.) of the stated quantity. Self-releasing cardboard dividers, which will separate each package into sections weighing no more than 7 kg (15 lb.) each, must be part of the packaging. Each package must display: • the manufacturer's name, • net weight, • lot or batch number, and • a product name that clearly identifies the material as either standard or flexible bituminous marker adhesive. 6130.7. Archived Versions. Archived versions are available. TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 3-3 LAST REVIEWED:SEPTEMBER 2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 026201 WATERLINE RISER ASSEMBLIES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work and materials required for proper installation of riser assemblies for waterline testing. 2. MATERIALS Riser assemblies for 4" diameter and larger waterlines shall consist of(in order): M. J. Plug or Cap, drilled and tapped(2") 2"x 6" Galvanized Nipple 2" Galvanized 90°Bend 2"x Y Galvanized Nipple 2" Straight Coupling 2"x Y Galvanized Nipple 2" Brass Gate Valve 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The Contractor shall install riser assemblies on each end of waterlines to be tested. Note that this includes all 2" service connections. The assembly shall be wrapped in polyethylene, and concrete thrust blocking shall be applied at the base. After the line is tested and ready for connection to the existing water system, the Contractor shall remove the riser assembly. The riser assemblies shall remain the property of the Contractor. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, waterline riser assemblies shall not be measured for payment. Payment for materials and labor shall be considered subsidiary to the payment for the waterline pipe. 026201 Page 1of1 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 026202 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE SYSTEMS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for hydrostatic testing the completed pressure system. The Contractor shall provide all tools, equipment, materials, labor, etc., as necessary, except as noted, and accomplish all testing under this specification. 2. MATERIALS Water for filling the line and making tests will be furnished by the Contractor through a standard meter connection. A meter and gauges for testing shall be supplied by the Contractor. A test pump with appropriate connector points as approved by the Water Superintendent for the installation of meter and gauge shall be furnished by the Contractor. The meter shall be directly connected to the main or pipe being tested by the use of copper tubing or an approved reinforced hose. The meter shall be protected against extreme pressures by the use of a one-inch (1") safety relief valve set at the test pressure plus ten pounds per square inch(psi) and furnished by the Contractor. 3. TEST PROCEDURE Tests shall be made only after completion of backfill as specified, and not until at least thirty-six (36) hours after the last concrete thrust block has been cast. Contractor shall coordinate hydrostatic testing with the proposed construction sequencing and phasing. Each section of pipeline shall be slowly filled with water and the specified test pressure, measured at the point of lowest elevation, shall be applied. During the filling of the pipe and before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipeline. During the test, all exposed pipe, fittings,valves, hydrants and joints shall be carefully examined. If found to be leaking, they shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor. If the leaking is due to cracked or defective material, the defective material shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor with sound material. All pipes shall be subjected to two hydrostatic tests. The first hydrostatic test shall be a two-hour test at a pressure of 150 psi. The second test shall be no less than 48 hours after successful completion of the first hydrostatic test. The second hydrostatic test shall be for a 24-hour period at City operating pressure for waterlines or at 50 psi for wastewater force mains and effluent lines. 026202 Page 1 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A The maximum allowable leakage shall be as follows: Ductile Iron Pipe, AWWA C600 L= S ���_ ���ND D Por L= 133,200 7,400 Asbestos - Cement Pipe, AWWA C603 L=ND P 4,000 PVC Pipe-Uni-bell equation 99 L=ND P 7,400 WHERE: L=Maximum Allowable Leakage(gallons/hour) S =Length of Pipe Tested(feet) N=Number of Joints in Tested Line (pipe and fittings) D =Nominal Diameter of Pipe(inches) P=Average Test Pressure (psi) If the pressure system fails to meet the leakage requirements, the Contractor shall make the required repairs to the system and the system shall be retested. This procedure shall be repeated until the system complies with leakage requirements. The cost of each retest shall be $100. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, hydrostatic testing of pressure systems will not be measured for pay,but shall be subsidiary to the installation of the pressure system component. 026202 Page 2of2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 026206 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for furnishing all ductile iron pipe and fittings required to complete the project. 2. GENERAL All ductile iron pipe shall conform to AWWA C151. The interior of pipe and fittings (excluding fittings for wastewater force mains)shall have a shop-applied cement-mortar lining(40 mils thick)in accordance with AWWA C104. The exterior of pipe and fittings shall have a coating of coal tar enamel of approximately 1 mil thick or as specified in AWWA C105. Ductile iron pipe shall be wrapped in two plys of 8-mil polyethylene in accordance with Section 026402 "Waterlines" of the City Standard Specifications. 3. FITTINGS All fittings shall be ductile iron and in accordance with AWWA C153. Fittings shall have apressure rating of 250 psi for sizes through 12" and 150 psi for 14" and larger sizes,unless shown differently on the drawings. Unless noted otherwise on the drawings, Mechanical Joints shall be used. 4. JOINTS Joints for pipe shall be mechanical type or push-on type such as "Tyton Joint", or approved equal; joints for fittings shall be mechanical joints, unless shown otherwise on the drawings. Mechanical joints shall conform to AWWA C153. Mechanical joints shall be furnished complete with joint material, Cor-ten nuts, Cor-ten bolts, glands and gaskets. When restrained joints are indicated on the drawings, restrained joints for pipe and fittings of 12" diameter and less shall be mechanical joint with retainer gland Series 1100 by EBAA Iron or approved equal,with a minimum of 250 psi rated working pressure. Restrained joints for pipe and fittings over 12"in diameter shall be push on type with a retainer ring as LOK-RING or FLEX-RING by American Ductile Iron Pipe, or TR FLEX by U.S. Pipe, or approved equal. Gaskets shall be of synthetic rubber. An analysis of the material used in each size gasket showing the type of synthetic rubber and that no natural rubber is present shall be supplied. 026206 Page 1 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 5. PIPE Pressure class ductile iron pipe requirements: Pressure Wall Range of Maximum Diameter Class Thickness Allowable Depth Cover (inches) (psi) (inches) (feet) - (feet) A - B* 44 350 0.25 60+ 6 350 0.25 30 - 65 8 350 0.25 20 - 50 104 350 0.26 15 - 45 12 350 0.28 15 - 44 144 300 0.30 13 - 42 16 300 0.32 13 - 39 18 300 0.34 13 - 36 20 300 0.36 13 - 35 24 250 0.37 11 - 29 24+ x x x * Range of maximum allowable depth of pipe where: A = Ground water, or unstable bottom, or quick condition. B = Ideal trench conditions, and sand encasement is at an average density in excess of 90% Standard Proctor density. 4 Pipe sizes not typically specified on City projects, but shown for reference. x Requires special evaluation. The face of bells shall be plainly marked by color coding for classes so as to be readily identified in the field. 6. CERTIFICATIONS A certification shall accompany each order of pipe and fittings furnished to job site. Certification shall include the following items: indicate that pipe complies with Part 3 of this specification; indicate that fittings and joints comply with Part 4 of this specification (it should be noted that the supplier shall furnish sufficient technical material for the Engineer to determine whether or notpush- on joints can comply with the "or equal" clause); and a copy of a laboratory analysis of the material used in each size gasket showing the type of synthetic rubber and that no natural rubber is present. 026206 Page 2 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 7. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, ductile iron pipe shall be measured by the linear foot along the centerline for each size of pipe installed. Measurement of pipe shall be up to, but not include, the fittings. Ductile iron fittings shall be measured per each by the type and size, as indicated in the Bid Form. Payment shall include all labor, materials, tools and equipment for the completed installation and testing of the waterline,together with all incidentals necessary to install the pipe and fittings complete in place. 026206 Page 3 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 026210 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE (AWWA C900 and C905 Pressure Pipe for Municipal Water Mains and Wastewater Force Mains) 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for furnishing all PVC pipe (AWWA C900 and C905)required to complete the project. 2. MATERIAL PVC pipe shall be made of Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin compounds, as defined in ASTM D1784 with an established hydrostatic-design-basis of 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F. 3. DIMENSIONS Pipe shall be manufactured to ductile iron pipe equivalent outside diameters. 4. JOINT Pipe shall have a gasket bell end with a thickened wall section integral with the pipe barrel. The use of solvent weld pipe shall not be allowed. 5. GASKETS Gaskets for jointing pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM F477 (High Head). 6. PIPE PRESSURE CLASS AND DIMENSION RATIO Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, pipe shall have a dimension ratio (DR) of 18 and in accordance with: Pipe Size Designation 4"to 12" AWWA C900 Over 12" AWWA C905 7. CAUSE FOR REJECTION Pipe shall be clearly marked in accordance with AWWA Requirements. Unmarked or scratched pipe shall be rejected. 026210 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 8. CERTIFICATION The contractor shall furnish in duplicate to the Engineer a copy of the manufacturer's affidavit of compliance with this specification, to include gaskets. Certification shall accompany each delivery of materials. 9. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified in the Bid Form, PVC pipe (AWWA C900 or C905) will be measured by the linear foot along the centerline for each size of pipe installed. Measurement of pipe shall be up to,but not include,the fittings. Payment shall include all labor, materials, tools and equipment for the completed installation, backfilling and testing of the PVC pipe, together with all incidentals necessary to install the pipe complete in place,per linear foot. 026210 Page 2of2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 026214 GROUTING ABANDONED UTILITY LINES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work and materials required for grouting abandoned utility lines in place. 2. MATERIALS A. Flowable Grout: Flowable grout (or flowable fill) shall consist of a mixture containing Portland cement, fly ash, sand, water, and "Darafill" admixture (or approved equivalent), in the amounts shown below (or otherwise proportioned to provide 100 psi compressive strength at 28 days), to achieve a paste-like consistency immediately prior to placing the flowable grout. The flowable grout mixture shall be supplied by an approved ready-mix supplier. The manufacturer's representative shall be consulted for any final adjustments to improve the flowability of the mixture. Commercially produced flowable grout may be used with approval of the Engineer. 100 lbs/ CY Portland Cement 300 lbs/ CY Fly Ash 2100 lbs/ CY Sand 250 lbs/ CY Water 6 oz/CY "Darafill" admixture, as manufactured by Grace Construction Products, or approved equivalent. B. Raw Soil: Soil shall be typical clayey soil of the area. It shall be from the project site or other approved source not suspected of being contaminated. The soil shall have a Plasticity Index over 15 and a Liquid Limit not to exceed 65. C. Lime: Lime shall be hydrated lime, calcium hydroxide, in accordance with AASHTO M 216. D. Water: Water shall be potable. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Flowable Grout: Mix Portland cement, sand, fly ash, "Darafill" and water in the amounts shown above to achieve a paste-like consistency immediately prior to placing flowable grout. B. Soil-Lime Mix Design: The following is given as a typical mix design for soil-lime mixture for trial mix. The mix design is based on damp soil with an initial water content of about 15%. The proportions of soil and lime shall not be altered. The Contractor shall determine the amount of water to be added as required to produce a mix at its liquid limit. 026214 Page 1 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Trial Mix Design: Damp Soil 1000 lb. Lime 50 lb. Water(approximate) 48 gal. Consistency shall be checked with liquid limit apparatus. C. Placement: The Contractor shall grout abandoned lines as indicated on the drawings. Temporary pumping and venting ports shall be placed as required to provide complete filling of the abandoned line and proper placement of the grout. If segregation or "sand packing" is experienced during pumping, the Contractor shall reduce the water content of the mix or obtain other soil source (for soil-lime mixture), as required. Any damage resulting from pumping operation shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, grouting abandoned utility lines shall be measured by the linear foot of abandoned-in-place pipe. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials and incidentals required to mix, transport, and place the grout and restore surface at pump ports. 026214 Page 2of2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 026402 WATERLINES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification, in conjunction with the City of Corpus Christi's Water Distribution System Standards, shall govern all work necessary for the installation of all waterline facilities required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Concrete: Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi at 28 days. Bedding Sand for Encasement: Bedding sand and initial backfill around the pipe shall be granular material of low plasticity as indicated on the drawings. Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings: See City Standard Specification Section 026206. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe: See City Standard Specification Section 026210. Tapping Sleeves and Valves: See City Standard Specification Section 026409. Gate Valves for Waterlines: See City Standard Specification Section 026411. Fire Hydrants: See City Standard Specification Section 026416. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS (1) HANDLING MATERIALS a) General: The Contractor shall be responsible for the safe storage of all materials furnished to, or by him, and accepted by him, until it has been incorporated into the completed project. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws or other defects will be rejected, and the Contractor shall remove such defective material from the site of the work. b) Unloading and Distribution of Materials at Work Site: Pipe and other materials shall be unloaded at point of delivery, hauled to and distributed at the job site by the Contractor. Materials shall at all times be handled with care and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Care shall be taken not to scratch PVC pipe. Excessive scratching shall be considered cause for rejection of PVC pipe. Materials may be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be installed provided that it is to be incorporated into the work within 10 days. The Contractor shall not distribute material in such a manner as to cause undue inconvenience to the public. 026402 Page 1 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A c) Storing Materials: Materials that are not to be incorporated into the work within 10 days shall be stored on platforms. The interior of pipes and accessories shall be kept free from dirt and foreign matter. (2) ALIGNMENT AND GRADE a) General: All pipes shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades. Fittings, valves and hydrants shall be at the required locations with joints centered, spigots home and all valve and hydrant stems plumb. Temporary support and adequate protection of all underground and surface utility structures encountered in the progress of the work shall be furnished by the Contractor. Where the grade or alignment of the pipe is obstructed by existing utility structures such as conduits, ducts,pipes, connections to sewers or drains, the obstruction shall be permanently supported, relocated, removed, or reconstructed by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense, in cooperation with the owners of such utility structures. One (1) 20-ft. section of waterline pipe shall be centered over/under gravity wastewater line at all gravity wastewater line crossings. Waterline shall be ductile iron pipe with mechanical joint fittings, in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 026206,wherever new waterline crosses under new gravity wastewater line. Maintain a minimum of six inches (2 feet usual)vertical clearance between outsides of pipes where a new waterline crosses over a new wastewater line. Maintain a minimum of twelve inches vertical clearance between outsides of pipes where a new waterline crosses under a new wastewater line. Alternatively, at gravity wastewater line crossings,the proposed PVC waterline may be encased in a 20-ft.joint of ductile iron pipe with a minimum pressure rating of 150 psi that is at least two nominal sizes larger than the carrier pipe. The carrier pipe shall be supported in the casing at five foot (5) intervals with spacers, or shall be filled to the spring line with clean washed sand, graded as shown in the City Standard Water Details. The casing pipe shall be centered under the gravity wastewater line as indicated on the drawings, and both ends of the casing shall be sealed with cement grout or manufactured seal. b) Deviation from Drawings: No deviation from the line and grade shown on the plans may be made without the written consent of the Engineer. c) Depth of Cover: Depth of cover will be measured from the established street grade or the surface of the permanent improvement, or from finished grade to the top of the pipe barrel. Unless otherwise shown on drawings, the minimum depth of cover shall be 36 inches. Waterlines 12" and larger located under streets shall have 48 inches of cover at all points. 026402 Page 2 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A (3) TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL See City Standard Specification Section 022020, "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities"and applicable City Standard Details for Water. (4) POLYETHYLENE WRAPPING All ductile iron pipe, valves and fittings, except pipe or valves which are laid in encasement pipe or in concrete valve boxes, shall be wrapped in polyethylene. The polyethylene material shall have a thickness of 8 mils and may be either clear or black. The wrapping shall be lapped in such manner that all surfaces of pipe, valves and fittings, including joints, shall have a double thickness of polyethylene. If a single longitudinal lap is made using a double thickness of polyethylene, it shall be lapped a minimum of 18 inches and the lap shall be placed in the lower quadrant of the pipe and in such a manner that backfill material cannot fall into the lap. The polyethylene shall be secured in place with binder twine at not more than 6-foot intervals. If wrapping is applied before the pipe is placed in the trench, then special care shall be taken in handling the pipe so that the wrapping will not be damaged. Care shall also be exercised in backfilling around the pipe and fittings and in blocking fittings so as not to damage the wrapping. Any wrapping that may be damaged shall be repaired in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer and so as to form the best protection to the pipes. (5) SAND ENCASEMENT All pipe and fittings that are not enclosed in concrete valve boxes or laid in encasement pipe, shall be completely encased with a minimum of eight inches (8") of sand on the bottom and sides of waterlines smaller than 16 inches in diameter, and twelve inches (12") over the top of the waterline, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. This encasement includes the bottom, sides and top of pipe and fittings including bells, so that all portions will be encased with sand to insulate the pipe from the natural ground and from the backfill. The sand shall be compacted to a minimum of 90% Standard Proctor density. Provide twelve inches (12") of sand encasement all around the pipe for 16-inch diameter and larger waterlines. Sand shall be placed in a manner that will not injure the polyethylene wrapping and shall be compacted under, around the side, and over the pipe in a manner that will reduce settlement to a minimum and as approved by the Engineer. In order to reduce the amount of sand required, the trench bottom may be excavated in a rounded manner so as to maintain at least a minimum of eight inches of sand between the excavation and the pipe (twelve inches for 16-inch diameter and larger waterlines), unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. (6) LOWERING PIPE AND ACCESSORIES IN THE TRENCH a) General: The trench shall be excavated true and parallel to the pipe center line with a minimum clearance of eight inches below the pipe bottom and with a like clearance 026402 Page 3 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A from the bottom of the bell to the bottom of the bell hole. The trench shall then be refilled to the proper grade with sand as specified. The placing of the encasing material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil rock or other foreign matter. After final grading in the trench of the encasing material, bell holes shall be excavated at each joint. Proper implements, tools and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and efficient execution of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be carefully lowered into the trench by means of a derrick, ropes or other suitable equipment, in such a manner as to prevent damage to pipe and fittings. Under no circumstances shall pipe or accessories be dropped or dumped into the trench. b) Inspection of Pipe and Accessories: The pipe and accessories shall be inspected for defects prior to lowering in the trench. Any defective, damaged or unsound pipe shall be replaced. c) Clean Pipe: All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the interior of the pipe prior to lowering into the trench. Pipe shall be kept clean both in and out of the trench at all times during the laying. (7) JOINTING PIPES All pipes shall be made up in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. Pipe deflection shall not exceed 75% of the maximum amount recommended by the manufacturer. (8) CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS Temporary thrust blocks or other means of carrying thrust loads generated by hydrostatic testing shall be provided at all ends of lines to be tested. Details of the end connections and method of temporary blocking shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. After satisfactory completion of the hydrostatic testing, this temporary blocking shall be removed so that connections may be made with existing lines. This work is subsidiary to waterline installation and no separate payment will be made for it. Temporary thrust blocks are not allowed for long term use. (9) METAL HARNESS Metal harness, tie rods and clamps, or swivel fittings shall be used to prevent pipe movement. Steel rods and clamps shall be galvanized or otherwise rust proofed, or coated with hot coal tar enamel,then wrapped with two layers of polyethylene wrapping. 026402 Page 4 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A (10) STERILIZATION a) Fittings: Valves, hydrants and fittings shall be stored on timbers and kept clean. Where soil or other substance has come in contact with the water surfaces of the fittings, the interior shall be washed and sterilized with 2% solution of calcium hypochlorite. b) Pipe: As each joint of pipe is laid, the Contractor, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, shall throw powdered calcium hypochlorite (70%) through the length of the joint(one pound for each 1,680 gallons of water to give 50 ppm). When the waterline is complete, and before testing, the waterline shall be slowly filled with water between valves and allowed to stand for 48 hours. After the sterilization period is completed, lines shall be flushed by the Contractor under the direct supervision of a representative of the City Water Department. The Engineer will take sample for testing two hours after refilling. If the sample does not pass State Health Department purification standards, the procedure shall be repeated. The entire procedure shall be coordinated under the supervision of the Water Division Superintendent/Engineer. During the sterilization process, valves shall be operated only under the supervision of the Water Division Superintendent/Engineer. There shall be a base fee of $100 paid by the Contractor to the City for each retest that is required. (11) HYDROSTATIC TESTING WATER SYSTEM See City Standard Specification Section 026202, "Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Systems". (12) WATER SERVICE CONNECTIONS See Standard Specification Section 026404, "Water Service Lines". 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, waterlines will be measured by the linear foot for each size installed. Payment for waterlines will be made under the appropriate pipe material item and shall include, but not be limited to, trenching, dewatering, bedding, pipe (except for fittings), restraints, temporary thrust blocking, backfill, sterilization, and hydrostatic testing. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals required to complete the work. 026402 Page 5 of 5 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 026404 WATER SERVICE LINES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for furnishing and installing water service lines required to complete the project. Water service lines are those lines from the City main to the meter at the property line. 2. MATERIALS GENERAL Service fittings shall have a minimum of 150 psi working pressure rating,unless indicated otherwise. Fittings and materials shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of AWWA C800. All service connections shall require service clamps. SERVICE CLAMP Service clamps shall be brass saddle with two silicone bronze straps with I.P. thread and have a minimum working pressure rating of 200 psi. The saddle and nuts shall be of 85-5-5-5 brass alloy per ASTM B-62 and AWWA C800. The nuts shall have unitized washers. Straps shall be 5/8 inch high-quality silicone bronze, flattened and contoured to provide a wider bearing surface against the pipe. Clamps shall be comparable to: Ford 202B, Smith Blair 323, Rockwell 323 CORPORATION STOP Corporation stop shall be of brass with I.P. thread inlet and Mueller 110 compression connection outlet designed for Type K copper pipe and be comparable in design to the following: Mueller H-15028 for 1" size Mueller H-15023 for 1-�/z" & 2" sizes 026404 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A ANGLE METER STOP Angle meter stop shall have a Teflon coated bronze ball which rotates within two Buna-N rubber seats. Inlet shall be packed joint for Type K copper and be comparable in design to the following: Ford BA43-342 for V service line with 5/8" x 3/4" or 3/4" meter size Brass gate valve required for 1-�/z" and 2" sizes SERVICE LINE Service line shall be of Type K copper tube or approved one piece SDR9 polyethylene with restrained compression brass fittings and stainless steel inserts. Other products of comparable features and equal quality may be substituted for the above items with approval of the Engineer. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS See City Standard Specification Section 022020, "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities ". Service lines shall be placed by the Contractor as indicated on the drawings and as directed by the Engineer. Relocation of existing meters and changeovers to the new system shall be done only under the direct supervision of the City Water Department. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, water service lines shall be measured with the units indicated in the Bid Form for each size of service line. Payment for service lines shall include,but not be limited to, the following: copper tubing, corporation stop, service clamp, angle meter stop, trenching, trench safety, backfilling including pavement repair, testing, flushing, clean-up and site restoration; and shall be full compensation for all labor,equipment,tools and incidentals required for proper installation of the water service lines. 026404 Page 2 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 026409 TAPPING SLEEVES AND TAPPING VALVES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work and materials required for furnishing and installing tapping sleeves, sleeves and valves required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Tapping sleeves shall have a Class 125 ANSI B16.1 outlet flange of cast iron, ductile iron or stainless steel. Sleeves shall be of ductile iron or 304 or 316 stainless steel. Lugs, bolts, washers and nuts shall be of 304 or 316 stainless steel. Iron sleeves shall be of the mechanical joint or caulked joint type as manufactured by Mueller, Clow, or approved equal. Stainless steel sleeves shall be of the compression gasket type capable of providing full support of the tapped pipe, as manufactured by Ford, Smith Blair, Romac, or approved equal. Gasket materials shall be of material suitable for potable water systems. Tapping sleeves shall be sized for the type and size of pipe to be tapped. The class of asbestos cement pipe that will most likely be encountered in the water will be Class 200 for pipes 6 inches in diameter and smaller, and Class 150 for larger pipes. It should be understood that existing pipes to be tapped may not be of the type of material and/or size that is shown on the drawings. The proper size and type of tapping sleeve shall be provided and installed regardless of what is encountered. Tapping valves shall conform to AWWA Standards and City Standard Specification Section 026411, "Gate Valves for Waterlines". Valve boxes shall be as described in City Standard Specification Section 026411, "Gate Valves for Waterlines". 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Construction methods shall adhere to those set out in City Standard Specification Section 026402 "Waterlines", and City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities". 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, tapping sleeves and tapping valves shall be measured on a per each basis for each size installed. Payment for tapping sleeves and tapping valves shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing and installing the valves complete in-place including joint materials, cast iron valve box,box extension, cover, concrete collar, and all other related items such as bolting,wrapping, cement-stabilized sand encasing, backfilling and compacting; and shall be full compensation for all labor, material, tools, equipment and incidentals required to properly install the valves as indicated and specified. 026409 Page 1of1 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 026411 GATE VALVES FOR WATERLINES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary to provide and install all gate valves and valve boxes required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Gate Valves All valves shall meet the following requirements. Gate valves shall conform to AWWA Standard C515. 1) The gate valves shall be ductile iron resilient wedge (C515)with non-rising stems. 2) Valve ends shall be flanged or mechanical joint type or a combination of these as indicated or specified. A complete set of joint materials shall be furnished with each valve, except for bell ends and flanges. 3) Valves 16 inches and larger shall be furnished for horizontal installation—lay over. 4) Stem seals shall be the O-ring type on valves through 12-inch size. Valves 16 inches and larger may be equipped with stuffing boxes. 5) Valves shall open left(counter clockwise). Valves over 18 inches shall have the main valve stem furnished with a combination hand wheel and operating nut. 6) Tapping valves to be used with tapping saddles shall have one end mechanical joint. 7) No position indicator will be required. 8) Within 30 days after award of contract, the Contractor shall submit in triplicate, for approval,the following: a) Certified drawings of each size and type of valve 16 inches and larger showing principal dimensions, construction details, and materials used. b) On all size valves, the composition of bronze to be offered for various parts of the valve, complete with minimum tensile strength in psi, the minimum yield strength in psi, and the minimum elongation in 2"per cent. 026411 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Gate Valves Gate valves shall be installed as indicated on the drawings. Cast Iron Valve Boxes Valve boxes shall be installed as indicated on the drawings. When valves are in the street right-of- way, the top of box shall be set flush with the pavement or surrounding ground. In cultivated areas, the top of box shall be set twelve inches (12")below natural ground and long enough to be raised to natural ground at a future date. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, gate valves for waterlines will be measured as a unit for each gate valve and valve box installed. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing and installing the valves complete in-place including joint materials, cast iron valve box, box extension, cover, concrete collar, and all other related items such as bolting, wrapping, cement- stabilized sand encasing, backfilling and compacting; and shall be full compensation for all labor, material, tools, equipment and incidentals required to properly install the valves as indicated and specified. 026411 Page 2 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 026416 FIRE HYDRANTS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary to provide all bre hydrants required to complete this project. 2. MATERIALS Concrete: Concrete shall be Class "A" in accordance with Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete" of the City Standard Specifications, with a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi at 28 days. Fire Hydrants: The fire hydrants shall conform to AWWA C502 (or latest edition) standard specifications for fire hydrants for ordinary water works service, except for changes, additions and supplementary details specifically outlined herein: a) Hydrants - Hydrants shall be of the traffic model type equipped with a safety flange or collar on both the hydrant barrel and stem. b) Type of Shutoff- The shutoff shall be of the compression type only. C) Inlet Connection - The inlet shall be ASA A-21.11 1964 mechanical joint for six-inch (6"), Class 150 ductile iron pipe. A complete set of joint material shall be furnished with each hydrant. d) Delivery Classifications -Each hydrant shall have two hose nozzles and one pumper nozzle. e) Bury Len_ - The hydrants shall be furnished in the bury length as indicated on drawings. f) Diameter (Nominal Inside) of Hose and Pumper Nozzles - The hose nozzles shall be two and one-half inches (2-�/z") inside diameter and the pumper nozzle shall be four inches (4") inside diameter. g) Hose and Pumper Nozzle Threads - The hose nozzles shall have two and one-half-inch (2-�/z")National Standard thread (7-�/z threads per inch). The pumper nozzle shall have size (6) threads per inch with an outside diameter of 4.658 inches, pitch diameter of 4.543 inches, and a root diameter of 4.406 inches. h) Harnessing Lugs -None required. i) Nozzle Cap Gaskets -Required. j) Drain Openings -Required. 026416 Page 1 of 3 Rev.3-25-15 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A k) Tapping of Drain Opening- Tapping of the drain opening for pipe threads is not required. 1) Nozzle Chain-Not required. m) Direction to Open - The hydrants shall open left(counter clockwise). n) Color of Finish Above Ground Line - That portion of the hydrant above the ground line shall be painted chrome yellow. o) Shape and Size of Operating and Cap Nuts - The operating and cap nuts shall be tapered pentagon one and one-fourth inches (1-1/4") point to face at base and one and one-eighth inches (1-1/8")point to face at top of nut. p) Nozzle Cap Chains -Hydrants shall be furnished without nozzle cap chains. q) Size of Fire Hydrant - The main valve opening shall not be less than five and one-quarter inches (5-1/4")inside diameter. r) Valve Facing - The main valve facing of the hydrant shall be rubber with 90± Durometer hardness. When the main valve lower washer and stem nut are not an integral casting then the bottom stem threads shall be protected with a bronze cap nut and a bronze lock nut. S) Barrel Sections - The hydrant shall be made in two or more barrel sections with flanges connecting the barrel to the elbow and to the packing plate. t) Breakable Coupling - Hydrants shall be equipped with a breakable coupling on both the barrel section and the stem. The couplings shall be so designed that in case of traffic collision the barrel and stem collar will break before any other part of the hydrant breaks. u) Hydrant Adjustment - The hydrant shall be designed as to permit its extension without excavating after the hydrant is completely installed. v) Breakable Collars, Barrel and Stem - Weakened steel or weakened cast iron bolts that are used in the breakable barrel couplings will not be acceptable. w) Operating Stem - Stems that have operating thread located in the waterway shall be made of manganese bronze, Everdure, or other high quality non-corrodible metal. Stems that do not have operating threads located in the waterway must be sealed by a packing gland or "O"-ring seal located between the stem threads and waterway. Iron or steel stems shall be constructed with a bronze sleeve extending through the packing or "O"-ring seal area. The sleeve shall be of sufficient length to be in the packing gland "O"-ring seal in the both open and closed positions of the main valve. The sleeve shall be secured to the steel stem so as to prevent water leakage between the two when subjected to 300 pounds hydrostatic test pressure. 026416 Page 2 of 3 Rev.3-25-15 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A x) Drain Valve Mechanism - Drain valves operating through springs or gravity are not acceptable. Y) Operating Stem Nut - The operating stem nut shall be designed to prevent seepage or rain, sleet, and the accumulation of dust between the operating nut and the hydrant top. Z) Packing Gland or "O"-Rin _g SealSeal - Fire hydrants having the threaded part of the stem at the hydrant top shall be equipped with a packing gland or an "O"-ring seal immediately below the threaded section of the stem. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Fire hydrants shall be installed as shown on drawings. Minimum burial length shall be 3 feet. Breakable couplings shall be located at least 2 inches and less than 6 inches above finish grade. Hydrants and fittings shall be stored on timber and kept clean. The interior surfaces of hydrants and fittings shall be washed and sterilized with approved sterilizing agent, if requested by the Engineer at the time of installation. 4. CERTIFICATION The manufacturer shall furnish to the Engineer two (2) certified sets of prints showing complete details and dimensions of the hydrant. The manufacturer shall furnish to the Engineer one (1) certified copy of the physical tests of all metals used in the manufacture of the fire hydrant that is normally manufactured and that will meet these specifications. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, fire hydrants will be measured as a unit per each. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing and installing the complete fire hydrant assembly with valve, 6-inch line and fitting on the main; and shall be full compensation for all labor, materials,tools, equipment and incidentals required to properly complete the work. 026416 Page 3 of 3 Rev.3-25-15 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 027200 CONTROL OF WASTEWATER FLOWS (TEMPORARY BYPASS PUMPING SYSTEMS) 1. GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern all work necessary for designing, installing, implementing, operating, and maintaining a temporary bypass pumping and flow control system, as provided by the Contractor for the purpose of diverting wastewater flow around the work area for the duration necessary to complete the work (i.e., control of wastewater flows). The Contractor shall furnish all materials, labor, equipment, power, maintenance, and incidentals required to maintain continuous and reliable wastewater service in all lines for the duration of the project. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Bypass Pumping Plan Form: It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to legibly and thoroughly complete, in its entirety, the attached Bypass Pumping Plan Form and submit it to the Engineer and/or the appropriate City staff for review and approval, prior to the installation of any pumping system proposed for use. Unless the bypass pumping is associated with an emergency work order, the standard approval protocol is as follows: The Contractor prepares and submits the plan to the Engineer a minimum of 7 days prior to mobilizing to site. The Engineer reviews the bypass plan and coordinates approval with Engineering Services and the Operating Department. Engineer and City will put forth a reasonable level of effort to expedite the review and approval process. No deviation from the procedure shall be allowed. B. Bypass Pumping Plan Schematic: In addition to the above referenced form, the Contractor shall also furnish a sufficiently detailed schematic drawing identifying the approximate location of all bypass pumping system components. The schematic drawing shall clearly label parallel/crossing streets, identify landmark structures, and depict the locations of all pumps and piping. At a minimum, the bypass pumping plan schematic drawing and associated attachments should include the following items: 1) Pump curves showing designed operation point for this specific project 2) Approximate location of bypass system pumping components 3) Location of manhole or access point for suction and discharge 4) Configuration,routing, location and depth of the suction and discharge piping 5) General arrangement/type of additional support equipment. 6) Temporary pipe supports, anchoring and thrust restraint blocks,if required 7) Traffic Control Plan and Traffic Department permit if the bypass is within the right- of-way. 8) Description of the method for removing pressure and all wastewater from existing force mains being taken out of service,if necessary. 9) All other City-department and Regulatory requirements. 027200 Page 1 of 7 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 10) Sewer plugging locations, method, and types of plugs 11) Method of protecting discharge manholes or structures from erosion and damage. 1.3 RESPONSIBILITY/AUTHORITY A. It is essential to the operation of the existing wastewater system that there is no interruption in the flow of wastewater throughout the duration of the project. The Contractor shall be completely responsible for designing, scheduling, providing, installing, operating, fueling and maintaining the temporary bypass pumping system in a manner that does not cause or contribute to overflows, releases, or spills of wastewater from the wastewater or bypass system. The Contractor shall neither anticipate nor expect any assistance from the City of Corpus Christi departments for any of the bypass operation. B. Contractor shall provide a responsible employee to man the bypass system 24 hours per day, 7 days per week during operation. The monitoring employee shall be properly trained, experienced, and mechanically qualified such that they can quickly and effectively address any potential emergency and non-emergency situations associated with the bypass system which must remain in operation. The wastewater and bypass systems should be inspected at least once every 2 hours. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the wastewater collection system is not compromised during bypass installation or operation, and contractor shall ensure that the system operates properly during this period. C. The Contractor shall consider and be responsible for the impacts on the collection system area, both upstream and downstream of the bypass and shall maintain the system in a manner that will protect public and private property from damage and flooding. Upstream impacts may include, but are not limited to backups and overflows. Downstream impacts may include,but are not limited to surcharges and overflows. D. Contractor shall make all effort to minimize spills of raw wastewater during the improvements and bypassing. All spills and sanitary sewer overflows shall immediately be reported to the City at 361-826-2489 and the Contractor shall be solely responsible for wash down, clean-up and disinfection of said spillages or overflows to the satisfaction of the owner at no additional cost to the City of Corpus Christi. E. The City is permitted through the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality to operate the wastewater system. The final authority comes from the City as to the operation of the wastewater system and as such it reserves the right to halt the bypassing operation at any time in order to maintain public health and safety. 027200 Page 2 of 7 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Bypass Pumps a. Pumps shall be fully automatic self-priming pumps that do not require the use of foot-valves or vacuum pumps in the priming system. The pumps may be electric or diesel powered. Pre-approved manufacturers are Godwin or Rain-for-Rent. Approved equals may be considered by the Engineer if they meet all requirements in this specification but Contractor shall provide submittal package for Engineer's review and approval prior to installation. Pumps shall be equipped with critically silenced, sound attenuated enclosures with a maximum 65 dB (10-feet from pump), a diesel day tank with a minimum 24-hour runtime without refuel, and automatic start/stop controls for each pump. b. Pumping capacity of the bypass pump shall be capable of handling the flow conditions at all times and shall provide a minimum of 1.5 times the existing capacity of whatever line or lift station is being bypassed. c. The Contractor shall have adequate standby equipment available and ready for immediate operation and use in the event of an emergency or breakdown. In critical installations, as determined by the Engineer, one standby pump for each size pump utilized shall be installed at the mainline flow bypassing locations, ready for use in the event of primary pump failure. B. Suction and Discharge Piping: Determined according to pump size, flow calculations, system operating conditions, manhole depth, and length of suction piping in accordance with the pump manufacturers specifications and recommendations. In order to prevent the accidental spillage of flows, all discharge systems shall be temporarily constructed of heavy-duty pipe with positive restrained joints. a. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) I. Homogeneous throughout, free of visible cracks, discoloration, pitting, varying wall thickness, holes, foreign material, blisters, or other deleterious faults. Defective areas shall be cut out and butt-fusion welded as per manufacturer's recommendations. ii. Assembled and joined at site using couplings, flanges, or butt-fusion method to provide leak proof joint, as per manufacturer's recommendations and ASTM D- 2657. iii. Fusing must be performed by personnel certified as fusion technicians by manufacturer of HDPE pipe and/or fusing equipment. Fused joints shall be watertight and have tensile strength equal to that of pipe. iv. HDPE is required to be used in or adjacent to environmentally sensitive areas. b. Polyethylene Plastic Pipe (PE) I. High density solid wall and following ASTM F714 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-DR)based on outside diameter, ASTM D1248 and ASTM D3550 ii. Homogeneous throughout, free of visible cracks, discoloration, pitting, varying wall thickness,holes, foreign material,blisters, or other deleterious faults. c. Quick-Disconnect Steel Galvanized Pipe and Heavy-Duty Flexible Hoses 027200 Page 3 of 7 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A I. Must consist of heavy-duty steel with high tensile strength, x-ray welded, abrasion resistant and suitable for intended service with a maximum pressure rating of at least 174 PSI ii. Bauer quick-disconnect fittings/joints shall be restrained and watertight. Joints shall consist of vacuum sealing O-rings to help pumps prime faster and perform at their designed flow rates with no leaks, even at high pressure ratings iii. Joints shall provide 30-degree articulation at every coupling and shall not require perfect alignment to make each connection. iv. The galvanized couplings shall not be hindered by sand, mud, and grit. d. Valves and Fittings I. Contractor shall provide valves and fittings as necessary and in accordance with the approved pipe materials shown above. e. Plugs I. Selected and installed according to size of line to be plugged, pipe, manhole configurations, and based on specific application. ii. Prior to use, Engineer may inspect plugs for defects which may lead to failure. iii. Contractor shall provide additional plugs in the case of failure f. Miscellaneous I. When temporary piping crosses local streets/roadways and private driveways, Contractor shall provide traffic ramps or covers designed, installed, and maintained for H-20 loading requirements while in use. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULING& COORDINATION A. Unless the bypass pumping is associated with an emergency work order, the Contractor shall provide a minimum of 48 hour notice to the Engineer and Wastewater Department for the startup of bypass operations once the completed bypass plan has been approved by the design engineer. Unless needed otherwise for emergency work, no bypassing shall be initiated on Friday, Saturday or Sunday, or the day immediately preceding a City holiday. B. Inclement Weather: The Contractor shall not be allowed to commence bypass operation should inclement weather be forecast for the period of the scheduled improvements. C. Under special circumstances, as identified by the Engineer, where critical lines with large service areas are being bypassed, the Contractor is responsible for setting up a meeting between the Engineer/City/Operating Department to affirm and coordinate the approved bypass plan and to verify the intended site installation conforms to the approved plan. Engineer may also require the bypass system to be in service for at least 24-hours prior to taking existing gravity lines or force mains out of service to demonstrate reliability. D. Before beginning bypass operations, the Engineer/City Operating Department must be notified for field verification of pumps, piping, and equipment, etc., to ensure the site installation conforms to the approved plan. 027200 Page 4 of 7 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A E. Before beginning bypass operations, the Contractor shall confirm appropriate emergency contact information has been provided to the City and Engineer on the Bypass Pumping Plan Form including emergency cell phone number of bypass operators/monitors responsibly manning the bypass system 24 hours per day along with the project superintendent and pump supplier. F. The Contractor can work extended hours, if approved by the Engineer, to perform the improvements during the bypass operation. Work during extended hours cannot create a nuisance for the neighbors. G. Once a lift station is taken out of service and bypass operations begun, work shall be continuous on the lift station improvements until all improvements are completed and the lift station is returned to normal service. H. The Contractor shall cease bypass pumping operations and return flows to the new and/or existing wastewater system when directed by the Owner. This may be expected if the bypass system is not in accordance with this specification or if inclement weather is in the forecast. 3.2 INSTALLATION&OPERATIONS A. Installation of Temporary Force Mains a. Force mains may be placed along shoulder of road, medians, and/or outside of pavement. Do not place in streets or sidewalks without Engineers approval. b. When temporary piping crosses local streets/roadways and/or private driveways, Contractor shall provide traffic ramps or covers designed, installed, and maintained for H-20 loading requirements while in use. c. When traffic ramps cannot be used, install temporary piping in trenches and cover with temporary pavement, as approved by the Engineer. B. Discharge piping to gravity lines or manholes shall be designed in such a manner as to prevent discharge from contacting manhole walls or benching with as minimal turbulence as possible. C. Plugging or blocking of wastewater flows shall incorporate a primary and secondary plugging device. When plugging or blocking is no longer needed for performance and acceptance of work, it is to be removed in a manner that permits the wastewater flow to slowly return to normal without surge, to prevent surcharging or causing other major disturbances downstream. D. The Contractor shall not cut existing force mains or gravity lines until it is determined that the containment area in place is sufficient for handling any wastewater within the pipe. E. Some locations may require multiple bypass systems. If bypass system is provided with air release valves, then the valve drains shall be piped to a manhole for discharge. F. Upon completion of the bypass pumping operations, remove piping, restore property to pre-construction condition and restore pavement. 027200 Page 5 of 7 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified in the Bid Form, Control of Wastewater Flows (Temporary Bypass Pumping Systems) shall not be measured for pay but will be considered subsidiary to the applicable pay item, to include all material, labor, equipment and supervision necessary to complete the bypass design,planning, coordination,installation, operation, maintenance and removal. 027200 Page 6 of 7 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A BYPASS PUMPING PLAN FORM Date: Project Title: No.: Engineer: Contractor: Service Area: Lift Station No.(if applicable): Start Date &Time: Completion Date &Time: Sewer Line Size being Bypassed: Estimated Peak Flow: Line Plugging Method&Locations: Suction Manhole or Lift Station Number and Depth: Discharge Manhole or Lift Station Number and Depth: Maximum Surcharge Depth Allowed: Bypass Forcemain Size, Material&Length: Pump Description: (Self-Priming,Critically Silenced,and Automatic Level Controls Required) Make, Model, Suction/Discharge Size: Diesel or Electric Total Number of Pumps/Standby Pumps: Total &Firm Capacity(GPM @ TDH): Vacuum Trucks (if required,number and capacity): Contractor Personnel Manning Bypass System (24 hours/day): Name: Phone: Name: Phone: Emergency Contacts: Name: Phone: Name: Phone: Additional Notes: Required Checklist: YES NO ❑ ❑ Schematic drawing providing details of proposed bypass pumping system,routing of bypass lines(using manhole numbers and/or lift station names as applicable),equipment location,and proposed sequencing. ❑ ❑ Has traffic control plan been appropriately modified to facilitate the bypass pumping equipment? ❑ ❑ Pumps: Self-priming&Critically Silenced. Provide pump curve with Bypass plan. (Requirement). ❑ ❑ Contractor shall coordinate with Supplier for appropriate instruction and training on pump operation. ❑ ❑ Have emergency and/or backup provisions been made for quick pump change out in the case of system failure? ❑ ❑ Contractor has confirmed no rain(less than 1/2-in)in the forecast? Prepared by: Reviewed by: Contractor Representative Date Wastewater Representative Date 027200 Page 7 of 7 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 027202 MANHOLES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the furnishing of all materials and construction of manholes composed of a concrete base and concrete walls as shown on the drawings,to the lines, grades and dimensions shown on drawings or established by the Engineer. 2. MATERIALS Concrete for cast-in-place storm water manholes and storm water junction boxes shall be Class C (3,600 psi at 28 days). Manholes for wastewater shall be made from fiberglass only, in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 027205 "Fiberglass Manholes". Mortar for plastering shall be one (1)part Portland cement to three (3) parts clean hard and sharp mortar sand, free of all foreign substances or injurious alkalis. Reinforcing steel, where used, shall conform to the requirements of Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". All wastewater manhole rings and covers for streets shall be East Jordan Iron Works, Inc. product V1430 CV or V1420/1480 Z1, or pre-approved equal, and shall have the seating surface of ring and cover machined to secure a snug fit per the City Standard Wastewater Details. All storm water manholes shall be East Jordan Iron Works,Inc.product VI 168 assembly,and for school zones shall be a bolted assembly per the City Standard Storm Water Details. Steps are not required for wastewater and storm water manholes. Joint material for precast concrete manholes shall be Ram-Nek Flexible Plastic Gaskets as manufactured by K. T. Snyder Company, Houston, Texas, or an approved equal. 3. EXCAVATION The Contractor shall do all necessary excavation for the various manholes, conforming to size and dimensions shown on plans plus a maximum of four(4)feet working room. Excavation shall not be carried to greater depth than required. Subgrade under manhole footings shall be compacted to not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. Shoring shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be installed as necessary. Shoring shall not be removed or backfilled around until entire manhole is completed, unless authorized by the Engineer. Shoring shall remain in place at least twenty-four(24) hours after concrete work has been completed. 027202 Page 1 of 3 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 4. CONCRETE MANHOLES (STORM WATER ONLY) (1) Formed-in-Place Manholes: Where formed concrete is used, forms shall be built to dimensions shown on the standard details. Inserts and openings shall be formed so concrete will notbe injured during process of stripping forms. Forms shall be braced and tied to prevent spreading or bulging, and shall meet approval of the Engineer prior to placing concrete. Forms shall remain in place for minimum of twenty-four(24) hours, and shall be removed within a maximum time of seven (7) days after completion of concrete work. Reinforcing steel, if required, shall be as shown on the plans. The bottom of manholes shall be carefully formed and inverted smoothly when finished, with pipes cut to fit inside surface of walls. (2) Precast Manholes Precast manholes shall allow unobstructed view of all pipes connected to the manhole. Precast manholes shall be designed to support HS-20 traffic loading and designed by a Texas licensed professional engineer. The upper 18 inches of the corbel shall be brick to facilitate subsequent grade adjustment. Either concentric or eccentric cones may be required. Where not specified,eccentric cones shall be used. Manhole designs shall be submitted for approval by the Engineer. 5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION METHODS All items shall be installed as the work progresses and as shown on the standard details. Work shall be completed and finished in a careful workmanlike manner,with special care being given to sealing joints around all pipe extending through walls of the manholes. After finishing walls,the bottom of the manhole shall be completed by adding sufficient concrete to shape the bottom in conformity with requirements on the plans. Where old manholes are adjusted to meet new lines and grades, all old masonry or concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned and wetted before j oining new masonry or concrete to it. HDPE adjustment rings are to be used to match roadway grade. A maximum of 18" of adjustment rings may be utilized. 6. BACKFILLING/LEAKAGE TESTING Backfilling around the manholes shall commence as soon as concrete or masonry has been allowed to cure the required time and forms and shoring have been removed. Backfill shall be placed in layers of not more than six inches (6") and compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density before next layer is installed. Wastewater manholes shall withstand a leakage test not to exceed the values stated in City Standard Specification Section 027205 "Fiberglass Manholes", except that an additional 10 percent of loss will be permitted for each additional two feet head over a basic two-foot internal head. 027202 Page 2 of 3 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 7. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, manholes shall be measured by each individual structure built, and paid for at the unit price bid per each, of the size, type and depth specified, complete in-place, and meeting the approval of the Engineer. "Complete in-place" shall mean all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish and install the manholes, excavation,compaction,backfilling,dewatering,concrete foundation,connections,adjustment rings, ring and cover, concrete work, leakage testing,video inspection, and adjust the manholes to finish grade. Extra depth for wastewater manholes over six feet in depth shall be measured by the vertical foot and shall be paid for at the price bid per vertical foot for "Extra Depth for Manholes". Rehabilitation of existing manholes with fiberglass inserts shall be measured by each individual structure rehabilitated, and paid for at the unit price bid per each, of the size, type and depth specified, complete in-place, and meeting the approval of the Engineer. "Complete in-place" shall mean all labor, materials,tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish and install the rigid fiberglass manhole inserts,make connections,grout the annular space,backfilling,adjustment rings, ring and cover, concrete work, leakage testing, and adjust the manholes to finish grade. 027202 Page 3 of 3 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 027203 VACUUM TESTING OF WASTEWATER MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification governs all work and materials necessary to perform vacuum testing of new or existing wastewater manholes. Manholes may be tested after installation with all connections (existing and/or proposed) in place. Vacuum testing may be performed prior to or after backfilling by the installer. Final acceptance, in accordance with the requirements of this specification, will consist of vacuum testing of the completed and installed structure (manhole) in place to include manhole/adjustment rings and manhole casting. 2. MATERIALS Vacuum testing shall consist of a minimum of the following: (a) Engine. (b) Vacuum Pump. (c) Hose. (d) Test Head device capable of sealing opening in manhole casting as required. (e) Pneumatic Test Plugs - these plugs shall have a sealing length equal to or greater than the diameter of the connecting pipe to be sealed. 3. PROCEDURE (a) The test head shall be placed at the top of the manhole in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. (b) A vacuum of 10 inches of mercury shall be drawn on the manhole,the valve on the vacuum line of the test head closed, and the vacuum pump shut off. The time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to 9 inches of mercury. (c) The manhole shall pass if the time for the vacuum reading to drop from 10 inches of mercury to 9 inches of mercury meets or exceeds the values indicated in Table 1. (d) If the manhole fails the initial test,necessary repairs shall be made by an approved method. The manhole shall then be retested until a satisfactory test is obtained. 027203 Page 1 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A TABLE 1 -Minimum Test Times for Various Manhole Diameters (ASTM C1244) Depth Diameter(inches) (feet) 42 48 54 60 72 Time(seconds) 8 17 20 23 26 33 10 21 25 29 33 41 12 25 30 35 39 49 14 30 35 41 46 57 16 34 40 46 52 67 18 38 45 52 59 73 20 42 50 53 65 81 22 46 55 64 72 89 24 51 59 64 78 97 26 55 64 75 85 105 28 59 69 81 91 113 30 68 74 87 98 121 4. TESTING AND CERTIFICATION (a) Testing shall be done by the Contractor and witnessed by the Engineer or his designated representative. All manholes and structures shall be tested as finished and completed for final acceptance. (b) ANY DEFECTIVE WORK OR MATERIALS shall be corrected or replaced by the Contractor and retested. This shall be repeated until all work and materials are acceptable. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise indicated on the Bid Form, vacuum testing of wastewater manholes and structures will not be measured for pay. Such items shall be considered subsidiary to pay items applicable for Fiberglass Manholes, complete and in-place. 027203 Page 2 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 027205 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for providing, installing and adjusting fiberglass manholes required to complete the project. 2. GENERAL Fiberglass manholes shall be installed at the locations indicated on the drawings. 3. MATERIALS A. Manholes Fiberglass manholes shall be fabricated in accordance with ASTM D3753-"Standard Specification for Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Polyester Manholes and Wetwells,"latest edition, and the referenced design criteria as follows: 1. ASTM C581 Standard Practice for Determining Chemical Resistance of Thermosetting Resins Used in Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Structures Intended for Liquid Service 2. ASTM D695 Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics 3. ASTM D790 Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials 4. ASTM C923 Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals 5. ASTM D2412 Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading 6. ASTM D2583 Standard Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Rigid Plastics by Means of a Barcol Impressor 7. ASTM D2584 Standard Test Method for Ignition Loss of Cured Reinforced Resins 8. ASTM D3034 Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings 9. ASTM F794 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter 10. ASTM C32 Standard Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick (Made From Clay or Shale) The minimum wall thickness for all fiberglass manholes at all depths shall be 0.50 inch. The inside diameter of the manhole barrel shall be a minimum of 48 inches or as otherwise specified on the drawings,but shall not be less than 1.5 times the nominal pipe diameter of the largest pipe, whichever is larger. A concentric reducer over the barrel shall have a 027205 Page 1 of 6 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A minimum inside diameter of 31.75 inches at the top, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. B. Manhole Pipe Connectors Manhole pipe connectors for Sanitary Sewer Application shall be made of corrosion resistant plastic. The connector shall eliminate leaks around the pipe entering the manhole wall and shall permit pipe movement without loss of seal integrity, and shall be in conformance with ASTM D3212. Material for elastomeric seal in push-on joints shall meetthe requirements of ASTM F477. Material for rubber sleeve shall meet the requirements of ASTM C443. Manhole pipe connectors between 4 inches and 15 inches shall be Inserta Tee from Fowler Mfg., or approved equal. Manhole pipe connection for Storm Sewer Application shall be made with Ram-Nek flexible plastic gasket material as manufactured by K.T. Snyder Company of Houston, Texas, or approved equal, and wrapped with Class `A' Subsurface Drainage Geotextile, AASHTO M288. C. Manhole Base Concrete shall be Class `A' in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". Caulk for seal between fiberglass manhole and concrete cast-in-place base shall be Epo-Flex epoxy(gun grade consistency)as manufactured by Dewey Supply of Corpus Christi,Texas, or approved equal. Precast reinforced concrete manhole base shall be in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C478, as shown on the construction plans and detail drawings. D. Inflow Inhibitors Inflow inhibitors shall be installed in sanitary manholes. They shall be of 316 stainless steel with an equivalent thickness of not less than 18 gauge, and load tested in excess of 3000 pounds. The inhibitor shall rest on the lip of the seating surface of the manhole ring and shall not exceed a depth of 6.5 inches. The seating surface of the inhibitor shall have an attached gasket on the weight-bearing side. The inhibitor shall have a gas relief valve made of Nitrite and shall operate at a one(1)psi differential pressure. The inhibitor shall be fitted with a handle of 3/16 plastic coated stainless steel cable attached to the insertbody with a 64 316 stainless steel rivet. The inhibitor shall be constructed of materials that withstand highly corrosive sewer gases. E. Ring and Cover Manhole ring and cover for all manholes shall be for street application and shall be as indicated on the drawings. Manholes 5 feet in diameter and larger shall require a nominal 3- foot ring and cover, as specified on the drawings. HDPE adjustment rings are to be used for 027205 Page 2 of 6 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A grade adjustments. A maximum of 18" of adjustment rings may be utilized. F. Flowable Grout Flowable grout(or flowable fill) shall consist of a mixture containing Portland cement, fly ash, sand,water, and"Darafill"admixture (or approved equivalent), in the amounts shown below (or otherwise proportioned to provide 100 psi compressive strength at 28 days), to achieve a paste-like consistency immediately prior to placing the flowable grout. The flowable grout mixture shall be supplied by an approved ready-mix supplier. The manufacturer's representative shall be consulted for any final adjustments to improve the flowability of the mixture. Commercially produced flowable grout may be used with approval of the Engineer. 100 lbs/ CY Portland Cement 300 lbs/ CY Fly Ash 2100 lbs/ CY Sand 250 lbs/ CY Water 6 oz/ CY "Darafill" admixture,as manufactured by Grace Construction Products, or approved equivalent. 4. CONSTRUCTION METHODS General: The limits of excavation shall allow for placing and removing forms, installing sheeting,shoring,bracing,etc. The Contractor shall pile excavated material in a manner that will not endanger the work and will avoid obstructing sidewalks, driveways, power poles, drainage structures,streets,etc. Subgrade under manhole footings shall be compacted to not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. Vertical Sides: When necessary to protect other improvements, the Contractor shall maintain vertical sides on the excavation. The limits shall not exceed three feet outside the footing on a vertical plane parallel to the footing except where specifically approved otherwise by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide and install any sheeting, shoring, and bracing as necessary to provide a safe work area as required to protect workmen, structures, equipment,power poles, etc. The Contractor shall be responsible for the design and adequacy of all sheeting, shoring and bracing. The sheeting, shoring, and bracing shall be removed as the excavation is backfilled. Sloping Sides: In unimproved areas where sufficient space is available,the Contractor will be allowed to back slope the sides of the excavation. The back slope shall be such that the excavation will be safe from caving. Safety requirements shall govern the back slope used. De-watering: The Contractor shall keep the excavation free from water by use of cofferdams,bailing,pumping,well pointing, or any combination, as the particular situation may warrant. All de-watering devices shall be installed in such a manner as to provide clearance for construction,removal of forms, and inspection of exterior of form work. It is the intent of these specifications that the foundation be placed on a firm dry bed. The foundation bed shall be kept in a de-watered condition for a sufficient period of time to 027205 Page 3 of 6 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A insure the safety of the structure,but in no case shall de-watering be terminated sooner than seven(7)days after placing concrete. All de-watering methods and procedures are subjectto the approval of the Engineer. The excavation shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer before work on the structure is started. The Contractor shall provide a relatively smooth,firm foundation bed for footings and slabs that bear directly on the undisturbed earth without additional cost to the City, regardless of the soil conditions encountered. The Engineer will be the sole judge as to whether these conditions have been met. The Contractor shall pile excavated material in a manner that will not create an unsafe condition. Unauthorized Over-Excavation: Excavation for slabs, footings, etc., that rest on earth, shall not be carried below the elevation shown on the drawings. In the event the excavation is carried below the indicated elevation,the Contractor shall bring the slab, footing, etc.,to the required grade by filling with concrete. Wall Preparation for Pipe Penetrations: For sanitary sewer application,pipe penetrations for pipe sizes 4-inch through 15-inch shall be made with appropriately sized core drill bits recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe penetrations other than described above and as authorized by the Engineer shall be made as follows: cut shall be equal to the outside diameter of pipe to pass through it, plus 1/2 inch. Cuts are to be made using electric or gasoline powered circular saw with masonry blade. Impact type tools shall not be used. Handling: Manholes shall be handled and stored in a safe manner as necessary to prevent damaging either the manhole or the surroundings. If manhole must be moved by rolling,the ground which it traverses shall be smooth and free of rocks, debris, etc. Manholes shall be lifted as specified by the manufacturer. Height Adiustment: If necessary,utilize HDPE adjustment rings to adjust the manhole to the correct grade elevation. A maximum of 18" of adjustment rings may be utilized. Installation: Lower manhole into wet concrete until it rests at the proper elevation, and a minimum of six (6) inches into concrete, then plumb. Backfill Material: Unless shown otherwise on the drawings, initial backfill around manholes (from subgrade to five feet (5') above the top of the concrete footing) shall be flowable grout. The remaining final backfill around manholes shall be cement-stabilized sand, or approved equal, containing a minimum of 2 sacks of standard Type I or Type II Portland cement per cubic yard of sand, free of large hard lumps, rock fragments or other debris. The material shall be free of large lumps or clods which will not readily break down under compaction. This material shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. Backfill material shall be free of vegetation or other extraneous material. Topsoil should be stockpiled separately and used for finish grading around the structure, if necessary. 027205 Page 4 of 6 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Schedule of Backfilling: The Contractor may begin backfilling around manhole as soon as the concrete has been allowed to cure and the forms removed. Compaction: Backfill shall be placed in layers not to exceed 6 inches compacted thickness and mechanically tamped to at least 95% Standard Proctor density(ASTM D698). Backfill shall be placed in such a manner as to prevent any wedging action against the structure. Contractor shall follow operational requirements for bypass pumping as set forth in City Standard Specification Section 027200 "Control of Wastewater Flows". 5. TESTING Manholes shall be tested for leakage by either of two tests as specified by the Engineer. Water Leakage Test: The Contractor shall provide water, labor, and materials for testing. Testing shall be as follows: I. With sewers plugged, the manhole shall be filled with water. 2. The manhole shall be checked after 24 hours have elapsed. 3. Water loss shall not exceed 2.4 gallons per foot of depth for the 24-hour period for 4-foot diameter manholes, or 3.0 gallons per foot of depth for the 24-hour period for 5-foot diameter manholes. Water loss shall not exceed 0.6 gallon per foot of diameter per foot of depth for the 24-hour period for all sizes of sanitary manholes. 4. If the manhole is within 9 feet of a waterline that is not or cannot be encased, the manhole shall be tested for no leaks and no noticeable loss of water shall be experienced for the 24-hour period. If water loss is excessive,the Contractor shall correct the problem and the manhole shall be retested. Vacuum Test: Vacuum testing shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 027203 "Vacuum Testing of Wastewater Manholes and Structures". 6. GRADE ADJUSTMENT OF EXISTING FIBERGLASS MANHOLES The adjustment of the ring and cover is to be achieved by removal or addition of HDPE grade adjustment rings that rest above the fiberglass corbel. If the ring and cover must be lowered to the extent that the new elevation cannot be achieved by removal of adjustment rings and it is necessary to remove a section of the fiberglass manhole, this work shall be done as described below. Note that manhole repair kits are available for this work. Remove the appropriately sized section of the existing manhole from the vertical manhole wall at least 6 inches below the seam where the corbel meets the vertical wall. 027205 Page 5 of 6 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Excavate evenly around the manhole as required. Mark, cut and remove the required section of the manhole. Make a square cut as necessary for a good butt splice. Grind and clean ends of fiberglass that are to be re-united. Replace and align the top. Fiberglass a 6-inch strip along the outside seam all around with two layers of mat with one layer of woven roving sandwiched between. After the outside has set, go on the inside and fill any voids in the seam with epoxy or material provided by the manhole manufacturer for use in such application. After the putty has set, fiberglass a 6-inch strip on the inside as previously done on the outside. After curing,backfill with cement-stabilized sand,as described above,compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698) or as directed by the Engineer or his designated representative. 7. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form,fiberglass manholes shall be measured per each for each size (diameter) of manhole indicated. Payment shall be made at the unit price bid and shall fully compensate the Contractor for all materials, labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals required to complete the work. Payment shall include, but not be limited to; excavation, dewatering, compaction, concrete foundation, manhole assembly,connections,cast iron frame and cover,adjustment to finish grade,concrete work,backfill, leakage testing, bypass pumping, and other work as required to complete the fiberglass manhole. Extra depth for a sanitary manhole over 6 feet in depth will be measured by the vertical foot of depth in excess of 6 feet and bid as "Extra Depth for Manhole (Wastewater)". Rehabilitation of existing manholes with fiberglass inserts shall be measured by each individual structure rehabilitated, and paid for at the unit price bid per each, of the size, type and depth specified, complete in-place, and meeting the approval of the Engineer. "Complete in-place" shall mean all labor, materials,tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish and install the rigid fiberglass manhole inserts, make connections, grout the annular space with flowable grout, backfilling, leakage testing, and adjust the manholes to finish grade. 027205 Page 6 of 6 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 027402 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE CULVERTS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the furnishing and placing of reinforced concrete pipe culverts and the material and incidental construction requirements for reinforced concrete pipe sewers. The culvert pipe shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of these specifications to the lines and grades shown on the plans, and shall be of the classes, sizes and dimensions shown thereon. The installation of pipe shall include all joints or connections to new or existing pipe, headwalls, etc., as may be required to complete the work. 2. MATERIALS 1. General. Except as modified herein, materials, manufacture and design of pipe shall conform to ASTM C-76 for Circular Pipe. All pipe shall be machine made or cast by a process which will provide for uniform placement of the concrete in the form and compaction by mechanical devices which will assure a dense concrete. Concrete shall be mixed in a central batch plant or other approved batching facility from which the quality and uniformity of the concrete can be assured. Transit mixed concrete will not be acceptable for use in precast concrete pipe. 2. Desi;n. All pipe shall be Class III (Wall "B") unless otherwise specified on the plans. The shell thickness, the amount of circumferential reinforcement and the strength of the pipe shall conform to the specified class as summarized in ASTM C-76 for Circular Pipe. 3. Sizes and Permissible Variations. a. Variations in diameter, size, shape, wall thickness, reinforcement, placement of reinforcement, laying length and the permissible underrun of length shall be in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification for each type of pipe as referred to previously. b. Where rubber gasket pipe joints are to be used, the design of the Joints and Permissible Variations in Dimensions shall be in accordance with ASTM C-443. 4. Workmanship and Finish. Pipe shall be substantially free from fractures, large or deep cracks and surface roughness. The ends of the pipe shall be normal to the walls and centerline of the pipe within the limits of variations allowed under the applicable ASTM specification. 5. Curin;. Pipe shall be cured in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification for each type of pipe as referred to above. 6. Marking. The following information shall be clearly marked on each section of pipe: 027402 Page 1 of 7 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A a. The class of pipe. b. The date of manufacture. c. The name or trademark of the manufacturer. d. Marking shall be indented on the pipe section or painted thereon with waterproof paint. 7. Minimum Age for Shipment. Pipe shall be considered ready for shipment when it conforms to the requirements of the tests specified herein. 8. Inspection. The quality of materials, the process of manufacture, and the finished pipe shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer at the pipe manufacturing plant. In addition, the finished pipe shall be subject to further inspection by the Engineer at the project site prior to and during installation. 9. Causes for Rejection. Pipe shall be subject to rejection on account of failure to conform to any of the specification requirements. Individual sections of pipe may be rejected because of any of the following: a. Fractures or cracks passing through the shell, except for a single end crack that does not exceed the depth of the joint. b. Defects that indicate imperfect proportioning, mixing and molding. c. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture. d. Damaged ends,where such damage would prevent making a satisfactory joint. 10. Repairs. Pipe may be repaired if necessary, because of occasional imperfections in manufacture or accidental injury during the handling, and will be acceptable if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the repairs are sound and properly finished and cured and the repaired pipe conforms to the requirements of the specifications. 11. Rejections. All rejected pipe shall be plainly marked by the Engineer and shall be replaced by the Contractor with pipe that meets the requirements of these specifications. Such rejected pipe shall be removed immediately from the worksite. 12. Jointing Materials. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, the Contractor shall have the option of making the joints by any of the following methods: a. Ram-Nek, a pre-formed plastic base joint material manufactured by K. T. Knyder Company, Houston, Texas, or an approved equal. Use of Talcote as joint material will not be not permitted. Ram-Nek joint material and primer shall be supplied for 027402 Page 2 of 7 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A use on pipe in the following sizes, which is the minimum that will be required. Additional Ram-Nek may be required if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a proper joint is not secured. Pipe Size Primer Per 100 Jts. Cut Lengths Per Joint 12" 1.5 gals. 1�/2 pcs 1" x 2'-5" 15" 1.9 gals. 2 pcs 1" x2'-5" 18" 2.7 gals. 1�/2 pcs 11/2 " x 3'-5" 21" 3.8 gals. 2 pcs 11/2 "x 3'-5" 24" 6.2 gals. 2 pcs 11/2 "x 3'-5" 30" 8.5 gals. 21/2 pcs 11/2" x 3'-5" 36" 9.5 gals. 3 pcs 13/4" x 3'-5" 42" 12.0 gals. 3�/2 pcs 13/4"x 3'-5" 48" 15.0 gals. 4 pcs 13/4" x 3'-5" 54" 20.0 gals. 41/2 pcs 13/4"x 3'-5" 60" 25.0 gals. 5 pcs 13/4" x 3'-5" 66" 30.0 gals. 5�/2 pcs 13/4"x 3'-5" 72" 32.0 gals. 6 pcs 2" x 3'-5" 84" 35.0 gals. 7 pcs 2"x 3'-5" b. TYLOX Types "C", "C-P" or "CR" rubber gaskets, as applicable, as manufactured by Hamilton Kent Manufacturing Company, Kent, Ohio, or approved equal. All gaskets, lubricants, adhesives, etc., shall be manufactured, constructed, installed, etc., as recommended by the manufacturer of the rubber gasket material and conform to ASTM Designation: C-443. In addition, the Contractor shall furnish to the City, for approval, manufacturer's brochures detailing the complete use, installation, and specifications of concrete pipe and rubber gaskets before any rubber gasket material is used on the project. All rubber gaskets shall be fabricated from synthetic rubber. c. Cement Mortar is prohibited from jointing pipe except at manholes, pipe junctions, etc., or where specifically approved by the Engineer. d. Geotextile for wrapping pipe joints shall be Class "A" subsurface drainage type in accordance with AASHTO M288. 027402 Page 3 of 7 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Reinforced concrete pipe culverts shall be constructed from the specified materials in accordance with the following methods and procedures: 1. Excavation. All excavation shall be in accordance with the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities," except where tunneling or jacking methods are shown on the plans or permitted by the Engineer. When pipe is laid in a trench, the trench, when completed and shaped to receive the pipe, shall be of sufficient width to provide free working space for satisfactory bedding and jointing and thorough tamping of the backfill and bedding material under and around the pipe. The Contractor shall make such temporary provisions as may be necessary to insure adequate drainage of the trench and bedding during the construction operation. Pipe shall be placed such that the identification markings are visible at the top prior to backfill. 2. Beddin;. The pipe shall be bedded in accordance with the bedding details shown on the drawings. Bedding shall not be measured for pay,but shall be subsidiary to other work. If the subgrade of the trench is unstable, even if this condition occurs at relatively shallow depths, full encasement of the pipe with crushed stone shall be required. 3. Laying Pipe. Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, the laying of pipe on the prepared foundation shall be started at the outlet (downstream) end with the spigot or tongue end pointing downstream, and shall proceed toward the inlet(upstream) end with the abutting sections properly matched, true to the established lines and grades. Where bell and spigot pipe are used, cross trenches shall be cut in the foundation to allow the barrel of the pipe to rest firmly upon the prepared bed. These cross trenches shall be not more than two inches larger than the bell ends of the pipe. Proper facilities shall be provided for hoisting and lowering the sections of pipe into the trench without disturbing the prepared foundation and the sides of the trench. The ends of the pipe shall be carefully cleaned before the pipe is placed. As each length of pipe is laid, the mouth of the pipe shall be protected to prevent the entrance of earth or bedding material. The pipe shall be fitted and matched so that when laid in the bed, it shall form a smooth, uniform conduit. When elliptical pipe with circular reinforcing or circular pipe with elliptical reinforcing is used, the pipe shall be laid in the trench in such position that the markings "TOP" or "BOTTOM" shall not be more than 5 degrees from the vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the pipe. For pipe over 42 inches in diameter, the Contractor may drill two holes not larger than 2 inches in diameter, in the top of each section of the pipe,to aid in lifting and placing. The holes shall be neatly drilled, without spalling of the concrete, and shall be done without the cutting of any reinforcement. After the pipe is laid, the holes shall be filled with mortar and properly cured, and placed such that they are visible from the top for inspection prior to backfill. Multiple installations of reinforced concrete pipe shall be laid with the center lines of 027402 Page 4 of 7 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A individual barrels parallel. When not otherwise indicated on plans, the following clear distances between outer surfaces of adjacent pipe shall be used. Diameter of Pipe 18" 24" 30" 36" 42" 48" 54" 60" to 84" Clear Distance Between Pipes 0'-9" 0'-11 " 1'-1" 1'-3" 1'-5" 1'-7" 1'-1l" 2'-0" 4. Jointing. a. If the use of Portland cement mortar joints is allowed, all pipe shall be jointed tight and sealed with stiff mortar, composed of one part Portland cement and two parts sand, so placed as to form a durable water-tight joint. The installation shall be as required by the Engineer. b. Joints using Rubber Gaskets: Where rubber gasket pipe joints are required by the plans, the joint assembly shall be made according to the recommendations of the gasket manufacturer. Water-tight joints will be required when using rubber gaskets. c. Joints using Cold-Applied Preformed Plastic Gaskets shall be made as follows: A suitable prime of the type recommended by the manufacturer of the gasket joint sealer shall be brush-applied to the tongue and groove joint surfaces and the end surfaces and allowed to dry and harden. No primer shall be applied over mud, sand or dirt or sharp cement protrusions. The surface to be primed must be clean and dry when primer is applied. Before laying the pipe in the trench, the plastic gasket sealer shall be attached around the tapered tongue or tapered groove near the shoulder or hub of each pipe joint. The paper wrapper shall be removed from one side only of the two-piece wrapper on the gasket and pressed firmly to the clean, dry pipe joint surface. The outside wrapper shall not be removed until immediately before pushing the pipe into its final position. When the tongue is correctly aligned with the flare of the groove, the outside wrapper on the gasket shall be removed and the pipe shall be pulled or pushed home with sufficient force and power(backhoe shovel, chain hoist,ratchet hoist or winch) to cause the evidence of squeeze-out of the gasket material on the inside or outside around the complete pipe joint circumference. The extruded gasket material shall be smoothed out over the joint on the exterior and interior of the pipe. Any joint material pushed out into the interior of the pipe that would tend to obstruct the flow shall be removed. (Pipe shall be pulled home in a straight line with all parts of the pipe on line and grade at all times.) Backfilling of pipe laid with plastic gasket joints may proceed as soon as the joint has been inspected and approved by the Engineer. Special precautions shall be taken in placing and compacting backfill to 027402 Page 5 of 7 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A avoid damage to the joints. When the atmospheric temperature is below 60 degrees F, plastic joint seal gaskets shall either be stored in an area warmed to above 70 degrees F, or artificially warmed to this temperature in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Gaskets shall then be applied to pipe joints immediately prior to placing pipe in the trench, followed by connection to previously laid pipe. d. Pipe Joints for storm sewers shall be wrapped with geotextile material. The geotextile wrap shall be at least 2 feet wide and shall be centered on each joint. 5. After the pipe has been placed, bedded and jointed as specified, filling and/or backfilling shall be done in accordance with the applicable requirements of City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities." If unstable conditions are encountered, fully encase the pipe with crushed stone as described above. When mortar joints are allowed, no fill or backfill shall be placed until the jointing material has been cured for at least six (6)hours. Special precautions shall be taken in placing and compacting the backfill to avoid any movement of the pipe or damage to the joints. For side drain culverts and all other culverts where joints consist of materials other than mortar, immediate backfilling will be permitted. 6. Unless otherwise shown on the plans or permitted in writing by the Engineer, no heavy earth moving equipment will be permitted to haul over the structure until a minimum of 4 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed thereon. Pipe damaged by the Contractor's equipment shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost. 7. Cleaning and Television Inspection. All enclosed reinforced concrete pipe and manholes installed on this project shall be cleaned and televised in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 027611 "Cleaning and Televised Inspection of Conduits." 4. MEASUREMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, reinforced concrete pipe will be measured by the linear foot. Such measurement will be made between the ends of the pipe barrel along its central axis. Where spurs or branches, or connections to existing pipe lines are involved, measurement of the spur or new connecting pipe will be made from the intersection of its center axis with the outside surfaces of the pipe into which it connects. Where inlets, headwalls, catch basins, manholes,junction chambers, or other structures are included in lines of pipe, that length of pipe tying into the structure wall will be included for measurement but no other portion of the structure length or width will be so included. For multiple pipes, the measured length will be the sum of the lengths of the barrels measured as prescribed above. 027402 Page 6 of 7 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 5. PAYMENT Payment for reinforced concrete pipe measured as prescribed above will be made at the contract unit price bid per linear foot for the various sizes of "Reinforced Concrete Pipe" of the class specified. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and transporting the pipe; hauling and placing of earth cushion material where required for bedding pipe; for the preparation and shaping of beds; for hauling, placing and jointing of pipes; for furnishing and installing geotextile pipe joint wrapping; for end finish; for all connections to existing and new structures; for cleaning and television inspection; and for all other items of materials, labor, equipment, tools, excavation, backfill and incidentals necessary to complete the culvert or storm sewer in accordance with the plans and these specifications. 027402 Page 7 of 7 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 027404 CONCRETE BOX CULVERTS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for constructing, furnishing, and installing reinforced concrete box culverts required to complete the project. All reinforced concrete boxes for this project shall be precast concrete in accordance with TxDOT Standards for precast box culverts and the details shown on the drawings for the appropriate height of fill, and design shall conform to ASTM C1577. Alternate designs of precast boxes will be considered for approval upon submission of shop drawings detailing the box and certifications that the box, as designed,is structurally comparable to or better than the box shown in the contract drawings and is designed to support HS20 loading per ASSHTO M273. The shop drawings and certifications shall be signed and sealed by a Texas registered professional engineer. 2. MATERIALS 1. Concrete. Unless otherwise shown on the plans,Class "C"concrete shall be used for cast-in- place boxes,conforming to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete" and City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures",except that Class "S"concrete will be required for top slabs of direct traffic cast- in-place boxes. Concrete for precast (machine-made) boxes shall meet the requirements of ASTM C76 Sections: "Cement", "Aggregates" and "Mixture", and shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 5,000 psi. 2. Reinforcement. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel" and the details shown on the plans. 3. Jointing. Materials for jointing shall conform to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 027402 "Reinforced Concrete Pipe Culverts". 4. Membrane Curing. Materials for membrane curing shall conform to City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". 5. Geotextile. Geotextile fabric for wrapping joints shall be Class 1 geotextile for subsurface drainage with an average opening size(AOS)of 0.22mm and in accordance with AASHTO M288. 3. FABRICATION The requirement of City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete" and City Standard Specification Section 038000"Concrete for Structures" shall govern for cast-in-place 027404 Page 1 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A concrete box culverts and for precast(formed)boxes except where otherwise specified herein. Forms for precast(machine-made)boxes shall be made of steel. Forms for cast-in-place boxes and precast(formed)boxes may be either wood or steel. Forms shall be mortar-tight and of sufficient strength to prevent excessive bulging or misalignment of adjacent boxes. They shall be constructed to permit their removal without damage to the concrete. Offsets at form joints shall not exceed one-eighth inch (1/8"). Forms shall be clean and free of extraneous matter when concrete is placed. Positive means of supporting steel cages in place throughout forming and concrete placement shall be required and subject to the approval of the Engineer. Welding of reinforcing steel will be permitted only where shown on the plans. Welding shall be done by a qualified welder and shall conform to industry standards. Precast(machine-made)boxes shall be cast by a process which will provide for uniform placement of the concrete in the forms and compaction by mechanical devices which will assure dense concrete. Concrete shall be mixed in a central batch plant or other approved batching facility from which the quality and uniformity of the concrete can be assured. Transit mixed concrete shall not be acceptable for use in precast(machine-made)boxes. 4. TESTING AND CERTIFICATION 1. Physical Requirements. Precast boxes shall meet the requirement of ASTM C1577. Testing shall be done by a materials engineering testing laboratory which meets the requirements for membership in the American Council of Independent Laboratories. 2. Fabrication Tolerances. Precast boxes shall conform to the following tolerances: When two box sections are fitted together on a flat surface, in proper alignment and in the position they will be installed, the longitudinal opening at any point shall not exceed one inch(I"). Not more than four lifting holes may be provided in each box to facilitate handling. They may be cast-in, cut into the fresh concrete after form removal or drilled,and shall not be more than 2 inches in diameter or 2 inches square. Cutting or displacement of the reinforcement will not be permitted. Spalled areas around the holes shall be repaired. Concrete boxes shall be given an"Ordinary Surface Finish" in accordance with Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". 3. Certification. Certification of quality shall be provided with each delivery of materials to the job site by the manufacturer. Certification shall be a written report by the materials engineering testing laboratory. 5. DEFECTS AND REPAIRS Fine cracks or checks on the surface of the member which do not extend to the plane of the nearest reinforcement will not because for rejection unless they are numerous and extensive. Cracks which extend into the plane of the reinforcing steel but are acceptable otherwise, shall be repaired in an 027404 Page 2 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A approved manner. Small damaged or honeycombed areas which are purely surficial in nature may be repaired. Excessive damage,honeycombing or cracking will be subject to structural review. Repairs shall be sound, properly finished, and cured in conformance with the pertinent specifications. When fine cracks or hairline cracks on the surface indicate poor curing practices,further production of precast boxes shall be discontinued until corrections are made and proper curing provided. 6. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Excavation and backfill shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities" and City Standard Details for Stormwater. Bedding for precast concrete box culverts located under pavements shall consist of 6 inches of cement-stabilized sand containing a minimum of 11/2 sacks of Standard Type I or Type 11 Portland cement per cubic yard of sand and compacted to not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. Unless otherwise shown on the plans,the Contractor may use any of the jointing materials, except rubber gaskets, and shall comply with the jointing requirements specified in the City Standard Specification Section 027402 "Reinforced Concrete Pipe Culverts". All box joints shall be wrapped with geotextile fabric. The wrap shall beat least two (2)feet wide and centered on the joints. Lifting holes shall be filled with mortar or concrete and cured to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 7. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, concrete box culverts shall be measured by the linear foot for each size of box installed. The measurement will be made between the ends of the box along the centerline. For boxes used in the multiple barrel structures,the measured length will be the sum of the lengths of all barrels. Payment shall be made at the contract bid price and shall fully compensate the Contractor for furnishing, transporting and installing the box culverts; for bedding materials and bed preparation including compaction; for excavation and backfill of trenches; for all connections to existing and new structures; and for all labor,materials,tools,equipment and incidentals required to complete the work as shown on the contract drawings and as specified herein. 027404 Page 3 of 3 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 027606 WASTEWATER SERVICE LINES 1. SCOPE: This specification governs all work and materials necessary to construct the wastewater service lines required to complete the project. Wastewater service lines are those lines, constructed in public right-of-way,from the service tee on the main up to and including the cleanout at the property line. 2. MATERIALS: Pipe and fittings for wastewater service lines shall be PVC in accordance with ASTM D2665 and ASTM D3311 with a minimum size of 4 inches. Solvent cement for PVC shall comply with ASTM D2564. No co-mingling of different materials except through the use of proper adaptors. Adaptors shall have a stainless steel or fiberglass shear ring. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS: Where possible, service tees or wyes shall be placed along the main as required for services (no taps). The minimum size pipe for services shall be 4-inch diameter for residential and 6-inch diameter for commercial. Minimum slope for 4-inch pipes shall be 1/8 inch per foot(S=1%),and minimum slope for 6-inch pipes shall be 1/16 inch per foot(S= 0.5%). Wastewater service lines shall cross under water mains. The Contractor shall be responsible for establishing alignment and maintaining grade for the proposed service. Trenches shall be excavated in such a manner that will minimize damage to surface improvements. After installation,the excavated material shall be tamped into the trench to not less than the density specified in City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities,"and the surface restored to a condition acceptable to the Engineer. Wastewater service lines shall be bored, jetted or jacked under sidewalks, driveways, and other such improved surfaces, unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. Service lines shall be leakage tested with the wastewater main. Contractor shall follow operational requirements for bypass pumping as set forth in Specification Section 027200 Control of Wastewater Flows 027606 Page 1 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form,wastewater service lines shall be measured as individual units for each connection made to the main. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, the line from the tee on the main to, and including,the cleanout at the property line. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, trench safety, bypass pumping and incidentals necessary for wastewater service lines required to complete the project. 027606 Page 2 of 2 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 027611 CLEANING AND TELEVISED INSPECTION OF CONDUITS 1. SCOPE This specification shall govern for all work, equipment, supervision and materials required to provide for cleaning and remote CCTV inspection and documentation of wastewater or other lines and manholes as required. 2. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 2.1 General Closed circuit television inspection will typically be done under one or more of the conditions listed below. Requirements for on-screen labeling during each line segment set up, televising, video file labeling and hard copy inspection reports will be specifically addressed. The Contractor shall neither request nor receive assistance from the City, in the performance of work described in this specification. Unless otherwise specified and at Contractors expense, the Contractor shall provide for the control of wastewater flows and monitoring of the collection system for back-ups and surcharges, while flow control devices are in place. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor(s) to adhere to all applicable OSHA rules and regulations while performing any and all City-related projects or jobs (to include, but not necessarily limited to "Confined Space Entry". 2.2 Inspection Equipment and Methods Electronic media shall be used to record the condition of all the segments of the mains and the manholes, tap locations and unusual situations during inspection. The inspection imaging shall be made on color professional grade DVD format for each line segment. All observations will require both audio and on-screen display. The camera shall transit through the wastewater line in either direction at a speed not greater than 30 feet per minute, stopping as necessary to permit proper documentation of the wastewater line's condition. Lighting for the camera shall be suitable to allow a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. A television camera with pan and tilt capability will be required. The camera, television monitor, and other components of the video systems shall be capable of producing picture quality to the satisfaction of the City. The capture system shall have the capability of recording, digitizing and storing single frames of video images and "real time" live video, as well as collecting, storing and printing wastewater line inspection data for graphic display and report generation. The imaging capture system shall store digitized picture images, have the ability to export picture files to industry standard formats (jpg, bmp, and tif), be transferable to DVD and be printed at no cost to the City. Use of proprietary software is discouraged; however, if the Contractor provides the software and 027611 Page 1 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A three licenses to the City, proprietary software COMPATIBLE with the City's GIS and existing database systems in use may be approved. However, in every case all observations will be recorded using the City approved PACP codes. 2.3 Flow Control/By-Passin; This procedure will be used on all previously accepted (City owned) line segments. Except for new wastewater line acceptance inspections, the line shall be dewatered during inspection. A water jet cleaning unit will normally be running in the line in advance of the television camera to allow the highest quality picture available. Dewatering shall remove standing water and fog from the line segment to provide 360 degree view of the pipe being televised. Too high water level or the camera being submerged will be grounds for rejection of the inspection. All wastewater flows from intersecting lines shall typically be controlled through the use of in-line plugs for vacuum trucks and are considered subsidiary to the inspection for all line sizes. Plugs in intersecting lines shall be installed by the Contractor with no assistance from the City. The Contractor shall also monitor the upstream system for back-ups and surcharges, which may lead to Sanitary Sewer Overflows (SSOs). The Contractor shall immediately report to the City Call Center (361) 826-2489 all sanitary sewer overflows. Flow Control devices shall be installed in accordance with all applicable OSHA requirements, including, but not necessarily limited to confined space protocol. 2.4 Evaluation of Existing Lines for Potential Repairs/Rehabilitation—Pre CCTV: Cleaning and televising using a CCTV camera may be needed to traverse each line segment from manhole to manhole as specified in the work order. When an obstruction prevents the camera from proceeding, the obstruction will be recorded on the initial setup and a reverse setup will be attempted to view the pipe and obstruction from the other side. If the camera fails to pass through the entire section, the inspection shall be considered complete and no additional inspection will be required. However, the line segment evaluation form, as well as the graphic report, shall note full line length and the length traveled from each manhole set-up. All inspection efforts on the line segment will be recorded on the same tape / disk. The Contractor must exert all reasonable effort to televise the entire length of a segment of wastewater line, or to assist the repair crews with usable information for point repair. Prior to transiting the line the video display initially is to include upstream and downstream manhole numbers, pipe size / material, adjacent street names and the date. During the transit the display must show the continuous distance from the insertion manhole with an accuracy of +1% of the actual length to help mark observations on the report form. The video must have narrative documentation of notable observations. The Inspection Report shall consist of condition observations recorded using City-approved computer software generated formats, generally conforming to NASSCO and PACP codes. Specifically, items considered notable include: deviations in alignment and grade; abnormal conditions of the pipe barrel and joints; locations 027611 Page 2 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A and quantities of any sources of infiltration or inflow; dropped, broken, properly / improperly installed service taps; debris, roots or other impediments to flow and any other condition that may prevent either the proper completion of the inspection, or affect any proposed rehabilitation process. Evaluation of existing lines includes associated manhole inspection. 2.5 Evaluation After Repairs /Rehabilitation Post CCTV: Following repairs or rehabilitation to existing lines (by Contractor), a CCTV camera shall travel through required line segment to televise. The intent of this process is to inspect the interior of the line to determine the location of repairs, and extent of any unacceptable work. Prior to transiting the line the video display initially is to include upstream and downstream manhole numbers, pipe size / material, adjacent street names and the date. During the transit the display must show the continuous distance from the insertion manhole with an accuracy of+/- 1% of the actual length to help mark observations on the report form. Specifically, items such as detailed inspection of the repaired area using pan-and- tilt equipment will be shown in the Inspection Report, including digital photographs of acceptable or inadequate and/or questionable work. The video must include narrative documentation of notable observations, and be cross referenced to the Inspection Report. The Inspection Report shall consist of condition observations recorded using City-approved computer-software generated formats conforming to NASSCO and PACP codes. 2.6 New Pipeline Inspection: Upon completion of the installation of new lines, including any appurtenances such as manholes, service connections, etc., a CCTV camera shall traverse through each completed line segment. The intent of this process is to inspect the interior of the completed line to determine the location of service taps and extent of omissions and/or any unacceptable work on the pipeline or manholes, such as sags, infiltration, gapped joints, protruding gaskets, etc. Prior to transiting the line, the initial video shall initially include the upstream and downstream manhole designations, pipe size, project name and other pertinent information. When inspecting / documenting new wastewater line conditions, the Contractor must conduct a specific inspection for the presence of sags in the newly installed line. The approved method involves the use of an inclinometer on the camera. The belly tolerance is 5% or less for acceptable pipe installation. Any deviation from the 5% belly tolerance limit must be approved by the applicable Utility Operating Department. The graphic report will note the start and stop of sags and approximate maximum depth. During the transit the display must show the continuous distance from the insertion manhole with an accuracy of +1% of the actual length to help mark observations on the Inspection Report form. The video must include narrative documentation of notable observations, and be cross referenced to the Inspection 027611 Page 3 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Report. The Inspection Report shall consist of condition observations recorded using approved computer-software generated formats. Specifically, items such as deviations in alignment and grade causing bellies / sags; abnormal conditions of the pipe barrel and joints; locations and quantities of any sources of infiltration or inflow; dropped, broken, properly / improperly installed service taps or any other condition that may assist the Utilities Department in determining the quality of the pipeline installation. 2.7 Manhole Inspection: A CCTV camera shall traverse the manhole from top to bottom to record the condition of the manhole and invert for structural condition and sources of infiltration on the manhole and invert. The initial video display must show the entry manhole number, location/street address, date and depth. a. The requirement is to commence capturing video at ground level. The video must be steady while panning and lowering to clearly record condition of the ring, corbel, the walls, and pipeline penetrations. The camera is to rotate during descent to inspect typical conditions and all penetrations. At the bottom of the manhole the complete invert will be inspected / viewed for infiltration and general condition. A washed out picture due to sunlight or shaking will be rejected for payment b. This manhole information may be retained on the same DVD if the line segment is also being investigated, or, if inspection is issued as a separate work order, a separate DVD and report will be required. As with pipeline inspection, digital photographs of key points of note must accompany the report and DVD. These would include seals on pipeline penetration, infiltration locations and other anomalies. c. The format of the Manhole Inspection Report will be as proposed by the Contractor and, following discussion, mutually approved by the Utilities Department and the Contractor. A sample form is included at the end of this specification. It will contain as a minimum: location & LD.number manhole diameter manhole material depth of manhole condition of ring/cover evidence of infiltration condition of walls presence of inflow inhibitor condition of pipe mouths presence of coatings condition of invert location: street/easement above invert penetrations 2.8 CCTV Set-M: a. A CCTV set-up includes all of the work, equipment, supervision,personnel, and materials needed to traverse a line segment. 027611 Page 4 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 2.9 CCTV Reverse Set-up: A CCTV reverse set-up is an attempt to view the line segment from the other side due to an obstruction encountered during the initial set-up. 3. CLEANING REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Clean ALL debris such as dirt, gravel, rocks, grease, roots and other organic/inorganic debris from existing lines and manholes to allow for inspection to proceed. The Contractor will be required to clean the line segment using hydraulic equipment. The debris being removed from the pipeline shall be removed from the collection system at the receiving manhole, and not be allowed to be merely moved to the next line segment. Debris shall be properly disposed of in accordance with local, state and federal regulations. The Contractor shall have the option of dewatering debris removed from cleaning operations on this project at the Greenwood WWTP, located at 1541 Saratoga Blvd., Corpus Christi, Texas 78415. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City Utilities Department at all times (see also City Standard Specification Section 027604 Disposal of Waste from Wastewater Cleaning Operations. The City has six drying beds, each with a 1-foot high containment wall each with an area of about 2,300 square feet. The Contractor would be required to haul and handle the material to, at and from the facility as well as the restoration of drying beds. Restoration of the drying beds includes the removal of all the de-watered material and the replacement of the existing sand bed with new sand. All work required within the treatment plant, including the replacement of sand shall be in accordance with the requirements set forth by the Plant Supervisor. The use of the drying beds would be subject to prior approval of the facility and the associated de-watering fees. If the City's facilities are used for de-watering or disposal of waste, the Contractor shall be responsible for making contact with the appropriate Solid Waste or Wastewater Officials or both, making all arrangements for the use of City facilities, scheduling of delivery and pickup, etc. Materials and handling operations shall meet the requirements set forth by said Officials. Contractor shall coordinate with the Wastewater Pre-Treatment Coordinator to acquire the appropriate manifest documentation and shall also provide a copy of the landfill disposal weight ticket/receipt to the Engineer. Failure to meet these requirements shall be cause for rejection of the materials by either the landfill or the treatment plant operations. Proper disposal of this waste shall be responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with written documentation 027611 Page 5 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A of the proper disposal of this waste. The Contractor shall not be paid until this documentation is provided. 4. DELIVERABLES 4.1 The Contractor is required to provide the Engineer both narrated CCTV DVD and computer software-generated Inspection Report products, as a result of each inspection. Acceptable submissions become the property of the City. a. Quality Control: camera distortion, inadequate lighting, dirty or submerged lens and blurry or hazy pictures determined to be the fault of the Contractor will be cause for rejection of the inspection effort. If the quality of the deliverables does not meet with City approval, the Contractor shall repeat the documenting process at no cost to the City. b. DVD: for each inspection, one properly labeled color, professional grade, DVD, recorded in standard play (SP) mode, will be required. The DVD will display continuous distance from the insertion manhole, and include narrative observations at notable points, with correlating information shown in the Inspection Report. Labeling of the DVD(s)will include, either typed or neatly printed the following information on the dust cover: Project Name Street Name Tape Number Contractor Upstream MH 4 Downstream MH 4 Date Survey/Post/New Work Order 4 Pipe Size Material Project 4 c. Inspection Reports: inspection reports are to be from City-approved and software-generated formats on 81/2"x 11"paper, in color to improve definition of problem areas, and delivered with the DVD. Each report shall include the same information as noted for the DVD labels, plus the following additional information: pipe diameter, pipe material, manhole diameters & depths, whether this is a "reverse" set-up, direction of flow arrow, and total length of the pipeline. Notable observations are to be shown in the report as digital color photos, with up to four images per page. One report is required for each line segment. Note that the final approval for the use of the Contractor's proposed software will be needed before the first inspection. The Contractor shall submit to the City a sample of the proposed report for review and approval by the City. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Proposal, Pre-CCTV (Cleaning and Televised Inspection of existing lines to potentially be rehabilitated) and Post CCTV (Televised Inspection for acceptance of new lines or rehabbed lines) of Wastewater Lines shall not be measured for pay, but will be considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid item. 027611 Page 6 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Cleaning and Televised Inspection of Wastewater Lines includes an inspection of all manholes entered, crossed, or associated with the line being inspected. Reverse CCTV Set-Up shall not be allowed for acceptance televising as obstructions should not be encountered in new pipe that would require the Contractor to relocate to another manhole (upstream or downstream) of the original manhole. 027611 Page 7 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SAMPLE TELEVISED INSPECTION REPORT FORM CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TELEVISED INSPECTION REPORT DATA REQUIREMENTS [Ora screen at start of each set-up and on Inspection Report] City's Project Name City's Project Number Contractor/Operator Date/'l'ime Televised DVD Number Upstream MH Location Downstream MH Location Upstream MH Number Downstream MH Number Upstream MI-I Depth Downstream MH Depth Pape Size Pre-Rehab TV Y N Evaluation TV Y N Post-Rehab TV Y N Reverse Set-up Y N Pipe Material DISTANCE FROM ENTRY POINT OBSERVATIONS/COMMENTS DVD LABELING REQUIREMENTS (On each DVD] City Project Name Upstream Manhole No. City Project No. Downstream Manhole No. Street Name Pre Post Other DVD No. Date/Time Made Contractor 027611 Page 8 of 8 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 027618 WASTEWATER LINE REHABILITATION/PIPEBURSTING 1. SCOPE This specification shall govern all work necessary to rehabilitate gravity wastewater lines by pipebursting,wherein a horizontal boring technique utilizing a cutting/expansive tool head fragments the existing pipe, and a fusion welded, high density polyethylene pipe is drawn into the resulting tunnel. 2. MATERIALS 2.1 Polyethylene: ASTM Designation: D-3350 with a cell classification of 335434B D or E(with inner wall of light color).In addition,the liner shall be manufactured of polyethylene resins classified as Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34, as tabulated in specifications in the older ASTM Designation, D-1248. This material shall also conform to the design criteria as specified in Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI) Designation: PE3408. 2.2 Dimensions: The pipe shall be (SDR 17, IPS) per ASTM F714 of the nominal diameter as shown on the plans and specified in the Bid Form, unless TCEQ requirements for water and wastewater line separation require pressure rated pipe of at least 150 psi, in which case DR 11, IPS pipe shall be utilized. At this pressure rating, a larger pipe may be required to maintain equivalent flow characteristics and hydraulic radius to the existing wastewater line. 2.3 uali : All pipe shall be homogenous throughout, and shall be free of visible cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or other deleterious faults. All materials shall be of the highest quality and highest performance. It shall be the product of a manufacturer actively engaged in research, development, and the manufacturer of said materials. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.1 Pipe Jointing: Sections of the polyethylene (PE) liner pipe shall be joined by the butt-fusion method and performed in strict conformance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations using approved equipment. The Contractor shall make arrangements to have a technical representative of the pipe manufacturer present for the start-up of the butt-fusion jointing and training of the contractor's personnel, or arrangements shall be made for the pipe manufacturer's representative to remain on the job until all jointing has been completed. When requested by the Engineer, samples of butt-fusion joints shall be furnished by the contractor for laboratory 027618 Page 1 of 4 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A testing. The test of such samples shall clearly demonstrate joint integrity, strength, etc. 3.2 Insertion Pits: The location and number of insertion pits shall be determined by the Contractor to maximize insertion lengths and keep the number of excavations to a minimum. The insertion pit size shall be the minimum necessary to perform insertion operations. Locations of insertion pits shall be acceptable to the Engineer. Removal of obstructions and point repairs shall be done as necessary. This work shall be done in accordance with Section 022020 of the City Standard Specifications, "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities." 3.3 Pulling Pipe: New polyethylene pipe shall be pulled immediately behind the pipe bursting equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's procedures. The machine shall be specifically designed and manufactured for the pipe insertion process. The Contractor shall install all pulleys,rollers,bumpers, alignment control devices, and other equipment, required to protect existing manholes, and to protect the pipe from damage during installation. Lubrication may be used as recommended by the pipe manufacturer.Under no circumstances shall the pipe be stressed beyond 50%of its tensile strength at yield, that being 22,600 lb. for an 8" SDR 17 pipe. Provide a suitable pull measuring device connected to the winch or pulling system. Upon commencement,insertion shall be continuous without interruption,if possible. Terminal sections of pipe that are joined within the insertion pit shall be connected with a 1/4"thick neoprene gasket and a stainless steel band clamp having a minimum of 4 bolt/nut drawn down fixtures. The butt gap between pipe ends shall not exceed 1/2". The installed pipe shall be allowed the manufacturer's recommended amount of time, but not less than 24 hours, for relaxation prior to any reconnection of service lines, sealing of the annulus, or backfilling the insertion pit. Sufficient excess length shall be allowed to provide for this occurrence. 3.4 Service Connections: All service connections shall be identified, excavated, and disconnected prior to pipe bursting. After the new main has been pulled into place, allowed to recover, and secured to the manhole walls, each service shall be reconnected to the new main. Services shall be connected by the use of an approved pre-fabricated saddle. The pre-fabricated saddle shall be equipped with a neoprene gasket installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a complete water seal is accomplished when the two-piece saddle is placed around the polyethylene pipe and pulled together with stainless steel bands. Drill hole in main shall be flush with the inside diameter of the saddle. Continuous service shall be maintained. 027618 Page 2 of 4 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 3.5 Annulus Sealing: The relaxed pipe shall be cut 4"inside of manholes and any annular space sealed. The annular space may be sealed with a mechanical device, chemical seal,or quick-setting concrete. The method chosen shall be approved by the Engineer prior to construction. The sealant shall extend at least 8-inches past the outside of the manhole wall. The sealant shall form a smooth transition above the liner projection into the manhole. The sealant shall be applied 3" beyond the annulus on the inside wall of the manhole. The complete joint shall be uniform and water-tight. 3.6 Backfill: The insertion pit(s) shall be backfilled with an approved granular material from the invert to a minimum of 12" above the pipe. The balance of the insertion pit may be backfilled using approved material taken from the excavation.All backfilling shall be accomplished in such a manner as to achieve a 95% Standard Proctor density. 3.7 By-Pass Wastewater Flows:It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain continuous flow of wastewater, during execution of work. This includes flow of all mains, laterals, and services. Pumps and by-pass lines shall be of adequate capacity to handle all flows. Dumping of raw sewage on private or city property shall not be allowed.By-pass shall be made by pumping the sewage into the downstream manhole or adjacent system, or other methods as may be approved by the Owner and the Engineer. All bypass pumping must be per City Standard Specification Section 027200 "Control of Wastewater Flows." 4. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS: The Contractor shall be responsible for all handing and security of the materials. 5. CLEANUP: The Contractor shall clean up the area around the work area and restore surface improvements to a like or better condition as existed prior to construction. All pavement shall be repaired as specified. All broken pipe and other unwanted material shall become property of the Contractor and hauled off and disposed by the Contractor. 6. TELEVISION INSPECTION: Television inspection of pipeline shall be performed by experienced personnel, in accordance with City Standard Specification 027611. Television inspection shall be per the following: Post Construction video DVD of each wastewater line shall include voice description and stationing of each service indicated. Data and stationing shall be visually displayed on video. By-pass or diversion of flow shall be done by the Contractor as necessary to obtain acceptable video. 027618 Page 3 of 4 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A If any portion of the inspection DVD be deemed inadequate by the City,the Contractor shall re-video that portion to the satisfaction of the City at no additional expense to the City. DVDs of all work shall be furnished to the City prior to acceptance of work. One copy shall become property of The City and retained by the City. 7. TESTING: After the proposed line has been completed, internally inspected with video camera and record as required. DVD shall be furnished to the City prior to acceptance of work. Manholes and services are to be tested as described elsewhere. 8. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Unless indicated otherwise in the Bid Form, Wastewater Rehabilitation / Pipebursting will be measured by the linear foot for each size and depth range installed. Payment shall include,but not be limited to, all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals required for(other than pavement repair) trenching,installing the new line,surface restoration,clean-up,televised inspection,and other work as may be required. 027618 Page 4 of 4 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 028040 SODDING 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for furnishing and placing sod as required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Fertilizer: All fertilizer used shall be delivered in bags or containers with clearly marked analysis. A granulated fertilizer shall be used with an analysis of 10-20-10. These figures represent the percent of nitrogen, phosphoric acid and potash nutrients, respectively, as determined by the methods of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. The rate of application shall be not less than 350 pounds per acre (7.23 lb. per 100 SY). In the event that it is necessary to substitute a fertilizer with a different analysis, it shall be granulated fertilizer with a lower concentration. The total nutrients applied per unit area shall not be less that the specified amount of each nutrient. Sod: Sod shall consist of live Bermuda grass with thickly matted roots throughout the soil and with a minimum thickness of 3 inches or 0.25 foot, or live St. Augustine with thickly matted roots throughout the soil with a minimum thickness of 1 inch or 0.08 foot. The Contractor shall not use sod where grass is thinned out. Grass shall be mowed and raked to remove all weeds and long stems prior to extraction at the source. Sod and soil shall be kept moist at all times during the sodding process. Care must be taken at all times to retain native soil on the root system. Water: Water shall be free from oils, acids, alkalis, and salts that may inhibit grass growth. Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, water shall be provided by the City and shall be transported and applied by the Contractor. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Spot Sodding Prior to planting, the area to be sodded shall be graded and shaped. Squares of sod with a minimum width of 3 inches shall be planted in rows on 15-inch centers in both directions. Sod shall be placed so that it is firmly against the bottom of the hole, and the top of the sod shall not be more than 1/2 inch below finished grade. Soil shall be firmly packed against all sides of the sod. Soil shall not be allowed to cover the sod except for soil incidental to raking,provided that the quantity of soil is not enough to hinder the growth. Areas to be spot sodded shall be indicated on the drawing or as directed by the Engineer in field. After sod has been planted,the area shall be fertilized and watered. 028040 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Block Soddip& Prior to planting, the area to be sodded shall be graded and shaped. Sod blocks shall be uniformly placed over the prepared area. The sodded area shall then be fertilized and watered. After the area is sufficiently dry, the area shall be rolled or tamped to form a thoroughly compacted mat. Any voids in the mats shall be filled with additional sod and tamped. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, slopes may cause displacement, areas to be block sodded shall be indicated on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer in the field. Mulch Soddin;;: The sod source shall be disked in two directions cutting the sod thoroughly to a depth of not less than 4 inches or more than 10 inches, being careful to avoid having soil containing no grass roots. The disked sod may be windrowed or otherwise handled in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The material shall be rejected if not kept in a moist condition. Prior to placing mulch sod, the cut slopes shall be scarified by plowing furrows 4 inches to 6 inches deep along horizontal slope lines at 2-foot vertical intervals. Excavated material from the furrows shall not protrude more than 3 inches above the original surface of the cut. Fertilizer shall be distributed uniformly over the area. The sod shall then be dumped upon the prepared area and spread uniformly to the required approximate thickness shown on the plans. Any section not true to lines and cross section shall be remedied by the addition of sod material. After the sod material has been spread and shaped, it shall be compacted with a corrugated roller of the "Cultipacker" type. All rolling of slope areas shall be on the contour. The area to be mulch sodded shall be indicated on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer in the field. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, spot sodding and block sodding shall be measured by the square yard taken in a horizontal plane. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, excavation, transporting, storing and placing of sod, and application of fertilizer and water. 028040 Page 2of2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 030020 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for the materials used; for the storing and handling of materials; and for the proportioning and mixing of concrete for culverts, manholes, inlets, curb and gutter, sidewalks, driveways, curb ramps, headwalls and wingwalls, riprap, and incidental concrete construction. The concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, aggregates (fine and coarse), admixtures if desired or required, and water,proportioned and mixed as hereinafter provided. 2. MATERIALS (1) Cement The cement shall be either Type I, II or III Portland cement conforming to ASTM Designation: C150, modified as follows: Unless otherwise specified by the Engineer, the specific surface area of Type I and II cements shall not exceed 2000 square centimeters per gram (Wagner Turbidimeter— TxDOT Test Method Tex-310-D). For concrete piling, the above limit on specific surface area is waived for Type II cement only. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer, with each shipment, a statement as to the specific surface area of the cement expressed in square centimeters per gram. For cement strength requirements, either the flexural or compressive test may be used. Either Type I or II cement shall be used unless Type II is specified on the plans. Except when Type II is specified on the plans, Type III cement may be used when the anticipated air temperature for the succeeding 12 hours will not exceed 60°F. Type III cement may be used in all precast prestressed concrete, except in piling when Type II cement is required for substructure concrete. Different types of cement may be used in the same structure, but all cement used in any one monolithic placement shall be of the same type and brand. Only one brand of each type will be permitted in any one structure unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. Cement may be delivered in bulk where adequate bin storage is provided. All other cement shall be delivered in bags marked plainly with the name of the manufacturer and the type of cement. Similar information shall be provided in the bills of lading accompanying each shipment of packaged or bulk cement. Bags shall contain 94 pounds net. All bags shall be in good condition at time of delivery. All cement shall be properly protected against dampness. No caked cement will be accepted. Cement remaining in storage for a prolonged period of time may be retested and rejected if it fails to conform to any of the requirements of these specifications. 030020 Page 1 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A (2) Mixing _Water Water for use in concrete and for curing shall be free from oils, acids, organic matter or other deleterious substances and shall not contain more than 1000 parts per million of chlorides as CL nor more than 1000 parts per million of sulfates as 5O4. Water from municipal supplies approved by the State Health Department will not require testing, but water from other sources will be sampled and tested before use in structural concrete. Tests shall be made in accordance with the "Method of Test for Quality of Water to be Used in Concrete" (AASHTO Method T26), except where such methods are in conflict with provisions of this specification. (3) Coarse Aggregate Coarse aggregate shall consist of durable particles of gravel, crushed blast furnace slag, crushed stone, or combinations thereof, free from frozen material or injurious amount of salt, alkali, vegetable matter, or other objectionable material either free or as an adherent coating; and its quality shall be reasonably uniform throughout. It shall not contain more than 0.25 percent by weight of clay lumps, nor more than 1.0 percent by weight of shale, nor more than 5 percent by weight of laminated and/or friable particles when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-413-A. It shall have a wear of not more than 40 percent when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-410-A. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, coarse aggregate will be subjected to five cycles of the soundness test in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-411-A. The loss shall not be greater than 12 percent when sodium sulfate is used, or 18 percent when magnesium sulfate is used. Permissible sizes of aggregate shall be governed by Table 4 and Table 1, except that when exposed aggregate surfaces are required, coarse aggregate gradation will be as specified on the plans. When tested by approved methods, the coarse aggregate, including combinations of aggregates when used, shall conform to the grading requirements shown in Table 1. 030020 Page 2 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A TABLE 1 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Chart Percent Retained on Each Sieve Aggregate Nominal 2-�/z 2 1-�/z 1 3/4 1/2 3/8 Grade No. Size In. In. In. In. In. In. In. No. 4 No. 8 1 2 in. 0 0 to 15 60 to 95 to 20 to 80 100 50 2 (467)* 1-�/z in. 0 0 30 to 70 95 to to 65 to 100 5 90 4 (57)* 1 in. 0 0 40 90 to 95 to to to 100 100 5 75 8 3/8 in. 0 0 to 35 to 90 to 5 80 100 *Numbers in parenthesis indicate conformance with ASTM C33. The aggregate shall be washed. The Loss by Decantation (TxDOT Test Method Tex-406-A)plus the allowable weight of clay lumps, shall not exceed one percent, or the value shown on the plans, whichever is smaller. (4) Fine Agate Fine aggregate shall consist of clean, hard, durable and uncoated particles of natural or manufactured sand or a combination thereof, with or without a mineral filler. It shall be free from frozen material or injurious amounts of salt, alkali, vegetable matter or other objectionable material and it shall not contain more than 0.5 percent by weight of clay lumps. When subjected to the color test for organic impurities (TxDOT Test Method Tex-408-A), it shall not show a color darker than standard. The fine aggregate shall produce a mortar having a tensile strength equal to or greater than that of Ottawa sand mortar when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-317-D. Where manufactured sand is used in lieu of natural sand for slab concrete subject to direct traffic, the acid insoluble residue of the fine aggregate shall be not less than 28 percent by weight when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-612-J. When tested by approved methods, the fine aggregate or combination of aggregates, including mineral filler, shall conform to the grading requirements shown in Table 2. 030020 Page 3 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A TABLE 2 Fine Aggregate Gradation Chart Percent Retained on Each Sieve Aggregate Grade No. 3/8 In. No. 4 No. 8 No. 16 No. 30 No. 50 No. 100 No. 200 1 0 0to5 0to20 15to50 35to75 70to90 90to100 97to100 NOTE 1: Where manufactured sand is used in lieu of natural sand, the percent retained on the No. 200 sieve shall be 94 to 100. NOTE 2: Where the sand equivalent value is greater than 85, the retainage on the No. 50 sieve may be 70 to 94 percent. Fine aggregate will be subjected to the Sand Equivalent Test (TxDOT Test Method Tex-203-F). The sand equivalent shall not be less than 80 nor less than the value shown on the plans,whichever is greater. For concrete Classes `A' and `C', the fineness modulus as defined below for fine aggregates shall be between 2.30 and 3.10. The fineness modulus will be determined by adding the percentages by weight retained on the following sieves, and dividing by 100; Nos. 4, 8, 16, 30, 50 and 100. (5) Mineral Filler Mineral filler shall consist of stone dust, clean crushed sand, or other approved inert material. (6) Mortar(Grout) Mortar for repair of concrete shall consist of 1 part cement, 2 parts finely graded sand, and enough water to make the mixture plastic. When required to prevent color difference, white cement shall be added to produce the color required. When required by the Engineer, latex adhesive shall be added to the mortar. (7) Admixtures Calcium Chloride will not be permitted. Unless otherwise noted, air-entraining, retarding and water-reducing admixtures may be used in all concrete and shall conform to the following requirements: A "water-reducing, retarding admixture" is defined as a material which, when added to a concrete mixture in the correct quantity, will reduce the quantity of mixing water required to produce concrete of a given consistency and will retard the initial set of the concrete. A "water-reducing admixture" is defined as a material which, when added to a concrete mixture in the correct quantity, will reduce the quantity of mixing water required to produce concrete of a 030020 Page 4 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A given consistency. (a) Retarding and Water-Reducing Admixtures. The admixture shall meet the requirements for Type A and Type D admixture as specified in ASTM Designation: C494, modified as follows: (1) The water-reducing retarder shall retard the initial set of the concrete a minimum of 2 hours and a maximum of 4 hours, at a specified dosage rate, at a temperature of 90°F. (2) The cement used in any series of tests shall be either the cement proposed for specific work or a "reference" Type I cement from one mill. (3) Unless otherwise noted on the plans,the minimum relative durability factor shall be 80. The air-entraining admixture used in the referenced and test concrete shall be neutralized Vinsol resin. (b) Air-Entraining Admixture. The admixture shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: C260, modified as follows: (1) The cement used in any series of tests shall be either the cement proposed for specific work or a "reference" Type I cement from one mill. (2) Unless otherwise noted on the plans,the minimum relative durability factor shall be 80. The air-entraining admixture used in the referenced concrete shall be neutralized Vinsol resin. 3. STORAGE OF CEMENT All cement shall be stored in well-ventilated weatherproof buildings or approved bins, which will protect it from dampness or absorption of moisture. Storage facilities shall be ample, and each shipment of packaged cement shall be kept separated to provide easy access for identification and inspection. The Engineer may permit small quantities of sacked cement to be stored in the open for a maximum of 48 hours on a raised platform and under waterproof covering. 4. STORAGE OF AGGREGATE The method of handling and storing concrete aggregate shall prevent contamination with foreign materials. If the aggregates are stored on the ground, the sites for the stockpiles shall be clear of all vegetation and level. The bottom layer of aggregate shall not be disturbed or used without recleaning. 030020 Page 5 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A When conditions require the use of two or more sizes of aggregates, they shall be separated to prevent intermixing. Where space is limited, stockpiles shall be separated by physical barriers. Methods of handling aggregates during stockpiling and subsequent use shall be such that segregation will be minimized. Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, all aggregate shall be stockpiled at least 24 hours to reduce the free moisture content. 5. MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS The measurement of the materials, except water, used in batches of concrete, shall be by weight. The fine aggregate, coarse aggregate and mineral filler shall be weighed separately. Where bulk cement is used, it shall be weighed separately, but batch weighing of sacked cement will not be required. Where sacked cement is used, the quantities of material per batch shall be based upon using full bags of cement. Batches involving the use of fractional bags will not be permitted. Allowance shall be made for the water content in the aggregates. Bags of cement varying more than 3 percent from the specified weight of 94 pounds may be rejected, and when the average weight per bag in any shipment, as determined by weighing 50 bags taken at random, is less than the net weight specified, the entire shipment may be rejected. If the shipment is accepted, the Engineer will adjust the concrete mix to a net weight per bag fixed by an average of all individual weights which are less than the average weight determined from the total number weighed. 6. CLASSIFICATION AND MIX DESIGN It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish the mix design, using a coarse aggregate factor acceptable to the Engineer, for the class(es) of concrete specified. The mix shall be designed by a qualified concrete technician to conform with the requirements contained herein and in accordance with the THD Bulletin C-11. The Contractor shall perform, at his own expense, the work required to substantiate the design, except the testing of strength specimens, which will be done by the Engineer. Complete concrete design data shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. It shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine and measure the batch quantity of each ingredient, including all water, so that the mix conforms to these specifications and any other requirements shown on the plans. Trial batches will be made and tested using all of the proposed ingredients prior to placing the concrete, and when the aggregate and/or brand of cement or admixture is changed. Trial batches shall be made in the mixer to be used on the job. When transit mix concrete is to be used, the trial designs will be made in a transit mixer representative of the mixers to be used. Batch size shall not be less than 50 percent of the rated mixing capacity of the truck. Mix designs from previous or concurrent jobs may be used without trial batches if it is shown that 030020 Page 6 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A no substantial change in any of the proposed ingredients has been made. The coarse aggregate factor shall not be more than 0.82, except that when the voids in the coarse aggregate exceed 48 percent of the total dry loose volume, the coarse aggregate factor shall not exceed 0.85. The coarse aggregate factor shall not be less than 0.70 for Grades 1, 2 and 3 aggregates. If the strength required for the class of concrete being produced is not secured with the cement specified in Table 4, the Contractor may use an approved water-reducing or retarding admixture, or he shall furnish aggregates with different characteristics which will produce the required results. Additional cement may be required or permitted as a temporary measure until the redesign is checked. Water-reducing or retarding agents may be used with all classes of concrete at the option of the Contractor. When water-reducing or retarding agents are used at the option of the Contractor,reduced dosage of the admixture will be permitted. Entrained air will be required in accordance with Table 4. The concrete shall be designed to entrain 5 percent air when Grade 2 coarse aggregate is used and 6 percent when Grade 3 coarse aggregate is used. Concrete as placed in the structure shall contain the proper amount as required above with a tolerance of plus or minus 1.5 percentage points. Occasional variations beyond this tolerance will not be cause for rejection. When the quantity of entrained air is found to be above 7 percent with Grade 2 coarse aggregate or above 8 percent for Grade 3 coarse aggregate, additional test beams or cylinders will be made. If these beams or cylinders pass the minimum flexural or compressive requirements,the concrete will not be rejected because of the variation in air content. 7. CONSISTENCY In cases where the consistency requirements cannot be satisfied without exceeding the maximum allowable amount of water, the Contractor may use, or the Engineer may require, an approved water-reducing or retarding agent, or the Contractor shall furnish additional aggregates or aggregates with different characteristics, which will produce the required results. Additional cement may be required or permitted as a temporary measure until aggregates are changed and designs checked with the different aggregates or admixture. The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the completion of all finishing operations without the addition of water to the surface. When field conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for the final concrete surface finishing operation, the required water shall be applied to the surface by fog spray only, and shall be held to a minimum. The concrete shall be workable, cohesive, possess satisfactory finishing qualities, and of the stiffest consistency that can be placed and vibrated into a homogenous mass. Excessive bleeding shall be avoided. Slump requirements will be as specified in Table 3. 030020 Page 7 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A TABLE 3 Slump Requirements Concrete Desi_ng ation Desired Slump Max. Slump Structural Concrete: (1) Thin-Walled Sections (9" or less) 4 inches 5 inches (2) Slabs, Caps, Columns,Piers, Wall Sections over 9", etc. 3 inches 4 inches Underwater or Seal Concrete 5 inches 6 inches Riprap, Curb, Gutter and Other Miscellaneous Concrete 2.5 inches 4 inches NOTE: No concrete will be permitted with slump in excess of the maximums shown. 8. QUALITY OF CONCRETE General The concrete shall be uniform and workable. The cement content, maximum allowable water- cement ratio, the desired and maximum slump and the strength requirements of the various classes of concrete shall conform to the requirements of Table 3 and Table 4 and as required herein. During the process of the work, the Engineer or his designated representative will cast test cylinders or beams as a check on the compressive or flexural strength of the concrete actually placed. Test cylinders must be picked up by the testing lab within 24 hours. A test shall be defined as the average of the breaking strength of two cylinders or two beams, as the case may be. Specimens will be tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Methods Tex-418-A or Tex-420-A. Test beams or cylinders will be required as specified in the contract documents. For small placements on structures such as manholes, inlets, culverts, wingwalls, etc., the Engineer may vary the number of tests to a minimum of one for each 25 cubic yards placed over a several day period. All test specimens, beams or cylinders, representing tests for removal of forms and/or falsework shall be cured using the same methods, and under the same conditions as the concrete represented. "Design Strength" beams and cylinders shall be cured in accordance with THD Bulletin C-11. The Contractor shall provide and maintain curing facilities as described in THD Bulletin C-11 for the purpose of curing test specimens. Provision shall be made to maintain the water in the curing tank at temperatures between 70°F and 90°F. When control of concrete quality is by twenty-eight-day compressive tests, job control will be by seven-day compressive tests which are shown to provide the required twenty-eight-day strength, based on results from trial batches. If the required seven-day strength is not secured with the 030020 Page 8 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A cement specified in Table 4, changes in the batch design will be made. TABLE 4 Classes of Concrete Minimum Class Compressive Min. Beam Maximum Coarse of Sacks Cement Strength(f c) Strength Water-Cement Aggregate Concrete per C.Y. (min.) 28-Day(psi) 7-Day(psi) Ratio (gal/sack) No. A* 5.0 3000 500*** 6.5 2-4-8**** B* 4.5 2500 417 8.0 2-4-8**** C* 6.0 3600 600*** 6.0 1-2-4** D 6.0 3000 500 7.0 2-4 S 6.5 4000 570 5.0 2-4 *Entrained Air(slabs,piers and bent concrete). **Grade 1 Coarse Aggregate may be used in foundation only(except cased drilled shafts). ***When Type H Cement is used with Class C Concrete, the 7-day beam break requirement will be 550 psi; with Class A Concrete,the minimum 7-day beam break requirement will be 460 psi. ****Permission to use Grade 8 Aggregate must have prior approval of the Engineer. 9. MIXING CONDITIONS The concrete shall be mixed in quantities required for immediate use. Any concrete which is not in place within the limits outlined in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures", Article "Placing Concrete-General", shall not be used. Retamping of concrete will not be permitted. In threatening weather, which may result in conditions that will adversely affect the quality of the concrete to be placed, the Engineer may order postponement of the work. Where work has been started and changes in weather conditions require protective measures, the Contractor shall furnish adequate shelter to protect the concrete against damage from rainfall, or from freezing temperatures. If necessary to continue operations during rainfall, the Contractor shall also provide protective coverings for the material stockpiles. Aggregate stockpiles need be covered only to the extent necessary to control the moisture conditions in the aggregates to adequately control the consistency of the concrete. 10. MIXING AND MIXING EQUIPMENT All equipment, tools, and machinery used for hauling materials and performing any part of the work shall be maintained in such condition to insure completion of the work underway without excessive delays for repairs or replacements. The mixing shall be done in a batch mixer of approved type and size that will produce uniform 030020 Page 9 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A distribution of the material throughout the mass. Mixers may be either the revolving drum type or the revolving blade type, and shall be capable of producing concrete meeting the requirements of these specifications. After all the ingredients are assembled in the drum,the mixing shall continue not less than 1 minute for mixers of one cubic yard or less capacity plus 15 seconds for each additional cubic yard or portion thereof. The mixer shall operate at the speed and capacity designated by the Mixer Manufacturers Bureau of the Associated General Contractors of America. The mixer shall have a plate affixed showing the manufacturer's recommended operating data. The absolute volume of the concrete batch shall not exceed the rated capacity of the mixer. The entire contents of the drum shall be discharged before any materials are placed therein for the succeeding batch. The first batch of concrete materials placed in the mixer for each placement shall contain an extra quantity of sand, cement and water sufficient to coat the inside surface of the drum. Upon the cessation of mixing for any considerable length of time, the mixer shall be thoroughly cleaned. The concrete mixer shall be equipped with an automatic timing device which is put into operation when the skip is raised to its full height and dumping. This device shall lock the discharging mechanism and prevent emptying of the mixer until all the materials have been mixed together for the minimum time required, and it shall ring a bell after the specified time of mixing has elapsed. The water tank shall be arranged so that the amount of water can be measured accurately, and when the tank starts to discharge,the inlet supply shall cut off automatically. Whenever a concrete mixer is not adequate or suitable for the work, it shall be removed from the site upon a written order from the Engineer and a suitable mixer provided by the Contractor. Pick-up and thro-over blades in the drum of the mixer which are worn down more than 10 percent in depth shall be repaired or replaced with new blades. Improperly mixed concrete shall not be placed in the structure. Job mix concrete shall be concrete mixed in an approved batch mixer in accordance with the requirements stated above, adjacent to the structure for which the concrete is being mixed, and moved to the placement site in non-agitating equipment. 11. READY-MIX PLANTS A. General. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to furnish concrete meeting all requirement of the governing specification sections, and concrete not meeting the slump, workability and consistency requirements of the governing specification sections shall not 030020 Page 10 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A be placed in the structure or pavement. Ready-Mixed Concrete shall be mixed and delivered by means of one of the following approved methods. (1) Mixed completely in a stationary mixer and transported to the point of delivery in a truck agitator or a truck mixer operating at truck agitator or truck mixer agitation speed. (Central-Mix Concrete) (2) Mixed complete in a truck mixer and transported to the placement site at mixing and/or agitating speed (Transit-Mix Concrete), subject to the following provisions: (a) Truck mixers will be permitted to transport concrete to the job site at mixing speed if equipped with double actuated counters which will separate revolutions at mixing speed from total revolutions. (b) Truck mixers equipped with a single actuated counter counting total revolutions of the drum shall mix the concrete at the plant not less than 50 nor more than 70 revolutions at mixing speed, transport it to the job site at agitating speed and complete the required mixing before placing the concrete. (3) Mixed completely in a stationery mixer and transported to the job site in approved non-agitating trucks with special bodies. This method of transporting will be permitted for concrete pavement only. B. Equipment. (1) Batching _Plant. The batching plant shall be provided with adequate bins for batching all aggregates and materials required by the specifications. Bulk cement shall be weighed on a scale separate from those used for other materials and in a hopper entirely free and independent of that used for weighing the aggregates. (2) Mixers and Agitators. _ (a) General: Mixers shall be of an approved stationary or truck-type capable of combining the ingredients into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass. Facilities shall be provided to permit ready access to the inside of the drum for inspection, cleaning and repair of blades. Mixers and agitators shall be subject to daily examination for changes in condition due to accumulation of hardened concrete and/or wear of blades, and any hardened concrete shall be removed before the mixer will be permitted to be used. Worn blades shall be repaired or replaced with new in 030020 Page 11 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A accordance with the manufacturer's design and arrangement for that particular unit when any part or section is worn as much as 10 percent below the original height of the manufacturer's design. (b) Stationary Mixers: These shall conform to the requirements of Article "Mixing and Mixing Equipment". Truck mixers mounted on a stationary base will not be considered as a stationary mixer. (c) Truck Mixers: In addition, truck mixers shall comply with the following requirements: An engine in satisfactory working condition and capable of accurately gauging the desired speed of rotation shall be mounted as an integral part of the mixing unit for the purpose of rotating the drum. Truck mixers equipped with a transmission that will govern the speed of the drum within the specified revolutions per minute (rpm)will not require a separate engine. All truck mixers shall be equipped with actuated counters by which the proper number of revolutions of the drum, as specified in Article 11. A. above, may be readily verified. The counters shall be read and recorded at the start of mixing at mixing speeds. Each until shall have adequate water supply and accurate metering or gauging devices for measuring the amount used. (d) Agitators: Concrete agitators shall be of the truck type, capable of maintaining a thoroughly mixed and uniform concrete mass and discharging it within the same degree of uniformity specified for mixers. Agitators shall comply with all of the requirements for truck mixers, except for the actual mixing requirements. C. Operation of Plant and Equipment. Delivery of ready-mixed concrete shall equal or exceed the rate approved by the Engineer for continuous placement. In all cases, the delivery of concrete to the placement site shall assure compliance with the time limits in the applicable specification for depositing successive batches in any monolithic unit. The Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that adequate standby trucks are available. A standard ticket system will be used for recording concrete batching, mixing and delivery date. Tickets will be delivered to the job inspector. Loads arriving without ticket and/or in unsatisfactory condition shall not be used. When a stationary mixer is used for the entire mixing operation, the mixing time for one cubic yard of concrete shall be one minute plus 15 seconds for each additional cubic yard or portion thereof. This mixing time shall start when all cement, aggregates and initial water have entered the drum. 030020 Page 12 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A The mixer shall be charged so that some of the mixing water will enter the drum in advance of the cement and aggregate. All of the mixing water shall be in the drum by the end of the first one- fourth of the specified mixing time. Water used to flush down the blades after charging shall be accurately measured and included in the quantity of mixing water. The introduction of the initial mixing water, except blade wash down water and that permitted in this Article, shall be prior to or simultaneous with the charging of the aggregates and cement. The loading of truck mixers shall not exceed 63 percent of the total volume of the drum. When used as an agitator only,the loading shall not exceed 80 percent of the drum volume. When Ready-Mix Concrete is used, additional mortar (one sack cement, three parts sand and sufficient water) shall be added to the batch to coat the drum of the mixer or agitator truck, and this shall be required for every load of Class C concrete only and for the first batch from central mix plants. A portion of the mixing water, required by the batch design to produce the desired slump, may be withheld and added at the job site, but only with permission of the Engineer and under his supervision. When water is added under the above conditions, it shall be thoroughly mixed as specified below for water added at the job site. Mixing speed shall be attained as soon as all ingredients are in the mixer, and each complete batch (containing all the required ingredients) shall be mixed not less than 70 nor more than 100 revolutions of the drum at mixing speed except that when water is added at the job site, 25 revolutions (minimum) at mixing speed will be required to uniformly disperse the additional water throughout the mix. Mixing speed shall be as designated by the manufacturer. All revolutions after the prescribed mixing time shall be at agitating speed. The agitating speed shall be not less than one (1) nor more than five (5) rpm. The drum shall be kept in continuous motion from the time mixing is started until the discharge is completed. 12. PLACING, CURING AND FINISHING The placing of concrete, including construction of forms and falsework, curing and finishing, shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". 13. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, the quantities of concrete of the various classifications which will constitute the completed and accepted structure(s) in-place will be measured by the cubic yard, per each, square foot, square yard or linear foot, as the case may be. Measurement will be as shown on the drawings and/or in the Bid Form. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing, hauling, mixing, placing, curing and finishing all concrete; all grouting and pointing; furnishing and placing drains; furnishing and placing metal flashing strips; furnishing and placing expansion joint material required by this specification or shown on the plans; and for all forms and falsework, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 030020 Page 13 of 13 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 032020 REINFORCING STEEL 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the furnishing and placing of reinforcing steel, deformed and smooth, of the size and quantity designated on the plans and in accordance with these specifications. 2. MATERIALS Unless otherwise designated on the plans, all bar reinforcement shall be deformed, and shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 615, Grades 60 or 75, and shall be open hearth, basic oxygen, or electric furnace new billet steel. Large diameter new billet steel (Nos. 14 and 18), Grade 75,will be permitted for straight bars only. Where bending of bar sizes No. 14 or No. 18 of Grade 60 is required, bend testing shall be performed on representative specimens as described for smaller bars in the applicable ASTM Specification. The required bend shall be 90 degrees around a pin having a diameter of 10 times the nominal diameter of the bar. Spiral reinforcement shall be smooth (not deformed) bars or wire of the minimum diameter shown on the plans, and shall be made by one or more of the following processes: open hearth, basic oxygen, or electric furnace. Bars shall be rolled from billets reduced from ingots and shall comply with ASTM Designation: A 306, Grade 65 minimum (references to ASTM Designation: A 29 is voided). Dimensional tolerances shall be in accordance with ASTM Designation: A 615, or ASTM Designation: A 615, Grade 60, except for deformations. Wire shall be cold-drawn from rods that have been hot-rolled from billets and shall comply with ASTM Designation: A 185. In cases where the provisions of this specification are in conflict with the provisions of the ASTM Designation to which reference is made,the provisions of this specification shall govern. Report of chemical analysis showing the percentages of carbon, manganese, phosphorus and sulphur will be required for all reinforcing steel when it is to be welded. 032020 Page 1 of 6 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A The nominal size and area and the theoretical weight of reinforcing steel bars covered by this specification are as follows: Nominal Weight per Bar Size Diameter, Nominal Area, Linear Foot, Number In. Sq. In. Pounds 2 0.250 0.05 0.167 3 0.375 0.11 0.376 4 0.500 0.20 0.668 5 0.625 0.31 1.043 6 0.750 0.44 1.502 7 0.875 0.60 2.044 8 1.000 0.79 2.670 9 1.128 1.00 3.400 10 1.270 1.27 4.303 11 1.410 1.56 5.313 14 1.693 2.25 7.6 18 2.257 4.00 13.60 Smooth round bars shall be designated by size number through No. 4. Smooth bars larger than No. 4 shall be designated by diameter in inches. When wire is ordered by gauge numbers, the following relation between gauge number and diameter, in inches, shall apply unless otherwise specified: Equivalent Equivalent Gauge Diameter, Gauge Diameter, Number Inches Number Inches 0 0.3065 8 0.1620 1 0.2830 9 0.1483 2 0.2625 10 0.1350 3 0.2437 11 0.1205 4 0.2253 12 0.1055 5 0.2070 13 0.0915 6 0.1920 14 0.0800 7 0.1770 032020 Page 2 of 6 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 3. BENDING The reinforcement shall be bent cold, true to the shapes indicated on the plans. Bending shall preferably be done in the shop. Irregularities in bending shall be cause for rejection. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the inside diameter of bar bends, in terms of the nominal bar diameter(d), shall be as follows: Bends of 90 degrees and greater in stirrups, ties and other secondary bars that enclose another bar in the bend: Grade 60 43, 44, 45 4d 46, 47, 48 5d All bends in main bars and in secondary bars not covered above: Grade 60 Grade 75 43 thru 48 6d 49, 410 8d -- 411 8d 8d 414, 418 10d -- 032020 Page 3 of 6 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 4. TOLERANCES Fabricating tolerances for bars shall be within 3 percent of specified or as follows: Plan Dien. a 3/4" 7/8" Bar or Smaller--Pfaxn. Dimon. Bair s 1/2� 1** Baor Larger --P+an_ D+men. ; 1` s 3/ H= over 6`.--a�mere.+ Zero or -+/Z N = G" and less-{3iensn. • Zero or -#/4•• =D CL H i1 7/8- Bar or Smolier--Edon Dimon. = 1/2' _ f r 1" Bar or Largor—Plan Dimon. ; 1 Piro$ or Circular Tis Tie or st&"p Plan Oimen.31 Plan Oi--=1/2 5. STORING Steel reinforcement shall be stored above the surface of the ground upon platforms, skids or other supports, and shall be protected as far as practicable from mechanical injury and surface deterioration caused by exposure to conditions producing rust. When placed in the work, reinforcement shall be free from dirt, paint, grease, oil, or other foreign materials. Reinforcement shall be free from injurious defects such as cracks and laminations. Rust, surface seams, surface irregularities or mill scale will not be cause for rejection,provided the minimum dimensions, cross- sectional area and tensile properties of a hand wire crushed specimen meets the physical requirements for size and grade of steel specified. 6. SPLICES No splicing of bars, except when provided on the plans or specified herein, will be permitted without written approval of the Engineer. Splices will not be permitted in main reinforcement at points of maximum stress. When permitted in main bars, splices in adjacent bars shall be staggered a minimum of two splice lengths. 032020 Page 4 of 6 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A TABLE 1 Minimum Lap Requirements L,a Uncoated Coated Lap in inches > 40d 60d Where: d=bar diameter in inches Welding of reinforcing bars may be used only where shown on the plans or as permitted herein. All welding operations, processes, equipment, materials, workmanship and inspection shall conform to the requirements of the drawings and industry standards. All splices shall be of such dimension and character as to develop the full strength of bar being spliced. End preparation for butt welding reinforcing bars shall be done in the field. Delivered bars shall be of sufficient length to permit this practice. For box culvert extensions with less than one foot of fill, the existing longitudinal bars shall have a 20-diameter lap with the new bars. For box culvert extensions with more than one foot of fill, a minimum of 6 inches lap will be required. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, dowel bars transferring tensile stresses shall have a minimum embedment equal to the minimum lap requirements shown in Table 1. Shear transfer dowels shall have a minimum embedment of 12 inches. 7. PLACING Reinforcement shall be placed as near as possible in the position shown on the plans. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, dimensions shown for reinforcement are to the centers of the bars. In the plane of the steel parallel to the nearest surface of concrete, bars shall not vary from plan placement by more than one-twelfth of the spacing between bars. In the plane of the steel perpendicular to the nearest surface of concrete, bars shall not vary from plan placement by more than one-quarter inch. Cover of concrete to the nearest surface of steel shall meet the above requirements but shall never be less than one inch or as otherwise shown on the plans. Vertical stirrups shall always pass around the main tension members and be attached securely thereto. The reinforcing steel shall be spaced its required distance from the form surface by means of approved galvanized metal spacers, metal spacers with plastic coated tips, stainless steel spacers, plastic spacers, or approved pre-cast mortar or concrete blocks. For approval of plastic spacers on the project, representative samples of the plastic shall show no visible indications of deterioration after immersion in a 5 percent solution of sodium hydroxide for 120 hours. All reinforcing steel shall be tied at all intersections, except that where spacing is less than one foot in each direction, alternate intersections only need be tied. Before any concrete is placed, all mortar shall be cleaned from the reinforcement. Precast mortar or concrete blocks to be used for holding steel in position adjacent to formed surfaces shall be cast in molds meeting the approval of the Engineer and shall be cured by covering with wet burlap or 032020 Page 5 of 6 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A cotton mats for a period of 72 hours. The blocks shall be cast in the form of a frustum of a cone or pyramid with the smaller face placed against the forms. A suitable tie wire shall be provided in each block, to be used for anchoring to the steel. Except in unusual cases, and when specifically otherwise authorized by the Engineer,the size of the surface to be placed adjacent to the forms shall not exceed two and one-half inches square or the equivalent thereof in cases where circular or rectangular areas are provided. Blocks shall be cast accurately to the thickness required, and the surface to be placed adjacent to the forms shall be a true plane free of surface imperfections. Reinforcement shall be supported and tied in such manner that a sufficiently rigid case of steel is provided. If the cage is not adequately supported to resist settlement or floating upward of the steel, overturning of truss bars or movement in any direction during concrete placement, permission to continue concrete placement will be withheld until corrective measures are taken. Sufficient measurements shall be made during concrete placement to insure compliance with the first paragraph of Article 7 of this specification. Mats of wire fabric shall overlap each other sufficiently to maintain a uniform strength and shall be fastened securely at the ends and edges. No concrete shall be deposited until the Engineer has inspected the placement of the reinforcing steel and given permission to proceed. 8. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, reinforcing steel is considered subsidiary to the various items shown in the Bid Form and shall not be measured and paid for as a separate item. 032020 Page 6 of 6 Rev.10-30-2014 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 038000 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for construction of all types of structures involving the use of structural concrete, except where the requirements are waived or revised by other governing specifications. All concrete structures shall be constructed in accordance with the design requirements and details shown on the plans; in conformity with the pertinent provisions of the items contracted for; the incidental specifications referred to; and in conformity with the requirements herein. 2. MATERIALS (1) Concrete. All concrete shall conform to the provisions of City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". The class of concrete for each type of structure or unit shall be as specified on the plans or by pertinent governing specifications. (2) Expansion Joint Material. (a) Preformed Fiber Material. Preformed fiber expansion joint material shall be of the dimensions shown on the plans. The material shall be one of the following types, unless otherwise noted on the plans: 1. Preformed Bituminous Fiber Materials shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: D1751 "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)". 2. Preformed Non-Bituminous Fiber Material shall meetthe requirements of ASTM Designation: D1751 "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)",exceptthatthe requirements pertaining to bitumen content, density and water absorption shall be voided. 3. Redwood. (b) Joint Sealing Materials. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, joint sealing material shall conform to the following requirements. The material shall adhere to the sides of the concrete joint or crack and shall form an effective seal against infiltration of water and incompressibles. The material shall not crack or break when exposed to low temperatures. 038000 Page 1 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 1. Class 1-a. (Two-Component, Synthetic Polymer,Cold-Extruded Type). Curing is to be by polymerization and not by evaporation of solvent or fluxing of harder particles. This type is specifically designed for vertical or sloping joints and hence not self-leveling. It shall cure sufficiently at an average temperature of 77 degrees F ± 3 degrees F in a maximum of 24 hours. For performance requirements see under 2.(2)(b)2. below. 2. Class 1-b. (Two-Component, Synthetic Polymer,Cold-Pourable, Self-Leveling Type). Curing is to be by polymerization and not by evaporation of solvent or fluxing of harder particles. It shall cure sufficiently at an average temperature of 77 degrees F ± 3 degrees F in a maximum of 3 hours. Performance Requirements: Class 1-a and Class 1-b joint materials,when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-525-C,shall meet the above curing times and the following requirements: It shall be of such consistency that it can be mixed and poured, or mixed and extruded into joints at temperatures above 60 degrees F. Penetration, 77°F.: 150 gm. cone, 5 sec., max., cm.................. 0.90 Bond and Extension 75%, O°F, 5 cycles: Dry Concrete Blocks............................ Pass Wet Concrete Blocks............................ Pass Steel Blocks...(Primed if specified by manuf.). Pass Flow at 200°F................................. None Water Content%by weight, max................. 5.0 Resilience: Original sample min. % (cured)................. 50 Oven aged at 158°F min. % .................... 50 For Class 1-a Material Only: Cold Flow (10 min.)............................ None (c) Asphalt Board. Asphalt Board shall consist of two liners of 0.016-inch asphalt impregnated paper,filled with a mastic mixture of asphalt and vegetable fiber and/or mineral filler. Boards shall be smooth,flat and sufficiently rigid to permit installation. When tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-524-C,the asphalt board shall not deflect from the horizontal more than one inch in three and one-half inches (1" in 31/2"). (d) Rebonded Neoprene Filler. Rebonded neoprene filler shall consist of ground closed- cell neoprene particles, rebonded and molded into sheets of uniform thickness, of the dimensions shown on plans. Filler material shall have the following physical properties and shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: D 1752"Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction", Type 1, where applicable: 038000 Page 2 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A PROPERTY METHOD REQUIREMENT Color ASTM D1752, Type 1 Black Density ASTM D1752, Type 1 40 lb./ft' Min. Recovery ASTM D1752, Type 1 90% Min. Compression ASTM D1752, Type 1 50 to 500 psi Extrusion ASTM D1752, Type 1 0.25 inch Max. Tensile Strength ASTM D1752, Type 1 20 psi Min. Elongation 75% Min. The manufacturers shall furnish the Engineer with certified test results as to compliance with the above requirements and a 12 inch x 12 inch x 1 inch sample from the shipment for approval. (3) Curing Materials. (a) Membrane curing materials shall comply with ASTM Designation: C 309 "Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete",Type 1 clear or translucent, or Type 2 white-pigmented. The material shall have a minimum flash-point of 80 degrees F when tested by the "Pensky-Martin Closed Cup Method". It shall be of such consistency that it can be satisfactorily applied as a fine mist through an atomizing nozzle by means of approved pressure spraying equipment at atmospheric temperatures above 40 degrees F. It shall be of such nature that it will not produce permanent discoloration of concrete surfaces nor react deleteriously with the concrete or its components. Type 1 compound shall contain a fugitive dye that will be distinctly visible not less than 4 hours nor more than 7 days after application. The compound shall produce a firm,continuous,uniform moisture impermeable film free from pinholes and shall adhere satisfactorily to the surfaces of damp concrete. It shall,when applied to the damp concrete surface at the rate of coverage specified herein,be dry to the touch in not more than 4 hours, and shall adhere in a tenacious film without running off or appreciable sagging. It shall not disintegrate, check,peel or crack during the required curing period. The compound shall not peel or pick up under traffic and shall disappear from the surface of the concrete by gradual disintegration. The compound shall be delivered to the job only in the manufacturer's original containers, which shall be clearly labeled with the manufacturer's name, the trade name of the material, and a batch number or symbol with which test samples may be correlated. The water retention test shall be in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-219-F. Percentage loss shall be defined as the water lost after the application of the curing material was applied. The permissible percentage moisture loss (at the rate of coverage specified herein) shall not exceed the 038000 Page 3 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A following: 24 hours after application............2 percent 72 hours after application............4 percent Type 1 (Resin Base Only)curing compound will be permitted for slab concrete in bridge decks and top slabs of direct traffic culverts. (b) Mat curing of concrete is allowed where permitted by Table 1 in this specification or where otherwise approved by the Engineer. 3. EXPANSION JOINTS Joints and devices to provide for expansion and contraction shall be constructed where and as indicated herein or on the plans. All open j oints and j oints to be filled with expansion j oint material,shall be constructed using forms adaptable to loosening or early removal. To avoid expansion or contraction damage to the adjacent concrete, these forms shall be loosened as soon as possible after final concrete set to permit free movement without requiring full form removal. Prior to placing the sealing material, the vertical facing the joint shall be cleaned of all laitance by sandblasting or by mechanical routing. Cracked or spalled edges shall be repaired. The joint shall be blown clean of all foreign material and sealed. Where preformed fiber j oint material is used,it shall be anchored to the concrete on one side of the joint by light wire or nails, to prevent the material from falling out. The top one inch(1") of the joint shall be filled with joint sealing material. Finished joints shall conform to the indicated outline with the concrete sections completely separated by the specified opening or joint material. Soon after form removal and again where necessary after surface finishing, all projecting concrete shall be removed along exposed edges to secure full effectiveness of the expansion joints. 4. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS The j oint formed by placing plastic concrete in direct contact with concrete that has attained its initial set shall be deemed a construction joint. The term "monolithic placement" shall be interpreted to mean at the manner and sequence of concrete placing shall not create construction joints. Construction joints shall be of the type and at the locations shown on the plans. Additional joints will not be permitted without written authorization from the Engineer, and when authorized, shall have details equivalent to those shown on the plans for joints in similar locations. Unless otherwise provided, construction joints shall be square and normal to the forms. Bulkheads shall be provided in the forms for all joints, except when horizontal. Construction joints requiring the use of joint sealing material shall be as detailed on the plans. The 038000 Page 4 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A material will be specified on the plans without referenced to joint type. A concrete placement terminating at a horizontal construction joint shall have the top surface roughened thoroughly as soon as practicable after initial set is attained. The surfaces at bulkheads shall be roughened as soon as the forms are removed. The hardened concrete surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all loose material, laitance, dirt or foreign material, and saturated with water so it is moist when placing fresh concrete against it. Forms shall be drawn tight against the placing of the fresh concrete. 5. FORMS (1) General. Except where otherwise specified, forms may be of either timber or metal. Forms for round columns exposed to view shall be of steel, except that other materials will be allowed with written permission of the Engineer. Forming plans shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval as specified. Forms shall be designed for the pressure exerted by a liquid weighing 150 pounds per cubic foot. The rate of placing the concrete shall betaken into consideration in determining the depth of the equivalent liquid. For j ob fabricated forms,an additional live load of 50 pounds per square foot shall be allowed on horizontal surfaces. The maximum unit stresses shall not exceed 125 percent of the allowable stresses used by the Texas Department of Transportation for the design of structures. Commercially produced structural units used in formwork shall not exceed the manufacturer's maximum allowable working load for moment,shear or end reaction. The maximum working load shall include a live load of 35 pounds per square foot of horizontal form surface, and sufficient details and data shall be submitted for use in checking formwork details for approval. Forms shall be practically mortar-tight,rigidly braced and strong enough to preventbulging between supports, and maintained to the proper line and grade during concrete placement. Forms shall be maintained in a manner that will prevent warping and shrinkage. Offset at form joints shall not exceed one-sixteenth of an inch (1/16"). Deflections due to cast-in-place slab concrete and railing shown in the dead load deflection diagram shall be taken into account in the setting of slab forms. All forms and footing areas shall be cleaned of any extraneous matter before placing concrete. Permission to place concrete will not be given until all such work is completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If, at any stage of the work,the forms show signs of bulging or sagging,the portion of the concrete causing such condition shall be removed immediately, if necessary, and the forms shall be reset and securely braced against further movement. 038000 Page 5 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A (2) Timber Forms. Lumber for forms shall be properly seasoned, of good quality, and free from imperfections which would affect its strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete. The lumber used for facing or sheathing shall be finished on at least one side and two edges and shall be sized to uniform thickness. Form lining will be required for all formed surfaces, except for the inside of culvert barrels, inlets and manholes; surfaces that are subsequently covered by backfill material or are completely enclosed; and, any surface formed by a single finished board. Lining will not be required when plywood forms are used. Form lining shall be of an approved type such as Masonite or plywood. Thin membrane sheeting, such as polyethylene sheets, shall not be used for form lining. Forms may be constructed of plywood not less than one-half inch in thickness,with no form lining required. The grain of the face plies on plywood forms shall be placed parallel to the span between the supporting studs or joists. Plywood used for forming surfaces that remain exposed shall be equal to that specified as B-B Plyform Class I or Class II Exterior, of the U. S. Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards and Technology, latest edition. Forms or form lumber to be reused shall be maintained clean and in good condition. Any lumber which is split, warped, bulged, marred, or has defects that will produce inferior work, shall not be used and, if condemned, shall be promptly removed from the work. Studs and j oists shall be spaced so that the facing form material remains in true alignment under the imposed loads. Wales shall be spaced close enough to hold forms securely to the designated lines and scabbed at least 4 feet on each side of joints to provide continuity. A row of wales shall be placed near the bottom of each placement. Facing material shall be placed with parallel and square joints and securely fastened to supporting studs. Forms for surfaces receiving only an ordinary finish and exposed to view shall be placed with the form panels symmetrical, i.e., long dimensions set in the same direction. Horizontal joints shall be continuous. Molding specified for chamfer strips or other uses shall be made of materials of a grade that will not split when nailed and which can be maintained to a true line without warping. Wood molding shall be mill cut and dressed on all faces. Unless otherwise provided, forms shall be filleted at all sharp corners and edges with triangular chamfer strips measuring three-quarter inch (3/4") on the sides. Forms for railing and ornamental work shall be constructed to standards equivalent to first-class millwork All moldings,panel work and bevel strips shall be straight and true with nearly mitered joints designed so the finished work is true, sharp and clean cut. 038000 Page 6 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A All forms shall be constructed to permit their removal without marring or damaging the concrete. The forms may be given a slight draft to permit ease of removal. Metal form ties of an approved type or a satisfactory substitute shall be used to hold forms in place and shall be of a type that permits ease of removal of the metal as hereinafter specified. All metal appliances used inside of forms for alignment purposes shall be removed to a depth of at least one-half inch (1/2") from the concrete surface. They shall be made so the metal may be removed without undue chipping or spalling,and when removed,shall leave a smooth opening in the concrete surface. Burning off of rods, bolts or ties will not be permitted. Any wire ties used shall be cut back at least one-half inch(1/2") from the face of the concrete. Devices holding metal ties in place shall be capable of developing the strength of the tie and adjustable to allow for proper alignment. Metal and wooden spreaders which are separate from the forms shall be removed entirely as the concrete is being placed. Adequate clean-out openings shall be proved for narrow walls and other locations where access to the bottom of the forms is not readily attainable. Prior to placing concrete, the facing of all forms shall be treated with oil or other bond breaking coating of such composition that it will not discolor or otherwise injuriously affect the concrete surface. Care shall be exercised to prevent coating of the reinforcing steel. (3) Metal Forms. The foregoing requirements for timber forms regarding design,mortar-tightness, filleted corners,beveled projections,bracing,alignment,removal,reuse and wetting shall also apply to metal forms, except that these will not require lining, unless specifically noted on the plans. The thickness of form metal shall be as required to maintain the true shape without warping or bulging. All bolt and rivet heads on the facing sides shall be countersunk. Clamps,pins or other connecting devices shall be designed to hold the forms rigidly together and to allow removal without injury to the concrete. Metal forms which do not present a smooth surface or line up properly shall not be used. Metal shall be kept free from rust, grease or other foreign materials. 6. PLACING REINFORCEMENT Reinforcement in concrete structures shall be placed carefully and accurately and rigidly supported as provided in the City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". Reinforcing steel supports shall not be welded to I-beams or girders. 7. PLACING CONCRETE-GENERAL The minimum temperature of all concrete at the time of placement shall be not less than 50 degrees F. 038000 Page 7 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the completion of all finishing operations without the addition of water to the surface. When conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for finishing,the required water shall be applied to the surface by fog spray only,and shall be held to a minimum amount. Fog spray for this purpose may be applied with hand operated fogging equipment. The maximum time interval between the addition of cement to the batch and the placing of concrete in the forms shall not exceed the following: Air or Concrete Temperature Maximum Time Non-Agitated Concrete: Above 80 degrees F 15 minutes Up to 80 degrees F 30 minutes Agitated Concrete: Above 90 degrees F 45 minutes 75 degrees F to 90 degrees F 60 minutes 35 degrees F to 74 degrees F 90 minutes The use of an approved retarding agent in the concrete will permit the extension of each of the above temperature-time maximums by 30 minutes for direct traffic culverts, and one hour for all other concrete except that the maximum time shall not exceed 30 minutes for non-agitated concrete. Before starting work,the Contractor shall inform the Engineer fully of the construction methods he proposes to use, the adequacy of which shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall give the Engineer sufficient advance notice before placing concrete in any unit of the structure to permit the inspection of forms,reinforcing steel placement,and other preparations. Concrete shall not be placed in any unit prior to the completion of formwork and placement of reinforcement therein. Concrete mixing, placing and finishing shall be done during daylight hours, unless adequate provisions are made to light the entire site of all operations. Concrete placement will not be permitted when impending weather conditions will impair the quality of the finished work. If rainfall should occur after placing operations are started,the Contractor shall provide ample covering to protect the work. In case of drop in temperature,the provisions set forth in Article "Placing Concrete in Cold Weather" of this specification shall be applied. The placing of concrete shall be regulated so the pressures caused by the plastic concrete shall not exceed the loads used in form design. 038000 Page 8 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A The method of handling, placing and consolidation of concrete shall minimize segregation and displacement of the reinforcement, and produce a uniformly dense and compact mass. Concrete shall not have a free fall of more than 5 feet,except in the case of thin walls such as in culverts. Any hardened concrete spatter ahead of the plastic concrete shall be removed. The method and equipment used to transport concrete to the forms shall be capable of maintaining the rate of placement approved by the Engineer. Concrete may be transported by buckets, chutes, buggies, belt conveyors,pumps or other acceptable methods. When belt conveyors or pumps are used, sampling for testing will be done at the discharge end. Concrete transported by conveyors shall be protected from sun and wind,if necessary,to prevent loss of slump and workability. Pipes through which concrete is pumped shall be shaded and/or wrapped with wet burlap, if necessary, to prevent loss of slump and workability. Concrete shall not be transported through aluminum pipes, tubes or other aluminum equipment. Chutes,troughs, conveyors or pipes shall be arranged and used so that the concrete ingredients will not be separated. When steep slopes are necessary,the chutes shall be equipped with baffle boards or made in short lengths that reverse the direction of movement, or the chute ends shall terminate in vertical downspouts. Open troughs and chutes shall extend, if necessary, down inside the forms or through holes left in them. All transporting equipment shall be kept clean and free from hardened concrete coatings. Water used for cleaning shall be discharged clear of the concrete. Each part of the forms shall be filled by depositing concrete as near its final position as possible. The coarse aggregate shall be worked back from the face and the concrete forced under and around the reinforcement bars without displacing them. Depositing large quantities at one point and running or working it along the forms will not be allowed. Concrete shall be deposited in the forms in layers of suitable depth but not more than 36 inches in thickness, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The sequence of successive layers or adjacent portions of concrete shall be such that they can be vibrated into a homogenous mass with the previously placed concrete without a cold j oint. Not more than one hour shall elapse between adjacent or successive placements of concrete. Unauthorized construction joints shall be avoided by placing all concrete between the authorized joints in one continuous operation. An approved retarding agent shall be used to control stress cracks and/or unauthorized cold j oints in mass placements where differential settlement and/or setting time may induce stress cracking. Openings in forms shall be provided, if needed, for the removal of laitance of foreign matter of any kind. All forms shall be wetted thoroughly before the concrete is placed therein. All concrete shall be well consolidated and the mortar flushed to the form surfaces by continuous working with immersion type vibrators. Vibrators which operate by attachment to forms or reinforcement will not be permitted, except on steel forms. At least one stand-by vibrator shall be 038000 Page 9 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A provided for emergency use in addition to those required for placement. The concrete shall be vibrated immediately after deposit. Prior to the beginning of work, a systematic spacing of the points of vibration shall be established to insure complete consolidation and thorough working of the concrete around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures, and into the corners and angles of the forms. Immersion type vibrators shall be inserted vertically,at points 18 to 30 inches apart, and slowly withdrawn. The vibrator may be inserted in a sloping or horizontal position in shallow slabs. The entire depth of each lift shall be vibrated, allowing the vibrator to penetrate several inches into the preceding lift. Concrete along construction joints shall be thoroughly consolidated by operating the vibrator along and close to butnot againstthe joint surface. The vibration shall continue until thorough consolidation,and complete embedment of reinforcement and fixtures is produced,but not long enough to cause segregation. Vibration may be supplemented by hand spading or rodding, if necessary,to insure the flushing of mortar to the surface of all forms. Slab concrete shall be mixed in a plant located off the structure. Carting or wheeling concrete batches over completed slabs will not be permitted until they have aged at least four(4)full curing days. If carts are used,timber planking will be required for the remainder of the curing period. Carts shall be equipped with pneumatic tires. Curing operations shall not be interrupted for the purpose of wheeling concrete over finished slabs. After concrete has attained its initial set,at least one(1)curing day shall elapse before placing strain on projecting reinforcement to prevent damage to the concrete. The storing of reinforcing or structural steel on completed roadway slabs generally shall be avoided and, when permitted, shall be limited to quantities and distribution that will not induce excessive stresses. 8. PLACING CONCRETE IN COLD WEATHER (1) Cast-in-Place Concrete. Concrete maybe placed when the atmospheric temperature is not less than 35 degrees F. Concrete shall not be placed in contact with any material coated with frost or having a temperature less than 32 degrees F. Aggregates shall be free from ice, frost and frozen lumps. When required, in order to produce the minimum specified concrete temperature,the aggregate and/or the water shall be heated uniformly, in accordance with the following: The water temperature shall not exceed 180 degrees F,and/or the aggregate temperature shall not exceed 150 degrees F. The heating apparatus shall heat the mass of aggregate uniformly. The temperature of the mixture of aggregates and water shall be between 50 degrees F and 85 degrees F before introduction of the cement. All concrete shall be effectively protected as follows: (a) The temperature of slab concrete of all unformed surfaces shall be maintained at 50 degrees F or above for a period of 72 hours from time of placement and above 40 degrees F for an additional 72 hours. 038000 Page 10 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A (b) The temperature at the surface of all concrete in piers, culverts walls,retaining walls,parapets,wingwalls,bottoms of slabs,and other similar formed concrete shall be maintained at 40 degrees F or above for a period of 72 hours from time of placement. (c) The temperature of all concrete, including the bottom slabs of culverts placed on or in the ground, shall be maintained above 32 degrees F for a period of 72 hours from time of placement. Protection shall consist of providing additional covering, insulated forms or other means, and if necessary, supplementing such covering with artificial heating. Curing as specified under Article "Curing Concrete" of this specification shall be provided during this period until all requirements for curing have been satisfied. When impending weather conditions indicate the possibility of the need for such temperature protection, all necessary heating and covering material shall be on hand ready for use before permission is granted to begin placement. Sufficient extra test specimens will be made and cured with the placement to ascertain the condition of the concrete as placed,prior to form removal and acceptance. (2) Precast Concrete. A fabricating plant for precast products which has adequate protection from cold weather in the form of permanent or portable framework and covering, which protects the concrete when placed in the forms,and is equipped with approved steam curing facilities,may place concrete under any low temperature conditions provided: (a) The framework and covering are placed and heat is provided for the concrete and the forms within one hour after the concrete is placed. This shall not be construed to be one hour after the last concrete is placed,but that no concrete shall remain unprotected longer than one hour. (b) Steam heat shall keep the air surrounding the concrete between 50 degrees F and 85 degrees F for a minimum of three hours prior to beginning the temperature rise which is required for steam curing. (c) For fabricating plants without the above facilities and for j ob site precast products,the requirements of the Article "Curing Concrete" of this specification shall apply. The Contractor is responsible for the protection of concrete placed under any and all weather conditions. Permission given by the Engineer for placing concrete during freezing weather will in no way relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for producing concrete equal in quality to that placed under normal conditions. Should concrete placed under such conditions prove unsatisfactory,it shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost. 038000 Page 11 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 9. PLACING CONCRETE IN WATER Concrete shall be deposited in water only when specified on the plans or with written permission by the Engineer. The forms or cofferdams shall be sufficiently tight to prevent any water current passing through the space in which the concrete is being deposited. Pumping will not be permitted during the concrete placing, nor until it has set for at least 36 hours. The concrete shall be placed with a tremie, closed bottom-dump bucket,or other approved method, and shall not be permitted to fall freely through the water nor shall it be disturbed after it has been placed. The concrete surface shall be kept approximately level during placement. The tremie shall consist of a water-tight tube 14 inches or less in diameter. It shall be constructed so that the bottom can be sealed and opened after it is in place and fully charged with concrete. It shall be supported so that it can be easily moved horizontally to cover all the work area and vertically to control the concrete flow. Bottom-dump buckets used for underwater placing shall have a capacity of not less than one-half cubic yard. It shall be lowered gradually and carefully until it rests upon the concrete already placed and raised very slowly during the upward travel;the intent being to maintain still water at the point of discharge and to avoid agitating the mixture. The placing operations shall be continuous until the work is complete. 10. PLACING CONCRETE IN BOX CULVERTS In general, construction joints will be permitted only where shown on the plans. Where the top slab and walls are placed monolithically in culverts more than 4 feet in clear height, an interval of not less than one (1)nor more than two (2) hours shall elapse before placing the top slab to allow for shrinkage in the wall concrete. The base slab shall be finished accurately at the proper time to provide a smooth uniform surface. Top slabs which carry direct traffic shall be finished as specified for roadway slabs in Article"Finish of Roadway Slabs". Top slabs of fill type culverts shall be given a reasonably smooth float finish. 11. PLACING CONCRETE IN FOUNDATIONS AND SUBSTRUCTURE Concrete shall not be placed in footings until the depth and character of the foundation has been inspected by the Engineer and permission has been given to proceed. Placing of concrete footings upon seal concrete courses will be permitted after the caissons or cofferdams are free from water and the seal concrete course cleaned. Any necessary pumping or bailing during the concreting operation shall be done from a suitable sump located outside the forms. All temporary wales or braces inside cofferdams or caissons shall be constructed or adjusted as the work proceeds to prevent unauthorized construction joints in footings or shafts. 038000 Page 12 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A When footings can be placed in a dry excavation without the use of cofferdams or caissons, forms may be omitted,if desired by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer,and the entire excavation filled with concrete to the elevation of the top of footing; in which case, measurement for payment will be based on the footing dimensions shown on the plans. 12. TREATMENT AND FINISHING OF HORIZONTAL SURFACES EXCEPT ROADWAY SLABS All unformed upper surfaces shall be struck off to grade and finished. The use of mortar topping for surfaces under this classification will not be permitted. After the concrete has been struck off,the surface shall be floated with a suitable float. Sidewalks shall be given a wood float or broom finish, or may be striped with a brush, as specified by the Engineer. Other surfaces shall be wood float finished and striped with a fine brush leaving a fine- grained texture. 13. FINISH OF ROADWAY SLABS As soon as the concrete has been placed and vibrated in a section of sufficient width to permit working,the surface shall be approximately leveled,struck off and screeded,carrying a slight excess of concrete ahead of the screed to insure filling of all low spots. The screed shall be designed rigid enough to hold true to shape and shall have sufficient adjustments to provide for the required camber. A vibrating screed may be used if heavy enough to prevent undue distortion. The screeds shall be provided with a metal edge. Longitudinal screeds shall be moved across the concrete with a saw-like motion while their ends rest on headers or templates set true to the roadway grade or on the adjacent finished slab. The surface of the concrete shall be screeded a sufficient number of times and at such intervals to produce a uniform surface, true to grade and free of voids. If necessary, the screeded surface shall be worked to smooth finish with a long handled wood or metal float of the proper size, or hand floated from bridges over the slab. When required by the Engineer,the Contractor shall perform sufficient checks with a long handled 10-foot straightedge on the plastic concrete to insure that the final surface will be within the tolerances specified below. The check shall be made with the straightedge parallel to the centerline. Each pass thereof shall lap half of the preceding pass. All high spots shall be removed and all depressions over one-sixteenth inch(1/16") in depth shall be filled with fresh concrete and floated. The checking and floating shall be continued until the surface is true to grade and free of depressions, high spots, voids or rough spots. Rail support holes shall be filled with concrete and finished to match the top of the slab. Surface Texturing. Perform surface texturing using a either carpet drag or metal tining as indicated on the drawings. Complete final texturing before the concrete has attained its initial set. Draw the carpet drag 038000 Page 13 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A longitudinally along the pavement surface with the carpet contact surface area adjusted to provide a satisfactory coarsely textured surface. A metal-tine texture finish is required using a tining machine unless otherwise shown on the plans. Provide the metal-tine finish immediately after the concrete surface has set enough for consistent tining. Operate the metal-tine device to obtain grooves spaced at 1 in., approximately 3/16 in. deep,with a minimum depth of 1/8 in., and approximately 1/12 in. wide. Do not overlap a previously tined area. Use manual methods for achieving similar results on ramps and other irregular sections of pavements. Repair damage to the edge of the slab and joints immediately after texturing. Do not tine pavement that will be overlaid. Upon completion of the floating and/or straight edging and before the disappearance of the moisture sheen,the surface shall be given a broom or burlap drag finish. The grooves of these finishes shall be parallel to the structure centerline. It is the intent that the average texture depth resulting from the number of tests directed by the Engineer be not less than 0.035 inch with a minimum texture depth of 0.030 inch for anyone test when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-436-A. Should the texture depth fall below that intended, the finishing procedures shall be revised to produce the desired texture. After the concrete has attained its final set, the roadway surface shall be tested with a standard 10- foot straightedge. The straightedge shall be placed parallel to the centerline of roadway to bridge any depressions and touch high spots. Ordinates of irregularities measured from the face of the straightedge to the surface of the slab shall not exceed one-eighth of an inch(1/8"), making proper allowances for camber,vertical curvature and surface texture. Occasional variations,not exceeding three-sixteenth of an inch (3/16") will be acceptable, if in the opinion of the Engineer it will not affect the riding qualities. When directed by the Engineer, irregularities exceeding the above requirements shall be corrected. In all roadway slab finishing operations,camber for specified vertical curvature and transverse slopes shall be provided. 14. CURING CONCRETE The Contractor shall inform the Engineer fully of the methods and procedures proposed for curing; shall provide the proper equipment and material in adequate amounts; and shall have the proposed methods, equipment and material approved prior to placing concrete. Inadequate curing and/or facilities,therefore,shall be cause for the Engineer to stop all construction on the job until remedial action is taken. All concrete shall be cured for a period of four(4) curing days except as noted herein. 038000 Page 14 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A EXCEPTIONS TO 4-DAY CURING Description Required Curing Upper Surfaces of Bridge Slabs and 8 curing days (Type I or III) cement Top Slabs of Direct Traffic Culverts 10 curing days (Type II cement) Concrete Piling (non-prestressed) 6 curing days When the air temperature is expected to drop below 35 degrees F,the water curing mats shall be covered with polyethylene sheeting, burlap-polyethylene blankets or other material to provide the protection required by Article "Placing Concrete in Cold Weather" of these specifications. A curing day is defined as a calendar day when the temperature, taken in the shade away from artificial heat, is above 50 degrees F for at least 19 hours (colder days if satisfactory provisions are made to maintain the temperature of all surfaces of the concrete above 40 degrees F for the entire 24 hours). The required curing period shall begin when all concrete therein has attained its initial set. The following methods are permitted for curing concrete subj ectto the restrictions of Table 1 and the following requirements for each method of curing. (1) Form Curing. When forms are left in contact with the concrete, other curing methods will not be required except for cold weather protection. (2) Water Curing. All exposed surfaces of the concrete shall be kept wet continuously for the required curing time. The water used for curing shall meet the requirements for concrete mixing water as specified in the specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". Seawater will not be permitted. Water which stains or leaves an unsightly residue shall not be used. (a) Wet Mat. Cotton mats shall be used for this curing method. They shall be placed as soon as possible after the surface has sufficiently hardened to prevent damage to the concrete. (See Article, "Placing Concrete" of this specification.) Damp burlap blankets made from nine-ounce stock may be placed on the damp concrete surface for temporary protection prior to the application of the cotton mats which may be placed dry and wetted down after placement. The mats shall be weighted down adequately to provide continuous contact with all concrete surfaces where possible. The surfaces of the concrete shall be kept wet for the required curing time. Surfaces which cannot be cured by contact shall be enclosed with mats and anchored positively to the forms or to the ground so that outside air cannot enter the enclosure. Sufficient moisture shall be provided inside the enclosure to keep all surfaces of the concrete wet. (b) Water Spray. This curing method shall consist of overlapping sprays or sprinklers that keep all unformed surfaces continuously wet. (c) Pondin;. This curing method requires the covering of the surfaces with a minimum of two inches (2") of clean granular material, kept wet at all times, or a minimum of one-inch 038000 Page 15 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A (1") depth of water. Satisfactory provisions shall be made to provide a dam to retain the water or saturated granular material. (3) Membrane Curin;. This consists of curing concrete pavement,concrete pavement(base),curbs, gutters, retards, sidewalks, driveways, medians, islands, concrete riprap, cement-stabilized riprap, concrete structures and other concrete as indicated on the plans by impervious membrane method. Unless otherwise provided herein or shown on the plans, either Type 1-D or Type 2 membrane curing compound may be used where permitted except that Type 1-D (Resin Base Only) will be required for slab concrete in bridge decks and top slabs of direct traffic culverts. TABLE 1 REQUIRED PERMITTED MEMBRANE MEMBRANE STRUCTURE UNIT WATER FOR WATER FOR DESCRIPTION FOR INTERIM FOR INTERIM CURING CURING CURING CURING 1 Top slabs of direct traffic culverts X X 2 Top surface of any concrete unit upon which concrete is to be placed and bonded at a later interval (Stub walls, risers, etc.). X Other superstructure concrete (wing walls, parapet walls, etc.) 3 Concrete pavement (base), curbs, gutters, retards, sidewalks, driveways, medians, X* X* islands, concrete structures, concrete riprap, etc. 4 All substructure concrete, culverts, box sewers, inlets, X* X* manholes, retaining walls *Polyethylene sheeting, burlap-polyethylene mats or laminated mats to prevent outside air from entering will be considered equivalent to water or membrane curing for items 3 and 4. 038000 Page 16 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Membrane curing shall not be applied to dry surfaces,but shall be applied just after free moisture has disappeared. Formed surfaces and surfaces which have been given a first rub shall be dampened and shall be moist at the time of application of the membrane. When membrane is used for complete curing, the film shall remain unbroken for the minimum curing period specified. Membrane which is damaged shall be corrected immediately by reapplication of membrane. Unless otherwise noted herein or on the plans,the choice of membrane type shall be at the option of the Contractor. Only one type of curing compound will be permitted on any one structure. The membrane curing compound shall be applied after the surface finishing has been completed,and immediately after the free surface moisture has disappeared. The surface shall be sealed with a single uniform coating of curing compound applied at the rate of coverage recommended by the manufacturer and directed by the Engineer, but not less than 1 gallon per 180 square feet of area. The Contractor shall provide satisfactory means and facilities to properly control and check the rate of application of the compound. The compound shall be thoroughly agitated during its use and shall be applied by means of approved mechanical power pressure sprayers. The sprayers used to apply the membrane to concrete pavement or concrete pavement (base) shall travel at uniform speed along the forms and be mechanically driven. The equipment shall be of such design that it will insure uniform and even application of the membrane material. The sprayers shall be equipped with satisfactory atomizing nozzles. Only on small miscellaneous items will the Contractor be permitted to use hand-powered spray equipment. For all spraying equipment, the Contractor shall provide facilities to prevent the loss of the compound between the nozzle and the concrete surface during the spraying operations. The compounds shall not be applied to a dry surface. If the surface of the concrete has become dry, it shall be moistened prior to application of membrane by fogging or mist application. Sprinkling or coarse spraying will not be allowed. At locations where the coating shows discontinuities,pinholes or other defects,or if rain falls on the newly-coated surface before the film has dried sufficiently to resist damage,an additional coat of the compound shall be applied immediately at the same rate of coverage specified herein. To insure proper coverage, the Engineer shall inspect all treated areas after application of the compound for the period of time designated in the governing specification for curing, either for membrane curing or for other methods. Should the foregoing indicate that any area during the curing period is not protected, an additional coat or coats of the compound shall be applied immediately, and the rate of application of the membrane compound shall be increased until all areas are uniformly covered. When temperatures are such as to warrant protection against freezing,curing by this method shall be supplemented with an approved insulating material capable of protecting the concrete for the specified curing period. If at any time there is reason to believe that this method of curing is unsatisfactory or is detrimental 038000 Page 17 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A to the work,the Contractor,when notified, shall immediately cease the use of this method and shall change to curing by one of the other methods specified under this contract. 15. REMOVAL OF FORMS Except as herein provided, forms for vertical surfaces may be removed when the concrete has aged not less than one day(24 hours)when Type I and Type II cement is used, and not less than one-half day (12 hours) when Type III cement is used, provided it can be done without damage to the concrete. Forms for inside curb faces may be removed in approximately three hours provided it can be done without damage to the curb. 16. FINISHING EXPOSED SURFACES Concrete shall be finished as required in the specification Section for the respective item or as otherwise specified on the plans. An ordinary surface finish shall be applied to all concrete surfaces either as a final finish or preparatory to a higher finish. Ordinary Surface Finish shall be as follows: After form removal,all porous or honey-combed areas and spalled areas shall be corrected by chipping away all loose or broken material to sound concrete. Feather edges shall be eliminated by cutting a face perpendicular to the surface. Shallow cavities shall be repaired using adhesive grout or epoxy grout. If judged repairable by the Engineer, large defective areas shall be corrected using concrete or other material approved by the Engineer. Holes and spalls caused by removal of metal ties, etc., shall be cleaned and filled with adhesive grout or epoxy grout. Exposed parts of metal chairs on surfaces to be finished by rubbing, shall be chipped out to a depth of one-half inch (1/2") and the surface repaired. All fins,runs, drips or mortar shall be removed from surfaces which remain exposed. Form marks and chamfer edges shall be smoothed by grinding and/or dry rubbing. Grease, oil, dirt, curing compound, etc., shall be removed from surfaces requiring a higher grade of finish. Discolorations resulting from spillage or splashing of asphalt,paint or other similar material shall be removed. Repairs shall be dense,well bonded and properly cured, and when made on surfaces which remain exposed and do not require a higher finish, shall be finished to blend with the surrounding concrete. 038000 Page 18 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 17. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form,no direct measurement or payment will be made for the work to be done or the equipment to be furnished under this specification,but it shall be considered subsidiary to the particular items required by the plans and the contract documents. 038000 Page 19 of 19 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SECTION 055420 FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS AND COVERS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for the furnishing and installation of frames, grates, rings and covers for inlets, manholes and other structures in accordance with those details. Steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A36 "Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel". 2. MATERIALS Welded steel grates and frames shall conform to the member size, dimensions and details shown on the plans and shall be welded into an assembly in accordance with those details. Steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A36. Castings, whether Carbon-Steel, Gray Cast Iron or Ductile Iron, shall conform to the shape and dimensions shown on the plans and shall be clean substantial castings, free from burnt-on sand or blow holes, and shall be reasonable smooth. Runners, risers, fins, and other cast-on pieces shall be removed from the castings and such areas ground smooth. Bearing surfaces between manhole rings and covers or grates and frames shall be cast or machined with such precision that uniform bearing shall be provided throughout the perimeter contact area. Pairs of machined castings shall be matchmarked to facilitate subsequent identification at installation. Steel castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A27 "Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application". Grade 70-36 shall be furnished unless otherwise specified. Cast Iron castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A48 "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings", Class 30. Ductile iron castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A536 "Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings". Grade 60-40-18 shall be used otherwise specified. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Frames, grates, rings and covers shall be constructed of the materials as specified and in accordance with the details shown on the plans, and shall be placed carefully to the lines and grades indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. All welding shall conform to the requirements of the latest American Welding Society Specifications. Frames, grates, rings and covers shall be given one coat of a commercial grade red lead and oil paint and two coats of commercial grade aluminum paint. 055420 Page 1 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Painting on gray iron castings will not be required, except when used in conjunction with structural steel shapes. Commercial grade galvanized bolts and nuts shall be used. The zinc coating shall be uniform in thickness, smooth and continuous. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, frames, grates, rings and covers will not be measured for payment,but shall be considered subsidiary to other bid items. 055420 Page 2 of 2 Rev.3-25-2015 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A PART T TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Wildcat Drive—FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction SECTION 34 41 13.00 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Description A. This specification describes the necessary definitions, regulations, procedures, work zone control, and maintenance for traffic signal construction, and to provide a consistent set of guidelines, practices and standards for use by designers, contractors and City of Corpus Christi Traffic Engineering Division. B. This specification pertains to all phases of construction and modifications of new and/or existing traffic signals as shown on the project Drawings and required to complete the project. C. The requirements of this specification shall be enforced on all contracts which include signalized intersections, even if no traffic signal work is part of the project. 1.2 Related Sections A. 00 30 01 BID FORM B. 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT C. 02 58 02 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROLS DURING CONSTRUCTION 1.3 References The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) B. National Electric Safety Council (NESC) C. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) D. Electric Industries Association (EIA) E. National Electric Code (NEC) F. Illumination Engineer's Society(IES) G. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) H. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) I. Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) J. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) K. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD) L. Local Codes and Ordinances M. State Codes and Regulations N. Federal Codes and Regulations O. City of Corpus Christi—Signalization Standard Product List 1.4 Submittals A. Conform to requirements of Section 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT B. Material List 1. The Contractor shall submit two (2) legible copies of a complete material list for approval which shall conform to these specifications. 2. The list shall state all relevant information regarding materials and equipment to allow the Owner to procure exact replacements of any items supplied on the project. 3. The submittals must be complete enough to be able to judge if items comply with the features specified and shall be evaluated by the Contractor prior to submittal to eliminate rejection of obviously wrong items. 4. The materials on the list shall be identified by the contract project name or number, bid item number, catalog part numbers, catalog cuts, shop drawings, trade names, and schedules of other pertinent information. 5. The materials from catalog cuts shall be clearly indicated by the Contractor. 6. Any material designation used in the contract documents shall be so noted on the material list. 7. If requested, the Contractor shall submit shop drawings for review and approval. C. Equipment: Submittals shall be legible and provided for the following equipment: 1. Pull Boxes & Lids 2. Pedestrian Signals Page 1 of 9 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS—34 41 13.00 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction 3. Traffic Signal Heads 4. LED Lamps (Light Emitting Diodes) 5. Backplates 6. Battery Back-Up System (BBS) 7. Signal Mountings Hardware 8. Video Image Vehicle Detection Systems (VIVDS)—(maintenance of existing only) 9. Microwave Detection —(maintenance of existing only) 10. Radar Detection 11. Malfunction Management Units (MMU) 12. Buss Interface Unit (BIU) 13. NEMA Load Switches 14. NEMA Flasher 15. NEMA Controller and Cabinet 16. Flash Transfer Relay 17. Wood Poles 18. Span Wire 19. Pedestrian Pushbuttons 20. Wire and Cable 21. Conduit and Fittings 22. Service Pedestal 23. AC Service Panel 24. Surge Arrestors 25. Breakers 26. Steel Pole &Arm 27. Sign Mounting Brackets 28. Internally Lighted Street Name Sign (ILSN) D. Approval 1. The Contractor shall note that the approval by the City Traffic Engineer and/or Traffic Signals Operations is required prior to installation of any equipment that is to be used. E. Rejection of Submittal 1. The Owner reserves the right to reject an incomplete or unclear material list or submittal. 1.5 Definitions The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specifications pertaining to traffic signals and controls have the meanings ascribed to them pertaining to traffic signals and controls. A. ASA—American Standards Association B. ASTM—American Society of Testing Materials C. AWS—American Welding Society D. AWG —American Wire Gauge E. Backplate — A thin strip extending outward parallel to the signal face on all sides of signal housing, to provide suitable background for the signal indications F. Traffic Engineer — City Traffic Engineer responsible for all operations on streets & local highways within the municipality G. Construction Traffic Coordinator — The person in charge of construction barricading and barricade inspections H. Controller Assembly — The complete assembly for controlling the operation of traffic signals consisting of a traffic signal controller unit and all auxiliary and external equipment housed in a weatherproof cabinet I. Controller — That part of the controller assembly which performs the basic timing and logic functions for the operation of the traffic signal J. AEP—American Electric Power K. Detector—A device for indicating, the passage or presence of vehicles or pedestrians L. FHWA— Federal Highway Administration M. Flasher—A device used to open and close signal circuits at a repetitive rate N. Flash Operation — This feature discontinues normal signal operation and causes a predetermined combination of flashing signal circuits O. IMSA— International Municipal Signal Association P. ITE— Institute of Transportation Engineers Page 2 of 9 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS—34 41 13.00 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction Q. Luminaries —The assembly which houses the light source and controls the light emitted from the light source for roadway illumination. Luminaries' consist of a housing, lamp socket, reflector, and glass globe or refractor R. Manual Operation — The operation of a signal controller unit by means of a hand operated switch S. Mounting Assembly—The framework and hardware required to mount the signal face(s) and pedestrian signal(s)to the pole T. MUTCD— Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices U. NEC— National Electrical Code V. NESC— National Electrical Safety Code W. NEMA— National Electrical Manufacturer's Association X. Pedestrian Signal — A traffic control signal for the exclusive purpose of directing pedestrian traffic at signalized locations Y. Punch List — The list compiled by the Owner for the Contractor noting deficiencies needing attention prior to final acceptance of the traffic signal system Z. Phase—A part of the time cycle allotted to any traffic movement or combination of movements receiving the right-of-way during one or more intervals AA. TxDOT—Texas Department of Transportation BB. Signal Face — An assembly controlling traffic in a single direction and consisting of one or more signal sections. Circular and arrow indications may be included in a signal assembly. The signal face assembly, also called a signal head, shall include the visors and Backplates where specified or shown on the Drawings CC. Signal Indication —The illumination of a signal section or other device, or of a combination of sections of other devices at the same time DD. Signal Section —A complete unit for providing a signal indication consisting of housing, lens, reflector, lamp receptacle, and lamp EE. TMUTCD—Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices FF. Traffic Design Engineer— Person in charge of Traffic Design for the City of Corpus Christi GG. Traffic Signal Superintendent — Person in charge of the City Traffic Signals Maintenance & Operations Shop HH. Traffic Signal Timing Specialist— Person in charge of the traffic signal coordinated systems & traffic signal timings II. UL—Underwriters Laboratories JJ. Vehicle—Any motor vehicle normally licensed for roadway use PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 General A. Materials 1. All materials shall conform to the requirements of the latest version of the National Electric Code (NEC), Illumination Engineer's Society (IES), standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM),American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) requirements of the Drawings,Traffic Signal Special Specifications,Special Provisions, and to any other codes, standards, or local ordinances which may apply. a. Whenever reference is made to any of these standards, the reference shall be considered to mean the code, ordinance, or standard that is in effect at the time of construction. B. Electrical Equipment 1. All electrical equipment shall conform to the standards of the National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA), the National Electric Safety Council (NESC), Underwriters Laboratories (UL), or the Electronic Industries Association (EIA) where applicable. 2. Whenever reference is made to any of these standards, the reference shall be considered to mean the code, ordinance, or standard that is in effect at the time of construction. C. Products and Materials 1. All shall be industrial grade unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or indicated by the Owner. Page 3 of 9 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS—34 41 13.00 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction 2.2 Pre-Approved Materials and Equipment A. Pre-Approved Materials and Equipment can be found within the City of Corpus Christi Signalization Standard Product List. B. The intent is to streamline the approval process by making information available to the Contractor of items that have been previously approved under these specifications. 1. This list is in no way to be construed as an endorsement of any brand or product. C. The list does not relieve the Contractor from responsibility to comply with the specifications of a particular project. D. The maintenance of this list is at the discretion of the Traffic Engineer, and the Contractor should be prepared to provide submittals of all equipment as required herein. E. The Contractor shall be allowed to substitute a reference to an item in the "pre-approved" list in lieu of a catalog data sheet, if he desires, and if the City Traffic Engineer has provided such a list. F. References shall be sufficiently complete for the Owner to judge which item is being proposed. G. The Contractor may also be asked to submit additional documentation from an independent testing lab attesting that the material submitted meets or exceeds the required specifications. 2.3 Changes to Approved Materials and Equipment A. Substitutions 1. There shall be no substitutions for any of the materials on the submittal without the prior written approval of the City Traffic Engineer and/or Traffic Signal Superintendent. 2. Proposed changes to the approved materials submittal shall be submitted in writing. 3. If requested, the Contractor shall submit samples of proposed materials for evaluation by the Owner. 2.4 Rejection of Materials and Equipment A. Installation of materials and equipment not corresponding to the submittal shall be grounds for rejection of the equipment and replacement with approved materials at no cost to the Owner, even if the non-approved material might otherwise have been approved had it been properly submitted. 2.5 Existing Equipment A. Equipment not reused in the new signal system shall be removed by the Contractor from the jobsite and dispose of any non-salvaged items and old wire in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. B. Holes resulting from the removal of pull boxes, foundations, and other materials shall be backfilled and compacted with material equivalent to the surrounding material and the surface made to match the surrounding surface in accordance with the appropriate specification. C. Poles, signals, cabinets and contents, signal wire, pedestrian signals, signs, and pedestrian buttons that are deemed salvageable shall be transported and unloaded at the City Traffic Signal Maintenance Operations Shop. 1. The Contractor shall notify the City Traffic Signals Maintenance Operations Shop 48 hours prior to the proposed delivery date/time to arrange for the receipt of the salvaged equipment by the City. 2. The Contractor shall make a complete inventory listing of the items salvaged and present it upon delivery of the items. 2.6 Damaged Equipment A. All existing and new equipment damaged or destroyed by improper care, handling, transport, or installation shall be replaced with new equipment at no cost to the Owner. B. The Contractor shall remove from the jobsite and dispose of any non-salvaged items and old wire. C. Holes resulting from the removal of pull boxes, foundations, and other materials shall be backfilled and compacted with material equivalent to the surrounding material and the surface made to match the surrounding surface in accordance with the appropriate specification. 2.7 City Supplied Materials A. The City shall not supply nor lend out equipment on a contract-deduction as is or any other basis unless such arrangement is so stated in the Drawings or approved by the Traffic Design Page 4 of 9 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS—34 41 13.00 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction Engineer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 General Information A. Contractor hired for the modification or installation of traffic signals, within the jurisdiction of the City of Corpus Christi, shall meet the following requirements: 1. Contractor shall provide documentation indicating actual installation and modification of traffic signals completed in the past year. a. The statement shall include the name of the agency work was performed for and the date the work was completed and provide to the Traffic Engineer or Designee, prior to the start of work. 2. Contractor personnel must be competent in the construction and wiring techniques required for traffic signal installation, have an excellent knowledge of traffic signal controller cabinet assemblies and have experience in the operation of traffic signal NEMA controllers. 3. Contractor is required to have one certified IMSA Level II Traffic Signals Technician with field experience for any work external or internal to the traffic signal controller cabinet and is required to be on the job-site at all times to supervise construction. a. Contractor shall provide to the Owner a copy of the individual's current certification prior to the start of work. 4. A pre-construction meeting will be required with the traffic signal contractor and the City Traffic Signals Superintendent prior to the start of work to assure that all materials, equipment and work specifications are understood. 5. Finished product should conform to current Traffic Signal standards for Cosmetics as well as Quality in workmanship. B. Prior to beginning any work on any City traffic signal facility, the Contractor is required to notify the Traffic Engineering Division and Traffic Signals Operations Department one (1) week in advance. 1. Under no circumstances will the City accept work done without this prior contact being made. C. The Contractor shall obtain all permits and inspections as required. 3.2 Installation A. Workmanship shall conform to the requirements of the latest revision of the National Electric Code (NEC), Illumination Engineer's Society (IES), standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), requirements of the Drawings, Traffic Signal Special Specifications, Special Provisions, and to any other codes, standards, or local ordinances which may apply 1. Whenever reference is made to any of these standards, the reference shall be considered to mean the code, ordinance, or standard that is in effect at the time of construction. B. Cable Splicing Policy 1. No splice shall be made to a signal cable and shall terminate in the steel pole terminal strip or in the base of a terminal strip. a. The signal cable run shall be a complete straight run from the traffic controller cabinet to the traffic signal pole. 2. All cables for detection devices shall be continuous without splice from the detection device to the signal cabinet. 3. All power feeds shall be continuous without splicing from the source to the service panel or meter and from meter to the controller cabinet. 4. At no time shall any cable be permitted to be spliced in a pull box. 3.3 Utility Locations A. Existing Traffic Utilities 1. Prior to working in and around a signalized intersection, the Contractor is required to call the City Customer Call Center at least forty-eight(48)hours in advance before any digging, excavating and directional boring begins. 2. Note: Traffic Signals Operations is not on the One Call System, call directly to the City Call Center to request a line locate or the Traffic Signal Shop at 361-826-1610, after hours 361- 815-1379. Page 5 of 9 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS—34 41 13.00 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction B. Existing Miscellaneous Utilities 1. The locations of utilities shown on the Drawings are approximate and not all utilities may be shown. 2. All involved utilities, tunnels, and storm drains may not be complete on the Drawings, and the Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining any additional information from the applicable sources prior to construction, and determining the accuracy and adequacy of such information necessary for his performance of the work. C. Locating of Proposed Traffic Facilities 1. The Contractor shall locate poles, controllers, etc., as shown in Drawings. a. Slight(less than three feet(3'))deviation to avoid existing utilities is permissible, unless the new location would move the pole too close to the roadway, obstruct the view of another traffic control device, create issues for ADA compliance and/or obstruct accessible pathways, or otherwise not conform to the intent of the Drawings. The contractor must contact the engineer for approval prior to relocating all proposed traffic facilities b. Large deviations must be approved by the City Traffic Engineer and Traffic Design Engineer. C. The Contractor shall bear in mind that electrical Drawings are somewhat diagrammatic in nature when it comes to conduit routing and adjustments may be necessary in the field. 2. Ground Boxes a. Existing signal ground boxes located in or near the proposed ADA ramp needing to be moved or relocated, shall first remove the signal cable from the conduit to make the lateral adjustment for the new proposed ground box. (1) No splices will be allowed in the ground boxes. (2) If there is not enough slack in the existing cable, then all cable in the conduit will be replaced. (3) Traffic signal cable shall be a continuous run from the controller cabinet to the traffic signal pole terminal strip. b. If ground boxes &covers are removed, before start of demolishing and construction for the new ramp and sidewalk, all conduits shall be covered to keep any debris from falling into it. (1) If debris falls into the conduits it will be the Contractors responsibility to remove it by using high air pressure and water. (2) Traffic Signal Operations will inspect the work before pouring the concrete. D. New and Proposed Utilities 1. The locations of existing and proposed utilities shown on the Drawings are approximate. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the location of new and proposed utilities prior to installing materials and equipment for traffic signals. E. Damage 1. Damage to any existing or new traffic utility or existing traffic facilities shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense. 2. Existing loop detectors damaged or broken by the Contractor shall be replaced with Radar detection by him at no expense to the City, unless other arrangements have been made in writing with the City. 3. Damage to Signals by Contractor a. In the event that the Contractor or his sub-contractor damages any traffic signal facilities to the point that the signal installation is inoperative it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to set temporary Stop signs as soon as possible. b. It will also be the Contractor's responsibility to have an off-duty police officer on the site within two hours of the non-functioning signal, if the signal is not repaired to the Traffic Engineer and/or Traffic Signal Superintendent satisfaction within the first hour. C. In the event that the Contractor is unable to accomplish the above, the City of Corpus Christi shall at its option send an on-duty police officer to the site and have either the City's Traffic Signal Maintenance Operations or another independent private traffic signal Contractor to facilitate the repairs. d. Any and all costs incurred by the City of Corpus Christi to repair the damaged signal facilities shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor for the project. 4. Damage to any existing or new utility or existing facilities shall be repaired or replaced at Page 6 of 9 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS—34 41 13.00 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction the Contractor's expense. 3.4 Traffic Control Plan A. General 1. A Traffic Control Plan (TCP) is required 48 hours (excluding weekends) in advance for approval by the City Traffic Engineer. 2. All locations and distances shall be in conformance with the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, Latest Edition. 3.5 Traffic Control Devices A. Supply and Maintenance 1. All traffic control devices shall be provided by the Contractor as required by the Traffic Control Plan (TCP) and requested by the City Traffic Engineer, Traffic Design Engineer, and Owner. 2. The Contractor may employ a legitimate traffic control device company to supply the required devices. 3. The Contractor is required to supply the Inspector with a 24-hour telephone number of the individual whom is responsible for maintaining the traffic control devices for emergencies. B. Installation 1. It is the Contractor's responsibility to see that all traffic control devices are properly installed and maintained in accordance with the Traffic Control Plan (TCP), the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, and as requested by the City Traffic Engineer, Traffic Design Engineer, Project Engineer, and Inspector. 2. Anytime a Contractor's vehicle occupies a street open to vehicular traffic,or doing the work in the street for the purpose of hanging heads, erection of poles, cutting and installation of loops, or any other such work, adequate advance warning signs and barricades or cones shall be used as required by the MUTCD and TMUTCD. a. Additionally, all locations not in a road project shall have the "SIGNAL CONSTRUCTION AHEAD" signs and "END CONSTRUCTION" signs on all approaches of the intersection having the new signals or modification installed. 3. Any trenches left overnight as well as any foundations that do not have poles sitting on them or any other such hazard to the public shall be adequately covered and barricaded with reflective standard barricades equipped with warning flashers or as directed by the Engineer. 3.6 Lane Closures and Sidewalk Closures A. Lane Closures 1. Any lane closures or total closures of streets must be approved in advance. 2. A seventy-two (72) hour notice is required on all lane closures and/or total closures. 3. No closures or partial closures shall occur during the peak hours of 7:00 am to 9:00 am and 4:00 pm to 6:00 pm, weekdays. B. Sidewalks 1. Any closures or total closures of existing sidewalks must be approved in advance. 2. A seventy-two (72) hour notice is required on all closures and/or total closures. 3. No sidewalks in the downtown area shall be closed unless authorized by the City Traffic Engineer. 3.7 Maintenance During Construction A. General 1. Any and all maintenance, reattachments to Utility poles or City poles, temporary signals, relocation of signals over lanes, or pole relocations or removals shall be by the Contractor. 2. The City shall have no maintenance or construction responsibilities during construction except for: a. The timing in the controller cabinet itself, b. Detection equipment, C. Programming. B. Detours 1. During detours, traffic signal heads and video detection cameras must be repositioned by the Contractor to the minimum requirements of the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Page 7 of 9 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS—34 41 13.00 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction Control Devices and to the directions of the City Traffic Engineer, Traffic Signal Superintendent and/or Inspector. 2. A minimum of two (2) signal heads shall be maintained over the traveled lanes when construction on live intersection requires traffic to move from normally traveled lanes. a. Signal head not over traveled lanes shall be bagged. 3. Left Turns a. Where left turn arrows presently exist and a one-lane detour road will be built as a temporary construction detour, the Inspector, Traffic Engineer, or Traffic Signal Superintendent may require the arrow(s)be eliminated temporarily by the Contractor to facilitate traffic movement. 3.8 Signal Shutdown A. At any location where an existing signal is to be temporarily shut down for the sake of changing from the old controller or service to the new controller or service, the Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and bearing the cost of duly-constituted peace officers in their jurisdiction for directing traffic. 1. Note: Security guards are not considered as Police Officers and shall not be used for this purpose. B. Signal shutdown shall not begin prior to 9:00 AM on weekdays (holidays excluded) and shall be avoided from 4:00 PM to 6:00 PM weekdays. C. Additionally, the City shall not allow an existing traffic signal or flasher system to be turned off and STOP signs used to control traffic. 1. The Contractor shall plan ahead and consider this when planning his project strategy. 2. It is suggested that the new poles be installed as soon as possible and possibly temporarily wired overhead to avoid this problem. 3. Except in highly unusual circumstances, the City will require the Contractor to place the new signals in operation before the old signals are removed. 4. If temporary signals cannot be avoided, the Contractor will be responsible for all temporary signals. 3.9 Signal Turn-On A. City Approval 1. Signals shall be turned on when the City has determined that the location is in adequate condition (wiring, signals, service, etc.)to be turned on safely. a. The City Traffic Engineer or Designee shall make this determination. 2. The Contractor shall not place any signal in operation, either cycling or flashing, under any circumstances unless authorized by the City Traffic Engineer or his Designee. B. Manual Flash Mode 1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, it is the City's policy for new traffic signals to turn on the new system and let it remain in the Manual Flash mode for seven (7) days before the system is switched on to cycling mode. C. Placing Signals in Service 1. The Contractor shall ensure that service has been provided and that all wires are terminated in the cabinet. a. At that point the Contractor shall arrange with the City Inspector for the Traffic Engineer Dept.to conduct an inspection to verify that there are no other circumstances that would delay the turn-on. 2. The City Traffic Engineer shall coordinate with the Traffic Signal Maintenance Operations on turning the signals on to the flash mode through the Inspector. 3. The Contractor shall have Vendor/Manufacturers representative, personnel and a bucket truck at the site on the day the Traffic Engineer or Traffic Signal Operations turn the signal on to flashing operation for the purpose of uncovering the signals and any necessary overhead work or inspections. 4. The Contractor is required to have an Econolite controller representative present at the time the signal equipment is turned on. Representatives from other controller unit vendors or manufacturers are not an acceptable substitution to this requirement. The Contractor is solely responsible for coordinating and scheduling the Econolite controller representative to be present during signal turn-on. Having a knowledgeable representative at the project Page 8 of 9 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS—34 41 13.00 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction site(s) when the controller(s) is ready to be turned on is paramount to the safety and efficiency of this operation. 3.10 Preservation of Sod, Shrubbery, and Trees A. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the preservation of all sod, shrubbery, and trees at the site during the installation. B. When it becomes necessary to remove any sod, shrubbery, or tree branches, the Contractor shall obtain permission from the Owner of the sod, shrubbery, or tree branches. C. All sod and shrubbery that are removed shall be carefully preserved and replaced in their original position. D. Damaged sod or shrubbery shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense. 3.11 Inspection Procedures A. Inspection 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection coordination of all elements of the traffic signal system. 2. The only persons authorized to modify the Owner's directions is the City Traffic Engineer and/or his Designee. B. Acceptance 1. Final inspection shall be conducted by the City Traffic Engineer, City Traffic Signal Operations Department, the Contractor and City Construction the Owner. 2. The Contractor shall notify the Traffic Design Engineer forty-eight(48) hours in advance of a desire for final inspection. 3. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to have a bucket truck available at the Final Inspection for inspection of any overhead signal resources. 4. After the Punch List items are completed the signal may be put into Flash Operations for a period of at least seven (7)days if new. 5. If the intersection is an existing it could begin its thirty (30) day test period in normal operation described by the City Traffic Engineer. 6. A Final Letter of Acceptance of the traffic signals will be initiated by the Traffic Design Engineer to Traffic Engineering, after the signal has functioned properly for a period of at least thirty (30)days. 7. If a major malfunction occurs within the thirty(30)day test, the test must be restarted. 3.12 Cleanup A. The Contractor shall leave the intersection area, right-of-way, and any work or storage areas in broom clean condition. B. Dirt areas shall be raked clean and stabilized by Owner approved methods. C. No scraps or debris of any kind shall be left at the site. 3.13 Warranty A. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or superseded by the requirements of other Items, the Contractor shall guarantee all items of workmanship and materials to be free from defects for a period of one (1)year from the date of acceptance. PART 4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.1 General A. Measurement and Payment for this item will be as indicated within Section 00 30 01 BID FORM. 1. If this item is not indicated within Section 00 30 01 BID FORM then it is to be considered subsidiary to the applicable section(s). B. Payment shall fully compensate the Contractor for all required labor, materials, equipment, maintenance,and all incidental expenses which are required to complete the work in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. END OF SECTION Page 9 of 9 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS—34 41 13.00 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction SECTION 34 41 13.13 INSTALLATION OF TRAFFIC EQUIPMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Description A. This specification shall govern all work required for the Installation of Traffic Equipment as required to complete the project. 1.2 Related Sections A. 00 30 01 BID FORM B. 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT C. 34 41 13.00 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS AND GENERAL REQUIRMENTS D. 34 41 16.33 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER UNIT E. 34 41 19.13 ELECTRICAL SERVICES FOR TRAFFIC SIGNALING AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT F. 34 41 16.93 POLES AND ASSEMBLIES 1.3 References The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. National Electrical Code (NEC) B. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 610—Roadway Illumination Assemblies C. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 625—Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Strand D. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 636—Aluminum Signs E. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 685 — Roadside Flashing Beacon Assemblies F. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS- 11170— Fully Actuated, Solid-State Traffic Signal Controller Assembly G. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedure Tex-1 170-T — Sampling and Environmental Testing of Traffic Signal Controller Assemblies: Traffic Signal Controllers and Conflict Monitors H. City of Corpus Christi—Signalization Standard Product List 1.4 Submittals A. Conform to requirements of Section 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT and Section 34 41 13.00 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 General A. Pre-Approved materials and equipment can be found within the City of Corpus Christi — Signalization Standard Product List. 1. Use of material and equipment from the list does not relieve the Contractor from meeting the requirements of this specification. 2. To substitute a material or equipment it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide all required information to determine that the material or equipment is equal or better to the Owner for approval prior to incorporation into the Project. 3. There shall be no substitutions for any of the materials on the submittal without the prior written approval of the City Traffic Engineer and/or Traffic Signal Superintendent. B. Ensure electrical materials conform to the requirements of Section 34 41 13.00 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS AND GENERAL REQUIRMENTS and additional local utility requirements. C. Furnish new materials, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or instructed by the Owner. D. Ensure all materials conform to the details shown on the Drawings, the requirements of this Page 1 of 3 INSTALLATION OF TRAFFIC EQUIPMENT—34 4113.13 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction specification, and the pertinent requirements of the following Items: 1. Roadway Illumination Assemblies a. Refer to TxDOT Item 610 2. Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Strand a. Refer to TxDOT Item 625 3. Signal Poles a. Refer to Section 34 41 16.93 POLES AND ASSEMBLIES 4. Conduit a. Refer to Section 34 41 19.13 ELECTRICAL SERVICES FOR TRAFFIC EQUIPMENT 5. Aluminum Signs a. Refer to TxDOT Item 636 6. Foundations for Traffic Control Devices a. Refer to Drawings 7. Controller Assemblies a. Refer to Section 34 41 16.33 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER UNIT b. Provide controller assemblies that meet the requirements of TxDOT DMS-11170 C. Details shown on the Drawings. 8. Flasher Assemblies a. Refer to TxDOT Item 685 9. Vehicle Signal Heads a. Refer to Section 34 41 16.53 VEHICLE SIGNAL HEADS E. Suppliers 1. Provide control and flasher assemblies from manufacturers prequalified by the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT). a. The TxDOT Traffic Operations Division maintains a list of prequalified control and flasher assembly manufacturers. F. Sampling and Testing 1. Sampling and testing of traffic signal controller assemblies will be done in accordance with TxDOT Tex-1170-T. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 General Information A. Install traffic controller foundations and pedestal posts in accordance with the drawings. B. Electrical Requirements 1. Make arrangements for electrical services and install and supply materials not provided by the utility company as shown on the Drawings. a. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, install 120/240-volt, single-phase, 60-Hz AC electrical service. C. Conduit 1. Install conduit and fittings of the sizes and types shown on the Drawings. 2. Conduit of larger size than that shown on the Drawings may be used with no additional compensation, providing that the same size is used for the entire length of the conduit run. 3. Extend conduit in concrete foundations two (2)to three (3) inches above the concrete. 4. Seal the ends of each conduit with expanding foam or other approved sealant after all cables and conductors are installed. D. Wiring 1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, furnish stranded No. 14 AWG conductors. 2. Install above-ground cables and conductors in rigid metal conduit, except for span wire suspended cables and conductors, drip loops, and electrical wiring inside signal poles. 3. Make power entrances to ground-mounted controllers through underground conduit. 4. Wire each signal installation to operate as shown on the Drawings. 5. Attach ends of wires to properly sized self-insulated solder less terminals. 6. Attach terminals to the wires with a ratchet-type compression crimping tool properly sized to the wire. 7. Place pre-numbered identification tags of plastic or tape around each wire adjacent to wire ends in the controller and signal pole terminal blocks. Page 2 of 3 INSTALLATION OF TRAFFIC EQUIPMENT—34 4113.13 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction E. Grounding and Bonding 1. Ground and bond the conductors in accordance with the NEC. 2. Ensure the resistance from the grounded point of any equipment to the nearest ground rod is less than fifteen (15)ohm. 3. Install a continuous green insulated copper wire (equipment ground) throughout the electrical system that is the same size as the neutral conductor, but a minimum No. 8 AWG. 4. Connect the equipment ground to all metal conduit, signal poles, controller housing, electrical service ground, ground rods, and all other metal enclosures and raceways. 5. Provide copper wire bonding jumpers that are a minimum No. 8 AWG. 3.2 Controller Assemblies A. Construct controller foundations in accordance with the drawings. B. Immediately before mounting the controller assembly on the foundation, apply a bead of silicone caulk to seal the cabinet base. C. Seal any space between conduit entering the controller and the foundation with silicone caulk. D. Deliver the keys for the controller cabinets to the Traffic Signal Operations Superintendent when the contract is complete. E. Place the instruction manual and wiring diagrams for all equipment in the controller cabinet, inside the controller cabinet. 3.3 Sign Lighting A. Attach sign lighting to traffic signal equipment as shown on the Drawings. 3.4 Intersection Illumination A. Construct luminaires on signal poles as shown on the Drawings as per manufacturer's recommendation and in accordance with TxDOT Item 610. 3.5 Test Period A. Operate completed traffic signal installations continuously for at least thirty (30) days in a satisfactory manner. B. If any Contractor-furnished equipment fails during thirty (30)day test period, repair or replace that equipment. 1. This repair or replacement, except lamp replacement, will start a new thirty (30) day test period. C. Contractor to replace materials that are damaged or have failed prior to acceptance. D. Replace failed or damaged existing signal system components when caused by the Contractor. E. The City will relieve the Contractor of maintenance responsibilities upon passing a thirty (30) day performance test of the signal system and acceptance of the project. PART 4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.1 General A. Measurement and Payment for this item will be as indicated within Section 00 30 01 BID FORM. 1. If this item is not indicated within Section 00 30 01 BID FORM then it is to be considered subsidiary to the applicable section(s). B. Payment shall fully compensate the Contractor for all required labor, materials, equipment, maintenance,and all incidental expenses which are required to complete the work in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. END OF SECTION Page 3 of 3 INSTALLATION OF TRAFFIC EQUIPMENT—34 4113.13 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction SECTION 34 41 16.43 GROUND BOXES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Description A. This specification shall govern all work required for the furnishing and installation of Ground Boxes as required to complete the project. 1.2 Related Sections A. 00 30 01 BID FORM B. 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT C. 34 41 13.00 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D. 032020 REINFORCING STEEL E. 038000 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 1.3 References The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT)Traffic Operations Division B. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS- 11070—Ground Boxes C. Western Underground Standards D. City of Corpus Christi—Signalization Standard Product List 1.4 Submittals A. Conform to requirements of Section 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT and Section 34 41 13.00 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 General A. Pre-Approved materials and equipment can be found within the City of Corpus Christi — Signalization Standard Product List. 1. Use of material and equipment from the list does not relieve the Contractor from meeting the requirements of this specification. 2. To substitute a material or equipment it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide all required information to determine that the material or equipment is equal or better to the Owner for approval prior to incorporation into the Project. 3. There shall be no substitutions for any of the materials on the submittal without the prior written approval of the City Traffic Engineer and/or Traffic Signal Superintendent. 2.2 Materials A. To maintain compatibility with City of Corpus Christi Traffic Signal Operations System, the only acceptable Ground Boxes are as listed within the City of Corpus Christi — Signalization Standard Product List. 1. Cover Labels Legibly imprint the cover with the appropriate message from the following table in letters at least one-inch (1") high: For Ground Boxes Containing Wiring for: Label with Message Traffic signal systems and systems that contain illumination powered "Traffic Signals" by the signal electrical service Illumination systems "Danger High Voltage Illumination" Traffic management systems "Danger High Voltage Traffic Management' Page 1 of 2 GROUND BOXES—34 41 16.43 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction Sign illumination systems "Danger High Voltage Sign Illumination" Other electrical systems not shown "Danger High Voltage" above PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 General Information A. Equipment 1. Provide the machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper installation of the work. 2. All machinery, tools and equipment used shall be maintained in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner. B. Construction 1. Construct and/or place ground boxes in accordance with the appropriate requirements of this specification and the Drawings. 2. Must be installed flush with finished grade. 3. Should a ground box be installed in other than concrete a concrete apron shall be built surrounding the outer edges of the ground box. PART 4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.1 General A. Measurement and Payment for this item will be as indicated within Section 00 30 01 BID FORM. 1. If this item is not indicated within Section 00 30 01 BID FORM then it is to be considered subsidiary to the applicable section(s). B. Payment shall fully compensate the Contractor for all required labor, materials, equipment, maintenance, and all incidental expenses which are required to complete the work in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. END OF SECTION Page 2 of 2 GROUND BOXES—34 41 16.43 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction SECTION 34 41 16.63 PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Description A. This Item shall govern for furnishing and installing Pedestrian Signal as shown on the Drawings. 1.2 Related Sections A. 00 30 01 BID FORM B. 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT C. 34 41 13.00 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D. 34 41 16.33 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER UNIT 1.3 References The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. Information Technology Equipment (ITE) B. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD) C. Equipment and Materials Standards of the Institute of Transportation Engineers D. City of Corpus Christi—Signalization Standard Product List 1.4 Submittals A. Conform to requirements of Section 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT and Section 34 41 13.00 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. B. Warranty documents from the manufacturer of the products. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 General A. Pre-Approved materials and equipment can be found within the City of Corpus Christi — Signalization Standard Product List. 1. Use of material and equipment from the list does not relieve the Contractor from meeting the requirements of this specification. 2. To substitute a material or equipment it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide all required information to determine that the material or equipment is equal or better to the Owner for approval prior to incorporation into the Project. 3. There shall be no substitutions for any of the materials on the submittal without the prior written approval of the City Traffic Engineer and/or Traffic Signal Superintendent. B. All materials furnished by the Contractor shall be new. C. All heads shall be in compliance with the Texas MUTCD. 2.2 Equipment and Materials A. Signal Head 1. Provide pedestrian signal heads in accordance with TxDOT DMS-11130, "Pedestrian Signal Heads." 2. Supply only black polycarbonate pedestrian signal components that are of the same material and manufacturer for any one project. 3. Use stainless steel, or dichromate sealed aluminum bolts, nuts, washers, lock washers, screws, and other assembly hardware. a. When dissimilar metals are used, ensure the metals selected are insulated to prevent corrosion. 4. Use closed-cell silicone or closed-cell neoprene gaskets. B. Pedestrian Signal Module 1. Materials a. Ensure electrical materials and construction methods conform to the current National Electric Code (NEC) and additional local utility requirements. b. Materials used for the lens and LED module construction shall conform to ASTM Page 1 of 8 PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL—34 41 16.63 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction specifications where applicable. C. Enclosures containing the power supply and electronic components of the LED module shall be made of UL94VO flame retardant materials. d. The lens of the LED module is excluded from this requirement. e. Ensure all materials and construction methods conform to the requirements of this Item and the following pertinent requirements: (1) Signal Heads (2) Section 34 41 16.33 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER UNIT (3) Signal Indications (a) "Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indications" published in the Equipment and Materials Standards of the Institute of Transportation Engineers, (referred to in this document as "PTCSI"). (4) National Electric Code (NEC); (5) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 2. General a. Modules designed as retrofit replacements for existing pedestrian signal indication lamps shall not require special tools for installation. b. Retrofit replacement modules shall fit into existing pedestrian signal housings built for the PTCSI sizes of the "walking person" and "hand" icon pedestrian signal indication Standard without modification to the housing, see PTCSI 4.2.1 for housing sizes. C. All LED's used shall be rated for 100,000 hours of continuous operation over a temperature range of-40°C to+74°C. d. The modules shall be rated for a minimum life of 72 months. e. Modules shall meet all parameters of this specification throughout this 72-month period. f. Installation of a retrofit replacement module into an existing pedestrian signal housing shall only require the removal of the existing optical unit components, i.e., lens, lamp module, gaskets, and reflector; shall be weather tight and fit securely in the housing; and shall connect directly to existing electrical wiring. 3. Module a. The retrofit module shall be capable of replacing the optical unit. (1) The module lens may be a replaceable part without the need to replace the complete module. (2) The walking person and hand icons (16"x18" size only) shall be full (not outlines). (3) The countdown digits shall be made up of two (2) rows of LEDs. (4) Each digit shall be a minimum of seven inches (7") in height. b. For each nominal message bearing surface (module) size, use the corresponding H (height)and W (width): (1) Bearing Surface— H (2) Module Size— 16 x 18 inch (3) Icon Height— Min 7 inch (4) Icon Width—7 inch (5) Countdown Height— Min 9 inch (6) Countdown Width—6.5 inch C. The units shall not have any attachments or options that will allow the mode to be changed from counting the clearance cycle, to the full walk/don't walk cycle. d. The module shall be a single, self-contained device, not requiring on-site assembly for installation into existing traffic signal housing. e. The power supply shall be designed to fit and mount inside the pedestrian signal module. f. The assembly and manufacturing process for the module shall be designed to assure all internal LED and electronic components are adequately supported to withstand mechanical shock and vibration from high winds and other sources. 4. Environmental Requirements a. The module shall be rated for use in the ambient operating temperature range, measured at the exposed rear of the module, of-40 to +165°F. b. The pedestrian module shall be designed to meet NEMA 250 Hose down Test. C. The test is to be conducted on a stand-alone unit. d. No protective housing shall be used. e. The module lens shall be UV stabilized. Page 2 of 8 PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL—34 41 16.63 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction 5. Signal LENS a. The lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be polycarbonate UV stabilized and a minimum of/"thick. b. The exterior of the lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be smooth and frosted to prevent sun phantom. 6. Module Identification a. Each module shall be identified on the backside with the manufacturer's name, model numbers and serial number. b. The following operating characteristics shall be identified: nominal voltage, power consumption, wattage and Volt-Ampere. 7. Photometric Requirements a. Luminance, Uniformity& Distribution (1) For a minimum period of 72 months, the maintained minimum luminance values for the modules under normal operating conditions shall not be less than 5300 cd/m2 for the Walking Person icon and 3750 cd/m2 for the Hand icon when measured perpendicular to the surface of the module at nine(nine)separate points on the icon. (2) These values may decrease up to 50% of these table values beyond 15° from the perpendicular in either to the left or right on a horizontal plane. (3) The uniformity of the walking person and hand icons' illumination shall meet a ratio of not more than 1 to 5 between the minimum and maximum luminance measurements (in Cd/m2). b. Chromaticity (1) The standard colors for the LED Pedestrian Signal Module shall be White for the walking person and Portland Orange for the hand icon and countdown digits. 8. Electrical a. General (1) All wiring and terminal blocks shall meet the requirements of Section 13.02 of the VTCSH Standard. (2) Three secured, color coded, 36 in long 600 V, 16 AWG minimum, jacketed wires, conforming to the National Electrical Code, rated for service at +105°C, are to be provided for electrical connection. (3) Each LED signal module shall be designed so that there is no noticeable light output when connected to rated voltage through an impedance of 15 K-ohm (either resistive or capacitive). (4) The signal module shall be designed so that, under normal operation, an AC voltage of no greater than 10 volts RMS shall be developed across the unit when it is connected in series with any value of impedance greater than 15 K-ohms and for any applied AC voltage between 95- and 135-volts RMS that is connected across this series combination. (5) In addition, the signal module shall be designed so that the voltage across the module shall reduce in value to less than 10 volts RMS within 100-ms when the module is switched off by any solid-state switch or switch pack having an impedance of 15 K-ohms or greater. b. Voltage Range (1) LED modules shall operate from a 60 ± 3 Hertz ac line power over a voltage range from 80 to 135 VAC RMS. (2) The current draw shall be sufficient to ensure compatibility and proper triggering and operation of load current switches and conflict monitors. (3) Nominal operating voltage for all measurements shall be 120 ±3 Volts rms. (4) Fluctuations in line voltage over the range of 80Vac to 135Vac shall not affect luminous intensity by more than +10%. (5) The LED circuitry shall prevent flickering at less than 100 Hz over the voltage range stated above. (6) The modules shall be designed and constructed so that the failure of a single LED will not result in the loss of additional LEDs. (7) There should be no illumination of the module when the applied voltage is less than 35 VAC RMS. To test for this condition each icon must first be fully illuminated at the nominal operating voltage. The applied voltage shall then be reduced to the point where there is no illumination. This point must be greater than 35 VAC RMS. Page 3 of 8 PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL—34 41 16.63 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction (8) Turn-On and Turn-Off Time (a) Each icon of the module shall reach 90% of their full illumination (turn-on)within 100-ms. of the application of the nominal operating voltage. (b) The modules shall not be illuminated (turn-off) after 100-ms. of the removal of the nominal operating voltage. (9) For abnormal conditions when nominal voltage is applied to the unit across the two phase wires (rather than being applied to the phase wire and the neutral wire) the pedestrian signal unit shall default to the hand symbol. C. Transient Voltage Protection (1) The module's on-board circuitry shall include voltage surge protection to withstand high-repetition noise transients and low-repetition high energy transients as stated in Section 2.1.6, NEMA Standard TS-2, 1998, or the latest version. d. Electronic Noise (1) The modules and associated on-board circuitry must meet Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47, Sub Part B, Section 15 regulations concerning the emission of electronic noise. e. Power Factor (PF)and AC Harmonics (1) The modules shall provide a power factor of 0.90 or greater when operated at nominal operating voltage, and 77°F. (2) Total harmonic distortion induced into an AC power line by the module, operated at nominal operating voltage, at 77°F shall not exceed 20%. f. Module Functions (1) Cycle (a) The module shall operate in one mode: i. Clearance Cycle Countdown Mode Only (b) The module will start counting when the flashing clearance signal turns on and will countdown to "0" and turn off when the steady"Don't Walk" signal turns on. Module will not have user accessible switches or controls for modification of cycle. (2) Learning Cycle (a) At power on, the module enters a single automatic learning cycle. (b) During the automatic learning cycle, the countdown display shall remain dark. (3) Cycle Modification (a) The unit re-programs itself if it detects any increase or decrease of Pedestrian Timing. (b) The counting unit will go blank once a change is detected and then take one complete pedestrian cycle (with no counter during this cycle) to adjust its buffer timer. (4) Recycling (a) The module shall allowfor consecutive cycles without displaying the steady Hand icon ("Don't Walk"). (5) Preemption (a) The module shall recognize preemption events and temporarily modify the crossing cycle accordingly. (b) If the controller preempts during the walking man, the countdown will follow the controller's directions and will adjust from walking man to flashing hand. (c) It will start to count down during the flashing hand. If the controller preempts during the flashing hand, the countdown will continue to count down without interruption. (d) The next cycle, following the preemption event, shall use the correct, initially programmed values. (6) "Don't Walk" Steady (a) If the controller output displays Don't Walk steady condition and the unit has not arrived to zero or if both the hand and man are dark for some reason, the unit suspends any timing and the digits will go dark. g. Quality Assurance (1) General (a) Unless otherwise specified all of the test will be conducted at an ambient temperature of 77°F and at the nominal operating voltage of 120 VAC RMS. Page 4 of 8 PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL—34 41 16.63 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction (b) The following production quality assurance tests shall be performed on each new module prior to shipment. (c) Before any measurements are made, the unit shall be energized at the rated voltage for a 30-minute burn-in period at an ambient temperature of+77°F. (d) Following the burn-in period, the initial luminous intensity shall be measured. (e) A single point measurement with a correlation to the intensity requirement of Section 1.04 of VTCSH for circular indications may be used. (f) The current flow and power factor shall also be determined. (g) Units found to have parameters outside the ranges allowed by this specification shall be rejected. (h) The modules shall be manufactured in accordance with a vendor quality assurance (QA) program. (i) The QA program shall include two types of quality assurance: i. design quality assurance ii. production quality assurance. (j) QA process and test result documentation shall be kept on file for a minimum period of seven years. (2) Conformance (a) The module designs not satisfying design qualification testing and the production quality assurance testing performance requirements shall not be labeled, advertised, or sold as conforming to this specification. (3) Design Qualification Assurance (a) Design Qualification testing shall be performed on new module designs, and when a major design change has been implemented on an existing design. (b) Unless otherwise specified, all of the tests shall be conducted on the same set of randomly selected modules, hereafter called the sample set, at an ambient temperature of 77°F and at the nominal operating voltage of 120 VAC RMS. (c) Testing shall be performed once every 5 years or when the module design or LED technology has been changed. (d) Test data shall be retained by the module manufacturers for a minimum period of 7 years and for a period of at least 5 years beyond the last date of manufacture of that model type. (4) Production Quality Assurance (a) All new modules shall undergo Production Quality Assurance testing prior to shipment. (b) Failure of any module to meet requirements of the QA tests shall be cause for rejection. (c) QA test results shall be maintained for a period of 4 years. (d) The production quality assurance shall include statistically controlled routine tests to ensure minimum performance levels of modules built to meet this specification. (e) Prior to packaging for shipment, each module shall be visually inspected for any exterior physical damage or assembly anomalies. (f) Careful attention shall be paid to the surface of the lens to ensure there are no scratches (abrasions), cracks, chips, discoloration or other defects. (5) Delivery and Acceptance (a) Compatibility with a controller unit, conflict monitor and load switch will be tested by connecting the module under test to the output of a standard load switch connected to a variable AC voltage supply with the output of the load switch in the off state. (b) The AC voltage developed across each LED module so connected shall not exceed ten (10)V-rms as the input to the LED module is varied from 95 V-rms to 135 V-rms. h. Warranty (1) LED signal modules shall be replaced or repaired if it fails to function as intended due to workmanship or material defects within the first 60 months from date of delivery. C. Pedestrian Detectors Page 5 of 8 PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL—34 41 16.63 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction 1. Ensure the push-button assembly is weather-tight and tamper-proof, is designed to prevent an electrical shock under any weather condition, has provisions for grounding in accordance with the NEC, and is in compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). 2. Supply a sturdy 2-piece cast-aluminum housing unit consisting of a base housing and a removable cover. 3. Ensure the internal components provide a push button with normal open contacts, and include all electrical and mechanical parts required for operation. 4. Supply housing or an adapter (saddle) that conforms to the pole shape, fitting flush to ensure a rigid installation. 5. Supply adapters of the same material and construction as the housing. 6. Provide threaded holes for 0.5-in. conduit in the housing for any necessary conduit attachment. 7. Close unused openings with a weather-tight closure painted to match the housing. 8. Provide a 0.75-in. hole with an insulating bushing through the back of the housing. 9. Meet the paint requirements of Signal Heads for the complete body of the housing. 10. Ensure the manufacturer's name or trademark is located on the housing. 11. Supply push-button switches that have single-pole, single-throw contacts and screw-type terminals and have a design life of at least 1 million operations. 12. Use sheet aluminum having a minimum thickness of 0.080 in.for information signs for push buttons. D. Accessible Pedestrian Signal (APS) Units. 1. Supply an APS that includes a pedestrian sign, a pushbutton, and an audible speaker contained in one unit and with the following features: a. Vibrating tactile arrow. b. Pushbutton locator tone. C. Automatic volume adjustment-60 dB range. d. Actuation indicator-tone and light. e. Extended button press which can be used to request a louder WALK signal and locator tone for subsequent clearance interval. f. Weather-proof speaker protected by a vandal proof screen. g. Pole unit and the central control unit shall be rated for the following temperature range: -30°F to +165°F. h. Audible pedestrian signal units shall be operationally compatible with controllers currently used by the City, Texas Department of Transportation, and any other Texas government entities. (1) In the case of conflicts between specifications, the latest City specifications will control. i. Supply a central control unit (CCU)for the pushbutton detector unit that resides in the Traffic Signal Controller Cabinet capable of controlling a minimum of 8 units. (1) Ensure the CCU is capable of controlling up to 4 phases. (2) Ensure that all inputs and outputs on the CCU have Transient Voltage Protection. E. Pole 1. Shall be in accordance with Section 34 41 16.93 POLES AND ASSEMBLIES PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 General A. All Work shall be in accordance with the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, manufacturer recommendations, and industry standards. 1. In the event that one requirement conflicts with another the more stringent requirement shall be followed, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. 3.2 Signal Head A. Assembly 1. Assemble individual signal sections in multi-section faces in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations to form a rigid signal face. 2. Assemble and mount signal heads as shown on the plans. 3. Install louvers and back plates in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Page 6 of 8 PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL—34 41 16.63 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction 4. Close any openings in an assembled signal head with a plug of the same material and color as the head. 5. When installing a retrofit replacement LED traffic signal or pedestrian signal lamp unit into an existing signal housing, only remove the existing lens, reflector, and incandescent lamp; fit the new unit securely in the housing door; and connect the new housing unit to the existing electrical wiring or terminal block by means of simple connectors. B. Wiring 1. Wire each optical unit to the terminal block located in that signal section by means of solder less wire connectors or binding screws and spade lugs. 2. Wire all sections of a multi-section signal face to the section terminal blocks in which the traffic signal cable is terminated. 3. Maintain the color coding on leads from the individual optical units throughout the signal head, except for the traffic signal cable. 4. Use solder less wire connectors or binding screws and spade lugs for connections to terminal blocks. 5. Use binding screws and spade lugs for field wiring. 3.3 Pedestrian Detectors A. Wire the push button to the nearest splicing point or terminal strip using stranded No. 12 AWG XHHW wire with 600-volt insulation. B. Do not use terminal connections or splice wire leads except in the hand holes located in the signal pole shaft, in the signal pole base, or at locations approved by the Owner. C. All allowed splices must be watertight.Attach wires to terminal posts with solder less terminals. D. Attach terminals to the wires with a ratchet-type compression crimping tool properly sized to the wire. E. Mount a pedestrian push button sign near each push button as shown on the Drawings. 3.4 Accessible Pedestrian Signal (APS) Units A. APS shall be wired individual 2-wire conductor from the Cabinet APS processor to the APS button with no splices in between. B. Vocal programming shall be done by contractor to match street crossing. If a custom recorded message is required, the contractor must provide script for City to review and provide input, as appropriate. Provide pre-recorded custom message(s)for each APS. C. Attach wires to terminal posts with solder less terminals. D. Attach terminals to the wires with a ratchet-type compression crimping tool properly sized to the wire. 1. Documentation Requirements a. Each APS shall be provided with the following documentation: (1) Complete and accurate installation wiring guide. (2) Contact name, address, and telephone number for the representative, manufacturer, or distributor for warranty repair. (3) The bidders shall supply schematics for all electronics. One schematic diagram shall be provided for each unit, along with any necessary installation instructions. 3.5 Warranty A. The APS unit shall be warranted against any failure due to workmanship, material defects or intensity within the first 60 months of field operation. B. APS unit shall operate as required above after 60 months of continuous use over the temperature range of-30°F to+165°F in a traffic signal operation. C. The manufacturer shall provide a written warranty against defects in materials and workmanship for APS unit for a period of 5 years after installation. D. Replacement APS unit shall be provided within five (5)days after receipt of failed APS unit at no cost to the Owner, except the cost of shipping the failed modules. E. The Contractor shall provide all warranty documents from the manufacturer of the products to the City. Page 7 of 8 PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL—34 41 16.63 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction PART 4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.1 General A. Measurement and Payment for this item will be as indicated within Section 00 30 01 BID FORM. 1. If this item is not indicated within Section 00 30 01 BID FORM then it is to be considered subsidiary to the applicable section(s). B. Payment shall fully compensate the Contractor for all required labor, materials, equipment, maintenance,and all incidental expenses which are required to complete the work in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. END OF SECTION Page 8 of 8 PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL—34 41 16.63 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction SECTION 34 41 19.13 ELECTRICAL SERVICES FOR TRAFFIC EQUIPMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Description A. This specification shall govern all work required for the furnishing, installing, and removal of Electrical Services for Traffic Signals and Control Equipment as required to complete the project. 1.2 Related Sections A. 00 30 01 BID FORM B. 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT C. 34 41 13.00 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D. 34 41 16.93 POLES AND ASSEMBLIES E. 31 23 16.13 TRENCHING 1.3 References The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. ASTM A 90 — Standard Test Method for Weight (Mass) of coating on Iron and Steel Articles with Zinc or Zinc-Alloy Coatings B. ASTM D 1248—Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable C. NEMA/ANSI C 80— Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC) D. National Electric Code (NEC) E. UL-6— Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit F. UL-6A—Standard for Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit—Aluminum, Bronze, and Stainless Steel G. Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. (UL) H. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) I. International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA) J. Texas Department of Transportation Traffic Operations Division K. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 441 —Steel Structures L. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 445—Galvanizing M. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 449—Anchor Bolts N. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 618—Conduit O. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 620— Electrical Conductors P. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 627—Treated Timber Poles Q. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Item 656 — Foundations for Traffic Control Devices R. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS 11060— Duct Cable S. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material Specification DMS 11080— Electrical Services T. City of Corpus Christi—Signalization Standard Product List 1.4 Submittals A. Conform to requirements of Section 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT and Section 34 41 13.00 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. Page 1 of 6 ELECTRICAL SERVICES FOR TRAFFIC EQUIPMENT—34 41 19.13 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 General A. Pre-Approved materials and equipment can be found within the City of Corpus Christi — Signalization Standard Product List. 1. Use of material and equipment from the list does not relieve the Contractor from meeting the requirements of this specification. 2. To substitute a material or equipment it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide all required information to determine that the material or equipment is equal or better to the Owner for approval prior to incorporation into the Project. 3. There shall be no substitutions for any of the materials on the submittal without the prior written approval of the City Traffic Engineer and/or Traffic Signal Superintendent. B. Provide materials that comply with the details shown on the Drawings, requirements of this Item, and the pertinent requirements of the following Items: 1. Steel Structures a. TxDOT Item 441. 2. Galvanizing a. TxDOT Item 445 3. Anchor Bolts a. TxDOT Item 449 4. Conduit a. When Specified on the Drawings, provide: (1) Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC) (a) Galvanized i. Hot dipped galvanized inside and outside with a minimum of 1.5 oz per square foot of a zinc coating in accordance with and ASTM A90. ii. Shall be in accordance with NEMA/ANSI C 80.1, UL-6, and NEC. (b) Stainless Steel i. Shall be Type 316 minimum ii. Shall be in accordance with UL-6A and NEC. (2) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)Conduit (a) Meets the requirement of NEMA Standard TC-2, UL 651, and the NEC. (3) High-Density Polyethylene (HDPE)Conduit (a) Shall be weather-resistant in black color (b) Meet the requirements of ASTM D 1248, NEMA TC-2 for EPC-40-PE, and NEMA TC-2, Article 3.03, crushing resistance requirements, and the NEC. (c) Provide approved electrical conduit connector,or thermally fuse using electrically heated, wound-wire, resistance welding method. (d) Provide without factory installed conductors. (4) Flexible Conduit (a) Shall be liquid tight. (b) Furnish conduit from new materials that comply with TxDOT DMS-11030. b. Fittings (1) Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, fabricate fittings such as junction boxes and expansion joints from a material similar to the connecting conduit. (2) All fittings shall be constructed with corrosion resistant industrial grade materials. (3) Use watertight fittings. (4) Do not use set screw and pressure cast fitting. (5) Steel compression fittings are permissible. (6) When using HDPE conduit, provide fitting that are UL listed as electrical conduit connectors or thermally fused using an electrically heated wound wire resistance welding method. C. Warning Tape (1) Red three-inch (3") 4-mil polyethylene underground warning tape that continuously states "Caution Buried Electrical Line Below". d. Pull Cord (1) Provide a polyester mule tape in each conduit run as it is installed and leave the mule tape in place in the length of each conduit run after the installation of the identified wires. Page 2 of 6 ELECTRICAL SERVICES FOR TRAFFIC EQUIPMENT—34 41 19.13 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction 5. Duct Cable a. Materials (1) Provide new materials that comply with the details shown on the Drawings, with conductors that meet the material requirements of electrical conductors. b. Duct Cable (1) Furnish duct cable from new materials that comply with TxDOT DMS-11060. (a) When required cable must be certified by IMSA and will supersede the above requirement C. Suppliers (1) Provide duct cable from manufacturers prequalified by the Department. (a) The Traffic Operations Division maintains a list of prequalified duct cable manufacturers. d. Markings (1) Furnish duct cable that is clearly and durably marked at maximum ten-foot (10') intervals with the material designation including nominal size of the duct and either the name or the trademark of the manufacturer. (2) Mark the duct cable at two-foot (2') intervals with sequential numbers indicating length of cable, in feet, on reel, with zero mark at the inner end. e. Assemblies and Reels (1) Assemblies exhibiting evidence of conductors pulled into the duct after the duct is manufactured are not acceptable. (2) Duct cable testing less than 50 megohms insulation resistance at 1,000 volts while still on the reel is not acceptable. (3) Ensure that the complete assembly is packaged on reels having sufficient diameter to prevent permanent set or damage to the duct cable. (4) Ensure that each reel is clearly and durably marked to show the voltage rating, type of insulation, number of conductors, conductor size, length, duct size, and either the name or the trademark of the manufacturer. 6. Electrical Conductors a. General (1) Provide new materials that comply with the details on the Drawings and the requirements of this Item. (2) Use stranded insulated conductors that are rated for 600 volts; approved for wet locations; and marked in accordance with UL, NEC and City of Corpus Christi requirements. b. Electrical Conductors (1) Furnish electrical conductors in accordance with TxDOT DMS-11040. C. Suppliers (1) Provide electrical conductors from manufacturers pre-qualified by the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT). (a) The TxDOT Traffic Operations Division maintains a list of pre-qualified electrical conductor manufacturers. d. Grounding Conductors (1) Ensure that all grounding conductors size AWG No. 8 and larger are stranded, except for the grounding electrode conductor, which will be a solid conductor. (2) Ensure that insulated grounding conductors are green except that insulated grounding conductors AWG No. 8 and larger may be black with green tape marking at every accessible location. (3) Do not use green insulation or marking for any other conductor except control wiring specifically shown on the Drawings. e. Wire Colors (1) Use white insulation for grounded (Neutral) conductors, except that grounded conductors AWG No. 8 and larger may be black with white tape marking at every accessible location. (2) Do not use white insulation or marking for any other conductor except control wiring specifically shown on the Drawings. 7. Poles a. Section 34 41 16.93 POLES AND ASSEMBLIES Page 3 of 6 ELECTRICAL SERVICES FOR TRAFFIC EQUIPMENT—34 41 19.13 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction 8. Foundations a. Refer to Drawings. 9. Electrical Services a. For the installation of electrical services, use new materials that meet the requirements of the NEC, UL, CSA, and NEMA, and that comply with TxDOT DMS-11080 10. Suppliers a. Furnish electrical services from manufacturers prequalified by the Texas Department of Transportation. (1) The TxDOT Traffic Operations Division maintains a list of prequalified electrical service manufacturers. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 General Information A. General 1. The Contractor shall obtain all required permits prior to commencing construction. 2. All work performed shall be in accordance with the specifications and industry standards. B. Equipment 1. Provide the machinery, tools and equipment necessary for proper installation of the work. 2. All machinery, tools and equipment used shall be maintained in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner. C. Installation 1. For installations of electrical services, use new materials that meet the requirements of the NEC, UL, CSA, and NEMA and that comply with TxDOT DMS-11080. 2. Ensure components of the electrical service meet the requirements of the Electrical Detail Standards. 3. Follow NEC and local utility company requirements when installing the electrical equipment. 4. Coordinate the utility companies'work for providing service. 5. Perform work in accordance with the details shown on the Drawings and the requirements of this specification. 6. Conduit a. Material shall be as indicated on the Drawings. (1) Galvanized Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC), Stainless Steel shall be installed only above ground unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or directed by the Owner. (2) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)Conduit and High-Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Conduit shall be installed only below ground unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or directed by the Owner. (3) Flexible Conduit may only be used where approved by the Traffic Engineer and the Owner. b. Place conduit in accordance with the lines, grades, details and dimensions shown on the Drawings or as directed. C. Install conduit a minimum of eighteen-inches (18") deep underground unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. d. Meet the requirements of the NEC when installing conduit. e. Secure and support conduit placed for concrete encasement in such a manner that the alignment will not be disturbed during placement of the concrete. (1) Cap ends of conduit and close box openings before concrete is placed. f. Ream conduit to remove burrs and sharp edges. g. Use a standard conduit cutting die with a 3/4-inch taper per foot when conduit is threaded in the field. h. Fasten conduit placed on structures with conduit straps or hangers as shown on the Drawings or a directed. i. Fasten conduit within three-feet (3') of each box or fitting and at other locations shown on the Drawings or as directed. (1) Use metal conduit clamps that are galvanized malleable or stainless steel unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Page 4 of 6 ELECTRICAL SERVICES FOR TRAFFIC EQUIPMENT—34 41 19.13 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction (2) Use 2-Hole type clamps for two-inch (2") diameter or larger conduit. j. Fit PVC and HDPE conduit terminations with bushings or bell ends. k. Fit metal conduit terminations with a grounding type bushing, except conduit used for duct cable casing that does not terminate in a ground box and is not exposed at any point. I. Conduit terminating in threaded bossed fittings does not need a bushing. M. Prior to installation of conductors or final acceptance, pull a spherical template having a diameter of at least seventy-five percent (75%)of the inside diameter of the conduit through the conduit to ensure that the conduit is free from obstruction. n. Cap or plug empty conduit placed for future use. 0. Perform trench excavation as shown on the Drawings or as directed and in accordance with Section 31 23 16.13 TRENCHING. P. Perform backfilling as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. q. Jack and bore as shown on the Drawings or as directed, and in accordance with Section 33 05 23.10 TRENCHLESS UTILITY INSTALLATION r. Place warning tape approximately ten-inch (10") above trenched conduit. S. Where existing surfacing is removed for placing conduit, repair by backfilling with material equal in composition and density to the surrounding areas and by removed surfacing, such as asphalt pavement or concrete rip rap,with like material to equivalent condition. t. Mark conduit location as directed. 7. Duct Cable a. General Information (1) Before installation, furnish written certification that all duct cable complies with the requirements of this Item and as shown on the Drawings. b. Construction (1) Install duct cable by open trench methods in accordance with the NEC, except at locations where installing duct cable in conduit. (2) Backfill and compact the trench in accordance with Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. (3) When removal of existing pavement or concrete surface is allowed, backfill with material equal in composition and density to the surrounding area and replace removed surfacing, such as asphalt pavement or concrete riprap, with like material to equivalent condition or as shown on Drawings. (4) Splicing the duct is not allowed. (a) Make all connections in ground boxes or pole bases. (b) Form bends with large radii to provide free movement of conductors. (c) After installation, demonstrate that the conductors can move freely. (d) Duct cable that has been kinked or in which the conductors cannot move freely is not acceptable. (e) Splice conductors and test insulation in accordance with Electrical Conductors. 8. Electrical Conductors a. Do not exceed the manufacturer's recommended pulling tension. b. Use lubricant as recommended by the manufacturer. C. Install conductors in accordance with the NEC. d. Make insulation resistance tests on the conductors prior to making final connections, and ensure that each continuous run of insulated conductor has a minimum DC resistance of 5 megohms when tested a 1,000 volts DC. e. The Engineer may require verification testing of all or part of the conductor system. f. The Engineer will witness these verification tests. (1) Replace conductors exhibiting an insulation resistance of less than 5 megohms. D. Removal 1. Coordinate removal with the appropriate utility company before beginning work. 2. Before the removal of the electrical service, disconnect and isolate any existing electrical service equipment in accordance with the utility company's requirement. 3. Use established industry and utility safety practices while removing electrical service equipment near any overhead utilities. 4. Remove existing electrical service support a minimum of two-feet (2) below finish grade unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Page 5 of 6 ELECTRICAL SERVICES FOR TRAFFIC EQUIPMENT—34 41 19.13 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction a. Repair the remaining hole by backfilling with material equal in composition and density to the surrounding area. b. Replace any surface such as asphalt pavement or concrete rip-rap with like material to equivalent condition. 5. Disconnect conductors and remove them from the conduit or duct. a. Cut off all protruding conduit or duct six-inch (6") below finish grade. b. Abandoned conduit or duct need not be removed unless shown on the Drawings. 6. Accept ownership of unsalvageable materials, and dispose of them in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations. PART 4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.1 General A. Measurement and Payment for this item will be as indicated within Section 00 30 01 BID FORM. 1. If this item is not indicated within Section 00 30 01 BID FORM then it is to be considered subsidiary to the applicable section(s). B. Payment shall fully compensate the Contractor for all required labor, materials, equipment, maintenance,and all incidental expenses which are required to complete the work in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. END OF SECTION Page 6 of 6 ELECTRICAL SERVICES FOR TRAFFIC EQUIPMENT—34 41 19.13 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction SECTION 34 41 23.39 RADAR PRESENCE DETECTOR PART1 GENERAL 1.1 Description A. This specification shall govern all work required for the installation of Radar Presence Detector (RPD) that detects vehicles on a roadway via processing of radar electromagnetic waves as required to complete the project. 1.2 Related Sections A. 00 30 01 BID FORM B. 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT C. 34 41 13.00 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS D. 34 41 19.13 ELECTRICAL SERVICES FOR TRAFFIC EQUIPMENT 1.3 References The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) C. City of Corpus Christi—Signalization Standard Product List 1.4 Submittals A. Conform to requirements of Section 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT and Section 34 41 13.00 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARDS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 General A. Pre-Approved materials and equipment can be found within the City of Corpus Christi — Signalization Standard Product List. 1. Use of material and equipment from the list does not relieve the Contractor from meeting the requirements of this specification. 2. To substitute a material or equipment it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide all required information to determine that the material or equipment is equal or better to the Owner for approval prior to incorporation into the Project. 3. There shall be no substitutions for any of the materials on the submittal without the prior written approval of the City Traffic Engineer and/or Traffic Signal Superintendent. B. Shall not be affected by normal weather and environmental conditions such as rain, wind, snow, dust, etc. 1. Shall not require cleaning and can maintain performance over a wide range of ambient temperatures. C. Shall provide a non-intrusive means of detecting traffic because they can be installed at the side of a roadway. 2.2 Sensor Outputs A. Shall present real-time presence data in ten (10) lanes. B. Shall support a minimum of eight (8)zones. C. The RPD shall support a minimum of four (4) channels. D. Shall support user selectable zone to channel mapping. E. Shall use AND logic to trigger channels when all selected zones are active. F. Shall use OR logic to combine multiple zones to a channel output, and shall have channel output extend and delay functionality. G. The RPD algorithms shall mitigate detections from wrong way or cross traffic. H. The RPD system shall have fail-safe mode capabilities for contact closure outputs if communication is lost. 2.3 Detectable Area A. Detectable Range Page 1 of 7 RADAR PRESENCE DETECTOR—34 41 23.39 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction 1. Shall be able to detect and report presence in lanes with boundaries as close as six-feet(6) from the base of the pole on which the RPD is mounted. 2. Shall be able to detect and report presence in lanes located within the 140 ft. arc from the base of the pole on which the RPD is mounted. B. Field of View 1. Shall be able to detect and report presence for vehicles within a ninety (90) degree field of view. C. Lane Configuration 1. Shall be able to detect and report presence in up to ten (10) lanes. 2. Shall be able to detect and report presence in curved lanes and areas with islands and medians. 2.4 System Hardware A. For each approach to be detected, one RPD corner radar shall be used. B. Acceptable radar detection manufacturer are listed within the City of Corpus Christi Material Products List. 2.5 Maintenance A. The RPD shall not require cleaning or adjustment to maintain performance. B. The RPD shall not rely on battery backup to store configuration information, thus eliminating any need for battery replacement. C. Once the RPD is calibrated, it shall not require recalibration to maintain performance unless the roadway configuration changes. D. The mean time between failures shall be ten (10) years, which is estimated based on manufacturing techniques. 2.6 Physical Properties A. Shall not exceed 4.2 lbs in weight. B. Shall not exceed 13.2 in. by 10.6 in. by 3.3 in. in its physical dimensions. C. All external parts of the RPD shall be ultraviolet resistant, corrosion-resistant, and protected from fungus growth and moisture deterioration. D. Enclosure 1. Shall be enclosed in a Lexan EXL polycarbonate. E. The enclosure shall be classified III" outdoor weather ability in accordance with UL 746C. F. Shall be classified as watertight according to the NEMA 250 standard. G. Shall conform to test criteria set forth in the NEMA 250 standard for type 4X enclosures. Test results shall be provided for each of the following type 4X criteria: 1. External icing (NEMA 250 clause 5.6) 2. Hose-down (NEMA 250 clause 5.7) 3. 4X corrosion protection (NEMA 250 clause 5.10) 4. Gasket (NEMA 250 clause 5.14) H. Shall be able to withstand a drop of up to five-feet (5) without compromising its functional and structural integrity. I. Shall include a connector that meets the MIL-C-26482 specification. The MIL-C-26482 connector shall provide contacts for all data and power connections. 2.7 Electrical A. Shall consume less than 10 W. B. Shall operate with a DC input between 9 VDC and 28 VDC. C. Shall have onboard surge protection. 2.8 Communication Ports A. Shall have two(2)communication ports, and both ports shall communicate independently and simultaneously. B. Shall support the upload of new firmware into the RPD's non-volatile memory over either communication port. C. The RPD shall support the user configuration of the following: 1. Response delay Page 2 of 7 RADAR PRESENCE DETECTOR—34 41 23.39 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction 2. Push port D. The communication ports shall support a 9600 bps baud rate. 2.9 Radar Design A. The RPD shall be designed with a matrix of radars. B. Frequency Stability 1. The circuitry shall be void of any manual tuning elements that could lead to human error and degraded performance over time. 2. All transmit modulated signals shall be generated by means of digital circuitry, such as a direct digital synthesizer, that is referenced to a frequency source that is at least 50 parts per million (ppm) stable over the specified temperature range, and ages less than 6 ppm per year. 3. Any up conversion of a digitally generated modulated signal shall preserve the phase stability and frequency stability inherent in the digitally generated signal. 4. Shall not rely on temperature compensation circuitry to maintain transmit frequency stability. 5. The bandwidth of the transmit signal of the RPD shall not vary by more than one-percent (1%) under all specified operating conditions and over the expected life of the RPD. C. Antenna Design 1. Shall be designed on printed circuit boards. 2. The vertical beam width of the RPD at the 6 dB points of the two-way pattern shall be 65 degrees or greater. 3. Shall cover a 90 degree horizontal field of view. 4. The side lobes in the RPD two-way antenna pattern shall be-40 dB or less. D. Resolution 1. Shall transmit a signal with a bandwidth of at least 245 MHz. E. RF Channels 1. Shall provide at least eight (8) RF channels so that multiple units can be mounted in the same vicinity without causing interference between them. F. Verification 1. Shall have a self-test that is used to verify correct hardware functionality. 2. Shall have a diagnostics mode to verify correct system functionality. 2.10 Configuration A. Auto-configuration 1. Shall have a method for automatically defining traffic lanes, stop bars and zones without requiring user intervention. This auto-configuration process shall execute on a processor internal to the RPD and shall not require an external PC or other processor. 2. The auto-configuration process shall work under normal intersection operation and may require several cycles to complete. B. Manual Configuration 1. The auto-configuration method shall not prohibit the ability of the user to manually adjust the RPD configuration. 2. Shall support the configuring of lanes, stop bars and detection zones in one-foot (1) increments. C. Windows® Mobile-based Software 1. Shall include graphical user interface software that displays all configured lanes and the current traffic pattern using a graphical traffic representation. 2. The graphical interface shall operate on Windows Mobile, Windows XP, Windows Vista and Windows 7 and newer in the .NET framework. 3. The software shall support the following functionality: a. Operate over a TCP/IP connection b. Give the operator the ability to save/back up the RPD configuration to a file or load/restore the RPD configuration from a file C. Allow the backed-up sensor configurations to be viewed and edited d. Provide zone and channel actuation display e. Provide a virtual connection option so that the software can be used without connecting to an actual sensor f. Local or remote sensor firmware upgradability Page 3 of 7 RADAR PRESENCE DETECTOR—34 41 23.39 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction 2.11 Operating Conditions A. Shall maintain accurate performance in all weather conditions, including rain, freezing rain, snow, wind, dust, fog and changes in temperature and light, including direct light on sensor at dawn and dusk. B. RPD operation shall continue in rain up to one-inch (1") per hour. C. Shall be capable of continuous operation over an ambient temperature range of -40°F to 165.2°F. D. Shall be capable of continuous operation over a relative humidity range of 5% to 95% (non- condensing). 2.12 Testing A. FCC 1. Shall be certified by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) under CFR 47, part 15, section 15.249 as an intentional radiator. 2. The FCC certification shall be displayed on an external label on each RPD according to the rules set forth by the FCC. 3. Shall comply with FCC regulations under all specified operating conditions and over the expected life of the RPD. B. NEMA TS 2-2003 Testing 1. The RPD shall comply with the applicable standards stated in the NEMA TS2-2003 standard. a. Third party test results shall be made available for each of the following tests: (1) Shock pulses of 10 g, 11 ms half sine wave (2) Vibration of 0.5 g up to 30 Hz (3) 300 V positive/negative pulses applied at one pulse per second at minimum and maximum DC supply voltage (4) Cold temperature storage at-49°F for 24 hours (5) High temperature storage at 185°F for 24 hours (6) Low temp, low DC supply voltage at-29.2°F and 10.8 VDC (7) Low temp, high DC supply voltage at-29.2°F and 26.5 VDC (8) High temp, high DC supply voltage at 165.2°F and 26.5 VDC (9) High temp, low DC supply voltage at 165.2°F and 10.8 VDC 2.13 Manufacturing A. The RPD shall be manufactured and assembled in the USA. B. The internal electronics of the RPD shall utilize automation for surface mount assembly, and shall comply with the requirements set forth in IPC-A-610C Class 2, Acceptability of Electronic Assemblies. C. The RPD shall undergo a rigorous sequence of operational testing to ensure product functionality and reliability. D. Testing shall include the following: 1. Functionality testing of all internal sub-assemblies 2. Unit level burn-in testing of forty-eight (48) hours' duration or greater 3. Final unit functionality testing prior to shipment 4. Test results and all associated data for the above testing shall be provided for each purchased RPD by serial number, upon request. 2.14 Support A. The RPD manufacturer shall provide both training and technical support services. B. Training 1. The manufacturer provided training shall be sufficient to fully train installers and operators in the installation, configuration, and use of the RPD to ensure accurate RPD performance. 2. The manufacturer provided training shall consist of comprehensive classroom labs and hands-on, in-the-field, installation and configuration training. 3. Classroom lab training shall involve presentations outlining and defining the RPD, its functions, and the procedures for proper operation. 4. These presentations shall be followed by hands-on labs in which trainees shall practice Page 4 of 7 RADAR PRESENCE DETECTOR—34 41 23.39 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction using the equipment to calibrate and configure a virtual RPD. 5. To facilitate the classroom presentation and hands- on labs, the manufacturer provided training shall include the following items: a. Knowledgeable trainer or trainers thoroughly familiar with the RPD and its processes b. Presentation materials, including visual aids, printed manuals and other handout materials for each student C. Computer files, including video and raw data, to facilitate the virtual configuration of the RPD d. Laptop computers or Windows CE handheld devices with the necessary software, and all necessary cables, connectors, etc. e. All other equipment necessary to facilitate the virtual configuration of the RPD 6. Field training shall provide each trainee with the hands- on opportunity to install and configure the RPD at road- side. Training shall be such that each trainee will mount and align the RPD correctly. C. Technical Assistance 1. Manufacturer provided technical support shall be available according to contractual agreements, and a technical representative shall be available to assist with the physical installation, alignment, and configuration of each supplied RPD. 2. Technical support shall be provided thereafter to assist with troubleshooting, maintenance, or replacement of RPDs should such services be required. 2.15 Documentation A. RPD documentation shall include an instructional training guide and a comprehensive user guide as well as an installer quick-reference guide and a user quick-reference guide. B. The RPD manufacturer shall supply the following documentation and test results at the time of the bid submittal: 1. FCC CFR 47 certification (frequency compliance) 2. IED 6100-4-5 class 4 test report (surge) 2.16 Warranty A. Shall be warranted free from material and workmanship defects for a period of two (2)years from date of shipment. 2.17 Cabling A. The cable end connector shall meet the MIL-C-26482 specification and shall be designed to interface with the appropriate MIL-C-26482 connector. B. The connector back shell shall be an environmentally sealed shell that offers excellent immersion capability. C. All conductors that interface with the connector shall be encased in a single jacket, and the outer diameter of this jacket shall be within the back shell's cable O.D. range to ensure proper sealing. D. The back shell shall have a strain relief with enough strength to support the cable slack under extreme weather conditions. E. The cable shall be terminated only on the two farthest ends of the cable. F. The cable length shall not exceed 2000 ft for the operational baud rate of RS-485 communications (9.6 Kbps). G. If 12 VDC is being supplied for the RPD then the cable length shall not exceed 110 ft. H. If 24 VDC is being supplied for the RPD then the cable length shall not exceed 600 ft. I. Both communication and power conductors can be bundled together in the same cable as long as the above- mentioned conditions are met. 2.18 In Cabinet Interface Equipment A. The RPD shall be installed using a Preassembled Traffic Cabinet Back plate or an equivalent that provides input power surge suppression, sensor cable surge suppression, AC to DC power conversion (if necessary), and terminal blocks. 1. The surge protection devices shall meet or exceed the EN 61000-4-5 Class 4 specifications. Page 5 of 7 RADAR PRESENCE DETECTOR—34 41 23.39 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction 2.19 Power Supply A. If needed, the RPD shall be installed using a manufacturer supplied device or an equivalent AC to DC power converter that meets the following specifications: 1. The power converter shall be power rated at 48 W for temperatures less than 140°F with a 5% power decrease for each degree increase up to 158°F. 2. The power converter shall operate in the temperature range of to -29.2°F to 165.2°F. 3. The power converter shall operate in the humidity range of 5% to 95% at 77°F non- condensing. 4. The power converter shall accept an input voltage of 85 to 264 VAC or 120 to 370 VDC. 5. The power converter shall operate at an input frequency of 47 Hz to 63 Hz. 6. The power converter shall produce an output voltage of 24 VDC ±4%. 7. The power converter shall withstand a voltage across its input and output of 2 kV. a. The power converter shall withstand a voltage across its input and ground of 1.5 kV. 8. The power converter shall conform to safety standards UL 60950 and EN 60950. 9. The power converter shall conform to EMC standards EN 55022 Class B and EN 61000- 3-2, 3. 10. In brown-out conditions (i.e. < 85 VAC input), the output voltage of the power converter shall be less than 1 VDC. 11. The terminal blocks shall be color-coded insulation displacement terminal blocks. 12. The terminal blocks shall be prewired to the other in cabinet equipment so that no wiring other than cable terminations, connecting input power and connecting input file cards shall be required during installation. 2.20 Input File Cards A. Shall meet the following: 1. The input file cards shall be compatible with 170, 2070, NEMA TS 1, and NEMA TS 2 style input racks. 2. The input file card shall translate data packets from the RPD into contact closure outputs. 3. The input file card shall support presence detection. 4. The input file card shall receive data packets over an RS-485 bus at a baud rate of 9600 bps. 5. The input file card shall auto baud and auto-detect an RPD over wired and wireless communication channels that have a maximum latency of 500 ms. 6. The input file card shall comply with the NEMA TS 2-1998 Traffic Controller Assemblies with NTCIP Requirements (Section 2.8 specification). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 General A. Shall be installed as recommended by the manufacturer and as indicated on the Drawings or by the Owner. 3.2 Mounting and Installation A. Mounting Assembly 1. Shall be mounted directly onto a mounting assembly fastened to a mast arm, pole or other solid structure. 2. The RPD mounting assembly shall provide the necessary degrees of rotation to ensure proper installation. 3. The RPD mounting assembly shall be constructed of weather-resistant materials and shall be able to support a twenty-pound (20-Ib) load. B. Mounting Location 1. Shall be mounted at a height that is within the manufacturer's recommended mounting heights. 2. The RPD shall be mounted at an offset from the first lane that is consistent with the RPD's minimum offset. 3. The RPD shall be mounted so that at least twenty-feet (20) along the farthest lane to be monitored is within the field view of the RPD. 4. The RPD shall be mounted with its cable connector down and shall be tilted so that the RPD is aimed at the center of the lanes to be monitored. Page 6 of 7 RADAR PRESENCE DETECTOR-34 41 23.39 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A March 19, 2019 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction a. Typically, the RPD is tilted off of vertical by 20-30 degrees. 5. The RPD shall be mounted on a vertical signal pole or on the horizontal mast arm. 6. The RPD shall be mounted so that its field of view is not occluded by poles, signs or other structures. 7. RPDs that are mounted within twenty-feet (20) of each other or that are monitoring the same intersection shall be configured to operate on different RF channels regardless of the pointing direction of the RPDs. 8. It is recommended that the manufacturer be consulted to verify final RPD placement if the RPD is to be mounted near large planar surfaces(sound barrier, building, parked vehicles, etc.)that run parallel to the monitored roadway. PART 4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.1 General A. Measurement and Payment for this item will be as indicated within Section 00 30 01 BID FORM. 1. If this item is not indicated within Section 00 30 01 BID FORM then it is to be considered subsidiary to the applicable section(s). B. Payment shall fully compensate the Contractor for all required labor, materials, equipment, maintenance,and all incidental expenses which are required to complete the work in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. END OF SECTION Page 7 of 7 RADAR PRESENCE DETECTOR—34 41 23.39 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 400 Item 400 Texas Excavation and Backfill for Structureso/7ranspo°anspo�"` rtat]on 1. DESCRIPTION Excavate for placement and construction of structures and backfill structures.Cut and restore pavement. 2. MATERIALS Use materials that meet the requirements of the following Items. ■ Item 401,"Flowable Backfill," ■ Item 421,"Hydraulic Cement Concrete,"and ■ DMS-4600,"Hydraulic Cement." 3. CONSTRUCTION 3.1. Excavation. 3.1.1. General. Excavate to the lines and grades shown on the plans or as directed. Provide slopes,benching, sheeting,bracing,pumping,and bailing as necessary to maintain the stability and safety of excavations up to 5 ft.deep. Excavation protection for excavations deeper than 5 ft.are governed by Item 402,"Trench Excavation Protection,"and Item 403,"Temporary Special Shoring." Use satisfactory excavated material as backfill or as embankment fill in accordance with Item 132,"Embankment." Dispose of material not incorporated into the final project off the right of way in accordance with federal,state,and local regulations. Keep any topsoil that has been removed separate,and replace it,as nearly as feasible, in its original position when excavating for installation of structures across private property or beyond the limits of the embankment. Restore the area to an acceptable condition. Excavate drilled shafts in accordance with Item 416,"Drilled Shaft Foundations." 3.1.1.1. Obstructions. Remove obstructions to the proposed construction, including trees and other vegetation, debris,and structures,over the width of the excavation to a depth of 1 ft.below the bottom of excavation. Remove as required to clear the new structure and plug in an approved manner if abandoned storm drains, sewers,or other drainage systems are encountered. Restore the bottom of the excavation to grade by backfilling after removing obstructions in accordance with this Item. Dispose of surplus materials in accordance with federal,state,and local regulations. 3.1.1.2. Excavation in Streets.Cut pavement and base to neat lines when structures are installed in streets, highways,or other paved areas. Restore pavement structure after completion of excavation and backfilling. Maintain and control traffic in accordance with the approved traffic control plan and the TMUTCD. 3.1.1.3. Utilities.Comply with the requirements of Article 7.15., "Responsibility for Damage Claims."Conduct work with minimum disturbance of existing utilities,and coordinate work in or near utilities with the utility owners. Inform utility owners before work begins,allowing them enough time to identify, locate,reroute,or make other adjustments to utility lines. Avoid cutting or damaging underground utility lines that are to remain in place. Promptly notify the utility company if damage occurs. Provide temporary flumes across the excavation while open if an active sanitary 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 400 sewer line is damaged during excavation,and restore the lines when backfilling has progressed to the original bedding lines of the cut sewer. 3.1.1.4. De-Watering.Construct or place structures in the presence of water only if approved. Place precast members,pipe,and concrete only on a dry,firm surface. Remove water by bailing,pumping,well-point installation,deep wells,underdrains,or other approved method. Remove standing water in a manner that does not allow water movement through or alongside concrete being placed if structures are approved for placement in the presence of water. Pump or bail only from a suitable sump separated from the concrete work while placing structural concrete or for a period of at least 36 hr.thereafter. Pump or bail during placement of seal concrete only to the extent necessary to maintain a static head of water within the cofferdam.Pump or bail to de-water inside a sealed cofferdam only after the seal has aged at least 36 hr. Place a stabilizing material in the bottom of the excavation if the bottom of an excavation cannot be de- watered to the point the subgrade is free of mud or it is difficult to keep reinforcing steel clean. Use flexible base,cement-stabilized base or backfill, lean concrete,or other approved stabilizing material. Provide concrete with at least 275 Ib.of cement per cubic yard, if lean concrete is used,and place to a minimum depth of 3 in.Stabilizing material placed for the convenience of the Contractor will be at the Contractor's expense. 3.1.2. Bridge Foundations and Retaining Walls. Do not disturb material below the bottom of footing grade. Do not backfill to compensate for excavation that has extended below grade. Fill the area with concrete at the time the footing is placed if excavation occurs below the proposed footing grade.Additional concrete placed will be at the Contractor's expense. Take core samples to determine the character of the supporting materials if requested. Provide an intact sample adequate to judge the character of the founding material.Take these cores when the excavation is close to completion.Cores should be approximately 5 ft.deeper than the proposed founding grade. Remove loose material if the founding stratum is rock or another hard material,and clean and cut it to a firm surface that is level,stepped,or serrated,as directed.Clean out soft seams,and fill with concrete at the time the footing is placed. Place the foundation once the Engineer has inspected the excavation and authorized changes have been made to provide a uniform bearing condition if the material at the footing grade of a retaining wall,bridge bent,or pier is a mixture of compressible and incompressible material. 3.1.3. Cofferdams.The term"cofferdam"designates any temporary or removable structure constructed to hold surrounding earth,water,or both out of the excavation whether the structure is formed of soil,timber,steel, concrete,or a combination of these. Use pumping wells or well points for de-watering cofferdams if required. Submit details and design calculations for sheet-pile or other types of cofferdams requiring structural members bearing the seal of a licensed professional engineer for review before constructing the cofferdam. The Department reserves the right to reject designs. Design structural systems to comply with the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges or AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications. Interior dimensions of cofferdams must provide enough clearance for the construction, inspection,and removal of required forms and, if necessary,enough room to allow pumping outside the forms. Extend sheet-pile cofferdams well below the bottom of the footings,and make concrete seals as well braced and watertight as practicable. Use Class E concrete for foundation seals unless otherwise specified. Place concrete foundation seals in accordance with Item 420, "Concrete Substructures."Seals placed for the convenience of the Contractor will be at the Contractor's expense. Make the excavation deep enough to allow for swelling of the material at the base of the excavation during pile-driving operations when the Engineer judges it to be impractical to de-water inside a cofferdam and a 2 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 400 concrete seal is to be placed around piling driven within the cofferdam. Remove swelling material to the bottom of the seal grade after driving the piling. Remove the foundation material to exact footing grades where it is possible to de-water inside the cofferdam without placing a seal after driving piling. Do not backfill a foundation to compensate for excavation that has been extended below grade;fill such areas below grade with concrete at the time the seals or footings are placed. Remove cofferdams after completing the substructure without disturbing or damaging the structure unless otherwise provided. 3.1.4. Culverts and Storm Drains.When the design requires special bedding conditions for culverts or storm drains,an excavation diagram will be shown on the plans. Do not exceed these limits of excavation. Construct pipe structures in an open cut with vertical sides extending to a point 1 ft.above the pipe unless otherwise shown on the plans.When site conditions or the plans do not prohibit sloping the cut,the excavation may be stepped or laid back to a stable slope beginning 1 ft.above the pipe. Maintain the stability of the excavation throughout the construction period. Construct the embankment for pipe to be installed in fill above natural ground to an elevation at least 1 ft. above the top of the pipe,and then excavate for the pipe. 3.1.4.1. Unstable Material. Remove the material to a depth of no more than 2 ft.below the grade of the structure when unstable soil is encountered at established footing grade, unless the Engineer authorizes additional depth. Replace soil removed with stable material in uniform layers no greater than 8 in.deep(loose measurement). Each layer must have enough moisture to be compacted by rolling or tamping as required to provide a stable foundation for the structure. Use special materials such as flexible base,cement-stabilized base,cement-stabilized backfill,or other approved material when it is not feasible to construct a stable foundation as outlined above. 3.1.4.2. Incompressible Material. Remove the incompressible material to 6 in. below the footing grade,backfill with an approved compressible material,and compact in accordance with Section 400.3.3.,"Backfill,"if rock,part rock,or other incompressible material is encountered at established footing grade while placing prefabricated elements. 3.2. Shaping and Bedding. Place at least 2 in.of fine granular material for precast box sections on the base of the excavation before placing the box sections. Use bedding as shown in Figure 1 for pipe installations. Use Class C bedding unless otherwise shown on the plans.The Engineer may require the use of a template to secure reasonably accurate shaping of the foundation material. Undercut the excavation at least 4 in.where cement-stabilized backfill is indicated on the plans and backfill with stabilized material to support the pipe or box at the required grade. 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 400 B c - Outside diameter or D d horizontal dimension S 27" 3" D - Inside diameter of pipe 30" to 60" 4" d - Min. bedding material below pipe > 66" 6" 12 in. Min. Fine Granular Fill Maqrial (2 in. in.) Compacted Q granular 0.2 Bc Min. material d Compacted Class B Backfill Conc. CLASS A 12 in. 1 in. Min. in. oa S 0.5 Min.. d 0.7 Bc Shaped Subgrade CLASS B 12 in. 1 in. Min. in. d ° Shaped Subgrade 0.6 B CLASS C Figure 1 Bedding Diagrams 3.3. Backfill. 3.3.1. General. Backfill the excavation after placement of the permanent structure as soon as practical. Use backfill free from stones large enough to interfere with compaction; large or frozen lumps that will not break down readily under compaction;and wood or other extraneous material.Obtain backfill material from excavation or from other sources. Place backfill in layers no greater than 10 in.deep(loose measurement) in areas not supporting a completed roadbed,retaining wall,or embankment.Place backfill in uniform layers no greater than 8 in.deep(loose measurement) in areas supporting a portion of a roadbed,retaining wall,or embankment.Compact each layer to meet the density requirements of the roadbed,retaining wall,embankment material,or as shown on the plans. 4 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 400 Bring each layer of backfill material to the moisture content needed to obtain the required density. Use mechanical tamps or rammers to compact the backfill. Rollers may be used to compact backfill if feasible. Cohesionless materials may be used for backfilling. Use cohesionless materials that conform to the requirements of Table 1. Table 1 Cohesionless Material Gradation Limits Sieve Size Percent Retained 3" 0 #10 Note 1 #200 90-100 1. No.10 sieve requirements are 0 to 30%retained when used as aggregate for cement-stabilized backfill. Compact cohesionless materials using vibratory equipment,water-ponding,or a combination of both. 3.3.2. Bridge Foundations, Retaining Walls, Manholes/Inlets,and Box Culverts. Place backfill against the structure only after the concrete has reached the design strength required in Item 421,"Hydraulic Cement Concrete." Backfill retaining walls with material meeting the requirements of Item 423,"Retaining Walls." Backfill around bridge foundations,manholes/inlets and culverts using material with particles no more than 4 in. in greatest dimension and a gradation that permits thorough compaction. Use rock or gravel mixed with soil if the percentage of fines is enough to fill all voids and ensure a uniform and thoroughly compacted mass of proper density. Use mechanical tamps and rammers to avoid damage to the structure where backfill material is being placed too close to the structure to permit compaction with blading and rolling equipment. Avoid wedging action of backfill against structures.Step or serrate slopes bounding the excavation to prevent such action. Place backfill uniformly around bridge foundations. Place backfill equally and in uniform layers along both sides of manholes/inlets and culverts. The Engineer may require backfilling of structures excavated into hard,erosion-resistant material,and subject to erosive forces,with stone or lean concrete. Box culverts may be opened to traffic as soon as enough backfill and embankment has been placed over the top to protect culverts against damage from heavy construction equipment. Repair damage to culvert caused by construction traffic at no additional expense to the Department. 3.3.3. Pipe. Bring backfill material to the proper moisture condition after installing bedding and pipe as required and place it equally along both sides of the pipe in uniform layers no greater than 8 in.deep(loose measurement).Compact each lift mechanically.Thoroughly compact materials placed under the haunches of the pipe to prevent damage or displacement of the pipe. Place backfill in this manner to the top-of-pipe elevation. Place and compact backfill above the top of the pipe in accordance with Section 400.3.3.1., "General." The Engineer may reject backfill material containing more than 20%by weight of material retained on a 3 in. sieve with large lumps not easily broken down or that cannot be spread in loose layers. Material excavated by a trenching machine will generally meet the requirements of this Section as long as large stones are not present. Place and compact additional material where pipe extends beyond the toe of slope of the embankment and the depth of cover provided by backfill to the original ground level is less than the minimum required by the specifications for the type of pipe involved until the minimum cover has been provided. 5 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 400 3.3.4. Cement-Stabilized Backfill. Backfill the excavation to the elevations shown with cement-stabilized backfill when shown on the plans. Use cement-stabilized backfill that contains aggregate conforming to the gradation limits shown in Table 1,water,and a minimum of 7%hydraulic cement based on the dry weight of the aggregate, in accordance with Tex-120-E. Place cement-stabilized backfill equally along the sides of structures to prevent strain on or displacement of the structure. Fill voids when placing cement-stabilized backfill. Use hand-operated tampers if necessary to fill voids. 3.3.5. Flowable Backfill. Backfill the excavation with flowable backfill to the elevations indicated when shown on the plans. Prevent the structure from being displaced during the placement of the flowable fill,and prevent flowable fill from entering manholes/inlets and culverts,and drainage structures. 4. MEASUREMENT This is a plans quantity measurement Item.The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown in the proposal, unless modified by Article 9.2.,"Plans Quantity Measurement."Additional measurements or calculations will be made if adjustments of quantities are required. 4.1. Structural Excavation. Unless shown on the plans as a pay item,structural excavation quantities shown are for information purposes only. When structural excavation is specified as a pay item,structural excavation for pipe headwalls, inlets, manholes,culvert or storm drain extensions less than 15 ft. long,bridge abutments,retaining walls,and side road and private entrance pipe culverts will not be measured. No allowance will be made for variance from plans quantity incurred by an alternate bid. When specified as a pay item,structural excavation will be measured by the cubic yard as computed by the average end areas method. Excavation diagrams on the plans take precedence over the provisions of this Article. 4.1.1. Boundaries of Measurement. 4.1.1.1. Pipe. 4.1.1.1.1. Pipe up to 42 Inches. For pipe up to 42 in.nominal or equivalent diameter,no material outside of vertical planes 1 ft.beyond and parallel to the horizontal projection of the outside surfaces of the pipe will be included. 4.1.1.1.2. Pipe Larger than 42 Inches. For pipes larger than 42 in.nominal or equivalent diameter,no material outside of vertical planes located 2 ft.beyond and parallel to the horizontal projection of the outside surfaces of the pipe will be included. Quantities for excavation in fill above natural ground include 1 ft.above the top of the pipe regardless of the height of completed fill. Excavation for pipe will be measured between the extreme ends of the completed structure including end appurtenances as shown on the plans and from centerline to centerline of inlets, manholes,etc. 4.1.1.2. Structural Plate Structures. No material outside of vertical planes 3 ft.beyond and parallel to the horizontal projection of the outside surfaces of the structure will be included.When the quality of the existing soil or embankment is less than that of the proposed backfill material,the limits of measurement will be extended to vertical planes located 1/2 of the span beyond the horizontal projection of the outside surfaces of the structure. 4.1.1.3. Footings,Walls, Boxes,and Other Excavation. No material outside of vertical planes 1 ft.beyond and parallel to the edges of the footings or outside walls will be included whether or not a cofferdam or shoring is 6 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 400 used.When plans provide the option of cast-in-place or precast boxes,measurement will be based on the cast-in-place option. Where excavation in addition to that allowed for the footings is required for other portions of the structure, measurement for the additional excavation will be limited laterally by vertical planes 1 ft.beyond the face of the member and parallel to it,and vertically to a depth of 1 ft.below the bottom of the member. 4.1.1.4. Excavation near Roadways and Channels.At structure sites other than culverts and pipe excavations,the measurement of structural excavation will include only material below or outside the limits of the completed road or channel excavation. Roadway and channel excavation will be paid under Item 110,"Excavation."For culverts except side road and private entrance culverts,excavation within the limits of the structure and below or outside the limits of the completed roadway excavation will be measured as structural excavation. 4.1.2. Falsework. No measurement will be made for excavation necessary for placing forms or falsework that exceeds the limits given in Section 400.4.1.1.,"Boundaries of Measurement." 4.1.3. Swelling. Measurement will not include materials removed below footing grades to compensate for anticipated swelling due to pile-driving,nor will it include material required to be removed due to swelling beyond the specified limits during pile-driving operations. 4.1.4. Cave-Ins. Measurement will not include additional volume caused by slips,slides,cave-ins,silting,or fill material resulting from the action of the elements or the Contractor's operation. 4.1.5. Undercut.Where rock or other incompressible or unstable material is undercut to provide a suitable foundation for pipe or box sections,such material below grade directed to be removed will be measured for payment. 4.1.6. Grade Change.Additional measurement will be made of the volume of excavation involved in the lowering or raising of the elevation of a footing,foundation,or structure unit,when such grade change is authorized. 4.2. Cement-Stabilized Backfill.Cement-stabilized backfill will be measured by the cubic yard as shown on the plans. 4.3. Cutting and Restoring Pavement.Cutting and restoring pavement will be measured by the square yard as shown on the plans. Excavation below pavement or base will be measured as structural excavation of the pertinent type. 5. PAYMENT 5.1. Structural Excavation. Unless specified as a pay item,structural excavation and backfill performed,and material furnished in accordance with this Item will not be paid for directly but are subsidiary to pertinent Items. When structural excavation is specified as a pay item,the excavation and backfill work performed,and materials furnished will be paid for at the unit price bid for"Structural Excavation,""Structural Excavation (Box),""Structural Excavation(Pipe),"and"Structural Excavation(Bridge)."This price includes concrete to compensate for excavation that has extended below grade for bridge foundations and retaining walls,and backfilling and compacting areas that were removed as part of structural excavation. Cofferdams or other measures necessary for supporting excavations less than 5 ft.deep will not be measured or paid for directly but will be subsidiary to the Contract. Foundation seal concrete for cofferdams,when required,will be paid for as provided in the pertinent Items. If no direct method of payment is provided in the Contract,the work will be measured and paid for in accordance with Article 9.7.,"Payment for Extra Work and Force Account Method."Seal placed for the convenience of the Contractor will not be paid for. 7 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 400 Unless otherwise provided,stone or lean concrete backfill around structures as provided for in Section 400.3.3.2., "Bridge Foundations, Retaining Walls, Manholes/Inlets,and Box Culverts,"will be measured and paid for as extra work in accordance with Article 9.7.,"Payment for Extra Work and Force Account Method." When structural excavation is specified as a pay item,a partial payment of 50%of the bid price will be made for structural excavation completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer but not backfilled.The remaining amount will be paid upon completion of backfilling.When the Contractor elects to excavate beyond plan requirements,no measurement will be made of the additional volume. 5.2. Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable or Incompressible Material. Removal and replacement of material will be paid for if directed. Removal and replacement of material or placement of special material made necessary by the softening of founding material due to the Contractor's sequence of work or operation, will be at the Contractor's expense. Special material used or additional excavation made for the Contractor's convenience will not be paid for. 5.2.1. Structural Excavation as a Pay Item.Where special materials are not required or specified,payment for the removal and replacement of unstable or incompressible material will be made at a price equal to 200%of the unit price bid per cubic yard for Structural Excavation.When the Contractor elects to remove and replace material deeper than directed,no measurement will be made on that portion below the directed elevation. This price is full compensation for removing the unstable or incompressible material;furnishing,hauling, placing,and compacting suitable replacement material;and equipment, labor,tools,and incidentals. When the plans specify or when directed,the use of special materials such as flexible base,cement- stabilized base,cement-stabilized backfill,or other special material, payment for excavation below footing grades will be made at the unit price bid for Structural Excavation. Payment for furnishing,hauling,placing, and compacting the flexible base,cement-stabilized base,cement-stabilized backfill,or other special materials will be made at the unit price bid for these items in the Contract,or, if the required material is not a bid item, in accordance with Article 9.7.,"Payment for Extra Work and Force Account Method." 5.2.2. Structural Excavation Not a Pay Item.Where special materials for backfill are not required or specified, payment for the authorized removal and replacement of unstable or incompressible material will be measured and paid for at$15 per cubic yard of material removed.This price is full compensation for removing the unstable or incompressible material;furnishing,hauling,placing,and compacting suitable replacement material;and equipment,labor,tools,and incidentals. When the plans specify or when directed,the use of special materials such as flexible base,cement- stabilized base,cement-stabilized backfill,or other special material,excavation below the footing grades will be paid for at$10 per cubic yard. Payment for furnishing,hauling,placing,and compacting the flexible base, cement-stabilized base,cement-stabilized backfill,or other special materials will be made at the unit price bid for these items,or, if the required material is not a bid item, in accordance with Article 9.7.,"Payment for Extra Work and Force Account Method." 5.3. Lowering of a Structure Foundation. If the Engineer requires a structure foundation to be lowered to an elevation below the grade shown on the plans,overexcavation will be paid in accordance with Table 2. Table 2 Payment for Required Overexcavation Variance of Revised Payment Terms Variance of Revised Footing Footing Grade fromGrade from Plan Grade Plan Grade "Structural Excavation" "Structural Excavation" is a Bid Item is not a Bid Item Up to and including 5 ft. Unit price equal to 115%of unit $10 per cubic yard rice bid for"Structural Excavation" Over 5 ft.up to 10 ft. Unit price equal to 125%of unit $12 per cubic yard rice bid for"Structural Excavation" Over 10 ft. In accordance with Article 9.7.,"Payment for Extra Work and Force Account Method." 8 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 400 5.4. Cement-Stabilized Backfill.Cement-stabilized backfill will be paid for at the unit price bid for"Cement- Stabilized Backfill." 5.5. Cutting and Restoring Pavement.Cutting and restoring pavement will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Cutting and Restoring Pavement"of the type specified. Work done to repair damage to base or pavement incurred outside the limits shown on the plans,or the limits authorized,will not be measured for payment. The unit prices bid are full compensation for excavation including removing obstructions and plugging drainage systems;bedding and backfilling including placing,sprinkling and compaction of material; soundings;cleaning and filling seams;constructing and removing cofferdams;de-watering,sheeting,or bracing excavations up to and including 5 ft.deep;pumps;drills;explosives;disposition of surplus material; cutting pavement and base to neat lines;and materials,hauling,equipment, labor,tools,and incidentals. Flowable backfill will be paid for as provided in Item 401,"Flowable Backfill." Protection methods for open excavations deeper than 5 ft.will be measured and paid for as required under Item 402,"Trench Excavation Protection,"or Item 403,"Temporary Special Shoring." 9 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 421 Item 421 _ a Texas Hydraulic Cement Concrete °r� � � of 7ransportataon 1. DESCRIPTION Furnish hydraulic cement concrete for concrete pavements,concrete structures,and other concrete construction. 2. MATERIALS Use materials from prequalified sources listed on the Department website. Provide coarse and fine aggregates from sources listed in the Department's Concrete Rated Source Quality Catalog(CRSQC). Use materials from non-listed sources only when tested and approved by the Engineer before use.Allow 30 calendar days for the Engineer to sample,test,and report results for non-listed sources. Do not combine approved material with unapproved material. 2.1. Cement. Furnish cement conforming to DMS-4600, "Hydraulic Cement." 2.2. Supplementary Cementing Materials(SCM). ■ Fly Ash. Furnish fly ash,ultra-fine fly ash(UFFA),and modified Class F fly ash(MFFA)conforming to DMS-4610,"Fly Ash." ■ Slag Cement. Furnish Slag Cement conforming to DMS-4620,"Slag Cement." ■ Silica Fume. Furnish silica fume conforming to DMS-4630,"Silica Fume." ■ Metakaolin. Furnish metakaolin conforming to DMS-4635,"Metakaolin." 2.3. Cementitious Material.Cementitious materials are the cement and supplementary cementing materials used in concrete. 2.4. Chemical Admixtures. Furnish admixtures conforming to DMS-4640,"Chemical Admixtures for Concrete." 2.5. Water. Furnish mixing and curing water that is free from oils,acids,organic matter,or other deleterious substances.Water from municipal supplies approved by the Texas Department of Health will not require testing. Provide test reports showing compliance with Table 1 before use when using water from other sources. Water that is a blend of concrete wash water and other acceptable water sources,certified by the concrete producer as complying with the requirements of both Table 1 and Table 2,may be used as mix water.Test the blended water weekly for 4 weeks for compliance with Table 1 and Table 2 or provide previous test results.Then test every month for compliance. Provide water test results upon request. 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 421 Table 1 Chemical Limits for Mix Water Contaminant Test Method Maximum Concentration (ppm orm 1L Chloride(CI) ASTM C114 Prestressed concrete 500 Bridge decks&superstructure 500 All other concrete 1,000 Sulfate SO4 ASTM C114 2,000 Alkalies(Na20+0.658K20 ASTM C114 600 Total solids ASTM C1603 50,000 Table 2 Acceptance Criteria for Questionable Water Supplies Property Test Method Limits Compressive strength,min%control at 7 days STM C31,ASTM C391,2 90 Time of set,deviation from control,h:min. STM C403 I From 1:00 early to 1:30 later 1. Base comparisons on fixed proportions and the same volume of test water compared to the control mix using 100% potable water or distilled water. 2. Base comparisons on sets consisting of at least 2 standard specimens made from a composite sample. Do not use mix water that has an adverse effect on the air-entraining agent,on any other chemical admixture,or on strength or time of set of the concrete. Use mixing and curing water free of iron and other impurities that may cause staining or discoloration when using white hydraulic cement. 2.6. Aggregate. 2.6.1. Coarse Aggregate. Provide coarse aggregate consisting of durable particles of gravel,crushed blast furnace slag,recycled crushed hydraulic cement concrete,crushed stone,or combinations which are free from frozen material and from injurious amounts of salt,alkali,vegetable matter,or other objectionable material,either free or as an adherent coating. Provide coarse aggregate of uniform quality throughout. Provide coarse aggregate with the requirements listed in Table 3 unless otherwise shown on the plans. Table 3 Coarse Aggregate Re uirements Description Test Method Limit ei ht of C ay Lumps,%Max 0.25 ei ht of Shale,%Max Tex-413-A 1.0 ei ht of Laminate and Friable Particle,%Max 5.0 L.A.Abrasion Wear,%Max Tex-410-A 40 C cle Magnesium Sulfate Soundness,1 z non-air-entrained concrete,%Max Tex-411-A 25 -Cycle Magnesium Sulfate Soundness,1 3 air-entrained concrete,%Max 18 Loss by Decantation,%Max I Tex-406-A 1.5 1. Recycled crushed hydraulic cement concrete is not subject to 5-cycle magnesium sulfate soundness requirements. 2. Allowed when air-entrained concrete is used at the Contractor's option. 3. Only when air-entrained concrete is required by the plans. Increase the loss by decantation limit to 3.0%for all classes of concrete and 5.0%for Class A, B,and P if the material finer than the No.200 sieve is determined to be at least 85%calcium carbonate in accordance with Tex-406-A, Part III, in the case of coarse aggregates made primarily from crushing stone unless otherwise shown on the plans. Provide test results upon request. Provide coarse aggregate or combination of aggregates conforming to the gradation requirements shown in Table 4 when tested in accordance with Tex-401-A unless otherwise specified. 2 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 421 Table 4 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Chart Aggregate Maximum Percent Passing on Each Sieve Grade Nominal 2-1/2" 2" 1-1/2" 1" 3/4" 1/2" 3/8" #4 #8 No.' Size 1 2" 100 80-100 50-85 20-40 0-10 2 1-1/2" 100 95-100 35-70 10-30 0-10 3 1-1/2" 100 95-100 60-90 25-60 0-10 4 57 1" 100 95-100 25-60 0-10 0-5 5 67 3/4" 100 90-100 20-55 0-10 0-5 6 7 1/2" 100 90-100 40-70 0-15 0-5 7 3/8" 100 70-95 0-25 8 3/8" 100 95-100 20-65 0-10 1. Corresponding ASTM C33 gradation shown in parentheses. 2.6.2. Fine Aggregate. Provide fine aggregate consisting of clean,hard,durable particles of natural,manufactured sand,recycled crushed hydraulic cement concrete,slag, lightweight aggregate,or a combination thereof. Provide fine aggregate free from frozen material and from injurious amounts of salt,alkali,vegetable matter, or other objectionable material. Provide fine aggregates with the requirements in Table 5 unless otherwise shown on the plans. Table 5 Fine Aggregate Requirements Description Test Method Limit Weight of Clay Lumps,%Max Tex-413-A 0.50 Organic Impurities' Tex-408-A Color not darker than standard Sand Equivalent Tex-203-F 80 Fineness Modulus Tex-402-A 2.3 to 3.1 1. Only when air-entrained concrete is specified. Provide fine aggregate or combinations of aggregates conforming to the gradation requirements shown in Table 6 when tested in accordance with Tex-401-A unless otherwise specified. Table 6 Fine Aggregate Gradation Chart Grade 1 Sieve Size Percent Passing 3/8" 100 #4 95-100 #8 80-100 #16 50-85 #30 25-65 #60 10-35' #100 0-10 #200 0-3z 1. 6-35 when sand equivalent value is greater than 85. 2. 0-6 for manufactured sand. 2.6.3. Intermediate Aggregate. Provide intermediate aggregate consisting of clean,hard,durable particles of natural,manufactured sand,slag,recycled crushed hydraulic cement concrete, lightweight aggregate,or a combination thereof when optimized aggregate gradation(OAG)concrete is specified or when used at the Contractor's option. Provide intermediate aggregate free from frozen material and injurious amounts of salt, alkali,vegetable matter,or other objectionable material. Provide intermediate aggregate with the requirements in Table 7. 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 421 Table 7 Intermediate Aggregate Re uirements Description Test Method Limit Weight of Clay Lumps,%Max Tex-413-A 0.50 L.A.Abrasion Wear,' %Max Tex-41 0-A 40 5-Cycle Magnesium Sulfate Soundness,'z 3 non-air-entrained concrete,%Max Tex-411-A 25 5-Cycle Magnesium Sulfate Soundness,'z 4 air-entrained concrete,%Max 18 Organic Impurities5 Tex-408-A Color not darker than standard Loss by Decantation,' %Max Tex-406-A 1.5 1. Only applies to the portion retained on the No.4 sieve,if more than 30%of the intermediate aggregate is retained on the No.4 sieve. 2. Recycled crushed hydraulic cement concrete is not subject to 5-cycle magnesium sulfate soundness requirements. 3. Allowed when air-entrained concrete is used at the Contractor's option. 4. Only when air-entrained concrete is required by the plans. 5. Only applies to the portion passing the 3/8 in.sieve,if more than 30%of the intermediate aggregate is passing the 3/8 in.sieve. For the portion retained on the No.4 sieve, if more than 30%of the intermediate aggregate is retained on the No.4 sieve,and in the case of aggregates made primarily from crushing stone,unless otherwise shown on the plans,the loss by decantation may be increased to 3.0%for all classes of concrete and 5.0%for Class A, B,and P if the material finer than the No.200 sieve is determined to be at least 85%calcium carbonate in accordance with Tex-406-A, Part III. Provide test results upon request. 2.7. Mortar and Grout. Furnish pre-packaged grouts conforming to DMS-4675,"Cementitious Grouts and Mortars for Miscellaneous Applications,"when specified for applications other than post-tension grouting. Section 421.4.2.6., "Mix Design Options,"does not apply for mortar and grout. 2.8. Storage of Materials. 2.8.1. Cement and Supplementary Cementing Materials.Store all cement and supplementary cementing materials in weatherproof enclosures that will protect them from dampness or absorption of moisture. When permitted,small quantities of packaged cementitious material may be stored in the open,on a raised platform,and under waterproof covering for up to 48 hr. 2.8.2. Aggregates. Handle and store concrete aggregates in a manner that prevents contamination with foreign materials.Clear and level the sites for the stockpiles of all vegetation if the aggregates are stored on the ground and do not use the bottom 6-in. layer of aggregate without cleaning the aggregate before use. Maintain separate stockpiles and prevent intermixing when conditions require the use of 2 or more grades of coarse aggregates.Separate the stockpiles using physical barriers where space is limited. Store aggregates from different sources in different stockpiles unless the Engineer authorizes pre-blending of the aggregates. Minimize segregation in stockpiles. Remix and test stockpiles when segregation is apparent. Sprinkle stockpiles to control moisture and temperature as necessary. Maintain reasonably uniform moisture content in aggregate stockpiles. 2.8.3. Chemical Admixtures. Store admixtures in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and prevent admixtures from freezing. 3. EQUIPMENT 3.1. Concrete Plants and Mixing Equipment. Except for volumetric stationary plant or truck(auger)mixers, each plant and truck mixer must be currently certified by the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA)or have an inspection report signed and sealed by a licensed professional engineer showing concrete measuring,mixing,and delivery equipment meets all requirements of ASTM C94.A new 4 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 421 certification or signed and sealed report is required every time a plant is moved. Plants with a licensed professional engineer's inspection require re-inspection every 2 yr. Provide a copy of the certification or the signed and sealed inspection report to the Engineer. Remove equipment or facilities from service until corrected when they fail to meet specification requirements. When allowed on the plans or by the Engineer,for concrete classes not identified as structural concrete in Table 8 or for Class C concrete not used for bridge-class structures,the Engineer may inspect and approve all plants and trucks instead of the NRMCA or non-Department engineer-sealed certifications.The criteria and frequency of Engineer approval of plants and trucks is the same used for NRMCA certification. Inspect and furnish inspection reports on the condition of blades and fins and their percent wear from the original manufacturer's design for truck mixers and agitators annually. Repair mixing equipment exhibiting 10%or more wear before use. If an inspection within 12 mo. is not practical,a 2-mo.grace period(for a maximum of 14 mo.between inspections) is permitted. 3.1.1. Scales.Check all scales before beginning of operations,after each move,or whenever their accuracy or adequacy is questioned,and at least once every 6 mo. Immediately correct deficiencies,and recalibrate. Provide a record of calibration showing scales in compliance with ASTM C94 requirements.Check batching accuracy of volumetric water batching devices at least every 90 days.Check batching accuracy of chemical admixture dispensing devices at least every 6 mo. Perform daily checks as necessary to ensure measuring accuracy. 3.1.2. Volumetric Mixers. Provide volumetric mixers with rating plates defining the capacity and the performance of the mixer in accordance with the Volumetric Mixer Manufacturers Bureau or equivalent. Provide volumetric mixers that comply with ASTM C685. Provide test data showing mixers meet the uniformity test requirements of Tex-472-A. Unless allowed on the plans or by the Engineer,volumetric truck(auger)mixers may not supply classes of concrete identified as structural concrete in Table 8. 3.1.3. Agitators and Truck and Stationary Mixers. Provide stationary and truck mixers capable of combining the ingredients of the concrete into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass and capable of discharging the concrete so at least 5 of the 6 requirements of Tex-472-A are met. Perform concrete uniformity tests on mixers or agitators in accordance with Tex-472-A as directed,to resolve issues of mix uniformity and mixer performance. Perform the mixer or agitator uniformity test at the full rated capacity of the equipment. Remove all equipment that fails the uniformity test from service. Inspect and maintain mixers and agitators. Keep them free of concrete buildup,and repair or replace worn or damaged blades or fins. Ensure all mixers have a plate affixed showing manufacturer's recommended operating speed and rated capacity for mixing and agitating. 3.2. Hauling Equipment. Provide hauling equipment capable of maintaining the mixed concrete in a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass,and discharging the concrete with a satisfactory degree of uniformity. Provide equipment with smooth, mortar-tight metal containers equipped with gates that prevent accidental discharge of the concrete when using non-agitating equipment for transporting concrete. Maintain hauling equipment clean and free of built-up concrete. 3.3. Testing Equipment. Furnish and maintain the following in accordance with the pertinent test procedure unless otherwise shown on the plans or specified: 5 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 421 ■ sieves necessary to perform aggregate gradation analysis when optimized aggregate gradation is specified, ■ equipment necessary to perform Tex-415-A and Tex-422-A, ■ equipment necessary to perform Tex-409-A or Tex-425-A, ■ test molds, ■ curing facilities, ■ maturity meters if used,and ■ wheelbarrow or other container acceptable for the sampling of the concrete. Provide strength-testing equipment when required in accordance with the Contract-controlling test unless shown otherwise. 4. CONSTRUCTION 4.1. Classification of Concrete Mix Designs. Provide classes of concrete meeting the requirements shown in Table 8. A higher-strength class of concrete with equal or lower water-to-cementitious material(w/cm)ratio may be substituted for the specified class of concrete when approved. 4.2. Mix Design Proportioning. Furnish mix designs using ACI 211,Tex-470-A,or other approved procedures for the classes of concrete listed in Table 8 unless a design method is indicated on the plans. Perform mix design proportioning by absolute volume method unless otherwise approved. Perform cement replacement using equivalent weight method unless otherwise approved. Do not exceed the maximum w/cm ratio listed in Table 8 when designing the mixture. 4.2.1. Cementitious Materials. Do not exceed 700 Ib.of cementitious material per cubic yard of concrete unless otherwise specified or approved. ■ Use cement of the same type and from the same source for monolithic placements. ■ Do not use supplementary cementing materials when white hydraulic cement is specified. Table 8 Concrete Classes Design Max Coarse Mix Class of Strength,l Cement Exceptions to s w/cm Aggregate Design General Usage Concrete Min f C Ratio Grades 239 Types Options Mix Design Options '' (psi) When the cementitious material Curb,gutter,curb&gutter, content does not exceed conic.retards,sidewalks, A 3,000 0.60 1-4,8 520 Ib./cu.yd.,Class C fly ash driveways,back-up walls, I,11,1/11, 1,2,4,& may be used instead of Class F anchors,non-reinforced drilled IL,IP,IS, 7 fly ash. shafts IT,V Riprap,traffic signal controller B 2,000 0.60 2-7 foundations,small roadside signs,and anchors Drilled shafts,bridge substructure,bridge railing, 1,11,1/11, culverts except top slab of C6 3,600 0.45 1-6 IP,IS, 1-8 direct traffic culverts, IT,7 V headwalls,wing walls,inlets, manholes,concrete traffic barrier(cast-in-place) When the cementitious material Seal concrete content does not exceed 520 E 3,000 0.50 2-5 IL,IP,IS, 1-8 Ib./cu.yd.,Class C fly ash may IT,7 V be used instead of Class F fly ash. 6 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Table 8(continued) 421 Design Class of strength,l Max Coarse Cement Mix Exceptions to s w/cm Aggregate Design General Usage Concrete Min f'� 3Types Mix Design Options Ratio Grades'''9 Options (psi) I,11,1/11, Railroad structures, F6 Note 8 0.45 2-5 IP,IS, occasionally for bridge piers, IT 7V columns,or bents Do not use Type I II cement in Precast concrete,post-tension mass placement concrete. members H6 Note 8 0.45 3-6 III,IP,IS, 1-5 Up to 20%of blended cement IT,7 V may be replaced with listed SCMs when Option 4 is used for recast concrete. Bridge slabs,top slabs of direct S6 4,000 0.45 2-5 IP,IS, 1-8 traffic culverts,approach slabs IT 7V See When the cementitious material Concrete pavement Item 360, 1,11,1/11, content does not exceed 520 P "Concrete 0.50 2-3 IL,IP,IS, 1-8 Ib./cu.yd.,Class C fly ash may Pavement." IT,V be used instead of Class F fly ash. C06 4,600 0.40 6 Bridge deck concrete overlay LMC6 4,000 0.40 6-8 I,II, /II, 1-8 Latex-modified concrete IP,is, overlay IT,7 V Use a minimum cementitious Slurry displacement shafts, SS6 3,600 0.45 4-6 material content of 658 lb./cu. underwater drilled shafts d.of concrete. 1,11,1/11, Note 8 K6 Note 8 0.40 Note 8 111 IP,IS, IT,7 V Mix design options do not apply. Concrete pavement,concrete HES Note 8 0.45 Note 8 1,IL,11, 700 lb.of cementitious material pavement repair III per cubic yard limit does not app y- Maximum fly ash replacement for Options 1 and 3 may be II, /II, increased to 45%. (HPC) Note 11 0.45 Note 11 111 IP,IS, 1-5,&8 Up to 20%of a blended cement 6,9,10 IT,7 V may be replaced with listed SCMs for Option 4. Do not use Option 8 for precast concrete. Do not use Class C Fly Ash Type I II-MS may be used where al lowed. Type I and Type I II cements may be used with Options 1-3,with a (SRC) Note 11 0.45 Note 11 /11,11,IP, 1-4,&7 maximum w/cm of 0.40. 6,9,10 IS,IT, V Up to 20%of blended cement may be replaced with listed SCMs when Option 4 is used for precast concrete. Do not use Option 7 for precast concrete. 7 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 421 Design Max Coarse Mix Class of Strength,l Cement Exceptions to s w/cm Aggregate Design General Usage Concrete Min f c Ratio Grades"23'9 Types Options Mix Design Options (psi) 3. Design strength must be attained within 56 days. 4. Do not use Grade 1 coarse aggregate except in massive foundations with 4 in.minimum clear spacing between reinforcing steel bars,unless otherwise permitted.Do not use Grade 1 aggregate in drilled shafts. 5. Use Grade 8 aggregate in extruded curbs unless otherwise approved. 6. Other grades of coarse aggregate maybe used in non-structural concrete classes when allowed by the Engineer. 7. For information only. 8. Structural concrete classes. 9. Do not use Type IT cements containing>5%limestone. 10. As shown on the plans or specified. 11. "X"denotes class of concrete shown on the plans or specified. 12. (HPC):High Performance Concrete,(SRC):Sulfate Resistant Concrete. 13. Same as class of concrete shown on the plans. 4.2.2. Aggregates. Recycled crushed hydraulic cement concrete may be used as a coarse or fine aggregate in Class A, B, E,and P concrete. Limit recycled crushed concrete fine aggregate to a maximum of 20%of the fine aggregate. Use light-colored aggregates when white hydraulic cement is specified. Use fine aggregate with an acid insoluble residue of at least 60%by weight when tested in accordance with Tex-612-J in all concrete subject to direct traffic. Use the following equation to determine if the aggregate combination meets the acid insoluble residue requirement when blending fine aggregate or using an intermediate aggregate: (A xP)+(A' xP)+(A'x ),60% 100 where: Al =acid insoluble(%)of fine aggregate 1 Az=acid insoluble(%)of fine aggregate 2 Ai,,=acid insoluble(%)of intermediate aggregate passing the 3/8 in.sieve Pi =percent by weight of fine aggregate 1 of the fine aggregate blend Pz=percent by weight of fine aggregate 2 of the fine aggregate blend Pi,,=percent by weight of intermediate aggregate passing the 3/8 in.sieve Alternatively to the above equation,blend fine aggregate with a micro-deval loss of less than 12%,when tested in accordance with Tex-461-A,with at least 40%of a fine aggregate with an acid insoluble residue of at least 60%. 4.2.3. Chemical Admixtures. Do not use Type C,Type E,Type F,or Type G admixtures in Class S bridge deck concrete. Do not use chemical admixtures containing calcium chloride in any concrete. Use a 30%calcium nitrite solution when a corrosion-inhibiting admixture is required.The corrosion-inhibiting admixture must be set neutral unless otherwise approved. Dose the admixture at the rate of gallons of admixture per cubic yard of concrete shown on the plans. 4.2.4. Air Entrainment. Use an approved air-entraining admixture when air-entrained concrete is specified,or when an air-entraining admixture is used at the Contractor's option,and do not exceed the manufacturer's recommended dosage. Ensure the minimum entrained air content is at least 3.0%for all classes of concrete except Class P when air-entrained concrete is specified,during trial batch,or when providing previous field data. 8 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 421 4.2.5. Slump. Provide concrete with a slump in accordance with Table 9 unless otherwise specified.When approved,the slump of a given concrete mix may be increased above the values shown in Table 9 using chemical admixtures,provided the admixture-treated concrete has the same or lower water-to-cementitious material ratio and does not exhibit segregation or excessive bleeding. Request approval to exceed the slump limits in Table 9 sufficiently in advance for proper evaluation by the Engineer. Perform job-control testing of slump in accordance with Section 421.4.8.3.1.,"Job-Control Testing." Table 9 Placement Slump Requirements General Usage' Placement Slump Ran e,Zin. Walls over 9 in.thick),caps,columns,piers,approach slabs,concrete overlays 3 to 5 Bridge slabs,top slabs of direct traffic culverts,latex-modified concrete for bridge deck 3 to 5-1/2 overlays Inlets,manholes,walls(less than 9 in.thick),bridge railing,culverts,concrete traffic barrier, 4 to 5-1/2 concrete pavement(formed),seal concrete Precast concrete 4 to 9 Underwater concrete placements 6 to 8-1/2 See Item 416, Drilled shafts,slurry displaced and underwater drilled shafts "Drilled Shaft Foundations." Curb,gutter,curb and gutter,concrete retards,sidewalk,driveways,anchors,riprap,small As approved roadside sign foundations,concrete pavement repair,concrete repair 1. For information only. 2. For fiber reinforced concrete,perform slump before addition of fibers. 4.2.6. Mix Design Options. 4.2.6.1. Option 1. Replace 20%to 35%of the cement with Class F fly ash. 4.2.6.2. Option 2. Replace 35%to 50%of the cement with slag cement or MFFA. 4.2.6.3. Option 3. Replace 35%to 50%of the cement with a combination of Class F fly ash,slag cement, MFFA, UFFA,metakaolin,or silica fume; however,no more than 35%may be fly ash,and no more than 10%may be silica fume. 4.2.6.4. Option 4. Use Type IP,Type IS,or Type IT cement as allowed in Table 5 for each class of concrete. Up to 10%of a Type IP,Type IS,or Type IT cement may be replaced with Class F fly ash,slag cement,or silica fume. Use no more than 10%silica fume in the final cementitious material mixture if the Type IT cement contains silica fume,and silica fume is used to replace the cement. 4.2.6.5. Option 5. Replace 35%to 50%of the cement with a combination of Class C fly ash and at least 6%of silica fume, UFFA,or metakaolin. However,no more than 35%may be Class C fly ash,and no more than 10% may be silica fume. 4.2.6.6. Option 6. Use a lithium nitrate admixture at a minimum dosage determined by testing conducted in accordance with Tex-471-A. Before use of the mix,provide an annual certified test report signed and sealed by a licensed professional engineer,from a laboratory on the Department's MPL,certified by the Construction Division as being capable of testing according to Tex-471-A. 4.2.6.7. Option 7. Ensure the total alkali contribution from the cement in the concrete does not exceed 3.5 Ib. per cubic yard of concrete when using hydraulic cement not containing SCMs calculated as follows: (lb.cement per cu.yd.)x (%Na20 equivalent in cement) lb.alkali per cu.yd. _ 100 In the above calculation,use the maximum cement alkali content reported on the cement mill certificate. 9 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 421 4.2.6.8. Option 8. Perform annual testing as required for any deviations from Options 1-5 or use mix design options listed in Table 10. Laboratories performing ASTM C1260,ASTM C1567,and ASTM C1293 testing must be listed on the Department's MPL. Before use of the mix,provide a certified test report signed and sealed by a licensed professional engineer demonstrating the proposed mixture conforms to the requirements of Table 10. Provide a certified test report signed and sealed by a licensed professional engineer,when HPC is required, and less than 20%of the cement is replaced with SCMs,demonstrating ASTM C1202 test results indicate the permeability of the concrete is less than 1,500 coulombs tested immediately after either of the following curing schedules: ■ Moisture cure specimens 56 days at 73°F. ■ Moisture cure specimens 7 days at 73°F followed by 21 days at 100°F. Table 10 Option 8 T sting and Mix Design Requirements ASTM C1260 Result ca Testing Requirements for Mix Design Materials Mix Design Mix Design or Prescriptive Mix Design Options' Cn Fine Aggregate Coarse Aggregate Determine the dosage of SCMs needed to limit the 14-day expansion of each aggregatez to 0.08%when tested individually in accordance with A >0.10% >0.10% ASTM C1567;or Use a minimum of 40%Class C fly ash with a maximum Ca03 content of 25%. Use a minimum of 40%Class C fly ash with a maximum Ca03 content <—0.10% <—0.10% of 25%;or B Use any ternary combination which replaces 35%to 50%of cement. ASTM C12931 yr. Use a minimum of 20%of any Class C fly ash;or Ex ansion<—0.04% Use any ternary combination which replaces 35%to 50%of cement. Determine the dosage of SCMs needed to limit the 14-day expansion of coarse and intermediatez aggregate to 0.08%when tested individually C <—0.10% >0.10% in accordance with ASTM C1567;or Use a minimum of 40%Class C fly ash with a maximum Ca03 content of 25%. Use a minimum of 40%Class C fly ash with a maximum Ca03 content >0.10% <—0.10% of 25%;or D Use an ternary combination which replaces 35%to 50%of cement. >0.10% ASTM C12931 yr. Determine the dosage of SCMs needed to limit the 14-day expansion of Ex ansion<—0.04% fine aggregate to 0.08%when tested in accordance with ASTM C1567. 1. Do not use Class C fly ash if the ASTM C1260 value of the fine,intermediate,or coarse aggregate is 0.30%or greater,unless the fly ash is used as part of a ternary system. 2. Intermediate size aggregates will fall under the requirements of mix design coarse aggregate. 3. Average the CaO content from the previous ten values as listed on the mill certificate. 4.2.7. Optimized Aggregate Gradation(OAG)Concrete.The gradation requirements in Table 3 and Table 4 do not apply when OAG concrete is specified or used by the Contractor unless otherwise shown on the plans. Use Tex-470-A to establish the optimized aggregate gradation. Use at least 420 Ib.per cubic yard of cementitious material when OAG concrete is used unless otherwise approved. Use a coarse aggregate with a maximum nominal size of 1-1/2 in.for Class P concrete. Use a coarse aggregate for all other classes of concrete with a maximum nominal size not larger than: ■ 1/5 the narrowest dimension between sides of forms,or ■ 1/3 the depth of slabs,or ■ 3/4 the minimum clear spacing between individual reinforcing bars or wires,bundles of bars, individual tendons,bundled tendons,or ducts. Make necessary adjustments to individual aggregate stockpile proportions during OAG concrete production when the gradation deviates from the optimized gradation requirements. 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 421 4.2.8. Self-Consolidating Concrete(SCC). Provide SCC meeting the following requirements shown in Table 11 when approved for use in precast concrete. Use concrete with a slump flow that can be placed without vibration and will not segregate or excessively bleed. Request approval to exceed the slump flow limits sufficiently in advance for proper evaluation by the Engineer. Table 11 Mix Desi n Requirements for SCC Tests Test Method Acceptable Limits Slump Flow for Precast Concrete ASTM C1611 22 to 271 Tso,sec ASTM C1611 2 to 7 VSI Rating ASTM C1611 0 or 1 Passing Ability,in. ASTM C1621 <_2 Segregation Column,% ASTM C1610 <_10 Bleeding,% ASTM C232 <_2.5 1. These slump flow limits are generally acceptable for most applications.However,slump flow limits may be adjusted during mix design approval process and when approved by the Engineer. 4.3. Concrete Trial Batches. Perform preliminary and final trial batches when required by the plans,or when previous satisfactory field data is not available.Submit previous satisfactory field data to the Engineer showing the proposed mix design conforms to specification requirements when trial batches are not required and before concrete is placed. Perform preliminary and final trial batches for all self-consolidating concrete mix designs. 4.3.1. Preliminary Trial Batches. Perform all necessary preliminary trial batch testing when required,and provide documentation including mix design,material proportions,and test results substantiating the mix design conforms to specification requirements. 4.3.2. Final Trial batches. Make all final trial batches using the proposed ingredients in a mixer that is representative of the mixers to be used on the job when required. Make the batch size at least 50%of the mixer's rated capacity. Perform fresh concrete tests for air content and slump,and make,cure,and test strength specimens for compliance with specification requirements.Test at least one set of design strength specimens,consisting of 2 specimens per set,at 7-day,28-day,and at least one additional age unless otherwise directed. Before placing,provide the Engineer the option of witnessing final trial batches, including the testing of the concrete. If not provided this option,the Engineer may require additional trial batches, including testing,before the concrete is placed. Conduct all testing listed in Table 11 when performing trial batches for self-consolidating concrete. Make an additional mixture with 3%more water than the preliminary trial batch. Make necessary adjustments to the mix design if this additional mixture does not meet requirements of Table 11.Cast and evaluate mock-ups for precast concrete that are representative of the actual product as directed. Provide the Engineer the option of witnessing final trial batches, including the testing of the concrete and the casting of the mock-ups before placement. If not provided this option,the Engineer may require additional trial batches, including testing and mock-ups,before the concrete is placed. Establish 7-day compressive strength target values using the following formula for each Class A, B,and E concrete mix designs to be used: Targetvalue=Minimum designstrengthx 7-dayavg.trialbatch strength 28-dayavg.trialbatch strength Submit previous satisfactory field data,data from a new trial batch,or other evidence showing the change will not adversely affect the relevant properties of the concrete when changes are made to the type,brand,or source of aggregates,cement,SCM,water,or chemical admixtures.Submit the data for approval before making changes to the mix design.A change in vendor does not necessarily constitute a change in materials 11 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 421 or source.The Engineer may waive new trial batches when there is a prior record of satisfactory performance with the ingredients. During concrete production,dosage changes of chemical admixtures used in the trial batches will not require a re-evaluation of the mix design. The Contractor has the option of performing trial batches in conjunction with concrete placements except for SCC mixtures,when new trial batches are required during the course of the project. If the concrete fails to meet any requirement,the Engineer will determine acceptability and payment adjustments. Establish the strength—maturity relationship in accordance with Tex-426-A when the maturity method is specified or permitted.When using the maturity method,any changes in any of the ingredients, including changes in proportions,will require the development of a new strength—maturity relationship for the mix. 4.3.3. Mix Design of Record.Once a trial batch or previously satisfactory field data substantiates the mix design, the proportions and mixing methods used become the mix design of record. Do not exceed mix design water- to-cementitious material ratio. 4.4. Production Testing. 4.4.1. Aggregate Moisture Testing. Determine moisture content per Tex-409-A or Tex-425-A for coarse, intermediate,and fine aggregates at least twice a week,when there is an apparent change,or for new shipments of aggregate.When aggregate hoppers or storage bins are equipped with properly maintained electronic moisture probes for continuous moisture determination,moisture tests per Tex-409-A or Tex-425-A are not required. Electronic moisture probes,however,must be verified at least every 90 days against Tex-409-A and be accurate to within 1.0%of the actual moisture content. When producing SCC,and when aggregate hoppers or storage bins are not equipped with electric moisture probes,determine the moisture content of the aggregates before producing the first concrete batch each day. Thereafter,determine the moisture content every 4 hr.or when there is an apparent change while SCC is being produced. 4.4.2. Aggregate Gradation Testing. Perform a sieve analysis in accordance with Tex-401-A on each stockpile used in the blend at least one day before producing OAG concrete when producing optimized aggregate gradation concrete. Perform sieve analysis on each stockpile after every 10,000 cubic yards of OAG concrete produced. Provide sieve analysis data to the Engineer. 4.5. Measurement of Materials. 4.5.1. Non-Volumetric Mixers. Measure aggregates by weight.Correct batch weight measurements for aggregate moisture content. Measure mixing water,consisting of water added to the batch, ice added to the batch, water occurring as surface moisture on the aggregates,and water introduced in the form of admixtures,by volume or weight. Measure ice by weight.Measure cement and supplementary cementing materials in a hopper and on a separate scale from those used for other materials. Measure the cement first when measuring the cumulative weight. Measure concrete chemical admixtures by weight or volume. Measure batch materials within the tolerances of Table 12. 12 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 421 Table 12 Mix Design Batching Tolerances—Non-Volumetric Mixers Material Tolerance Cement,wt. -1 to+3 SCM,wt. -1 to+3 Cement+SCM cumulative weighing),wt. -1 to+3 Water,wt.or volume ±3' Fine aggregate,wt. ±2 Coarse aggregate,wt. ±2 Fine+coarse aggregate cumulative weighing),wt. ±1 Chemical admixtures,wt.or volume ±3 1. Allowable deviation from target weight not including water withheld or moisture in the aggregate.The Engineer will verify the wate r-to-ce men titious material ratio is within specified limits. Ensure the quantity measured,when measuring cementitious materials at less than 30%of scale capacity, is accurate to not less than the required amount and not more than 4%in excess. Ensure the cumulative quantity,when measuring aggregates in a cumulative weigh batcher at less than 30%of the scale capacity, is measured accurate to±0.3%of scale capacity or±3%of the required cumulative weight,whichever is less. Measure cement in number of bags under special circumstances when approved. Use the weights listed on the packaging.Weighing bags of cement is not required. Ensure fractional bags are not used except for small hand-mixed batches of approximately 5 cu.ft.or less and when an approved method of volumetric or weight measurement is used. 4.5.2. Volumetric Mixers. Provide an accurate method of measuring all ingredients by volume,and calibrate equipment to assure correct measurement of materials within the specified tolerances. Base tolerances on volume–weight relationship established by calibration,and measure the various ingredients within the tolerances of Table 13.Correct batch measurements for aggregate moisture content. Table 13 Mix Design Batching Tolerances—Volumetric Mixers Material Tolerance Cement,wt.% 0 to+4 SCM,wt.% 0 to+4 Fine aggregate,wt.% ±2 Coarse aggregate,wt.% ±2 Admixtures,wt.or volume% ±3 Water,wt.or volume% ±1 4.6. Mixing and Delivering Concrete. 4.6.1. Mixing Concrete.Operate mixers and agitators within the limits of the rated capacity and speed of rotation for mixing and agitation as designated by the manufacturer of the equipment. Provide concrete in a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass with a satisfactory degree of uniformity when tested in accordance with Tex-472-A. Do not top-load new concrete onto returned concrete. Adjust mixing times and batching operations as necessary when the concrete contains silica fume to ensure the material is completely and uniformly dispersed in the mix.The dispersion of the silica fume within the mix will be verified by the Construction Division, Materials and Pavements Section,using cylinders made from trial batches. Make necessary changes to the batching operations, if uniform dispersion is not achieved,until uniform and complete dispersion of the silica fume is achieved. Mix concrete by hand methods or in a small motor-driven mixer when permitted,for small placements of less than 2 cu.yd. For such placements,proportion the mix by volume or weight. 13 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 421 4.6.2. Delivering Concrete. Deliver concrete to the project in a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass,and discharge the concrete with a satisfactory degree of uniformity.Conduct testing in accordance with Tax-472-A when there is a reason to suspect the uniformity of concrete and as directed. Maintain concrete delivery and placement rates sufficient to prevent cold joints. Adding chemical admixtures or the portion of water withheld is only permitted at the jobsite,under the supervision of the Engineer,to adjust the slump or slump flow of the concrete. Do not add water or chemical admixtures to the batch after more than an amount needed to conduct slump testing has been discharged. Turn the drum or blades at least 30 additional revolutions at mixing speed to ensure thorough and uniform mixing of the concrete.When this water is added,do not exceed the approved mix design water-to- cementitious material ratio. Before unloading,furnish the delivery ticket for the batch of concrete containing the information required on Department Form 596,"Concrete Batch Ticket."The Engineer will verify all required information is provided on the delivery tickets.The Engineer may suspend concrete operations until the corrective actions are implemented if delivery tickets do not provide the required information.The Engineer will verify the design water-to-cementitious material ratio is not exceeded. Begin the discharge of concrete delivered in truck mixers within the times listed in Table 14.Concrete may be discharged after these times provided the concrete temperature and slump meet the requirements listed in this Item and other pertinent Items. Perform these tests with certified testing personnel per Section 421.4.8.1., "Certification of Testing Personnel."Provide the Engineer the option of witnessing testing of the concrete. If not provided this option,the Engineer may require additional testing before the concrete is placed. Table 14 Concrete Discharge Times Fresh Concrete Max Time After Batching for Max Time After Batching for Temperature,°F Concrete Not Containing Concrete Containing Type B or D Admixtures,min. Type B or D Admixtures, min. 90 and above 45 75 75:5 T<90 60 90 T<75 90 120 1. Concrete must contain at least the minimum manufacturer's recommended dosage of Type B or D admixture. 4.7. Placing,Finishing,and Curing Concrete. Place,finish,and cure concrete in accordance with the pertinent Items. 4.8. Sampling and Testing of Concrete. Unless otherwise specified,all fresh and hardened concrete is subject to testing as follows: 4.8.1. Certification of Testing Personnel.Contractor personnel performing testing must be either ACI-certified or qualified by a Department-recognized equivalent written and performance testing program for the tests being performed. Personnel performing these tests are subject to Department approval. Use of a commercial laboratory is permitted at the Contractor's option.All personnel performing testing using the maturity method must be qualified by a training program recognized by the Department before using this method on the job. 4.8.2. Fresh Concrete. Provide safe access and assistance to the Engineer during sampling. Fresh concrete will be sampled for testing at the discharge end if using belt conveyors or pumps.When it is impractical to sample at the discharge end,a sample will be taken at the time of discharge from the delivery equipment and correlation testing will be performed and documented to ensure specification requirements are met at the discharge end. 4.8.3. Testing of Fresh Concrete.Test for the fresh properties listed in Table 15. 14 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 421 Table 15 Fresh Concrete Tests Tests Test Methods Slump, Tex-415-A Temperature' Tex-422-A Air Content'z Tex-414-A,Tex-416-A,or ASTM C457 1. Job-control testing performed by the Contractor. 2. Only required when air-entrained concrete is specified on the plans. Concrete with a slump lower than the minimum placement slump in Table 9 after the addition of all water withheld,or concrete exhibiting segregation and excessive bleeding will be rejected. 4.8.3.1. Job-Control Testing. Perform job-control testing as specified in Table 16 unless otherwise specified. Provide the Engineer the opportunity to witness the testing.The Engineer may require a retest if not given the opportunity to witness. Immediately notify the Engineer of any nonconformity issues. Furnish a copy of all test results to the Engineer daily. Table 16 Job-Control Testing Frequencies Concrete Placements Frequency Bridge Deck Placements Test the first few loads,then every 60 cu. d.or fraction thereof. All Other Structural Class Concrete Placements One test every 60 cu.yd.or fraction thereof per class per day. Non-Structural Class Concrete Placements One test every 180 cu.yd.or fraction thereof. Immediately resample and retest the concrete slump when the concrete exceeds the slump range at time of placement. If the concrete exceeds the slump range after the retest,and is used at the Contractor's option, the Engineer will make strength specimens as specified in Article 421.5.,"Acceptance of Concrete." 4.8.3.2. Strength Specimen Handling. Remove specimens from their molds and deliver Department test specimens to curing facilities within 24 to 48 hr.after molding, in accordance with pertinent test procedures unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed. Clean and prepare molds for reuse if necessary. 5. ACCEPTANCE OF CONCRETE The Engineer will sample and test the fresh and hardened concrete for acceptance.The test results will be reported to the Contractor and the concrete supplier. Investigate the quality of the materials,the concrete production operations,and other possible problem areas to determine the cause for any concrete that fails to meet the required strengths as outlined below.Take necessary actions to correct the problem including redesign of the concrete mix.The Engineer may suspend all concrete operations under the pertinent Items if the Contractor is unable to identify,document,and correct the cause of the low strengths in a timely manner. Resume concrete operations only after obtaining approval for any proposed corrective actions.Concrete failing to meet the required strength as outlined below will be evaluated using the procedures listed in Article 421.6., "Measurement and Payment." 5.1. Structural Class of Concrete. For concrete classes identified as structural concrete in Table 8,the Engineer will make and test 7-day and 28-day specimens.Acceptance will be based on attaining the design strength given in Table 8. 5.2. Class P and Class HES.The Engineer will base acceptance in accordance with Item 360,"Concrete Pavement,"and Item 361,"Repair of Concrete Pavement." 5.3. All Other Classes of Concrete. For concrete classes not identified as structural concrete in Table 8,the Engineer will make and test 7-day specimens.The Engineer will base acceptance on the 7-day target value established in accordance with Section 421.4.3.,"Concrete Trial Batches." 15 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 421 6. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The work performed,materials furnished,equipment, labor,tools,and incidentals will not be measured or paid for directly but will be subsidiary to pertinent Items. The following procedure will be used to evaluate concrete where one or more project acceptance test specimens fail to meet the required design strength specified in this Item or on the plans: ■ The concrete for a given placement will be considered structurally adequate and accepted at full price if the average of all test results for specimens made at the time of placement meets the required design strength provided no single test result is less than 85%of the required design strength. ■ The Engineer will perform a structural review of the concrete to determine its adequacy to remain in service if the average of all test results for specimens made at the time of placement is less than the required design strength or if any test results are less than 85%of the required design strength. If the in- situ concrete strength is needed for the structural review,take cores at locations designated by the Engineer in accordance with Tex-424-A.The Engineer will test the cores.The coring and testing will be at the Contractor's expense. ■ If all of the tested cores meet the required design strength,the concrete will be paid for at full price. ■ If any of the tested cores do not meet the required design strength,but the average strength attained is determined to be structurally adequate,the Engineer will determine the limits of the payment adjustment using the following formula: 2 A=Bp —5.37 +11.69 -5.32 where: A=Amount to be paid per unit of measure for the entire placement in question Sa=Actual average strength from cylinders or cores. Use values from cores, if taken. SS=Minimum required strength(specified) Bp=Unit Bid Price ■ If the structural review determines the concrete is not adequate to remain in service,the Engineer will determine the limits of the concrete to be removed. ■ The decision to reject structurally inadequate concrete or to apply the payment adjustment factor will be made no later than 56 days after placement. 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 432 Item 432 - a Texas Riprap Deparimenf o/Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Furnish and place concrete,stone,cement-stabilized,or special riprap. 2. MATERIALS Furnish materials in accordance with the following Items. ■ Item 420,"Concrete Substructures," ■ Item 421,"Hydraulic Cement Concrete," ■ Item 431,"Pneumatically Placed Concrete," ■ Item 440,"Reinforcement for Concrete,"and ■ DMS-6200,"Filter Fabric." 2.1. Concrete Riprap. Use Class B Concrete unless otherwise shown on the plans. 2.2. Pneumatically Placed Concrete Riprap. Use Class II concrete that meets Item 431,"Pneumatically Placed Concrete,"unless otherwise shown on the plans. 2.3. Stone Riprap. Use durable natural stone with a bulk specific gravity of at least 2.50 as determined by Tex-403-A unless otherwise shown on the plans. Provide stone that,when tested in accordance with Tex-411-A,has weight loss of no more than 18%after 5 cycles of magnesium sulfate solution. Perform a size verification test on the first 5,000 sq.yd.of finished riprap stone for all types of stone riprap at a location determined by the Engineer.Test the riprap stone in accordance with ASTM D5519.Additional tests may be required. Do not place additional riprap until the initial 5,000 sq.yd.of riprap has been approved. Provide grout or mortar in accordance with Item 421,"Hydraulic Cement Concrete,"when specified. Provide grout with a consistency that will flow into and fill all voids. Provide filter fabric in accordance with DMS-6200,"Filter Fabric." Provide Type 2 filter fabric for protection stone riprap unless otherwise shown on the plans. Provide Type 2 filter fabric for Type R,F,or Common stone riprap when shown on the plans. 2.3.1. Type R. Use stones between 50 and 250 Ib.with at least 50%of the stones heavier than 100 Ib. 2.3.2. Type F. Use stones between 50 and 250 Ib.with at least 40%of the stones heavier than 100 Ib. Use stones with at least 1 broad flat surface. 2.3.3. Common. Use stones between 50 and 250 Ib. Use stones that are at least 3 in. in their least dimension. Use stones that are at least twice as wide as they are thick.When shown on the plans or approved,material may consist of broken concrete removed under the Contract or from other approved sources.Cut exposed reinforcement flush with all surfaces before placement of each piece of broken concrete. 2.3.4. Protection. Use boulders or quarried rock that meets the gradation requirements of Table 1. Both the width and the thickness of each piece of riprap must be at least 1/3 of the length.When shown on the plans or as approved,material may consist of broken concrete removed under the Contract or from other approved sources.Cut exposed reinforcement flush with all surfaces before placement of each piece of broken 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 432 concrete. Determine gradation of the finished, in-place,riprap stone under the direct supervision of the Engineer in accordance with ASTM D5519. Table 1 In-Place Protection Riprap Gradation Requirements Size Maximum Size 90%Size' 50%Sizez 8%Size3 Ib. Ib. Ib. Minimum Ib. 12 in. 200 80-180 30-75 3 15 in. 320 170-300 60-165 20 18 in. 530 290-475 105-220 22 21 in. 800 460-720 175-300 25 24 in. 1,000 550-850 200-325 30 30 in. 2,600 1,150-2,250 400-900 40 1. Defined as that size such that 10%of the total riprap stone,by weight,is larger and 90%is smaller. 2. Defined as that size such that 50%of the total riprap stone,by weight,is larger and 50%is smaller. 3. Defined as that size such that 92%of the total riprap stone,by weight,is larger and 8%is smaller. The Engineer may require in-place verification of the stone size. Determine the in-place size of the riprap stone by taking linear transects along the riprap and measuring the intermediate axis of the stone at select intervals. Place a tape measure along the riprap and determine the intermediate axis size of the stone at 2 ft. intervals. Measure a minimum of 100 stones,either in a single transect or in multiple transects,then follow ASTM D5519 Test Procedure Part B to determine the gradation.Table 2 is a guide for comparing the stone size in inches to the stone weight shown in Table 1. Table 2 Protection Riprap Stone Size' Dmax D90 D50 D8 Size in. in. in. in. 12 in. 13.76 10.14-13.29 7.31-9.92 3.39 15 in. 16.10 13.04-15.75 9.21-12.91 6.39 18 in. 19.04 15.58-18.36 11.10-14.21 6.59 21 in. 21.85 18.17-21.09 13.16-15.75 6.88 24 in. 23.53 19.28-22.29 13.76-16.18 7.31 30 in. 32.36 24.65-30.84 17.34-22.72 8.05 1. Based on a Specific Gravity of 2.5 and using the following equation for the intermediate axis diameter D={(12*W)/(Gs*62.4*0.85)}1/3 where: D=intermediate axis diameter in in.; W=weight of stone in lbs.; Gs=Specific Gravity of stone. Note-If the Specific Gravity of the stone is different than 2.5,then the above equation can be used to determine the appropriate size using the actual Specific Gravity. If required,provide bedding stone that, in-place,meets the gradation requirements shown in Table 3 or as otherwise shown on the plans. Determine the size distribution in Table 3 in accordance with ASTM D6913. Table 3 Protection Riprap Bedding Material Gradation Requirements Sieve Size(Sq.Mesh %by Weight Passing 3" 100 1-1/2" 50-80 3/4" 20-60 #4 0-15 #10 0-5 2.4. Cement-Stabilized Riprap. Provide aggregate that meets Item 247,"Flexible Base,"for the type and grade shown on the plans. Use cement-stabilized riprap with 7%hydraulic cement by dry weight of the aggregate. 2.5. Special Riprap. Furnish materials for special riprap according to the plans. 2 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 432 3. CONSTRUCTION Dress slopes and protected areas to the line and grade shown on the plans before the placement of riprap. Place riprap and toe walls according to details and dimensions shown on the plans or as directed. 3.1. Concrete Riprap. Reinforce concrete riprap with 6 x 6—W2.9 x W2.9 welded wire fabric or with No.3 or No.4 reinforcing bars spaced at a maximum of 18 in. in each direction unless otherwise shown.Alternative styles of welded wire fabric that provide at least 0.058 sq. in.of steel per foot in both directions may be used if approved.A combination of welded wire fabric and reinforcing bars may be provided when both are permitted. Provide a minimum 6-in. lap at all splices. Provide horizontal cover of at least 1 in.and no more than 3 in.at the edge of the riprap. Place the first parallel bar no more than 6 in.from the edge of concrete. Use approved supports to hold the reinforcement approximately equidistant from the top and bottom surface of the slab.Adjust reinforcement during concrete placement to maintain correct position. Sprinkle or sprinkle and consolidate the subgrade before the concrete is placed as directed.All surfaces must be moist when concrete is placed. Compact and shape the concrete once it has been placed to conform to the dimensions shown on the plans. Finish the surface with a wood float after it has set sufficiently to avoid slumping to secure a smooth surface or broom finish as approved. Cure the riprap immediately after the finishing operation according to Item 420,"Concrete Substructures." 3.2. Stone Riprap. Provide the following types of stone riprap when shown on the plans: ■ Dry Riprap.Stone riprap with voids filled with only spalls or small stones. ■ Grouted Riprap.Type R,F,or Common stone riprap with voids grouted after all the stones are in place. ■ Mortared Riprap.Type F stone riprap laid and mortared as each stone is placed. Use spalls and small stones lighter than 25 Ib.to fill open joints and voids in stone riprap,and place to a tight fit. Place mortar or grout only when the air temperature is above 35°F. Protect work from rapid drying for at least 3 days after placement. Place filter fabric with the length running up and down the slope unless otherwise approved. Ensure fabric has a minimum overlap of 2 ft.Secure fabric with nails or pins. Use nails at least 2 in. long with washers or U-shaped pins with legs at least 9 in. long.Space nails or pins at a maximum of 10 ft. in each direction and 5 ft.along the seams.Alternative anchorage and spacing may be used when approved. 3.2.1. Type R.Construct riprap as shown in Figure 1 on the Stone Riprap Standard and as shown on the plans. Place stones in a single layer with close joints so most of their weight is carried by the earth and not the adjacent stones. Place the upright axis of the stones at an angle of approximately 90°to the embankment slope. Place each course from the bottom of the embankment upward with the larger stones in the lower courses. Fill open joints between stones with spalls. Place stones to create a uniform finished top surface. Do not exceed a 6-in.variation between the tops of adjacent stones. Replace,embed deeper,or chip away stones that project more than the allowable amount above the finished surface. Prevent earth,sand,or foreign material from filling the spaces between the stones when the plans require Type R stone riprap to be grouted.Wet the stones thoroughly after they are in place,fill the spaces between the stones with grout,and pack. Sweep the surface of the riprap with a stiff broom after grouting. 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 432 3.2.2. Type F. 3.2.2.1. Dry Placement.Construct riprap as shown in Figure 2 on the Stone Riprap Standard.Set the flat surface on a prepared horizontal earth bed,and overlap the underlying course to secure a lapped surface. Place the large stones first,roughly arranged in close contact. Fill the spaces between the large stones with suitably sized stones placed to leave the surface evenly stepped and conforming to the contour required. Place stone to drain water down the face of the slope. 3.2.2.2. Grouting.Construct riprap as shown in Figure 3 on the Stone Riprap Standard.Size,shape,and lay large flat-surfaced stones to produce an even surface with minimal voids. Place stones with the flat surface facing upward parallel to the slope. Place the largest stones near the base of the slope. Fill spaces between the larger stones with stones of suitable size, leaving the surface smooth,tight,and conforming to the contour required. Place the stones to create a plane surface with a variation no more than 6 in. in 10 ft.from true plane. Provide the same degree of accuracy for warped and curved surfaces. Prevent earth,sand,or foreign material from filling the spaces between the stones.Wet the stones thoroughly after they are in place,fill the spaces between them with grout,and pack.Sweep the surface with a stiff broom after grouting. 3.2.2.3. Mortaring.Construct riprap as shown in Figure 2 on the Stone Riprap Standard. Lap courses as described for dry placement.Wet the stones thoroughly before placing mortar. Bed the larger stones in fresh mortar as they are being place and shove adjacent stones into contact with one another.Spread excess mortar forced out during placement of the stones uniformly over them to fill all voids completely. Point up all joints roughly either with flush joints or shallow,smooth-raked joints as directed. 3.2.3. Common.Construct riprap as shown in Figure 4 on the Stone Riprap Standard. Place stones on a bed excavated for the base course. Bed the base course of stone well into the ground with the edges in contact. Bed and place each succeeding course in even contact with the preceding course. Use spalls and small stones to fill any open joints and voids in the riprap. Ensure the finished surface presents an even,tight surface,true to the line and grades of the typical sections. Prevent earth,sand,or foreign material from filling the spaces between the stones when the plans require grouting common stone riprap.Wet the stones thoroughly after they are in place;fill the spaces between them with grout;and pack.Sweep the surface with a stiff broom after grouting. 3.2.4. Protection.Construct riprap as shown in Figure 5 on the Stone Riprap Standard. Place riprap stone on the slopes within the limits shown on the plans. Place stone for riprap on the filter fabric to produce a reasonably well-graded mass of riprap with the minimum practicable percentage of voids.Construct the riprap to the lines and grades shown on the plans or staked in the field.A tolerance of+6 in.and-0 in.from the slope line and grades shown on the plans is allowed in the finished surface of the riprap. Place riprap to its full thickness in a single operation.Avoid displacing the filter fabric. Ensure the entire mass of stones in their final position is free from objectionable pockets of small stones and clusters of larger stones. Do not place riprap in layers,and do not place it by dumping it into chutes,dumping it from the top of the slope,pushing it from the top of the slope,or any method likely to cause segregation of the various sizes.Obtain the desired distribution of the various sizes of stones throughout the mass by selective loading of material at the quarry or other source or by other methods of placement that will produce the specified results.Rearrange individual stones by mechanical equipment or by hand if necessary to obtain a reasonably well-graded distribution of stone sizes. Use the bedding thickness shown and place stone for riprap on the bedding material to produce a reasonably well-graded mass of riprap with the minimum practicable percentage of voids if required on the plans. 3.3. Pneumatically Placed Concrete Riprap,Class II. Meet Item 431,"Pneumatically Placed Concrete." Provide reinforcement following the details on the plans and Item 440,"Reinforcement for Concrete."Support reinforcement with approved supports throughout placement of concrete. Give the surface a wood-float finish or a gun finish as directed.Cure the riprap with membrane-curing compound immediately after the finishing operation in accordance with Item 420,"Concrete Substructures." 4 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 432 3.4. Cement-Stabilized Riprap. Follow the requirements of the plans and the provisions for concrete riprap except when reinforcement is not required.The Engineer will approve the design and mixing of the cement- stabilized riprap. 3.5. Special Riprap.Construct special riprap according to the plans. 4. MEASUREMENT This Item will be measured by the cubic yard of material complete in place.Volume will be computed on the basis of the measured area in place and the thickness and toe wall width shown on the plans. If required on the plans,the pay quantity of the bedding material for stone riprap for protection to be paid for will be measured by the cubic yard as computed from the measured area in place and the bedding thickness shown on the plans. 5. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement"will be paid for at the unit price bid for"Riprap"of the type,thickness,and void-filling technique(Dry,Grout, Mortar)specified,as applicable.This price is full compensation for furnishing,hauling, and placing riprap and for filter fabric,expansion joint material,concrete and reinforcing steel,grout and mortar,scales,test weights,equipment, labor,tools,and incidentals. Payment for excavation of toe wall trenches,for all necessary excavation below natural ground or bottom of excavated channel,and for shaping of slopes for riprap will be included in the unit price bid per cubic yard of riprap. When bedding is required for protection stone riprap,payment will be made at the unit price for"Bedding Material'of the thickness specified.This price is full compensation for furnishing, hauling,placing,and maintaining the bedding material until placement of the riprap cover is completed and accepted;excavation required for placement of bedding material;and equipment,scales,test weights, labor,tools,and incidentals. No payment will be made for excess thickness of bedding nor for material required to replace embankment material lost by rain wash,wind erosion,or otherwise. 5 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 440 Item 440 _ a ,,,�°Texas Reinforcement for Concrete r� � o/7ransportat]on 1. DESCRIPTION Furnish and place reinforcement of the type,size,and details shown on the plans. 2. MATERIALS Use deformed steel bar reinforcement unless otherwise specified or allowed. 2.1. Approved Mills. Before furnishing steel,producing mills of reinforcing steel for the Department must be pre- approved in accordance with DMS-7320,"Qualification Procedure for Reinforcing Steel Producing Mills,"by the Construction Division.The Department's MPL has a list of approved producing mills. Reinforcing steel obtained from unapproved sources will not be accepted. Contact the Construction Division with the name and location of the producing mill for stainless reinforcing steel, low carbon/chromium reinforcing steel,or dual-coated reinforcing steel at least 4 weeks before ordering any material. 2.2. Deformed Steel Bar Reinforcement. Provide deformed reinforcing steel conforming to one of the following: ■ ASTM A615, Grades 60,75,or 80; ■ ASTM A996,Type A,Grade 60; ■ ASTM A996,Type R,Grade 60,permitted in concrete pavement only(Furnish ASTM A996,Type R bars as straight bars only and do not bend them. Bend tests are not required.);or ■ ASTM A706, Grades 60 or 80. Provide the grade of reinforcing steel shown on the plans. Provide Grade 60 if no grade is shown. The nominal size,area,and weight of reinforcing steel bars this Item covers are shown in Table 1. Table 1 Size,Area,and Weight of Reinforcing Steel Bars Bar Size Diameter Area Weight per Foot Number in. in. (sq.in. lbs. 3 0.375 0.11 0.376 4 0.500 0.20 0.668 5 0.625 0.31 1.043 6 0.750 0.44 1.502 7 0.875 0.60 2.044 8 1.000 0.79 2.670 9 1.128 1.00 3.400 10 1.270 1.27 4.303 11 1.410 1.56 5.313 14 1.693 2.25 7.650 18 2.257 4.00 13.60 2.3. Smooth Steel Bar Reinforcement. Provide smooth bars for concrete pavement with a yield strength of at least 60 ksi and meeting ASTM A615. Provide steel conforming to ASTM A615 or meet the physical requirements of ASTM A36 for smooth bars that are larger than No.3. Designate smooth bars by size number up to No.4 and by diameter in inches above No.4. 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 440 2.4. Spiral Reinforcement. Provide bars or wire for spiral reinforcement of the grade and minimum size or gauge shown on the plans. Provide smooth or deformed wire conforming to ASTM A1064. Provide bars conforming to ASTM A615; ASTM A996,Type A;or ASTM A675,Grade 80,meeting dimensional requirements of ASTM A615. 2.5. Weldable Reinforcing Steel. Provide reinforcing steel conforming to ASTM A706 or with a maximum carbon equivalent(C.E.)of 0.55%if welding of reinforcing steel is required or desired. Provide a report showing the percentages of elements necessary to establish C.E.for reinforcing steel that does not meet ASTM A706, in order to be structurally welded.These requirements do not pertain to miscellaneous welds on reinforcing steel as defined in Section 448.4.2.1.1.,"Miscellaneous Welding Applications." Calculate C.E.using the following formula: %Mn %Cu %Ni %CY %Mo %V C.E. _%C+ + + + — —— 6 40 20 10 50 10 Do not weld stainless reinforcing steel without permission from the Engineer. Provide stainless reinforcing steel suitable for welding, if required,and submit welding procedures and electrodes to the Engineer for approval. 2.6. Welded Wire Reinforcement. Provide welded wire reinforcement(WWR)conforming to ASTM A1064. Observe the relations shown in Table 2 among size number,diameter in inches,and area when ordering wire by size numbers, unless otherwise specified. Precede the size number for deformed wire with"D"and for smooth wire with"W." Designate WWR as shown in the following example:6 x 12—W16 x W8(indicating 6-in. longitudinal wire spacing and 12-in.transverse wire spacing with smooth No. 16 wire longitudinally and smooth No.8 wire transversely). 2 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 440 Table 2 Wire Size Number,Diameter,and Area Size Number in. Diameter in. Areas .in. 31 0.628 0.310 30 0.618 0.300 28 0.597 0.280 26 0.575 0.260 24 0.553 0.240 22 0.529 0.220 20 0.505 0.200 18 0.479 0.180 16 0.451 0.160 14 0.422 0.140 12 0.391 0.120 10 0.357 0.100 8 0.319 0.080 7 0.299 0.070 6 0.276 0.060 5.5 0.265 0.055 5 0.252 0.050 4.5 0.239 0.045 4 0.226 0.040 3.5 0.211 0.035 2.9 0.192 0.035 2.5 0.178 0.025 2 0.160 0.020 1.4 0.134 0.014 1.2 0.124 0.012 0.5 1 0.080 1 0.005 Note-Size numbers(in.)are the nominal cross-sectional area of the wire in hundredths of a square inch.Fractional sizes between the sizes listed above are also available and acceptable for use. 2.7. Epoxy Coating. Provide epoxy coated reinforcing steel as shown on the plans. Before furnishing epoxy coated reinforcing steel,an epoxy applicator must be pre-approved in accordance with DMS-7330, "Qualification Procedure for Reinforcing Steel Epoxy Coating Applicators."The Department's MPL has a list of approved applicators. Furnish coated reinforcing steel meeting the requirements in Table 3. Table 3 Epoxy Coating Requirements for Reinforcing Steel Material Specification Bar ASTM A775 or A934 Wire or WWR ASTM A884 Class A or B Mechanical couplers As shown on the plans Hardware As shown on the plans Use epoxy coating material and coating repair material that complies with DMS-8130,"Epoxy Powder Coating for Reinforcing Steel." Patch no more than 1/4-in.total length in any foot at the applicator's plant. Maintain identification of all reinforcing steel throughout the coating and fabrication process and until delivery to the project site. Furnish 1 copy of a written certification verifying the coated reinforcing steel meets the requirements of this Item and 1 copy of the manufacturer's control tests. 2.8. Mechanical Couplers. Use couplers of the type specified in DMS-4510,"Mechanical Couplers for Reinforcing Steel,"Article 4510.5.A,"General Requirements,"when mechanical splices in reinforcing steel bars are shown on the plans. 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 440 Furnish only couplers pre-qualified in accordance with DMS-4510,"Mechanical Couplers for Reinforcing Steel."Ensure sleeve-wedge type couplers are not used on coated reinforcing.Sample and test couplers for use on individual projects in accordance with DMS-4510,"Mechanical Couplers for Reinforcing Steel." Furnish couplers only at locations shown on the plans. Furnish couplers for stainless reinforcing steel with the same alloy designation as the reinforcing steel. 2.9. Fibers.Supply fibers conforming to DMS-4550"Fibers for Concrete"at the minimum dosage listed in the Department's MPL,when allowed by the plans. Use non-metallic fibers when shown on the plans. 2.10. Stainless Reinforcing Steel. Provide deformed steel bars of the types listed in Table 4 and conforming to ASTM A955, Grade 60 or higher when stainless reinforcing steel is required on the plans. Table 4 Acceptable Types of Deformed Stainless Steel Bar UNS Designation S31653 S31803 S24100 S32304 AISI Type 316LN 2205 XM-28 2304 2.11. Low Carbon/Chromium Reinforcing Steel. Provide deformed steel bars conforming to ASTM A1035, Grade 100 when low carbon/chromium reinforcing steel is required on the plans. 2.12. Dual-Coated Reinforcing Steel. Provide deformed bars conforming to ASTM A1055, Grade 60 or higher when dual-coated reinforcing steel is required on the plans. 2.13. Glass Fiber Reinforced Polymer Bars(GFRP). Provide bars conforming to the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Guide Specifications for GFRP-Reinforced Concrete Bridge Decks and Traffic Railings,Section 4, "Material Specifications"when GFRP bars are required on the plans. Provide sample certification demonstrating the GFRP bar supplier has produced bar that meets the Material Specifications 2 mo. before fabrication. Furnish certification upon shipment that the GFRP bar supplied meets the Material Specifications. 3. CONSTRUCTION 3.1. Bending. Fabricate reinforcing steel bars as prescribed in the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice to the shapes and dimensions shown on the plans. Fabricate in the shop if possible. Field-fabricate, if permitted, using a method approved by the Engineer. Replace improperly fabricated,damaged,or broken bars at no additional expense to the Department.Repair damaged or broken bars embedded in a previous concrete placement using a method approved by the Engineer. Unless otherwise shown on the plans,the inside diameter of bar bends, in terms of the nominal bar diameter (d),must be as shown in Table 5. Table 5 Minimum Inside Diameter of Bar Bends Bend Bar Size Number in. Pin Diameter Bends of 90°and greater in stirrups,ties, 3,4,5 4d and other secondary bars that enclose 6,7,8 6d another bar in the bend Bends in main bars and in secondary 3 through 8 6d bars not covered above 9,10,11 8d 14,18 10d Bend-test representative specimens as described for smaller bars in the applicable ASTM specification where bending No. 14 or No. 18 Grade 60 bars is required. Make the required 90°bend around a pin with a diameter of 10 times the nominal diameter of the bar. Bend stainless reinforcing steel in accordance with ASTM A955. 3.2. Tolerances. Fabrication tolerances for bars are shown in Figure 1. 4 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 440 +1" ±2" From end of bar to any bend ±1/2" 7,0 -11/2" " if 6" or less if over 6" 1/2 1/2 N NI0 J r +1 Spiral or Stirrup or Tie Circular Tie Figure 1 Fabrication Tolerances for Bars 3.3. Storage.Store reinforcement above the ground on platforms,skids,or other supports,and protect it from damage and deterioration. Ensure reinforcement is free from dirt,paint,grease,oil,and other foreign materials when it is placed in the work. Use reinforcement free from defects such as cracks and delaminations. Rust,surface seams,surface irregularities,or mill scale will not be cause for rejection if the minimum cross-sectional area of a hand wire-brushed specimen meets the requirements for the size of steel specified. Do not allow stainless reinforcing steel to be in direct contact with uncoated reinforcing steel,nor with galvanized reinforcing steel.This does not apply to stainless steel wires and ties.Store stainless reinforcing steel separately,off the ground on wooden supports. 3.4. Splices. Lap-splice,weld-splice,or mechanically splice bars as shown on the plans.Additional splices not shown on the plans will require approval.Splices not shown on the plans will be permitted in slabs no more than 15 in. in thickness,columns,walls,and parapets. ■ Do not splice bars less than 30 ft. in plan length unless otherwise approved. For bars exceeding 30 ft. in plan length,the distance center-to-center of splices must be at least 30 ft.minus 1 splice length,with no more than 1 individual bar length less than 10 ft. Make lap splices not shown on the plans,but otherwise 5 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 440 permitted, in accordance with Table 6. Maintain the specified concrete cover and spacing at splices,and place the lap-spliced bars in contact,securely tied together. Table 6 Minimum Lap Re uirements for Steel Bar Sizes through No.11 Bar Size Number in. Uncoated Lap Length Coated Lap Length 3 1 ft.4 in. 2 ft.0 in. 4 1 ft.9 in. 2 ft.8 in. 5 2 ft.2 in. 3 ft.3 in. 6 2 ft.7 in. 3 ft.11 in. 7 3 ft.5 in. 5 ft.2 in. 8 4 ft.6 in. 6 ft.9 in. 9 5 ft.8 in. 8 ft.6 in. 10 7 ft.3 in. 10 ft.11 in. 11 8 ft.11 in. 13 ft.5 in. ■ Do not lap No. 14 or No. 18 bars. ■ Lap spiral steel at least 1 turn. ■ Splice WWR using a lap length that includes the overlap of at least 2 cross wires plus 2 in.on each sheet or roll.Splices using bars that develop equivalent strength and are lapped in accordance with Table 6 are permitted. ■ Lap the existing longitudinal bars with the new bars as shown in Table 6 for box culvert extensions with less than 1 ft.of fill. Lap at least 1 ft.0 in.for extensions with more than 1 ft.of fill. ■ Ensure welded splices conform to the requirements of the plans and of Item 448,"Structural Field Welding." Field-prepare ends of reinforcing bars if they will be butt-welded. Delivered bars must be long enough to permit weld preparation. ■ Install mechanical coupling devices in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations at locations shown on the plans. Protect threaded male or female connections,and ensure the threaded connections are clean when making the connection. Do not repair damaged threads. ■ Mechanical coupler alternate equivalent strength arrangements,to be accomplished by substituting larger bar sizes or more bars,will be considered if approved in writing before fabrication of the systems. 3.5. Placing. Place reinforcement as near as possible to the position shown on the plans. Do not vary bars from plan placement by more than 1/12 of the spacing between bars in the plane of the bar parallel to the nearest surface of concrete. Do not vary bars from plan placement by more than 1/4 in in the plane of the bar perpendicular to the nearest surface of concrete. Provide a minimum 1-in.clear cover of concrete to the nearest surface of bar unless otherwise shown on the plans. For bridge slabs,the clear cover tolerance for the top mat of reinforcement is-0,+1/2 in. Locate the reinforcement accurately in the forms,and hold it firmly in place before and during concrete placement by means of bar supports that are adequate in strength and number to prevent displacement and keep the reinforcement at the proper distance from the forms. Provide bar supports in accordance with the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. Use Class 1 supports,approved plastic bar supports,precast mortar,or concrete blocks when supports are in contact with removable or stay-in-place forms. Use Class 3 supports in slab overlays on concrete panels or on existing concrete slabs. Bar supports in contact with soil or subgrade must be approved. Use Class 1A supports with epoxy coated reinforcing steel. Provide epoxy or plastic coated tie wires and clips for use with epoxy coated reinforcing steel. Use mortar or concrete with a minimum compressive strength of 5,000 psi for precast bar supports. Provide a suitable tie wire in each block for anchoring to the bar. Place individual bar supports in rows at 4-ft.maximum spacing in each direction. Place continuous type bar supports at 4-ft.maximum spacing. Use continuous bar supports with permanent metal deck forms. 6 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 440 The exposure of the ends of longitudinals,stirrups,and spacers used to position the reinforcement in concrete pipe and storm drains is not cause for rejection. Tie reinforcement for bridge slabs and top slabs of direct traffic culverts at all intersections,except tie only alternate intersections where spacing is less than 1 ft. in each direction.Tie the bars at enough intersections to provide a rigid cage of reinforcement for reinforcement cages for other structural members. Fasten mats of WWR securely at the ends and edges. Clean mortar,mud,dirt,debris,oil,and other foreign material from the reinforcement before concrete placement. Do not place concrete until authorized. Stop placement until corrective measures are taken if reinforcement is not adequately supported or tied to resist settlement,reinforcement is floating upward,truss bars are overturning,or movement is detected in any direction during concrete placement. 3.6. Handling, Placing,and Repairing Epoxy Coated Reinforcing Steel. 3.6.1. Handling. Provide systems for handling coated reinforcing steel with padded contact areas.Pad bundling bands or use suitable banding to prevent damage to the coating.Lift bundles of coated reinforcement with a strongback,spreader bar,multiple supports,or a platform bridge.Transport the bundled reinforcement carefully,and store it on protective cribbing. Do not drop or drag the coated reinforcement. 3.6.2. Placing. Do not flame-cut coated reinforcement.Saw or shear-cut only when approved.Coat cut ends as specified in Section 440.3.6.3.,"Repairing Coating." Do not weld or mechanically couple coated reinforcing steel except where specifically shown on the plans. Remove the epoxy coating at least 6 in.beyond the weld limits before welding and 2 in.beyond the limits of the coupler before assembly.Clean the steel of oil,grease,moisture,dirt,welding contamination(slag or acid residue),and rust to a near-white finish after welding or coupling.Check the existing epoxy for damage. Remove any damaged or loose epoxy back to sound epoxy coating. Coat the splice area after cleaning with epoxy repair material to a thickness of 7 to 17 mils after curing.Apply a second application of repair material to the bar and coupler interface to ensure complete sealing of the joint. 3.6.3. Repairing Coating. Use material that complies with the requirements of this Item and ASTM D3963 for repairing of the coating. Make repairs in accordance with procedures recommended by the manufacturer of the epoxy coating powder.Apply at least the same coating thickness as required for the original coating for areas to be patched. Repair all visible damage to the coating. Repair sawed and sheared ends,cuts,breaks,and other damage promptly before additional oxidation occurs.Clean areas to be repaired to ensure they are free from surface contaminants. Make repairs in the shop or field as required. 3.7. Handling and Placing Stainless Reinforcing Steel. Handle,cut,and place stainless reinforcing steel bar using tools that are not used on carbon steel. Do not use carbon steel tools,chains,slings,etc.when handling stainless steel. Use only nylon or polypropylene slings. Cut stainless steel reinforcing using shears, saws,abrasive cutoff wheels,or torches. Remove any thermal oxidation using pickling paste. Do not field bend stainless steel reinforcing without approval. Use 16 gauge fully annealed stainless steel tie wire conforming to the material properties listed in Section 440.2.10.,"Stainless Reinforcing Steel."Support all stainless reinforcing steel on solid plastic, stainless steel,or epoxy coated steel chairs. Do not use uncoated carbon steel chairs in contact with stainless reinforcing steel. 7 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 440 3.8. Bending, Handling, Repairing,and Placing GFRP Bars. Fabricate,handle,repair,and place GFRP bars in accordance with the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Guide Specifications for GFRP-Reinforced Concrete Bridge Decks and Traffic Railings,Section 5,Construction Specifications. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The work performed,materials furnished,equipment, labor,tools,and incidentals will not be measured or paid for directly but will be considered subsidiary to pertinent Items. 8 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 476 Item 476 _ a Texas Jacking, Boring, or Tunneling Pipe or Box °r� � o/7ransportat]on 1. DESCRIPTION Furnish and install pipe or box by jacking,boring,or tunneling. 2. MATERIALS Use the following types of pipe or box: ■ corrugated metal pipe meeting Item 460,"Corrugated Metal Pipe,"of the size,type,design,and dimension shown on the plans; ■ reinforced concrete pipe meeting the special requirements for jacking,boring,or tunneling of Item 464, "Reinforced Concrete Pipe,"of the size,strength,and dimension shown on the plans; ■ reinforced concrete box meeting Item 462,"Concrete Box Culverts and Drains,"of the size and type shown on the plans;or ■ other types specified by the plans. 3. CONSTRUCTION Excavate suitable shafts or trenches for conducting the jacking,boring,or tunneling operations and for placing end joints of the pipe or box if the grade at the jacking,boring,or tunneling end is below the ground surface. Maintain a 3:1 slope from edge of pavement on the shaft side of the road unless otherwise shown or directed. Provide a positive barrier when the shaft location is within the clear zone of the roadway. Protect excavations deeper than 5 ft.as specified in Item 402,"Trench Excavation Protection,"or Item 403, "Temporary Special Shoring." Install pipe or box so there is no interference with the operation of street,highway,railroad,or other facility and no embankment or structure is weakened or damaged. Repair any pipe or box damaged in jacking,boring,or tunneling. Remove and replace any pipe or box damaged beyond repair at the Contractor's expense. Backfill shafts or trenches excavated to facilitate jacking,boring,or tunneling immediately after installation of pipe or box. 3.1. Jacking. Provide jacks suitable for forcing the pipe or box through the embankment. Use even pressure to all jacks during operation. Provide a suitable jacking head and suitable bracing between the jacks and the jacking head to apply uniform pressure around the ring of the pipe or circumference of the box. Use joint cushioning of plywood or other approved material. For plywood cushioning material,use 1/2-in.minimum thickness for pipe diameter 30 in.or less,and use 3/4-in.minimum thickness for pipe diameter greater than 30 in. Use 3/4-in.minimum thickness for all boxes. Use cushioning rings of single or multiple pieces. Provide a suitable jacking frame or backstop.Set the pipe or box to be jacked on guides that support the section of the pipe or box,and direct it on the proper line and grade. Place the entire jacking assembly in line with the direction and grade of the pipe or box. In general,excavate the embankment material just ahead of the pipe or box,remove the material through the pipe or box,and force the pipe or box through the embankment with jacks into the space bored or tunneled. Furnish a plan showing the proposed method of jacking for approval. Include the design for the jacking head, jacking support or backstop(thrust block),arrangement and position of jacks,and guides in the plan. 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 476 Ensure excavation for the underside of the pipe for at least 1/3 of the circumference of the pipe conforms to the contour and grade of the pipe. Ensure the excavation for the bottom slab of the box conforms to the grade of the box.Over-excavate, if desired,to provide no more than 2 in.of clearance for the upper portion and sides of the pipe or box.Taper this clearance to zero at the point where the excavation conforms to the contour of the pipe or box.Carry out jacking without interruption to prevent the pipe from becoming firmly set in the embankment. Monitor volume of soil excavated to avoid any appreciable over excavation. Pressure- grout any over excavation of more than 1 in. Pressure-grout between the carrier pipe and casing when shown on the plans. The distance the excavation extends beyond the end of the pipe or box must not exceed 2 ft. Decrease this distance as necessary to maintain stability of the material being excavated. Jack the pipe or box from the low or downstream end.The final position of the pipe or box must not vary from the line and grade shown on the plans by more than 1 in. in 10 ft.Variation must be regular and in one direction,and the final flow line must be in the direction shown on the plans. Use a shield or cutting edge of steel plate around the head end of the pipe or box extending a short distance beyond the end if desired.The minimum distance for parallel pipe or box jacking or tunneling is 3 ft.or 2 times the diameter of the pipe or width of box,whichever is greater,unless otherwise shown on the plans. 3.2. Boring or Tunneling. Bore from a shaft in an approved location provided for the boring equipment and workmen. Dispose of excavated material using an approved method. Use water or other appropriate drilling fluids in connection with the boring operation only as necessary to lubricate cuttings and pipe or box;do not use jetting. Use a gel-forming colloidal drilling fluid consisting of high-grade,carefully processed bentonite to consolidate cuttings of the bit in unconsolidated soil formations.Seal the walls of the bore hole and furnish lubrication for subsequent removal of cuttings and immediate installation of the pipe. Allowable variations from line and grade are specified in Section 476.3.1.,"Jacking." Pressure-grout any over excavation of more than 1 in. 3.2.1. Larger Diameter Boring Methods. Use the pilot hole or auger method for drainage and large utility borings. Pressure-grout any over excavation of more than 1 in. Pressure-grout between the carrier pipe and casing when shown on the plans. 3.2.1.1. Pilot Hole Method. Bore a 2-in.pilot hole the entire length of the crossing,and check it for line and grade during the boring or tunneling operation on the opposite end of the bore from the work shaft.This pilot hole will serve as centerline for the larger diameter hole to be bored. 3.2.1.2. Auger Method. Use a steel encasement pipe of the appropriate diameter equipped with a cutter head to mechanically perform the excavation. Use augers of large enough diameter to convey the excavated material to the work shaft. 3.2.2. Electrical and Communication Conduit Boring. Limit over excavation to the dimensions shown in Table 1 for electrical and communication conduit borings. Increased boring diameters will be allowed for outer diameters of casing and couplings. Pressure-grouting will not be required for electrical and communication conduit borings. 2 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 476 Table 1 Allowable Bore Diameterfor Electrical or Communication Conduit or Casing Single Conduit Bores Multiple Conduit Bores Conduit Size Maximum Allowable Conduit Size Maximum Allowable in. Bore in. (in.)' Bore in. 2 4 4 6 3 6 5 8 4 6 6 10 6 10 7 12 8 12 1. The diameter of multiple conduits is the sum of the outside diameter of the 2 largest conduits for placement of up to 4 conduits in one bore.Submit boring diameters for the Engineer's approval when more than 4 conduits are to be placed in a bore. 3.3. Tunneling. Use an approved tunneling method where the characteristics of the soil,the size of the proposed pipe,or the use of monolithic pipe would make the use of tunneling more satisfactory than jacking or boring, or when shown on the plans. Ensure the lining of the tunnel is strong enough to support the overburden when tunneling is permitted. Submit the proposed liner method for approval.Approval does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the adequacy of the liner method. Pressure-grout the space between the liner plate and the limits of excavation. Pressure-grout between the carrier pipe and liner plate when shown on the plans. 3.4. Joints. Make joints by field bolting or connecting bands,whichever is feasible if corrugated metal pipe is used. Make the joints in accordance with Item 464,"Reinforced Concrete Pipe,"if reinforced concrete pipe is used. Make the joints in accordance with Item 462,"Concrete Box Culverts and Drains,"if reinforced concrete box is used. 4. MEASUREMENT This Item will be measured by the foot between the ends of the pipe or box along the flow line. This is a plans quantity measurement Item.The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown in the proposal, unless modified by Article 9.2.,"Plans Quantity Measurement."Additional measurements or calculations will be made if adjustments of quantities are required. 5. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement'will be paid for at the unit price bid for"Jacking, Boring,or Tunneling Pipe"of the type,size, and class specified;or"Jacking, Boring,or Tunneling Pipe"of the type,size,and design specified;or "Jacking or Tunneling Box Culvert"of the size specified. This price is full compensation for excavation,grouting,backfilling,and disposal of surplus material; furnishing pipe,box,and pipe liner materials required for tunnel operations;preparation,hauling,and installing of pipe,box,and pipe liner materials;and materials,tools,equipment, labor,and incidentals. Protection methods for open excavations deeper than 5 ft.will be measured and paid for as required under Item 402,"Trench Excavation Protection,"or Item 403,"Temporary Special Shoring." 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 618 Item 618 _ a Conduit TnDeparimenf o/7raspsportation 1. DESCRIPTION Furnish and install conduit. 2. MATERIALS Provide new materials that comply with the details shown on the plans,the requirements of this Item,and the pertinent requirements of the following Items: ■ Item 400,"Excavation and Backfill for Structures" ■ Item 476,"Jacking, Boring,or Tunneling Pipe or Box" When specified on the plans,provide: ■ rigid metal conduit(RMC); ■ intermediate metal conduit(IMC); ■ electrical metallic tubing (EMT); ■ polyvinyl chloride(PVC)conduit; ■ high density polyethylene(HDPE)conduit; ■ liquidtight flexible metal conduit(LFMC);or ■ liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit(LFNC). Furnish conduit from new materials in accordance with DMS-11030,"Conduit." Provide prequalified conduit from the Department's MPL.When required by the Engineer,notify the Department in writing of selected materials from the MPL intended for use on each project. Provide other types of conduit not on the MPL that comply with the details shown on the plans and the NEC. Fabricate fittings such as junction boxes and expansion joints from a material similar to the connecting conduit,unless otherwise shown on the plans. Use watertight fittings.Do not use set screw and pressure-cast fittings.Steel compression fittings are permissible.When using HDPE conduit,provide fittings that are UL-listed as electrical conduit connectors or thermally fused using an electrically heated wound wire resistance welding method. Use red 3-in.4-mil polyethylene underground warning tape that continuously states"Caution Buried Electrical Line Below." 3. CONSTRUCTION Perform work in accordance with the details shown on the plans and the requirements of this Item. Use established industry and utility safety practices when installing conduit located near underground utilities.Consult with the appropriate utility company before beginning work. Install conduit a minimum of 18 in.deep below finished grade unless otherwise shown on the plans. Meet the requirements of the NEC when installing conduit.Secure and support conduit placed for concrete encasement in such a manner that the alignment will not be disturbed during placement of the concrete.Cap ends of conduit and close box openings before concrete is placed. 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 618 Ream conduit to remove burrs and sharp edges. Use a standard conduit cutting die with a 3/4-in.taper per foot when conduit is threaded in the field. Fasten conduit placed on structures with conduit straps or hangers as shown on the plans or as directed. Fasten conduit within 3 ft.of each box or fitting and at other locations shown on the plans or as directed. Use metal conduit clamps that are galvanized malleable or stainless steel unless otherwise shown on the plans. Use 2-hole type clamps for 2-in.diameter or larger conduit. Fit PVC and HDPE conduit terminations with bushings or bell ends. Fit metal conduit terminations with a grounding type bushing,except conduit used for duct cable casing that does not terminate in a ground box and is not exposed at any point. Conduit terminating in threaded bossed fittings does not need a bushing. Before installation of conductors or final acceptance,pull a properly sized mandrel or piston through the conduit to ensure that it is free from obstruction.Cap or plug empty conduit placed for future use. Perform trench excavation and backfilling as shown on the plans or as directed,and in accordance with Item 400,"Excavation and Backfill for Structures." Excavation and backfilling will be subsidiary to the installation of the conduit. Jack and bore as shown on the plans or as directed,and in accordance with Item 476,"Jacking, Boring,or Tunneling Pipe or Box." Place warning tape approximately 10 in.above trenched conduit.Where existing surfacing is removed for placing conduit,repair by backfilling with material equal in composition and density to the surrounding areas and by replacing any removed surfacing,such as asphalt pavement or concrete riprap,with like material to equivalent condition. Mark conduit locations as directed. 4. MEASUREMENT This Item will be measured by the foot of conduit. This is a plans quantity measurement Item.The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown in the proposal, unless modified by Article 9.2.,"Plans Quantity Measurement."Additional measurements or calculations will be made if adjustments of quantities are required. 5. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement"will be paid for at the unit price bid for"Conduit'of the type and size specified and the installation method specified as applicable.This price is full compensation for furnishing and installing conduit;hanging,strapping,jacking,boring,tunneling,trenching,and furnishing and placing backfill; encasing in steel or concrete;replacing pavement structure,sod,riprap,curbs,or other surface;marking location of conduit(when required);furnishing and installing fittings,junction boxes,and expansion joints; and materials,equipment, labor,tools,and incidentals. Flexible conduit will not be paid for directly but will be subsidiary to pertinent Items. Unless otherwise shown on the plans,no payment will be allowed under this Item for conduit used on electrical services or in foundations. 2 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 624 Item 624 reams Ground Boxes 0',ranstment ransportation 1. DESCRIPTION ■ Installation.Construct,furnish,and install ground boxes complete with lids. ■ Removal. Remove existing ground boxes. 2. MATERIALS Provide new materials that comply with the details shown on the plans,the requirements of this Item,and the pertinent requirements of the following items: ■ Item 420,"Concrete Substructures" ■ Item 421,"Hydraulic Cement Concrete" ■ Item 432,"Riprap" ■ Item 440,"Reinforcement for Concrete" ■ Item 618,"Conduit" ■ Item 620,"Electrical Conductors" Provide fabricated precast polymer concrete ground boxes in accordance with DMS-11070, "Ground Boxes." Provide prequalified ground boxes from the Department's MPL.When required by the Engineer,notify the Department in writing of selected materials from the MPL intended for use on each project. Provide other precast or cast-in-place ground boxes that comply with the details shown on the plans. 3. CONSTRUCTION Perform work in accordance with the details shown on the plans and the requirements of this Item. Use established industry and utility safety practices when installing or removing ground boxes located near underground utilities.Consult with the appropriate utility company before beginning work. 3.1. Installation. Fabricate and install ground boxes in accordance with the details,dimensions,and requirements shown on the plans. Install ground box to approved line and grade. Construct precast and cast-in-place concrete ground boxes in accordance with Item 420,"Concrete Substructures,"and Item 440, "Reinforcement for Concrete." Construct concrete aprons as shown on the plans and in accordance with Item 432,"Riprap,"and Item 440, "Reinforcement for Concrete." 3.2. Removal. Remove existing ground boxes and concrete aprons to at least 6 in.below the conduit level. Uncover conduit to a sufficient distance so that 90 degree bends can be removed and conduit reconnected. Clean the conduit in accordance with Item 618,"Conduit."Replace conduit within 5 ft.of the ground box. Remove old conductors and install new conductors as shown on the plans. Backfill area with material equal in composition and density to the surrounding area. Replace surfacing material with similar material to an equivalent condition. 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A 624 4. MEASUREMENT This Item will be measured by each ground box installed complete in place or each ground box removed. 5. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement"will be paid for at the unit price bid for"Ground Box"of the types and sizes specified and for "Remove Ground Box." 5.1. Installation.This price is full compensation for excavating and backfilling;constructing,furnishing,and installing ground boxes and concrete aprons;and material,equipment, labor,tools,and incidentals.All wiring connections required inside the ground box will be considered subsidiary to this bid item.Conduit will be paid for under Item 618,"Conduit." Electrical conductors will be paid for under Item 620,"Electrical Conductors." 5.2. Removal.This price is full compensation for removing and disassembling ground boxes and concrete aprons;excavating,backfilling,and surface placement;removing old conductors;disposal of unsalvageable materials;and materials,equipment, labor,tools,and incidentals. Cleaning of conduit is subsidiary to this Item.Conduit replaced within 5 ft.of the ground box will be subsidiary to this Item.Additional conduit will be paid for under Item 618,"Conduit." Installation of conductors will be paid for under Item 620,"Electrical Conductors." 2 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A APPENDIX ALL TESTING REPORTS AS APPLICABLE Wildcat Drive—FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A APPENDIX A GEOTECHNICAL REPORT Wildcat Drive—FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A tame GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT Wildcat Drive Reconstruction Project FM 624 to Teague Lane Corpus Christi, Texas (City Project No. 21048; MSA #3178, Task Order#6) PSI Project No. 03122339 PREPARED FOR: City of Corpus Christi, Department of Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 June 30, 2021 BY: PROFESSIONAL SERVICE INDUSTRIES, INC. 810 S. Padre Island Dr. Corpus Christi, TX 78416 Office -210.854.4801 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A U1tertek Professional Service Industries,Inc. 810 S.Padre Island Dr. Corpus Christi,TX 78416 Office-210.854.4801 July 17, 2021 City of Corpus Christi, Department of Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Attn: Ms. Mai-Theresa Bernal, P.E. Major Projects Engineer RE: GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT PROPOSED WILDCAT DRIVE RECONSTRUCTION FM 624 TO TEAGUE LANE CORPUS CHRISTI,TEXAS PSI PROJECT No.: 03122339 Dear Ms. Bernal: Professional Service Industries, Inc. (PSI), an Intertek company, is pleased to submit this Geotechnical Engineering Report for the referenced project. This report includes the results from the field and laboratory investigation along with recommendations for use in preparation of the appropriate design and construction documents for this project. PSI appreciates the opportunity to provide this Geotechnical Engineering Report and looks forward to continuing participation during the design and construction phases of this project. If there are questions pertaining to this report, or if PSI may be of further service, please contact us at your convenience. PSI also has great interest in providing materials testing and inspection services during the construction of this project. Respectfully submitted, PROFESSIONAL SERVICE INDUSTRIES, INC. Texas Board of Professional Engineers Certificate of Registration#F003307 OF � 1 DEXTER BACON Philip L. Johnson P.E. , .. ••. ••• Dexter Bacon, P.E. Geotechnical Department Manager �� 46 ow Chief Engineer Principal Consultant , 7/17/2021 Intertek—Professional Service Industries,Inc.•810 S.Padre Island Drive•Corpus Christi,Texas 78416•Phone 361.854.4801 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A U1tertek Professional Service Industries,Inc. 810 S.Padre Island Dr. Corpus Christi,TX 78416 Office-210.854.4801 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. 1.0 PROJECT INFORMATION....................................................................................................................1 1.1 PROJECT AUTHORIZATION....................................................................................................................1 1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1 1.3 PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF SERVICES.....................................................................................................1 2.0 SITE AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS ............................................................................................3 2.1 SITE DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................3 2.2 FIELD EXPLORATION.............................................................................................................................3 2.3 LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM........................................................................................................4 2.4 SITE GEOLOGY.....................................................................................................................................4 2.5 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS...................................................................................................................5 3.0 GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS.........................................................7 3.1 POTENTIAL VERTICAL MOVEMENT OF EXPANSIVE SOILS.......................................................................7 3.2 SULFATES EVALUATION—CONCRETE EXPOSURE.................................................................................7 3.3 SULFATES EVALUATION—SUBGRADE STABILIZATION...........................................................................8 3.4 UTILITY DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS....................................................................................................8 3.5 DISCUSSION OF BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIALS............................................................................9 3.6 EXCAVATION AND SHORING CONSIDERATIONS......................................................................................9 4.0 PAVEMENT DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS...................................................................................11 4.1 PAVEMENT DESIGN PARAMETERS.......................................................................................................11 4.2 PAVEMENT SECTION RECOMMENDATIONS...........................................................................................12 5.0 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS..............................................................................................15 5.1 INITIAL SITE PREPARATION CONSIDERATIONS.....................................................................................15 5.2 MOISTURE SENSITIVE SOILSIWEATHER RELATED CONCERNS.............................................................15 5.3 EXCAVATION OBSERVATIONS.............................................................................................................15 5.4 DRAINAGE CONSIDERATIONS..............................................................................................................16 5.5 EXCAVATIONS AND TRENCHES............................................................................................................16 6.0 REPORT LIMITATIONS.......................................................................................................................17 APPENDIX.........................................................................................................................................................18 APPENDIX Site Vicinity Map Boring Location Plan Boring Logs Key to Terms and Symbols Used on Logs Traffic Analysis Calculations Traffic Counts for Wildcat Drive Intertek—Professional Service Industries,Inc.•810 S.Padre Island Drive•Corpus Christi,Texas 78416•Phone 361.854.4801 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Proposed Wildcat Drive Reconstruction PSI Project No:03122339 FM 624 to Teague Lane, Corpus Christi, Texas June 26, 2019 INDEX OF TABLES Page No. Table 1.1: General Project Description............................................................................................................1 Table2.1: Site Description ................................................................................................................................3 Table 2.2: Field Exploration Summary.............................................................................................................3 TABLE 2.3: BORING RELATIVE LOCATIONS.............................................................................................................3 Table 2.4: Field Exploration Description .........................................................................................................4 Table 2.5: Existing Pavement Sections...........................................................................................................5 Table 2.6: Generalized Soil Profile...................................................................................................................5 Table 2.7: Groundwater Levels (Depths).........................................................................................................6 Table 3.1: Potential Vertical Movement Estimation and Considerations....................................................7 Table 3.2: Requirements for Concrete Exposed to Sulfate...........................................................................7 Table 3.3: Sulfate Test Results.........................................................................................................................8 Table 3.4: Excavation and Shoring Data.......................................................................................................10 Table 4.1: Pavement Design Parameters and Assumptions(Rigid and Flexible)....................................11 Table 4.2: Flexible Pavement Options for Wildcat Dr.—FM 624 to Teague Lane.....................................12 Table 4.4: Rigid Pavement Section Options..................................................................................................13 Table 4.6: Pavement Design and Construction Requirements...................................................................13 Table 4.7: Compaction and Testing Requirements for Pavement Areas..................................................14 Table 5.1: Subgrade Preparation for Non-Structural -General Fill............................................................15 Table 5.2: Fill Compaction Requirements Outside of Pavement Areas....................................................15 PAGE 2 V 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Proposed Wildcat Drive Reconstruction PSI Project No:03122339 FM 624 to Teague Lane, Corpus Christi, Texas June 26, 2019 1.0 PROJECT INFORMATION 1.1 PROJECT AUTHORIZATION Professional Service Industries, Inc., (PSI) has completed a field exploration and geotechnical evaluation for the proposed Wildcat Drive Reconstruction (FM 624 to Teague Lane) to be reconstructed in Corpus Christi, Texas. J.H. Edmonds, P.E., representing the City of Corpus Christi, authorized PSI's services on April 13, 2021, by Task Order #6 (Contract No. 3178). PSI's proposal dated April 6, 2021, contained a proposed scope of work and fee. 1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION Based on information provided to PSI by the City of Corpus Christi a summary of the proposed project and geotechnical recommendations are presented in the following table. TABLE 1.1:GENERAL PROJECT DESCRIPTION Pavement Type Asphalt(HMAC) Estimated Existing Grade Change Along Street Relativily Flat Project Location Wildcat Drive (FM 624 to Teague Lane) 1.3 PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF SERVICES The purpose of this study is to evaluate the subsurface conditions at the site and develop geotechnical engineering recommendations and guidelines for use in preparing the design and other related construction documents for the proposed project. The scope of services included drilling borings, performing laboratory testing, and preparing this geotechnical engineering report. This report briefly outlines the available project information, describes the site and subsurface conditions, and presents the recommendations regarding the following: Project information was provided by Ms. Mai-Theresa Bernal, PE with the City of Corpus Christi. The geotechnical exploration was performed for street design per City of Corpus Christi requirements. Based on the information provided,the proposed project will include the reconstruction of the existing 2-lane roadway. No new traffic signals or illumination will be included as part of this project. The geotechnical Scope of Work includes evaluating the subsurface soils within the limits of the proposed roadway reconstruction project by obtaining information on the in-situ soils and groundwater conditions and to provide both flexible and rigid pavement sections suitable for 30-year pavement designs. We provided recommendations for the use of either reinforced concrete or HMAC pavement and the suitability for each option. We are providing soil parameters, trench excavation design parameters, OSHA soil type classification and recommendations needed by the contractor/engineer to design braced excavations for installation of underground utilities. The scope of services for this geotechnical exploration did not include an environmental, mold nor detailed seismic/fault assessment for determining the presence or absence of wetlands, or hazardous or toxic materials in the soil, bedrock, surface water, groundwater, or air on or below, or PAGE V 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Proposed Wildcat Drive Reconstruction PSI Project No:03122339 FM 624 to Teague Lane, Corpus Christi, Texas June 26, 2019 around this site. Statements in this report or on the boring logs regarding odors, colors, and unusual or suspicious items or conditions are strictly for informational purposes. The geotechnical recommendations presented in this report are based on the available project information, structure locations, and the subsurface materials encountered during the field investigation. If the noted information or assumptions are incorrect, please inform PSI so that the recommendations presented in this report can be amended, as necessary. PSI will not be responsible for the implementation of provided recommendations if not notified of changes in the project. PAGE 2 V 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Proposed Wildcat Drive Reconstruction PSI Project No:03122339 FM 624 to Teague Lane, Corpus Christi, Texas June 26, 2019 2.0 SITE AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 2.1 SITE DESCRIPTION The following table provides a generalized description of the existing site conditions based on visual observations during the field activities, as well as other available information. TABLE 2.1:SITE DESCRIPTION Site Location Description Wildcat Dr. Start: FM 624 Wildcat Dr. End: Teague Lane Existing Roadway Description Distressed 2-Lane asphalt pavement adjacent to Calallen High School Existing Elevation Changes 1.5 feet Estimate (No Topographic information) 2.2 FIELD EXPLORATION Field exploration for the project consisted of drilling a total of 4 borings. The boring design element, boring labels, and approximate depths are provided in the following table. TABLE 2.2: FIELD EXPLORATION SUMMARY Design Element Number of Boring Depth(s) Drilling Footage Borings feet feet Pavement Design 3 6 18 Utilities 1 25 25 TOTAL 4 --- 43 The boring locations were selected by PSI personnel and located in the field using natural landmarks and GPS coordinates. Elevations of the ground surface at the boring locations were not provided and should be surveyed by others prior to construction. The references to elevations of various subsurface strata are based on depths below existing grade at the time of drilling. The approximate boring locations are depicted on the Boring Location Plan provided in the Appendix. The boring locations relative to the street are shown Table 2.3. TABLE 2.3: BORING RELATIVE LOCATIONS Boring No. Location B-1 NBL B-2 SBL B-3 NBL B-4 SBL PAGE 3 V 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Proposed Wildcat Drive Reconstruction PSI Project No:03122339 FM 624 to Teague Lane, Corpus Christi, Texas June 26, 2019 TABLE 2.4: FIELD EXPLORATION DESCRIPTION Drilling Equipment Truck mounted drilling equipment Drilling Method Continuous Flight Auger Drilling Procedure Applicable ASTM and PSI Safety Manual Sampling Procedure ASTM D1587/1586 Field Testing Procedures Hand Penetrometers, Split Spoon Testing (ASTM D1586) Frequency of Groundwater Level Measurements During Drilling, End of Drilling Boring Backfill Procedures Soil Cuttings, Bentonite Pellets,Asphalt Patch Sample Preservation and Transportation Procedure General accordance with ASTM D4220 During field activities, the encountered subsurface conditions were observed, logged, and visually classified (in general accordance with ASTM D2487). Field notes were maintained to summarize soil types and descriptions, water levels, changes in subsurface conditions, and drilling conditions. 2.3 LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM PSI supplemented the field exploration with a laboratory testing program to determine additional engineering characteristics of the subsurface soils encountered. The laboratory testing program included: • Visual Classification (ASTM D2488), • Moisture Content Tests (ASTM D2216), • Atterberg Limits (ASTM D4318), • Material Finer than No. 200 (ASTM D1140), and • Unconfined Compression Strength Test (ASTM D2166). The laboratory testing program was conducted in general accordance with applicable ASTM Test Methods. The results of the laboratory tests are provided on the Boring Logs in the Appendix. Portions of samples not altered or consumed by laboratory testing will be discarded 60 days from the date shown on this report. 2.4 SITE GEOLOGY As shown on the Geologic Atlas of Texas, Corpus Christi Sheet, reprinted in 1975, the site is located in an area where the Beaumont Formation (Qb) is present at or near the ground surface. The Beaumont Formation consists mostly of clay and sand intermixed with gravel. PAGE 4 V 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Proposed Wildcat Drive Reconstruction PSI Project No:03122339 FM 624 to Teague Lane, Corpus Christi, Texas June 26, 2019 2.5 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS The existing pavement sections along with the PI of the base and subgrade are outlined in Table 2.4 below: TABLE 2.5: EXISTING PAVEMENT SECTIONS Existing Total Existing Boring Existing HMAC Base Base PI Subgrade Pavement No. Thickness (in.) Thickness PI Section (in.) Thickness (in.) B-1 2.5 3.0 16 32 4.5 B-2 2.5 3.0 43 4.5 B-3 2.5 3.0 34 4.5 B-4 2.5 3.0 45 4.5 Average: 2.5 3.0 16 39 4.5 In general, below the existing pavement section, the subsurface conditions at this site consist of a highly plastic clay. However, the upper 4 feet at boring B-1 and the upper 2 feet at boring B-2 consisted of a lean clay or sandy clay. The results of the field and laboratory investigation have been used to generalize a subsurface profile at the project site. The following subsurface descriptions provide a highlighted generalization of the major subsurface stratification features and material characteristics. TABLE 2.6:GENERALIZED SOIL PROFILE Stratum Top Bot. Soil Type LL(%) PI Passing N PP #200 (Ave.) (Ave.) Sieve 1 0 2.5" HMAC Surface -- -- 2 2.5" 5.5" Base Material 37 17 17 -- -- 3 5.5" 25' Fat Clay 61 44 83 -- 3.0 Where: LL Liquid limit N) PI Plasticity Index ArStandard Penetration Test blow count(blows/foot) PP Pocket Penetrometer or Unconfined Compressive Strength(tsfi The boring logs included in the Appendix should be reviewed for specific information at individual boring locations. The boring logs include soil descriptions, stratifications, locations of the samples, and field and laboratory test data. The descriptions provided in the logs only represent the conditions at that actual boring location; the stratifications represent the approximate boundaries between subsurface materials. The actual transitions between strata may be more gradual and less distinct. Variations will occur and should be expected across the site. 2.5.1 GROUNDWATER INFORMATION Water level measurements were performed during drilling and after completion of drilling. Specific information concerning groundwater is noted on each boring log presented in the Appendix of this report. The groundwater measurements are summarized in the following table. PAGE 5 V 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Proposed Wildcat Drive Reconstruction PSI Project No:03122339 FM 624 to Teague Lane, Corpus Christi, Texas June 26, 2019 TABLE 2.7:GROUNDWATER LEVELS(DEPTHS) Boring Boring Depth During Drilling After Drilling Designation feet feet feet B-1 25.0 Dry Dry B-2 6.0 Dry Dry B-3 6.0 Dry Dry B-4 6.0 Dry Dry Based on the groundwater measurements, a groundwater depth was not determined at the time of field activities. Groundwater levels fluctuate seasonally as a function of rainfall, proximity to creeks, rivers and lakes, the infiltration rate of the soil, seasonal and climatic variations and land usage. In relatively pervious soils, such as sandy soils, the indicated depths are a relatively reliable indicator of groundwater levels. In relatively impervious soils, water levels observed in the borings may not provide a reliable indication of groundwater elevations, even after several days. If a detailed water level evaluation is required, observation wells or piezometers can be installed at the site to monitor water levels. The groundwater levels presented in this report were measured at the time of PSI field activities. The contractor should determine the actual groundwater levels at the site before construction activities. PAGE 6 V 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Proposed Wildcat Drive Reconstruction PSI Project No:03122339 FM 624 to Teague Lane, Corpus Christi, Texas June 26, 2019 3.0 GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS 3.1 POTENTIAL VERTICAL MOVEMENT OF EXPANSIVE SOILS The soils encountered at the soil boring locations exhibit a high potential for volumetric changes due to fluctuations in soil moisture content. PSI has conducted laboratory testing on the soils to estimate the expansive soil potential with soil moisture variations. These soil moisture variations are based on historical climate change data for a particular site. Two soil modeling systems, the Post Tensioning Institute's (PTI) "Design of Post- Tensioned Slabs-on-Ground, 3rd Edition"and Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT) method TEX-124-E, were used to approximate the Potential Vertical Movement (PVM) for this location. TABLE 3.1: POTENTIAL VERTICAL MOVEMENT ESTIMATION AND CONSIDERATIONS Estimated PVM 3'/4 inches 3.2 STREET DISTRESS OBSERVATIONS Visual observation of the streets indicates significant pavement and subgrade failure in the northbound lane and much less pavement distress in the southbound lane. It was observed in the traffic data information, that more traffic on this road goes northbound than southbound. We also observed that the current traffic loading requires a significantly thicker section than the 2.5"of HMAC and 3 inches of base material to accommodate this traffic loading. The bus traffic for the adjacent Calallen High School is the major contributor for the required pavement design section. In addition to a properly designed section, providing excellent drainage in this area would also extend the future pavement life. 3.3 SULFATES EVALUATION—CONCRETE EXPOSURE The concentration of water-soluble sulfates is considered to be a good indicator of the potential for chemical attack on concrete. Based on ACI Manual of Concrete Practice (ACI 201.2R-10) or (ACI 318/318R-33), the amount of water-soluble sulfate in soil can be used to evaluate the need for protection of concrete based on the following table. TABLE 3.2: REQUIREMENTS FOR CONCRETE EXPOSED TO SULFATE Water Soluble Sulfate in soil Sulfate Exposure (percent by weight) 0.00 to 0.10 Negligible or Class 0 Exposure 0.10 to 0.20 Moderate or Class 1 Exposure 0.20 to 2.00 Severe or Class 2 Exposure Over 2.0 Very Severe or Class 3 Exposure PAGE V 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Proposed Wildcat Drive Reconstruction PSI Project No:03122339 FM 624 to Teague Lane, Corpus Christi, Texas June 26, 2019 The results of the laboratory sulfate ion concentration tests performed on soil samples obtained at the site are as follows. TABLE 3.3:SULFATE TEST RESULTS Boring Locations Depth (ft) Sulfate Content mg/kg Percent by Wt. B-2 0-2 90 .009 B-4 0-2 92 .009 Based on the test results of selected soil samples, the sulfate ion concentration is generally Class 0 and the potential for reactions within concrete exposed to sulfates is Negligible. The actual cement type to be used shall be determined by the project Civil or Structural Engineer. 3.4 SULFATES EVALUATION—SUBGRADE STABILIZATION Existing subgrade soils and imported embankment fills should be regularly screened for sulfates during construction. When soluble sulfates are detected above 500 ppm TxDOT Guidelines for Treatment of Sulfate Rich Soils shall be followed. TxDOT has identified mitigation procedures of sulfate bearing soils into three categories, Traditional Treatment, Modified Treatment and an Alternative Treatment. The Contractor should follow the mitigation procedures outlined above when high sulfate concentrations (above 3000 ppm) are encountered along the alignment. The amount of mellowing time and moisture content required should be determined during the mix design process using Tex- 145-E, Part II as outlined in TxDOT Guidelines. Furthermore, the sulfate content and the treatment should be verified in the field in accordance with project Quality Assurance Procedures and TxDOT specifications. In general, it does not appear that excessive sulfates exist in this area. 3.5 LIME SERIES TESTING Lime series testing in accordance with TxDOT TEX-121-E was performed in additional to conventional Atterberg limits and sieve testing to estimate the appropriate lime percentage for subgrade stabilization for the project streets as outlined in Table 3.4 below. TABLE 3.4: LIME SERIES TEST RESULTS TEx-121-E Boring Depth (ft) Street % Lime Locations Recommended B-2 2-4 Wildcat Drive 6.0 B-4 2-4 Wildcat Drive 6.0 3.6 UTILITY DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS New utility lines may be installed below the pavement. The pipe designer should account for sustained loads due to the soil overburden pressures and potential surcharge loads that may be applied to the pipe. The load due to the soil overburden pressures can be estimated using the total and effective unit weights of the soil and depths of each layer of soil. A total unit weight of 110 pcf or buoyant weight of 64 pcf may be assumed for on-site clayey material. In addition, hydrostatic pressures and/or surcharge loads, if present, should also be accounted for in the design. Unbalanced thrust forces could also be developed in the pipeline due to changes in direction, cross- sectional areas, or if the pipe is terminated. These forces may cause joints to disengage if not PAGE 8 V 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Proposed Wildcat Drive Reconstruction PSI Project No:03122339 FM 624 to Teague Lane, Corpus Christi, Texas June 26, 2019 adequately restrained. To resist movement and overstressing the pipe, suitable buttressing should be provided. In general, thrust blocks and/or concrete encasement are common methods of providing reaction for the thrust restraint design. For design of thrust blocks and similar other thrust restraints may be designed in consideration of an allowable passive resistance of 1,500 psf. Unbalanced forces produced by grade and alignment changes can be resisted by friction on the pipe. The frictional resisting force can be computed by multiplying the pressure produced by the combined weight of the pipe, contained water, and soil overburden by a coefficient of friction between the pipe and underlying bedding material. Based upon the recommended pipe installation and bedding, the unfactored coefficient of friction is anticipated to be approximately 0.3. The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Safety and Health Standards (29 CFR Part 1926, Revised October 1989), require that excavations be constructed in accordance with the current OSHA guidelines. Furthermore, the State of Texas requires that detailed plans and specifications meeting OSHA standards be prepared for trench and excavation retention systems used during construction. The majority of the upper soils at this site consist primarily of clays that would be classified as OSHA Type"B" soils requiring a temporary excavation slope no steeper than 1 H:1 V. Delayed groundwater readings were not made since the borings were performed in the existing roadway and had to be backfilled and asphalt patched upon completion of the boring. We recommend that the contractor perform an investigation to establish groundwater levels prior to construction to evaluate sloping and dewatering requirements prior to construction 3.7 DISCUSSION OF BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIALS Typically, the bedding and initial backfill around a buried pipeline is designed to support and protect the pipe. Secondary backfill is then placed over the initial backfill and pipe to help protect the pipe, reestablish the ground surface at the trench, and provide support to structures overlying the trench. Generally, the bedding and initial backfill materials for piping consist of a graded gravel. The existing soils at the pipe bearing levels should be removed to a minimum depth of six (6) inches below the bottom of the pipe and replaced with gravel bedding. The bedding material should embed the lower quadrant or to the midpoint of the pipe at a minimum and should be compacted in maximum compacted thickness of eight (8) inches with mechanical hand compaction equipment. The initial backfill should extend from the surface of the bedding to a point one (1) foot above the top of the pipe and should be compacted in maximum compacted thickness of eight(8) inches with mechanical hand compaction equipment. The secondary backfill may consist of material excavated from the trench. The secondary backfill should be free of debris and should not contain stones greater than three(3) inches in diameter. The secondary backfill should be placed at moisture contents between optimum and plus four (+4) percentage points of optimum and compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D 698. Each lift should be placed with a maximum compacted thickness of six (6) inches. Care should be taken during backfill compaction to prevent structural damage to the pipe. 3.8 EXCAVATION AND SHORING CONSIDERATIONS Lateral earth pressures from the soils will be applied to the trench shoring. Additionally, hydrostatic pressures and any equipment loads, and other surcharges should be considered for trench shoring design. Groundwater control measures such as well points will not likely be required to allow for the PAGE 9 V 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Proposed Wildcat Drive Reconstruction PSI Project No:03122339 FM 624 to Teague Lane, Corpus Christi, Texas June 26, 2019 excavation as no groundwater was encountered in our borings. The follow table should be utilized for the design of the allowable temporary slopes and trench shoring. TABLE 3.5: EXCAVATION AND SHORING DATA Material Type OSHA Soil Type At-Rest Condition, Ko Fat Clay (CH)or Lean Clay (CL) "B" 0.60 A lateral earth pressure of 120 pcf*Ko*depth(ft) should be used to evaluate lateral earth pressures applied to the shoring in a rectangular distribution. These values do not consider hydrostatic pressures. We recommend that the hydrostatic pressure be added to the lateral earth pressure in a triangular distribution of 62.4 pcf* (X) for that portion of the shoring below the groundwater table. PAGE 10 V 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Proposed Wildcat Drive Reconstruction PSI Project No:03122339 FM 624 to Teague Lane, Corpus Christi, Texas June 26, 2019 4.0 PAVEMENT DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS 4.1 PAVEMENT DESIGN PARAMETERS PSI understands that flexible and rigid pavements will be considered for this project. PSI utilized the "City of Corpus Christi Infrastructure Design Manual" and the "AASHTO Guide for Design of Pavement Structures" published by the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials to evaluate the pavement thickness recommendations in this report. This method of design considers pavement performance, traffic, roadbed soil, pavement materials, environment, drainage and reliability. Each of these items is incorporated into the design methodology. We understand that this roadway is being designed as a Minor Residential Collector. Traffic Volume information for this street was provided by Ms. Mai-Theresa Bernal, PE of the City of Corpus Christi. Based on our analysis of the ADT and including a 2.0% per year growth rate, we have estimated approximately 1,069500 18-kip ESALs for rigid pavement and approximately 748,494 18-kip ESALs for flexible pavement using the provided traffic data in consideration of a 30-year pavement design section. The calculations to estimate the design traffic loading are included in the Appendix. Based on this information, PSI is providing recommended pavement sections for both flexible HMAC and rigid concrete pavement options. Details regarding the basis for this design are presented in the table below TABLE 4.1: PAVEMENT DESIGN PARAMETERS AND ASSUMPTIONS(RIGID AND FLEXIBLE) Reliability, percent 75 Length of Service Life,Years 30 Initial Serviceability Index, Flexible Pavement 4.2 Initial Serviceability Index, Rigid Pavement 4.5 Terminal Serviceability Index 2.5 18-Kip ESAL for Wildcat Drive Rigid Pavement: -- 1,069,500 ESALs Flexible Pavement: - 748,494 ESALs Calculated Structural Number(SN)for Wildcat Drive 4.02 Standard Deviation, Flexible Pavement 0.45 Standard Deviation, Rigid Pavement 0.39 Concrete Compressive Strength 4,400 psi Subgrade California Bearing Ratio (CBR) 2.0 for clay subgrade Subgrade Modulus of Subgrade Reaction, k in pci 110 for clay subgrade PAGE 11 V 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Proposed Wildcat Drive Reconstruction PSI Project No:03122339 FM 624 to Teague Lane, Corpus Christi, Texas June 26, 2019 Asphaltic concrete pavements founded on top of expansive soils will be subjected to PVM soil movements estimated and presented in this report (i.e.1 % inches). These potential soil movements are typically activated to some degree during the life of the pavement. Consequently, pavements can be expected to crack and require periodic maintenance to reduce damage to the pavement structure. During the paving life, maintenance to seal surface cracks within concrete or asphalt paving and to reseal joints within concrete pavement should be undertaken to achieve the desired paving life. Perimeter drainage should be controlled to prevent or retard influx of surface water from areas surrounding the paving. Water penetration leads to paving degradation. Water penetration into base or subgrade materials, sometimes due to irrigation or surface water infiltration leads to pre-mature paving degradation. The City of Corpus Christi requires the base and subgrade to be extended beneath the curb and gutter and to 1 foot behind the Curb. In accordance with City Standard Spec 025612 (Concrete Curb and Gutter)there is a requirement for compaction behind the Curb within 48 hours of removing forms. Material specifications, construction considerations, and section requirements are presented in the following sections. The presented recommended pavement sections are based on the field and laboratory test results for the project, local pavement design practice, design assumptions presented herein and previous experience with similar projects. The project Civil Engineer should verify that the ESAL and other design values are appropriate for the expected traffic and design life of the project. PSI should be notified in writing if the assumptions or design parameters are incorrect or require modification. 4.2 PAVEMENT SECTION RECOMMENDATIONS The soil conditions in this area generally consists of a sandy clay subgrade. The PI of the sandy clay is between 18 to 36. We recommend lime-stabilization for the subgrade. Alternatively, TX-5 geogrid over 12 inches of compacted subgrade could be performed for Flexible Pavement. 4.2.1 FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT The proposed roadways and parking areas for this project may be constructed with flexible asphaltic concrete pavement. Recommendations for flexible asphaltic concrete pavement for roadways and parking areas are provided below. TABLE 4.2: FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT OPTIONS FOR WILDCAT DR.—FM 624 TO TEAGUE LANE Material Option 1 Option 2 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete, Type D 4 inches 4 inches Import Flexible Base 10 inches 10 inches Lime Stabilized/Compacted Subgrade 12 inches No (Top 8 inches lime stabilized Geogrid No Yes Compacted Subgrade — 12 inches *Minimum 6%lime by dry weight estimated PAGE 12 V 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Proposed Wildcat Drive Reconstruction PSI Project No:03122339 FM 624 to Teague Lane, Corpus Christi, Texas June 26, 2019 4.2.2 RIGID PAVEMENT The proposed roadways for this project may also be constructed with rigid concrete pavement. Recommendations for rigid reinforced concrete pavement are provided below. TABLE 4.3: RIGID PAVEMENT SECTION OPTIONS WILDCAT DR.—FM 624 TO TEAGUE LANE Material Thickness Portland Cement Concrete (JCP) 6.5 inches Lime Stabilized/Compacted Subgrade 12 inches (Top 8 inches lime stabilized ) *Minimum 6%lime by dry weight estimated 4.2.3 GENERAL PAVEMENT DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION RECOMMENDATIONS TABLE 4.4: PAVEMENT DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Minimum Undercut Depth 6 inches or as needed to remove roots Reuse Excavated Soils Must be free of roots and debris and meet material requirements of intended use Undercut Extent 1 foot beyond back of curb Proof-roll with rubber-tired vehicle weighing at least 20 Exposed Subgrade Treatment tons.A representative of the Geotechnical Engineer should be present during proof-roll. Excavate to firmer materials and replace with Proof-Rolled Pumping and Rutting Areas compacted general or select fill under direction of a representative of the Geotechnical Engineer Materials free of roots, debris, and other deleterious General Fill Requirements materials with a maximum rock size of 4 inches with a CBR greater than 3 Minimum General Fill Thickness As required to achieve grade (9" max. loose thickness) Performed in general accordance with ASTM D 6276 (Eads-Grim Test). Upper 8 inches of subgrade Lime Stabilization stabilized with lime to achieve pH of 12.4 or greater. Sulfate testing should be conducted before placement of lime. For bidding purposes, a percentage of lime equal to 6% of dry soil weight can be used. On-Site or Imported Select Fill Material* Free of organics,trash, or other deleterious material Plasticity Index <20 Max Particle Size< 3" Geogrid Geogrid must be Tensar TX-5 or City of Corpus Christi approved equivalent Imported Flexible Base Requirements TxDOT Item 247, Type A, Grade 1-2 Crushed Limestone Base Material Maximum Flexible Base Loose Lift Thickness 9 Inches Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete TxDOT Item 340, Type D Concrete Minimum Recommended Strength 4,400 psi (avg. 28-day comp. strength) *(Other low plasticity materials may be used pending review and approval from PSI) PAGE 13 ton DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Proposed Wildcat Drive Reconstruction PSI Project No:03122339 FM 624 to Teague Lane, Corpus Christi, Texas June 26, 2019 Table 4.5: Compaction and Testing Requirements for Pavement Areas Density Test Percent Optimum Location Material Method Compaction Moisture Content Subgrade, General Fill, ASTM D 698 >_95% 0 to +3% Select Fill Material Pavement Areas Base Material—Flexible ASTM D 1557 >_98% +2% Pavement — Base Material—Concrete ASTM D 1557 >_98% +2% Pavement — Testing Frequency - For HMAC streets, the minimum ratio for density testing the subgrade and base is 1 per 100 feet per lane, per lift. For Concrete streets, the minimum ratio for subgrade and base is 1 per 200 feet per lane, per lift. The minimum number of tests under sidewalks is 1 per 5000 SF. PAGE 14 V 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Proposed Wildcat Drive Reconstruction PSI Project No:03122339 FM 624 to Teague Lane, Corpus Christi, Texas June 26, 2019 5.0 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS PSI should be retained to provide observation and testing of construction activities involved in the earthwork, pavements and related activities of this project. PSI cannot accept responsibility for conditions which deviate from those described in this report, nor for the performance of the pavements if not engaged to also provide construction observation and materials testing for this project. The PSI geotechnical engineer-of-record should be retained to provide continuing geotechnical consulting and construction document review, even if periodic on-call testing is contracted with PSI Construction Services. 5.1 INITIAL SITE PREPARATION CONSIDERATIONS 5.1.1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION FOR SITE WORK OUTSIDE PAVEMENT AREAS Grade adjustments outside of the foundation pad and pavement areas can be made using select or general fill materials. The clean excavated onsite soils may also be reused in areas not sensitive to movement. TABLE 5.1:SUBGRADE PREPARATION FOR NON-STRUCTURAL-GENERAL FILL Minimum Undercut Depth 4 inches or as needed to remove roots, organic and/or deleterious materials Proof-roll with rubber-tired vehicle weighing at least 20 Exposed Subgrade Treatment tons.A representative of the Geotechnical Engineer should be present during roof-roll. Excavate to firmer materials and replace with Proof-Rolled Pumping and Rutting Areas compacted general or select fill under direction of a representative of the Geotechnical Engineer Any clean material free of roots, debris and other General Fill Type deleterious material with a maximum particle size of 4 inches Maximum General Fill Loose Lift Thickness 8 inches TABLE 5.2: FILL COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS OUTSIDE OF PAVEMENT AREAS Location Material Test Method for Density Percent Optimum Moisture Determination Compaction Content Outside of General Fill ASTM D 698 >_ 95% ± 3% Pavement Areas 5.2 MOISTURE SENSITIVE SOILSIWEATHER RELATED CONCERNS Soils are sensitive to disturbances caused by construction traffic and changes in moisture content. During wet weather periods, increases in the moisture content of the soil can cause significant reduction in the soil strength and support capabilities. In addition, soils which become wet may be slow to dry and thus significantly retard the progress of grading and compaction activities. It will, therefore, be advantageous to perform earthwork, foundation, and construction activities during dry weather. A relatively all-weather compacted crushed limestone cap having a thickness of at least 6 inches should be provided as a working surface. 5.3 EXCAVATION OBSERVATIONS Excavations should be observed by a representative of PSI prior to continuing construction activities in those areas. PSI needs to assess the encountered materials and confirm that site conditions are PAGE 15 ton DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Proposed Wildcat Drive Reconstruction PSI Project No:03122339 FM 624 to Teague Lane, Corpus Christi, Texas June 26, 2019 consistent with those discussed in this report. This is especially important to identify the condition and acceptability of the exposed subgrades under foundations and other structures that are sensitive to movement. Soft or loose soil zones encountered at the bottom of the excavations should be removed to the level of competent soils as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer or their representative. Cavities formed as a result of excavation of soft or loose soil zones should be backfilled with compacted select fill or lean concrete. After opening, excavations should be observed, and concrete should be placed as quickly as possible to avoid exposure to wetting and drying. Surface run-off water should be drained away from the excavations and not be allowed to pond. Excavations left open for an extended period (greater than 24 hours) should be protected to reduce evaporation or entry of moisture. 5.4 DRAINAGE CONSIDERATIONS Water should not be allowed to collect in foundation excavations, on foundation surfaces, or on prepared subgrades within the construction area during or after construction. Proper drainage around grade supported sidewalks and flatwork is important to reduce potential movements. Excavated areas should be sloped toward one corner to facilitate removal of collected rainwater, groundwater, or surface runoff. Providing rapid, positive drainage away from the building reduces moisture variations within the underlying soils and will aid in reducing the magnitude of potential movements. 5.5 EXCAVATIONS AND TRENCHES It should be noted that excavation equipment capabilities and field conditions may vary. Geologic processes are erratic and large variations can occur in small vertical and/or lateral distances. Details regarding "means and methods" to accomplish the work (such as excavation equipment and technique selection) are the sole responsibility of the project contractor. The comments contained in this report are based on small diameter borehole observations. The performance of large excavations may differ as a result of the differences in excavation sizes. The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Safety and Health Standards (29 CFR Part 1926, Revised October 1989), require that excavations be constructed in accordance with the current OSHA guidelines. Furthermore, the State of Texas requires that detailed plans and specifications meeting OSHA standards be prepared for trench and excavation retention systems used during construction. PSI understands that these regulations are being strictly enforced, and if they are not closely followed, the owner and the contractor could be liable for substantial penalties. The contractor is solely responsible for designing and constructing stable, temporary excavations and should shore, slope, or bench the sides of the excavations as required to maintain stability of both the excavation sides and bottom. The contractor's "responsible person", as defined in 29 CFR Part 1926, should evaluate the soil exposed in the excavations as part of the contractor's safety procedures. In no case should slope height, slope inclination, or excavation depth, including utility trench excavation depth, exceed those specified in local, state, and Federal safety regulations. PSI is providing this information as a service to the client. PSI does not assume responsibility for construction site safety or the contractor's or other parties' compliance with local, state, and Federal safety or other regulations.A trench safety plan was beyond the scope of our services for this project. PAGE 16 V 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Proposed Wildcat Drive Reconstruction PSI Project No:03122339 FM 624 to Teague Lane, Corpus Christi, Texas June 26, 2019 6.0 REPORT LIMITATIONS The recommendations submitted in this report are based on the available subsurface information obtained by PSI and design details furnished by the client for the proposed project. If there are revisions to the plans for this project, or if deviations from the subsurface conditions noted in this report are encountered during construction, PSI should be notified immediately to determine if changes in the foundation recommendations are required. If PSI is not notified of such changes, PSI will not be responsible for the impact of those changes on the project. The Geotechnical Engineer warrants that the findings, recommendations, specifications, or professional advice contained herein have been made in accordance with generally accepted professional Geotechnical Engineering practices in the local area. No other warranties are implied or expressed. This report may not be copied without the expressed written permission of PSI. After the plans and specifications are more complete, the Geotechnical Engineer should be retained and provided the opportunity to review the final design plans and specifications to check that the engineering recommendations have been properly incorporated in the design documents. At this time, it may be necessary to submit supplementary recommendations. If PSI is not retained to perform these functions, PSI will not be responsible for the impact of those conditions on the project. This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of City of Corpus Christi, Department of Engineering Services for specific application to the proposed Wildcat Drive Reconstruction to be constructed from FM 624 to Teague Lane in Corpus Christi, Texas. PAGE 17 V 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A APPENDIX DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A ®I � i i i m mr 1 Mira� ) i n F," a 7u T i 358. z�s a inter tek Site Vicinity Map N RSRP Wildcat Drive-Task Order#6 NOT TO SCALE Wildcat Drive,Corpus Christi,Texas 810 S.Padre Island Dr.,Corpus Christi,Texas PSI Project No.:0312-2339 (361)854-4801 FAX(361)443-6084 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A I� l � r o. a m m i r m n Y r f 4 1, I intertek Boring Location Plan RSRP Wildcat Drive-Task Order#6 NOT TO SCALE N Wildcat Drive,Corpus Christi,Texas FA 810 S.Padre Island Corpus Christi,Texas PSI Project No.:0312-2339 (361)854-4801 FAX(361)443-6084 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Wildcat Drive-Task Order No. 6 Wildcat Drive, Corpus Christi, Texas Project No. 0312-2339 BORING B-1 LOCATION: 27.856792,-97.634335 O �_ O HAND PEN(TSF) O UNC CMP(TSF) Q LL J w LU o � cn 2.0 4.0 6.0 0 U U^ LL = 00 a SOIL DESCRIPTION �UJ � Z Z 2'a p LU LU LUU �o U) w � Q p0 w Q ��; o 5 Q gz PL O� zJ 0 U af a -:i a o 20 40 60 z Elevation: 81.00 0 0 Asphalt(2.5") Base(3") 25 85 7 48 16 32 —— LEAN CLAY(CL), dark brown to light f brown,firm to very stiff I 26 FAT CLAY(CH), light brown,very stiff 5 23 97 67 14 53 I. 3.5 101 Ip I � —— 23 I I _ FAT CLAY with SAND(CH), light I brown,very stiff to hard 21 83 58 13 45 O AI 10 -- I 22 3lC 15 N u : N I 18 74 51 14 37 -11114 4-0 0 20 � I � WIr I ca _ I o I � : W 17 Ir -- U 25— Boring terminated at an approximate 9 depth of 25 feet. N N __ M O U) —— W F 0 L 30 COMPLE ION DEPTH: 25.0 Feet DEPTH TO GROUND WATER DATE: 6/10/21-6/10/21 SEEPAGE(ft.): NONE ENCOUNTERED tnt rtnk. END OF DRILLING(ft.): Dry DELAYED WATER LEVEL(FT): None DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A RSRP Task Order No. 6 Wildcat Drive, Corpus Christi, Texas Project No. 0312-2339 BORING B-2 LOCATION: 27.858191,-97.634164 O �_ O HAND PEN(TSF) O UNC CMP(TSF) Q LL J w LU o � cn 2.0 4.0 6.0 0 U U^ LL = 00 a SOIL DESCRIPTION �LU � Z Z z a DLU p U �o LU Q p0 w Q ��; o a Q gz PL( 0 z J 0 U) �U of a -:i a s 20 40 60 z Z) Elevation: 81.00 0 0 Asphalt(2.5") Base(3") 5 15 37 20 17 X —— SANDY LEAN CLAY(CL), dark brown, firm 24 69 7 E I FAT CLAY with SAND(CH), light brown,very stiff j 26 79 60 17 43Ir I� I� I � I � 5 23 N N Boring terminated at an approximate o depth of 6 feet. 0 0 Z W ,ca . It a 0 O It0 U -- 0 SJ M N N O U) W O -- F 111110— COMPLETION DEPTH: 6.0 Feet DEPTH TO GROUND WATER DATE: 6/10/21-6/10/21 SEEPAGE(ft.): NONE ENCOUNTERED tnt rtnk. END OF DRILLING(ft.): Dry DELAYED WATER LEVEL(FT): None DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A RSRP Task Order No. 6 Wildcat Drive, Corpus Christi, Texas Project No. 0312-2339 BORING B-3 LOCATION: 27.859805,-97.633779 O �_ O HAND PEN(TSF) O UNC CMP(TSF) Q LL J w LU o � cn 2.0 4.0 6.0 0 U U^ LL = 00 a SOIL DESCRIPTION �LU � Z Z z a DLU p U �o LU Q p0 w Q ��; o a Q gz PLS 0 z J 0 U) �U of a -:i a o 20 40 60 z Z) Elevation: 81.00 0 0 Asphalt(2.5") Base(3") 12 —— FAT CLAY with SAND(CH), dark brown, stiff to very stiff 26 85 57 23 34 � I I -- I � I �i I� I 25 83 2.0 95 I � I� FAT CLAY(CH), light brown, stiff � I � I 5 26 86 65 15 50 N N Boring terminated at an approximate o depth of 6 feet. 0 0 Z ca Ir W , a O Ir0 U -- 0 SJ M N N O W F O � 10 COMPLETION DEPTH: 6.0 Feet DEPTH TO GROUND WATER DATE: 6/10/21-6/10/21 SEEPAGE(ft.): NONE ENCOUNTERED tnt rtnk. END OF DRILLING(ft.): Dry DELAYED WATER LEVEL(FT): None DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A RSRP Task Order No. 6 Wildcat Drive, Corpus Christi, Texas Project No. 0312-2339 BORING B-4 LOCATION: 27.860737,-97.633685 O �_ O HAND PEN(TSF) O UNC CMP(TSF) Q LL J w LU o � cn 2.0 4.0 6.0 0 U U^ LL = 00 a SOIL DESCRIPTION �LU � Z Z z a DLU p U �o LU Q p0 w Q ��; o a Q gz PL( 0 z J 0 U) �U of a -:i a s 20 40 60 z Z) Elevation: 81.00 0 0 Asphalt(2.5") Base(3") 13 12 41 26 15 —— SANDY FAT CLAY(CH), dark brown, stiff 26 66 63 18 45 I I � I FAT CLAY(CH), dark brown, stiff � I I I 26 87 � I � I �I FAT CLAY with SAND(CH), light �I brown,very stiff I� I 5 27 82 71 15 56 N N Boring terminated at an approximate o depth of 6 feet. 0 0 Z W ,ca . It a 0 O LU It0 U -- 0 SJ M N N O U) -- W F O 10 COMPLETION DEPTH: 6.0 Feet DEPTH TO GROUND WATER DATE: 6/10/21-6/10/21 SEEPAGE(ft.): NONE ENCOUNTERED tnt rtnk. END OF DRILLING(ft.): Dry DELAYED WATER LEVEL(FT): None DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Symbol Key Sheet Material Symbols V�21-f- "FILL" Clay(CH) Sandy Clay(CL) Silty Clay(CL) Lean Clay(CL) ■ F---w I i��:.-.'-.I Asphalt Clayey Sand(SC) Sand(SP) Silty Sand(SM) E� Gravelly Sand(SP) Base Clayey Silt(ML) Sandy Silt(ML) in Silt(ML) ® Gravelly Silt(ML) Concrete Clayey Gravel(GC) P) RAO R Sandy Gravel(G X Silty Gravel(GM) Gravel(GP or GW) X Conglomerate P1 Limestone Marl Sandstone El Shale Strength of Cohesive Soils Soil Plasticity Density of Granular Soils Undrained Shear Degree of Plasticity SPT Blow Consistency Strength, KSF Plasticity Index (PI) Descriptive Term Count (blows/ft) Very Soft less than 0.25 None 0 to 5 Very Loose less than 4 Soft 0.25 to 0.50 Low 5 to 10 Loose 4 to 10 Firm 0.50 to 1.00 Moderate 10 to 20 Medium Dense 10 to 30 Stiff 1.00 to 2.00 Plastic 20 to 40 Dense 30 to 50 Very Stiff 2.00 to 4.00 Highly Plastic more than 40 Very Dense more than 50 Hard greater than 4.00 Standard Penetration Test (ASTM D 1586) Driving Record Note:Driving is limited to 50 blows per interval,or 25 blows for 0.25 inch advancement,whichever controls.This is done to avoid damaging sampling tools. Blows Per Foot Description 25 Sampler was seated 6 inches,then 25 blows were required to advance the sampler 12 inches. 75/8" Sampler was seated 6 inches,25 blows were required for the second 6 inch increment and the 50 blow limit was reached at 2 inches of the last increment. Ref/2" Sampler could only be driven 2 inches of the 6 inch seating penetration before the 50 blow limit was reached. Terms Characterizing Structure Soil Terms Description Blocky Contains cracks or failure planes resulting in rough cubes of material. Calcareous Contains appreciable quantities of calcium carbonate. Fissured Contains shrinkage cracks,which are frequently filled with fine sand or silt. The fissures are usually near vertical in orientation. Interbedded Composed of alternating layers of different soil types. Laminated Composed of thin layers of varying color and texture. Nodules Secondary inclusions that appear as small lumps about 0.1 to 0.3 inch in diameter. Partings Inclusion of different material less than 1/8 inch thick extending through the sample. Pockets Inclusion of different material that is smaller than the diameter of the sample. Seams Inclusion of different material between 1/8 and 3 inches thick,and extends through the sample. Slickensided Has inclined planes of weakness that are slick and glossy in appearance. Slickensides are commonly thought to be randomly oriented. Streaks or Stains Stains of limited extent that appear as short stripes,spots or blotches. Rock Terms Bedding Plane A surface parallel to the surface of deposition,generally marked by changes in color or grain size. Fracture A natural break in rock along which no displacement has occurred. Joint A natural break along which no displacement has occurred,and which generally intersects primary surfaces. %Recovery The ratio of total length of recovery to the total length of core run,expressed as a percentage. RQD-Rock Quality The ratio of total recovered length of fragments longer than 4 inches to the total run length,expressed Designation as a percentage. Weathering The process by which rock is broken down and decomposed. Sampler Symbols Flight Auger Core Barrel Disturbed No Recovery Grab Sample TubcSPT Sample Shelby Tube(Y) ' Shelby Tube(Y) DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A ntertek ; Everything you need from start to finish-Assurance,Testing, Inspection,and Certification N • • wll� m�iww�w w�ww�ww�ww N��ma�wNNw �w441 NN 44 mo w Ww N m • m�w �4�, a m��m�w ww � ,,• O O im 'mm'wmm �m • ®• ®� a a • ® a ����m NJ a� Intertek ® ® m ` ® ®•` < • ® ®• w® w w�4"M N 0141, POP l iUJJJf CA a •` • • • • ` •` `• DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A l iuuuw uuppw uu uuu iipum ui ii uuiiip um uu uuui iippip. / / 77, uu uuu r i G i r � i _ r Wild at IDiruveIFask Oi¢ 3e it#6 ���e.... ..............Recilve3 5/' 4/2021 Pr+ 03'12-13"39 , f ;]151B11,1 :°: (,.,d ilB-1 to 16.4 1 „�fiM er1 14la�us 6II"-11100 Soil Sample: 1110.00 O:R:.01.O Distilled Water: 150 irrrull.. Sample No.: 6-2-2 Temp 6-4-2 Temp Temp Temp Sample Depth: 2-4 (^F) 2-4 (^F) (°F) ('F) Lime Content pH Readings 0.0% 0.0 O, 8.88 75.2 9.06 74.9 m% Om6 O, 12.21 75.2 12.15 75.4 '4.0% 1.2 O, 12.39 75.2 12.38 75.4 6.0% 1.8 O, 12.42 75.2 12.41 75.4 8.0% 2A O, 12.45 75.2 12.43 75.3 10.0% .3.O O, 12.46 75.2 12.44 75.3 1 of 1 [Unofficial Document] A.Flores-05/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A IrMQ?ul"eK' Laboratory Test Data Summar Sy heet Pf o t.......,IWIldcat IDil Iva Fask Oi4deir 115 Bit 15IB111I130 .... o� , ,,,,,,,i 141eceIve3 5/'14/20"21. f IO110'1'1 �I`10 ' `0lB-I to B-4 Boring Depth,ft. Moist,% LL PI -200,% Qu,tsf Qp,tsf UDW Misc. Tests 3-;.1.-IB Base 5.7 - b"/f/1; 3.1.-.1. 0.2 24.9 48 32 85.4 C,f l 20 3.;1...7 2-4 26.0 - /f/1; 3.1-13 1 4-6 23.1 67 53 96.9 3.5 3.5 101.0 Shear 1; fel 200, i.),C 3-;.1.-4 6.8 23.3 - b"/f/1; 3.1.5 8-..1.0 20.5 58 45 83.3 C,f l 20 3.1...6 1.1113-1.5 22.3 - /f/1; 3.1-2 18-20 17.9 51 37 74.2 /f/1 f 1 20 3.1...8 21111-25 16.5 - B-18 Base4.9 36 17 14.7 hof/1; 41l 2p" 3.2-.1. 0.2 24.3 68.9 I,,/(/1; 200,1SuuIIpflhate 90 mg/kg 3.22 2-4 25.8 60 43 79.2 /f/1 f l 200 1 3-.2-,1III 4-6 23.3 /f/1; 3-'III-13 Base 11.9 /f/1; 3- I-..1. 0.2 26.2 57 34 84.9 /f/1 f l 20 3-':I-2 2-4 25.0 82.5 2.2 2.0 95.0 Shear 1; 200, i.),C 3-'I-"II 4-6 26.4 65 50 85.9 /f/1 f l 20 3-4-13 3ase� 12.5 41 15 12.1 "A/1 f l ,20 B-4-..1. 0.2 25.9 63 45 66.0 I,,/(/1; f,d 20( S ullp",flihate 92 mg/kg 3.4-2 2-4 26.3 87.2 I,,/(/1; 200 1::S 3.4-1III 4-6 26.5 71 56 81.9 I,t/1.. f,d 20 Totals 21 M/C,11 AL,14-200 2 UC,2 Lime Series 2 Sulphates Shipping Office Coq.RIS G h rG stu 1 of 1 A.Flores-10/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A A$ i���., Wildcat Dr Between FM624&Teague Ln Traffic Counts Maldonado-Burkett,LLP 3633 South Staples S1.Sude N214 Corpus Christi,Texas,78411 (361)236-46 11 5/13/2021 NB, Lane 1 SB, Lane 2 Time Total 12:00 AM 4 0 4 1:00 5 0 5 2:00 1 0 1 3:00 1 0 1 4:00 4 0 4 5:00 14 6 20 6:00 44 14 58 7:00 246 92 338 8:00 198 63 261 9:00 92 31 123 10:00 75 12 87 11:00 73 20 93 12:00 PM 62 29 91 1:00 53 16 69 2:00 120 70 190 3:00 107 60 167 4:00 69 22 91 5:00 50 9 59 6:00 68 17 85 7:00 52 19 71 8:00 63 14 77 9:00 35 10 45 10:00 13 2 15 11:00 13 4 17 Total 1462 510 1972 Percent 74.1% 25.9% AM Peak 7:00 7:00 7:00 Volume 246 92 338 PM Peak 2:00 2:00 2:00 Volume 120 70 190 Grand Total 1462 510 1972 Percent 74.1% 25.9% ADT ADT: 1,972 AADT: 1,972 1 of 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A A$ i���., Wildcat Dr Between FM624&Teague Ln Traffic Counts Maldonado-Burkett,LLP 3633 South Staples S1.Sude N214 Corpus Christi,Texas,78411 (361)236-46 11 Direction: NB, Lane 1 5/13/2021 >72- >120- >180- >240- >300- >360- >480- >600- >720- >840- Time 0-72 in. 120 in. 180 in. 240 in. 300 in. 360 in. 480 in. 600 in. 720 in. 840 in. 960 in. >960 in. Total 12:00 AM 0 0 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 1:00 0 0 4 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 2:00 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3:00 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 4:00 0 0 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 5:00 0 0 11 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 14 6:00 0 0 26 15 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 44 7:00 0 3 185 46 1 5 6 0 0 0 0 0 246 8:00 0 0 135 46 8 7 1 0 0 1 0 0 198 9:00 0 0 65 18 3 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 92 10:00 0 0 48 21 1 1 3 1 0 0 0 0 75 11:00 0 1 52 14 1 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 73 12:00 PM 0 1 37 16 3 4 1 0 0 0 0 0 62 1:00 0 0 32 16 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 53 2:00 0 0 89 24 1 4 2 0 0 0 0 0 120 3:00 0 1 67 30 4 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 107 4:00 0 0 37 22 5 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 69 5:00 0 0 26 16 3 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 50 6:00 0 1 38 25 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 68 7:00 0 0 31 16 2 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 52 8:00 0 2 44 15 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 63 9:00 0 0 26 8 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 35 10:00 0 1 7 4 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 11:00 0 0 7 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 Total 0 10 975 362 38 40 34 2 0 1 0 0 1462 Percentile 15th 50th 85th 95th Speed 11.7 16.7 22.3 26 Mean Speed (Average) 17.0 10 MPH Pace Speed 11-20 Number in Pace 988 Percent in Pace 68.0% Number>45 MPH 0 Percent>45 MPH 0.0% Grand Total 0 10 975 362 38 40 34 2 0 1 0 0 1462 Stats Percentile 15th 50th 85th 95th Speed 11.7 16.7 22.3 26 Mean Speed (Average) 17.0 10 MPH Pace Speed 11-20 Number in Pace 1562 Percent in Pace 65.0% Number>45 MPH 0 Percent>45 MPH 0.0% 1 of 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A A$ i���., Wildcat Dr Between FM624&Teague Ln Traffic Counts Maldonado-Burkett,LLP 3633 South Staples S1.Sude N214 Corpus Christi,Texas,78411 (361)236-46 11 Direction: SB, Lane 2 5/13/2021 >72- >120- >180- >240- >300- >360- >480- >600- >720- >840- Time 0-72 in. 120 in. 180 in. 240 in. 300 in. 360 in. 480 in. 600 in. 720 in. 840 in. 960 in. >960 in. Total 12:00 AM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1:00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2:00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3:00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4:00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5:00 0 0 2 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 6:00 0 0 12 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 7:00 0 0 50 33 3 5 1 0 0 0 0 0 92 8:00 0 0 33 26 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 63 9:00 0 0 18 10 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 31 10:00 0 0 6 5 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 11:00 0 1 13 4 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 12:00 PM 0 0 16 9 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 29 1:00 0 0 9 5 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 16 2:00 0 0 59 3 2 4 2 0 0 0 0 0 70 3:00 0 0 42 15 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 60 4:00 0 0 11 9 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 22 5:00 0 0 7 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 6:00 0 0 13 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 7:00 0 0 18 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 8:00 0 0 7 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 9:00 0 0 8 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 10:00 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 11:00 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Total 0 1 330 139 17 16 6 1 0 0 0 0 510 Percentile 15th 50th 85th 95th Speed 7.4 12.3 19.2 24.1 Mean Speed (Average) 13.3 10 MPH Pace Speed 7-16 Number in Pace 376 Percent in Pace 74.0% Number>45 MPH 0 Percent>45 MPH 0.0% Grand Total 0 1 330 139 17 16 6 1 0 0 0 0 510 Stats Percentile 15th 50th 85th 95th Speed 7.4 12.3 19.2 24.1 Mean Speed (Average) 13.3 10 MPH Pace Speed 7-16 Number in Pace 603 Percent in Pace 74.0% Number>45 MPH 0 Percent>45 MPH 0.0% 2 of 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A A$ i���., Wildcat Dr Between FM624&Teague Ln Traffic Counts Maldonado-Burkett,LLP 3633 South Staples S1.Sude N214 Corpus Christi,Texas,78411 (361)236-46 11 Direction: Combined 5/13/2021 >72- >120- >180- >240- >300- >360- >480- >600- >720- >840- Time 0-72 in. 120 in. 180 in. 240 in. 300 in. 360 in. 480 in. 600 in. 720 in. 840 in. 960 in. >960 in. Total 12:00 AM 0 0 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 1:00 0 0 4 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 2:00 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3:00 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 4:00 0 0 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 5:00 0 0 13 4 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 20 6:00 0 0 38 16 1 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 58 7:00 0 3 235 79 4 10 7 0 0 0 0 0 338 8:00 0 0 168 72 9 8 2 1 0 1 0 0 261 9:00 0 0 83 28 5 4 3 0 0 0 0 0 123 10:00 0 0 54 26 2 1 3 1 0 0 0 0 87 11:00 0 2 65 18 2 4 2 0 0 0 0 0 93 12:00 PM 0 1 53 25 5 6 1 0 0 0 0 0 91 1:00 0 0 41 21 4 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 69 2:00 0 0 148 27 3 8 4 0 0 0 0 0 190 3:00 0 1 109 45 6 2 4 0 0 0 0 0 167 4:00 0 0 48 31 5 5 2 0 0 0 0 0 91 5:00 0 0 33 18 3 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 59 6:00 0 1 51 29 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 85 7:00 0 0 49 17 2 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 71 8:00 0 2 51 22 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 77 9:00 0 0 34 10 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 45 10:00 0 1 9 4 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 11:00 0 0 11 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 Total 0 11 1305 501 55 56 40 3 0 1 0 0 1972 Percentile 15th 50th 85th 95th Speed 9.8 15.4 21.6 25.4 Mean Speed (Average) 16.1 10 MPH Pace Speed 11-20 Number in Pace 1237 Percent in Pace 63.0% Number>45 MPH 0 Percent>45 MPH 0.0% Grand Total 0 11 1305 501 55 56 40 3 0 1 0 0 1972 Stats Percentile 15th 50th 85th 95th Speed 9.8 15.4 21.6 25.4 Mean Speed (Average) 16.1 10 MPH Pace Speed 11-20 Number in Pace 1942 Percent in Pace 60.0% Number>45 MPH 0 Percent>45 MPH 0.0% 3 of 3 D,,,Sign Envelope ID'.4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Wildcat Dr NB and SB combined Between FM 624 and Teague Ln Northbound Lane 1 and Southbound Lane 2 Maldonado-Burkett LLP Start Date:5/13/2021 3833 South Staples Street Start Time:12:00:00 AM cornus cnnsti TX 78411 d, SSI IRUCKSA7R fLERS BUSES LARGE TRUCKS Date Time 4-S'11' 9'..-.r4' ' 18.1),,,,1411 ..J1V 1911,',,,J 24. 24'19!,,,, .2�a'=28'11'' 34'"r'�811'' .F4 48'1"I,",.,.. SO-5814,— 94.'-68'11' 74'7811', 5/11/2021 12:00 AM 0 0 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5/11/2021 1:OOAM 0 0 4 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5/11/2021 2:OOAM 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5/11/2021 3:OOAM 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5/11/2021 4:OOAM 0 0 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5/11/2021 S:OOAM 0 0 13 4 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 5/11/2021 6:OOAM 0 0 38 16 1 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 5/11/2021 7:OOAM 0 3 235 79 4 10 7 0 0 0 0 0 5/11/2021 B:OOAM 0 0 168 72 9 8 2 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 5/11/2021 9:OOAM 0 0 83 28 5 4 3 0 0 0 0 1 0 5/11/2021 10:OOAM 0 0 54 26 2 1 3 1 0 0 0 0 5/11/2021 11:OOAM 0 2 65 18 2 4 2 0 0 0 0 0 5/11/2021 12:00 PM 0 1 53 25 5 6 1 0 0 0 0 0 5/11/2021 1:00 PM 0 0 41 21 4 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 5/11/2021 2:00 PM 0 0 148 27 3 8 4 0 0 0 0 0 5/11/2021 3:00 PM 0 1 109 45 6 2 4 0 0 0 0 0 5/11/2021 4:00 PM 0 0 48 31 5 5 2 0 0 0 0 0 5/11/2021 5:00 PM 0 0 33 18 3 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 5/11/2021 6:00 PM 0 1 51 29 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 5/11/2021 7:00 PM 0 0 49 17 2 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 5/11/2021 8:00 PM 0 2 2122 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 5/11/2021 9:00 PM 0 0 34 10 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5/11/2021 10:00 PM 0 1 91 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5/11/2021 11:00 PM 0 0 11 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TOTAL 0 11 1305 501 55 56 40 1 3 0 1 0 0 North Bound and South Bound Totals 'of Oars,0, 'so;T,r'c' "Iler`s:;,,,, 1928 #of Buses 40 i #of Large Trucks 4 Total Veh(ADT) 1972 Wildcat or Large Trucks&Buses NB and SB Combined 2.23 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Project Name WlIdm[-- Provide By: DB Date: 1 7/16/2021 ESAL 1,137,213 P.. R= 75 Y 1, 0.674 5, 0.39 6.5 -- Po= 4.5 Pi= 2.5 S',= 6M psi 1 9 c, E,= 5,000,000 psi = 110 Pci Y,= 4,400 psi Hue Axle TaaWw$Mf-ller{3.92}{,Waded PWe Axle 7ramWrv9am'vWlee(3-92{-Unlmdedl I Peas%.Ser TMteer4tle91nglekfnia-Loaded I Th,"Axle 9tgleUA.Unloaded 'Sngje Axle Tandem Axle I Sftle Axle Tandem Axle S&Axle Tandem Hale S&Axle Tandem Axle Sj.&A.111 I Taod-Axle- Io8(Wtx/Wt18) 020101o8(Wtx/Wt18) 0,1547 Io8(Wtx/Wt18) 1.4328108(Wtx/Wt18) 103421o8(Wtx/Wt18) 33255 Io8(Wtx/Wt18) 5,43571o8(Wtx/Wt18) 02010 Io8(Wtx/Wt18) 0,1547 Io8(Wtx/Wt18) 1.4-2 g(Wtx/Wt18) 1.0342 6t -0.1761 Gt -0.1761 Gt -0.1761 Gt -0.1761 Gt -0.1761 Gt -0.1761 Gt -0.1761 Gt -0.1761 Gt -0.1761 Gt -0.1761 Bx 13591 Rx 2.1507 Rx 1.0132 Rx 1.0421 Rx 1.0001 Rx 1.0000 Rx 13591 Rx 2.1507 Rx 1.0132 Rx 1.0421 818 1.6403 R18 1.6403 R18 1.6403 R18 1.6403 R18 1.6403 R18 1.6403 R18 1.6403 R18 1.6403 R18 1.6403 R18 1.6403 lx 16.0 LX 32.0 lx 8.0 LX 16.0 lx 2.5 LX 0.0 lx 16.0 LX 32.0 lx 8.0 LX 16.0 L2 LO L2 20 L2 LO L2 20 L2 LO L2 20 L2 LO L2 20 L2 LO L2 20 ELF 0.6296 ELF 1.4280 ELF 0.0369 ELF 0.0924 ELF 0.0005 ELF 0.0000 ELF 0.6296 ELF 1.4280 ELF 0.0369 ELF 0.0924 #axle 1.0#axle 2.0#axle 1.0#axle 2.0#axle 2.0#axle 0.0#axle 1.0#axle 1.0#axle 1.0#axle 1.0 single 0.6296 Tandem 2.8561 single 0.0369 Tandem 0.1848 single 0.0009 Tandem 0.0000 single 0.6296 Tandem 1.4280 single 0.0369 Tandem 0.0924 .eq.-d EASL Reggiwd EASLRego led EASL Regal red EASL Requ red EASL EALF/T-k 3.48564287 EALF/T-k 022175303 EALF/Cary 0,000945162 EALF/Car 2057607538 EALF/Car 0.129334468 day/week 7 day/week 7 day/week 7 day/week 7 day/week 7 30 30 30 30 30 ruck/day=no 4 ruck/day=no 0 ruck/day=no 1928 ruck/day=no 40 ruck/day=no 0 Directional 074 Directional 074 Directional 074 Directional 074 Directional 074 Diat,bution(D) Diat,bution(D) Diat,bution(D) Diat,bution(D) Diat,bution(D) Gtowih Rate(G) 0.02 Gtowih Rate(G) 0.02 Gtowih Rate(G) 0.02 Gtowih Rate(G) 0.02 Gtowih Rate(G) 0.02 Gtowih Factor 1.3 Gtowih Factor 1.3 Gtowih Factor 1.3 Growth Factor 1.3 Growth Factor 1.3 Lane Distribution 1 Lane Distribution 1 Lane Distribution 1 Lane Distribution 1 Lane Distribution 1 i.i43,622 0 21,025,941 43fi,223 0 EASL 152,OSI.JO ,ASL 0.00 EASL 19,-,91 EASL 89J,575.42 EASL 0.00 Total Required EASL 1 1,069,500.03 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A Pro'ect Name Wlldm[Drlve Provide By: DB Date: 711612021 ESAL Layer Material Type Elastic Modulus Thickness Layer Coefficient Drainage SN Coefficient Wa= 830,726 Pa. HMA Aephait 350,000 4.0 0.42 1 1.68 SN- 4.02 FR Fiex Rare 30,000 10.0 0.14 1 1.40 P- 75 Y LSS ISme St U-d 25,000 8.0 0.12 1 0.94 Sr= 0.45 T%5 6ea rid 25,000 0.0 0.80 1 0.00 P,= 4,2 Soi NaNm Sal 3,000 200 - p,= 2.0 4.02 1p 0.674 M,= 3,000 BR 2.0 ive Axle Trapmr�&emiVWlee(3-921-I!baded Pve Aids Trectpr 8emitrallee(3-921-Unloaded i P-ger Gr£ %Th-Axle Singl¢UfliV Lwded Th-Axle 91,1e UWI UM ded !Single Axle T..dem 1 5o�e Axle Sngle MIW ;Tandem Axle Simle Arte TaPdem ANle i$ngle M I Tandem Axle Io8(Wtx/Wt18) 0,74391og(Wtx/Wt18) 0,03401og(Wtx/Wt18) 2,00571og(Wtx/Wt18) 123951o8(Wtx/Wt18) 3.44331o8(Wtx/Wt18) 591.4 ,(Wtx/Wt18) 02-5 g(Wtx/Wt18) 0,07691og(Wtx/Wt18) 1.4-8 ,(Wtx/Wt18) 13501 Gt 0,0792 Gt 0,0792 Gt 0,0792 Gt 0,0792 Gt 0,0792 Gt 0,0792 Gt 0,0792 Gt 0,0792 Gt M1. 0,0792 Rx 0.4737 Rx 0.6110 Rx 0.4100 Rx 0.4268 Rx 0.4011 Rx 0.4000 Rx 0.5754 Rx 0.5754 Rx 0.4225 818 0.6512 918 0.6512 918 0.6512 918 0.6512 918 0.6512 918 0.6512 918 0.6512 918 0.6512 918 8 0.6512 lX 12.01X 34.01X 6.0 IX 17.01X 2.51X 0.01X 16.01X 32.01X 16.0 12 1.012 2012 1.012 2012 1.012 2012 1.012 2012 20 ELF 0.1803 ELF 1.0815 ELF 0.0099 ELF 0.0576 ELF 0.0004 ELF 0.0000 ELF 0.6090 ELF 0.8378 ELF F 0.0447 1.0#axle 2.0#axle 1.0#axle 2.0#axle 2.0#axle 0.0#axle 10#axle 1.0#axle xle 1.0 0.1803 Tandem 2.1629 single 0.0099 Tandem 0.1152 single 0.0007 Tandem 0.0000 single 0.6090 Tandem 0.8378 single ndem 0.0447 RegQved EASE Requ redIEASL Requ red EASE Requ red EASL Regl5lred EASL EALF/Fmck 234326989 EALF/Fmck 0.125088014 EALF/Car 0.000720659 EALF/Car1446789758 EALF/Car 0.077123617 day/week 7 day/week 7 day/week 7 day/week 7 day/week 7 30 30 30 30 30 mck/day=na 4 mck/day=na 0 mck/day=na 1928 mck/day=na 40 mck/day=na 0 Directional 0.74 Directional 0.74 Directional 0.74 Directional 0.74 Directional 0.53 Distdbution(D( Distdbution(D( Distdbution(D( Distdbution(D( Distdbution(D( Growth Rate(G) 0.02 Growth Rate(G) 0.02 Growth Rate(G) 0.02 Growth Rate(G) 0.02 Growth Rate(G) 0.02 Growth Factor 13 Growth Factor 13 Growth Factor 13 Growth Factor 13 Growth Factor 13 Lane Di iibuti- 1 Lane Distribution 1 Lane Distribution 1 Lane Distribution 1 Lane Distribution 1 43,622 i 21.025,941 i 436,223 0 EASL 102,218.79 EASL 0.00 EASL 15,152.53 EASL 631,12275 1 EASL 1 0.00 Total R aired EASL 748,494.06 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A APPENDIX B SUBSURFACE UTILITY ENGINEERING FOR WILDCAT DRIVE Wildcat Drive—FM 624 to Teague Lane, Bond 2020, Project Number 21048 D,,,Sig,Envelope ID 4B477766-E38E-4035-AAF&E48A9322E21A SUBSURFACE UTILITY ENGINEERING for WILDCAT DR. FROM NORTHWEST BLVD.TO TEAGUE LN. CORPUS CHRISTI/NUECES COUNTY,TEXAS x CITY F CORPUS CHRISTI d. = .., I� d CHf�SIO IE:R M.VIi.I.AR p 12/3/2021 n IIID atiw�4marnulr�+s- III III III Millim TBPELS F 11 p IS- `. CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI AVO.042249.002 DECEMBER 2021 WILDCAT DR. EXISTING UTILITY LAYOUT SCALE: WA SHEET 01 OF 04 DECEMBER 2021 WILDCAT CORPUS CHRISTI NUECES 1-1 01 TEXAS 1 042249.002 DocUSign Envelope HE 4B477766-E38E-4035-MFB-E48A9322E21A 0 25®0 SCALE:1'=200' 03 04 .._ x_ WILDCAT DR . x:,.R\vER Q r z c� a LEGEND, IIS ca"e svnav LEVEL•1• LEVEL•B• LEVEL a•D• HALFF TEST unutt xwEsnenTax azcnx ax NOwED R e.zozH era xus wuPLETED reu,Terre renal n1 HOLE xxvELEEn n.wzH.xaPP EUIEssLr DBCLuus RESPaixautt PaR xEx III TBPELS F-312 xT:o»'� .S I. H.D.asTxEVTB Tx E.IB,.a xn- CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI .xD.PPRax x.TE xoxanxi.L.ra msnra �r � q WILDCAT DR. TxE EZMExLE Bn-nes EL r BEParex eL2aalxx Tx xa:aa.ExH«.L,ax x I r DxN LNE .B xB EDECI xxuEnuxttRxwaNxrd xTuxo * EXISTING UTILITY LAYOUT BPaBxe2aaxxTxxaaa Ex«ax. e DxNERGHIP LEC£ND: DxxER: fANTFCT: PHONE: mH EL V x0¢ECTxoxlc x"ORwixx was OxiuxEa d d CHRISIOPHERM VII I.fH p uraEss DTrEx+�xmm,xnLm ua-xas Inar RLPrFsrLr HELD d ......... ..,r BUnU OA ti; 111Q26 . p SCALE: 1 200 SHEET oz of oS u @ t� v: 11-N oe,E IONw.� 10a�,. /.f_Il, O DECEMBER 2021 WILDCAT ExPREBBLv 1EI_1—PEvro 8—FO nE.I—COY OR IE-.N rr Lv GF unutt rfaaeTwx BEPCTm.OttroNO To PELORBs. �,,,, "renwry sxcc: xmaur vLsveL wxPUTIOx,uTEmEs LOUTEO Br rE.ws OP Txeun wxE ,..- ec cnv courvcv 'LL o r- UT L T'CONTINUATION x.v xor OEper TxE.M`—LOUTBx or TIE 0"us TIE TMCER nfN S2 E IT LIT'END xEE IM"OT BE ME MLI W OR!BoaE TIE—11 �kb,y...y.,,;o,+:��'' CORPUS CHRISTI NUECES AIANIDNEA IT I TIs D ILP,B.MIER�A.1 12/3/2021 02 x ovEeHEAD w L T E .�Bx"xx Pm nE~EE.=6Es o..r. n„,E .nre m .. ARE e:s""m or""rano'°"LE.swm""”"Eexo`°sIK"�BE oE"°E�"E"D"E.P"EP°w,"..uTE. clEcre TEXAS 1042249.002 DocUSign Envelope ID 4B477766-E38E-4035-MFB-E48A9322E21A off 0 25®0 Zyiii � SCALE:1"=100' A ED -i Z m a r a C � to a v w _ WILDCAT DR .A a \IDP �_ .. ,�,• ° ,. ME .:,H W LLJ on A,� a W iZ TIP F— L Q LE-01 IIID �a�x sr:nar -LEVEL•1• LEVEL•R• LEVEL a•D• HALFF TEST unuTr xwEsnenTax accAx a NOwEA R 14-era xus wuPLETED reu,Terre renal �V HOLE xxvEreEn n.zxzi.xaFF Eme'ssLr Dxttuus RESPamRUTr F°R xEx IIRI TBPELS F-312T.I1 w...�s AA-.A CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI .xD.PPR°x x.ic x°xa°xi.L AID msnx° q WILDCAT DB. ixE Exs,ExLE xngnes a r REParex Aagmxx iA xE°gm..x�«A,xx ° IVNH,r r pHNLNE mxnur~ Mu EXISTING UTILITY LAYOUT x° E°x xa xF°RwTax x s NxTux o w c °PmEA Aagmxx iA x gm Fq«xx. e" DxNERSHIP LEGEND: DxNER: CDNTACT: PHONE: m�EL V xp¢E°ix°xc x"RRwixx was°xiuxEa d d CHRISIOPHER M.\111 AR p uraEss Dire+�roiEa un.m urc uxrts RwuiED Rw�sexr RELx 0 .... ..,r OAti; 11117 11,n scuF: 1 10 s+FFT 03 of 04 UIU u @ t� v: °A,L JHNI� 0a�,. :.�1, O DECEMBER 2021 E%PRE-1 DrscuxS FE51roN18—FOR nE A°°gU°Y xR 1—rrun_rfga , DEPCTmAEttroxGT°FECORDs. �,,,, °renwryurvrsvALwNFuiwx,ur.mEs L°uizR er rE.ws AF iRAun wRE ,..- cnv c°urvry UTLTv LbNT NUAT ON x.r x°T°mar ixE ACT-LRuiux xF Tl°rorty As,F RWM nfN S2)fy/�4�'EUTLITvEND y '' IHCORPUSCHRISTI NUECES ADD ADs °"""`xr°"`"s""° 12/3/2021 x OVERHEAD UT L T E .�s»oxx Fmna°E.w�sEs q.r. n„,L .V° —ED oEPTxsAID sxKBE F"P"�P°R,".FUTE. °xFHre TEXAS 1 042249.002 DocUSign Envelope HE 4B477766-E38E-4035-MFB-E48A9322E21A 0 25®0 SCALE:1"=100' (] _.... w RVER caN��N 0 _ .. _... �� Ln WILDCAT DR Tx9LLJ � ""a• *�my \Ian lou j1 x{I x{I a Z w � S a U F— I DUN To TOP Q EGENDr W ca ue svnav LEYEL•>• LEVY,L_'g LEVEL a•D• mill HALFF TEST unutt xwEsncnTax accu+ax x°wEER x,z°zH era xus wuPLETU reu,Terre renD1 n1 noTE Ull"ER n.wzH.xxLPP ErnEss"I DBCLuus ll"Tl 1 1 P°R xEx III TBPELS F-312 1 J°-AE°0 xT:o ...T.E.D..HSTxE-L E.B,.w Nn-LE—11 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TO .xD TB.xnB E-nExesM ExLEn q* WILDCAT DR. DxN NE Tx BEEEBO « mnxr r xB EDECIxxNLuxttRBwTMaNx. NxTuxEo EXISTING UTILITY LAYOUT B Pa Bx.aB�xx Tx xa a�Ex«xx. e DxNERSHIP LEC£ND: DxxER: CDNT"CT: PHONE: mH EL V xp¢EMx°xc x"BRwixx was°xiuxm. d d CHRISIOPHERM VII I.fH p uraEss Dire+�xDTEa un.m ua VAMP RwHEsexr"I d ......... ..,r UnU BOA ti; 111Q26 ,n SCA E: 1 loo SHEET o4 of oS u @ t� v: H°Hwo� 10a�,. /.f_Il, O DECEMBER 2021 WILDCAT E%PREBBLr BEE—PEvroHBBLar FO nE.I—COY xR RE-.&rr cv °F unutt rfaa.Twx BUMBE"Cttrox°T°PECORBs. ,,, °renwry sxccr xmqur vrsv.L wNPUTwx,ur.mEs LBUTEB er rE.ws°P TH"un wHE ,..- ec cnv courvry H` o t UT L Tv LbNT NUPT oN x.v x°r BEp°r THE.xCT°.IL LBUTBx xE TiE umrtv us TiE m.cm E UT LiTv END xPE u"r NBT BE MEMLI°N°R!B°aE THE uTLar. �kypy...y.,,;o,+:�'' CORPUS CHRISTI NUECES ADD AD PO s D HALPT By 12/3/2021 04 x ovEenEnD w L T E .�Bx°xx Ew Ra°E a.wsEs o.Lr. "Ell "1 m .. wE e:s""m oH"P°ao'°"rE.swm""DEPTHS""`"xo`°sHK"��'oE"°E�"E"D"`"PPPP°w,"—E. cHEcre TEXAS 1 042249 002 DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SUE TEST HOLE DATA SHEET ' • " , ` Halff Project#042249.002 City/County Name. CORPUS CHRISTI/NUECESII� Location. WILDCAT DR. Limits:FROM NORTHWEST BLVD. HALFF ®III N TO TEAGUE LN. Test Hole # 1 711 N Carancahua Street Utility: GAS Suite 1190 Owner: CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI ` °• °' "'' Date: 11/17/21 Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Weather: SUNNY Tel: (361)400-4600 Test Hole Data Approx. Sta. N/A Offset N/A Test Hole Profile (N.T.S.) Offset pulled from: N/A G s ®Measured Depth of Hole: 3.42' ®Surface Elevation: 80.471 p' • o. 0 a " a " ©Elev. @ Top of Utility. 77.05' ;7-/T7/7% Elev. C`Bottom of Utility: 76.55' (CAL C.) Size of Utility: 611 A Utility Material: STEEL Utility Condition: GOOD C V Thickness ofPvmt.: N/A Type ofPvmt.,Base, etc: NIA E (ffi Description of soil: CLAY Northing: 17201236.51 Easting: 1263980.49 Survey Control: Grid X Surface Scale Factor: N/A Texas Coordinate System Zone: SC(4204) Horizontal Datum: NAD83(2011) Test Hole Plan View N.T.S. Test Hole Photo I , L 2'1 III O ..,,.. I �d L� ll1N --------------- p, .. °.............. �� f f WILDCAT D R e T H#1 / , 1 i- .,., .. t U ility Photo p HPi Pi — t, e �Iq1 i6 I OHS. fi TIE SWING TIE POINT DESCRIPTION DISTANCE Certification:lherebycertiiythat the TEST HOLE T 0 WASTEWATER MANHOLE 17°9' information shown hereon is correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. 2 TEST HOLE TO WATER MANHOLE 18°1' 3 TEST HOLE TO FIRE HYDRANT 25,7' p «� t Field Notes/Legend: ,�. « _ "«• � TES T HOL E ° 1� WASTEWATER MANHOLE V"CHRISiOFIHE: " 9.ViLLAR WATER MANHOLE °11702tij "o ® Y � FIRE HYDRANTi�p 0% ttt 'S'y fe ......... DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SUE TEST HOLE DATA SHEET ' • " , ` Halff Project#042249-002 City/County Name. CORPUS CHRISTI/NUECESII� Location. WILDCAT DR. Limits:FROM NORTHWEST BLVD. HALFF ®III N TO TEAGUE LN. Test Hole #2 711 N Carancahua Street Utility: GAS Suite 1190 Owner: CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI °• «' «'" Date: 11/10/21 Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Weather: SUNNY Tel: (361)400-4600 Test Hole Data Approx. Sta. N/A Offset N/A Test Hole Profile (N.T.S.) Offset pulled from: N/A G s ®Measured Depth of Hole: 2.34' ®Surface Elevation: 80.01' ©Elev. @ Top of Utility. 77.67' ;7\--/,, @)Elev. Cq%Bottom of Utility: 77.17' (CAL C.) Size of Utility. 611 A Utility Material: STEEL Utility Condition: GOOD C Thickness ofPvint.: N/A Type ofPvmt.,Base, etc: N/A Description of soil: CLAY/ROCK/SAND Northing: 17201923,18 Easting: 1264091.55 Survey Control: Grid X Surface Scale Factor: N/A Texas Coordinate System Zone: SC(4204) Horizontal Datum: NAD83(2011) Test Hole Plan View N.T.S. Test Hole Photo �- `�� TRO 1 m��t. PF ,I I Iff , � q � 6 ° n �+..� - O f`I------- - A .. ... .______....... 1 I M,x r a aw Il. 5Tc- '�t -Z, TH#2 WILDCAT DRe7, I is: II I 4 Dwl ! ! .._. y Photo "IIR 3 PP 1 1 OH" 2 E E)IVII 80,05' 9 TIE SWING TIE POINT DESCRIPTION DISTANCE Certification:lherebycertilythat the 1 TEST HOLE T 0 CURB INLET 38.2' information shown hereon is correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. 2 TEST HOLE TO STORM DRAIN MANHOLE 54.2' 3 TEST HOLE TO FIRE HYDRANT 14,0' p «� t Field Notes/Legend: ,�. « _ "«• � TEST HOLE 1�� CURB INLET V CHR€STOFIHEC '�;.VIL AR S )MII .....'?. STORM DRAIN MANHOLE 117026 ice tij "o FIRE HYDRANT1�t0% 1 tt�'S' f t.."......: `w DocuSign Envelope ID:4B477766-E38E-4035-AAFB-E48A9322E21A SUE TEST HOLE DATA SHEET ' • " , ` Halff Project#042249.002 City/County Name. CORPUS CHRISTI/NUECESII� Location. WILDCAT DR. E IN Limits:FROM NORTHWEST BLVD. HALFF ®III N TO TEAGUE LN. Test Hole #3 711 N Carancahua Street Utility: GAS Suite 1190 Owner: CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI "" °• «' «'' Date: 11/17/21 Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Weather: SUNNY Tel: (361)400-4600 Test Hole Data Approx. Sta. N/A Offset N/A Test Hole Profile (N.T.S.) Offset pulled from: N/A G s ®Measured Depth of Hole: 2.77' ®Surface Elevation: 79.98' p' • o. 0 a " a " ©Elev. @ Top of Utility. 77.21' ;7-/T7/7% Elev. C`Bottom of Utility: 76.71' (CAL Q Size of Utility: 611 A Utility Material: STEEL Utility Condition: GOOD C V Thickness ofPvmt.: N/A Type ofPvmt.,Base, etc: NIA E (0)Description of soil: CLAY Northing: 17202651.10 Easting: 1264208.61 Survey Control: Grid X Surface Scale Factor: N/A Texas Coordinate System Zone: SC(4204) Horizontal Datum: NAD83(2011) Test Hole Plan View N.T.S. Test Hole Photo 1I HALF# QD T'"# ��, I �I N 6 ! n 114 WILDCAT DR. I TH#3 3 'y �.I Utilityk Phlot A M fi i TIE SWING TIE POINT DESCRIPTION DISTANCE Certification:lherebycertilythat the 1 TEST HOLE T 0 CURB INLET 106.9' information shown hereon is correct to tale best of my knowledge and belief. 2 TEST HOLE TO WATER VALVE 77°5' 3 TEST HOLE TO POWER POLE 11,2' p «� Field Notes/Legend: ,�. « _ "«• � TEST HOLE CURB INLET V"CHRISTOFIHE: " 9.ViLLAR WATER VALVE 117026 ice PP('..`i POWER POLE i�p �� <r „ .........,. 12/3/2021 CON- PROJECT LOCATION WILDSIFSCI 422-02 CAT DRIVE sn 'T "TET nunNiTEs suns— IFITT On CON 5- PdfTiClO COU f n y I, T111111—TIlFF11 Ia IQUPNiITIEe sIM1,M1,AIV- IL(TT11 I—N.TEI TF PHASING .ss• aTa•,r,3 o,roa� IRTa•ar,a tis¢Il<� EVITIsaaEIFT oo I, IT111111TE11ILLIT11111EVEIT11N ELIIIEIIITIITA ro Ns@ain,�wo III @ITI 1— sI ,/ACEI POLLITnIN IIEIENT,IN PLnN STn,,,sI TI NUECEs eav Ns@aiaFIN1114STnawa IL.IIL.... �o�,, �ain,a1I1NI@sTn,a.Il TINIIi II III TF IEIFIL IINIFINITI1P TI III Tl I IETALs c II g N s, oF3> CORPUS CHRISTI IIIVVVII BAY E,naP IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII w # _ �rePom P d , .. GRAPHIC MAP SCALE r , . I .. v qyyFT ,so TI ENI T,eNIanI ZETA = 3 N ,EENT ITnNlaaos /s(SHEET,IE aI,Ls V IF4 / T .yq /a'sHEETZ IEa j v E E ,�IIµP uHH a Q m r, NIIIII NI_ IEaITa IE a) "N#�MGNq' I ITI —TI ENI nv.so IIF 11 s° IE,Ev w LI(,IEs�TI .. UT 0 E `o e� Le(z lE sl ~ 81 'ITIN LeIFINIE so U oo e<M NI EEII.II-IIIIINTTTT�II1 I a},a 3 ,111 naso ee EI(aFi ELE TwcnL IETA,Le na,cnLTaaEE,c e,cNALavaTE ll A PLANS FOR THE PFANE,A,�.�,onIN L—IT„ z RECONSTRUCTION OF IwNIa�aTEETNn„E g ° STREET, WATER WASTEWATER, PROJECT LOCATION GAS, IT, LIGHTING, AND P1111 Ill w L„ aM,zt�m � PEDESTRIAN SIGNALS Ewa,-` onr„ o o w o z as TNIITTVE,IALIIINREII,REMENTITIRuna I, TNIITELEITR,IALIETA,LIIRIINIIIXESEE,a.,a F, WILDCAT DRIVE RECONSTRUCTION It o (FM 624 TO TEAGUE LANE) o BOND 2020 m o o VICINITY MAP CITY PROJECT#21048 TDLR PROJECT#TABS2022021754 -- FPl,W C 0 1,11 SI R1..00 vIl PREPARED BY CALL BEFORE YOU DIG! IIIIIIVVVUWIIi �T aa,T� °onm �AEaoIucs s '. AmLa 14 `R,1A~ S 11 11 re,uIA I,�,c III L - IIIIIIIIIIIIII� 811 s:C1T1:C, Z.. RELEASED FOR oNSTaucnoN ,von ICATIONE COPANY 7 o;,eda.OJT e�g�ee,>,g se,✓yes m,eAT 7-800-669-8344 e,. �e�eND I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I El S WVOL ILDCAT DRIVE PAVING LIMITS t RNCT2 Re cvmMiw vLioz CPEM104 £o c-mioi eoiyu U�'`o PC NTS I=N SHOPP NO CENTER PCNTS 0 NI —1 LOT4CA se ER CENTER VOL 67 PC 458 M�e.N. l cHi 111H Delve41 11 111 VOL 48 PC 79 ti MRNCT. MRNnT. LOT 3 U os7i 9lo EiENTER VOML 67 212 RNnT o z z d O eoii Q Q> J �Q o z 0 z Q O eoi iu o Q r Q U O o J O z O J O O U O GEOTECH BORE INFORMATION ROADWAY CURVE DATA .......... �2!RMDSAIN�q""_ .................................................... .......... axraasra w............................................................. war a, ............... ....................................................................... ............... Ea MPa ............... F 78 T lo .......... .................................................................. ........................... ............. -——vE ------------------------------------------- ................ «,o,116,1.T1 .............. ............... ............. ................................................ ...... ......... 11.......... ... ............ ................................................................... 111TTI) _F17 ............................. I =T I 1�IT— 1 2)A��D 11 1� T11 .................................. .............. ........... 11 .....................T w96 -----——-----------------------------------------------------sxrxaaa�------------- ..................... ..................... I I I T ....................................... ........... Al I ............ 51Q T FA I ........... ....................... ..............................A_ 12ITIIIl.FlIE --——----------------------------------�j i 7o orenunx� R 10�7 __T .......... z 1 11.1-T 1� W T i I !I IFI—FlIFIT 1111 ll All 51—A"FlIlLF—I �A lk I :TE 'TtF- y. 1a E I iTEM"M", I T —-------------------------------------------------- T"111— IF 2.......... ............................................................................ ---------- xoE Er is ................ I IF F—, 1— 11 ....T'. F.- —1- ........................................ IlITI—I .......... I— ...................................................................ii, F111 10 ----------------------- Aha IF 1111 ............... —-——— ------------------------------------ ... .......... -..... ............................................................................................................................... l T-F) I,j.............. =Z Z��:l I.,F I "I i,il 1, l, ................................................ ............................................................ 11. 1—— 61, 1 :1 1111 IF 11.11 Ill T-111 IZ FIT C.I— Iul 1 eEn2 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I �I:1111 T1111111 I lIll a 1 4 1,ll I————--------------------------------------------------------------------- 'All"I'll" —IT.............................................. eee; rewcu —11 3 IF F`15 F F') Ex Ea s ................................................................................................................................................... ....... —1 Fll lF.—1111—IIIIII—FIF F, I .................... ....................................................... ........ ..... it uiii. ............... Ea c 11 _=T �lalIF 5 1— F'M,-�111TIFFIF, 1 7 IF I.-I 11IF 11 'l I ................................................................ mEo uxoc I F 131 1.I-111-71F 1.1. 1 IAIT I,,,l I IF IF 1�I I —IT-11 I V I IF-1 :IF III .I...FI.............................................. IF ... . .... T, o ------------------------------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ITI F 11I.--ll I swET 4 yr 97 —FFTI-1.1.1 IF STS-1007 CITId 2-8 GENERAL NOTESsKUFBEl 1. SCOPE OF WORK c 1oa ITaaM—1a PIPE sues eF a INAWN ory EIIINI c Ta TUF cxs sn'srx'arv.µTu ryNE AF (RT PODE�aT ENTs ss.s ore .is esrvos nrvo I—ND sreoreT A wLoenT Dre VE.F'oM FM Sia'o'EAeuE 1—s A remownv Larve Osrnrvees. ESE ereEn Ere PIPT11 Are£wenLL o eE A nrveo e ! „✓ reeearvs"PEV£NTS ry HE PAT nrvo NCLUDEO VAreaus 3 10 CONNIT nrvo Us 111 THEexs Ne u. P o s[o M ROVE MENTs ETHER wnuN OR ABUTTNI Ex sr Nc Eas[u r o (aoAw)nnrvo LFx recnownv PnvEMENT sEc'ary nrvo'o rescorvsrreucT sLLEc'IND ED supe eE PROTECTED By TUE coNTRAc'oR wuEN woRK NO wsuN re msE MAP s 11—NSD core reEFEresrvcE ry THE vans. OF MaN(s).a oNu FNINNI IDIEs w ERE A NE wA ERL NE EDIN E1OE1 Ell DEAL I LEasIIARv ANI.IF cnslNc Is nv Wox7•NPTITHN'HE III lE I. FSAF'DFEOcuae milerzO No, ED A ED EI 2. STREETS 'NDE n TO TUE ENONEER.BEFORE cEs GR muFaw ATTFAIALL nR[ns IIMF NEE sA AN oN PiaN KID KE ore BFTIN III BE III SUBM TSF.uL ssaFFTs DIMFrvslarvs suowry ary Pians AaF s ARF NA BACK OF coag. INSPFc1ION vnLL OCNIucIEO. 'P Al"AF euae N _FE } A uL cuae RADII nT nRFF'IN'FaSFeTlINI A RE a'"OWN IN Pians uNLEss NOTEI O1uFwrls "DIED v. 8. SPECIAL RESTRICTIONS FOR SEOVENCING WORK ..A.... 'o BE IPF F ESE cNs TEAM 11 IIEIEl IND s vTISFACTION.wrere rvo IF A uuL NOT PRECEDE coMPACTEo BASE Al No MORE FF FF 'r LFIN1111 IF"To MureNE sane of CAvneLE of LAWN n,s woTre vere B. TFAN TON s,aLL rouow cuRB coNsaucT°Doo aos ON reE IEOINEMEELI a '=ANNE ""Allll'i..Sm, r(T ' P TUE PiaNs ANI'uE o. WAnEwrtTER UNEEI EIII FOL—BACKFILL BI NO, I IF ore NOLLs Ev Ncrel 11EP 1 CON,RACT IocUBENTs.PRIOR sO BEONN�Nc WORK. IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII iN*ER E PaorEss�orw res BN 22" IIVUIIIIIIIIII BE INTI1 AT 6. WASTEWATER LINESFLAT IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ,KE UMDs OF P1FPosED sTreEE,ExcW.A'ION. "IEK I owBACToe ANI ACCErvEo FOR FEE E THE LL 3. SIDEWALKS&DRIVEWAYS O. _ D ERALNO PARTMENF 11 IELEFT MATE MI.EI'o raTORu°ROUND IENsry ore A MmIMUM EEEEi NONOWTR CuosALL BENOLLtT'I N ATTF�a NORMu INs uouas. OF REI suaFACEs ARE IF 111—I1.TOI C BE 9, TRAFFIC STRIPING AND SIGNAGE U LIE 11 1 AIE1 LEAImc To LIFE IRNEwnr.MAxIMUM I.KINFDOILE" NEIAN, NLANN MANIDLE A. EMENT MARaNcs FOR nREns sKALL BE TYPE j ALLIALLALE'LIFE,ABLE PRwI B. OMTNS PAVEMENT MARKNcs INALL BE ANINARI TO nREET IIIliypy�a Q P ore FM"oW"L Mnx xoP =T:(Csy E. R DucT LE RON PPE suALL BE uSSI ForeDO - NI�, uYl�p W w IF PE tMAxJ= M(AIA1 O' Pc LtµFE _sx(om) _ - ore LIE LormioN.AucNMENt sDLwu,s IND cuae RAMPS SHALL IF 1IM—A a INE ore EASEMENT TO TUE MAN =D F�A1=FTP`I.`ENEpAONM�IONF OF LIE SIN PLAGUE Is APPUcwBLL TO p S"_N ON I DET11111,=III L'I'll less u. OPE, EANE'ALLMEM NuuL NOT BE REOUIREo "NS"ALL NIFORM )` _ Es(TMITC11sON (— DL I' FMINMIMIPNPE11 ON (N So).sT T T u NS U I'LL NED LIFE OFF -I LE TA 111.IAMPI SNIT BE IE.1NEA AT E.1 ODINEI IF Ell'IIEET �, In AND 0. MISCELLANEOUS 1 A A_, DALTL E IE PLEEI E A lS"OWN ON BE—T,,=DI FALL BE E, WA'ITTEDEAL"NANLE.AL`El._'FALL BE PLLE,WL,OTANLE11 lTEEL A IINCIETE IIALL&=11T VEFEIE AN EI�IT�Nl N,NcIELE L—TIBE 11 (reANOLL).ry Law wreleno11 NOLL eE SUeSIOIArer To wASTEwnsEre C' s wPIIN LIE Row s'aLL BE REMOVED Al Z W CINIIETE.14 BARS(nELE EE F M LELAREBAR)ATE xe Q W eE s'rereoucreau,.sew'IT Ano Mnsw,,rrAOEs a o. IALL LOOIANATE lETu W = AvvreovrewsE.nL M. - -pv E(Row)Sano ExL TYPTNNI LLY'[sys ALLCBE TRE- W 4. CURB&CUUTTER vN(s1.�, SEs w 1E A NE O W MAT F rv. SPRINKLER S'S'EM _ r Mlrva,Irv'ErereD N,reEoulreED Durelrvc nE-ins are cHO.N V Q Q O D IONDINTED IN HOARD 6 CURB uNLEss IREe,EI oIIIE I IF ENGINEER. . - INE NOLL BE KICK AN OZONE AIVINORI tiaN BEEN INNUED,EICEPT FOR SPECIAL NOTES. o U O z z O siTioN s'aLL Al m TAF '' nrvo sueMN so THE ENANEEN eEFOIE c. - BLocK s000mc m AccoaoANCEµNu TUE ary NTRoLBADMALF, m Q wsPm' WILL eE ccE"ED. u. vRVEr MONUMEN,s saLL BE PPECEI AS ANECTED BY TUE BTI suRVALAR. �N W NEW_B CURB MATCAEIEDWIlD B N LONA.NF TK 2w-A4 AD—Smut BE USED WHERE serevlas ory a nANIARo PECIFItis oN 11E IF PC Z ]. WATERLINES 11. DESIGN CRITERIA 5. STORM WATER&UTILITIES aBE IIE E PIANO ENDEI - aLN Arewc AN are As MI e C7 PEs(E ILL 1111 ENLINCH ILL s,ASHALLOw unsetLOWDEMAND 'HE EIN .Taos woren 3—L eE I'll REPORT IN NELUDEo Al AN APPENAO IN TUE A mss)wreL�NP'HE LMres aF ssreEn E+corns oN sauL eE reEMovEo a oc�ri cMUNREcoMMENDE'PAVEMENT'E TON'core Bmu L' B ALL o TD THE TE wore,. 'APF IND P, IEILY NENE x AELV ,w,wD NED wn'Ere N V,VUEE ""`BE°°'Us,ED.o�°°` THe`E0� TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL NOTES: LE rsPHa<,1 SERION AND THE reIOID(corvcreeTe)sERIONµEre£ F11T IF THE s ore s NFIAN'BUCTUBE DEADN oL(T11 ILIN NOTE AEE INCLUDED NooNEo LNE,o reEMAN N L'P�Dr>Mi 11 1 ore MP,As,HE PreovoSEo wore,.,ur.nao �re seLV,.UE B.TKE c,r.HDwEVEre.nLL reEaTED DEMS,HA,,.reE Ty PiIIO P,MLF BE c DAT TUE EN161. UNWnenEo ar'HE ery SHALL eEeoME PreaPErery of THE IONTreu'are AND c ac9_of wnv QbuJA oLnP as s nPPAaFN,AND w c. ALL WORM WADER PPE SHUL BE rLAss RC PPE WT'LYLE B WALL A P03ED ar N l APPIOPre ASE MANrvcre. 'A suowry ary Tu.. DRAwry AND FINDIE&GROOVE JONTs PER" ]6. E Pre VETE WATEI sEOEAE LNEI cons OF'HasE LNEs'HI-END FIAO s euro ory rvroRxti.T ory PRav DFD Al erv_ S SHEET .rJ O(97 I. ELL_ON ADJUSTMENT,FOR MANHOLES AND VALVES SHALL BE DONE FOR A Bu LD NO 10'HE METE'NaN Prevn�EµATE+sErev CE LNEI nreE TH sE I SEPARATE PAI. Tw,T_END FROM'HE ME'EI Ta'reE Merv. o -TD E. ALL VALVES ANI MANHOLES REOU R NI ADJUSTMENT NHALL BE EKTENDEI To F. wHEreE NEw wA'EreL NEs nreE LLss'HAry e FEE'sEPnreA�ory os,ANCE FreoM Ci�2i e,. TESTING SCHEDULE BASE BIO NO.01 —FLEXIBLE(ASPHALT)PAVEMENT TESTING SCHEDULE BASE BIO NO.02—RIGID(CONCRETE)PAVEMENT N 11TE FST oUINTTI TON EETE fsr O NTITY / sz , T ., T , � weTxo rnemmnnxT y , Y r IIA �I I oww.E o T 000=.o,....o.... A va o.a�.wF (11E—n P (PIE'E,� e It 11 PI I �o z a u11 PIE a w w 01 1 w >o cnm o Q 0 w 0 ON(EO)IN PUCEo Z _> w O a m U m T/,IV ? V)m 11 NLE 10111 101 IONTILNo/�aaoE m To� —— Q IENT NE asE cuavnTuaE nv ___ z 110N TEaNOL-Y T—ENlY o o aETEP PE 11Y PIPE �IT "T IENT III Ily V' V�VULV Ewa soEwa ws wE�Eon EEL �� 77R1 I 1aO�No/��oE VVaNHO O�THE�T T, _TE, ELE ON VN V N V V aaE EEET www�TEwaTEa�TTN� � EIaN L,ONTsTA sTaTON 11 aEH,oaaNT N NOaTH ITV IT01.—El e,. 'To To To To 1111IN, RAVEL 7o 70 RAVIT 70 SIDI-ALK 47 20 S��E � 4 SHOULDER SHOULDER 4 SHOULDER uin EXNN0 IIllu�llllllll `�"°`�"`�"���""D IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII EXISTING ROADWAY TYPICAL SECTION @ STATION 4+00 PROPOSED ASPHALT ROADWAY TYPICAL SECTION @ STATION 4+00 ti Soo Soo 4' 1 AIL _AIL �n U IIVAV�a Q m uu,w o W w U 0 ti U e uevu�u 4.1 zu of eiuev,wu< 1111111K 1111INI z ueu ewe o�u� en eu zu e1e1vNu< ao•.M �. .,. oNo w �Q U`� EXISTING ROADWAY TYPICAL SECTION @ STATION 8+00 PROPOSED ASPHALT ROADWAY TYPICAL SECTION @ STATION 8+00 ao o Q 0�r0 ZO U z �m Q ro 3 P 3oA�E.aEA.ME..,°.°evsea�, ° vaca�se E..,. Q TY" EXISTINGPAVEMENT SECTION ,� .°as°�wEe°�s°°.a,�Es.,�°�E° ,,,° .._ ---r— .Ea °°.EM= BASE BID 01 s swET 7 ar 97 PROPOSED FLEXIBLE(ASPHALT)PAVEMENT SECTION FLEXIBLE(ASPHALT) ooRnunm ma sem. PAVEMENT e,. 600 ITO 111 111 11 ITO 111 111 11 SIoNIALK so zo SHoHlo 70 tDE-LK � � oLANE LANE o� E w PA rP w ,ax of E,oP E o� »ra IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII EXISTING ROADWAY TYPICAL SECTION @ STATION 12+00 PROPOSED ASPHALT ROADWAY TYPICAL SECTION @ STATION 12+00 ti �n ti Q m nnuYl�p12 12 DRIlo 8 y AAyj lo8 El 200 200 DRI DRIVESRAY 200 200 DRIVEARY W w Soo Soo 0 ti U 11 o TRAVEL TRAVEL 11 RAIL rkLANE 4 4rkrk 420 20 Qrk o .,..ar _7 T, �Q w w~ >o N u,@A Qo EXISTING ROADWAY TYPICAL SECTION @ STATION 16+00 PROPOSED ASPHALT ROADWAY TYPICAL SECTION @ STATION 16+00 0 0 0 Q �m O O �E .a , o .s xTxE CExTEv�xE or TxE � Q N ueova�E ° �oMP,�reo TOMM.aa�Moo eEoo�oao.:�.�w.s.Mo,� TKKQu9 EXISTING PAVEMENT SECTION To ,a. Z„ HTNTEo EMT s. ,EEw Tx uEEEE eoaEEoa,�EST,�EEEo ERoTews s ..a. .DASD EwE oxT oEE�„�`�o�sESTa..o PROPOSED FLEXIBLE(ASPHALT)PAVEMENT SECTION BASE BID 01 S SeEEr Or 97.. xrexrercExoEEssoxw�sExvcE.oEnaEs,.�.ET E a. ,E cur LLT - E.n.oEa�ME.T=ERo.a.00EOTE��.�aEEoaTEa�o�E. � wEaao.���TOEE�oME�TEOTo =� FLEXIBLE(ASPHALT) �; a aoEao�ToaoE.=r�TMos� EROEER.o.m,� aEu=E .�EROEosEO E„�EME.TSE�T o.EawoEO E.. PAVEMENT o ST[?—1007 o„TEEE.EEo�, �T.oaoaE�s�xan — GTI � e,. -E 600 HIO 11 lo8 200 200 12 30 4 4 � E DER 4o 7o TI.AlL TRAVEL 7o 4oTRAVEL TRAVEL I I S—ALA 47 20 SHOUL SHOULDER 20 47 SIDESSALK 11111RALK 11 � HIUL— 11 11111—K q, 4ui" Pa =s. oPErP k.� i E,a IIIIIIII�IIIIIIIII uuuuvuuuuuu IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII EXISTING ROADWAY TYPICAL SECTION @ STATION 4+00 PROPOSED CONCRETE ROADWAY TYPICAL SECTION @ STATION 4+00 ti �n ti Q m nnuYl�p W w HIO 11 HIO 111 111 11 U 0 ti 1 AIL -AIL 11 4' U 11 1111 N e1111we we 1HIUL z 1 eiuevweu e nIUL — 11 11111—K o s. 4 4 0 ._. .4 o �Q w >o U, �oN EXISTING ROADWAY TYPICAL SECTION @ STATION 8+00 PROPOSED CONCRETE ROADWAY TYPICAL SECTION @ STATION 8+00 0u o Q o -o }Q �m � .o w o a x.xe�x.��xeor.xe � w+ m zU9 o U9 u EXISTING PAVEMENT SECTION a a�oMP�.Eo s�aoa�Es.���Eow.x SME Eo��.o a.o. Pao.oEaa.o9:Enna--��nu,rEa"�ao':EMSE.aE�.o.. PROPOSED RIGID(CONCRETE)PAVEMENT SECTION BASE BID 02 RIGID(CONCRETE) RooRAvnn��o R.o =EooEo.E��.��PaoPosEOPa�ME.aE�.o.Pa of PAVEMENT o STR 1007 e,. HIO 11 HIO 11 11 o SODDINS RAVE SIoNIALK so zo SHoHm �E �E �7o zo a, S�o4o polo S oo�N��n S�70 LANE RAVE �70 20 polo EmP, PErP , =,°PE ui n NoIT E" P"°P�°"."° VVVIIU�VVVII AEE IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII EXISTING ROADWAY TYPICAL SECTION @ STATION 12+00 PROPOSED CONCRETE ROADWAY TYPICAL SECTION @ STATION 12+00 ti �n ti iIE„"NAV a Q m 0 ti zo� seou�oEa ewe ewe seou�I AIL I-AIL 7ooEa zo� zo� seou�oEa ewe ewe ou�oEa o � a w 0 S=EE°E.a� z z o� ul Q UQ w w EXISTING ROADWAY TYPICAL SECTION @ STATION 16+00 PROPOSED CONCRETE ROADWAYTYPICAL SECTION @ STATION 16+00 w Q Uo o U o' m z o }Q TV m"o,F,EPa,EMA,.:�,°" � ,� ° , i o :ErPE�:�•°":o°•"E m z N /\ EXISTING PAVEMENT SECTION pq°rE°° °°�zE°war"o`ME ' " BASE BID 02 sHEu soar 97 PROPOSED RIGID(CONCRETE)PAVEMENT SECTION RIGID(CONCRETE) reo oRnunmo v�"°m» PAVEMENT ST[?—1007 e,. AAwEnnSn,L1NNL 2299 0 -- —ALGLI -----�— --�— N e 3.m �ca,eM,oa ➢y3 r� �— �rpre.re.0.oEm=. � Z E��A EN HIGH loo VOL 69 PC T 0 m _ rR '^ OP R � e a .®..a.,.e.. LOT 3 L 42 PC 112 . �./ E VOM R N C T. —— ————— —S ONNSO SURVEY CONTROL AND BENCHMARK re0 ..mn,aE.=re�k�� � aueaose O..re�ssrere,�-. rererew,�reO.E.Ore.reE _ uVe1 p x U� ,reo ,>m,re,o,aa ,��An �a sETauwuLwiTx w�re.a F.�s_.�. i-,o 0 ILT wLAuen niGn xnooL T I - I ~ U VOL 69 PC loo ___. T.uromwwnx,xrreeF _ Mwd� , _ o —, mmwo- -maswv - uae au re 'TH Z O + ol m —a,,T rre Z a U w U _ o Z — w z ——— — ,o�.Lry FasEwExT —— —— ——— FLKI ITT 41V BLK1 L aA mn X VoL d8 79 4 ———— ---- --------ioeu Lo xn LxE ---------- w IMINCT urvOLVLLVYLO WRESORCALALLEN NURSING HOME I NFORMATON ON EC I NG IT LT ESS FROM BEST AVN L LE NFORMATON OF HLCVHO AVO SYV FLw LVCA VNS.AL ITT LVLH Y tFFVH HAS nttN MA)t IN ALL(vOnLC AVO NH VH t)MAY ntb'H[NVN. 77RIO�E` CONTRACTOR S RESPONS BLE FOR FFIID VERF CATON AVD LOCATON OF THESE oUNDERGR TIHT LTESAS REOU RED AT NO SEPARATEPAV.CONTRACTORTO e,^ --- --------- — oo� m m _— m — — -.. _. IMLDCATDRIVE —m 0 .w GO Z , .m Z r,.. ,m $ --- — — -- -- DEME", — RE ��EVEPONTSS '------------ °L:R'N.crnse — m .. ------ / n�K,,� �, — --- IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII -- ' ——— ,°°°"°"E IMOVES NCC,EALLEN RNGT I WNESOR C,aLLEN NURSING HOME SURVEY CONTROL AND BENCHMARK LH EI y � I w�ALLen nu AUMinninAnonCAFALLEN HIGH FLGI Ll IV VOL 69 PC 100 ""RN C'T MATCHLINE THIS SHEET ' U Mw EsINC LEry .�t o+ .M i :s a V m Q .—r N Z � a o Z w ooQo 0o _ 1 R m p Q~o o UOz z N oro eER2 m "°Mas PC 147 ESnnnV, x °FIVE PO CENTER ?RNCT MoVEsnccA�LLEn i --- ------ I °RA�EEv° O�VLEL°nE�� ==INT sfE 120 97 ° AEOR�TONONE�N°°TETESS a�E RECOR°,�°SPOTEELLEO�,TONSAE E°ER°EEE II i �°°�°E �,N ,�°ER —.. UNE _. NON�R ORSR�EONSnLLEORE� RENAONAN°E°�,ONOEn�E fire^°RAIN° IS S E SEPARATE PAY CONTRACTOR TO ,. umOERcaoumO UT ET ES AS REOU REO AT No STR ���� LTY .1 GTI ,qv RECORD AND SPOT FIELD LOCATIONS ALTHOUGH EVERY DAT r�wvEBE Ho- 4224— ACCURATELY RED CT ALL ITT ES N ALL( TIo N AN H ESE — .S 11 Ll o aa7o ■ o x � 1 F - . - o �lM1+r� 4 _ .... .. o xxxosox ...� -.�.�,......... .....�, ." .:n .�O .. + .xEx Es.rox. m _ .. Ip p t tm� uLLOEa,x wo � a �� oE,xESAx A aw - r , r -- - � C L �.M�. � SASAw - oww PE 1 o Q _ u tm `�! _ �...�. �E Q z w u) xr Lu �_�---- — — - rcn Q Q o -- �■ , oEwoa ca E,m u, — — PEMOVE Ex's, s ux. ,, •�• ,pt. � ry H *a:_ - - - co-n,.u.�.,._ �s u n...�......... � w N Q fn N O V � m x r aCl v.Cl". � ■ � �� w a o EEOENo EE oNE oFFiN�sPo Cl A o vwo� ESE EOMxoE is�a BllEM*°o°As.aEE.E2AAA,ON xE AxNEu,A.xEaoAAE x 11—AxAN,�E 10010 =E s e r r Na�oE e P"ooEAE,uvo 'F TIE 2.'TO sGN= °ww,EEa Eo0NAA;o s,o aE xEN o a.-w 3 o1aN2 AEA_oN�A.Es..AE 2oN.R„2.oR a.xE�oNN NAx NAEEx E.=,Ea,,2oN.xAx,ax NSE ExaLL Na=aEo,k ax Axax ax E.axa T wEA PROPEw owNERs,o DoE DEE aRP,EON. Paoli,o w EORE�IND 11 ITE EUEN,. Ea NN EAxN�Ex m=EaB NTE aE Ax2,ECLIN ANv s EE ]�0 97 A.AA,Ex aA=,EaA=Ex A.A PE ExAEE IT—l TIE oNpE o DTAL Eax��AEEE.2xx.A�xAENoxAE ® °N<.�oEwAEA AM—L axxE AxoR,o NEEEE oANAOEE o�2xR. AEEPRO,ST aaEOA,EE.E AxA S77"1007 11 2 .......... 4M91,002 AI 11 14 11(,11 GAI 1111 14 11(,11 �FTI, INAPT , ,,T IT H .......... �2 uf) Lu ........... :77�1,7 ..................I..I .re Ewwu� T I (All TO 4 T H, OIL 11 1114',Ol Erex I 1 T,UI Z) • o I 10 111HPO L Z�� Ill Ol 14111 k t I I IF I I I z T LE1 Ull IlEll 0 1kT11 ll.—L AFNI,sloEwuk ll.— Fi < 6 00PA ly0PNIl FN TAO,l I—IFT .................... o o IG D'MOLH I P.1.1T p N. ..... ..LITN T,U,, 0 I LL.NIT111 F�NCD'FOIL V-1"I"Till 2 GNO PIF 6 IGMF I D1�11N "'M"" NML LINLE11 HIl EM NT-01 I 11DINA 111INILEI ILPTEMI FANTGATAI III—.01DIN11 SHPLL NOT B"CH`MH 6 1MEl I— DIPNIE P'op'-' SN"' -CT N, P",I,,1011111D S,NDILL I INI IPINILEI—4lHZ IETT El IN' a."'El 111TE"'T IND 11 1ILL IG'N OPE111111L D 0 INI NICIAYL BI To "7"'I"N ,.N,I_T.N,Ill "GHL N,,T"I"_0 PNLE,_PM AN,,'N o lHGLL RE FAMILETID P-1 10 No*I RIY DETMENT P MNIMIHI or 11 H0111 11-I�NEIGAIGly Z GCCN'lplMC`UI`E'ITP�l'NpaLol"���CEOM�renMCIT�olreIESLuym��O S"T"'NS I,IN' 5 ZTPY N"Ll HIM=LL Z LOTI INLIAI S=N IT111111,IE17MCNI�NT�W�LINI'1`1L ........................................... PT THE ENGIN-ONDF PODIPINPL lEMLI,,N N,,T N ON I"PUN. . .......a.. ON,Fxs PON*. E IP ................ .............. .... '. He,;oHuwvuINFORMATIONON XISTING UTILITIES IS FROM BEST AAEB—LE INFORMATION OF evo en, ,URA FLO"FIT ALLU NO ALLLLUL LIANIIDA,� CONTRAOTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION AND LOCATION OF THESE Oreo sHnunnc ma UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AS REQUIRED AL NO SEPARATE PAY CONTRACTORTO COORDINATEVMTH ALL UTILITY COMPANIES e,. LEGEND NOTES CIRA1SrUHHereH —III EINTING SLOPM YCATEP LINE zz vooz offEIISTING CURB INLET �w NO STORM NES E RE RE OR CED CONCRErEPPESBUCEPT_ OT ED OTHERu,nSE. („ ATEH MANHDLE oPROTECT LIMIT5 r FLOW DIRECTION BE PROPOSED STORM WATER MANHOLETLUNCTON SOn L I ¢ A IIIM — IIIA m A ' A c D j IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ---__-_"- o II IIU�llllllll A IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII m m H n i z U a N IMITS �� //�\...\........ o v PROJECTI K x c u 1824" 8IS WILDCAT DRIVE 'A zr' 21 A- 24" a 13 5' 36"(OUTFALL) 4x2 12 1 y I oE V ER > CATFISH DRIVE d -a FFe L..ni. w ` .cr. SIR Tcr I 111 11gar ER m F vv , H rn vc �oQo o m < �N ch Lon m O t— � SHfEi 1 J`of 9� STORM WATER BASE MAP pRppRpW1A�ND SCALE:AS SHOWN o STR .1.00.7 c ry"OR"T q voce e,. LEGEND PROREO, 4—off NOTES 1 THIS ENCE YPIS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY THE FISHING WER LINE CONTRACTO °PI IRTE �k�iTONSSHIL CUTEY wATTR�WLT M� El RENOTE' T�ES — _ — PRo�TIT aC�T of wA� oTOSEDTOTHEPR PTE 111.1EPROP11 Rs�T'ESONLNE�E PROPo=EPPOPISED FIRER LINE � Tr�1.1-NO 111 11 b T�N ITE-INI LICATIoN 1 I__ IIIM I : III A n IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII D Illlllllllllllllllllll < IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII z A � m ,u Cl I,im U a NO _ .mmmIBNMN SL Q m a �1, w.a / a w.. DRIVE / E I III IT, I CI v / PROJECT LIMITS ... i f111PINCT �NLi u m CATFISH DRIVE Q d D w n ec m CE w > o o Q o w IF z T7 SIR I I f I I I ---- a sNrrT 16or 97 WATER BASE MAP ��R^w a SCALE:AS SHOWN o STR 1007 e,. DT S REN�EPDRPDS SDN��THE DDE r. THSD oNSvH OH LEGEND I ILL III NG L NII 11 111I PPEIX Pr WHERE NOTED OTHERWISE FEo aA `^ '4k � aaw D�RER�DN �,Ioaao III A A , a � ---- IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII _. � -- II II�IIIIIIII i IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII z 0 m x U a n v NAV a Q m r. vc u 8"(ABANDONED) J o PROJECT IJMITS Is, WILDCAT DRIVE__ 5 �Iv 110 141 (11 1411 a Rj _R � N l/ r, r� rt cr G CATFISH DRIVE Q m m 0 10J(OUTFALL) D � 000z � 'II; S SRfEi 17oi 97 WASTEWATER BASE MAP DHD�R^w D SCALE:AS SHOWN o STR 1007 �,�z, e,. 1 THIS EASE NOR IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY THE oTTRACTORSu1 TTv LOCATIONS PRIOR LEGEND T TO THE START OF CONSTRU CT ON. -DED STEEL E:cEPr �., ?'w I Exsr Nc GAS SNE _O' Nu"U neuvxe'e. PRaPosED CIA SNEGAS ADU"ENTS STAFF'E 4 DAC�LLGASRNETRENCITRARETHE _GAS _ DEPAPTIAENT �LONTOEACAAATEAND o TS IIIT RN(TIE-IN) cONNECT�DAOCATON r CC AE z WY" ;, < A D ii„ O IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII z IlllllllIISIlllllll � IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Al cN _ A m Vl i U a E USTI NG 6 GAS p Gn m g y (TO AE REMOVED) PROJECT OMITS „ ?, I m OR Ras —c S•, PROPOSED6"GAS w..,i. "I ITT i oT, nw w � G z 1 11 11 TTT ww III l >>o o�w� w 0 0m Jm NQ n7RI GAS BASE MAPSCALE:AS SHOWN o BASIN ANALPS IS Ewmxs NDENsrvINeTI Dscxnxel1.) NDENSDY I,NeTI DscxnxsElesl ND ENS DvI Nerl os�o-r.ppesl ensN nUEn la=I evnwE svEnU srrax uvEnU ssrEnx Eoo-vEnU e a a-E see ono sss as3 sET inn ELT inn a 40 a a-E ssn osTo sss nm sET nua ELT sszo —q na Q a y& P n� sEe nsos sss 3nm sET s� ELT >iza 82 mm em a p an � 111-121rxormEo o a Ca °Form-Eo rvrErvs rvl Nh�l oscxnxcElesl INT12NjC 1,1/111 oscxnxcElesl rvrErvs rvl Nh�l o1 H.ARGElesl q LFE 82 F, TE SO 12 (JOE E _ ✓lr-�� gz A o gz �Ca IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII C CEo az U �IIIIIIIUIIIIIIIIIIII ° d _ IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII S4 LEGEND EXISTINB soRM WATER LINE11N 11E1ECT uwTS ElIISTINB STORM WATER LINE OUTSIDE PROJECT LOTS d a r 12 - -" m m o CURB INLET ° ez q se %,A LF ® RATE INLET 12 A-2 m Q D U a — PRaECT RERT of wnv - 2 z N CRANa BASIN BEUNEARv O - �uVII„I B „az= ExSTNE CENTAUR AND ELEvnTION z X � w L PARCELS/LETS ez p• A p U�o A-3 g `l 0 m � DRUNur NE.rs ° "m o 0 02 P ,. EPosED c LETTER R"<vr TD E E.EMBER ze.M DE D"E o e2 'EDUEssD LTS ,"E�""' ez MPAF a `�ry IMPRDVE'll o1/D"E ImNc DARN wn�ER srnEM. gy o n PNi EE NIGTE,wu ss 0,s N NO ED TD THE car w v ENDINEERIN °�ON NA E" ��I= wp A-1 NOTE TOAAL PND LIST TIE AFE s" CC s nR L FEE SAw�EaVeo,Iaaa o�c�E AT NE oaNEINLET Ll Lc r�PSPU203Tre„aEcoao 182 4 9�U s2 24" e q a e2 —ST �� 4 8 aR-^,a 15" e TILE PRoro DVEMEIws"avE MNuu MPac,T "E EI PUNC ^-`� i6 az 18 g8 \ ^ T _N_NE"E3 THE Pre.PDSED...Nc s rvET NLI — - Z PGVEUSELv MPACD TIE E.e SDND SUREPCE DPANEO ELGw PADD[RNS. N az 21" i6 \ Q a ED TD aA`-WILDCAT DRIVE s 6" E .. E Dsc"areDE Dino Toowry Dry,"s s~EE<APIESENT THE o IgE s n srm vow STORM EENT, o —- s m __.—__ __—__. _— —__. 16 6, w 'HE IF'OFFFT u'wED"oD w,s USED To DOEDDw.TE T"E - 1s^ w DSew�reDE BEIAMIAIT 'FFNDT ON,E E vwUE w E�EUaTED EEre ExsTND AND PAS—ED 24 (o, ez Illf^`"IIIA' IIIA Q 6 T,uEOF�NDENTreATDN DE D M"E"w3 ^ ) az m o w o FA L N EUEOEENcv cuavEs WEU[wLz[D 82 � os[o E F"s. NCLEDE cEUA INLET UEPIUEUENDs s2 MPRDVEM[NDs q 82 w AND a LETTi1ry DE rvEw PIPE urvDEre T"E PreDPa3E o �o ND. re°o°wn.aT C U O Z FAIL NEED LIP Do 1E NENEEs aLNE D"E"I'L Nc Te mff2ISH DRIVE o r reENEoreDED DEN°reE,E P PE EreDP1 TreUN.ENE,wD oPPL dg SLEa m zMaNNDLEs LIFE DoDE REPIacAT WDM Pw*e NEAT Do*11P EDT Lsec�IND NEw wwNDL<s :N'S wns REcurnED er THE B2 a ;PE To AooD P A_ED P EMENT N(uecremE)CeNELL,,. m n Q ELY DD NET REOUDE SO ANELYss E THE REvsED ALOOM Z w+,EP smEtil n 82 az Bz g Z E ooD P AN NDDEv m ,PLT sPDwN PEPEEN L"w znOL e-'A'of M N rvw - - Bz w MENA°EUENT e°ENc" NETT L FAEED°s IANIEENSEPAME"AES°I'— as ` OONEBeac muinssD<ETDT E FATED IDLY e,PeD,ore NUPI S AND f� s DNA,. eD a ti ,Ns"a000 s*a*NOM�EOF DIEDD NOTE"MPELE°DIAT`TIE EaeoaEm`Y'a oioe"' n ( 82 DrMncE.D"s ENDED,BEATEN ENT seuL NDD YREADE L�L,r ON THE a7111"02 "� '"` DRAINAGE AREA MAPSCALE:AS SHOWN .......... 11 14 11 U I ro ................ ...................... u) 7LD ,gT D'Ri- Lu . . �mp Hill................................... (AM� 10`1 (,,'1 141 f I O + .......... ...................... .............. < o o o 1 1007 .......... 4M91,002 k. I 1 14 T ...................... ................ .............. + .............. .......... u) wu) .................._7........... —7 7 .............. ............. ...... �17CIXTII�ON=— Z ZN N r yKyj I x-3 o o ex + ......... ............ O o oo c'n o .......... < SHEET 210f 97 aRa STR—1007 I.,CITI 2-8 .......... 11 14 11 U I z.0 za .................... ........ ZM + ................— oeon ,vim LU (60 ROW) J- LU ————————— --- ............. ...... ............ ................... 77 ow 0 ,zzz k1l < ih 'o 0 00 0 (n+ < .......... STORM WATER LATERAL STORM WATER LATERAL 4M91,002 @ STA 4,29 @ STA 9+65 STORM WATER LATERAL @ STA 5+34.66 .......... U) LU r z xs 111M STORM WATER LATERAL STORM WATER LATERAL STORM WATER LATERAL @ STA 13+65 @ STA 15+54 @ STA 17+43(RIVER CANYON DR.) 0 x. z o -7, 1 F I 0 0 SH sT 21 Ll __a-k L - ... .....AWNG'/97 -- STR-1007 -1. CITIJECr q 2-8 e:. zz 9ooz ui n w — — 11 14 llr,�l a o =.o a.o oiomiomio TE �. u)-- w e 7 o «r, — 1� yo z ......... - - J 1 ............................................ .............. ........................................................................................................... • U .............................................................................. C) (,�UIHIIN uu,w o W w oR C-11 - U U o aI o 7o Q Q + 4 e e.o t®aor✓� e. �o.o 4 ,,.o Ij W O z 5m ,moo a z Q O Q — rva o - -- - -- -- - -- -- - -- -- - «'r,.}_ __ - __ __ - __ __ - - E" __ ___ __ ____ __ - - - ____ -- ---- -- ---- - r N Z J W cn _ e = Q W U 0000 wo �.-....... ....... ....... ..... ......... ...... ..... ... ..... ........ ...... ..... .... ..-..-... V .........-.-.- -..-.. ..-...... -.- ...-...- ...d �m d z Wm v Z 0 v s seesr 24ar 97 reo oRnunm ma STR 1.007 d z, .......... 4— (,I/1 14 1 ............ ............... .............. + J) J) NLI - -- -- ---- - uilouilouilo s. ummuuuu Lu Lumllimllimlll z -------- -- ---- -- - -- ............ ................ ................ .......................................................... .................... < I I�1,(141 Ll: 14',U 141 If I \""�:VIIII,I LL- 1, 51-1CT1,l, O ................................................... 16 o-o Lu o W+ < O U K, 1 2 7 11 reo TEAGUE LANE o TR 10 07 "T,__T .......... 4 I'lo, L Cl 4 A-0 ... ..... E.�I�TIT N�ET%MT�OEI�E 1-11-1-1 N as swE ire, ME'"''ON' 10T —1 1-1�E 11T IN 11DE.111 I I �mp IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII coxc .......... 111111NI 11 11 LONGITUDINAL OR TRANSVERSE YPICAL SAWED LONGITUDINAL JOINT CONSTRUCTION JOINT 5 5E—NT D NT I I-EIINI—111IN- I—�I N1—1 0: s"Ill IEI —E—1—1 ID E_, «PA_o Eou<E U N 1 11 1—1-11—El 1/1MD 5ECTQN�5 No'—E 1-1 D__ El w < CONCRETE TO ASPHALT TRANSVERSE SAWED PAVEMENT SECTION TIE-IN DETAIL CONTRACTION JOINT EXPANSION JOINT N.1 1.1-1wo JOINT SEALANT COMPOUND J o z I—E I N SH-N ON THE P`NS'HE`NDN, —11E -- 3 M"l ol,0 NT,�,E��,�,IE,9olMM�lN�,N�Tl��NN N '4�"NNTI. I o o C m 1='QH�ESIE�l'OM�M�l�NMI���E�l�IIE I'NN"FR,�NIHE,,5T—N— FE FIR E ==o 11 F.1S-1 —N 11—ONE —1 10—E . .... 277 TR �7 10 c,�y .......... ,o-o �.. co ERuxEor� er,xowsMoo*oao oxexE.E (' �e�4k ax wsaxwc CONSTRUCTION JOINT REINFORCEMENT IIIA ox BUS—DIAY PAf)—11- IIALI rvrI. xiiiAiiii,i.mmp 1� IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ASPHALT PAVEMENT REPAIR DETAIL .......... ------- PROPOSED ASPHALT PAVEMENT TO EXIST.ASPHALT PAVEMENT TIE-IN oz BUS SHELTER PAD SECTION < meo MONOLITHIC CURB PROPOSED CONCRETE PAVEMENT TO EXISTING ASPHALT PAVEMENT TIE-IN 1�lu 2 9 7] MANHOLE BLOCKOUT 10 07 :_T. .... .......... —————————------ INS EfA -DC-1- ..................... :1 111 JNS'IT,BiNsei .......... I p 1; L IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII II II�IIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII INSET MAP K ............ .................... ........................................................... ..................... .......... er % ee o % NO swu 28,r 97 ewe e„aLEGEND PROPOSED S—LE INSET A-ADA CU RB RAM P @ INTERSECTION 0 F STR—1007 WILDCAT DRIVE&RIVER CANYON DRIVE CITI-T j 2-8 e,. — ------ =1 .�s 9, 002 o�\I .a, ws n uN��roR� e,o c IN SETJB I " I I I I g o II — s ,,. U �, a� IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII INSET MAP IIIIIIIWIIIIIIIIIII 0 o IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII a m ssa� " w P � � � N ilp8tl�a Q m o ,saw. v L I w w � �ll _II V Qro w ouoz z Q opo � a INSET B ADA CURB RAMP @ INTERSECTION OF `.. 1 m WILDCAT DRIVE&TEAGUE LANE „ O u � Q ow.�,xexr ro sowesaorE�a.oxseeaeEsexr rxe Q Baa f� exewev coves rov.xecuve vaearvwv.�o..a�.oa ° :11", 9 7 INSETA-ADA CURB RAMP@ INTERSECTION OF —1007 TEAGUE LANE&RIVER CANYON DRIVE _ crgv e,. AR I.—IANDPRII,YFEs O ° ���RArE��oEPIr���r�rESNor 3 ,oawA.Eaa.EaA�==EEwA.Eaa.EaA�=�EE.= CoNrRAOroRSRESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERFCAroNANo�oCAroNOFr�ESE I� IIN k1 IR , E BN LBSE PAJ IF 11 14 11 1 0 .a 81 '_tux Q U)InD i _ — — w �uuuuu yf f i _ m - i 0 U ,-eoare�wE '`' avoao:Eo oao�.o ' ~ w. Z re E.ww a w ,axa ref , aP�®o+sx � as o,ar�oso�•n ww m Q Z R w Z Z Q — — d ® � w — — Q s seer 30ar 97 os ,.00 rm 3.0o am reo oRnun�ma s.00 s s ST[?—1007 OTI d z, .......... REQUIREMENTS FOR RED BACKGROUND REQUIREMENTS FOR WHITE BACKGROUND REGULATORY SIGNS REGULATORY SIGNS GENERAL NOTES (STOP, YIELD DO NOT ENTER AND (EXCLUDING STOP, YIELD, DO NOT ENTER AND WRONG WAY SIGNS) WRONG WAY SIGNS) J apo as n a re NOT WRONG .nR...... .I.... ea ENTER WAY �E N�T 0? TYPICAL EXAMPLES REQUIREMENTS FOR FOUR 'El SPECIFIC SIGNS ONLY SHEETING RECUIREMENtS .i. SIEF IING REQUIREMENTS 22 oflTI IT ALUMINUM SIGN ELANIS INKINESS 7 e<cxcaeux° were TlII x ox 1 1--. IW= "ps —I TlII 1 11 1 I"IITIIl �SnA REQUIREMENTS FOR WARNING SIGNS REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHOOL SIGNS -6 DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIE cn O TYPICAL EXAMPLES TYPICAL EXAMPLES 0 z 0 S.EETING RE—RE.— SIIEETING REGUIREMENTS ID cn "A' Co 12 I'll FACE 1—I c—IMATERIALIAIE < NAcx°aourv° Fl Txc TYPICAL SIGN .......................................... aoNaEscexr EEr R I REQUIREMENTS"'El symUoi I RED TYIE a cR I sKEUNG0 TSR(4)-13 c� x swET 48,r 97 STf?—1007 CITIY 21048 .......... SUPPORT DESCRIPTIVE CODES SIGN LOCATION ' Ya aA"4k S I GN REQUIRED CLEARANCE FOR BREAKAWAY SUPPORT PAYED SHOULDERS T-INTERSECTION SM RD SGN ASSM TY XXXXX(X)XX(X-XXXX) HI HIGHWAY s 1—1 - INTE S TR,�I�IITY ES T ION GII R D N-1-1— "° n N4 mare. —�`� C zaF11 S-111 1-11H, I'll 1. Y, 1��1 1-1 1111 IllILIl 'ILI'I't i ;Py w .......... LESS THAN 6 FT.WIDE GREATER TIAN 6 FT.WIDE ...... IN bow BEHIND BARRIER Mte. 01 WAY N, than 2 Ig, HIGHWAY HIGHWAY IF' t,"OT'd o. i-St�d A.Bolobl. INTRSEC INTERSECTION < 0 < 7 ft. circle. AHEA AHEAD -------------- Nol lc,T,,blF ------------------------- BEHIND GUARDRAIL BEHIND CONCRETE BARRIER t2N,f AcceptableHOT Acceptable U TYPICAL SIGN ATTACHMENT DETAIL SIGNS WITH PLAGUES RESFR�GTE.l,RIGHT.1-1 si,g sig- Back-to-Back N .............. HI AHEA� W TT CLAIR$CUTTER OR RAISED ISLAND T—DWOF"PWR,nIC-IRSORvi. <ED 1 0 ED 1 0 F 1-- . 0 ...... ........ Z, —I.- --I"- -1 1"-- �,r-,,,..1- ,t,`� SIGN MOUNTING DETAILS S, SMALL ROADSIDE SIGNS 0— GENERAL NOTES S. DETAILS SMD(GEN)-08 .......... LS 9 .8- TRIANGULAR SLIPBASE INSTALLATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NOTE .......... There are various i oas devices approved fa,-the Triangular 51 ipi Systee. Please Producer 1 p b ,EL ,°eau reference me N, "-TZ�Z' bl�a or li5t.ht, a du The devices shall be installed per manufacturers'reCamMntlDtiare. Installation procedures shall beiiiiiAiiii,� II provided ded to the Engineer by Contractor. �i d! ae 11 1-T I e„ IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII -v: M. T"W t�I 7 T T-- a, % q ----------- 1 11 IIN IL11 1,11fn CONCRETE ANCHORcare+<mar elle rn .man h.,.. maw -1111 11 T- o ZtLi o SIGN MOUNTING DETAILS 1.TI,�1 11,11-11 SMALL ROADSIDE SIGNS TRIANGULAR SLIPBASE SYSTEM 'ZZ n�7 if� SMD(SLIP-I)-08 0 x IM 11 111 11.11 .......... L-------------- ..................................................................... 7XI T D—I I B duI- ?=ZZ'M—Wn, Ill T+ -------------- I I I If ------------ D—i I I tea~ ti ---------------- OR, 12s -------------- REQUIRED SUPPORT ----------------------------------------------------------- ISI Detoii E SIDE VIEW Deto;l c .......................................................................................... 60 Z �jrreix 1 � Defo;l D O I,- FRICTION CAP DETAIL SIGN MOUNTING DETAILS 1—11T SMALL ROADSIDE SIGNS ---- - --- ------ ow Z TRIANGULAR SLIPBASE SYSTEM —77z Rt� 2 1� I F — on. -2)-08 0 SMD(SLIP x wL STR—1007 CITI-T j 2-8 .......... GENERAL NOTES' ansv qere I.— "Eit %ran ae�ec - °orrwn°r coo ner 6,ll:� 1-1— b— Yr +,reaas an me,eoesw r woo I, b.—111 no v np �t, b ww th,b� All "�h FRONT SIDE SOLAR POWERED ROADSIDE <o FLASHING BEACON ASSEMBLY DETAILS SPRFBA(I)-I3 NON-FUSED BREAKAWAY ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS NON-FUSED BREAKAWAY ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS EXPLODED VIEW I t, DEFINITIONSAL COORDINATION AND NOTIFICATIONS 'IFELL(,Hc)P - IN , "C rei01 TD D Fnrvc THE nc PIAN AND INICHAAwc ADDLNNIL ED 110ANN/oa A BINNI'oD A w 11 A NE 7AAT is IND ELANEa wnA zA NA,tiE NEw HEMPDrenrev vnvEMENH E PreDLECT uMiHs ArvD ADLAczrvH Ho THE PreOLECH ANDEA e DAiN 11IN TaAFFc TAaoucA VILE DE TreAAELry FLAT wu DE PDHErv,Auv AFFEcnD ar cONnreu14EN ACTe TCD'' II=DELAvs AND MNMz[s PO 'AL AUAaos HO"N" HVP[e RAc w FN'HE zxsrvc HCOs HwH Aaz DFs crvA�zD ry TUE Purvs HD az cONTRUTOR PEasDNNEL.aND cTAERS wTAN AND ADIACEAn TO TUE s.z.e. a[Duc[D IcoNs ) [M \� 6 CMTs. AND ENT MAR.NG.SGNALS. HH F RUT CONfLCT WnA TAE TTc PLEF VC Nnv OF A WOR.ZONE. s.z.9. ADA ACCESS BLE aouTEs AND PEDE"AN......Ncs.0 z ewNEa(c Hv�HanrFc DFPAarMzrvH Dry ADLusrMzrvHs HD HanrFic AFD/Ore N AAALL DE HEMPoreere Lv cDAEreeD ore reEMDveD HD PrezvervH FELL' 11 Es(HCD,) D vP IND Nc. A A ME ON ONE SD[ z =cry AEADW AND DEFEAT"MN zoNEA ARETMNT'aEDDiaED. E scrw zLAND T�PEIFFE—NI THA-11 "AVE APvrewAL FreDf vnEm are Ae A+# NSE(PCM$).*E IND IONT11L AEH 1-1 D PEIA11IN TIFF11-11H AND ore THAT I'D 5.32. DPOSED CONS,RUCIiDN ELEM[MS HD. reAc,Dre=AUL irvsvECH ACC irvsHULED Tens AH TAE FDUDAnrvD t 1M,N AAF AN I AH'ALH ALP,A _ 53 "`AEL NNCFITI LE IFE P IND—LED FILM u"ANTFNDENI Tcrvv sAurvAs Ll E _ mIDBrzR LACENT TCO= ATz(36�)Dz6sicrvAOs s ,0.1. - PECTiONs SAUL BE EVERv FOURT[EN(�4)-Mvs Ai A 71E LAZ OF 71E-E OF FROAD ACT NOD BY AND ROUGH n5FWAN IED N(uL„ELAN os Ere(em/)Twvnc DEAFF—ENT Dry IMINo IF TEUP lly czs)1-011AD Fly MINIE1 IND H3 DANDNHAz crv'=DFFczas. AD 3 "'NHLs_ XE)" THE - E 1-1 TALL IE DONE IMMEIIIELI AFTER Daiz[D HD ADMirvisHza 5.3.1. LOCAiiDN(WARNING �'A' EI`IRTV FIATI DEPARTMENT IN INATAT rtME RE IEIAAANN „, ALL LED,IIALL FE CLNAN AND NFLE ALL IENINED .IND,L[TTERiNGs crivE enrere E NA) NDTTEDNT n�nin VE(DAR)a TAE iN OR ENMiryIIFFEIIONNE NG(/vS�VORMus DE 11 , ALDH TH T Hi nAnin MAN C'3'I' NWN(CMSIREW E c vrvD E Ere FreDM rvA ureAL ArvD/OrePAEVECLE ILAIANAE D"ANCE°FROM TRAVEL LANE TD EDC[ IEIFA)l A ND DN) FF ALLOTS A MINIMUM OF 14 ,3. uATE ACHT SEREM`V C[5 TO TAE OwNEa.TAE DAR MAr BE AN EMPLDVEE OIINIIII F TAE cvrNER. HyD n illw �� TTI PLAN SUBMITTAL,APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION 11 W'q 1' A NFF HELP Ory DF FIE ,DDTs FFI 'A Ere ED ENI s EETN DEIALTu NT ON 1c 3 NHUL SETUl. LWENLIFIll a tza Ncu)reoa caEA*Ea Daee AN ccuas y� 71Ev EODMmED Dv A IONLIALTDa raI EiTIER RE EaA Do LFF cry A�LATTAND NPcAArvcENoaDEas 15 iIIIIAIIII,r..,m I „ '°' Dre MN. ''1' v (cca,A) IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII D,reAF„c WDa �M-1 HD Dos IFA TEI moAm AETIN TAE ,re. D IIIIIIII IIIIIIII ��E-NFL`HD-PrePLAN�E'°re INTENDED,D HAVE AN APPreDUE D HA OF PreDLE�H.AND ADreAEre EAPo"ry D MmmD TCDs WHALE DE D INTED m I MANNER,AA,MUMUNs TAE aEDu�aE Prep reN D sureE ,H A 11 W reEre LE 1011E AND PALE—IN 1101A�Nc IL0111AIIN IA 1, 71E—ILS IIIENT TcNOTAND NETIE IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAlAEMAlAR ENH=FILE E AE AT I�LA71'1 7 IF 'ED ILFllIEl -A DFADO-IAOEEl uwIL A,RAFnc coNTaoL PLAN A 51 EAH�EMpoTL” roe rNm lNI(OAD FHE EMA) ,a. DR vE�/s� M� AD A TO IALLA<TDDIIIE AND FM Dm.)E` ETDDreED.0 111TED. lNWAOF THE AHNHRACTGa E.D. - moi RDc AND D�saosm of m AN APPaoaR�A,E MANNEe. D AIANNEumc DEFFIS)�lllEo 11 111 TIE -FIAT IATI,TI MAN Dus� U - wo wAv RnFnc m A7 DeEc 3T, m W/�ai`oAAs rereENmLmwD%,mEs: s11, AND ACCEWW IDADW SHALL NIT reEAA AND EIIAII TD AND—M THE CONSTRUCTION SEOUENCING(PHASING) TrvE oN A FAIAND PDDLn NDHLAH�DN DF,AE=,AreLEFFH DF AN.reEDDEAHLD'Lo LLNIA.T ME IDA— AF—MI SND HAE, IF IE El ALL ALLDTTED z,-11 NI III FDre STAFF reEv AND 'A"ED NE I.TaEE,W PreOPE".. DDaA,�DN EACA AEDDENGE CG PAWTN m DA RELEAWE.DooR AANCEas, aDDrEs DD�ND�N DNS) "I E, uEN sn-DAVW Pa�Da To�Nn�AL WETDP NED Da.�Nc �,w Q m sR0(EnwE)m" 3'_' zMINADEMENT .T. Ere i°J.,EreE<,7EGDEP«MENT A MNMDM DF FDEEL °H'S I"uu,w x w CTI ATAFF AFA <LDTA A M�N�MDM D�`�aw��E Da��WA��m;DE`ALL aD D CLDAUa� 7 HE ba)-DAVA Pana To ANI MA,Da HIIIII c1NGE Da;E«<�c 3. - o w DEAErenED UNDEre DENEreAL Hre Fn N ANCEs)wnA�N,AE TTC PLAN'HA OF �HE IE.0ElEl IT HATNGLUDE °a 1 °saEE o�PFF rMET ola:EEN"(4)oEYs PRS a`; DE EDDreDINA,ED D—AND wnAED AND APPrewEDF LTO 11 ,AE DwN`�`,"�aDEa MDs eery*reel rvmss. AND APPROVED Er TAE Al Ere(env)�EErMomere�uErvHMASErEry(1)-mvs P-1 TD SCHOOLS, DAYCARE FACILITIES,BUS STOPS,AND GENERAL TRAFFIC CONTROL NOTES 1. H,E PLAN ADPL DEMAT�DN- scHooL zoNEs(WHEN APPUGABLE) LAN FEre THea F 101ED .. Ea DNm=,aEET EDEP�TMENT S�uENry-,wo ori Ao AHALL FNEAFIE'HE ITC DIEDIN,HE area T TEMPII N 1L 11E TD TA FIT (L�rv)IND HCOEEIT�F�IATDN A 1101 TD 1DNATreDrv�DN reEDD�re�ND EEp�ncAH�IN. ='re. a(Cn1 EDICEP-OFF INDEIENTIENICNILEFTEll E`No(111) THE vcN, E R�oa To Mme:ND,NDn��L oD PD DE TElAl IF INFIll mmo/Dre TL PIAN MOD�n�.T�DNA T——L IEADLT�N HA_ °EIEC ILL o DEre. INGRESS AND EGRESS THROUGHOUT PROJECT DreED ADre—El ALL NCH IEOINED AA�NSHALLALLANYPIT w „ Ae uT TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES(TCDs) Ay A PreDaAA�DNL THECT IA oNw N AEDIL INNEs)DLo I. TIED(z)NSE PD�ADLE EAANDEADLE ME NW(PCMB,uNLEWW AE 31 'HE NAFN,AHEFLL P, z v P N sHFLL DE 11—AND TAEIFIFFAN HPANAND,wPaou<D Dv TAE GwNEa AND a —z AND DE AND�NCLDDE,DDT NDT LAnED TO,TAE ,HT—IND INFAIMADIN ,z. NG IDEANDIHEIHIEMHLFANED'A 'HALL ETDP D EreDAsvAL.A-EN P01-LE IN L z RLL( `s w Q Q ADv T,mCHIN1. uE snuA,�oN�W Aceem uaoN 3I. — o LM'MmE:mi AEF,EDDE FDa ALL AETDPA o d 1.Lz. WLL RE�N A o o aI LACE FDA,FINN—ULEFDN COMMENG�NG A„TTE)<�DwRZN`7DD I. - >-- N11 NI IE a�o W..A. EADDL 1—A�DNA TA�IA ADA. Q U01 mo/1 snNO HIGH—SON DE—NA MENarvc r 0 OHIDI FAa HE HER 3 A HALL DAE—NE THE L�Mns AND T�MEFlIME OF m o Lz. AEDUENEE(ILMI—)�N FLAN AREA. „„:(/;EAALEaE°W�aM°:o 7D,EreoAE°Da 'DANIIALEA �GN(WAEN UDENTW AaE NDT N �Na NHALL DEA NEwCLE °os)oNEAAH DE w O IND °E�iR DFFANEA'D_AY DO „,Aav<MPEE`FF 3. s'DVI DE1DmEs E. H�A H z Ere.)A�D T�13 w�D�E;FmD,En!Poa<wD IFFLALLEN INDEPENDENT DDL Ds,rec - D Ac ooL rAMPDA AND s.z.z. ED IT (30)�FEE*raI RE us IF TCD,P-1 Ta—ATI IFN AT FECTED Il NATI AND/ore�w EN ADMINIsIFAIIE DFFNE. O ACT(IIEAD wD s. O acTON IND Preovos'EDDEA AN, A FAA OF 4 PRO s.v. D LIATFc Flew DRECT ON ARODND TAE mE(W)rEET THA CoN >.a_W. I IN 'A ET DF Troll wnA N,�D ADA,NENT TO CDNA�DEreED suDAD,Nv HD THE H,C PLAN_ A, DN s seeFr 53 Dr 97 'HE ALL "ED TAE WDR.zDNE ALL NDS LMTED TD LANE DELNEA,DN DN E`FAry MENH 1 E.z.re. LINE CDNFGIDA,ONs/DELNEATDNA °°'� ore°oHA NAAIa KALI D E.z.1. revAD AND 11E ccNDHDNA AH,AE,ME OF E,�A TEMPDR�P�MENT AMAC PAUEMEN,. WEDUENCE'_MPLE DURND TAE Fas CDNWTRUCTDN HEMPDR RANFAAHl, �G W�� AEN U D WAIL DE MAMANED�,AE o STR 1007 T1AFFI ALL DE TRAUELNA IN TAE EAATNI FNDAHIFED OTHEI RRIDNW TIED,R.THE AWNED TAE CAN,R_DR=HALL A TAE TTC C,d T, 4 PHASE A(EAST SIDE)-CROSS SECTION f3 sem.�sxow.aE�w CROSS SECTION NOTES: X-1 D�o NN�NOYa�ao�No'T�NY9 N oT A IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ��^�E° E � �iuumuuuuuuu PHASE B u (WEST SIDE) INSET A ' waa«a.E yaw axariucmxceere ar.xwex � ���,�.� 2 Ea .00 � 5m U wiwcwT oanE < o� PHASE B(WEST SIsDE)sxCROSS SECTION r s�., ow.,�ouF W PHASE A =i F l 1 (EAST SIDE) 1 A°aEaa� ��aaso�n I :M M F7M HFM 1 ��so�nEa I P�� 1 w o z FFIMTM z z INSETA sem.�sxow.aE�w %.————————— ——1 1 o u oz w US 77 ___J ��m } CD 11 _INT_..T- .a.TTT ��a�� Q u� o� LEGEND w -111 aouTYs Y GENERAL NOTES: «owoA na�ToN_-,L` ,E o�as ooaE o o PLAN VIEW 7TR oN, PaE o= o.,_ SCALE:AS SHOWN 1007 I—OT�oN P...MN_N s,�No,wo oETwL su«,ro.oETw, ,��o STT no.M w,.,E. O s LEGEN Y oa cwnne :na Rm.@: t T�a.uWn,ea r ------ Lr ` r k - osc.i er sn'na o .raw 9aa.e Message s a^ acus 6 a x i sqn r.a..r F aw � �............ I g a ------------ ul m v I F •E t I F - 1 N uoiii m u sR sRR -.zR .a@ o sosEo xx Tao®n oay.ns n m � IVO NSIN TiWKSSIALNOT WOOPEN LANES TRAFFIC. U NEAR SIDE LANE CLOSUREa FAR SIDE RIGHT LANE CLOSUREzRx FAR SIDE LEFT LANE CLOSURE S.RRT-11M RR S.RRT TERN STAID R. AHKAT wReTiox oR S.RRT TERN Kl-OHAR. SHORT Ru1110H RR—T TERN STATIONART > E �I Q -+GENERAL NOTES a W^Q^ U r a o- r 11 41 I*o e� 0 oan 0P a +e ..a • �,V.,e° o z cns..°n�eo:•a^.o .mes wor.^..^sno o r oo v mo.ea Y .noro.as o++ne G� ii'.�R •I 3 row=.o ona r aaae�sr roe crrzq-T.°qns mor ne =w yea oaA.n�nq j o 4 •` a .ns.on�s�o. ^a ao.�sos ioa..eesi mor es osea a.�mo.s a. SHEET iOF 2 > O Z �.�FT �_._._-_ fl •�� anaR ivy �. o owNO c7 I s me n.a mar __ ___ F De E N ' /s • I� ,,,� s qns ov ne �ro e�.e..ea wnen uoR�u.eu or e Q .-. _ I• _ z ror snora.n9 +acv _ nwo yam TYPICAL DETAILSoo L`m o.e a..e.s a��a m n r oar .e e.m TRAFFIC SIGNAL WORK � o e n 3:r n ��I WZtBTS-I1-13 OPERATIONS IN THE INTERSECTION �. s.wT RURATION ooRo.nR„a an.ne�en.e. as.a o.a.e...ne.a.x 000�e,yam - - o n Sa e,. ALL Ods llEFFORT11B tlEN oV ro IN FORMATION ON EA NGUrArEs lE101IANISPorrALLU AroNs »DoE UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AS REQUIRED AT NO EPARATEPAY NONrRArroRroCOORDINATE IMTH ALL UTILITY COMPANIES «wA.Ea=.A.oAaooE.A =EE.,o,o, f w A.oaEP�Eoa..�E�rwA.Ea ` I I Dano +1 h ,r �� E _ r Lu r _ � IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 3 J-� �— _O �� � IIIIIIII�IIIIIIII U� O - o Irl - U IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII fY � 4�� >Ga „v F , „� D ,� �, F.� sewer®a � - 1 epi q �oec�.m DO III 10 L I GA I I iI �NAV�a Q m uu,w o W w 0 U avoao:E a .o L Q F— (n �a �a O Z + .• aE.o -- — — Q O ITw �a o,a ego®.•n �a w w w aso,a rye oe a,e=�=e no,ewo®Doan >>o JQ cU 0 o wo Or/I w tr Pno�o<on w 5» ate» w O a w in s seat? 31 ar 97 ' ,.,o a.00 ,.00 a.00 a.00 reo oeaw�Ne ma ,o.00 ,os ST[?—1007 CITId z, e,. a.ExAssEEwA.Exa.ExAsxEE.s FORMATION Exs NFORMAro"o"asr"I"r�rFROM aEAAAa �E"F�oraaM,ro"r OFrREco ao YBE A" d° 'N°rEs"Ms.r1ATI""IT N. ..xsxECs .,oxx.IroN-.xSdr " LOCATIONS U L a"..ET"A"FA'E"aR""P'"5dLIIII IIL"1a1T""""""�"I""" aEo"DDT"oSPAATEPAIco"TRACTORToc000"ATEALL" c=raa""""" 11 AD . wA.Ex�xEssxALLxE�xxcox.xxoxso.ExA.oxE.cE..,oxaxE,oxMxoxx.Exxx..oxsxEoxxExxxxx�.ExsoxcxAx� acEx a..xE c..wA.Ex sEs.Ec,Ex A��MEcxAxcA�,ox.ssxA��aExEs.xAxExAxxsxA��xA�E a a wA.ExME.ExxEcoxxEc.oxsxc�xxExEM cE�xEAxx,..x�sxEwsEx�cE�xx�cox.oxA.oxs.oPSE xs. ME.E �xE�x ��.xEEs.xowa.ExME.Ex x...xoss�aExEM�x w.x �, xE.�.MExaEEwa.ExsE�cExE.a�o xxxE.a�,.o."sxEE. ME. �wa.Ex�xE...x x .- coxcxE.E.xxxs.a� xa cox.x�.oxsx�c E� .xE =zCAA I I G s. w �xox" „ o . _ ui n Q ,r. k$i— ..__...r .ff `.,._.`.:..:.........: Q Lu T Q z AI _ i m�uuuuu l • { our ox osrxesaE,sEa�ncE 2 \ .LI ' uuow o x w U� xs. a�wvw uecEEzsr xo urcrtv xFoxM I; LL " o E ti U avow osEo oxoxxo O Ln n ,a ex 3�x oso�n „<ax w�®os,n ,a o Q o O x o N aaa®» O TI a a aExx wog � Q as w I-, sweer32ot 97 : m= d= oreo oRaw�w�wa d= d= d= STR 1007 CITI .......... �A,F 1114 11 GI oano A ........... IF� T ul) —OATI) �RLV UDOH I FAOF, 111111111111 Hill IT, �11,1111 11-11 L N UALLYFAR'ANTUSES HAALL 0=LLSEEDE A N C, cu D I R 0 TE P ii c, ch ch 3: o o o ZT�RE�TAZ+l o OZ o lr =�ONFUDAUNI UT I LT I 11111101 BEAT OF IELD LOCATIONS ALTHOUGH EAER=RN=NvADETO ACCURATELY DEPICT ALL UTILITIES NOTALL(PUBLIC AND PRIARTE)MAY BESHOM n n n CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION AND LOCATION OFTHESE UN-1-UNI TI ILI —ITI—Al NO I TAI OR I I 9 7 COORDINATEVYTHAFF UTILITY COMPANIES 7TR n10�7 .......... oHAN EOVERS L INlIR.CI IIN IN 1111INI 11 ILI 1111111—F111 AAAI—L'N=I'N I'll I I FllIRl AND III I 111TH LIIAI IINI 11 —1 1111D I VA ACCURATELY DEPICT ALL UTILITIES NOT ALL(PUBLIC AND PRICCALLE)SAY BE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION AND LOCATION OF THESE UNDERGROUND TTIUTIESAS REQUIRED AT NO SEPARATE PAY CONTRACTORTO 6 nolo IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII WTR LATERAL WTR LATERAL II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII @ WTR STA 1,11 @ WTR STA 3+35 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII WTR LATERAL WTR LATERAL @ WTR STA 3+16 @ WTR STA 3+66 A III` n P A-L/ 1 HEVEA.E rz C, IS s seat? 34ar 97 e,. LE„AM„M„MO„a„„E=,„oMT„EaA HANOEOVERS RT His DEEM DETD ACCURATELY DEPICT ALL UTILITIES NOT ALL(PUBLIC AND PRvniq MAV BE SROM mioerzo CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION AND LOCATION OF THESE UN-1-UNI TI ILI I 11CAD—H—Al NIeevweAi e TAv.CONI HAe,i off iO �5 coOHOiNAi evxiHAwOiiuivcomvAwes III"�""'r 6 p I WTR LATERAL WTR LATERAL WTR LATERAL @ WTR STA 6+01 @ WTR STA 7+22 @ WTR STA 8+84 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIImllllllll s.„„„„O„„„ IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII i P„OPOSE„o„O w _ �Vuot o w w o,a a mac„ P„OP oas P„OP s.M ,a�co�� U — ,sa n a �uF „s.aLL ,ai 0 oao [n N& NS w w r Q s 7 S 07 � e .......... WTR LATERAL(MAIN) WTR LATERAL WTR LATERAL =1,4M91,00? @ WTR STA 11,38 @ WTR STA 13+50 @ WTR STA 14+19 �A. =„a Ea oar ti WTR LATERAL @ WTR STA 15+95 LENT osao 0000. 0 L H. TH TH ATELRE C, 3: I IT IN.Al IIN IN 11111 Neu I I IT I III I I I LT.FIC 11DIAN11111 111-11AIIINI AL I.I.I.. NUN were NroumNiioN or bwc�oaa ACCURAJELYDEP CLIFF UTILITIES H= OR S RESPOND B NOT ALL(PUBL I AND PRIVATE)MAY BE CONTRACT FOR I ELD IR I CATI ON AND LOCALL ON 01 THESE J NDERCROUND UTI LITIES AS REQUI RED AT NO SEPARATE PAY I ONTRACTOR TO : � 36ar 97 7R 107 INA I I IS I IT ALAN I I IT I I I E�, 'IT e,. o =1 A-9,00? P .. �oano � s �. .a E�. f �„ PaO.��E.o b. A a, oa - .. . Mill uuuu II � - ��� O arAOa��NFORMArO BAD � OOE�k,�rok E,�dEEN�E� A FRO AL�(POOPOANDPROAr MAOOESIEOS— s b II. o�PRO TUTU USTASIEOPREOATNOSEPAIATEPAY PONTIACTOITO uuu��x w :,. uu,w h — ow w a-,aw � z,z ' AccuaATE�v DEPICT ALLUTILITIES,NOT I � I 1,p I µp I„ I o ti ww= OOORO NArEu nrN�E Or P rOOOMP�E; �3 a v 0, 1 I o z o PosEooao�. — Q � ao w o Q Z w c� o ,a ,a N Q o w r vvoa w.a O ?N w w �a �a iNOPE�a�x — 3: � w w — Q g Q- —01 g 3P ? 5 — �� a weer 37Oi 97 a3 a3 a3 a3 a3 3 33 reooRnun�No A os ,.00 �.o0 3.00 � aoo s.00 STfZ 1 007 CITYd z, e,. sre, z 9002 0 oano ui n r m _ _ a E� .z U 17 m �m o �N r TTR ,d voce .......... .......... .............. .............. .............. .............. ............Q " f ..............< IIA ............ ............ U), LU LU —DCAT DRNE mp ............ (J) .................— ........... .....— U) V,l 1,6 I/1�14 T j am ti cn 00 0< ----------- < CD 0o ID a_ < <to CD .......... I I 1 14 T r oano ............ ........... ............... ............... ............... ............... .............. U) U) LU LUin Aj - :::C Imp .......... ............... ............. avoaosEo ox I— ................ Co < I: LL cn <0 .................. 0 11 < o 0 + �D < < CD swET 400r 97 STR—1007 CITI PRO,r2,d 21048 .......... AJ 11 14 11 G 1 IT LATERAL@ STA 2+51 ............... y. u) L z ''Imp �d u) I I 114 11 U H1,1I IT LATERAL @ STA 5+27 cn IS e,. zz 9'0 11 14 11 u I - ", � N!I .. ..... 0 L ■'+ c `. a Q IIIM ., ....., � _.■-w � A= - o� a I. f .C) 21. w iauu�a Q m uu,w o W w 0 I ro(.i I ~ 5 QD ���..° c.Ae [l z' - - — z = ak �QCC Q Q ■ w w J vox swe,e e($rx�rvPv aaw�wvurv� � ��owy ry Rw� ■_ N we.eo �v S J r DO U- D ____. _ __ _ (Ij N a o z r ■...... ...� J2+ ■ ri tl.ie) ex2+) n gtr o .::: .. .............. .......... NO N)w (18X2+) z z wm x-i(ax2+1 (2:ie)` ■ z r sHeEr 42,r 97 LEGEND ' Q PROPOSED SIGN cowwux u.oxsaxo suaaov.PxvaoE.ouwcEsornvavEaxo coxr ouvw.ox.scxoovzoxE. �w xxosoxss� we k oExo oeovoEvw.x w�kovouxoscxoo STR 1007 wavx xo s oxssxauxw+Ewvucu,FOExoa,o eovo Ev w rx wovEscExrvEunwov EEx eacuovouxo. ' EXIST.SIGN TO BE REMOVEDCITI oE.a is rov.x ss oxwoE u.Es.Eo.oxs.sEc.oxxwavx xoaxo sEc.oxeswoo� — e. rx Er wEs rov m,ascxoovso,woEav Evaoaw-e,caw ax�aw-aa5 aw. v�v Ci 2 .......... tiro . + ... ... ............... .............. I ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... ............. < U) Mill Lum Z iiiomiomio vuuuuuu 2T:: ...................................................... .......... ............. ................................................... ..................... .................................... ......... ..................................... < ................................... .... ED ti VIM 11 1 LEGEND PROPOSED SIGN < + EXIST.SIGN TO BE REMOVEDR 0 < o <0 LU• + Ch 11 00 1 1 C) (n < Plll�1)(V-01 4 , 7 Na 1 07 e,. g< CROSSWALK PAVEMENT MARKINGS STREET NAME BLADE SIGN 4'OF PAVEMENT BETWEEN og N D EDGES OF STOP BAR ( L _ oTloerzo AND CROSSWALK TAPE w NDIALL 24"SOLID WHITE STOP BAR 1 1/2" 1/2" 3 x INDFROMIA OR LI OF GUTTER i0 EXTERIOR LINE OF FURTHERMOST �( T Rd T MINOR STREET CONTINUOUS YELLOW STRIPE IC 1 N a m T 9 �u THE N2E THEN S GAP TO —11 Q 1 o opa — �0000 1 III A® THE NE%i CROSSWALK BARS �._ SSE2�:START BY PLACING � Y'\\\ n — THE HD CROSSWALK BAR AT THE CENTER OF ROADWAY LOCATE STREET' IDENTIFICATION SIGNS IN THESE LOCATIONS cwa� IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII NOTES: IIIIIIIIU�llllllll 1,STREET NAME BLADE MATERIAL SHALL PONSIST OF EXTRUDED ALUMINUM.THE - H[IGHT OF NAME BLADES SHALL BE 9 AND THE HEIGHT OF LETTERING SHALL. - 6 STREET NAME LEGEND SHALL CONSIST OF INITIAL CASE FONT ON STREET NzE -9'ON CENTER NAME BLADES SHALL BE SERIES B.WHEN TWO STREET NAME BLADES WILLE�. EACH APPROACH BE ON THE SAME ASSEMBLY,THESE TWO STREET NAME BLADES SHALL HAVE - THE SAME WIpiH. PLAN 2.ANTI-GRAFFITI COATING ON FRONT OF THE SIGN PLAQUE IS APPLICABLE TO ALL G 0. SCALE: N.T.S. SIGNS EXCEPT FOR NAME BUOES. L��g = 3.REPLACEMENT Of SIGNS,St}ALL MEET 2011 TEXAS MANUAL OF UNIFORM TRAFFIC ;o U o -(2ISOLID WHITE STOP BAR CONTROL DEVICES TMUICD.AND TXDOT STANDARDS. YPE G HEAT APPLIED 12y M14 CROSSWALK BARS N MAINTON 4'PAVEMENT PREFORMED THERMOPLASTIC) BETWEEN EDGES OF STOP BAR AND 2' NOTES' nnuYl)p W w CROSSWALK _ U 1.ALL STOP BAR AND CROSSWALK PAVEMENTMARKINGS SHALL BE 24"SOLID WHITE, TYPE C HEAT APPLIED,125 MIL PREFORMED THERMOPLASTIC HIGH CONTRAST .., CROSSWALK INCLUDES 24 SOLb WHITE WITH 6'SOl1B BLACK ON BOTH SIDES p c I ttPE C HEAT AP HEAT APPLIED,125 MIL,PREFORMED THERMOPLASTIC). El [-2A-SOLID WHBE CROSSWALK 2,CONTRACTOR SHALL PREMARK STRIPING LAYOUT FOR CITY APPROVAL PRIOR TO BAR(ttPE C HO0EAT APPLIED, THE PLACEMENT OF ANY FINAL PAVEMENT MARKINGS. U ~ THERMOPLASTIC 3,THE PLACEMENT OF CROSSWALK BARS SHASTART BY PLACING THE FIRST C) LL CROSSWALK BAR AT THE CENTER OF THE ROADWAY,AND THEN 4 TO THE NEXT gg CROSSWALK B.S. o B a MAINTAIN 12"FROM LIP OF CURB NOTE: 4.DO NOT STRIPE STREET WITH ROADWAY SURFACE TEMPERATURE LESS 55'F. CC kk k TO CROSSWALK BAR. LONGITUDINAL BARS SHALL BE PARALLEL Z Q TO TRAFFIC FLOW IN ALL CASES 5,ALL CROSSWALK AND STOP BARS SHALL BEIN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS TAIL g AND THE 2011 TEXAS MANUAL OF UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES AIDS) W Q LONGITUDINAL CROSSWALK- DETAIL Q 6"SOLID BUCK CROSSWALK FOR ASPHALT ROADWAYS-SCALE: N.T.S. z Z BAR(TYPE C HEAT APPLIED Q H 126 MIL.MOPLAPREFORMTI 18"SGLID WHITE STOP BAR Z THERMOPLASTIC (ttPE C HEAT APPLIED 12 MIL, w r-24"SOLID WHITE STOP BAR PREFORMED THERMOPLASTIC) > O W (ttPE C HEAT APPLIED 125 MIL, MAINTAIN 4'PAVEMENT PREFORMED THERMOPLASTIC) D o W o w O Q BETWEEN EDGES OF 24"SOLID WHITE CROSSWALK r Q STOP BAR AND 2' 4' BAR(TYPE C HgQEAT APPLIED, Q d m CROSSWALK Gqp iIERMOOCTIIC)ftMEo SCHOOL ZONE BAR - DETAIL FOR ASPHALT ROADWAYS- SCALE: N.T.S. J O J w v m Q< 6"SOLD BLACK OROGsAAH 3 Z OR(ttPE C HEAT APPLIED, W 125 MIL,PREFORMEp G"SOLID BLACK CROSSWALK � O W THERMOPLASHC (n BAR H Y PE C HEAT APPLIED, w LLI 125 MIL PREFORM ��I�f/�'B"SOLID WHITE STOP BAR $ m 6 THERMOPUSTIC I-1 fFREFORMEfJ�THERMOIPIDASiIC)M L U �M B MAINTAIN 12"FROM LIP OF CURB NOTE A U w gg g TO CROSSWALK BAR. LONGITUDINAL BARS SHALL BE PARALLEL U�` tfy g TO TRAFFIC FLOW IN ALL CASES OU & HIGH CONTRAST CROSSWALK-DETAIL HIGH CONTRAST SCHOOL ZONE BAR-DETAIL swu 44ot 97.. FOR CONCRETE ROADWAYS- SCALE: N.T.S. FOR CONCRETE ROADWAYS - SCALE: N.T.S. areo Dreawn�c wa STR 1007 CITI2F48 e,. pe Rp emen, ( i 6 ?u,R��t,) a GENERAL NOTES .yr �^' Ww { # Snou aer / Eapee or // L �ve ow L ne 1 � � Fcpe ne srr n n 'gmxnL�' Eope �ne o E s o]1°Brzo nc be e yfi a wn re }0. � o e recrea er me nq neer me s mown n me o ons o l.� segs ne snoo a nor o w.re °a o ea n cora ona � qo*er seer pas or rcpa eys f �' PA p EDGE UNE AND LANE LINES qe ane oRDR�.E»eY ane r°me s �_- lleAee, t�€ ONE-WAY ROADWAY TYPICAL TWO-LANE.TWO-WAY PAVEMENT ns ae°f sage ne pf p+wp ane.°°a.pv. aha •"T WITH OR WITHOUT SHOULDERS MARKINGS THROUGH INTERSECTIONS - .. a MeiERi l SPECIFICATIONS wpc .�°� �EoaeeL ne No o�� IiaN= miomiomio a a uvuuuuuu miomiomio a.Lne 3T,MR wo --------------------- a� T_ 'a eine ,a a Sp b — — — — — — —. PLRNeNLN. — pM�Reap e° o ne a"usuc .m.,for Ph ..............................—./ ........._��.....�...._.rp.eiea.or.................... a'�I I.,�i °s soec�f�ea pr ne pians. e O oi3' U PR v[Ne A0e P wy "$ CENTERLINE AND LANE LINES a LLE DD y s°b FOUR LANE TWO-WAY ROADWAY TYPICAL MULTI-LANE,TWO-WAY PAVEMENT ypy a WITH OR WITHOUT SHOULDERS MARKINGS THROUGH INTERSECTIONS ws,�JO iIVY w �— oh r V ,uE 0 ""�l �7.... RI444444 1 V V r. � Je p. rea s°sea pn rppa prR;B eN�p °r pps,ea s ° pPr�pNeL TWO LANE TWO-WAY ROADWAY YIELD LINES '"' Minil— WITH OR WITHOUT SHOULDERS xp,warn-zp pp1P0 w R w zc vp�emen,Lape '" Q Y NOTES GUIDE FOR PLACEMENT OF STOP LINES. Q ops L ne ,e a wn�,e Lane une, G, EDGE LINE& CENTERLINE >>o o epsea a w�a.ns o L ne—ns—opppen L�_ne.e..eyenp.oxear J___1i +npc _............. e_�3°�ns�_�z�,fsr.sopempem,sr"o°,psmow„9.ep�aipo:e'sP m e eaere oycc�pneesennr. pae"nef es �pnee.o cppo npn s as eaep rp e.rma. °ar q nees anp� p r be Asea w�,n #ea 'o o Np.e z 3, ooaa n°:re�o� pO 0009n�pre p g o pe°sr ° L iJ TYPICAL STANDARD PAVEMENT MARKINGS co� o aoe z�o �i 3.Lenp.n pf snear oa nanp,.aar macp eps arpnpna PM 1 -20 � ~ " FOUR LANE DIVIDED ROADWAY CROSSOVERS ac aww s.ro w s swu 45 cr 97 RD oRaw�w�no ST[?—1007 CITI z, e,. REFLECTIVE RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS MATEPI AL SPECIFICATIONS > FOR VEHICLE POSITIONING GUIDANCE �fi onoerzo o� /tom see oe,oli a see oe,oli a _ IoL N' o ao ao ao � ao' as ao as ° y m s a #a CENTERLINE FOR ALL TWO LANE ROADWAYS �� eo �� 4 *r e g$m �" �� o e� CENTERLINE AND LANE LINES FOR TWO-WAY LEFT TURN LANE -e VVIVV *r ..- v � o ................ o e ec,ar a =°m w=w. TYGe 1 ILOD View => 3 � " e $h U aEn raa;car a-ory 5"e eo -- A A oaoo ,.INAV�a Q m CENTERLINE & LANE LINES s� FOR FOUR LANE TWO-WAY HIGHWAYS Vue1 U x' «oh t ..v85 rrov Il-e-e— true I;.e.4 I..p.. O n .m 1 ....... ..... $�e j —f LANE LINES FOR ONE-WAY ROADWAY (NON-FREEWAY FACILITIES) "r OOe L it � as sea°o.emen+m°rxers*roe;; sno TYce 11 tion view) no.e c eor race w) v � +o.ara normo ,ra„c aro rea rocep,o.ara song.ar rra,t c. � DETAIL "A" DETAIL "B" DETAIL "C" J GENERAL NOTES rroaa CENTER OR EDGE LINE � �12. � SECTION A `J Y n o ..... ................. me........ .... oisl ne aesf�.cea' ins m° ono maWone,een Q BROKEN LaNE LINEo RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS c a'aaaa+a nne,sae nr me�a e na�na� REFLECTORIZED PROFILE PATTERN DETAIL r� ovOwz us rvc 111111—E>or c.a>ry In.x.x>ax;rvcs �ra.o.,oa or n.,,.°Po 'ab o r O w w > F—� 3na,a snn m POSITION GUIDANCE USING �2: m a np nn nn �� RAISED MARKERS 0 RELECTORIZED PROFILE O MARKINGS o °u°rrer.,r°° q nr>°u°rrer.°. PM(2)-20 ~ oP.;oxIL s.E E lEl—rwE oi+LAIE Ewe oaxinxE r;xE NOTE Ww aro, e m°rw nos ono nor ne orea on roo°.oro a z z s swu 46nr 97 Ro oR4w;nN xo ST[?—1007 CITI 21148 .......... NOTES GENERAL NOTES q .................................................. span oe�ns,ai ie - U T EB» ........... ....................- ........... Y"€ age ias, ane reaucr on arr aws "'Nm III aya Tit „ so Max ees ono so Max ".o _g —6 e�oLANE REDUCTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS o 40 I'L ItTI.1.11 FR PAV5ENT .................... T, Vl it AIII(ED TIL-11ST(C I.,I'll ear TYPICAL TRANSITION FOR TWLTL AND DIVIDED HIGHWAY o.sa > -A"A III-All A III DETAIL A T TYPICAL TWLTL AT ONE-WAY STREET AND RIGHT TURN AUXILIARY LANE T" _J IEE.IAIL� <� SEE-IL 0 7, TYPICAL TWO-LANE HIGHWAY INTERSECTION WITH LEFT TURN BAYS rea0 F TWO-WAY LEFT TURN LANES, type i I R (�2II I t A A URAL LEFT TURN BAYS, ltjL AND LANE REDUCTION : PAVEMENT MARKINGS 0 I T PM1(3 -20 x STREET TYPICAL TWLTL AT TWO-WAY CROSS STREET AND RIGHT TURN LANE DROP DETAIL A DETAIL B swu 47,r 97 RD oRaw++ML Mo STR—1007 CITI 21048 `SIR': P-1 NS 4224— ❑ a x js � 4 a b4 E j Hb: _, ` x T T T T T T T r I ------ r �, �, �� Lr��' SIDEWALK DIVERSION ��" �� III ,' - weoH srHCEr � H SIDEWALK ,f F h h f NOTES w na°a was was "e n ELoscD Lem IIu 0 nr zs o Mill or zosc II1II1IIII1111101 o- r ems" fl d x e +e<+�°aw. TYPICAL ADVANCE SIGNAL PROJECT SIGNING "--------- ------------------------------------------------------------- ----------" go= ............... ................ ............................................................................................ .............. ................ Eoa�oxc rEau r„o�xrEauEo�aTE-.Eau s.aT�oxaar wcax cvEaaT�oxs ----- _ ______ _________ _________ ___________ ° wo.n naw"woa='�9 �� tY�4 � SIDEWALK DETOUR yr Eh GENERAL NOTES Fpt WORK ZONE SIGNS REFLECTIVE SHEETING � 5 ` naw ea ana vw - c n v s,.o am cna a..m a r.a.er ee rvare e rI s as ao^ °e nry ne ,ne ry rmnnew a,ne ws ma m cr awvae rm a arc.n en,n s wnm, SIDEWALK U Gb 'an now,n sm "e n' SIGN SDPPORi WE IGNI$= 5 x 6 h� es se° vo+ae°sea we ape.r^o. .on.s o"e.s ter.,a e=soca a^e vcnaocas ° r - za eawx eea w 8 u000.. r o xor m wea w o ��" s sne a nsro ea aa-o ae ce n me a MIT t h °r ° cna or as see re 2 " re me cna neer � W W P °n+.ocw� n.n an.ne s o"aea n wnmm r mss v. Ev rrea a.' nor ne U ti wi <#> I wUUu' v P g,�. n,ne�,anaab�'anwor�an oew ana w=Re.aw ry p,ne oe z, x z A< is a x ew a SL s w"ee w a. ae.ea.a<ea ea. qraa3emao��me.aaenaea<,+,e..wawaor,rw<a eow,m,o...�em��r..1 ;e.. a,�aaw"n«,a�awaae.w,,^al�nooyeee°.a' <x^e°annnne=,�a"8;q`n.x�<°eawoo=wa,sa ma.�.aa,ne""e a°nwaea .�............._ ........................................................ ...... om ........................................................... no�r . .. � U a .aa oaea e n°aana.o a a.a aoa°aea ..... . ax aw,e m aom 6 4 b o e^a woe e.e°.",ng. .e a,ana ,na was ae"a e a .n.nae a. as GMATION OF WORK a sonaova=asnsc°oo°:s o v oao onaop sne x a cna woo nor ov„soa.v z w. xs,a,x9 ooxr »w, CROSSWALK CLOSUREoS �e.as�nw�vov an ws,o�m��ar,.c ca�rro oe.�ms Ynurco. a LE6'END SIGN hil"TING HEIGHT IAN CONr Q >' snow"v" res z°++ne rwrco, on.aro ana suns anaii"e as T Q M DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL BPECIFICATION9 rv�im voeve w�ii raw�re,nec ers voorera SHEE 20F 2 s ree,oawe+ne wvee swrace eaa.aiesw er wrx au.or�an. roan - °• .,.�e Aper - U w O �N l xeav oro.r s ana ane ^e mcunwa e,evsr t vee,^u,nor mc.e x FacE ous x300 � o + s 5 e9[wZrco s ons scam^nr ae°acea o0 opwoJasar+ z ea an me Be s rano a o.men,mr carea w�a�a°ear'c ,Tex RENDV ING OR COVERINGo IeLE r�.Ecrlvv.slervs ous ea o wmw,.arew Ener mor ce.w,ea an neo..ae -_gym awao'eaoon a.;a � N win wean oKwsvaea ner ` °5 Q~ Ina wao��ar°war,xc�r� TRAFFIC SIGNAL WORK o o L�m ae=�"ana BARRICADES AND SIGNS — m Q�— o<`Cea.$nm a«eoeos;�e ma,e.'c,aea sm ae a°ag<e.wean w. _ �� N <.a.e,ae.<a a a m«. <a.e. ---ea<xexoarvo .,.„s."L-'— en.�.=wean:ace ana ma:n.a��+ne�.oaaa�e a=aee.,�ew anae. -=------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------- wa« �n°. n a.=�aaaee an"°�,as acea"area a,, rrae r c`Vo �� a�Jmnn o M1eOa an,a o,n am.,na„ganga na,ne a as anae,na a�acx rECErvo x aDxoExs a .aw anre.e-eea arar,na.+ar -13 Z(BTS 21 w n a<e new«"e.em.ea cnaa ew"aa«ra ery coon .a°n.<ea°n^�<r e a a, W o ma e+ a..ae wa.e ar x S SHEET 560/97 orax7nc nb STR 1007 '� p a,v—CT g-voce e,. t ..... - _.. ._ _. .. A .�. .. , �z " iiuuu�uuuuu 4.. i oiomiomio El U 141 f I �..E.�E � Pao.aow .o� U LEGEND j iIE„"NAV a Q o x,Fr avorEcr o. � VYe1 p k P 0 7� �e� @saaeox sow � o v 4 _... z + _.l .. 'R<„ 's \..: .Y ..-. Lai ..... — . — .m v....,. -�Inr f w O O ® r� a d (n� ..... .... wLocnr DR- a.00 .. - -. ....-^ oo — >w O Z Q Lu LD O .. w�N O� z -_ _- ® _ O O z o o w J o. •Y- �. i - ■:U o U O z O QJ�_ - �xr ,��— mow.-se-ase-mss -_ —�—sus _ ......._.. - r m ... ..�.� - -~ v°� w0 m ^_x ,F �3 Q �� Jw � s.,LL eec,weao.aow -' wm ,:n� .,w aa�s� c,wPaox aow ee user rE ,weao.aow i �d w O r w SHEET J`7o�O reo oreawrm wa � c ry creadccr q z�oae .......... w,6, 'o, I I 1 14 C I .................................... .......... . .................. -r-Z ..... ...... ........... -,RRA 1Q, U) IGI Eu ... ......... z z .......... . .. . .. J .......... - F7- ------------------------ ----------------- ---------- T- ----------- ........ ..... .......... C,I",I I,0 I�14 C OF IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII jilTil LEGEND I PIT,11U 11 UNINLIL IIN11111-11UNII-1—HIC FIT"ATACTIECONST"CUT ONANDIHALLEEMNINTANED THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION I ONCE CONSTRUCT ON A COMPLETE INLET PROTECTION AND IT �P— II--IN CH-11 U111111 DUNG MATCHLINE THIS SHEET 4 ED NO'GRIMATE PROPERTY VEGETATION THAT IS DISTURBED I0, I THE INSTALLATION OF SUT FENCE AT THE APPROXIMATE 5 CO.NTURACTOR STALL DETERMINE THE STACILIZED 0 CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE AND CONCRETE—OUT PIT FOCATNONS'ON CLETHE TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTI OF PIN IT, NA ,774,F, ', \, T 0 U) z �LD -W - aDuu CH + 0 0 0 < IT E' A I IT Ilbii I 0 < I swu 58,r 97 MATCHLINE THIS SHEET --- STR-1007 .1 CT 2-8 e,. SITE DESCRIPTION EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS INSITICT LI.IHA_ SOIL STABILIZATION PRACTICES: OTHER EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS: TEMPORAL'SEEDING RAINTENANII: PERMANENT PLANING SODDING.OR SEEDING LANAET 11-1-10N or NATURAL 1-110EA :...•' OFFER INIIECTINN. RA UPS STRUCTURAL PRACTICES: IL.A... „ EAL A; �ATo.A.oEMaA. E.T.oaaoAowA�A.o�.oEaoao�.o�.�rMPaME..= HE EE i �IIEI 11 DIIERNINN DIKE AND IWALE�MRNATGNs I� PIPE ILOIE ED N1 PAGES FLUMES vuuuuuu CONE,RO�TON EGET VHANNEL LINENS STEPA INLET SEDMENT LOAD iiiomiomio RES- WAITE(INCHING. LING: RS ELSE E10AAN NANTROE L.1z U N SANITARI WFACIE. IIVAV�a Q m oWw NARRA,IPE-sEOOENOE OE OONSTRDO,ION(s*oem WATER N<NAOEMENT>AOTIAITIEE_ b OEESTE VERDLE TRAOwNO_ TOTAL PROJECT AREA U HAL"AD'DAMENED ..LOST CONTROL TOTAL AREA 10 BE DISTURBED LOADED FAIL LITILS TO IF lElED TH TARRAILIN EllEll PAT IN ROAD lElllA DAL' IO„TEDF ER OGNSTROOTIoNT STASLPER roNSTROOT�GN ENTRAOE OTRER_El ITNI IINDITIN IF SOL I IF IF TAT IF o w T r GOAL,AND OF E,STING'ECELATE PC', KF O a JAA >o dQ mON o ITNAME OF RECEIVING WATERSZ o d N w EA p a~m Q O UOz O O r ALAN.WATER _ m O 11—IF SHALL TLIE THE STOCK SEAT A N A EVE N PL AN O OG TV NOTICE NT MOA R (NNOREA Eo Al TRE s swu 59Or 97 RD DRaw�wG wO STR 1007 PT PROEEOT j z,O>R .......... d"'l— OFF-Fo a11 FFdj.-): I,IF, IF,El mm,�C11 ❑F.�'lw I"Iu,di I ®N �,lw F—t f�,-, --, ,,, (.",` , . ... ....I,, .p PI.-Y1 .11 1—gI.F1d I P-01 1 11.1-1 �Hl TPFES P—il III �Ppl I—po—e—l-mF,. lo ti 1—1,Ile IF, -p .. ............1' 2 'd sl�ll 1.,11.PI.P., .1 p I 111i I I IWIP Y.11-1 EI,11-1 1 111,Fdi—, aaa,d- Fi-.d,u— �emICEI Ile E W." WelIF— Y".11Y 11- d 401 404 iiiomiomio H.—I.—ldl-- 1pd:11:I.,ll_P-j- CYCE P,—�,Fui- —1 1, ZN.�,lw R11ul1,1 A,lF., Z N.AFF.,I i,el ❑II11,11 A11101 I. I'd FdIY1 w,I, d—"--,Y) A-,Na 11—N. ®.PEaM.aEo aEo ❑N.�d,FYI 14 11N.I le,,i,,l(—11d,1/1.1 -1 El N —d,FYI 14 11N I vel(1/11 1. 1/1 m ildl as III P—H le,1 f Ile 11 pe-I 1.,1-1—1,p-Indl d,d —t P I—oi ,o—Iol—Fon. all—I H.bildl V, 2 I Z N.A,11.,le,IuYl ❑Rlll,�d AlIld, Z Nd Allid,1Y1— ❑I I A.- 4 A-,No 11—N. C-M...gY,.,t P,Fctl,, 2 2 Pol—C.-t—Flu,T11 Ind, Z I'FF Fill,,11,p, El El 4 1, El FI-,Il,I F�1111 Flla EIE,',,I,l 1,1,0-d -F dd,— o u o El Fill E] 'I'd E]F_F_ ❑E. Fill --le 1. ddl— E--111tIdl 1111i ❑EIII.,, ltFt'F1d �lpl 3: E] E] EIg-1 1--I I"'y -INY "d d FCC E]M1l1F Fit,,3—,1-1, E]MI1,h Pt,,3—",S I Rl,,3— I'll, dulm, u� 11—p-I Fill,,— IIII, El No o„ FY, .,ddid,LiFYI— IF.El,i,dll—Idtlly I Sd,d Ito ui s seer 60Hr 97 STR—1007 CITY 21C48 e,. PonoR: aaE EE,Ere °s 1 a.�- 'off loory r uc nnEP ss,EErvcE ori - o rvs ,-coos roa cross og onreerzo ozznso so rwcE .reE 20. cures uuo rvEs aoP. of ncwErv,°r uuuno,c �, noEe rneec cEn"usaa°ow as reEuouE°1—wus,cr ory 10 E 1-1SII Zf— TEMPORARY FILTER FABRIC re EouoaE�n,EE,�°w"+°,an,a IIS CURB INLET-PLAN MANHOLE-PLAN INLET PROTECTION DETAIL „w_oaErvrvo sEE�sE`t`aE z�,. rvo,,°suwE rvo,,u s�EE rvu,,u scwE EnnreEo aos,re swire°E. ---11F--- ,.,,,,i TEMPORARY SEDIMENT CONTROL FENCE DETAIL VIII IIIIIIIIIIII II IlU�llllllll "°"°�`”" — IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII F—A FE corv,aoE Ea°reory °nn n°awrva4E E,woEa,nEry�SEs �a�„ I "EreE,wE 11-5-11—1 11D rvn,rel rvo°�F- v F,wreo soE� nn".sEE rvo,E re °,wuur rF°wouEry—E rvEsn re.,„E Ervo rvEEre. NVV�a Q m uu,w o W w wia1:1ERnsreoa D-1) 1-1 p1l"U 11-1 ROCK FILTER DAM ATmllwrv° E EARTHEN BOTTOM CHANNEL rvo„o sco<E cws�rv° coown. U o.sco mcs moue�c eac°Em wa ry r �c1cE a1 mos—EDI Ervsa sl 101111 reI°,,o z zO Q a IE ° ry'1 11D o w _ Q zcD o z ErvEM or w Q orerere afire 4 mPre°P.Ere.rvrvEE aowE rvE o o w o z o s4E rvme s PLAN CURB INLET PROTECTION DETAIL SECTION A-A STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE o O w rvm,c swE rvm,c I—E rvc„o scut O Q z By 11 F pX 11 O noioresoow sreeu'+sA;E orenwncE r ss ran so. z O Es(ncca[�cn,E,w� ,c�sono ec<ss� w ort707 11E. P” --ED sasD4P FTE, rn w z arxE ar,aE cunEa_,a�s usao°sauE rvm eE usm ^^ roan^Erv,Eawc vJ,scan^°awry.oncx oa d - w�arvErysreure�°Eocry oarvEs,wnEs° rervEE,reEE,aaEareo,oEw<.,,o°ryry E<pE=au,„renE"EEry°EE,.a,aa°Eoa,EEaEE,Ere Ereao°E,uEa� rvE°ErvEcs.°s`oa a°°oreaR"�rvo` w°w"Eo�EEE n o c, ry PaE"Erv,aury°,�Eaory EE<"rv°,nE°orv=,a°°,°ry s,E oaa°a<,E a°a<rv,wE s,..a�,° o sEmreo 61,r I1 w°o,vo9. 7 m I EoaE saE<EreTMrvEsn soaE EOon ry°Ea,n °—rel sEcureE°°re —E°,o s,ren °111.1 to E�ErvEM.°uE owE°re —1 o , oao `Mryrv, rervEE are°aEc o <o"PETEre E oP15 R 01157`7 ° Z6 ° STR 1007 E. IIE asnEreEEM °<so5.o of5--s_UsreaonnE ' cra-T e s,oae .......... L -CT —9,002 BOX DATA 20. 111J CIRNER OPTION A CO-ER OPT111 13 CORNER IPTION Af CIRNER OPTION Be FILL HEIGHT 2 FT AND GREATER FILL HEIGHT LESS THAN 2 FT Gags SECTION A-a GENFRAL N S ........... .......... x o m o U o, W cn ID masa nn�ar or nea.� awe SINGLE BOX CULVERTS PRECAST 4'-0"SPAN X SCP-4, swET 62,r 97 ST[?—1007 CITI 2-8 e,. mc .z... F-7 x gQ z owuuor tonere ,ver vs _ ' zm ovcrvwo saw rva®wos oz no m/T �A l J carve maory �e� 2 to.,z oowci out ry a acro res-sec srNcovc 4 e o — -- n R g — suPPosT Pisceo o, s"xz ec ,s 11E o B z e orv. og W� o oerzo rc seas ro�xarvu> �r 'x s,�voNs-z rem a.� rroN,oc cure r�rm,Rvnsi oa cares o e"res cares - ��M���„F-, mrvc,wreory Niao o zs s ai z za s ��raaA cod/,c .,Hru u. c o coN isreoNooT caarvcas ea aaa ave nO°� III i PLAN OF 5'STANDARD INLET +i +r r r' r PLAN OF POST/NLET o. - -Q sE rvo„o sE oc ga. czs®,z a NOTE � wk- o o<R„c o,M,cr.� o-o.o..a z-s H"..P,Pc,.o.-.s -� pry«.M°<"�oa°reZ arca,o soRu r flare °,"�`.'oP �wp� IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII rorcR nso�ao ocTN/Stitt.�oc�. moucrvo zo�z.� '-° <uory rr/ec uoas �:a. I II�IIIIIIII ® rvc�Essrry T/"T" ra""L`°"�®`"�°°"�" - IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII s<Pr �w 0 0 0%�'� � imvoo nx vuo ,. c/s' fam opr,°uj ory za rv, II uYl�p x wos s o ac ww w _ o oreoo �rv.° 7��pere N PLAN VIEW OPALS BLOCK SECTION B-B E c/4 IU .vmc oarccooN �`z' �w/uwow� o`ro�'varo o v ov PICKSLOT DETAIL 00 � 21 1/4-0— �3/4zi/asP ,/ a Q SECT/ON A-A w tai s,ora,rvo�°os ��o —E GRATE SECTION RING SECTION o o Q o w O PLAN OF STANDARD GRATE INLET i,o z a o ,o'-o- w/n antis ,o=o" :,o.o o-W rvoT,o s:wc Q o 3:>ore s Tres„drou vsreoc .rennm„ou >oti s w Treo + CITY STANDARD INLET AND S/DWALK /,wwco rcn-a ti/o_All „ ti m > P Q .n� occ MANHOLE RING&COVER CAST/NG DETAILS cin O rvo„o s�E � o AND-E-1 MANIDL —11 os00N, �, P�r.-,s oc n� wsu nen U NII NIl ILL T11 IT /�oc o:a cs tion ro,�rsu. co c. " oc sue To v<,resrv.corer.orv°orzrvsorvs.csE,sor osa .cvorvorvr�s NO c sorry woLL uE rv.—D sxor rN rory cs LE or,Ery 1-11O or—D. ,.a.�sT., ss aresou coi..us re rvo orv° s s~oLL oc°PPE°ry 000,Tore ore nv"a<,. ,z oro cw.s,/ Tsc rno<rrwc w s. s u 63°r 97 FLOWL/NE TRANSITION AT INLET FOR r osrre a.,,rvo P,.,,Erervs core rervo k oo�res w..or s"or,Tro core,�Preww Preworo,"E Pw, _.. Po„Ervry or vou<ry s,oc swc,�wouM ory Tos wczT,oro PrvohoEo oTozry swz,rv�s"a<z rvc area oasunw ma vorPZRczu MErvosorvo��. or,"c wcR woLLr,PrvoPzrvze Toz rvrvos or 4"OR 6-STD.CURB AND GUTTER osrre o,�,rvo u�,o orv°sc nuEres oT osrre�,rvos swr/To sc re rvoc or T"s s~cR. SECT/ON C-C SjR 00 qv .......... NO,—9,002 III III IS E E :E L i's.,.1i; 01 1111 —NIOLE NOTES E 1 NOTE — OIN111 1 11 11 llll=l ET——El PI'T'll— 2 IS ZEIN't21,S6 D%E�OS SNI NT...T ETEEL 2`N�llp`ElYTE N �0 I- ND WLTN�llp NE,E E, ET ET �reo"N` �E=, —SND P1.11— —El ITSN SND P1011LE1 1——El PTSN ANI PIOILE' 'El lEl I FLAN FLAN FLAN 'T KEYWAY ETAIL TYPE-A-MANHOLE TYPE'B'MANHOLE TYPEC'MANHOLE TYPED'MANHOLE NOT 10 IISTE NOT 10 IISTE N.1 11STI NSI T.1-1 N.1 T.11STI ETANISII 1—T11-1.1--T I'll 11-10N11—IS— N', N1 PS,N, INI'll 5,11 N� 10 1 NI I COVER BACK C, roe �SND'l "OLE 4ENNIro I 6 N� lElEllEl11 �N 01 I IE — 12WIE" ON Nl. ci" IS'lls SN L�cAON LI-IT M' ,Ml I 'TT 111E L/E,,�.LET s"'7"' IPE PLAN VIEW PCKSLOT DETAIL EE cL /,C/ STEL D—L 1�11ETI I —.N'.LE Z`T0LEoT` I D� DI "' a5 , ") \ - �N -11 D111T,P) N=C—ENT-11-111ED cre ID Pl.11o.Mlp" ON\ IPEEE'I/E-1 D—L S'S IIPE I- IN ,Dol'PE 4—��N�� D�EIE%l P�1)—1— 4�_� S.6 S �/4 SE EL Lie e Lie DS �1:D.,I < u o o �N COVEN SECTION FRAME SECTION — — < -EST F LSTE—FNoT CITY STANDARD ROADWAY MANHOLE SECTION SECTION 6 111-1111�1 ISNI EEDDIM 1-1—T.III SECTION LS ST F RING A COVER CASTING DETAIL TYPE B'MANHOLE TYPE C'MANHOLE p SET MS=, TYPE'D' ITS- 5—E I—E 5—E ESE NOTE 11) rvo,,o I—E O OE 1-11 PI)EIIE OT1 N� 3��E III ISN—D I TI,ISNII—S,M"7po"SPN"P7E Top I LIN'S'"N'T"N'57L"lTL.,llPEll 'D To, IPO,�.,�DNG AEEIE�N SND.�T�,E�ECM"�OLSL S o,�N NLEIS SND —EI.�NILIDNG llEOOT INTO EEllE NOTED�N TH NS L=SIT NG HE—DOTY El I.E�l 11— N `I�NNLIE�TlDIENL`12 T'�LrIS`E 11 1.1 111H P1.1-1-E—El 11—EE 11101TE1 T' 'HE ENIINEEI. 2, "ESE DEISLI OON-1.ELLE—I—El OTSLL 91—PLI�Ly"T YINIT1,1EIT'l�"I 1�DMENI-1 IELSTING T.1EINT.111-11EEL IE 1.1-15.1—0 E..E�l 1.1 IE———1— 11E sway "EE,�TOHEOLL —IT SN" 'L='M 91U�SE`D` S o T11N.101M.SNI 1-NION1. rvcss"ui DTETSL,5N�,N,',T�HECre,�lE I 4�STEEL MSY ES SPL—115 ON�LSI)�N THE L-El E� S L ANEEI'. 5N,.�NlElPol�,�,�oS NES(,�2L�)�EE�,,N�GILG��%IN `� ED SE SNET NLE,L, 1,NLL INLET NTLI IINLL IE 111ME1 EOlEllE,�,�E,Sl, .11ENSTE:01 G—E 2,1,.1 1� of E TIEE 1—11.11'P'NNE'S'ND'L...LES T"E 101110NDINI11SL 11 101"—�ISN 91 1 4, =NN�E 1.T11-CH—N.1—LE1 NoMft IE',`��T TNO`PE.,ll THE 1-1-III I N 11 1 Sl ISNILI 91—IN 1-1011NI 111L P111 SND SMQOIH—S �E"EN NLE'S"E P" NES' c oR 64c 97 SSO ND, TE�TDIIIE�EIDIE'lEN 1,�NEE�IHSTL BE—�l51ED 11 'E, �ll EN E, SOSTL�NE� HE—L I—L N.T EllEETDo"NIH I 11ST111 1"STL of TM"1.1 36".011 9 T.-Ir ENCTIE Mres rzc,rewErz IS DEIGNED MFE, s=E,,,, ISYMNTI�N�.,%,NBLII I'"I P1111 I—L INIT011"I F-1 S I �IES�IDLII E T'F`NG PSD, mIN"IL I NlEl SE Ne ��M�IHSTL BE-PED�N .1 SSTI� 11—INTO.PlElDE IllyDSID S E, E IINI—1-1—IIE-L 1—INLEI .......... PROJECT NG 4224'rOO2 IV ATEe lT2Z%E` 'lT2ZT2E` —1—E�111 I'll 11 1-11 1.1L A 1, Pl.lE-A _O,A,A 11 11 ol °E TITEII A AT 111TE1 ELE—0'7 1.1pll"All, A,.,,, A,—1 W Ya a DE-1 11P 11 W,�P=4 �G A AW, IA EIAITL 1111 BEAA no Tn ca �,Yf,.�YE.��G (I lEA 11 I—IETE (suI'll Irl'CIE "NET .m rvEn lAl E5) r AlOrr" IT I.- P"' L AT _0 11.—A "-,A, A- EYE' A— ,Np"AE) PLAN -AALEEM"A"'A' A I—E 11" moeae ELI 1-1 PV 01, �VZ�IGAI=AID DE-Al.1 El P.OEEIT 11—E-1- PIP'll- EllPT AALL BE PA, TE ou' I 'ED,TYPE A PTEI�l 5 1`1 A 1EI-11TE IOLL I I a', IEEL 11111E �F EILE5�1�,�l EE CURB INLET THROAT EXTENSION PLAN TAIT ET E_E�/BpE_ YI, I L, PVI TN 1-1 E.lPIlG A—T—IEI E.1 LL) W E A/ "Imp 1� E-1111 FLA-11'r #4.1111 " o_A E, DI T V � ,E..C BE Al.-& REMOVE AND REPLACE TOP PROP.PIPE TO EXISTING Ellb��ETD"1117 111111millilill s. 11 AT 'l%'I-EL.L 1111A`101 A 11.1.AE15- EXISTING CURB INLET DETAIL R.C.BOX CONNECT/ONDETAIL IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 0 D— PAT 1.IEVLE PAT 1.5EPLE 1—AANLI rel "'."M"DO, #4 ATeoNO�NcwEM " Ir El TI El—P—E IIATE—OP ]PPE �IIIL 11A 111 11E PAI 14 ll�DL AWIT B Pvc,11 AE I # 11 PIT, YE A A �4 'ECT/ON A,EI& SECTION A-A MANHOLE RISER DETAIL CII Nm To—LE P.1 To I—E EXISTING R.C.PIPE PLUG CONCRETE COLLAR DETAIL UNPAVEDAREAS PAVED REAS UNPAVEDAREAS PAVEDAREAS ELAPVI TD 1-1 TD IVAL I L=oBE`l'TEpl"HZl' 'LP', LP', GENERAL NOTES FOR BACKFILL E.—.1 BE TABLE 2 'I VA IE ' BEDDING AND INITIAL iv (BELOW PIPE TO 12 APPEE Pl- (OPEATEP TIAN-ABOVE PIPE) < ,A I T� 7�AAALLL 11—VE IBMINT UNPAVEDAREAS PAVED AREA 7�11LLL 11—El IBMINT L'T 51-LIED IND ANP 5—L 1. AN-1—1—11,1—WAll.—A I I'll A T—A—All AN 51-LIED IND—5—L MEE' 0 Na 0 I I'll ill A 11 11 "c", A_F A_ EF LA < IOMEATED 11 11-1 C 11oll—l-=V1111 I'll 11,11111 rl"ll,TZ A"1—11 AT AT—Ell E—.—I 5EE'E"E 2 A'ONPfD OEE3,ETI.�EAEAPED AAEII APAII IONALL OATM EIBEI 'AM E� IYATED To E A �E IATE re000re EEN111(AIM E.11) Ol Cl FA ED EAAA All TO C, AAA—1 I I'll—1 11EE�F C C, .11OLL—OlALo 7 Y`ClIDE S—AAA PI 8 20 FOOM EIWIA 1-41 F1.0 Ell—l-I.E.TTE1 I I ZAI 1� 'A WY 1,110101 lENVl T,—11 C°IMGOYALEE 11-01 lENVl 11 A—1ATE LEE AT �,�,5pl'�PTE 6_10_3,� Sll TABLE azTP AT,Al. no—01 t YO, Y— '—PE 95A E"'I"F"AT"A oA Y "C'AIA A .1 111 —-1-— AYT—ESEo —Ell—EFILL IELE IF LL METE1=0 P iVIDETEL"T 'PECPAFEo"AE,—SEE=E`2 o PET "ED T1.0 PIGAETION 1AM 'EM AW AACL. AEND_N—LME&0'TAL EY11OLL) AT.111 < WE "I ANATT'(A— `OIL"TA—Mo, DE E, E V.) IE L,E "M A A ITT'BELIE-0 DEE lAALoNAAA) E , o 2 1 11.Al D—( D_ AA EreOmore AAND ENIAI%EN",IsTA�NL-DllLT) _PYA'E, AW W A 3E I—Al 421 A.E E S V�)T_V1, A TACDF11 � E,�,—GVA,1111,E EENIILY-M 1111) 1EMENT-ALAILEED—1 EEIDNI AT A 'A� EC AE Pll,�Y 1-1 Bp�K,�BEYEM ELD�F— TCO_E 2-TIEl AEll `C 11.101 IENATY TEIM Dasa) FVA POE D—EAA To '0 —IlEl—1 1' 'I"'ZIES"'TTEA`lE uunw+......AA. NAP— DOEH-THYD P So" W—'A AT ZACE1 5TE P"I'll".— AGE 14 11 1111 E, DWAII—I LICIll 14 21-111 TENT'L5E j211 11 11 WPALAEl APNI Al IELEI W Do 'I'LL MATIVAL ��,,WI)7 TRENCH BACKFILL CTAo OF D111.01To — TRENCH BACKFILL FOR STORM WATER PIPES FOR STORM WATER R.C.BOX CULVERTS A"—'— c, STR—1007 NAT 1.51ALE NAT 1.IEVLE CITY-T j 21A48 .......... TERA.-T, FRALECI PIE 42AW9,002 WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM GENERAL NOTES SEPARAYIOAOFfiVA7"AA(PWAS7,"EWAJrER LIMES UNPAVED AREAS PAVED AREAS 1, -11 RIIEIIATLEII El.1-E R1 111TATIP 11 AIIARAPABI WAV ITI 1 1-11 T""APEA1111 11 WARLI All WAIIIIAT11 -1"1 11111AI 1111 11— ,TAR,T,_',R...... ..T"R, "TIPE A_.. AIIJIPA", 'E,TTA W aures W .....T... .. .....WLTR, __I,T1AA1 T_E L, "I— IT,.—"ITT, I IIT TI AII11T T11 III AIR 111TATAII AT All T111 ATLE All RATI 11 ER I'AE V 11 E VA TADAA T AS 4 11BE7 CRoT3 CNI F"C"T 3 4 S "I I As R111,11, 11 TI,T"T__E A,Avon „,....Tion �,All, RAAT.. 2 WAEAEORR W4TfR�W TfW TER OBE OF TEIT IE-1 E"E,"E,EE"'TE"PE,",E 11 A11IT”,TI All"1111-11TI AT RCATR IT_I A-1, A, I TIE E STE'34" I'll TIE 110-3E's"El 11 11T 11TI ATTE 11TRACT11"All IRITEIT T11 1=EL _', ,R� TAIATE TT . ...... 4 TIE 10IT141 31411 FIROOTI 411,11ROR 411 1-1T IAILRAA TO ROATAll TER 4 4 4 VAopoSED l,7 1EI ''El R1....... E� TO AWAEIE 111TEIRD IVT3 OF I-PRE""'RE IT WATI'T", E...ARE'TATE 11 11E 11"1'o"TRACE01 ITTE IATIII AID WE AT WN I 'El"Il IF I"""TE"' cRosslcs�F Ell-I—11—110E 11 "IE'Ll"o,IF TIE WITE, WATEI FIT FAAE,All, TIRE AIR ... T DI 11 1111) 1 A 11RE C..T..TABI IETEI 10...TAB, 11AI.,, AT11 IVNIT111TIRI IETER All ", RT RE 1.11 IT ITIA IR All 11111CA IT TIE WEIAI 111T 1-11 ... .. . ,o,ST..TIII-All All,, III ............ Amp 1� Do—TAIII-3E E D""o E'D 1,AC101PA..WAR T..I L, iiii, IEI-1011 �IIAEWEI "I 10111A IIE' IEIIIIIIED 'TV .. .... .. .. ..C' To, E 'T, P",THAT ITT EA..oT OF'1111'CE"TE 11 FREE IIPAI 1111AI All F1 TIRIE .ATIIIAII III IT 111111EI 11 All 11TI RVTIWE1CIA�1,1,10E,1,1l III CIA—11 TOR ITI FAIR 10 ETA CTo,"ITT R,DP,,oAE,IF All I TERAC 11AI 111 1011 IIIIIIATED 11 -7 "T'11PAII 11 111A111 IT F D E ...AAABA "REE", AV,El,A "'T, 4 T, smut -------------- --- ----- ,TET WATEI IEIT A'1�RE TV AAIAIE lE1 11 1E e. 'AT OF IIE 11010SE'"PE''ITO All E"T"'WATRIIIIE S'All AT IECO..ITID 11D RE AD1 11RE,S.......A,0, D'AW,""ECTIAT Al, ITIATo, LTOE FITEIRRE"T WATERLINE MINIMUM COVER REQUIREMENTS 1AT11A A All All AI- 'AT .A AT ..A.CR, 'T.... .......To'All RI 111EI 111A101 1111S I'll P., OP, TA 11A1 T110111 WATEI A,1111EIT01 ""E"PA) 1 411 s 3 4 AVEE`411 11 El R' 1, AT 'A I Co,=,E,1L'I T'1'1==1,lEI T" 11 ILL I IT TTA =1,To, ol"IA 11E AT P=,l 41D AT 12 .ARTW IAOAEDE 4E All lo""4' IR IT 14111 IIE4 El ICE 11—111E RET41E 411 1 TEE'4 El D1 IIE"" `4 -C 4 "C=11 =111APEl' E, ,,,P R,1,lA 'IT �EP) (11 IRRA E I A A All RO........1AP,Ell 11AVIT',I ABEIET ETTE—1 4 41 ARIIIIED I IIIE11EI 11 All .AVE11 1 1111 11 A u 11 F D"T"""111E I""'T To 4 "'T' W4EEI=0 F"TO'l..I'l RRE "ITEEIT01_1D A,'PEAPPAII E, REE FAR EE ..ER,,l,,IT., 1 All IA","T—EI A', ATEEE 11AIT 111 4 01 TYP.PIPE TRENCHING,BEDDING AND R11 41 R11EITER TERCE I'D F11 PIT I'll 11 1 CILER IT All-11 4" AT 4......41E W4EE,TA,, 4 "',TRI1EI 11 IRFLIEI 41 4 AIBBE-T",RE...... REE IIE 01 A, BACKFILL FOR WATERLINE I— 1A,A IIAE 11. 11101 ADILITIRI""T" OF AA-FLAT"'TAI E IT AITICIRA D WIAIT 1AKE 1A ", , CT "" TV— /A T', 19TT, 11 y Al E A DOIE ED T�E EIIIIE11 ami TE Ille� I DIV15IONINSAECTWE 41 NE hNIABIWE OF CONTRACT POLTE WATER15REV WILL BE ROTATED POLAR TO ".I APPOR,-1.11, MI-1 All CRAIGES TE ITT—11 RIE—IT-1 AAR--IT—.—ALATE RE 110EPE III GENERAL NOTES FOR BACKFILL U ll12)T11111111AI IF "' E"o'"'E';t'RE 11''1'E1`A'111'APE1PNE"'ROPET VT E1'11IE11 1EA11tI11 AND 11A 1i1T'A111T'LB`1 IEIAL - 4"R..E'1AL AT All 11111'El'CoN"EE "AT B'ILACID IETAR'All"T (BELOW PIPE 10 12 ABOVE PIPE) LGREALER IIAN 12 ABOVE PIPE) -E11 W111E L'VE",El,'WIVEL 11Tll111 ARE IlREED ABLE"RATE__""REE,EEL TIE WATER DIV1101— UNPAVED AREAS PAVED AREAS 11. ITT OFFIE11 All DI 'ION IVE A EIIIAI 1111D TOIERRI 11 IT—Il—DIIII 1,RIADl1-I" III 1' 71 1 ",11 101, A,- "" A 7�AT, E, � PAIM , RAN. ...I IT ITOVII FIT A"CIANIE," T",.ET 11 01 < 11, "A WATE'-E RE ARAN"E'TIE ..TRAT"'LL"t RB" 'TIEN'T' .AT,11AE lIRAFAT ARAN,I,11111EE,A1AA IATIES E LE ARI'VED 01 F, 111,1ED 11 E, E As 111,E-1 EE fAAf RE DErR IERLERTA Ry WATTR-PTE Ca7 A M,I— I,I C,0 1 1-us A, I,, CONTRACTOR 51-CIVORDINATE W111 WATER DIV16IONAND NOTTVY All AFTEIVIR CO-24 _llgl� ArcI All I ,o_PRAVA To ALLoU,oF E,,RAEo WAEO RyR_ ATTPE 0 ucc ",,,AAMEI I coo.........TOO " V, 11 `IEE'D"T ON I—El ITAIRAIRI I—III-11 11— DERAW lw 1� E' �IT071`�` — 10—ITTA 1 10VA I-11T E"ERD 47"T"E,TO 4"'D WA ..Eo,TIE IIEI IF A`1R1 IWAR AT 1E1111EI 'M I IM AID VA D'1171�� Z"'"`E"""`D"S`7 AE: r. C__C_PREVE_A ......A.C"", """,, ",", ,_C Im 1. RE 1. .117 110111111111 1,11 011 C1111T E TE DI 'A V E 1,4 Ell 0--OW- III III E I A sno R,_AW VE, 11 All IEW"TE1.1.1 A,ATl E ATTEPITED 11 EVAT—'DEN—'- A—III TIAEAAA TOR L o TO,OF PIT f'A— 11 "1"11 A171M— 8—I BETOW AITAW 01—D AARE vumcTv IRE,BV) 1w ro Oo rue EXTRA 0"VCHAl TT 11, I —11C1 T-1 EAV —ER1 PAVE—T AVATE AT— .-E D..E—ulmuuxr. lL DEEPl—ARIN5 acre)1VA BE-WA E EIE EXIIII AAIP _,coD ,11E AR —1 E2 11/1 ID S�11 SPECIAL NOTE. 1�-111—AAE 1-1 121—11 1 1 AT IT 11111D 1 11 ","WI, 3: WE�o D"112 01 INIIN111 1EALl IINIAIT T"I 11R11Y 11PAI—T oll A 18 u u i.oED 2E u .........0, 1E 1/1 1 e,. E�°1 22 s'o o��oE reco n M ren aEre�« mn smcwaiK mami+Na.+ � rvncre 'wwcu avounu cux _ ss mucvwsc�vmcu ���" H lw�-"q 4k euRv uxc s+au e7101'snor is nu vca�rovcszox ro vuu 3,svc�pqM�o ac etawco «<�mru,�s vu.0ec,rvsnuca nur..re o.a r o do �..�/., � E1111 11D 11 111111 sta/rxsn ace aor oiusn� recres curer i,ur �� o - Ytiy:+o'�`ioerzo ,. wtvc eox a no ros<vc o az uauc ov rrec uevw iva _ y ivcn+ricrvc � usr,reov Lt D_Holes . III uo uo aix anvvci w'o a mN.� * reoucc ccux°s c cavcar.c aLx�..��Oµwaair suvrnc �m�n. �vo.rascrer.c coiure �¢,�,o �SII EXTENSION DETAIL IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII areco �� no.,�scw� I�IIIIIIIVUIIIIIIIIII ���aEa �„�,� „�„ - IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII s a�roa o�renac�E r on oq conte cc�ua - T c cencrec.E.rerenn recn�.e ,� _ o€�� M.vren.nw.,m v.rescre a c,r U oa cen,recn oa a� rore,o eu. � o �<: Ere FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY DETAIL(TYPE 7) oWw �c...s .......... VALVE BOX DETA/L VALVE BOX DETAIL T o Q PAVEMENT @ NATURAL GROUND ,o r��ccrere °N no.,o s�� N��awcs sou rec reovs<o�„ooreo,Eo�awc reorEs ��. U w�Eo o,roo„w—11P/CK NOTCHH••���� =,115 11D _ o Ec o,.c swwa woo�c s U Q o.,M-6« ore re 11reEaure re�,E�a��E N N �m ww 's�PFw`aEzoY aw�ore��cre� e =uPPo��a reE�„rec n���_;„�,ere nu a,auc„«,reon 1n�.n z� ^� `,u�ore���rec,,,rerenn orenPE��wc LID DETAIL S SwET 67or 97 remc Y cDro poi co-LE FIRE HYDRANT wASSEMBLETA/L(TYPE 2J FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY DETAIL(TYPE2) Rrmreo o we ma o S7R 1667 n.,o sews nm=a sews -T d s, .......... -1 4-002 rererere 1111 "SING SPACERS E�Ere s �, w c T�f F MI'll PIP,1. .... ....... ........ .. p ...... ... E� 3—E� 3E F-13HED 10 Ill—1 10 IE IE- 111,10 1_11 I'll 1111D 11 IlluE�111T I 1 11 1111—ED 11 p PIPE INSULATION DETAIL ..... WATERLINE ADJUSTMENT DETAIL D arewEre 111E 11 lyll c1 I-El 111 p "'sca ,,EcCO 11 lEll vsEu Unum., CE-oF 16 2�FOO 1— ........ ... .......... 5-E-OF-G CNED ........... 11 11111D 01 -1 "'E . �.... INSULATOR SPACING DETAIL -1, P, L — Ero11 —11 IE TYPICAL CASING DETAIL -E,37 1p EE) EDo�T, OF,., I E r, E IF'HE --ll Fll 7 1 IF —11 D1111-17111 111711ti _E,"'E TYPICAL VALVE INSTALLATION THREE TO SIX WATER CONNECTIONS ATINTERSECTIONS ncvres'El 11c Ill 1 1—1-7 1— 2 1—y 2- I-E I- I— ol 1 2 l7p,11-19, I—ol 7E D "E_', �F "I o wl F E� o u� 111Eg ZI llyll,7" p"...... IlEl Ill 1111E I—El I 1 101—Ill =E"E .F.- 1-111E3 E E E'E" < PTES M' P- E 11 El 1�Ell, E-1 2-71 1....... o 'HE 11PEl", Co--`-1'F--`I—E-15 E�E lEll PIIE 11E Z_ _ 'D u 111H 11 El D' 11 E I 111E IF PIl 'o- _El-1 11 NEFs seem 68or 97 .--0100- -5 co--` ..... - EE 2 on '7 DETAIL"A- 1.—11 1-—1 1p DETAIL-B" DETAIL',C_ TEST RISER ASSEMBLY CONNECTION TEST RISER ASSEMBLY TEST RISER ASSEMBLY 11D 1111111D�y COI-17 .......... rE—lll w171—YE—E BRASS—W-DETAIL MARKER LOCATIOA III ... lI... ... wnse earn 711E I IPIW II r 11 eromero SERVICE WITH SIDEWALK PRESET SERV/CEL/NE MARKER DETAILS II II�IIIIIIII TYPICAL CUL-DE-SAC SERVICE crae am cm,a SERVICE LINE MATERIALS 2 1/1 1 cr<recnomo —17 —E I—I�A—OP 7'EE 7 lz4 III 2, 11D 1 111— —11111 11 111—Ell IlEl 31. ..... ... .... .... .. 1-11E—rEreIPE)DIE .... (,y P"p P— ....... ......../' SERV/CE WITHOUT SIDEWALK IDAllfl 11 12 TYPICAL CONNECTION DETAIL core roa "'11111 IIE5 117 -1 11—0•1 1�IE—IE711111—11 oac am—r� E IE�E%111E, � E 1171" —EI 5- .11E, ZMD_ 1111 IEI 1111E 11 91""I'D I P11,1— cxcwunan sac IE P111E"PI I"PPEl ID 2 (111 Ol III PIPE) 11 P, Ur 2-- P1111-111 SERVICE WITH SIDEWALK TIED TO CURB I-EIE 1 —1 2 V'12or 7 111E—111D 11 —11 111 1.1=lyll'l"I ZE"', 97 aEreaw WreEm 2 1 7—E 16�rE 'FI00 BOLLARD DETAIL ""DE._ PII —"eE TYPICAL CONNECTION DETAIL OE"" "DE-1 sA Ess ANo NL K. oianiiiR MANHOLE REQUIREMENTS PEP,—9,002 INPOP,—It NO IS G.. ....I I, IIFGBII MIS,"G,�c G—F, BAN," I.FFAI(11.EBI 1., 11.1 lPN1.1GImIGF -#A ALL, A A, o 11.1 IEAGIIITI I.FAI OF I—IF %11 , 11AII I—ISTI TO III Gr'EGMSIF' MATPH�—P, D, m`FlcO�PTXI EG" , m INS,I mG IM—G,BA�,ENTOSTAFPR�D�VED MAL"S, APPROVED COATINGS TABLE N"IT... T —E AjGPADEBFllEl�GGT0,EASE MIN MONLI AMI ll�LIME—GE NAGE TO I =ETD ElS X02 onoerzo ENAL O�ElLTAETO BE M%S�E,,MA,�,,A ,A�, ASIE DE LEOA TIAGENE11 M PLESEN.1 'EME, L,ED E "A T G -MEN EN" recaeere IA EF POLA I INA('�IEMIE—IL DIADE 1-1)IN NO BE SIALL NLS/ TP I I'G'NE-OF I EFOE BE LEIG LHAN THE THOKNE ON G, PIGS BE TIE El I NI AGENT 11E, IEllLANF IGALNG PEI App,OVEA SOATNA, A FSIFO 'I"NG:D�l_L TNLE I, .NH EL 1.1 ILL ICNIIETE —IH I-III EGNDEI�-F A ons=E I'LL 11' BE 111 11 IOW ANDILIVE F\ —E— AN AS NNE A N 2 ? IIIA AA LL Lo LE BE `F TE AL"EllDL�k N IT" "NNLL"�"N 1EING1 AICTAM lCONCREll —PBS—P IF"A' SBNI NAL G.MP III'P111110 I FEE lAlAFFL'%LNlTlVE SLOPE (1—IS'MIN A 1.NA-1))) ILEGSSEBLE PILL SlITI 'A NALLI'LL ALLIPS E, �mp 'E 0 NO I BAD MOSELS A F, (111 P111 MIN BE ID DEAN) IS A E NO AT I LEAT It,GFFI� A '�D I LE' BETZ IINNEOT INI IH�N ':MH A�� A ED I AC 11 �IBE 1 1:*A L"M'ANIIET IIN"'AN IF_ENLE', A I.PM IGINDAPON IMIN MIN T110ENESE) I", (M=ETE I",NESG) MoEE AB" U�`LE lEA`FLEI AL I", E MAN11LE NVEI� ENFINETl PFOV'DE CFFED P lIGE,,EE.1 I 6BEE�l FPDDTVBEMCEBSIFD,STONE,,PEI T,lIF LEM III A BE P .I�Go IN 5E pl�,�'Nft INI G- Bo IN 5E pl�,�'Nft INI BE, 3 Al IE.IIIE " M N) IN 5E INI 2 ANOONBBSETEP I PIEGEN� F 'POE NDIA Ppl�,�'Nft AEOMPAAL TOP BE, COMPA I P DL 1 0 1 PLO 0 DEN,I,A ED, PPI, A, I . —........... T 111MTOIM M 6"AL-E1 EB 11BAIS 1M I— I ALP ITMOM N-IA OC CONCRETE MANHOLE S SO F� I AD 11 F� GO I FIBERGLASS MANHOLE Nm IF ICALE NOT TO=FALL 2-1 M'AN 'ON 1-11 IDEAPS EFIAL IF 0' MIN T—AL I—NA 'M ——— "'I SIAPED—SONIPE4 "NO CILLAI DELI IENI N I 'N IT I BE M H 0 PIE`TPFT DEPAlpl AN'I ANIGLE LL(I'E"LAT" OF LAlAAGT DAMELEI Tp M G, .NCETE) VE I G_ Pk vial ELL F IIIE ,E ON, D MN A ND ,A E E NALML0 P I Q 100DE 'AD ON(III) I MN 'NS�EAPIS�,EEA'L NEAAAA,,PEMLCE AwPT�M[DISISPE- S e. I P_ I I ED, G NO'EPT'E '.TEFT'o'N G N Ol I IT I I'DEPASTME M.(TPIMIA 01 Pl--AN A TEE, JA 1-1 1111011 I WASTEWATER MANHOLE(BOTTOM) PIPE SEAL DETAIL MANnoLETD1.AT-OF1, < cn NEFF I.IIALE NET TO EGALE 11 SEND 0 0 MANHOLE PROTECTION IN UNPAVED AREAS (CULTIVATED/SPECIAL) UAL PDPEAL ATED/SPECIAL) < A GENERAL WASTEWATER CONSTRUCTION NOTES: I A oz ww MUN A IF P'p I NIT 11 IIALE SEAL DELA I I BE'COEL PACOTPE 5ENAL IN I 50FVE MEENFSIF V I I T�PEGSSOPE��FDAN DNVAM NMLIOAAB CFONDIF ON SE 0 I N', A FE, A PEP N IF E 1 0 PEDO PED ALONG OTIEP PESEABNN FIAT E NECESSADY IS ENSPPE FIAT TIE FEE A� ID'IGNI.IGLLAI IDPE ADIINTMENI IINFI < 10 N_N,THA PNEALNF,THE ,FOLLI ISIIE IF ALL THE F (1D-M-) PlVE,�ElTlANED NEEFTANI�EANND CANITIANT1 III—BE E—INTERED DIIIND TIE 1011AE OF I OF GO 0, I.PLA 2, FIE CONLPACTAP SLILL AD IDIE TO ALL FIEG lEAlLAPONG PEI 1.FAI AIAPTEI 211 .111EI "El A M A AND LPENNI IAFETI FOP I AAVAT ON, 4 2B- A ONI BLE FDM ALL TllFFl IllTllL ANO M011 IIHEIE 7--,P-- 11 BEND I IHE C E"TS LNE M ANOAL 0 N ON FOPM NLOL AEVE,(MoLD) GAP APAPL, 4, ALL FBERGLASS—GLES SIALL BE MONOLLIN—0E50'=ED0BG*AL�LT�ACNKDN— E�,SFN 2 FINNI ANPOND u MAI N I POVDED AD PEoED FBEPLA,,",ON"ALL, BE , 1 0,ND P. I'D...TAT'LEAD"E"o IF ONDEP AL I`ND7N�DIAMETEP PIE)ABOVE TIE GP�7� EATON,FOP N I E. FIE WNIGLE—L LIMIT PIPE DE ONE'A N M A EGI El PIEI.NAIPEIE EGOAL OT011PI GO D' TLA P (I DI FLO-NE OF LIS MANIOLE DIALL BE IOPED AND lEALED-I APPIGNED SEAL NAIIET I, M ISNFFIIEMENT 1-il SATE,"N'"'EM_ MANIOLE A F"FE"LA"MANHOLE 5 THE MANHO FOONNATON MA`F'E"AN FlOIND —S)"I(MINIMOM) IOPFAIE(IPGlEBOPE MONF BE 111M TqD I,III EN,NEE P NA SEESE IF A seer 70,r 9 7 CON"Po"ON IN DEEP FOP APPBOVA 7 FIE NONLPAITIP INALL PPINDE PPIN)TIE C K. ALFLDBEENTDNo5,NALLMN DMOOCL BONDI MlTl`F BE-N`A4VDFEGMNFPAIALLEL SBI BIINEENIEAM FLOI DINECTION. SOE—ES LOD NO FIENEL 11EIATEPITNDIPE O—NGON AFLNHEFE0S�EEDNPGNABETE MANHOLE PROTECTION IN UNPAVED AREAS CE FP I E,;2FNA� ALL NA M 7 7 oRnunnro ma AN MAN,OLE,_P B—M.ADNEPE IF ALL MANIF-Tl p I p FORCE MAIN DISCHARGE MANHOLE DETAIL IEFINEMENLI.FREF—All B.TTAM AND BENII MIAT ALIA BE FAIL—NTALLED. (RESIDENTIAL) NOT TO IGGELE NOT TO IGALE �P IIIAL IFFENUILALIAN I,CLIMUMc DEE N-1PEF—9,002 �� a,EA.ED..,�IN =�EE=.AND OF �NEDPMA,�ON NEEDED,,"'AN EA', =�� 'Ea DE .fi Al(PADVDE DAEIT.PAEE'PND PEDEsaANE PER.uE APPP'VED.PAEE' DV'E NEW PNc E�Ea W,u"'L.E DDD Ps EDNEPE,E DEE PROF,°n�AEEnc'DN.P'E of EEOW'a n,A,nc MAnu'EE PEPAaE,aE"n,aA"Da EaAEE m=o ALIIL(r.s.)o s(Pn cuapDN N PEaw aE NEOPCEMEN,E Na—1) PLAN, OF LIFE CL 5F N A FIFNIAT ON Nue Da Ano uDPE awu i ants n 4' IIMOVNA ALL DIFI—I—1 ANN ps%ego '0"'IN*uE EINT 11 aND DE'ais PLACE QO T I PONT"Lo PC PON L, au[TO AE caa'EF 5, L AND supe[ 2 a. .uicuNMA suuF PreONDE AN Aas�nD JJw �o€ A ms'a**o Ei*EVEN�v on'INIFIA OP nw'INIIII Din ao EVEN�v �5 sEu ANNUM or EPv AM'DAUNT'DP roP'E� m s wz sPAOI AIOUND Exis uNEs wi.0 JNIE POPE AND CHEMICAL cacur. w'o PEMDVisnNc MM"'ELE _ III A \ LF (EMs N,p'TAB ar cEMENi%ch fExacr O 'E EEL O.EaMNED IF CANiPac*Da) 0 0 op= EaP NSEa* w p �Oca*ONs aO O E �� .. 'MN M"oA pPowDE MANUOLE oaoP "= Ns�— o M�NUE D s,,,i-i s CALLEF E"w�T EVERD EoE D _ NANNEc*Ions(r� DIA-oo.,� o IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII E=IPw,�ON w,LL _ IlU�llllllll IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII P /�--- —"NIIET —_ PE'n. Msmc IE PAPE vuE�Es —Ea sDP AIEEM'Lv PPOP_ _ (ti,A*ca`E Eoo) ExisiNA'ENca ILE ,D PEMUN m PLACE o ,o MpN_E'HIVE'Encu c - _ '. - ns o�'ECLE OIDE PIPE 5F cu.E�s NEc*m FL OWABLE F LL (,AD P,,MIN®'a D<i o co(#MPA,oP i :.� PLEAD PN w.*u S,uN��nEEL NMaoz pre auoa 6�0o v PEMI MN o v ca"°��Pso,o°are�PPo°Eoa�auai� PPOPosEo E NSPP. o "P NVV� XED N aEDUPED uu,w o CLINTINA AANIIELE E PE4EN EEaWA'EE FILL - - FRP INSERT REHABILITATION OF EXISTING MANHOLE FRP INSERT PIPE SEAL DETAIL NOT iO s�E DIF LO sA,LE >- E U '/A LELLEPiND (1)Dia VEN,'OLE (z),i/z'aosED PIEKMOLEs MACHINE EDOE OE ANA 1, TLE CCNTPFCLOA SUALL anADwav MANun E aNHaLE WILL.111111�iuE ciE ED cLEue w Q oULEa Z aEs* o'EMEN'IF TNCRETE AND'OL"'HALF LO, Q z (TO NFL OW MpcumE j — O 3. go.000)esj PND Mus eEV On,TLE > o su/.s aE LIFE*Esr sauL"eE ALLEMILTEI CLY w O N O o o w o w w COVER PLAN VIEW I EPOM PE�LED NETEP�..II ' �NT'I'M SFOLL PaDMOE'E'�'FD.�oN. a o a NIF.D SALE ! 0 w�) O A O mPP`V O � O cx o) w w I 1A ,/P'DSP NEPA AskE; opEN�No PEER P oL of EoANDPv o Ep E-#Z'3 as o a� o 0 0 - sPEC�Pa,�Ons O ao'(z) v AME peozEse� FPPME PEP MANUFAITUPEI NEENAH EDDNDP. C-111 taiOa APIN E,PPD�D Eou,�`NIE N,uE us s seesr 71 or 97 AND NO.MENDED EOP MANNED EN,FF. reo oPnunnc ma SECTION OF RING&COVER RING&COVER APPROVED LIST S7R .1.007 ND,TO npLE N z, -'ILL PEI OPPLIPEP,-9,002 APPROVED ARVs EO,LLENEL, ODELE sP CT 11OVINE 0,'PE, IIIE -1-ILL.'E', ,0 L.E NT Max. .. .. .. ... E M" OP M 11 N OND M TINIL-1 ;rp4N'1 ELOPPEPE ML`T DO M T"''E" VE I El IEEL VLEEII TO I IE III I I IE OELE TO IN VOITIND VLM,, V V. wITLPIOII LEIPIO IE D,,EO 30 "To"' 0'.0 D IVO lL-p IEMENT -1-IEI 11 1EINI-ED ODNIIELE NOV" N,"" P L'N,EV,,V ......P"VIE lEll .1 IEMENT/11) ED M1.11EME NT, I EO,E,LIP VLl-E/DlPlE PEI EllO MIN Ol -P ED N DO' 1 ON I'T ,'T E.1, 1D ITITE IE"'1EME111 -EE'` J OTD',POND .NT Es 0 ' ED . .... PlIv IE I PM I,PEOPLE NO -N-P I I PEIMO (" ", I- �l(LTM�NTE� 0 ,IEP�,EVE,5,,VOTl..PEP NOOTIND Z\-P,NVMECK1111 OIL,P, OLL TT N 0 O`LL N I OLD M N NV,D, VE AD lllEI0LE D P"M,N E 111IMP, DLL T I OID-TED-1 Ol DI lTLl`EE=E I PIPINO 0 11 LL1,E�%V N LE11 STEEL EE LEE EPEN-1111 + I-IIETE-N-N I-Pll INNIIELE E, 2"LEII'Ol ZTE E DID.111LINI I INELE) I-lllEI0LE 11 PIP'll ,,D T ITEM Ill 1111E 1,1 11 1 ENE I mcaETE M, "PRIN HOLE 8E-EEN LDNCR�TE "OlIP, ,PPL, "T'LL I FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW ILD FPI Ol-11, P PTIECl_IVETE�-I OLD ,P,ND_ EE 0 LEVEL IPMPPIL LPP C PF 11.141E L. Ill-111 BOLLARD DETAIL DEEP CUT SERVICE CONNECTION alp w _M'M M� AIR RELEASE VALVE AND MANHOLE ITOIE IDNrENT NOT TD EDELE NOT TO E-E ED NPL L.I-E ti U SERVICE CONNECTION NOTES. CONTP""PT"PPOV DE SEPI CE CONNECL ON TOP TO I I.NNEI VLLI lEll,E LN E o"DE E"EMENT I L�IE DE PIPE OND FITT-1 TO DE IOLVENL-I Ill�l 11 -1/1 NO 1,0 1 ME PIPPINE lElVOE NEE-K LlIEDDED 1- 01LE11 ITIEIIIIE I IE P-1 ED,NOOLMO M_PPE MOLE_ ED,ONP/P,I'D M; EMOVE/lEP-E 11E ITILI wz as IE.0lIED DEPDPTMENL OPPPOVED CONNECTO"UIE PV 0 L 1,DLI lEl EVI MIN 11D SEDVIE. V I TEE Ol DDEC ED OT El'ON P IDDIDE 1-MOILL 1, F P PE LEMEELL LEE PEO 1 1/1"D111 -IE IE.ONED Ill -M EL--0L`WELZELl`E PPPEPD NO IT NCN OE,E,EEDED �NIDIEE TIE-E Wl"PF 1- 0 E, 0 LOO,�F ON OND 5 IE MIN VALE1 0 PLAN CLEAN-OUT BOOT 5EE NOTE I PEND iMEMllPLEENiNlllIEl,oll , NOT LO 114LE NET TO E-E CDLPL'NC*LP NTONLESO 45' go (11 PIEFEIED) IEEL llElP NNI.ENE u III- u *lElEl, PLOCE-KEI FLIEN IN [101. OE 11DON 0 14ENEl(I El PAVEl u E NE IND PE"V DE- -=EEZEMIEDME NT 01 TEE POPE CPN Ol (5DI 11 FOl ELEN MEN EIDDLE, /D 'DIE.1 Ill 11 ED, DO Nc.E, 0111 1-11 DDIE OF lElll-1 SECTION A-A SECTION B-B 2,, 7 POLI PINTECTIVE END POP ON E411 END OL NL.I- SOLEE NPT TO OE SERVICE CONNECTION DETAILS STANDARD SERVICE MARKER TYPICAL CAST IRON CLEAN-OUT BOOT TR 10�7 NEL LO ESEP-1-PNE 1E.11NIED E411 ITIEEL LOP NOT TO IPALE . .... NOL LD I DOLE 02 D IN WINCES TET PPE �D�PwED DN�ETE EEPN Cd 22s'D CC PI EMEM IN DN=s p fE%P RNc PaEPA'RfePC � A ti WELDED sEEL ca III PC PPom T NsoE aF Cas ND TDasaL SEE TISLE z TEM e(u aaains IN PnEE N, SEE NmE z c r+uNNEr+s '^� yU��<�„�•.c�;N, IN � � � z� mioerzo 4"T( 10”CASING DETAIL 1 �� DTIDOT".�E , v°x°F °'l E w"w NOT TD Sw.LE TT.IEL TT ,� �L�ENr SSE. N TTE aoa e, SOND (,.E E�OF CEMENTiCnB°FN EE DE LESS s< a <, aeckF��s"ILL eE CEMENT STI LzcD E w' Da,ED Cl ITINEIII EEL IlElll EDDa STET PPE c sEEL cns Nc avE NOT WELDED sEEL ore FFUNN suPParrT NsoE DF Cas Nc � Excavl oNTo gII�I SEE N_z c rzvNNErzs MncNET IBwe PPE (PavEC I'DE)'ae�s TErn aILL, 11 - A "Imp 1:' III ON 11"MI LL N IISo B r�O� EE iNIlFED El arT1NN TEE EOaD seaiON. BL VLxnnN ALO�o - _ IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 12"TO 36 CASING DETAIL �'�' IIIIIIIIIII TiDN)mrs11I I INa uDF - IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII NOT Ta ICELE avPaNgMEH,gEPqa"AqNqo ��'�,SOA Uv�oE ANE ETwEEN sPacEa BlENIL.see TIELE,ILL DEEP NO 4ND INTEL 111FILL CE �"' - El III o11nFakn,avu�) NoLTa,NgH I .�( -° DwPavEVIw. R �� 2OF xauow Drx OFTxE 5 v PAPE TSI.O NUS, doo SEE NmE B arlTv ovEe Ex�nTDN MusT eE _ PavEvIENTEwa�E�N"ELaT�ON TD TTE NI PTB CrelNma,Ml,Ee�u ONIT EErcwDEDN TxE PICIBNes)PExr,T arvErnrON v) � M,CMUM OF ONE BTOwN TRENCH BACKFILL FOR WASTEWATER LINES II uuu� Q I—NI oo. osNc SPICED 5FOTLD BE SPICED I o3z SDE OF,DANT CASING DETAIL AND PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES NOT TO SLE NOT TO ECELE GENERAL NOTES FOR BACKFILL ti TABLE 1 TABLE 2 U BEDDING AND INITIAL BACKFILL FINAL BACKFILL (BELOW PIPE TO 12"ABOVE PIPE) (GREATER THAN 12"ABOVE PIPE) UNPAVED AREAS PAVED AREAS I NI PNICEECEIKI'LL IM C 0 IF Q CASING NOTES: ...EUCEDD B-1—INELL PE Ev ,De"Nc IF NITUE TDNE DT DEa L METE'ELMITETBL StiILLMPIlTEF EL HEFT TIE FE"EOLLewN.. z o MIIT�BE,IN EYE C�LFFBI 1 CIOs",MVN�N",T O"EC L,iHIIVNEBC BBQ BE PER PC IES ME �ND,TE FOLLOND Cx�TEx�a wI,FE,IT F.DEE MITEE�I D DE P ED Q a M aasEtEEL saovaNceoLLae uBT�T E.EOL,-DN s nE M S OF IITM D—I ECB_ 10 ""`- CDMPICT MlICTllE-DEEB BTD PacCTON >>o o PPE, MEcuoc TWE eeiN,PEIF"T,TUNTC ere IPPPCIED EPIPEDDu ID,PreOaor+[oNsei.zs>. `w IN P_,M0 o w o sw-ON cw-cM ED TD11 LE MITEr+iIL Fr+aM ExcnvlTiDN _ N Q 4 111 El 111— 1 reETicN _aN OFC"FELF OCTIMUM. .TTEN usE CEMENT Q o w EIDAEL I nDnz, o U o Z 101= u DEND MIN MOM suuL NOT eE LENINI DEC'FumuEa TUIN TNETEi2rtaM PUPF END Pias-ricn paiNOEUW(Pi)3u NP TO iD Mv:. INED SEE TIBLE z-ITEM B BELcw.aDlD ensE T _J IDEE TO BE PCO m (~/1 Q OF OF'Ell""EIACEII INELL PC INCE-LED IN FIE CENTEI F TIE Q E sECTiDN_ zQ.I s(121)c IIE crsusu P EB�ITINI DOTTDrn D D"°D ENT sleiu'ED W LACED CNE Drz IIIIIED.—EL MEETTND caIDITDN aF. s(ID 5CC01PIN Ta Da�I II%cv CE PICEDIECTI-TEM.INC.MODEL Il ZIPPER.Psi MODEL c END IEu.ca IN E CDIasE ICCIECIrE T.DOT TEM a2,.—DE 2 TIE FaLLavvNc V IPPrrovED EDUIL. n aEau rzEMENTs. U ars II-ED TO DE PLICED IN N o V E.CausuED LME—NE PER T—T TEM III IIIDE z T c swD'ulDa qac #21D0 20 P NP,D 2DMP�TO—DF DERE E-11E TO swu 7,3,r 97 DE(°i ?1) OF DIFIMDM oRo oRlw No S7R 1007 CITI 21148 e,. a —H E-5-8 111 �.l/ra IH o15 EUI rva,n "��Irea ",a"�s reE �> a.,reEre� o p E �cM ° 02 Ia a SEHET I oa Ma11Erymw r HAsEasE—.1. _- m 0 7 ri - reEaw M. iir rvaiir �aw � = ¢ �reEaMEna �,_ II M " TYPICAL 6"CURB&GUTTER DETAIL 4"CURB&GUTTER DETAIL 6"REVERSE CURB B&GUTTER DETAIL TYPE'A'HEADER CURB DETAIL rvo,=o sE "o,,o sswE rva,=o IIATE rvo.,o IIATE so�En"0 ry ckc o„n�,.nes ,o r Ea""�Ha� reE�rvEarec�"� c°rv<v,nc,ME". re ` 3/4 11 AEP101,1D re v�° °"�vEocEME", ory orv__ -r r . - IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ,,i -EER PlEll-111- s�ART,READ °„.� _1A 1 corv..re,aory IEEE-WEERI llEa r (,va1—HHE1Hrere VUI �^ _ _ _ _ ggMirv�o /�, - IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII EOOS IE aHan res„ory E"s,rvc<orvcaEE rere"E".,Ere �iaa—i—�u inn,�I ac. oVv�aoo o RD EH ��/+."Mo" " oRaFs<8Pa” eo„"aa"D`HC`v� ro S o -R- Ell o p=� PLAN SECTION A-A �v U CAP SEAL DETAIL CAP SEAL DETAIL NEW CONC.TO NEW CONC. NEW CONC.TO EXIST.CONC. 5'VALLEY GUTTER DETAIL-IEE NOTE aEEaW ti rv.1,o SOHE NOT,o 51ATE ".1,o SOHE ypy� Q m 15 a' uu,w o x w a s=u+"c TYPE'B'HEADER CURB DETAIL rva,_°s E 0 11EIE 51pE" — °N ° "o Ina<E Lo aE HIED wnn ere�are,wp R Fj2oHE o N cm. E E-TINIErewA_ CURB I BOTTEI AND HEADER ” =ooEEo NOTES Eaoc w=-1 ��E s,EEE areaoE so oM �� vreov re corvc cHrere _ a U Iin as Exvorvs° E»o sem° E»aI Waco wE.�Ea µ�”res k�� /HEn Ere a,re/ E 11 _ ) aHaa a aHr,E ,.EIE y ,"E B B I I/n`,rel,a:a,w5o (unF w,"E umre reP �� g* - un ErEvo.oN asooc, IN rH rvr s tunxw ). rvwcs orvo*as Ervo a o e u °N e cxoowu*H E+s cuae Er x a orvc.soevo STH Wac roe uo r ". / roac"c 3 a c Mrvuuu z eEvarvo L Z sau,aE E�Ery EE N spur IE SLEWOID THE a rJ „ vmEreE rvEw cure ore Es r» xrze.z.e x cur,Ere cren" o suecrenoE.n oErecxE rvsw,o un*cn THE w Q Q ac ora ry samE nE us*.a z r (u�rv� . orvc) ���\ I orvo(siParvoo aRu.mc vaaEi c�Ro a �z IE 5 wPEre"rvmen SVEo. . SeFu awry orvocrTnE D se tp IHHNEE ME ore osury E >>O z re .IE�c 51eare.aE PLAN `H 0 o w o Q CURB AND GUTTER TIE-IN DETAIL SIDEWALK RETAINING CURB DETAIL PLAN FOR SIDEWALK SIDEWALK DRAIN AND HE-1 AND - U o rvo,=o s-E rvm=o s-E ".1,o�E rv.1,o�ERHHEI11Ec�rec reE a o z o U O z m Q c/<5 " �vE ERIHIST creourvo PR Wren Ervos cnvvEo 1°nas snoF 1 vas IHIA i sorvooreos. e n corvHreiarvs use is suaEcv mvaovol ryrEo ooryRl. N m U Y EET) LEAS z n ri rr u.do E / w (..GTE—EDA.A0111onrvseuµcs111 AT "EC sE j v �wcx rvew corvcreE.E sacvun f ".1 a.. ourv,Eresury eaa®s ac. z o N urea acre Eres U AUTILE usuu rlEl vary ADE-1J�orecwsrv* soevua mrvc wu '/r' ,c/ /rINl' HARAvnE wu n oc e.c.rr w Ira x " .��- a�iuisa zs o� P01-SLI"ory U z LA awr"INCL10—-111)ry '0�aoaCT H" � (n rvrv.srovE zx II III II E=u 1 THE) MHs,HaE Hr a s aH Ha_ a v E i vore so[wuu No/[s s o suss owaoo E+vorvs ory eoara usuu .z a- O o.c.E.w. ` urv�EEssvo*„�w, / crva rvcEa AY ou*ooazc a-PE re "' �E c�rvareRE a ALL IEEE.are,�E „- seer 74 r 97 ON AN ED_rooTEN a��s NEW TO EXISTING 5"'0°°" - rmareo a nro ma r ,o reEaEUE areoory Ervsn. SURFACE&SIDEWALK SLOPE BEHIND CURB SIDEWALK TIE-IN DETAIL SECTION B-B 4, �MEwruI w�IHE o ry=E �I caEoEav s~ r aw4wa rvo=,o IcwE a-E NET HE IcwE s~LL reE 5-Elo = rvncn,nE Wo,n°E,nE sloswk.. - s e,. =ga cd m o o� p o �uA opW ' '"w�" IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII - �'�' II II�IIIIIIII '" "W� IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII a Q w r O s o o w o � w r Q J U w v O � U s swET 75,r 97 ,,. reo oreawrm wa SMR W07 CITY rqz e,. £a �2 �A � III s c f 3w� -RIS Gwo� iio? H Vl > J � e Www I uYl�p W w w� m � c U y o Q Q w r O w r w _w �m m Q � O W O � U s swET 76ar 97 areo oreawrm wa STR 00T CITIqz e,. o w�� r e o w �2 �Iz r a - - IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII II II�IIIIIIII ' � �� IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII o�;o e � �wm c � E ti U Z w w r O 0 o wo N r w o m N �� Q i O I � O areo oreawrm wa crgzr e,. ,ga zz so mwo a , a'<w oke � :pw - IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII e waw �,:a: II II�IIIIIIII ��� aE�e IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ti ti v 'NAV a Q 5 m U ti a U v i Q S, Z D� Q Z w Q r w w La Z z —v° Z �N �w I � az t Y` � U ` s seesr 78ar 97 Ro oRaw��No S"1 1007 e,. KC A-9,002 SUMMARY of CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS zee CONCRETE PAVEMENT ASPHALT PAVEMENT mw` W/TN 6"CURB W/TN 6"C&G oRVEwnv OR VEwnv STATION w�N w ME�R_N C ME�F_N MENF_N a MENR_" A NCRETE) 'VERY STATION (STE (vavATE)(STE STN1.w�RT1��,acre /YTY 111E11EE R 1-11 STA,.,D z48 2 it 11i1— IF,is cess TF Ta oR 11F, a`s,FN,rvN m p 1111 z D L'ED11 g c oven — 1G.8 f Pref coNmoFE-1 _ [cot — iiiiiAllll'R�1„ or curee _ —1 IF 111B -111 N.lE ON 10Mcnory IN -cutiEa or�iuc FE[aD cinTca cU)I,T III IF IFFUE1 ary osaN 12 479 27 F,Fll Il —I a ti urea FT— Urre N o — are corvcrecTc wul x area FIFIENEEDIEDIIEDrEET TD nwiD n �i�i = re PLANK 1ANTIT wT1 THE..lEM 1—N[ET.IFE sTeEET„ND sDaM aiaN e:"IFIEE s,PPT sa U DRIVEWAY WITH TIED SIDEWALK NOT To 111cc II 'NAV a Q m a uu,w c,W w CONCRETE PAVEMENT ASPHALTPAVEMENT O c W/TH B"CURB W/TH6"C6O E s W ae ore^a/Drvv re �o U uEDuu z it orervswnr vn is less T1uu is e CON Dwry ON Dl.—) o G� rxcecD zD.T uorvD T1E Direec,iDry Dr vEDesrewN Trea±EE .� o aG W (wu[aEzsu ua — W �p W Dacmv FIN iDewul Q `d 0 rare sv[au orecuMnu�as.it unxoreiuD AT T1c wcrvc[re. J W 1— W W Q cuss a uuD uwE x n xeviuurn vac N Z fT] ---_ --- cDrvaxeTE socvxx _1,EF—IFNII 5HYT CE r i/a'reEswmoDlcnwsory eo W W oN Q AND D-15 SHAII BE GYEAS F.12 CHEI 'ED 5I - rc Q Q W O tee.TwceD s. M owl ea ToocsD n ua/ o U O Z r } cu «Dr are m Q N DP TTca sTc Dw+.—11ED-11 s oao'P FNDow�(o�i.� nctry"asa ch tss�ao,m.�DauTTca aDiM 1T Dry U Dl`N`eolcor vpacµ��cc*vnc w/z> DETUw/rz> _ aarere eres acT un cu=sTDZ Texws�evc snTu,a. U raac raacCJ El I— "'�aa�rvcaETD 15. *a ae TD roNrveFT 1111 ..Ta Dre corvcreeIE—I m cureD PLAN s swET 791r 97 DRIVEWAY WITH DETACHED SIDEWALK SPEaAL NOTE areo DRnunNo ma NO1�O 5"°'F THE EXACT TwE of Da vE E'Y To DE DETEN'IM Dr 57R 1007 Tqv .......... —N, —T T1211, P'['l IT 11 1-1 M *iory corvsreuc 57N roNs1ours ............. P111,1,11, 4.11.11 q A SECTION Y, DRIVEWAY WITH TIED SIDEWALK TYP.DRIVEWAY HEADER CURB DETAIL II IlU�llllllll M—) I'ICCE' Mlo PTT7T, I.—'IE DEll rre P—1.11 11— 1111 DEll—1- I—E —1,are r4 ,Z) j4 ....... SECTION CONC.DRIVEWAY TO DRIVEWAY WITH DETACHED SIDEWALK ASPHALT PAVEMENT TIE-IN DETAIL 3: 1-11-1W 111ELI 1/4 El- 1W 14 Y—M— O PLAN SECTION swET 80,r 97 DRIVEWAYGUTTER DRIVEWAYOUTTER I—E11YLE ST[?-1007 CITYT j 21C48 e,. TO -El°%P`"siory-11rv�oirv,s � STANDARD DRIVEWAY WDIMENSION oo (rr.) (rr) a E—�oirv,s mP1 lox - �g mioerzo 1 15 on s°ewu. 1 p RC 15 �A rea . orvT� P�% TR 1 TI I �ryu� ir yl�lu ce or o Munc EP,°°re°k°„Fre) e _ IIIIIIIIAII IIIIIIII 3 II IIVUIIIIIIIIII LEGEND(DRIVECTYPE)VA - IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII TYPE(C)DRIVEWAY TYPE(S)DRIVEWAY - - rvm To swe rvm To score - DIIIE " rv<- orv�uEw<v - s1— K Nv,T W) rwV ca- oe�uEwnv L N 2 D111111 IX N � U ow:•.i rPaoPTa,ry II 'aAV� Q m s _ Wµ uuel o W w mrewT rereEuo 0 � S �T.-r:P,wsory,o�rvTs TAT U °URre TYPES(TMR)&(TMS)DRIVEWAY Tw,> rn=T �w,T rrva> U m z a o -- NT"=so -- P°oe...e�rve ., Al w I I Q o GY)o ASZouoz °rvT�rv°°° rv��ew.. ��o �m N o TYPES(MRA)&(MCA)DRIVEWAY TYPES(MRB)&(MCB)DRIVEWAY L cL O rvm To 1c 1 rvm To s C) swu 81 or 97 reo oRnun�Na ST[?—1007 CITY T A21 GENERAL NOTES — TRAFFIC SIGNAL a cDNSRac.ION Nines NEEE==EEETLre 11LL I T aROD11 INI 11INDr�a1;rvE EC.rv,o a"L�,111 L�o1 IFN opo o�=""N'T NT"LELLI E ENTLO.,D.reLre FINTELre s��"� .reF ILDreIF a o�=. —N PELM N*s w"�a LIFE coN*RPc*oR Mav ENPnuN*ER Duamc Lry re re cory*reeerore wu Lc recsvorvs eic core xoureNc PN.Ncccsswr LFI sre Loc.*orvs core soreocc or ILL con vMeM Iwo w.*ere ws recon recd core Lrec wrvsrreuc-i ary or TIE PRoaEcF a*No Enna Pay. L.EPLE-1 IND/ore E-11MCNI-L NO'Lc—NED ore—11ILCD wrerew PreLLco LIMLI LON—TFIN IM reoures. CFO LL BE TI TIE MINE11 "� •��°'� ,NNEss; - IDN. oI/oAu�To COMMENCING wD Loa DiaEcnLv eu�corvsiDECED Sl N, *a_u vowous NIP*EMs_*aorne sorvus I', rvm useD ON LNc-PUL I—EM PLNF L(s i) - rare LINE L—El 116,116,,,1 z rvL Ll— LLLLs are soulvMsrv�vnLL Dr vsreMmsD wnrelry�L sFs or reIw wL*acL rLrc*reicu urvrs urvLLss orere�worMrrvTs renDr Drrry MILE wore Lrer Pawrre coMvorvv_Lrer z III III 1 , G RPfFC 5 GNPLNo Ess reE ENGMEER IF FIFERE PRE PNv GONRIC�S xn*IF IFIGIF VLL*PGE ELEC�RIGL uNEI. NsuL sNNOL DLvess PFI—IPE-P.a LNs.INLEss—EIPIss rvmcD_ as PRocaaMM NN*reE DE EE, N zoNEs FOR EPa RPDPR DE_E IIE" m1—DPre*Merv*Pervo wu NPLwc Lrec*u rvo OF cocre vre,sc core uEre eLcs IND PcocsreoNs ns—L HE F- 11— IEE CITI LINN 11 11 I.Lore ONI OF PRESENCE DOE*Ec*IGN DEvcEI Pl DEPICTEE. E oENEIOL—TIEDuarvDFPCnRER'REPREIEN*PnvE MINT EVawP,E LIFE L.-ION*o PRCVIDE*reE Mos EFFECLIVE 111111IWII11X11111 .LUEreaLF. Illllllllllgpq I aLL TIEFFIIN 11 L IFF—I xnu RE—INLEss DGR—Nl—zmesEEO LIFar wITII IND DSPLLOaROCGNIINON'LIFE cIry LRUFIc scNu sEciION DURING coNsaucnoN. Ia NPGR (NCLIDINL RF zIF I h s-L ac occesseic vcossrewN svrvu urvns'(ms)IND-L NEED*L LE P.xcssLLE FILM Pcocsrel�w—Ps LL Mrs—IND z1i�*Mu LCD cmnsl GrvPL)PrvD � REouIREUEN*s. MI ILII R(N.a)9IR LF = Ls RM LO OPPENL Pca—NDPRD'PND WILL aE PclEllIELE PEDESRIPN 11C.L ONI*'CONFORMING TO*'Sea E——E'seLE Pu'IF EITTFN I sry(LID)11(DURIL OL (RIGID LPa:mourvp U LL H I� w Is ore'ONE RL(1 P)(iz 110)(1—DRLF I TRF 110 9 1 1 1110)(1 DR ii IE soN m *ION. D cc.PuSLU.DN(PPI-P RP.DucIFsPc.uP.ID)wrRx _ � �,;'II,IIIIIppp' Q P PMEMPOL"OSTEMucM_use remvoreorer ocecss coot L-e--a-rs LL PreoLreou ms eunorvs LurewL INS*uME—CE N—MITIN"T11LE IN TIE PIN ILL.PEET"Nu*IDrv.Pn. LlIFFI IGNws WILL PDD a IN 0`rnDE uLER NIPEcnoN. () o c+ISIINCL- No 10 *reunc sorvu are PreovlLE LCMPLreorer SNNOL Ll ON Iry occoreoPNPLoPCE wore LM1PEMo"F1P lEONNEMCN*s.TIE CLD N*'LIFE coNtRPc*oR Is REsvoNSRLE Lo MUN*aN oPERanoN of TIE o LL.rec CONNT crore Is IESPPNIIILE Fare cooreow—N-H Lrec ccs L LE—MENI INP reccvwo Lrec Pins FlEl ONIN urvc IN IEIINE DurewL carvsreuc�Iary oa L(wPVI.R.L L) E 12 CONCEPTE CF CONDure LO FOOT-Pun/svuCE ENLE'wIu RE PUD FGR INDER LIFE PVC(111101 CONDun Pav LI(sin PRSFnsDR c/p recto.'E",coN_'PEI, rs La c.+Iswc corvDrelLNs ore LCL*FI. 11 TRI ITIOIT.R DI.PINO PLITI 11U —PIII.N 11-1 MODIrnNc'y P"or LIFE LRurlc scNu s.srEM. (La aze-LmL)LD cooreolrw.c ory wrelcre UN—C" cryrec wLrelrs uR(P..1 -DDI) 11 CONILTO` CONIECT SGNOL DEP"IF "Nws v<RD.'NIHILL"NI EODIPUEN*LIFaL I'NO*_TED ev.IFE cIry sIFPu REmME LIFE PROEmv of LIFE FIN*RPc�oI wD REMovED mon LIFE PIECEE'TE. - D. �..iiz ooz) Rus c cON ROL NO Es w/Lo ry rvG N..ii LDL) TRl—�BDI iziL-DDI) nM,*CDE'D LEE_DEP"TNENT DIF FlINIMICTILIN n oaRoI eco)��<e�nzi C,Ea wI(B s L '.aNDswzf�Fs z)`;�xu MwwL ON uwroRM,RUFIc rnN*RGL DEVICES - cF weu��z�,-DDz) IZ �—IIRI TRIll LINO--FIT Q —NT III PINDINT,11 19L I Fl, w Q w � r Q o U Q o v o z o w w � r CD :,,,,, 2 7 i=re, 111 11reEl—(II"Pum°a�,o��� LEGEND ELLou aw ,EMu t=i°,MPs`Pus~re�nuNS E s scNu POLE E N' r=u aN( - eEMouE L EEET NM scN�" - sNo5��PoLE'.o LEMNM o n EnN reEM II III —EE<NMESn oMEN,ore n PEOESR� NEM II III lEoM UEa lN, A 3 En PoLE HE REMUM - -N nt� 1111 Bono" u .rl —1—of*Ec*IoN E—.III IIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIU�Allllll Exs.wu NueE Illlllllllllgpq E—ureuuNu reoK o _ s.—TIOLLE1 _ d h ° E.s<.a=L,.PuLE _ re—re PIESENUE uE=ERUN U s NORTHWEST BLVD(FM 624) In m Ex n.mNoure II 'X4 X o� 00V' w �� Ew sr.averereEoo u.n. s OU�o Ex n.reign or _ o U � NORTHWEST BLVD(FM 624) NOTES NFO ON F - r cwNT—OP TO vEan LEE-1-1 Paos EO coNseucvoa N.M<.aE reEuu reEa eMaE l � w z w 0 w w Q— > o z r z cT N (�o Eris EMa LE Vo aN) c r w O IEMPIP((I)acs PUSH Ill— E(*o wrv) U O CJ U v o z a Z E oa R NN o REMovE srreEE*NaME scN ~m L`CD Z aEMouE ni ms Pu au==o EE 01= IEMo cc(zj ovs Pu N � D � r— Z X w swcer 83 or 97 oraw,nc nb STR 1007 p arr vaaccr g_"o<a Lac �re 41ED .. ti re, G ELEL�reicoL sErvcE LEGEND T w PAOELE NEETE E.57.soNAL PDLE Powo A Exs 113—111 ISI III _' POLE A E- PEDEsn reE� II III Frere Exsr wN s a �-�\PDT A, - ` III III E.=. oE.Ec.o —E oLE re :°PE Ns ., T cDNoO, —MOLE A wreE ONDEA IsDEw�x E-T LOMNxreE U�AVV PILE c VND"�'��sT FN IILL NoN. Illlllllllll q "HIAA ,%N� EM 31-1 Dox ,,.')ARE ), NORTHWEST BLVD(FM 624) E-T 1oNT11-1 m �Daz � ' Exs..reroore vreEscrvcE oEEEc�ary � vi s c NORTHWEST BLVD(FM 624) NTS vreov_ALN III -E arena.IED ausm DOTTON mI 'X4 p W w ves _ Pe "H,A.,IA Pa Ao ECT ON c \\ F o- i �f Sz F �1 E T s o \ yyy , 0.5 ® U o J// w _ \\\`V^ PILE o 1"IT comou,2T PeoP. _ RIGHT OF WAY "I __ ,. � Y` _ __ _ i � - — Ew ET.cDNDOT IEIHEID HIL Eos DETAN re wreNre NZDE EOLEz AND AreNz reOM or wA. w Pre ESN aoLE r o aDLE E _. _ Q No_ a10 a1i AreETsNNzo Q O sOE,E, >>o z> /TxE re AIT-1 M1,11s11N o w o O oHpcarore TIA111 A�E O (eareE) gia giz zTo U U O" ~O LLO ma,a Are6/NNsore m <O N � QE_ NOTES oLw i NG T BE -All—EL INI ABLE ILT-11 IAL z EHNT—Toa IT IIIIE AND wrruLEONE n)wa.—EL I.—aELAI AND IE—E Il—EDa IT NsiNs onDIT�DNs-IN coreaOs-1-1.,x_ 1,ALL ILIN AANI ILL EE Fl— ANI HE IlT 4.,EL ILE IINAwN NNDOIT LLo E EI—IN D T NAL—No..�oN 11-coNTIOLLE1 ren.wire r(EEE,)111:AT—H ENos. D SDED D op=�4NNTreNET ,E O O ° °DLL °Ere�'HE—1M—PNPLIE==—L EE——AIIre I—Ere=.'HE I—A-01 S ALL NETAL N I IINCE 10'HE MNDE—DII—MMENDITOTALI(IT) E ° ° "ID, T=TATO=E En. =TALL 7 w PEuo P—Cl NS 4224 PROP wNo oaso N�PaT ��Ro oR,N�, v� �^co PROP aou��E RPooR n IIIT,I " III���IIIII� POLE C EXISTING MAST ARM POLE D EXISTING MAST ARM U _ NTs NTA NJ i100V a Q P aeoP. s N1/-11 EXIST, PEDPOLE EJ nsiao sacvEL U~ aaoa.wNo F.1Nc 111 E ET U =a 9 4z 4z MA. ww PP—E 1A.1 �z �o U foo EXIST. PED POLE A,R,F ~o J NJ I HE Q W A, w IS MnED IN TIE * � POLE G EXISTING MAST ARM POLE IT EXISTING MAST ARM AEo-EUEELnoA,oNs,wEsoITOT,o,wPaowT. NTs N]s ENmNEEe. S SHEET 85 0/97 A.oRrNT ON,�oRENTa,oN of PED Pou_oENNEs,wE,NP�,wo EOR oraw,nc 1EEEaENCE oNEI- TUE NNMOM uEALAAL"F—ED NF IFFROMALL TUT CPoNN or,uE F"IFOAD Ll THE_EST PIOPOIE1 1E11E1 MIXED INo STR— 007 E=nNA MEET,wMs I-L DE,e. A A wm vaaccr g-zro<e No 422— 5 1111111111 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII m I w��s} ����������������������������������������������������������iigiiiioigpoi (S45z ,I II!� � � � 5 vg , ...................................................................................................................................................................... 0 S1 (ILSN) S2 (ILSN) ss 5� 4 ...... uuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuiiiiiiiiiuuuuuiiiiii i IIIIIIIIIIII� v S3 (ISSN) S4 (ILSN) LL uuu a Q U o 0 � E NOTES ~ v Ht 0LEFTI-3eL , carvriann eLaw rvunneEas vmu ciry aaioa*a roeaicti.*iorv_ Pp�GNtlR 2 'LIN 11-1$MILL e[srvcic 11E1 PUSH OR PUSH OR WAVE AT WAVE AT BUTTON BUTTON FOR FOR Z Z Q J TAGiivPILECAL`ROWS N J C7 I > ° �w ON Z_Z PB1,PB4, PB2,PB3, m U[n PB5,PB8 PB6,PB7 N co Q swcer g6 or 97 oraw�nc� p arr vaaccr g_z+o<a ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS -i (r. SF a M4'tFPl nc IrvF OPMn'f tUry '� -�rou�ae xxxw.nsu urea mwucrors ire �6 «spewc uor rcoarjsrqeo°ns D'esnsroa oonn a mce ovna°urcsrrors�earhoaa orcemam.110 .irn ue°w+omoynuroi cMes rer nici iz.vro�u lee on a Inaraii a sonorore are e roe co,necro. �+�< r "� .coonr niocDueacrreno,crauoa ni eonu,cicoranwn.sro.rrmrnoarnecner�„rrernunvrn,eounrvccre.°rieneonrr�'�ry grounoea�neurroii coneuTI. n are oonaec raq e,ner o r every oecevs�n,e ei ow[e con. °a <n� ' u.coo+ canaucrors.'ern any co for insui er.w+ unaer i .e rem szo, or+uolnv o t 2'n green,.n�.u,or gror.xuuo«for sU+omu«r�.sro.,r rnraugnou,rho.I rluv 1. rEMPounar wl ul rvc -- `fi ,one.merx o, - nnin Pcos+s n ar rne car au<ror s nsu°+on.rr nor Dos or rope rne xtc err c e tempo° r+sra er ons eno pe°or rmenr s+a,eare sneers. `j,, III III `n n <onaunor ro«,e<on<r e.e er<oseu q«w q s ec.roue°s mo.n n.n< ro o.nv up ao°cora ona uv sor rote r«o or c rcu,orooxor r o. "^ II - rne q nn,.ern+<�r<„�r,«n,�.�<n,�nn on rne rnq a IIIIIIII�IXIIIII .ern o rmonunr m,rrcor, er area,nor awowr no.er conoa<rora n SPLICE OPTION I Illlllllllllgpq y conrormon«w,.n+ns nrc. Compression Type k k� or�nq consr.uc.�an ar<cesv n a rims r manner ane n conrormonce...n B. avies�iRU a wr�'ua ora Trema, o��ce wue.s,ona*uae no ieery ere rne rv[c. TION GROUND RODS$GROUNDING ELECTRODES h Sig n, nr a ncIN—M-01U Pb: cn�noer ro,.�,nets rne+es+s. «raowe w.,n ream sza. �nsui°+.on res'.s,ance,es+s n ac ienprn r q, pea mer oe tai leo re A scec r< Dear ons nc ua nq a acre c° sero c<,see nau uu° o on sneers /4p�/9s roo a�+oo it �';"'00V'�Q � we z r..m'n mim,�r+ me.'mun env,n ror e Duna oa.ss,tacos rr acn oono uc,o�u m n muu a r,. mum ever,ar on rr ma.aim n A ry -H111 eoes .nrouvn,. °1Oi n�.wra5or ,vrou,o co Sr ah/y p W w ogE6 en rn or cony«+or or en<osu es .eomeme°as ona oo a noses -^ X°U 5€» .•• +erm no 0 oo.s,or sa so a sws.ne..ns uo°sr ene s ce..een z ro < n.oe o.r n mso v tae. o d"' neo,snr�u ruo�nv or vsi.r�i rea ensu i�,:a: _ ° su ares '9E of ce« .ors r • _ .ororrlvm vo�lce.Quer roo«wuaor cu rlon.I rn noo<s E 0 orou as o __` nr lnrc,uo lnq o o." m,nlmum or z.n.Dour Dorn vlaev or,no sal loe.where neo,vnn nrc n.o Inv z.oo no,of Doe grouse rws n,no sono°r�i lea nolo os o,.moor Doi u. mar nor am nx suer c on,r ro rrcu ae a wmorr onr Geo arcane+ne ne.Duel _ ,^ wroo 00 , cosset, n n`o+`o +o nsu o+on us+q no+me r oarres.o r°oo.o oro.a<o.orer.+`vnr rne roc q.o s<o oer.een ,no'na.auo cowucrors ona mo neon snr nx,uo'nq znsure rne,«e e.rews a Remo.o vii non-oonaucr loo tour Ingo.Duan ou wnoreru v om n mr a u. a�orrur ream mo roc snoro eaves Doer loo� �p� cern our sea,or ouerreoree. s wns�ceree aereo.�ue ane mus.oe reoi ocee. or.ne<i mna ia.o+�an. �°o o"dyo mrnwoc.urer s a c�r,00+�ona wren uvea Coco or sea,,r,r�r,R,00�r�. rae�aa°enc or.oa.�ncnea ror.n<..e can°°c,ora. ' SPLICE OPTION 2 o. SDI1f BAIT Type ooeumui o+�ou or.Deur. a n„�s."o .+n,�v o«��.on o.o.o�,.no ona proper it s.:w mw�n i+,wor on pooh enc or me meroi—1—. swoon wwucrwv n i,um�no,�on ooie,.ern o r-noon or mo roo or.no Doi o. no.�:omo�.renrn mr rocrc>say or o soy�o ro«carom. e raa n a Q s I 'r when rer.na.nv ccnau<rors,remcue nsu°+on ono o<rc e.nv m n cx nv mo na.auo ser onus or rn n�onaunor conuu<ia�myoa r°�rsa rcu auo �? �I� conauc+or s+rows or remouea snows. oe cons'aerea soe n �snoo ocx, rn � ro�� Q o ELECTRICAL DETAILS o w� 0 0o no..erm na,e mare,nan ane rana.r.ar <anne°ear a ear°a ear m,r q e cone,>c,w «nnearara an«wr = CONDUCTORS uarow aa,«<.wa°aaa.nroae,e oreana.ay aaaaar «.ora wen.win n°.re<and«.ere wa°e �� z ED(3) t4 o o SPLICE OPTION 3 I _I 1 o U as.o.,o, o Doe va ac a r sea ea use oreoaa a.or aannec+ars L IgfeO Sprew Type ~ swear 87 or 97 ry wnc ° STR 1007 �m veaccr g_vo<a c—ws THIS, P-1 NS 4224— s 'Wr TRAFFIC SIGNAL NOTES oe not voss un e,a're e ......... c,or u,n,na s qne wn,ro er eon',e, 6b / z me uae on eau wnen,grouna'nq wnaun° cowu're rnrougneu, �F ass°c�°.ea,rarv�c s e srs em.es,. vere,.cn esu wr,nr,ne � / III III P wne,a,°r II III �d mnemren. ,co c e e see oor s+°na°ra*s co ror rur+ere, \< eW(o,.° m n� Ilu d�� ae,° e 3 e �— 1111111111116 »[s� r -, II II�Allllll Illlllllllll�q '6 Y� en,.once wnnu.,cna nrcnm c�rcu�,wnnu„os e `no°wwrnoFn me viu�. SOP t.Meunr erocr r.cui ear.��ce enc,eaumulh o:. sreei punas.[nsure n°nus ure In' - n n<er c �mun..lu,n o v:b ry oenae uv�nR r.v-nvi+nrocxe+s,rnsreii vwcxers pea I— e°cr� rnswii r r ecua�ene encs osure. °p E.. vraver it s,zea srul mess sreei.capers a, h oar rwo a roe e�+.i ns„r...ewa eucn °i, & slanui wre rcr urram log wnoulr. see x°re r \ _ ^ e,conaucr e U :u u+ o re° _ n res e r rem s nv. aw, nu u-� e wo.o o.m...,o aroo°e oo.oo.<ro o<ro ee xcre-r r'ce nc esure -.-�.-- r Ao e°e° o n n ° n nu. .nr..anw ung rpm,.oe nor u=o,�,�w,.x+n INSET A �+ o » corer ung en.ieeuree. ^„ sen c°naul encs. --- ouen`ng e .....9..J....... n.s race sae E i.rn ni i s°r uu s,a sure ne our n neo s o m a mum nr e c s s una U a ;. mnau,s,see ra d SIGNAL POLE WITH SERVICE ror°<.o s. c.,n a.,n,.. ^ s w > � Z 0 SIGNAL CONTROLLER SIGNAL POLE g w w FRONT VIEW Q w w ELECTRICAL DETAILStlp o Q w TYPICAL TRAFFIC SIGNAL w m z n SIGNAL CONTROLLER ? sIGE vlEw SYSTEM DETAILS w wnnu rerna,ora ren ED(8) I4 w wU o o� oa x w SHEET 88or 97 oraw�nc� ^ STR 1007 �m veaccr g-vo<a CONSULLWIS SlhiT flpYC!H0.9RRA9.004 E awmn IIS III U. U V) 3 �'Il IIIIy Q-Q rn 0 ti U 0 GENERAL NOTES — LIGHTING 0 �N�oa�IU7.—ate z w �N11 01 www.o Ix LI. 111 111,,x1.�N--N —11 c�wo C) w z aR�L aN�o��' ��'0�0,���o��ago�,"1 M��111u1<1-1M d�`�o1.11-� "m.Po"III`" ¢o0 w EM, z F—o Q m u woue e�nmw iea reo swIuxm.o'HE eaouwaem..He 1.—swa�emrvIxe eewrveere r.�os wi MIry mnes w�� N D U w�a msie�mmux memiaes.o axe armi+ar.��nwuee�uu f°"POC.°Xo unoreeorvo � W a mel-11a N—L 1—10-mrvouFLL IOP.o 110-mv1 a—L.IN.uc P— C we L.J u-11 el—ID erg. � 11 LEI LIM.11 I a !,T or 9764 a,;R 1007YL!/],Ub Cd4fULLWIS SHfEI flpYC!H0.9RRA9.004 tE v t v LU uri U 9 l uuyy Q IIVIuu6 x 0 U 0 w d w n yr LU 9 Q O iL Z iLC7 J OZ CJ— �I = J m 0 FQ KEYNOTES` O LEGEND(TO BE DEMOLISHED BYAEP): A� W ��11,11�oaaE G� R 'a sxrr 90_or 97_ •-❑ Fs�a Pow o� Rx�Pow�R��6 nn n _ flFCOflO 6RIWkL' . ' sE cas�rv� m rew o �rv� ws—ais Irv[ ,� —�o�o�,�,aE� STR 1; 7 oR� �Roo�m P P«�E Cd4fULLWIS SINEi flpYC!H0.9RRA9.004 !`e `LAS_ Q U) f LU LU Z r II��IINI (D� Vl � U y 3 "M'�'II IIIIy�Q a o v � E � 6 U w 0 O + / s"m< w Z 0= F- Q } U) Q J O LU ., O O w Z 7� oz O s f— O z Q LEGEND(TO BE DEMOLISHED BYAEP): KEYNOTES w O tl L � tikP,rere�re"=xnsrvP��,nrvre6 � � i i — -- s�rvre�re�Prete z�nrvre nreEn,�,re re�rvaw I � END OF�bROJEC7 " rv�re"ry rere�Erv� a sxEE91 m 97 ' � cas�rve ro reere one -c �c flFCOflO 6RIWkL'M. STR 1007 �,{ s—rrererv=��re P,—�reorv�PP�,rvE a Cd4fULLWIS SHfEI flpYC!H0.9RRA9.004 E R. nay. O U zwre amore °.00 w bwre scare �, ¢ Iluu IINI ------ .....................4 ; __ = w JT- VI 1. Q-Q a c g �!N iiii�ll�Q x W vo�oel _ K0(eoW� � UF-� ............................... LIIIIIIIIIIII............... O } E N U 0 r r B�,, O .++ W irenr r U) w <0 z CD s HN Q C9 / U, a Q` a N GENERAL NOTES: w LEGEND(TO BE INSTALLED BYTHE CONTRACTOR): KEYNOTES: ——— PreoP.s moo Hs,wa,oH. Ho°re wore P°LL w�reE a, 0 -z mor�re°<mor rn�M� <wre a°u re��re or are re�6. p _ oreHo°aoK wren oP°°H mon wom� N"IN,°H. °�°°,°°oo°aw,�n°°�HrE ores PwJ ro o°re wrere�«wreMw A u G°u o�re o aHo°ores LEGEND(TO BE INSTALLED BY AE P): — wire��ry — — °resE urery a SHE1111'Ll 111111 111 1111-1 11-111 ET92 a!97 i e o a w<<rer 11Z .❑ ,reEre°K A TR 1�0 .re were °°re„re re, s S 0 7 Cd4fULLWIS SHfEI '. flpYC!H0.9RRA9.004 E. ( + — -- ----- -- ! O ,... LU 12.00 iawc (M,[A I'CCvgryM� iawc .cc _ we W 2 - _ .2 v `w a µ^il uu a Q.q x� o v E _ n „ U v O CO / — - d� LEGEND(TO BE INSTALLED BY AEP): z > �— ,����� �o<rew orew rereoc GENERAL NOTESo 2 — t 4 "� �w am wry aaonm rvs,a<w cry oN was otic cres,w�ons vrecre,o w ON 0 r:s,rvo via Poaa a.coMreo�cre,c r ac�r�rvcv,reoN rvc�rwre cr vaev eo<cw oaw r:s,rve Nare.re CD T amnn^" W vs O F-N � x ° ws rvaa wu MIVore m��re�rvna smuwca or corvstreueory ¢~O Q z WN ary sx oa sccwu.cwca�ory orvc uaaou<u a Q s n LEGEND(TO BE INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR): KEYNOTES O Z � /y O w '" ——— vaov z w; rv,rew.,o z wo�rvcore wren voaa wren n,n w rvwcry � m v z %� �`' n 0 Paoo z w;ry n r Puc c=�ro oo-a or scrervaxa3s,o � JCL a J;lu,�ss""r� '. "` O z.uP so rvnui ioM roi�s nrvo ae�recni corvounores N ., � ,;, vreov.corvous reury rva ID W J ' "'""' � ' '' O Preop.,rea n crecrervc cox wren,wreory z.zcrv,aoaoa,o rvs,o<a a wz zcrvcvre s�aEva arvc z�w;zorecvre wrev � � _ �,� arvLLwres,,.rvrvwow c�a cr zre. www.rcrmanwmn r'" 5m.^a^:crv6w Nsaaw,°.arv�.aaasccw�cw,ww,aaw�cwccsa xPaa,vsuc�000ry,a=aarvPrv<aa,wa�a�,ocXvowm s vaE oetim c o. � ..... � Pvccwr Tl.-- 'Nb lwa 'ND Oo w a FROJ 7 re � .�� 7PcwaM9. rearva ,oacEGo" r93 aryrasarval fl '1r007 PL— vvarvE Cd4fULLWIS SHfEI flpYC!H0.9RRA9.004 E ° « 0 O m,Z. - / r � ,wuuuiyy a Q a IIVIluu6� 0 U 0 — + a « «° °s 1 °a O 114 k'Sr r 9 z O hM � � �? Q O ,3 LEGEND: PAo,zo soHOA�,�Po,E s °uou m°Breaa2, • a° za W 'a sxrrr 94 or 97 ......... � STR .1007 ° � GnIr:,a,e Cd4fULLWIS SINEi '. flpYC!H0.9RRA9.004 e u Lu i � oa 0 o LD oa a a a oa a Z "arm '°� /"�„ rpp--'y' a`^ ' `� /".ur _• y ' v a µ^il uu a Q.q x� o v E _ n — W r Q Q �i a.C7 ivy w 'z CD Z O O s Z oe o J O H CD so-,u, fi4—Y°5— 5 .., n ?i LEGEND wI P',P"s—aP.Ll ,z.„o,�� —a ND OFC7 xrryo°'l` m: Esq oa 'a stEEl95 m 97 ' flECOflO 6RIWkL'M. STR-1007 CGI5ULLWIa SHfEI PR01ECr H0.911A9.004 GENERAL NOTES FOR ALL ELECTRICAL WORK a.a..w.. E. eagra�nma[e ane y aM1 flee to aceemmaetd flee mhd tans. re�aPP _'d oh ea0 X01 the NOte aeElectr c0.Cee(NEC),ia90i alanteea and y to apecifw[i%d,ry ule8-1;M...M tures Assaciatiw e(rvEIAA)�en(naRR'iaX '$lwF ae Ceadie S[mEareA On tek im[ing Seracm N Or M Ppprowla LLC wn be relaence b NA lit-d de�- a OM)lidl. mepNbld equal tto a NEMA li.[ed ee cceptahle deice may Nave b0 OrNMA and IEC 0.(Daley Mbdcotian or oa vabnoneb any ma —.1 M _ _ reieeb—Replace ar reinetannreje—mateal opr e9uipmetaat na LL addibmal aa.t t0 th.0eparlment. 3._WefieuP ane 4ealy 9a wn ze�PraA—tlhre e bet.N.a 1/1 n er leaehn a ame1., en�teat equ Pmen[as reduce by[ne Fn9ner m canlrm p one vm e NEC w megrhm m r(Ia00 Wt OC)grwnd rivet... ' at ymrI En9ineauPenw y -- rcqueaL oP ate teat equipment du.g mlapectlan oartryumteaby M1e Enginmr. 5.In MII 9rwnding as.Faun an the plana m e NEC.Endure all m IIS III t.liduiala ales lu M1e equ�pme ge lurodag eannee[ay and bane n9 yep.are aubdidiary M bid vadwe bid item.. 8. —lity al R'adJa yaaM1V'ata(DPL yin 0,—lb.—IX Prajee[.Pre..life aViwma aiaV are in M0.w ia901]d r•Rwdeey Illumation a Ellt S•pplhhd.• 1- xa wmhMema.fl be a11—fn—1-d m Ino lot. l/) - CONDUIT = <n .MATERIALS S 1.ProNee eaneuit. a hex fitting.,ane M1ardvare as Pa rxDar Oepebne[al Vital V) sxaifwtion(DusA)`ilmo•cmduit• nd Iwn ala•conceit•or ianora•sMndord so«ifootiwa g Far Cm.trve[im nd enmce of HN9hd .SVe-, ne Bde9e;laleat edition.ProNee (°i� Q a, Pt wEeMdtunder tan tel8 m m e dv•Rwdnay Illumination and ElecVi O SuePliea.• g ' hill Q x W `ype.Imcar e9 I.the sda mei na M1e PIOn.. n C.1 0 (tfTIC)e h fle.bllec ed fo-am 99.wnizee(.4nC)9g dt'91le.hle cone.tt(RMC)it -fed Mr en pdy>pny th-de(PVC)ay.taMnla.card. m � 1.Protide PVC el in PSC wnduit eyaM—un the plan..u y T' M1e PVCdwnduiteyl an—g.p.,.., galvanize atmI1.1 tl n a i—Ily tlrle9 forein nl C.] p e Plan.a nY Param a .,9rwna m a of a 9rwnding buaF n9 b. h.. n.Crwndin9 of the rigid [require it e.PVC�e t<naiona or<d crcte encoaend9id metal--d.�RMCr ar PVC elhada are auhaaiary m varwua bid iVma. W Z B.carvsmucnaN NETnoos ¢ 1.M.dpi inc c b-^ra of n ev A backfill a eld W Q 0 n Mrd.0 Ewe a.it ailtt.�<x.. a<I.d.n-ab°I. a ea.a.tp 1*9F1'r•nm' B-I'O02"T end,-... Pl-time BaeVtl�Sneiem cwre.5 S-Me N W pararY Peitl 9.•o Q O Q 1.Protide and plow vamin9 tapeo=i-dy 10 1,above all t—hW—it a.per Ilan did. a W N U 3.Dufina9 w imp. wpp d,Plug ape eoq im f Q O L] O wtoPa a Deed YtimgM1ay'h.tM1 tape to canduW 99�CImn but • J m W aamta a m.m t .1.";r"a a my dead,,. ��aoaR.�.N�>b.pavam _v w "=nngatemnh._1 ar htl. N h._1.1"d PravvNe dna (n inatoll a ground n9 tpe b�uaM1in9 m all metal cedar 5 Paw condu'V—i,gegrwnd =ea w mat 'tmapen n9a are betvem 3'n and 8 in.Ill leO roe and Id—a m=. d t e,dune e=eeM, .ne ED(+). ELECTRICAL DETAILS w o LL x z e Na ee.111 m o hdee fmm orb aha cepa by CONDUITS & NOTES ~ o e EnOeeat Sm duct v tee,alta camp ehm aloe net uu taihcee hd pull a U utape aa.opemnment emduit.-ht. andut amanLED(1)-14 ,..P a sxrrT96 or 97 ref d..,m.. ...X. m .a.,. m eun emm flECORO 64dI4kL'191. STR 1007 CITY PR08C!/..1,Ub..... CGIBULLWIS SINEi P%ILCT H0.922A9.062 °3 treane GROUND BOXES Renfercn 9 atetln9 r. — ata °• ,� MATERIALS tlaaa A 6•(tro) (t6ro')I (.en req reel huniao L—z--J Oep[n a'mz tanx tlw'GroundmB—axag —d hmmmai1 wa Apron th opN! M-lidce (ONs)11"0 bmnd \ 624 A A .. M1 e I'tee E _ 2.Prowee Tp A.B,C,0,en E y ua da a e. 11e Plena,do Eatai°I Prmucas Liat�MPL)r an 1hrNPa[mmt nM site under'Rm6wY Illumil°tian (]7 a 11- Pp a Ito bound 3.Enure 9mum hoz I'mxr is camectly lahelm M accardanm with ONS 11070. LL 5 ° Cmdu t a 4.Prexee dryer ground hexes n.--v th tem 624 and ea ahem n[M1e pens (y 2. ) suet ceue tll .CONSTRUCTION METHODS ____ B ue 6 _ [t g. T,rPrexee Grade 3CerP4 merxua99re9e[e ea all enri°mhte 2 el _ tem 9 2 Agagre9.ea fa Surface Treabnmta'Enwre ag9re9^Oete hm's rl P°a`nd at _ - PLAN VIEW SECTION A — A eggrege[ec P w..I.g 9 nd he. -.11 nd e°e an tm e APRON FOR GROUND BOX he.aprma is sea R°'"r°'°from Mi—sm°, d°"°. '° [e b.ter Me aprm zt Mi—teel mem to a tro of 1F cgare9ete bm IIS III x.brand cox aprm u and IrcHr Mg steel. rami Y m 9rmnd hexes.nm.lied W ly aiPtix 1— (1)u et 9rou"d he M net nlmfae nth the iro[ellehen of 9reundin9f—hin an 3.K I,—m the hox clear of dirt.Bdt cauas mm—not—Mg m 9rmnd ar htll end 6tgnga�IM hexa. (2)N mtmn-r-"t spore b—conduits to Mi.Mr preps ins 11—el b—ing. 4.hmduita and tlls in a nm anike manner.Unifartnl i Qace (])P un .,not.n me he. 99u9 anmld net mcroecn m the emauKa a 9rmndin9 h muga dna hell and h[[inga em Y na[le. in[aier wlume el the hex. 5...p..,.y I all conduit..n t 9 ad me mM—d— '=d' nductan are inatallm. 2 � (4)In reu m n° 6.Qom v ae a onq et al c C.) Greulnd RNC tlmve Mm9en"pa[eP[M1e eh lean m SIB tin mho[an el ne p xa��me m a e • octux°Ir�e.mda�eM thea PVC h—Mg m htll md1 MUM,t an the upper mdmaf"alit PTC Imm,uer.-rr.—d as aPa eyed.Oe nettux Met tape ehe du pemnmentpmnduit xelent. (� mndmtz termor[ng�ln d 9rmnd hex. Oa not ux silk—multi as amlant. 7.ft.a g=raandm red a presort in d ground he tll a ipmmt greundhg mndu,taa 4 (°i �Q rn bgetM1er b me 9rmnd rad with li-d cmnm[aro. 0 GROUND BOX DIMENSIONS E OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS(INCHES) U a TYPE (Width x Length X Depth) A 12%23%11 B 12 X 23%22 (� C 16%29 X 11 Q W Z O 16%29 X22 J Q E 12X23%17 W � Q O U m W V X o Q U m GROUND BOX COVER DIMENSIONS °tle^"1/r Z J m H Jr• J O w o DIMENSIONS (INCHES) famhmd N P l ,12®eCaParwtwwol9Lv®pv(eBm 05 C-4 m Z TWE H I J K L M N P Jr A,B&E 23 I/ 23 13 3/ ❑I/2 9 7/8 51/8 13/8 2 Fm deur leg. FF��II ELECTRICAL DETAILS C' C d:D 30 I/ 30 1/ I7 1/2 I]1/4 13 1/4 6 3/4 1 3181 2 GROUND BOXES v see MS 11070 PLAN VIEW END SIDE ED(4)-14 GROUND BOX COVER stfu97 a 97 fort 9xa,w1f ..r x. m x°,. m dun sorra flECORO 64dI4kL'192 „p STR 1007 tl